Full text of "Combined catalog. Vol. 1, College Park, University of Maryland"

See other formats

k/J , LUSEL

COMBINED CATALOG
Volume One

College Park
University of Maryland

^JtU^MD-l

1964-1966

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2010 with funding from

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation

http://www.archive.org/details/combinedcatalog1964univ

COMBINED CATALOG

SERIES 1964-1966

Volume One

COLLEGE PARK
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

The 1964-1966 Series of University of Maryland Catalogs is published
in a two-volume set of combined catalogs. Volume One contains catalogs
pertaining to academic units located on the College Park Campus. I olume
Two contains catalogs pertaining to academic units located on the Baltimore
Campus. This is I olume One.

Catalogs in this volume are located
in this order:

Adventure in Learning
(General Information)

College of Agriculture

College of Arts and Sciences

College of Business
and Public Administration

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Home Economics

College of Physical Education.
Recreation and Health

Graduate School Announcements

Summer School

University College

An Adventure in Learning

A GUIDE TO THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

The University of Maryland

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published three times in January, February,
June, July and August: two times in November, December, March and April; and once in May
and October. Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress on August 24, 1912. Published twenty-five times.

VOLUME 20 NUMBER 1 SEPTEMBER 10, 1964

1 HIS PUBLICATION EXPLAINS HOW YOU MAY TAKE ADVANTAGE OF

the opportunity for a quality education at moderate cost through
the programs and facilities of your State University.

The key to your future lies in your own hands. The University
of Maryland exists to help you to develop your particular talents
and capabilities to the maximum degree.

At College Park and at Baltimore, the faculties and staff serve
the citizens of the State through eight undergraduate colleges, a
graduate school, and six professional schools.

We welcome your inspection of our program and urge you to
visit the campus when you have an opportunity.

DR. WILSON H. ELKINS

President of the University

Board of Regents

and

Maryland State Board of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN
Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light St.,
Baltimore 2

VICE-CHAIRMAN
Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 S. Gay St.
Baltimore 2

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase St.,
Baltimore 1

TREASURER
Harry H. Nuttle

Denton

ASSISTANT SECRETARY
Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case

1 Charles Center — 17th Floor, Baltimore 1

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd.,
Hagcrstozvn

Thomas B. Symons

7410 Columbia Avenue,
College Park, Maryland

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst

4101 Greenway, Baltimore IS

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

CALENDAR, 1964-65
(Tentative)

FALL SEMESTER, 1964
SEPTEMBER

14-18 Monday to Friday — Fall Semester Registration

21 Monday — Instruction begins
NOVEMBER

25 Wednesday, after last class — Thanksgiving recess begins
30 Monday, 8:00 A.M. — Thanksgiving recess ends
DECEMBER

22 Tuesday, after last class — Christmas recess begins

1965
JANUARY

4 Monday, 8:00 A.M. — Christmas recess ends
20 Wednesday — Pre-Exam Study Day

21-27 Thursday to Wednesday — Fall Semester Examinations

SPRING SEMESTER, 1965
FEBRUARY

2-5 Tuesday to Friday — Spring Semester Registration
8 Monday — Instruction begins

22 Monday — Washington's Birthday, Holiday
MARCH

25 Thursday — Maryland Day, not a holiday
APRIL

15 Thursday, after last class — Easter recess begins

20 Tuesday, 8:00 A.M. — Easter recess ends
MAY

12 Wednesday— AFROTC Day

27 Thursday — Pre-Exam Study Day

28-June 4 Friday to Friday — Spring Semester Examinations

30 Sunday — Baccalaureate Exercises

3 1 Monday — Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE

5 Saturday — Commencement Exercises

SUMMER SESSION, 1965
JUNE

21-22 Monday to Tuesday — Registration, Summer Session

23 Wednesday — Instruction begins

26 Saturday — Classes (Monday Schedule)
JULY

5 Monday — Independence Day, Holiday
AUGUST

13 Friday — Summer Session Ends

SHORT COURSES, 1965
JUNE

14-18 Monday to Friday — Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST

2-6 Monday to Friday — 4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER

7-10 Tuesday to Friday — Fireman's Short Course

Contents

A Message from the President 2

University Calendar 4

To the Applicant for Admission 7

The University Heritage 7

You are the Vital Factor 9

Admission to the University 12

Physical Education and Air Force ROTC Instruction 16

Where Will I Live? 19

How Much Will It Cost? 20

Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life 23

Academic Standards 25

Student Services 25

General Education Program 27

THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

College of Agriculture 28

College of Arts and Sciences 31

College of Business and Public Administration 34

College of Education

College of Engineering 40

College of Home Economics 42

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 44

School of Pharmacy 46

School of Nursing 48

University College 49

APPENDICES

Appendix A. Fees and Expenses

Appendix B. Honors, Awards, Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid 56

9-0

.'i^f

-A-Vs..

To the Applicant for Admission

This booklet is the all-purpose, general information booklet of the
University.

It contains the information you need

► to arrange your high school curriculum for acceptance by the various
colleges of the University

► to select a course of study at the University

► to apply for admission

► to matriculate

Adventure in Learning also covers fees and expenses, housing, scholarships
and loans.

The course catalog of the College of your choice will be made available to
you after you enter the University.

You may consult reference copies in your high school library, principal's
office or office of the guidance counselor. Course catalogs usually require
interpretation for new freshman students and should, therefore, be used in
consultation with the high school guidance counselor or principal.

Professional school catalogs are available by writing to the office of the
appropriate dean on the Baltimore campus.

Prospective part-time and evening adult education students may obtain the
appropriate course catalog or brochure by writing to the Director, University
College, University of Maryland at College Park.

Prospective graduate students may obtain the Graduate Catalog by writing
directly to the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland at College
Park.

Prospective summer students may write to the Director of the Summer
Session for copies of the Summer School Catalog — usually available after
March 15.

The University Heritage

Few institutions of higher learning in the united states have had
as rich and proud a history as the University of Maryland. Students admitted
will find the institution stressing programs of educational excellence, pursuing
vital research, and rendering important services to the State.

Just 31 years after the signing of the Declaration of Independence, there was
established in Baltimore a College of Medicine, the fifth such medical school in
the United States. The College began with no visible assets save determination,
enthusiasm and skill, and the first seven students enrolled received their lectures

in the homes of their professors. One member of the faculty, Dr. John Shaw,
died as a result of exposure suffered while working winter nights in a dilapidated
structure that was the college's home in 1808. The other two members of the
faculty, Dr. John Beal Davidge and Dr. James Cocke, were extremely skillful
researchers — professionally outstanding in that day and even more so from the
perspective of today.

In 1812 the State Legislature authorized the College of Medicine to annex a
Faculty of Divinity, a Faculty of Law, and a Faculty of Arts and Sciences.
Together these four colleges became the University of Maryland. The college of
Divinity and the undergraduate college of Arts and Sciences developed slowly,
but highly successful departments of Dentistry and Pharmacy were added, along
with a Training School for Nurses. The professional schools of Medicine, Law,
Dentistry and Pharmacy were all among the half-dozen first of their kind to be
established in America, and throughout most of the Nineteenth Century and
into the Twentieth Century they were recognized among the foremost schools in
each profession.

Meanwhile, on the old ross borough estate near Washington, d. c,
a group of wealthy planters were pioneering in an attempt to develop agriculture
into a respectable academic discipline.

The Maryland Agricultural College, again one of the two or three first in the
country, was established in 1856 on the Ross Borough Estate, just north of
Washington. Because it was primarily a school for planters' sons, it suffered
greatly during the Civil War, but in 1864 it became a land-grant institution and
slowly emerged again, not only as the primary spokesman for the farming inter-
ests of the State but as an outstanding undergraduate college. In 1920 the
College of Agriculture at College Park was consolidated with the University
of Maryland in Baltimore. The merged institution continued under the name
of the University of Maryland.

This, of course, forms only the briefest outline of the 157-year history of
the University.

Although the University is a State institution quite large in physical plant,
student enrollment, the number of courses and degrees offered, and services
performed, its objectives remain constant and form a base for all educational
activity. Simply stated they are: (1) to prepare students in the arts, the human-
ities, the pure and applied sciences, agriculture, business and public administra-
tion, home economics, industry, and for the professions; (2) to contribute to
the civic, ethical, moral, cultural, spiritual, and general welfare; (3) to provide
general education in its broadest sense, both formal and informal, for all
students who enroll; (4) to develop those ideals and finer relationships among
students which characterize cultured individuals; (5) to conduct systematic
research and to promote creative scholarship; and (6) to offer special, continu-
ation, and extension education in communities where it is feasible.

The government of the University is vested in a Board of Regents, each
member of which is appointed by the Governor of the State to serve a term of
seven years. The administration of the University is vested in the President.
The following is a listing of the major administrative divisions on both
campuses:

AT COLLEGE PARK

College of Agriculture
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration
College of Education
College of Engineering, the Glenn
L. Martin Institute of Technology
Agricultural and Home Economics
Extension Service

Agricultural Services and Controls

College of Home Economics
Department of Air Science
College of Physical Education, Rec-
reation and Health
University College (formerly College

of Special and Continuation

Studies)
Graduate School
Summer School

Agricultural Experiment Station
Computer Science Center

AT BALTIMORE

School of Dentistry
School of Law
School of Medicine

School of Nursing
School of Pharmacy
School of Social Work

University Hospital
Psychiatric Institute

A state-wide Natural Resources Institute is a part of the University of Mary-
land. Basic research facilities for the Institute are located at Solomons Island
and at Crisfield.

The university's educational and research programs are enhanced
by its participation in the activities of the Southern Regional Education Board.
The SREB is a public agency supported by the states of Alabama, Arkansas,
Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North
Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West
Virginia. Through the agency of the SREB, these states work together for
higher education and to improve the economy of the region.

One program under the Southern Regional Education Board encourages
arrangements between institutions whereby high cost educational programs are
shared. For example, during the past 15 years Maryland residents have been
provided veterinary medical training through a cooperative arrangement with
the University of Georgia, and with the Tuskegee Institute. Medical and dental
education arrangements have been effected with Meharry Medical College.
The University's School of Dentistry, in a similar manner, provides for con-
tract students from certain states where schools of dentistry have not been
established. A cooperative program in Library Science exists with the University
of North Carolina and a program in Forestry has been arranged with North
Carolina State. The usual State participation involves paying the out-of-state fee.

You are the Vital Factor

\\ HERE DO YOU FIT IN? YOU ARE THE BASIC, VITAL FACTOR IN THE UNIVER-

sity's educational program. It is with you in mind that the citizens of this
State (your parents) contribute toward the establishment of a well-equipped
University. Much has been done to provide the means for you to acquire an
excellent education. You will have an opportunity to fulfill this obligation by
diligent application in your studies.

If you are a high school student, or graduate, you are trying, certainly, to
decide ( 1 ) whether or not to spend the next four years of your life at a college
or university and (2) which institution and which course of study is the right
one for you.

First you should know that the administration and faculty of the University
of Maryland will make every attempt to help you find the answers to these
questions. Through personal counseling, letters, and transmittal of information
dealing with the academic program, the University attempts to present to the
prospective student as complete a picture of its activities as possible. The
University is willing to go all the way for you, both during your period of
decision and (if accepted for admission) during your academic tenure. Now,
here is what the University expects of you.

The University expects you to be a good student; it expects you to be a
conscientious student. Even though the University is concerned with a large
number of students, emphasis remains on the individual. An estimate of the
value of the individual at the University was given by the President of the Uni-
versity, Dr. Wilson H. Elkins, in an address entitled "A Quantity of Quality."

During the last few decades we have been witnessing a social
revolution with the individual as the center, and it is extremely
important that this revolution have a clear objective. Otherwise,
it could very easily result in a widespread conviction that every
one should share and share alike the benefits of a free society re-
gardless of their capacity, effort, initiative, and ambition. Among
other things this would lead to the weakening of higher education
by the admission and retention of all comers to the campuses of
the colleges and universities, and the reduction of our program
to a low common denominator. This would be a disservice to
society. We must therefore strive to direct the revolution toward
the recognition of individual differences while assuring each
individual of the opportunity to go as far along various courses
as his talents and energies will permit.

What President Elkins has said is that there are wide and impressively deep
educational opportunities offered to each individual at the University of Mary-
land, but it is up to each individual to prove his own worth and to develop his
talents according to his own special capabilities.

When you visit the campus of the university of Maryland at either
College Park or Baltimore, you will recognize a number of major construction
projects at various stages of completion. In anticipation of greatly increased
enrollments, this condition is expected to continue for at least another decade.
The University possesses some 2,500 acres of land. The main campus
at College Park encompasses about 300 acres with 800 additional acres
adjacent to it available for agricultural research and teaching. At College Park
the principal buildings are designed in a Georgian Colonial style. On the Balti-
more campus, located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets, are
situated seventeen major buildings including the original School of Medicine
building constructed in 1812, the Out-Patient Department, the University
Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute, the Frank C. Bressler Building, the Dental
School Building, Pharmacy School and Nursing School Buildings, the School

"t*i'

of Law Building, the Gray Laboratory, the Baltimore Union, and the recently
acquired Redwood Hall and Howard Hall. A new building for the School of
Law is currently under construction.

In cooperation with the City of Baltimore and the Urban Redevelopment
Program of the Federal government, the Baltimore campus is involved in a
land clearing and development program.

Admission to the University

NOW YOU WILL LIKELY ASK THIS QUESTION: WHO MAY BE ADMITTED TO

the University?

The University says officially: "Admission from secondary school is based
upon evidence indicating the applicant's probable success in the program of
his choice."

By the word "evidence" the University means that:

1) you must be a graduate of an accredited secondary school;

2) your principal or headmaster should recommend you for entrance to
the University, attesting to your character and ability;

3) you have completed the high school subjects required for the college and
curriculum which you wish to enter;

4) you have completed the tests of the American College Testing Program*
and have had the results submitted to the Counseling Center of the
University.

5) your scholastic average in major subjects in your last two years in high
school has been satisfactory.

Actually, during your high school years, you have been preparing for the
University. You should have maintained a good scholastic record and planned
your curriculum so that you will have at graduation the required number of
units to begin your college program.

All applicants for admission, who do not qualify as Maryland residents, as
defined in the Appendix, must also have the results of the American College
Testing Program and complete high school records submitted to the Admissions
Office. Only a limited number of well-qualified out-of-state applicants can be
considered for admission since first preference in admission is given to Maryland
residents.

Pre-College Summer Session

Any Maryland resident whose scholastic average in major subjects for his
junior year in high school and the first semester of the senior high school year
falls below the C level will be required to attend the University Pre-College
Summer Session.

* Consult your high school counselor for information about the American College
Testing Program.

The Pre-College Summer Session is held at College Park, Maryland, and is
preceded by a brief orientation period. During this session, which runs con-
currently with the regular University Summer Session, students will be required
to take a full academic workload, including English 1. A special program of
advisement and counseling as well as reading and study skills instruction will be
provided. Alternatives to this special session, and the achievement required to
remain in the University, have been explained to Maryland high school prin-
cipals and counselors and are contained in a special brochure sent to students
required to attend the Pre-College Summer Session.

A student whose average falls below C as noted above must have his appli-
cation AND HIGH SCHOOL RECORD INCLUDING HIS FIRST SEMESTER SENIOR GRADES
IN THE ADMISSIONS OFFICE AT COLLEGE PARK BY OR BEFORE MAY 1, 1965, TO BE

considered for admission. The American College Test results for students
with less than C average must be received by May 22, 1965.

How about Mathematics ?

All programs in the University require some college work in mathematics.
The student who plans to go to college should be sure to take College Prepara-
tory Mathematics for three and preferably four years. Some programs in the
University, for example Engineering, require from three and one-half to four
years of College Preparatory Mathematics.

Courses in General Mathematics, Commercial Mathematics, and Shop
Mathematics are not considered as College Preparatory Mathematics.

How about English ?

A considerable portion of the work in English during the freshman year at
the University is devoted to expository writing. The high school student should
therefore get as much preparation as possible in composition. The student who
passes the English Classification test in the top ten percent of his entering
class will be placed in an advanced English grouping.

Where do you apply ?

The Office of Admissions is chiefly responsible for advising prospective
students prior to application for admission and for processing applications when
submitted. All inquiries concerning undergraduate work, therefore, should be
submitted to:

director, office of admissions

north administration building

university of maryland

college park, maryland

In your first letter of inquiry you should state your educational background
and your expected date of graduation from secondary school, your educational
objectives, and the date of your expected entrance to the University. You
should request application forms for admission. It is not essential that you
receive a course catalog for the College in which you are interested prior to your
registration.

Part I of your application, accompanied by a $10 application fee, should be
returned to the Office of Admissions at any time after October 1 of your senior
year in high school. The fee should be in the form of a check made payable to
the University of Maryland and is non-refundable under any circumstance. The
fee will be applied in lieu of the matriculation fee provided the applicant enrolls
for the term applied for on his application. Applicants who have been enrolled
with the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College Park or Balti-
more, or at one of its off-campus centers are not required to pay the fee
since they have already paid a matriculation fee.

Deadlines for Applications

FALL SEMESTER

All applications for full-time undergraduate admission for the Fall Semester
at the College Park campus must be received by the University on or before
July 15. Any student registered for seven or more semester hours of work
is considered a full-time student.

Under unusual circumstances, applications will be accepted between July 15
and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after July 15 will be
required to pay a non-refundable $15 late fee to defray the cost of special
handling of applications after that date. This late fee is in addition to the $10
application fee.

All undergraduate applications, both for full-time and part-time attendance,
and all supporting documents for an application for admission, must be re-
ceived by the appropriate University office by September 1. This means that
the applicant's educational records, ACT scores (in the case of new freshmen)
and medical examination report must be received by September 1.

SPRING SEMESTER

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester is Jan-
uary 1.

Orientation Programs

I. THE OFFICIAL NEW FRESHMEN ORIENTATION AND REGISTRATION PROGRAM

Upon final admission to the University you will receive materials pertaining
to your participation in The Official New Freshmen Orientation and Registration
Program for the University of Maryland. The program is operated at the Col-
lege Park Campus during the months of July, August and early September.
You will attend with a group of your future classmates. During the two days
here, you will engage in the following:

1. Formal and informal discussions about University life, the standards
the University will expect from you and what you can in turn expect
from it.

2. A personal conference with a faculty adviser in your college who will
assist you in selecting and registering for fall semester courses.

3. A personalized introduction to campus facilities, sources of help for the
problems the typical freshman must face, and out-of-class opportunities.

4. Payment of Fall Semester bills and purchase of your text books if you so
desire.

II. NEW STUDENT WEEK

During the last three days of Fall Registration week, students and faculty
combine their efforts to plan a program of value and interest for you. The
President of the University delivers his personal message to new students and
their parents and greets each new student. Outstanding faculty personnel
participate in a series of programs designed to initiate the academic year.
Social programs are planned to help you further your contacts with your
classmates. Student governing bodies present programs to further acquaint
you with the structure of student government and you have an opportunity
to meet the people who represent you. Representatives of religious groups and
other student organizations are available for you to learn from them the nature
of their programs. A special program for parents is planned for the evening
of the first day of New Student Week.

The Transfer Student

A student must be in good standing as to scholarship and character to be
eligible for transfer to the University. Advanced standing is assigned to a
transfer student from an accredited institution under the following conditions:
(1) A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester
hours (including the meeting of all University and curricular requirements) is
necessary for a degree; (2) The University reserves the right to make the
assignment of transfer credit conditional upon the student's making a satis-
factory record during his first semester at the University; (3) The University
reserves the right to revoke advanced standing if the transfer student's progress
is at any time unsatisfactory.

The Special Student

An applicant who is at least twenty-one years of age, and who has not
completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such courses as
he seems qualified to take. A special student is ineligible to matriculate for a
degree until he has satisfied the entrance requirements.

The Unclassified Student

An applicant who meets entrance requirements but who does not wish to
pursue a program of study leading to a degree is eligible for admission to
enroll in courses for which he has the prerequisites.

The Foreign Student

The foreign student applying for admission to the undergraduate schools
of the University of Maryland should make application at least six months
in advance of the term for which he is applying. He will be required to submit
an application for admission on a form furnished upon request by the Admis-
sions Office of the University, and official copies of his secondary school prepa-
ration, certificates of completion of state secondary school examinations, and
records of college or university studies completed in schools in the United
States or elsewhere. He will also be required to furnish proof of his ability to
read, write, speak, and understand English sufficiently well to pursue satisfac-

torily an approved course of study in one of the Colleges of the University.
Arrangements can be made through the office of the Foreign Student Adviser
for administering an English test to prospective students both in the United
States and in countries abroad.

The foreign student accepted for admission to the University will receive
the Immigration 1-20 form needed to secure a student visa from the American
consul.

Every foreign student is expected to notify the Foreign Student Adviser as
to the approximate date of his arrival at the University and arrange to see him
as soon as possible after arrival. The office of the Adviser is located in the North
Administration Building, Room 222.

Musts — Physical Education Training
and Air Force ROTC Instruction

The university is concerned with the physical fitness of each
student. Therefore, all undergraduate men and women students, classified
academically as freshmen registered for more than six semester hours of credit,
are required to enroll in and successfully complete two prescribed courses in
Physical Education for a total of two semester hours of credit. These courses
must be taken by all eligible students during their first year of attendance at
the University whether they intend to graduate or not. A health course of two
semester hours' credit is required of all undergraduate men and women.

The University operates one of the largest Air Force Reserve Officer Training
Corps units in the United States. Successful completion of a one-year sequence
is prerequisite for graduation. The sequence must be taken by all men students
during the first year of attendance. Those students interested in a career in the
Air Force, and who have not yet reached their 25th birthday at the time of
initial enrollment in any undergraduate or graduate curriculum, may apply for
advanced training in the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps upon satis-
factory completion of the basic requirements. Successful completion of this
advanced training course, and attainment of a baccalaureate degree leads to a
commission in the United States Air Force Reserve or a Certificate of Comple-
tion.

Bases for Exemption From Air Force ROTC Instruction

1. A student who has completed the basic program in other approved units
of the United States Air Force, Army, or Naval ROTC will receive credit.

2. A student holding a commission in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy,
Marine Corps, Coast Guard, or Air Force will receive credit.

3. A student who has served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast
Guard, or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equiva-
lent to the training received in the basic AFROTC program will receive credit.

• f

»,»

Tr ^m '14Bi£lRJ

i^ y ^P Br Wv

Short periods of service in any of the branches named above will be evaluated
and allowed as credit toward completion of the course.

4. Graduate students are exempt.

5. A student classified as a "special student" who is registered for less than
seven semester hours is exempt.

6. A student who is 24 years of age or older on or before the first day of
scheduled classes for the semester will not be required to initiate or continue
his basic AFROTC registration. He may start or continue AFROTC at his
own option.

A student who for reason of age does not satisfy in whole or in part the
basic AFROTC program will be required to pass an equivalent number of
credits, presently within the pattern of the General Education Program, in
addition to the basic General Education Program, and in addition to the
curriculum requirements of his program of studies and/or college.

The intent of this plan is to give the over-age student an alternative to basic
AFROTC, using four semesters of academic credit as the measure of the alter-
native. It is expected that the courses used as options will advance the same
citizenship education purpose as is associated with basic AFROTC.

Any course used as an alternative to AFROTC will require the approval
of the dean of the school or college from which the student is graduating and
it must be taken at the University of Maryland. Preference will be given to
advanced courses in history, government and politics, and English.

7. A student who is physically handicapped may exercise the same option
as an over-age student. The physical handicap must be verified by the Director
of Student Health. It is expected that many physically handicapped persons
will prefer basic AFROTC. They are acceptable in basic AFROTC as they
were under former regulations.

8. A student who transfers to the University with advanced standing equiva-
lent to junior status or higher may pursue basic AFROTC semester by semester
as permitted in the past, or he may exercise the option outlined for over-age
students. The transfer student will be held to four additional semester hours of
academic credit if he does not pursue AFROTC.

9. A verified conscientious objector may exercise the four-semester-hour-
equivalent option. The criterion for determining this status shall be the same
as that used in administering the Universal Military Training and Service Act.
Minors must obtain the signature of their parents to exercise this alternative.
If the conscientious objector falls into any other category of alternatives (over-
age, physically handicapped, transfer at junior level) he may give precedence
to the other category.

10. A foreign student, other than one with an immigrant visa, is exempt.
He may choose the alternative described previously if he falls in any of the
categories to which the alternative applies.

Where Will I Live?

Residence Halls

Trained personnel are employed by the university to assist students
to administer the residence halls program. These members of the staff, living
in the various residence units, are interested in helping students to derive the
maximum benefit from the academic, cultural, social and athletic opportunities
which are available in group living.

If the student desires living accommodations in a residence hall, he must
complete the following steps.

1. Apply for admission to University.

2. Receive (a) notification of admission to University and (b) submit
Housing Application.

3. Receive additional information which will include: (a) room assignment
priority, (b) conditions of residence hall contract, (c) University rules
and regulations, (d) room deposit, and (e) room equipment.

All single undergraduate women under 2 1 years of age at the time they
register must live at home, in University residence halls or sororities, or with
close relatives (with approval of parents, relatives, and the Dean of Women).
New undergraduate women, 21 years of age or older at the time they register,
will not be given residence hall accommodations. Only single women may
live in the residence halls. Additionally, neither men nor women graduate
students are housed on campus.

Off-Campus Housing

Upperclassmen and veteran male undergraduate students are allowed to live
in houses off-campus. Graduates and new undergraduate women 21 years of
age or older must live off-campus. All housing arrangements for undergraduate
women students must be approved by the Office of the Dean of Women. A list
of rooms, apartments and houses available to all persons associated with the
University is located in the Housing Office on the third floor of the North Ad-
ministration Building. Most of the off-campus houses have double rooms with
twin beds and provide linens and towels. Some require that you furnish your
own bed linens. The price for a person in a double room is about $25 a month.
Single rooms rent from $30-$50 per month.

Family Housing Units

The University maintains a limited number of unfurnished married housing
units on the campus. Efficiency units for families with no children rent for
$42.50 per month and consist of a living room-bedroom combination, kitchen
and bath. One bedroom units are for families with one child and rent for
$45.50 per month.

To be eligible, undergraduate students must take at least 15 hours credit per
semester. Graduate students, other than those with teaching fellowships and
assistantships, must take 10 hours credit per semester. To be eligible you
cannot have a total income of more than $4,500 per year. Units are not avail-
able to families with more than one child, and that child cannot be over five

IMPORTANT NOTICE

HE STATEMENTS IN THIS BOOKLET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY.

The provisions of this publication do not form a contract
between the student and the University of Maryland.

Official notice concerning student life, grading systems and
other regulations are to be found in the publication University
General and Academic Regulations, made available to all in-
coming students.

The University reserves the right to change any provision or
requirement at any time within the student's term of residence.
The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the
best interests of the University.

years of age. It is necessary that you be officially admitted to the University
before the application can be considered active. Applications for these units
may be obtained from the Housing Office.

Lord Calvert Apartments

The Lord Calvert Apartments in College Park were acquired by the Univer-
sity to alleviate the critical need for housing for married students. Intended
primarily as a housing facility for married graduate teaching assistants who
are employed in the instructional programs at College Park, the Lord Calvert
complex offers units with one bedrom and dining alcove; one bedroom and
dining room, and two-bedroom units with dining rooms.

How Much Will It Cost?

T HE TABLE FOLLOWING PRESENTS ESTABLISHED CHARGES FOR ATTENDING

the University of Maryland in the undergraduate programs offered on the Col-
lege Park campus.

Fees for Undergraduate Students

First Second

Maryland Residents Semester Semester Total

FIXED CHARGES $130.00

INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS FEE 12.00

ATHLETIC FEE 20.00

STUDENT ACTIVITIES FEE 12.00

SPECIAL FEE 15.00

RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FEE 25.00

Total for Residents $214.00 $132.00 $346.00

$120.00

$250.00

12.00

24.00

20.00

12.00

15.00

25.00

Residents of the District of
Columbia, Other States and
Countries

tuition fee for non-resident

students $200.00 $200.00 $400.00

Total for Non-Residents $414.00 $332.00 $746.00

Board and Lodging

board $210.00 $210.00 $420.00"

LODGING

MARYLAND RESIDENTS 145-160 145-160 290-320**

OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES 170-185 170-185 340-370***

* All students who live in the residence halls must take their meals in the
University Dining Halls. ** Effective September, 1965 annual fee for men will
be $320. ::i::: Effective September, 1965 annual fee for both men and women
will be $420.

For complete information concerning fees see Appendix A.

How About Grants and Scholarships ?
For promising young men and women who might not otherwise be able to
provide themselves an opportunity for higher education, a number of grants
and scholarships are available. New students must apply before March 15.
Students already enrolled may apply before May 1. All requests for information
concerning these awards should be directed to:

DIRECTOR, STUDENT AID
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND

In deciding whether you are eligible to receive a grant or a scholarship, the
Committee considers such qualifications as leadership, character, achievement,
and participation in student activities, as well as academic ability and financial
need.

You should know of the major groupings of grants and scholarships.
These are:

full university scholarships — covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees
and books;

university grants — awarded to deserving and qualified secondary school
graduates covering fixed charges only;

general assembly grants — for fixed charges only, awarded by members
of the State Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of
the House of Delegates, only to persons in the county or in the legislative
district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents;

special academic scholarships — awarded to students of exceptional aca-
demic ability by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid;

endowed scholarships and grants — supported by income from funds
especially established for this purpose;

teacher education grants — for fixed charges only, available to Maryland
residents who agree to teach in Maryland public school for two years;

general state tuition scholarships — for fixed charges only, awarded by
the State Scholarship Board on the basis of an examination.

:<-

•-

■-*V

-«--*

v-V

Can You Work Your Way Through College ?

A number of students are employed on a part-time basis by the University,
others work in various capacities in shops and stores located in the College
Park area. If you seek employment while pursuing a regular program of
instruction, you should consult the Office of Student Aid who maintains a listing
of available jobs within the University and in nearby commercial areas including
holiday and summer employment.

Are Loans Possible ?

Several loans are made available by private organizations to worthy students
in financial need.

Under provisions of United Student Aid Funds, qualified students may
borrow up to $1000 per year from home-town banks.

Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund is available for
worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland.

Under provisions of the National Defense Education Act, loans are available
to qualified students in amounts not to exceed $800 per year.

Teacher Education?

In order to provide a greater supply of qualified teachers for the public schools
of Maryland, residents of Maryland may have the fixed charges remitted while
pursuing successfully a teacher preparation program.

The following conditions pertain to the administration of the program:

1. The student must be a resident of the State of Maryland as defined in
this publication. This resident status must be maintained in order to con-
tinue the effectiveness of the agreement.

2. The student must be a citizen of the United States of America.

3. The student must be regularly admitted to the University for the pursuit
of a baccalaureate degree.

4. The student must be enrolled as a full-time student pursuing a curriculum
leading to teacher certification in accordance with University regulations.
Fifteen semester hours of credit shall constitute a full-time schedule for
persons who have their fixed fees remitted at the University of Maryland.

Each applicant eligible to participate in the reimbursed program will be re-
quired to sign a pledge to teach in the public schools of Maryland for a period
of two years, immediately following graduation. A reimbursement agreement
must be signed to cover the contingency of not satisfying the teaching require-
ment. A more detailed explanation is available upon request.

Persons enrolled in the summer session or in any of the late afternoon and
evening programs are not covered by this fee remission program.

Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life

Organized student activities are recognized and encouraged
for the growth of your leadership and citizenship skills. Opportunities are open
in student government, fraternities, sororities, special interest clubs, civic groups,
service organizations, professional organizations, recreational organizations,
religious clubs, and musical organizations. You may be interested in joining the

band or the staff of one of the student publications. You may be interested in
athletics or perhaps you will want to become a member of a club or society
which has a primary interest in the informal investigation of an academic
specialty. Interested faculty personnel are active in all of these groups.

The Student Government Association represents all students and operates
under an approved constitution and by-laws. The Associated Women Students,
in cooperation with the Dean of Women, is concerned with matters pertaining
to women students. The Men's League, in cooperation with the Dean of Men,
is concerned with matters pertaining to men students.

The University Band is under the supervision of the Department of Music
and is composed of four groups: the Marching Band, the Symphonic Band, the
Air Force ROTC Band, and the Pep Band.

Five student communications and publication media are operated with faculty
guidance and the general supervision of the Committee on Student Publications
and Communications. They are: The Diamondback, the campus newspaper;
The Terrapin, the student yearbook; The M Book, the student handbook;
Calvert Review, campus literary magazine; and WMUC, the campus radio
station.

Athletics and Recreation

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of
all students and, in addition to the required physical education for freshmen
and sophomores, sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics and
to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college. The
intramural program, which covers a large variety of sports, is conducted by
the Physical Education Department for both men and women.

The Council on Intercollegiate Athletics sponsors and supervises a full
program of intercollegiate athletics in every form necessary to meet the needs
of the student body. By keeping this program in proper bounds, it becomes an
incidental feature of University life. Each student is encouraged to participate
in the program, either as an athlete or as a spectator. A strong intercollegiate
program creates the incentives for extensive participation in the intramural
program and, further, the program furnishes a rallying point of common
interest for students, alumni, and faculty.

The University is a member of the Atlantic Coast Conference, the National
Collegiate Athletic Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse
Association, the Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and
cooperates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur
athletics.

The University has an activities building which contains a modern gymnasium,
a swimming pool, training facilities for indoor sports, physical education
laboratories, and an arena; also a large armory; a modern stadium with a
running track; a number of athletic fields; tennis courts; golf course; baseball
diamonds; and a gymnasium and swimming pool for women.

To Round Out Your Experience

The Student Government Association's Cultural Committee, University
Theatre, and the musical groups present a broad program of musical, cultural,
and dramatic programs. The National Symphony presents several concerts

during the year. A Broadway musical and an opera are given annually. Recent
talent brought to the campus includes Modern Jazz Quartet, Don Cossack
Dancers, Ferrante and Teicher and Miriam Makeba, and the Ximenez-Vargas
Spanish Ballet. Contemporary entertainment is presented throughout the year
by various student organizations. A series of informational programs and art
exhibits are presented by the Student Union.

All campus or class wide social events are associated with Homecoming, and
the Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior Proms. Name bands such as
Tommy Dorsey, Warren Covington, and Sy Zentner have appeared at these
affairs.

Fraternities, sororities and residence halls also sponsor social events through-
out the year including exchange socials and open houses from time to time.

The All-Faith Memorial Chapel is one of the most beautiful structures of
its kind in the nation. Within its shelter are housed the offices of chaplains,
representing the denominational bodies, and there are many opportunities
for you to consult with the minister of your faith. Chances are that you will
want to join a religious club such as the Baptist Student Union, Canterbury
Association (Episcopal), Christian Fellowship (non-denominational), Christian
Science, Diogenes Society (Unitarian), Ethos (Eastern Orthodox), Hillel Foun-
dation (Jewish), Lutheran Students Association, Newman Club (Roman
Catholic), Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian), and the Wesley Foundation
(Methodist).

Academic Standards

The student who maintains at least a "c" average in academic sub-
jects is proceeding satisfactorily toward graduation. The student who does not
maintain this average is falling behind.

The student who fails fifty percent or more of his academic work will
normally not be permitted to continue. Special provisions, however, are made
for the student who has difficulty in the first semester of his freshman year.
The student who fails more than 35 percent of his academic work in any
semester or who fails to make a minimum 1.5 average for the academic year
will be placed on academic probation. Each student must earn junior standing
within a specified time in order to be eligible to continue in the University.

The regulations governing junior standing, academic probation, and academic
dismissal are printed in a separate publication. University General and
Academic Regulations. Every student should familiarize himself with these
regulations.

High school students who have an average of less than "C" in their academic
subjects, as specified by the Director of Admissions, will be required to attend
the Pre-College Summer Session prior to acceptance by the University of
Maryland.

Student Services

Student Health

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of its
students. All new, full-time, day, undergraduate students are required to undergo
a thorough physical examination prior to their admission and to pay the annual

Health Service Fee. Full-time graduate students are also required to pay this fee.
Excellent commercial Accident and Sickness Insurance, sponsored by the Uni-
versity, is also available. A new well-equipped and staffed Infirmary is available
for the treatment of sick or injured students who have paid the Health Service
fee.

All dormitories, off-campus houses, sorority and fraternity houses, the Food
Service and certain other areas are inspected periodically by the Student Health
Service to make certain that proper sanitary conditions are maintained.

Group Accident Insurance, issued by a national company, is available to
domestic students on a voluntary basis. All foreign students are required to have
accident and sickness insurance coverage in reasonable amounts and comparable
to that offered our domestic students.

University Counseling Center

The Counseling Center assists students in gaining a better understanding
of themselves and in developing improved methods of coping with vocational,
educational and personal problems. Both individual and group methods of
counseling are used. Where psychological testing is appropriate in the counsel-
ing of students, tests of ability, interest and personality are employed.

Through its Reading and Study Skills Laboratory, the Center provides an
extensive program for students motivated to improve their reading and listening
skills, study methods, vocabulary and/or spelling.

Students are entitled to the services of the Center without charge since they
annually pay an advisory and testing fee at the time of registration.

The Counseling Center is located in Shoemaker Building.

Placement and Credentials Service
Full-time career employment for graduating seniors and alumni is available
through the University Placement and Credentials Service. In addition an
Opportunity Series is sponsored throughout the school year to assist students
in vocational planning.

University Post Office
The University operates an office located in the Service Building, for the
reception and dispatch and delivery of the United States mail, including parcel
post items and inter-office communications. This office is not a part of the
U. S. postal system and no facilities are available for the reception or trans-
mission of postal money orders and all registered and insured mail must be
picked up at the United States Post Office in the City of College Park. The
campus post office hours are 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday.
Resident students' mail will be delivered directly to the dormitories. All com-
munications addressed to non-resident and/or commuting students must be
mailed to their home addresses as there is no provision in the University Post
Office for handling mail for these students.

The Student Union

The enlarged and improved Student Union has much to offer the student and
faculty in facilities and services.

The cafeteria, with seating for approximately 450, offers a complete line of
hot lunches and dinners served daily from 1 1 :00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. and 4:45 p.m.

to 7:30 p.m. The remodeled snack bar serves breakfast and light lunches plus
snacks throughout the day from 7:00 a.m. to 10:30 p.m.

The Student Supply Store makes available for University personnel all class-
room needs in texts and supplies plus an assortment of clothing, cards, novelties
and jewelry.

At the Union shop all sorts of candy and many personal articles are available.

For those hours of leisure you may find relaxation on one of the Union's 16
automatic ten pin bowling lanes which are open from 9:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m.
daily and slightly later on the weekends. Or perhaps you might enjoy a game of
billiards in the new twelve table billiard room. Chess and bridge are here too,
as these long-standing University clubs meet regularly in the Union.

If reading is your choice, visit the browsing room where a wide selection of
novels and the latest selection of magazines are stocked for your pleasure.
Then too there is a Hi-Fi Stereo listening lounge where daily planned programs
of fine music are heard.

As to Union services, there is a check cashing facility in the main office where
personal checks up to $10.00 may be cashed Monday through Friday from
9 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. for a small service charge. If you have ditto or mimeo-
graphing needs, these duplicating services may be obtained here for a nominal
cost. A Union poster service, providing a variety in printed signs, may also be
utilized for a small cost.

Should any University recognized organization or club wish to hold a meeting
there are many rooms of varying size which may be had in the Union. Those
wishing a room are required to complete a reservation form in the Union Office
several days in advance. Requests for light refreshment can be handled too;
however, no food may be brought into the building.

The Student Union also has for use outside of the building at a small rental
fee such items as .16mm sound movie projectors, screens, P. A. systems, slide
projectors, certain kitchen equipment such as three and five gallon thermos
jugs, and silver service.

The hours of operation listed here for any of the facilities of the Student
Union are subject to change without notice depending on the needs of operating
efficiency.

General Education Program

The university has instituted a new series of related course require-
ments which together constitute a general education program.

Essentially this program includes nine semester-hour-credits of English (three
credits of composition, six of literature); six credits in history of which three
must be in American history; six credits chosen from various fields of the social
sciences; seven credits in science; three credits in mathematics; three credits
in fine arts or in philosophy. As explained before, two semesters of physical
education and a course in health education are required of all undergraduates.

Greater detail will be found in the publication: General and Academic Regu-
lations, 1965-1967.

w r m

fan •

~ ™^5B ^k<^S — '

~5^

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

The college of agriculture offers a number of curriculums to
prepare students for a wide variety of rewarding careers. These curriculums pre-
pare the student for useful, informed citizenship with a basic understanding of
science in general and the science of agriculture in particular. All four-year
programs lead to the Bachelor of Science degree.

Modern agriculture is a highly complex and extremely efficient industry which
includes supplies and services used in agricultural production, the production
process itself, and the marketing, processing and distribution of food and related
products to meet the needs and wants of consumers.

Instruction in the College of Agriculture emphasizes the fundamental sciences
and associated areas of knowledge that its graduates must use in the agriculture
of the future. When necessary, course programs in specialized areas may be
tailored to fit the needs of the student.

Previous training in agriculture is not a pre-requisite for enrollment. Career
opportunities for men and women with rural, suburban, or urban backgrounds
are numerous in agriculture and its allied industries.

Graduates of the College of Agriculture have a broad base for rewarding
careers and continued learning after college in business, production, teaching,
research, extension and other professional fields. Students may major in Agri-
cultural Chemistry, Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Engineering, Agri-
cultural and Extension Education, Agronomy, Animal Science, Botany, Dairy
Science, Entomology, Horticulture, Poultry Science, General Agriculture and
Pre-Professional Programs. Some of the careers which graduates of specific
curriculums may select are:

animal, plant and soil science. Animal, plant and soil scientists utilize
the principles of nutrition, physiology, breeding and selection, management,
sanitation, and insect and disease control in producing quality plants and animals
in sufficient quantities and varieties to meet effectively and efficiently the needs
of consumers. Curriculums in animal, plant and soil science combine a sound
basis in fundamentals with specialized area options to prepare individuals for
the wide range of careers in the many aspects of the production, management,
sales, research, teaching and extension.

food science. The food scientist applies the fundamentals of chemistry,
physics, microbiology, sanitation, nutrition, management, and quality control
to the problems of procurement, processing, packaging and marketing of nutri-
tious and aesthetically satisfying foods. Graduates in food science are trained
in the basic sciences and associated subjects for careers in production, manage-
ment, research, product development, quality control, teaching, extension,
marketing, human nutrition and personnel relations in the food processing
industry.

agricultural economics. The agricultural economist deals with the appli-
cation of economic principles to the many facets of the total business of
agriculture and other industries and occupations. He applies a knowledge of
economics, mathematics, statistics, business management, finance, accounting,
and agricultural science to the challenging opportunities found in the agricultural
supply and service, production, and marketing industries. He may become a
professional manager, and apply his knowledge to the fields of production
economics, the agricultural marketing system, the operation of supply firms or
service organizations. He may become a market analyst, researcher, teacher,
extension worker, agricultural statistician, agricultural credit specialist, foreign
trade representative, or one of a growing list of professional occupations in
government and industry which utilize his knowledge. As agriculture becomes
more scientific, more efficient, more specialized, more competitive, the agricul-
tural economist will be faced with an increasingly important future role.

agricultural engineering. The agricultural engineer is primarily concerned
with that area of bio-engineering for controlling or modifying natural environ-
ment for the economic production and processing and utilization or marketing
of plant and animal products. Agricultural engineers integrate the physical,
mathematical and engineering sciences with their many applications in agri-
culture. Careers for graduates are found in the design or manufacturing of
farm machinery or in sales and service positions in farm machinery distribu-
tion; in soil and water conservation engineering including water resources
development; in the electrification, automation and mechanization of farm-
stead systems; in the development or adaptation of new materials or new de-
signs in farm structures; systems for handling agricultural materials; and in
the processing of agricultural products.

agricultural and extension education. The agricultural and extension
educator has a broad general training in agriculture with basic work in natural
sciences, social sciences, humanities and specialized courses in education meth-
ods. A variety of educational career opportunities in vocational agriculture,
county agricultural extension work, government, business, industry, college and
other related fields are available.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS:

pre-veterinary science. This program is designed for students desiring
to prepare for the professional course in veterinary medicine. A combined
degree is available to students in pre-veterinary science. A student who has
completed 90 academic semester credits at the University of Maryland and who
has completed 30 additional academic semester credits at the University of
Georgia or at any accredited veterinary school is eligible to make application
for the Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Maryland.

pre-forestry. This program is designed for students who may want to
pursue two years of basic study in preparation for transfer to a standard forestry
curriculum in another institution.

pre-theological. This program is designed for students who desire some
basic background education in agriculture as preparation for the ministry.

A Two- Year Program in Agriculture is offered for students who wish to spend
only a limited time beyond high school to prepare for a specialized occupation.

honors program. The College of Agriculture initiated its Honors Program
in 1963, in recognition of superior scholarship for excellent students.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English English

Government & Politics Sociology, Philosophy or

R. O. T. C. (men) Psychology

Science & Theory of Health R.O.T.C. (men)

Agriculture Zoology

Botany Agricultural elect ives

Agricultural elect ives Physical Activities

Physical Activities

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 units

Mathematics (College Preparatory) 2 units

(Algebra 1 unit and Plane Geometry 1 unit — Agricultural Engineering
and Agricultural Chemistry require 2 additional units)

Biological and Physical Sciences 3 units

History and Social Sciences 2 units

Two units of foreign language are recommended for students planning to
major in Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural Chemistry, Botany and Ento-
mology.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

BACHELOR OF ARTS

The college of arts and sciences offers its students a liberal
education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the
problems which confront them and whose general education will be a con-
tinuing source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction.
The programs combine liberal education with special concentration in one or
more of the basic intellectual or artistic disciplines.

A liberal arts education is the normal preparation for the student who plans
to go to law school; to a post-graduate or professional school of business
administration, library science or social service; or to a theological seminary.

The student interested in research (business and industry, government, uni-
versity) and in college teaching will receive the undergraduate preparation
necessary for the graduate work required in these fields.

By including the appropriate courses in education, a student in some of
these areas can qualify for public school teaching. For students interested in
foreign service, the foreign area programs combine intensive study of a language
with study of the civilization of the area. Other special fields in business and
government are open to the student who completes a liberal arts education
with a suitable concentration in a single field of study.

Specialized programs are also offered in the fine arts (art, drama, music) and
in speech therapy.

FOUR YEAR BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS

American Studies

Art**

Comparative Literature

Economics*

English

Foreign Area Studies (French, German, Latin American, Russian, Spanish)

French

Geography*

German

Government and Politics*

Greek

History

Latin

Music (see also Bachelor of Music degree)

Philosophy

Psychology

Russian

Sociology (including also a program in Crime Control)

Spanish

Speech (including also programs in Dramatic Art and in Speech Therapy)

* Programs in these fields are also offered in the College of Business and Public
Administration.
** A program in Practical Art is offered in the College of Home Economics. A
student may also earn a degree in Art Education.

pre-law. A three year program, followed by three years of Law at the
University of Maryland Law School, leads to the A. B. and LL.B. degree.
Pre-law students may also follow any of the four-year programs and earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree before entering law school.

bachelor of music. Four year program leading to the Bachelor of Music
degree. Professional training in theory-composition, history-literature, and
applied music (voice or instrument).

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

Typical program for the freshman year for students following a program
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree:

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English Public Speaking

Science or Mathematics Science or Mathematics

Foreign Language Foreign Language

Fine Arts or Philosophy Social Science

Public Speaking Elective

R. O. T. C. (men) R. O. T. C. (men)

Physical Activities Physical Activities
Science & Theory of Health

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 units

Mathematics 3 or 4 units of College

Preparatory Mathematics

Biological and Physical Sciences 1 or more units

History and Social Sciences 1 or more units

Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

THE PROGRAM IN EACH OF THE SCIENCE FIELDS COMBINES LIBERAL EDUCA-

tion with a concentration in one of the basic sciences or in mathematics. The
graduates of these science programs are prepared for specialized positions in
industry and government.

The student in these science programs can also gain the preparation necessary
for admission to the professional schools of medicine and dentistry or for
admission to graduate work leading to advanced degrees in Mathematics,
Chemistry, Physics, and the Biological Sciences. Research work (industry,
government, university) and college teaching are among the possibilities open
to the student who successfully completes an undergraduate and graduate
program in mathematics or one of the basic sciences.

FOUR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAMS

Astronomy Physics

Botany* Psychology

Chemistry Zoology

Mathematics General Biological Sciences

Microbiology General Physical Sciences

* A curriculum in Botany is also offered in the College of Agriculture.

pre-medical and pre-dental programs. There are three-year programs meet-
ing minimum requirements for medical school or dental school. A four-year
program in any of the major fields in the College of Arts and Sciences leading
to an A. B. or B. S. degree can prepare a student for professional schools.
Only exceptionally strong and mature students should consider the three-year
pre-medical curriculum.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

Public Speaking English

Mathematics Mathematics

Science (one or more of the Science (continued)

introductory courses) American Government

Social Science Public Speaking

R. O. T. C. (men) R. O. T. C. (men)

Health Physical Activities
Physical Activities

For the pre-medical and pre-dental student . . .

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

Philosophy English

Mathematics Mathematics

Chemistry Chemistry

Zoology Zoology

R. O. T. C. (men) R. O. T. C. (men)

Science & Theory of Health Physical Activities
Physical A ctivities

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 units

Mathematics 4 units of College

Preparatory Mathematics

Biological and Physical Sciences 1 or more units, including

Chemistry and Physics, if
possible

History and Social Sciences 1 or more units

Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Four-year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree are
offered by the College of Business and Public Administration. Students may
complete the four-year program in a shorter period of time by attending sum-
mer sessions. They may choose their programs of study from the offerings of
the following departments: Department of Business Administration, Depart-
ment of Economics, Department of Geography, Department of Government
and Politics, Department of Information Systems Management and Depart-
ment of Journalism and Public Relations.

Students expecting to enroll in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration at the University of Maryland should pursue the pre-college program
in high school. Those who follow the commercial studies curriculum in high
school are usually not prepared to meet the requirements of the College. The
College recommends the following preparation in high school:

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 units.

Mathematics 3 or more units of College Pre-
paratory Mathematics; including a
minimum of 2 units of Algebra
and 1 of Geometry.

History and Social Sciences 1 or more units.

Natural Science 1 or more units.

Foreign Languages 1 or more units.

DEPARTMENTAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY

Before concentrating heavily in any of the College's special fields of study,
all students follow during their first two years an educational program that
provides a foundation upon which to base advanced work in the management
or social sciences or in journalism. The first two years constitute, therefore,
a major part of the general education that the University offers and an oppor-
tunity to learn something of the nature of different professional and scholarly
fields.

With the exceptions noted below, all departments within the College require
the following as a part of the freshman-sophomore program of study:

English 9 semester hours

Mathematics 6

History 6

Social science 6

Natural science 7-8

Fine arts and philosophy 3

Economics 6

By way of exception, the Departments of Geography and Journalism and
Public Relations require a minimum of 3 hours of mathematics. Majors in
government and politics and in the general program in geography are required
to have at least 12 hours of a foreign language.

Students must also meet University requirements in health, physical activities
and air science.

business administration. Programs: General Program in Business Adminis-
tration; Accounting; Finance; Marketing; Personnel & Industrial Relations;
Production Management; Statistics; Transportation.

Upon completion of requirements for the degree, students following any of
these programs will have had the advantage of a broad general education,
a firm understanding of the internal characteristics and external relationships
of business, and a professional training focused upon one of the major lines of
managerial activity.

All students in business administration follow the same course of study for
the first two years. In addition to the general requirements cited above, students
take courses in speech, business enterprise, and accounting during the freshman-
sophomore years. The junior-senior years are devoted to the requirements of
the major plus such complementary courses as are deemed desirable for the
completion of a sound general education.

Students who major in one of the areas of business administration often
enter business or government immediately after graduation, but their under-
graduate programs also prepare them for graduate study in business.

economics. Students wishing to major in economics and to earn the degree of
Bachelor of Science may register in the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration, the College of which the Department of Economics is adminis-
tratively a part. (Under a slightly different set of requirements, students may
major in economics in the College of Arts and Sciences.) The first two years
are devoted to the general requirements plus an additional course in economics,
a course in speech, and electives. The junior-senior years are devoted to the
requirements of the major, and to elective courses. An honors program in
economics is available to students who demonstrate the capacity for outstanding
achievement.

Students majoring in economics may look forward to careers in business
and government and, after graduate study, to college teaching and to research
in many different types of organization.

geography. Programs: General Program in Geography; Cartography; and
Urban Geography.

Three programs of study are offered by the Department of Geography to
students in the College of Business and Public Administration. The same pro-
grams are available — under a slightly different set of requirements — in the
College of Arts and Sciences.

All majors in geography devote the first two years to the general require-
ments and to certain courses in geography. Majors may follow a general pro-
gram or may concentrate in the area of urban geography or cartography. All
geography majors are required to complete 8 hours of science, and general
geography majors must complete 12 hours of foreign language. Graduates
usually enter teaching, industry, and agencies of state, local or national
government.

government and politics. Programs: General Program in Government and
Politics; International Affairs; and Public Administration.

Three programs of study are offered by the Department of Government and
Politics to students in the College of Business and Public Administration: (1)
a general program in government and politics, (2) a program in international
affairs, and (3) a program in public administration. (Under a slightly different
set of requirements the general program and the international affairs program
are offered also to students in the College of Arts and Sciences. The public
administration program is available only in the College of Business and Public
Administration.) In all three programs, the first two years are devoted to the
general requirements, along with additional courses in government and politics
and elective courses. All students are required to complete at least 12 hours
of a foreign language. Majors may concentrate in the general program, in
international affairs, or in public administration. The junior-senior years are
devoted to the advanced government and politics courses and to courses con-
sidered complementary to a particular program. Graduates enter upon careers
in national, state and local and international organizations and, especially
after graduate studies, in teaching.

information systems management. This department offers a program con-
ceived to meet the needs of the rapidly expanding area of information tech-
nology as related to business management and to the areas of social science
offered as a part of the College curriculum. In addition to the general require-
ments previously outlined, the program requires a second year of college
mathematics. Supporting courses in accounting and in statistics are required.
Courses in integrated data processing and in other aspects of computer utiliza-
tion are features of the program.

Industry and government offer an increasing number and variety of oppor-
tunities to graduates of college programs in this new field.

journalism and public relations. Programs: Journalism; and Public Re-
lations.

Students aspiring to become reporters, commentators, editors and publishers
may follow the program in journalism. If they have certain of the other forms
of communications activity in mind, they may major in the field of public
relations.

Students pursuing a major in this department devote the first two years to
meeting the general requirements, along with 6 hours of journalism and certain
electives. The junior-senior years are devoted to the advanced journalism and
public relations courses, and to courses complementary to these areas of study.

the pre-law program. Students majoring in general business may, upon
completion of 90 semester hours, apply for admission to the University of
Maryland Law School. Upon completion of one year of law school, they are
awarded the B.S. degree. With the completion of two additional years of law,
they receive the Bachelor of Laws degree. Apart from the pre-law program,
students who complete the four-year program with majors in business adminis-
tration, economics, or government and politics are eligible to apply for ad-
mission to law school.

A dditional Information
High school counselors and others desiring more specific information on
the programs of the College of Business and Public Administration are invited
to direct queries to the Assistant Dean, College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

The college of education offers curriculums leading to careers in
teaching on all levels and in most specialties of education. This wide diversity
of choices provides desirable flexibility and breadth. All curriculums are four-
year programs and lead to full certification as a teacher and a bachelor of science
or arts degree. The specific curriculums are:

academic education (secondary schools). English, foreign languages,
mathematics, social sciences, science, speech.

agricultural education (secondary schools; offered by the college
of agriculture)

art education (secondary and elementary schools)

business education (secondary schools)

early childhood education (nursery school, kindergarten and primary

GRADES)
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS; GRADES 1-6)
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCATIONAL OR GENERAL)

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; INDUSTRIAL ARTS OR VOCATIONAL-
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION)

EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY (A NON-TEACHING PROGRAM WHICH PREPARES STU-
DENTS FOR EDUCATIONAL, SUPERVISORY OR MANAGEMENT POSITIONS IN
INDUSTRY)

^LIBRARY SCIENCE

MUSIC EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCAL OR INSTRU-
MENTAL)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION, IN COOPERATION WITH COLLEGE
OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH (SECONDARY AND ELE-
MENTARY SCHOOLS)

* SPECIAL EDUCATION

Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B. A. degree.
Majors in mathematics may receive either degree. Majors in all other fields
receive the B. S. degree.

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND PROGRAMS

The Science Teaching Center maintains an up-to-date collection of science
teaching materials and publications. The Institute for Child Study offers leader-
ship to child study groups in Maryland and throughout the United States.
The Industrial Education building offers modern shops and laboratory facilities.
The Nursery-Kindergarten Laboratory School offers observation and partici-
pation experiences to students in the early childhood program as well as to
students in other fields. Area public schools are also used extensively. A Bureau
of Educational Research and Field Services offers consultant assistance to the
schools of the state.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English Social Science

Art or Music Science

Mathematics or Science Speech

Social Science Elective or Language

Elective or Language Physical Education

Physical Education R.O.T.C. (Men)
Science & Theory of Health
R.O.T.C. (Men)

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences,
and mathematics are required. For some major fields two units of mathematics
are required. Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences, social sciences,
and foreign languages are desirable for a program that permits the greatest
amount of flexibility in meeting the requirements of various College of Educa-
tion curricula. Fine arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.

* Not four-year programs — provide an additional area for certification only.
38

^ c^

iiin T

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology

Four-year programs lead to the bachelor of science degree in aero-
nautical, chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering, and in fire
protection. Each program integrates these elements: (1) basic science including
mathematics, physics, chemistry; (2) engineering science including mechanics
of solids and fluids, engineering materials, thermodynamics, electricity and
magnetism; (3) professional studies in aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical
or mechanical engineering; (4) liberal arts and social studies in "The
American Civilization Program," and (5) certain other required subjects
including military science and physical activities.

Each program lays a broad base for continued learning after college in
professional practice, in business or industry, in public service, or in graduate
study and research.

The following is representative of work performed by engineering graduates.

the aeronautical engineer deals with problems related to transporting
people and things by air and through space. Aerodynamics, thermodynamics,
and the mechanics of fluids and solids are among his engineering sciences. He
may apply them in some phase of planning or producing airplanes, missiles, or
rockets, or devising means to sustain and control their flight.

the chemical engineer applies chemistry to development and economic
production of industrial chemicals, fuels, modern synthetics and certain alloys.
He also applies mechanics, thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and aspects of
nuclear science to unit operations and processes which are fundamental in the
design and operation of the chemical industries.

the civil engineer is primarily a planner, a designer, a builder, and a
manager of public works and private enterprise. His professional service plays
a major role in designing, supervising construction, or managing virtually every
large building, bridge, dam, highway, railway, airport, water supply, waste
disposal system, city plan, industrial plant, public works project, etc.

the electrical engineer puts mathematics and the physical sciences to
practical use in designing systems to generate, transmit, distribute, and use
electrical energy; to transmit and receive "intelligence," as for example by
telephone, radio, radar, television and computers; and to regulate and control
mechanical and industrial processes by electronics and servomechanisms.

the mechanical engineer figures ways to transmit power economically by
heat or by mechanical systems. He applies the mechanics of fluids and solids,
thermodynamics, and an understanding of the behavior of engineering materials
under different conditions. As a professional engineer he devises processes for
industrial production. As an industrial agent he serves as a supervisor, manager,
or sales representative.

graduates in fire protection are concerned with scientific and technical
problems of preventing loss of life and property by fire, explosion, and related
hazards; and they serve industry, public agencies, and insurance companies
professionally.

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

If you wish to become a professional engineer you should enroll in an
academic program in high school. Subjects that are recommended and re-
quired for admission total sixteen units as follows:

SUBJECTS RECOMMENDED REQUIRED

English 4 units 4 units
Mathematics (college preparatory) — including

algebra (2), plane geometry (1), and more

advanced mathematics 4 3V2

History and social sciences 2 1

Physical sciences 2 1

Foreign language — German or French 2 0

Other academic subjects 2 6V2

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

All engineering students enroll in essentially the same subjects during their
first year in college as follows:

SEMESTER
SUBJECTS 1 ||

Composition and American Literature 3 3

Elementary Mathematical Analysis 4 4

General Chemistry 4 4

Introductory Engineering Sciences; Mechanics 4 4

Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

The numbers are "semester-credits." A student should plan to devote each
week, on the average, three hours of effective work for each semester-credit
on his schedule.

Each student in the College of Engineering will select his major-line depart-
ment— aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, or mechanical engineering, or
fire protection — before he begins his sophomore year's work. Thereafter he will
pursue the approved program of his department which leads to the bachelor's
degree.

Advanced engineering students who show promise of creativity and leader-
ship in engineering, in the engineering sciences, and in teaching and research,
are encouraged to continue in a program of graduate study leading to master's
and doctor's degrees. There is an acute shortage of engineers with earned
doctor's degrees. There are challenging opportunities for able men with such
top-level preparation. The time to plan and to begin working for these top-level
opportunities is while you are in high school. Your parents and your teachers
can help provide the opportunity — after that your education is up to you.
Plan to make the best of it!

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS

The primary function of home economics is to integrate the con-
tributions of the physical and biological sciences, the social sciences, psychology,
philosophy, and art in the treatment of all phases of home and family life, to the
end that they are used by families in all parts of society and by the agencies
serving families.

The educational program of the College of Home Economics is planned to
help students function effectively as individuals, as family members, and respon-
sible citizens; to prepare men and women for positions for which home eco-
nomics is a major or minor preparation. Entering freshmen may enroll without
specifying a major area; however, a choice must be made by the beginning of
the fourth semester.

Graduates of the College are prepared to enter one of three broad areas of
employment: Educational-community-family life, technical, and commercial
consumer service. The various programs of study have certain common
courses with possible options and electives to meet needs of students. The major
curricula include: General and family life; home economics education and exten-
sion; applied or practical art; food, nutrition, institution administration; and
textiles and/or clothing.

foundation and family life. The program is designed for students who wish
a background in areas of home economics related to personal, home and com-
munity living. Preparation for the career of homemaking is a recognized aspect
of this curriculum. Graduates are employed with business firms as consultants
with consumers of goods and services.

education and extension. This program is designed for students who are
preparing to teach home and family living or to become home economics
extension agents. Both programs include study in all phases of home economics
and the allied sciences along with specified professional training.
food, nutrition, institution administration. Students learn the scientific
principles underlying food selection, purchase, preparation, and service for
home and institution use. Food and nutrition are applied sciences; therefore,
courses in chemistry, physiology, microbiology, psychology, and economics
are essential to their understanding. Graduates in this area are employed in
consumer education departments of business firms, communication areas, and
state or community programs. Opportunities in food service include hospitals,
schools and colleges, and commercial institutions.

housing and applied design. This program permits a choice of three areas:
art in advertising, housing, interior design, and costume design. Graduates
have basic preparation in the areas of designing, promotion and merchandising
of wearing apparel and home furnishings.

textiles and clothing; textiles. This curriculum promotes understanding
of textiles, fashion, and clothing design and construction in relation to techno-
logical and social developments influencing consumer choices. Graduates have
positions in homemaking and/or merchandising, designing, fashion promotion,
textile testing, and research.

wiring

p to
nemaking

i***LJm

G»*)??9r°«AX**

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER

English Composition and
Literature

American Government

Speech

Family Life

Design Fundamentals

Science & Theory of Health

R.O.T.C. (men)

Physical Activities

General Chemistry or Labora-
tory Science

SECOND SEMESTER

English Composition and

Literature
Sociology of American Life
Consumer Textiles or Food and

People
R.O.T.C. (men)
Physical Activities
General Chemistry, Laboratory

Science, or Mathematics

elective

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences,
and mathematics are required. Additional units in the above areas and in home
and family living are desirable in certain curricula.

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
RECREATION, AND HEALTH

Four year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree:

physical education. The curriculum provides an adequate background in
general education and scientific areas closely related to this field. Development
of skills in a wide range of motor activities is emphasized. Many vocational
opportunities are available in public and private schools, organized camping,
youth and adult organizations which offer a program of physical activity.

dance. With the increasing recognition of the importance and scope of dance
in educational programs, the need for teachers adequately trained in dance
far exceeds the number available. The professional curriculum in dance is
constructed to meet the steadily rising demand for personnel qualified to teach
dance in college, secondary, elementary schools, in camps, recreational agencies
and in preparation for dance therapy.

recreation. Through area courses in sports, speech and drama, music, arts
and crafts, nature lore, and those courses in the major field itself, program
planning, organization and administration, leadership, techniques, etc. students
are qualified to accept leadership positions in hospitals, industry, churches,
public departments, with the armed forces or the many public and private
agencies.

health education. A healthy nation is not primarily the responsibility of
physicians and druggists but of the people themselves. This means that people
need to know how to live healthfully and to utilize available health facilities
— that is they all need health education. Persons qualified to teach health are
needed in schools, colleges, community health agencies and hospitals. Students
interested in qualifying for supervisory or college-level positions are encouraged
to plan on doing graduate work either in school health or public health
education.

physical therapy. Physical therapy is one of the professions which has
come into prominence as the scope of medical care has expanded. The modern
concept of the rehabilitation of acute and chronically disabled persons has
created an increasing demand for physical therapy service. It offers careers
for both men and women who are interested in becoming members of a
service which assists the ill and handicapped achieve maximum restoration of
physical function.

The University of Maryland offers a course of physical therapy leading to
the Bachelor of Science degree and to a certificate of proficiency in physical
therapy.

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

In addition to the four units of English and one unit each of Social and
Natural Sciences, it is especially desirable for students to have at least one
unit each in Biological and Physical Science and in Algebra and Plane Geometry.
Any experience in music, drama, camping, playground and recreational activi-
ties, and group leadership also will be helpful. In addition, participation in
school programs of health and safety education and in physical education and
athletics are desirable.

SPECIAL FACILITIES

The facilities on the campus include five gymnasia, two swimming pools, a
physical fitness research laboratory, tennis courts, sports fields, golf driving
range and golf course, dance studio, and an excellent library. The Washington
YMCA camp, Camp Letts, also is used for certain activities.

Students also are encouraged to use the excellent facilities of the Library of
Congress, Army Medical Library and Museum, and the National Institutes
of Health.

EXPERIENCES

In addition to classroom and laboratory work, opportunities for teaching
on and off campus and participating in field experience are provided. Member-
ship in professional groups such as Phi Alpha Epsilon, Aqualiners, Dance
Club and Gymkana troupe is encouraged as well as participation in other
campus activities. In each of the fields of specialization in this College unique
opportunities in dance, sports, recreation, musical and dramatics organizations
exist in the environs of Washington and Baltimore.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR

first semester. English; Government and Politics; Speech; Introduction to
Physical Education, Recreation and Health; Rhythmic Analysis and Move-
ment; Sport Skills and Gymnastics; Basic Body Controls (Women); R.O.T.C.
(Men)

second semester. English; Zoology; Sociology, Philosophy or Economics;
Modern Dance Techniques (Women); Skills in Square and Social Dance; Sport
Skills and Gymnastics; R.O.T.C. (Men)

THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

The profession of pharmacy merits and invites the serious consid-
eration of meticulous and careful individuals who wish to pursue a career of
dedicated service.

The educational program of the School of Pharmacy is designed to train
young women and men for the efficient, ethical practice of pharmacy; to instruct
students in cultural and scientific subjects as well as in administrative and
managerial methods for the orderly development of members of a profession
and citizens in a democracy; to guide students into productive scholarship and
research for the increase of knowledge and techniques in the healing arts of
pharmacy.

The five-year curriculum at the University of Maryland leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy consists of two years of pre-professional
training available at College Park and three years of the pharmacy program
offered in Baltimore. Students from other accredited universities or colleges
offering appropriate courses may be admitted directly to the professional
program at Baltimore, if admissions requirements are met.

Strong encouragement is given to superior students to continue their educa-
tion beyond the bachelor degree so that they may prepare for teaching and/or
research positions.

Scholarships for students enrolled in the pre-professional program at College
Park are described in the section "Endowed Scholarships and Grants."

The School of Pharmacy, a member of the American Association of Colleges
of Pharmacy, is accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical
Education.

The prime opportunities available to pharmacists are in the fields of com-
munity and hospital pharmacy.

The practice of community pharmacy requires the skills and knowledge of
the professional man and the operational activities of the business man in
preparing and servicing the medicaments and other health supplies of the
community.

The hospital pharmacist utilizes his training in procuring, preparing, distrib-
uting and controlling the drug supplies and adjunct materials of his institution.

Pharmaceutical manufacturers employ pharmacists as analysts of raw mate-
rials and finished products, as supervisors in the manufacturing plants and as
medical sales representatives.

Opportunities are also available to pharmacy graduates in various local and
federal agencies.

An academic program in high school is prerequisite to enrollment in the
Pharmacy School. Academic subjects which are recommended and required for
admission to the Pre-Professional Program at College Park are:

Subject Recommended Required

English 4 units 4 units

College Preparatory Mathematics — including alge-
bra (1), plane geometry (1) and additional
units in advanced algebra, solid geometry, trig-
onometry, or advanced mathematics 4 2

Physical Sciences (Chemistry and Physics) 2 1

History and Social Sciences 2 1

Biological Sciences 1 0

Foreign Language — German or French 2 0

Unspecified academic subjects 1 8

Total 16 16

FRESHMAN PROGRAM AT COLLEGE PARK

All students enroll for the following pre-professional courses during their
first year in college:

Semester

Courses I II

General Chemistry 4 4

Composition and American Literature 3 3

Introduction to Mathematics 3 3

or or
Introductory and Elementary Mathematical

Analysis 3 4

General Zoology 4 -

General Botany - 4

Physical Activities 1 1

Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) 1 2

Science & Theory of Health 2 -

Total 17 or 18 15, 16, 17 orl8

THE SCHOOL OF NURSING

The school of nursing offers both general and fundamental edu-
cation for students who wish to prepare for professional nursing: (A) A
generic four-year college program planned for students who have no previous
experience or knowledge in nursing; and (B) A program for registered nurses
who have completed a three-year nursing program and who desire to bring
up to full collegiate level their basic nursing preparation. Both programs lead
to the degree, Bachelor of Science in Nursing.

Beginning students in nursing spend the first two academic years on the
College Park Campus. Students from other accredited colleges may be ad-
mitted directly to the Baltimore Campus providing they meet admission re-
quirements. Students in the registered graduate nurse program attend classes
selected by the advisor on either campus.

In association with the Graduate School of the University, the School of
Nursing prepares professional nurses who hold Bachelor of Science Degrees in
Nursing with a "B" or better average as administrators in nursing and as in-
structors, supervisors, and clinical specialists in medical-surgical nursing, ob-
stetrical nursing, pediatric nursing, general psychiatric nursing, public health
nursing and nursing of children with psychiatric disorders. Masters students
take most of their work on the Baltimore Campus.

All programs presently being offered by the School of Nursing are accredited
by the National League for Nursing.

special facilities

The facilities for instruction used by the School of Nursing include the
various colleges and professional schools of the University and the University
Hospital. Other facilities include the Baltimore City Health Department,
Maryland State Health Department, the State Department of Mental Hygiene,
Montebello State Hospital, Baltimore City Hospitals, and The Children's
Guild. Other accredited hospitals are utilized for resident training in Adminis-
tration in Nursing and Practice Teaching.

TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

English English

Sociology Government and Politics

Zoology Chemistry

Chemistry Speech

Speech Nursing

Physical Activities Physical Activities

A Igebra

RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL

English 4 years

Mathematics 2 years

History and Social Sciences 2 years

Foreign Language 2 years or more

Science 1 year

(Biology, Chemistry or Physics)

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

In contrast to the usual practice of bringing the student to the
University, it is the function of University College to take the University to
the student. Thus, the College provides general education opportunities for
adults, both on and off the campus, who study on a part-time basis during the
evening hours.

The University College Program rests on the philosophy that continuing
learning is essential for survival in today's complex world and that the
University has an obligation to meet the educational needs of the adult
citizens of the State as well as to its college-age youth.

Specifically, the College has a three-fold purpose: (1) To extend the
facilities of the University by offering college credit evening courses for adults
on campus and off campus throughout the State, the District of Columbia and
various overseas centers; (2) To offer the Bachelor of Arts degree in General
Studies for qualified adult students; and (3) To arrange special programs to
meet the specific educational needs of adult groups. The recently completed
Center of Adult Education, embodying specially designed facilities, provides
a climate for adult learning in a residential setting.

The overseas programs are offered in cooperation with the U. S. Armed
Forces to military and civilian personnel and their dependents stationed in
twenty-five foreign countries on four continents. The College does not offer
correspondence courses.

Undergraduate courses are offered in the arts and sciences, business ad-
ministration and education. Graduate courses in government and politics are
offered at the Pentagon Center, and graduate courses in education are offered
in the evening on the Baltimore Campus.

The General Studies curriculum provides opportunities for programs in the
humanities, social sciences and business, with concentrations of study in such
fields as commerce, English, government and politics, history, philosophy,
psychology, and sociology.

Students who have never attended a college or university must have either
an acceptable high school diploma or the high school equivalent. Students who
have attended another college or university must be in good academic standing
in order to enroll in University College. For further information about admis-
sion requirements, see the University College catalog or a College advisor.
Graduate courses are open only to students who are fully matriculated in the
Graduate School prior to the date of registration.

Continuing educational programs are offered each year at the following
centers in the State of Maryland and the District of Columbia:

Aberdeen Proving Ground Fort Meade Pentagon

Andrews Air Force Base Fort Ritchie Rockville Missile Site

Baltimore Campus Maryland Penitentiary Tolchester Missile Site

Boiling Air Force Base National Bureau of Standards Walter Reed Army

College Park Campus Naval Ordnance Laboratory Medical Center

D.C. Recreation Dept. Naval Research Laboratory Westinghouse Electronics Plant

Edgewood Arsenal Patuxent River Naval Air Station

In addition, during the 1963-64 school year, courses offered primarily for
teachers in service were given in the following counties throughout the State:

Allegany

Charles

Montgomery

Talbot

Anne Arundel

Dorchester

Prince George's

Washington

Baltimore

Frederick

Queen Anne's

Wicomico

Calvert

Harford

Somerset

Worcester

Caroline

Kent

St. Mary's

For further information, see the University College catalog which may be obtained by writing the
Dean, University College, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

APPENDIX A

FEES AND EXPENSES

GENERAL

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Maryland for the
exact amount of the charges. In cases where students have been awarded General Assembly
Grants or University Grants, the amount of such grants will be deducted from the bill.

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come prepared
to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to classes until such payment
has been made.

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other charges as may be
found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the cost to the student as low as
possible.

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of record issued to
a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account.

EXPLANATION OF FEES

The application fee for the undergraduate colleges and the summer session partially defrays
the cost of processing applications for admission to these divisions of the University. If a student
enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.
Applicants who have enrolled with the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College
Park or Baltimore, or at one of its off-campus centers are not required to pay the fee since they
have already paid a matriculation fee.

The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the cost of
operating the University's physical plant, to pay administrative and clerical expenses and other
costs which ordinarily would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching
supplies.

The Instructional Materials Fee represents the average of laboratory fees assigned to full-
time undergraduate students. Graduate students, part-time undergraduate students and students
enrolled in the Summer School will be billed for individual laboratory fees, and not the In-
structional Materials Fee. Full-time undergraduate students subject to the fees set forth below
will be billed the appropriate fee and also will be billed the Instructional Materials Fee:
Math. 1, $45.; Applied Music, $40.; and P. E. 8 Riding Class, $26.

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics.
All students are eligible and all students are encouraged to participate in all of the activities of
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student Govern-
ment Association. It covers subscription to the Diarnondback, student newspaper; the Old Line,
literary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; class dues; and includes financial support for the
musical and dramatic clubs and a cultural entertainment series.

The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the
Student Union Building, the Activities Building, and the Swimming Pool.

The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a fund which will be used to expand the recrea-
tional facilities on the College Park campus, especially the Student Union Building.

The Infirmary Fee is charged for the support of the Student Health Service, but does not
include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures. Expensive drugs will be charged at
cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-ray, electro-cardiographs, basal metabolic
rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing in the vicinity.

The Advisory and Testing Fee is charged to cover partially the cost of the University
Counseling Center and the Freshman Testing Program.

Full-time undergraduate students who register for the second semester but who were not
full-time undergraduate students in the first semester are required to pay the following addi-
tional fees: Athletic Fee, $10.00; Student Activities, $8.00; Special Fee, $7.50; Recreational
Facilities Fee, $12.50.

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE

Effective immediately is the following definition of "resident" and "non-resident":

wa5 nor e«ro//V<i in any school during that period.

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place of abode.
For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained.

FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON-RESIDENTS

FEES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS: First /*""!?„ Total

Semester Semester ■* oiat

MARYLAND RESIDENTS >™ $m00

Fixed Charges ^^ 1200 24.0o

Instructional Materials 2o"oo 2000

Athletic Fee • 12.00

Student Activities Fee IS 00 15-00

Special Fee ' ' * " 25.00

Recreational Facilities Fee ff^ ^TZT^T

$214.00 $132.00 $346.00

residents of the district OF Columbia, ^mester Semester Total

OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES „ "™ OOO 00 $400 00

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students $20000 $200.00 $40|00_

Total for Non-Resident Students $414.00 $332.00

BOARD AND LODGING ^ $210.00 $420.00

Board

Dormitory Room $145-160 $145-160 $290-320*

Maryland Residents. c 70 85 170-185 340-370**

Other States and Countries $170-185 . " . ,. c„

per month.

SPECIAL FEES
UNDERGRADUATE APPLICATIONS

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester is January I.

All applications for *^gfl^«tt£i S*S A^Siem^SfS

K^T^^^ a »* ■?* d SeDtember 1

Underunusua. circumstances, applications will be ^ccepted between u.y 15 -d Septernber^L

Or is in addition to the $10.00 application fee.

'" A undergraduate applications, both tor »*. «"*J»*3 ^£,0 ,a ' 5S
porting documents for an application for fS\s?'0"„X'.-s educational records. ACT scores
k& SSaSaSlJ-aiSB KftfiftSKSS. -cived by September 1.

* Effective September, 1965 annual fee for men will be $320.

** Effective September, 1965 annual fee for both men and women will be $420.

Application Fee (see "Explanation of Fees," page 50) S 10.00

Late Application Fee 25.00

Matriculation Fee 10.00

Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree* 10.00

Room Deposit Fee payable upon application for dormitory room** 25.00

(To be deducted from the first semester room charges at registration.)

Practice Teaching Fee 24.00

Special Fee for students requiring additional preparation in Mathematics, per semester 45.00
(Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 10 or 18 and who fail in
qualifying examination for these courses.)
Special Guidance Fee per semester (for students who are required or who wish to take
advantage of the effective study course, and /or the tutoring service offered by the

Office of Intermediate Registration) 15.00

Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered for
credit, with the exception that the non-resident fee will not be charged in the case of
students not registering for credit in any courses.

Special students are assessed fees in accordance with the schedule for the com-
parable undergraduate or graduate classification.

LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES

Paid by all students except full-time undergraduate students who are assessed the Instruc-
tional Materials Fee.

LABORATORY FEES PER SEMESTER COURSE:

Agricultural Engineering $ 3.00 Horticulture 5.00

Botany 5.00, 6.00 and 10.00 Industrial Education 5.00 and S7.50

Business Administration 7.50 and 10.00 Mechanical Engineering 3.00 and 6.00

Journalism 3.00 and 6.00 Microbiology 1 5.00 and 20.00

Statistics 6.00 Physical Activities Courses 6.00

Office Techniques and Man- Physics —

agement 7.50 and 10.00 Lecture Demonstration 2.00 and 3.00

Chemical Engineering 8.00 and 10.00 Introductory 3.00

Chemistry 12.00 and 20.00 All Other 10.00

Education (depending on Labora- Psychology 4.00

tory) 1.00, 2.00, 3.00, 5.00 Speech (depending on Labora-

Dairy 3.00 tory) 1.00, 2.00, 3.00, 7.50 and 10.00

Electrical Engineering 4.00 and 5.00 Radio and Stage Craft 2.00

Entomology 3.00 Zoology 8.00

Home Economics (depending on

Course) 3.00, 10.00

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES

Part-time Undergraduate Students:

Fee per credit hour 1 5.00

Auxiliary Facilities fee per semester payable at each registration 3.00

(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean undergraduate students taking
8 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying 9 semester hours are considered
to be full time and must pay the regular full-time fees.)

Late Registration Fee 20.00

(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the filing of class
cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration days. Those who do not
complete their registration during the prescribed days must pay this fee.)

Fee for change in registration 5.00

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00

Transcript of Record Fee (one transcript furnished without charge) 1.00

Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged for damage to property or equip-
ment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual student will
be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage
or replacing equipment will be prorated.

* An additional late application fee of S10.00 will be assessed against students who fail to
apply for graduation within the first eight weeks of a regular semester or the first three weeks
of a summer session. Students who apply after the end of the twelfth week of a regular academic
semester and those who apply after the end of the fourth week of a summer session will be required
to wait for the next academic semester in order to obtain a diploma.

** Effective with the acceptance of reservations for the Fall Semester 1965 the Room Deposit
Fee will be S50.00.

i£

V W

Library Charges:

Fine for failure to return book from General Library before expiration of loan

period per day S .05

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of loan
period:

First hour overdue .25

Each additional hour overdue .05

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made.
In the event it becomes necessary to transfer uncollected charges to the Cashier's office,
an additional charge of SI. 00 is made.

TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES

Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs vary with the course pursued, but will

average per semester 50.00

FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS

Fee per semester hour 1 8.00

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00

Graduation Fee for Master's Degree* 10.00

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree* 50.00

Infirmary Fee 5.00

Foreign Language examination 6.00

Testing Fee (Education Majors) 5.00

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether or not they are
residents of the State of Maryland.
All fees, except Graduation Fee, are payable at the time of registration for each semester.
Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation.
No provision for housing students is made by the University.
Graduate students entering in February pay an Infirmary fee of 52.50.

FEES FOR OFF-CAMPUS COURSES

Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students — full time
and part time, candidates for degrees, and non-candidates):

For Undergraduates S 10.00

For Graduates 10.00

Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking off-campus

courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per credit hour 15.00

Laboratory Fees: A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged in
laboratory courses. Fees vary with the course and can be ascertained in any case by
inquiry to the Dean of University College.

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic year should
file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures, in the Office of the Registrar.
If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honor-
able dismissal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled.
The date used in computing refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is filed in the Office
of the Registrar.

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written consent of the
student's parent or guardian.

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for all academic and room fees
charged to them in accordance with the following schedule:

Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable

Two weeks or less 80%

Between two and three weeks 60%

Between three and four weeks 40%

Between four and five weeks 20%

Over five weeks 0

The Application Fee and the Matriculation Fee are not returnable in any instance.

* An additional late application fee of S10.00 will be assessed against students who fail to
apply for graduation within the first eight weeks of a regular semester or the first three weeks of
a summer session. Students who apply after the end of the twelfth week of a regular academic
semester and those who apply after the end of the fourth week of a summer session will be
required to wait for the next academic semester in order to obtain a diploma.

Board is refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the University or the residence
halls. Refunds of board are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. ID Cards with dining hall vali-
dation issued to boarding students must be surrendered at the Auditor's Office in the Adminis-
tration Building on the day of withdrawal, before any refund will be processed.

In computing refunds to students who have received the benefit of scholarships and loans
from University Funds, the computation will be made in such a way as to return the maximum
amount to the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to the University.

No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity, Special, Recreational Facilities, Infirmary, and
Ad\isory and Testing Fees is made to students who withdraw at the close of the first semester.

No refunds of Fixed Charges, Lodging, Tuition, Laboratory Fees, Instructional Materials
Fee, etc., are allowed when courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the
University.

When regularly enrolled part-time students in off-campus instruction officially drop a course
or courses and continue with one or more courses, they may receive a refund of 80'; c for the
dropped courses if they are officially dropped prior to the third meeting of the class or classes.

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from the Office of
the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for additional copies, there is a charge of
$1.00 for each transcript. Checks should be made payable to the University of Maryland.
Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance of the date when the
records are actually needed. No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student
or alumnus whose financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied.

APPENDIX B

HONORS, AWARDS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

HONORS, AWARDS

scholarship honors — Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded to one-fifth
of the graduating class in each College, "high honors" are awarded to the upper half of this
group: "honors" to the lower half. To be eligible for honors, a student must complete at least two
years of resident work (60 semester hours) at the University with an average of B (3.0) or higher.

milton abramowitz memorial prize in mathematics — A prize is awarded annually to a
junior or senior student majoring in mathematics who has demonstrated superior competence
and promise for future development in the field of mathematics and its applications.

alpha chi sigma award — The Alpha Rho Chapter of the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary
Fraternity offers annually a year's membership in the American Chemical Society to the senior
majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose average has been above 3.0 for three and
one-half years.

alpha lambda delta award — Presented to the senior member of the group who has main-
tained the highest average for three and a half years. She must have been in attendance in the
institution for the entire time.

alpha lambda delta senior certificate award — Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta,
honorary scholastic society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5, receive this
certificate.

alpha zeta medal — The Professional Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually
a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest average record
in academic work.

American institute of chemical engineers award — A certificate, pin, and magazine
subscription are awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who attained the highest
overall scholastic average during his freshman and sophomore years.

American institute of chemists award — Presented for outstanding scholarship in
chemistry and for high character.

American institute of electrical engineers award — The Washington Section of the
American Institute of Electrical Engineers defrays the expenses of a year's membership as an
associate in the Institute for the senior doing the most to promote Student Branch activities.

American society of civil engineers award — The Maryland Section of the American
Society of Civil Engineers awards annually the first year's dues of an associate membership in
the Society to a senior member of the Student Chapter on recommendation of the faculty of
the Department of Civil Engineering.

American society of mechanical engineers award — Presented to the senior member who
contributed most to the local chapter.

American society FOR metals award — Presented for outstanding attainments in metallurgy,
Department of Chemical Engineering.

APPLEMAN-NORTON award in botany — The Department of Botany offers a scholarship
award of SI00 in honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman and J. B. S. Norton to a senior
major in Botany who is considered worthy on the basis of demonstrated ability and excellence
in scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships upon the recom-
mendation of a committee of the faculty of the Department of Botany.

associated women students awards — Presented for outstanding achievement, character,
and service to the University.

david arthlr berman MEMORIAL award— This award is offered by the family of David
Arthur Berman to the highest ranking junior in the Department of Chemical Engineering who
is also a member of Tau Beta Pi.

dinah berman memorial medal— The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is awarded annually
to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in the College of
Engineering. The medal is given by Mr. Benjamin Berman.

b'nai b'rith award— The B'nai B'rith Women of Prince George's County present a Book
Award for excellence in Hebrew Studies.

citizenship prize roR mi N— President Emeritus H. C. Byrd, of the Class of 1908 annually
presents this award to the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate career, has most
nearly typified the model citizen and who has done most for the general advancement ot the
interests of the University.

citizenship prize FOR women— This prize is presented annually as a memorial to^ Sally

the building of the nation.

cm epsilon— A year's subscription to Civil Engineering is awarded annually by the
Society to the outstanding civil engineering sophomore.

ernie coblentz memorial trophv— Offered to the most outstanding freshman for work
done on student publications.

the Carroll e. cox graduate scholarship award in Botany to the outstanding graduate
student in the Department of Botany during the last year.

Bernard l crozifr award— The Maryland Association of Engineers awards a cash prize
of twenty-five dollars annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opinion
of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University.

Virginia dare award— The Virginia Dare Extract Company awards annually a plaque and
S25.00 to the outstanding student in ice cream manufacturing with an overall good standing
in dairy.

the danforth foundation and the ralston purina award S— The Danforth Foun-
dation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer awards to outstand-
ing men students in the College of Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed
his junior year, the other for a student who has successfully completed his freshman year. I he-
purpose of these awards is to bring together outstanding young men for leadership training.

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer
awards to outstandinc Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one to a fresh-
man. The purpose of these is to bring together outstanding young women for leadership training.

delta delta delta medal— This sorority awards a medal annually to the woman who
attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year.

delta gamma scholarship award— This award is offered to the woman member of the
graduating class who has maintained the highest average during three and one-half years at the
University.

delta sigma pi scholarship KEY— This award is offered to a member of the graduating
class who has maintained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year course in the
College of Business and Public Administration.

nathan l. drakf award— Presented by the Alpha Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma to the
most promising student who is majoring in chemistry and has completed the sophomore year.

education alumni award— Presented to the outstanding senior man and senior woman
in the College of Education.

goddard medal— The James Douglass Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded annually to
the resident of Prince Georges County, born therein, who makes the highest average in his studies
and who at the same time embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne
G. Goddard James of Washington, D. C.

grange award— The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious service to the
College of Agriculture.

mahlon n. haines award — An award of one hundred dollars is presented each year to the
students in the Department of Fine Arts for outstanding work, in the painting classes.

charles b. hale dramatic awards — The University Theatre recognizes annually the man
and woman members of the senior class who have done most for the advancement of dramatics
at the University.

Hamilton award — This award is offered by the Hamilton Watch Company to the graduating
senior in the College of Engineering who has most successfully combined proficiency in his major
field of study with achievements — either academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the social sciences
or humanities.

home economics alumni award — Presented to the student outstanding in application of
home economics in her present living and who shows promise of carrying these into her future
home and community.

william h. hottel award — Presented to the most outstanding senior for work done on
student publications during his college career.

institute of aeronautical sciences awards — Free memberships in the Institute for one
year and cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Student Branch meeting and for the
graduating aeronautical senior with the highest academic standing.

joe elbert james memorial award — Gold watch annually awarded to the graduating
senior in horticulture on basis of scholarship and promise of future achievement.

machinery's award — For excellence in machine design, a copy of Machinery's Handbook
and a copy of the Handbook Guide is awarded annually to a mechanical engineering senior.

Maryland press association annual citation — Presented to the outstanding senior in
journalism.

men's league certificates — Offered for outstanding achievement, character, and service
to the University.

men's league cup — This award is offered by the Men's League to the graduating male senior
who has done the most for the male student body.

national society of fire protection engineers awards — Presented to the most outstand-
ing senior and sophomore in the Fire Protection curriculum.

omicron nu sorority medal — This honorary sorority awards a medal annually to the fresh-
man woman in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholastic average during
the first semester.

phi beta kappa association award — This award is presented to the graduating senior with
the highest cumulative scholastic average whose basic course program has been in the liberal
studies.

phi chi theta key — The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded to the outstanding graduating senior
woman in the College of Business and Public Administration on the basis of scholarship, activities,
and leadership.

phi delta kappa award — Presented to an outstanding man in the graduating class of the
College of Education.

pi delta epsilon national medal of merit awards — Offered by the National Council of
Pi Delta Epsilon to the outstanding senior woman and the outstanding senior man in
Journalism activities.

pi sigma alpha — fred hays memorial award — This award, consisting of the sum of thirty
dollars, is presented by an alumnus to the senior in Government and Politics having the highest
average in departmental courses.

pi tau sigma award — An annual handbook award to the most outstanding sophomore in
mechanical engineering on the basis of scholastic average and instructors' ratings.

public relations society of America — The Baltimore Chapter of PRSA presents an annual
citation to the outstanding senior majoring in public relations.

sigma alpha omicron award — This award is presented to a senior student majoring in
Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership.

Algernon Sydney sullivan award — The New York Southern Society, in memory of its
first president, awards annually medallions and certificates to one man and one woman of the
graduating class and one non-student who evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpful-
ness to other men and women.

tau bfta pi award — The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national
engineering honor society, awards annually an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College
of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the greatest improvement in scholarship
over that of his freshman year.

wall street journal student achievement award — Awarded annually to the graduating
senior who has maintained the highest scholastic achievement in the field of financial administra-
tion. The award consists of a silver medal embedded in clear plastic and one year's subscription
to the Wall Street Journal.

AIR FORCE ROTC AWARDS

afrotc angel flight award presented to the outstanding member of the AFROTC Angel
Flight.

air force times award presented to the senior cadet at each detachment who has dis-
tinguished himself by contributing materially to constructive public attention for his cadet corps.

American legion award presented to the Senior Cadet for academic achievement in
leadership.

American legion post no. 217 award presented to the Senior Cadet displaying outstanding
leadership.

armed forces communications medal awarded to the senior advanced cadet in recogni-
tion of outstanding achievement in the field of electronics, communications, or photography.

arnold air society award presented to the Advanced Cadet selected by the Arnold Air
Society as the cadet who has contributed the most to the advancement of AFROTC through
activities of the Arnold Air Society.

bethesda chapter of the military order of world wars award given to the officer of the
Vandenberg Guard w ho best exemplifies the ideals of leadership and service within the Vandenberg
Guard.

the charles m. Dickinson memorial plaque awarded to the Junior Cadet who has shown
leadership ability, outstanding individual characteristics and military bearing.

Chicago tribune gold rotc awards presented to the two sophomores who display high-
est leadership and officer potential.

Chicago tribune silver rotc awards presented to the two freshmen who display out-
standing leadership and officer potential

disabled American veterans gold cup awarded to the Senior Cadet who has displayed
outstanding leadership, scholarship, and citizenship.

distinguished afrotc cadet badge awarded to those seniors who possess outstanding
qualities of leadership and high moral character and who meet the prescribed standings in their
academic and military studies.

general dynamics award presented to the Sophomore Cadet displaying outstanding
leadership and scholastic qualities and who has been selected for Advanced AFROTC.

glenn l. martin award presented to the outstanding senior cadet who is majoring in
Aeronautical Engineering and who has applied for pilot training in the United States Air Force.

military order of world wars award, fort meade, awarded to the outstanding graduate
of the Cadet Leadership Academy.

military science award presented to outstanding member of the Scabbard and Blade
Society.

national commanders award presented to the outstanding Pershing Rifleman in the
country.

national defense transportation association award presented to the senior cadet who
qualifies for a baccalaureate degree in business administration and eligibility for the Air 1 rans-
portation or Surface Transportation Officer Speciality and who has demonstrated outstanding
leadership qualities, academic achievement, and aptitude for Air Force service.

pershing rifles regimental gold achievement award presented to the outstanding
member.

pershing rifles regimental silver achievement awards presented to the outstanding
members of the Pershing Rifles Squadron.

reserve officers association senior award presented to the outstanding cadet of the
Corps of Cadets.

reserve officers association gold medal award presented to the outstanding junior in
the Corps of Cadets.

reserve officers association ribbons presented for outstanding achievement in AFROTC
during the junior year.

society of American military engineers award presented to the senior cadet displaying
outstanding scholastic achievement and leadership and majoring in the field of engineering.

society of American military engineers competitive award presented to the junior
cadet displaying outstanding achievement and leadership and majoring in the field of engineering.

sons of the American revolution award presented to the cadet who exhibits in his work a
high degree of merit with respect to leadership, military bearing, and excellence in his academic
course of study.

vandenberg guard award presented to the member of Vandenberg Guard displaying
outstanding leadership.

ATHLETIC AWARDS

the alvin L. aubinoe basketball trophy — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for
the senior who has contributed most to the squad.

the alvin l. aubinoe football trophy — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for
the unsung hero of the current season.

the alvin l. aubinoe track trophy — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the
senior who has contributed most to the squad during the time he was on the squad.

john t. bell swimming award— To the year's outstanding swimmer or diver.

louis w. berger trophy — Presented to the outstanding senior baseball player.

william p. cole, in, memorial lacrosse award — This award, offered by the teammates
of William P. Cole, III and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is presented to
the outstanding midfielder.

the george c. cook memorial scholarship trophy — Awarded annually to a member
of the football team with the highest scholastic average.

joe deckman-sam silber trophy — This trophy is offered by Joseph H. Deckman and
Samuel L. Silber to the most improved defense lacrosse player.

geary f. eppley award — Offered by Benny and Hotsy Alperstein to the graduating male
senior athlete who, during his three years of varsity competition, lettered at least once and at-
tained the highest over-all scholastic average.

halbert k. evans memorial track award — This award, given in memory of "Hermie"
Evans, of the Class of 1940, by his friends, is presented to the outstanding graduating senior
trackman.

Herbert h. Goodman trophy — This trophy is offered by Herbert H. Goodman to the most
outstanding wrestler of the year.

charles leroy mackert trophy — This trophy is offered by William E. Krouse to the
Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while at the University.

Maryland ring — The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles L. Linhardt, of
the Class of 1912, to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.

charles p. mc cormick trophy — This trophy is offered by Charles P. McCormick to the
senior letterman who has contributed most to swimming during his collegiate career.

anthony c. nardo memorial trophy — This trophy is awarded to the best football lineman
of the year.

edwin powell trophy — This trophy is offered by the Class of 1913 to the player who has
rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year.

Silvester watch for excellence in athletics — A gold watch, given in honor of former
president of the University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annually to "the man who typifies the best
in college athletics."

teke trophy — This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon
Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the University has rendered the greatest
sen ice to football.

Robert e. theoffld memorial — This trophy is presented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman
and is awarded to the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit and strong
character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member of the boxing team.

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS

Keys are awarded to the members of the Executive Committee of the Student Government
Association, Men's League, Association of Women Students, and other organizations who
faithfully perform their duties throughout the year.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

All requests for information concerning scholarships and grants-in-aid should be addressed
to the Director of the Office of Student Aid, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
Regulations and procedures for the award of scholarships are formulated by the Committee
on Financial Aids.

The Board of Regents of the University authorizes the award of a limited number of scholar-
ships each year to deserving students. Applicants are subject to the approval of the Director of
Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission to the University are concerned. All recipients
are subject to the academic and non-academic regulations and requirements of the University.

Scholarships and grants are awarded to young men and women based upon apparent
academic ability and financial need. In making awards, consideration is given to character,
achievement, participation in student activities and to other attributes which may indicate success
in college. It is the intent of the Committee to make awards to those qualified who might not
otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity for higher education.

The recipient of a scholarship or a grant is expected to make at least normal progress toward
a degree. Normal progress toward a degree is defined by the Academic Probation Plan.

The Committee on Financial Aids reserves the right to review the scholarship program
annually and to make adjustments in the amounts and recipients of awards in accordance with
the funds available and scholastic attainment.

The types of scholarships, grants and loan funds available follow

full scholarships

The University awards fifty-six full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees
and books. Not more than twenty of these scholarships may be held by out-of-state students and
at least twelve are reserved for women. Scholastic achievement and participation in student
activities are given primary consideration in the award of these scholarships.

university grants

The University awards to deserving and qualified secondary school graduates a limited
number of grants covering fixed charges only.

GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS

These grants are for fixed charges and are awarded by members of the Legislature, three for
each Senator and one for each member of the House of Delegates. They may be awarded by a
member of the House of Delegates or by a Senator only to persons in the county or in the legis-
lative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of such grants
are subject to approval by the Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as
to qualifications for admission.

SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS

A limited number of scholarships is awarded each year to students of exceptional academic
ability out of funds derived from campus enterprises. The amount of these scholarships varies
depending upon the extent of need.

TEACHER EDUCATION GRANTS

The General Assembly of Maryland provides grants equivalent to fixed charges to
Maryland residents pursuing teacher education curricula on a full-time basis. Recipients
agree to teach in Maryland public schools for at least two years immediately following
graduation. The agreement form must be signed by the student and countersigned by the parent,
guardian or other responsible adult.

GENERAL STATE TUITION SCHOLARSHIPS

The General Assembly of Maryland provides a number of limited tuition scholarships
to students entering college for the first time. These scholarships may be used in any
approved institution of higher education within the State. At the University of Maryland,
they cover the item listed as fixed charges. Awards are made by the State Scholarship
Board based upon financial need and the results of a competitive examination.

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS

The University has a number of endowed scholarships and special grants. These are paid for
by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief descriptions of these awards
follow:

albright scholarship — The Victor E. Albright Scholarship is open to graduates of Garrett
County high schools who were born and reared in that county.

alcoa foundation traffic scholarship— an award of $500 is given to an outstanding
junior student majoring in Transportation in the College of Business and Public Administration.

alpha phi omega (epsilon mu chapter) scholarship — This scholarship is awarded annually
to a freshman student having a background in the Boy Scouts of America.

alumni scholarships — The General Alumni Council of the University Alumni Association
provides eleven scholarships in the amount of S250 each to be awarded respectively to schools or
colleges represented on the Alumni Council. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership
and need.

alumni association of Montgomery county scholarships — A limited number of scholar-
ships are available to residents of Montgomery County.

alumni association of the school of pharmacy scholarships — The Alumni Associa-
tion of the School of Pharmacy of the University of Maryland makes available annually
scholarships to qualified pre-pharmacy students on the basis of worthiness, moral character,
scholastic achievement and the need for financial assistance. These scholarships are open
only to residents of the State of Maryland. Each scholarship not exceeding $500.00 per
academic year is applied in partial defrayment of fees and expenses at College Park.

alumni band scholarship — A limited number of awards to freshmen are sponsored by
the University of Maryland Band Alumni Organization. Recipients are recommended by the
Music Department after a competitive audition held in the spring.

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS SCHOLARSHIP IN METALLURGY A Scholarship of $500 is

available to a competent student in the field of Metallurgy. The award will be made by the faculty
in Metallurgy in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of all scholarships
in the University.

ethel r. Arthur memorial scholarship — This memorial scholarship fund has been
established by Irving J. Cohen, M.D. At least one $250.00 award is made each year by the
Scholarship Committee. A preference is given to students from Baltimore.

alvin l. aubinoe student aid program — Scholarship grants up to $500 per school year to
students in engineering, preferably those studying for careers in civil engineering, architecture or
light construction.

Baltimore PANHFLLENic association scholarship — A scholarship is awarded annually by
the Baltimore Panhellenic Association. This scholarship will be awarded to a student entering
the junior or senior class, who is an active member of a sorority, who is outstanding in leadership
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance and is recommended by the Office of the
Dean of Women.

Baltimore sunpapers scholarship in journalism — The Board of Trustees of the A. S.
Abell Foundation, Inc., contributes funds to provide one or more $500 scholarships to students
majoring in editorial journalism.

Samuel wolfe blankman grant — The sum of $100 is awarded each year to a foreign
student on the basis of worth and need to be determined by the Committee on Scholarships. The
student must be a permanent resident of a country other than the United States, its possessions,
or Canada. He may be a member of any college or school in the University.

borden agricultural and home economics scholarships — A Borden Agricultural
Scholarship of S300 is granted to that student in the College of Agriculture who has had two or
more of the regularly listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study,
has achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding
college work.

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of S300 is granted to that student in the College of
Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in foods and nutrition
and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all
other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work.

COLORTONE GRAPHIC ARTS AND PUBLICATION SCHOLARSHIP A Scholarship of $500.00 is

made available annually by the Colortone Press, Inc. of Washington, D. C. to a senior
recommended by the Department of Journalism and Public Relations and majoring in public
relations. The recipient is also offered an opportunity of a supervised internship during the
summer preceding his senior year.

george c cook scholarship — A full scholarship is made available by the Maryland
Educational Foundation in memory of the late George C. Cook. The scholarship shall be
administered under the same rules as a University Scholarship. Preference shall be given to
students interested in a career in business administration or marketing.

dr. ernest N. cory scholarship — This award is made annually to an outstanding junior
or senior recommended by the College of Agriculture, preferably one majoring in Entomology.
The amount of the award will vary depending upon the earnings of a trust fund established in
honor of Dr. Ernest N. Cory upon his retirement.

county engineers association of Maryland scholarship- — A scholarship of S200.00 is
available to a Maryland County resident beginning his third year in Civil Engineering, with the
possibility of renewal for the senior year.

dairy technology scholarships and grants — The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland
and the District of Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and grants-in-aid for
students majoring in Dairy Products Technology. These awards are available both to high school
graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students who have completed one or more
years of their University curriculum. The purpose of these awards is to encourage and stimulate
interest in the field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership,
personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology.
These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation
with the Dairy Technology Society.

delmarva traffic club scholarship — an award of S250 is given to a junior or senior
student from the Delmarva Peninsula majoring in Transportation in the College of Business and
Public Administration.

douglas aircraft company scholarship — An S800.00 scholarship to be awarded to an
outstanding and deserving senior student in aeronautical, electrical, or mechanical engineering
in this order of preference. Candidates recommended by the University must be citizens of the
United States and have the approval of the Scholarship Board of the Douglas Aircraft Company.
Preference should also be given to students who indicate a willingness to accept employment in
California.

exel scholarships — A substantial grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah
B. Exel. These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships to worthy students in accord-
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.

anne arlndel county volunteer firemen's association grant — This grant is awarded
to a high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum in the College of
Engineering. The amount of the award is S300 per year and will be available to the recipient for
the normal period of time to complete the program being pursued. This grant is awarded by the
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Anne Arundel County
Volunteer Fireman's Association and the College of Engineering.

district of Columbia fire fighters association grant — A $150.00 grant is awarded
to a student who has completed his freshman year or has advanced standing in the Fire
Protection Curriculum. The award is made in cooperation with Fire Protection Department
of the College of Engineering.

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA FIRE FIGHTERS ASSOCIATION, I.A.F.F. GRANT This award IS made tO a

student who has completed his freshman year in the Fire Protection Curriculum of the College
of Engineering. The award will be in the amount of SI 50.00 per year to be applied to the expense
of fixed charges, tuition and fees. This award is made in cooperation with the Fire Fighters
Association and the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering.

haskins and sells foundation inc. award — a scholarship of S500 is provided for an ex-
ceptional senior student majoring in accounting in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration.

LADIES AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT This grant is

awarded to an outstanding high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum
in the College of Engineering. The amount of this award is S500 per year and will be available
to the recipient for the normal period of time to complete the program being pursued. This grant
is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Ladies
Auxiliary to the Maryland State Firemen's Association and the College of Engineering.

Maryland motor fleet supervisors award — an award of S200 is given to a junior student
with an interest in motor fleet work majoring in transportation in the College of Business and
Public Administration.

Maryland state firemen's association grant — A S300 scholarship is awarded annually
to an outstanding high school student who enrolls in the Fire Protection Curriculum of the College
of Engineering. This scholarship is for four years and is awarded to a student of high scholastic
ability with a reputation of good character and outstanding fire service interest. The award is
made by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships in cooperation with the Maryland State Fire-
men's Association and the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering.

pilot freight carriers, inc., award— A five hundred dollar award is made to a senior student
in the College of Business and Public Administration who has majored in transportation and
who has demonstrated competence in this field of study. This award is made through the College
of Business and Public Administration.

prince georges county volunteer firemen's association grant — An annual scholarship
of S300 is awarded to an outstanding high school student who enrolls in the Fire Protection Cur-
riculum of the College of Engineering. The award is based on high scholastic ability, good
character and outstanding fire service interest. The Faculty Committee on Scholarships and
Grants-in-Aid cooperates with the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering
and the Board of Directors of the Prince Georges County Volunteer Firemen's Association in
selecting the student.

nationwide foundation fire safety scholarship — The expense of fixed charges, tuition
and fees, not to exceed S600.00 per year, for a maximum period of two years is awarded to a
student who is entering his junior or senior year of study in the Fire Protection Curriculum of
the College of Engineering. This award is made in cooperation with the Director of Safety of
The Nationwide Insurance Company and The Fire Protection Department of the College of
Engineering.

food fair stores foundation scholarships — Each year a number of scholarships is made
available by the Food Fair Stores Foundation to students from Anne Arundel, Baltimore,
Harford, Prince Georges, Washington, Frederick, Montgomery, and Talbot counties and
Baltimore City. Students receiving these scholarships may pursue any of the four-year cur-
riculums of the University. The scholarships are for S250 for an academic year.

victor frenkil scholarship — A scholarship of S250 is granted annually by Mr. Victor
Frenkil of Baltimore to a student from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the University.

future nurses clubs scholarships — A limited number of $300.00 scholarships are
made available by the Future Nurses Clubs of Maryland which are sponsored by the
Women's Auxiliary of the Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Maryland and the Maryland
League for Nursing. These scholarships are available to freshmen students from Maryland
preparing for nursing.

gamma phi beta alumni scholarship — Two annual scholarships are available to teachers
employed in the teaching field. The awards pay tuition costs of graduate courses designed for
training teachers of gifted children. The awards are made available by the Washington Alumnae
Chapter of the Gamma Phi Beta Sorority. Recipients are recommended by the Coordinator
of Special Education on the basis of scholarship and need.

general motors scholarship — This scholarship granted annually to any young man or
young woman who is an outstanding individual entering the freshman year. The amount
of the stipend depends upon the demonstrated need of the individual. The College Scholarship
Service evaluates the financial need in each case.

goddard memorial scholarships — Four S500 scholarships are available annually under
the terms of the James and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through the wills of
Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard. In granting these awards the Committee on Scholar-
ships will consider outstanding scholastic achievement and financial need. Each award will be
made on a year-to-year basis depending upon the accomplishment of the student.

gordon-davis linen supply scholarship — The Gordon-Davis Linen Supply Company
provides a fund to be granted to worthy students by the Committee on Scholarships and
Grants-in-Aid.

rose l. grant scholarship — At least 5500.00 each year is made available to be awarded
by the Scholarship Committee in accordance with its established principles.

john william guckeyson memorial scholarship — A scholarship of $100.00 is granted
annually by Mrs. Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to John William Guckeyson, an honored
Maryland alumnus.

JAMES HARTIN ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIP AND DONALD PETER SHAW MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP— These two scholarships of $300.00 each are made available annually by Mr. & Mrs.
David C. Hartin. The first is awarded to a male student in the College of Engineering and
the second to a male student in any college other than Education, or to a female student
in Nursing. These awards will be made annually by the Scholarship Committee to worthy
students who are helping to earn their own college expenses.

william Randolph hearst foundation scholarships — These scholarships are made avail-
able through a gift of the Baltimore News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of
William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships up to S1000 are awarded annually to undergraduates
pursuing a program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to SI, 000 are awarded annually for
graduate study in history. These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and
Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Departments of History and Journalism.

inter-regional insurance conference scholarships — Fifteen awards are made annually
for room, board, tuition, and fees to outstanding high school students enrolling in the Fire
Protection Curriculum of the College of Engineering. Students residing in eleven states in the
Conference area and the District of Columbia are eligible for these scholarships. Employment
obligations are required. Recipients of scholarships are selected by the Scholarship Committee
of the Inter- Regional Insurance Conference in cooperation with the Faculty Committee on
Scholarships.

iota lambda sigma (nu chapter) scholarship — This scholarship is awarded annually to
a male student who wishes to enroll or is enrolled in the Industrial Education curriculum. The
student must be a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his intention of teaching in
Maryland. The amount of the scholarship is S200.00.

kappa alpha theta alumni scholarship — An annual award of S500.00 is made available
to a senior or graduate student studying speech therapy, by the Washington Alumni Chapter
of the Kappa Alpha Theta Sorority. The recipient shall be recommended by the head of the
Speech Department.

kappa kappa gamma alumnae scholarship in speech therapy — An annual scholarship
of $250.00 is awarded to a deserving woman duly admitted as a graduate student majoring
in the field of speech therapy. The award is based upon the applicant's demonstrated
interest in speech therapy as a career, academic accomplishments and initiative. This
scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation
with the Suburban Washington Alumnae Association of Kappa Kappa Gamma and the
Speech Department.

kappa kappa gamma nursing scholarship — This $100.00 Scholarship is made available
annually by the Gamma Psi chapter of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority to a worthy
student preparing for a career in nursing. Preference for the award shall be given to an
entering student from Maryland and she shall have a preference for its continuance while
she is a student at College Park.

venta m. keller grant — The Maryland State Council of Homemakers' Clubs makes avail-
able this grant of S100 which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise who is
recommended by the College of Home Economics.

kiwanis scholarship — A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship covering tuition is awarded by
the Prince Georges County Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince Georges County, Maryland,
who, in addition to possessing the necessary qualificationsformaintainingasatisfactory scholarship
record, must have a reputation of high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship.

leidy chemical foundation scholarship — A scholarship of $500.00 is granted
annually to a graduate or undergraduate student preparing for a career in the general field
of chemistry. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in
cooperation with the Department of Chemistry.

helen aletta linthicum scholarships — These scholarships, several in number, were estab-
lished through the benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Con-
gressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland
for many years. They are granted to worthy young men and women who are residents of the State
of Maryland and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a reputation
for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead.

lions international scholarship — An award of S500.00 is available to a freshman who
competes in the Lions Club (District 22-C) Annual Band Festival. A recipient is recommended
by the Music Department after a competitive audition in the spring.

the m club grants — The M Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited
number of awards. They are granted by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who show
promise in sports other than football.

dr. frank c. Marino scholarship — Dr. Frank C. Marino provides a S200 annual scholarship
in Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Committee on
Scholarships to a student who demonstrates special interest and promise in this field.

Maryland educational foundation grants — The Maryland Educational Foundation
provides funds each year for the education of several promising young men. These grants are
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who qualify under the provisions of
the Foundation.

Maryland consumer finance scholarship — A scholarship fund of $500.00 per year
is made available by the Maryland Consumer Finance Association. It may be awarded to
one student or divided and awarded to two students. The awards are made to Maryland
residents.

Maryland pharmaceutical association scholarships — The Maryland Pharmaceutical
Association makes available annually scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on the basis of
worthiness, moral character, scholastic achievement and the need for financial assistance.
Each scholarship not exceeding $500.00 per academic year is used in partial defrayment of
fees and expenses at College Park. These scholarships are open only to residents of the
State of Maryland.

eugene e. and agnes f. meyer scholarships — A number of scholarships is made available
each year to promising students in meeting the costs of furthering their education, with preferential
consideration to children of persons employed in public service, including service in the armed
forces and the judiciary.

mortar board scholarship— The Mortar Board Scholarship is awarded annually to a
woman student on the basis of scholastic attainment, character, and need. The selection of the
student for this award is made through the Office of the Dean of Women and a representative of
Mortar Board in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships.

omicron nu award — This award is presented annually to the sophomore student in the
College of Home Economics who attained the highest scholastic average during her fresh-
man year.

peninsula horticultural society scholarship — The Peninsula Horticultural Society pro-
vides annually a S200 scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior student, a resident of
Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who is majoring in Horticulture or related subjects,
particularly as they apply to the culture of fruits and vegetables.

phi beta kappa scholarship — A scholarship is awarded to the student who at the end of the
junior year has attained the highest cumulative average in liberal courses and whose basic course
program is in liberal studies.

phi eta sigma scholarship — A limited number of SI 00 scholarships are available to young
men entering the sophomore class and who have achieved an academic average of 3.5 or higher
during the freshman year. Funds for the awards are made available by the Phi Eta Sigma Fraternity

read's drug stores foundation scholarships — The Read's Drug Stores Foundation
contributes annually several scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on the basis of worthiness,
scholastic achievement, moral character and the need for financial assistance. Each scholar-
ship not exceeding $500.00 per academic year is applied to defray partially the fees and
expenses at College Park, Maryland. Recipients must have been residents of the State of
Maryland for at least one year prior to the awarding of the scholarship.

dr. fern duey Schneider grant — A SI 00.00 grant is available to a foreign woman student
enrolled in the College of Education, and who has completed at least one semester in residence at
the University. Funds for the grant are contributed by the Montgomery and Prince Georges
County Chapters of the Delta Kappa Gamma Society.

the sears roebuck foundation grants — Eight grants of $300 each are provided by
the Sears Roebuck Foundation to the sons of Maryland residents engaged in agricultural
pursuits who enroll in the freshman class of the College of Agriculture. One $300 grant
is awarded each year to the sophomore student in the College of Agriculture who has proved
to be the outstanding student holding a Sears Roebuck grant during the previous year. These
grants are awarded annually by the Committee on Scholarships.

A limited number of similar grants from the Sears Roebuck Foundation is also available for
students in the College of Home Economics.

southern states cooperative scholarships — Two scholarships are awarded each year to
sons of Southern States members — one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and the other for
outstanding work in FFA. The amount of each scholarship is S300 per year and will continue for
four years. These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid
in cooperation with the College of Agriculture.

adele h. stamp scholarship — This scholarship of $250.00 is awarded annually to a
sophomore who is an active sorority member or pledge, who is outstanding in leadership
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. Funds for this scholarship are pro-
vided by the University of Maryland Panhellenic Association. The recipient is recommended by
the office of the Dean of Women.

steel club of Baltimore scholarship — This is a renewable scholarship of $500.00
per year. Male residents of Maryland who have expressed their intention of entering the
steel industry on completion of their formal education are eligible.

steel service center scholarship — A renewable scholarship of $350.00 per year is
made available by various steel clubs of Baltimore. The award is made in accordance with
the general principles underlying all other scholarships.

janie g. s. Taliaferro scholarship — Under the terms of the will of the late Janie G. S.
Taliaferro a bequest has been made to the University of Maryland to provide scholarship aid to
worthy students. The income of the estate amounting to $350 annually is used as a scholarship
to a worthy young man or young woman who qualifies.

J. mc kfnny wtllis and son grant — A grant of S500 is made available annually by J.
McKenny Willis and Son, Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to an
outstanding student in vocational agriculture in Talbot County who w ill matriculate in the College
of Agriculture. This grant is assigned by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with
the terms of the award.

r. m. watkins scholarship — This scholarship is made available under the same terms
and conditions as a Full University Scholarship from funds provided by the Maryland Edu-
cational Foundation.

western electric scholarship — Two scholarships are awarded to students in the College
of Engineering. The amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and fees not to exceed
$800 nor to be less than $400.

westinghouse air arm division scholarship— The Westinghouse Electric Corporation has
established a scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineering and the physical
sciences. The scholarship is awarded to a sophomore student and is paid over a period of three
years in six installments of $250. Students in electrical or mechanical engineering, engineering
physics or applied mathematics are eligible for the award. Selection of the recipient is based on
achievement as reflected by scholastic standing and general college record. The award is made by
the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the College of Engineering

women's club of bethesda scholarship — Two $250.00 scholarships have been made
available to young women residents of Montgomery County by the Women's Club of
Bethesda. Recipients must be accepted in the College of Education or the College of Nursing.

the arthur young and co. foundation, inc. scholarship — The Arthur Young and Co.
Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship of S750 for an exceptional senior student con-
centrating in accounting who is registered in the College of Business and Public Administration.
This award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with
the College of Business and Public Administration.

STUDENT LOANS

ndea student loans — The National Defense Education Act of 1958 provides funds for
student loans. A student may borrow in one year a sum not exceeding $800 and during his
entire course of study may borrow a sum not exceeding $5,000. The borrower must sign a note
for the loan and agree to interest and repayment terms established by the University. Repayment
of the loan begins one year after the borrower ceases to be a full time student and must be com-
pleted within ten years thereafter. No interest is charged on the loan until the beginning of the
repayment schedule. Interest after that date is to be paid at the rate of 3 percent per annum.

The National Defense Education Act contains a provision which provides that up to fifty
percent of a student loan plus interest may be cancelled in the event the borrower becomes a full
time elementary or secondary school teacher. Such cancellation is to be at the rate of 10 percent
a year to five years.

Catherine moore BRiNKLEY loan fund — Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a
loan fund is available for worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland.

Joseph w. kinghorn and morley a. jull funds — Memorial trust funds have been
established in honor of Joseph W. Kinghorn, first graduate of the University of Maryland
Poultry Department. These funds are available as loans to students enrolled in the Poultry
Department.

edna b. mcnaughton memorial loan fund — This fund has been established by Mrs.
W. B. Clayton in memory of Edna B. McNaughton who initiated and developed the program
in Early Childhood Education at the University of Maryland. Priority is given to students
enrolled in this program.

phi delta gamma loan fund — This fund has been established under essentially the same
terms and conditions as the NDEA loans. Recipients must be recommended by the Sigma Chapter
of the Phi Delta Gamma Sorority.

jan steven and Sidney rapke memorial loan fund — This fund has been established in
memory of Jan Steven Rapke by his parents. Short-term, interest free loans are available to students
in good standing to meet personal emergencies as they arise. It is the wish of the donors
that the fund be administered with a minimum of formality.

united student aid funds — Loans up to $1,000.00 per year are available from many
Maryland banks to students who have completed one year or more of study at the University
of Maryland, and are making normal progress toward graduation. Maximum interest on such
loans is 6 per cent simple, and repayment is due within 36 months after the student ceases to be
a full time student.

Siegfried e. weisberger jr. memorial fund — A memorial trust fund has been estab-
lished in honor of Siegfried Weisberger, Jr., a Freshman student in Agriculture in 1958-59.
Under terms of this loan, students in Agriculture may borrow money without interest for
short term needs.

the Arthur young & co. foundation, inc. award — awards are made to a number of
superior senior students majoring in accounting in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Admission director, office of admissions

NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

Housing DIRECTOR, HOUSING OFFICE

NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

Scholarships and Grants-in-aid

Loans and Student Employment director, office of student aid

NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

Counseling office of the dean of men

NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN
NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

UNIVERSITY COUNSELING SERVICE
BUILDING EE

Specific Program Information office of the dean of the

RESPECTIVE COLLEGES

TO COMPLETE THE MAIL ADDRESS

FOR THESE OFFICES, ADD:

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND

CATALOG OF THE

COLLEGE

AGRICULTURE

1964-66

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

Volume 19 December 23, 1963 Number 11

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published four times in January,
February, April and June; three times in November, December and March; two
times in September, October, May and August; and once in July. Re-entered at the
Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter under the Act
of Congress on August 24, 1912. Published thirty-four times.

The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevo-
cable contract between the student and the University of Maryland The
University reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at
any time within the student's term of residence. The University further
reserves the right at any time, to ask a student to withdraw when it con-
siders such action to be in the best interests of the University

CONTENTS

University Calendar

Board of Regents

Officers of Administration
Committee Chairmen, Faculty

Senate

The College

General Information

Special Advantages

Coordination of Agricultural
Work

Facilities and Equipment

Costs

Air Science

Scholarships and Grants-
in-Aid

Student Organizations

GENERAL

iv Student Judging Teams 5

vi Additional Information 5

vii Awards 6

Academic Information 7

x Departments and Curricula 7

1 Admission 7

1 Admission Requirements

2 Table 8

Junior Standing 9

3 Requirements for

3 Graduation . 9

3 Student Advisers 10

4 Electives 10

Field and Laboratory

4 Practice ... 10

4 Freshman Year 10

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

Agriculture Curriculum

Soils

University Requirements

Animal Science

College Requirements

Botany

Agriculture — General

Entomology

Agricultural Chemistry

Horticulture

Agricultural Economics

Special Curricula

Agricultural and Extension

Pre-Forestry

Education

Pre-Theological

Agricultural Engineering

Pre-Veterinary

Agronomy — Crops and Soils

Special Students

Crops

Two-Year Program

COURSE OFFERINGS

Agriculture

Agricultural Economics
Agricultural and Extension

Education

Agricultural Engineering .

34 Agronomy — Crops and Soils

35 Animal Science
Botany

39 Entomology
42 Horticulture

45
49
55
61
64

Agriculture Experiment Station

Agricultural Extension Service
Service and Control Programs

Faculty of the College

Supervising Teachers in Agriculture

68
69
70

75
86

///

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1963-64

Fall Semester
1963

September 16-20 Monday-Friday
September 23 Monday
November 27 Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

December 1

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends
8 a.m.

December 20

Friday

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1964

January 6

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 22

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 23-30

Thursday- Wednesday
inclusive

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7

Monday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 10

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Saturday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Wednesday

Maryland Day, not a holiday

March 26

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

March 31

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends, 8 a.m.

May 13

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 28

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 29-June 5

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Saturday

Memorial Day, Holiday

May 31

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

June 6

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

1964

June 22

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 23

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 4

Saturday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 14

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

1964

June 15-19

Monday-Saturday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 3-7

Monday-Saturday

4-H Club Week

September 8-11

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1964-65

(Tentative)

Fall Semester
1964

September 14-18 Monday-Friday
September 21 Monday

November 25 Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

November 30

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends

8 a.m.
Christmas Recess Begins After

December 22

Tuesday

Last Class

1965

January 4

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 20

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 21-27

Thursday- Wednesday

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 2-5

Tuesday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 8

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Monday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Thursday

Maryland Day, not a Holiday

April 15

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

April 20

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

May 12

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 27

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 28-June 4

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

May 31

Monday

Memorial Day, Holiday

June 5

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

June 21

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 22

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 5

Monday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 13

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

June 14-18

Monday-Friday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 2-6

Monday-Friday

4-H Club Week

September 7-10

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

Board Of Regents

and

Maryland State Board Of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore, 21202

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, 21202

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore, 21201

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton, 21629

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College, 5800 Park Heights Ave., Baltimore, 21215

ASSISTANT TREASURER

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center — 17th Floor,

Baltimore, 21201

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury, 21801

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown, 21740

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park, 20012

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland, 21501

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore, 21218

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKINS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.

ALBIN O. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936;
Ph.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant to the President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ALVIN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; LL.B., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

HARRY C. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College, 1936; LL.D.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.Sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

EDWARD W. AITON, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1956.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado,
1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

WILLIAM P. CUNNINGHAM, Dean of the School of Law
A.B., Harvard College, 1944; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

RAY W. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse
University, 1937.

NOEL E. FOSS, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

Ph.C, South Dakota State College, 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; Ph.D., 1933.

Vll

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health.

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADISLAUS F. GRAPSKI, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.S.,
University of Denver, 1942; M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of
Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN C. HAUT, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1933.

VERL S. LEWIS, Dean of the School of Social Work

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.S.W., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

CHARLES MANNING, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935.

DONALD W. O'CONNELL, Dean of the College of Business and Public
Administration

B.A., Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

JOHN J. SALLEY, Dean of the School of Dentistry

D.D.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1947; Ph.D., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

WILLIAM S. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of
Medical Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville, 1929;

Ph.D. (Hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGIRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

C. WILBUR CISSEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939.

via

HELEN E. CLARKE, Dean of Women
B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; Ed.D.,
Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960.

WILLIAM W. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

L. EUGENE CRONIN, Director of Natural Resources Institute

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;
Ph.D., 1946.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; M.D., 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; C.P.A., 1948.

GEORGE W. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

ROBERT J. McCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE W. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer,
Physical Plant {Baltimore)

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931.

VERNON H. REEVES, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air
Science

B.A., Arizona State College, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1949.

WERNER C. RHEINBOLDT, Director, Computer Science Center

Dipl. Math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; Dr. Rer. Nat., University of Freiburg,
1955.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940.

CLODUS R. SMITH, Director of the Summer Session

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,
1960.

GEORGE O. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

HAROLD C. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE

Joseph F. Mattick (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING
Russell B. Allen (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Thomas G. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Richard H. Byrne (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES
V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

James A. Hummel (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Donald W. O'Connell (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Walter E. Schlaretzki (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Mark Keeny (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Robert B. Beckmann (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM
AND TENURE

George Anastos (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES

Stanley B. Jackson (Arts and Sciences). Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
John M. Brumbaugh (Law), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Noel E. Foss (Pharmacy), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS

Mary K. Carl (Nursing), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY

Homer Ulrich (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

Adjunct Committees of the General Committee of Student
Life and Welfare

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Gayle S. Smith (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP

A. B. Hamilton (Agriculture), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE

Bryce Jordan (Arts and Sciences). Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

Ellen Harvey (Physical Education), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS
Calvin Gaver (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

The College of Agriculture offers an educational program designed to
prepare students for careers in agricultural sciences, agricultural technology
and agricultural business. Students receive a basic fundamental and cul-
tural education, correlated with technical agricultural courses and related
sciences.

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of Mary-
land at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the
name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the College
was under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant
Act in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the state
and named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When
the institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in
Baltimore, the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major
divisions of this larger, more comprehensive organization.

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were estab-
lished as the result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respec-
tively. A more complete description of these two services appears later in
this bulletin.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Graduates of the College of Agriculture are trained for employment in
scientific areas related to agriculture, in agricultural business and industry
or with a local, state or federal agency. Curricula in the College of Agri-
culture provide for broad training in cultural and scientific courses as
well as in courses related to various areas of agricultural specialization.
Programs are offered for: (1) those planning to pursue the agricultural
sciences and who plan to do graduate study; (2) those planning to
pursue the business activities in agricultural and related industries, and (3)
those planning to pursue the technology of animal and plant production, the
engineering, chemistry, and food processing of agricultural products as
well as teaching and extension in agriculture.

Many professors also conduct research studies in their respective fields.
Through these studies the frontiers of knowledge are constantly being
extended. These new findings are incorporated in courses thereby making
the instruction in agriculture dynamic.

The close relationship of extension specialists, county agents, and home
demonstration agents with farmers and farm families enables workers in
the College to evaluate the farm situation. New farm problems are brought

General Information

to the attention of the research worker and new developments are pre-
sented to farmers and their families.

The coordination of teaching, research and extension provides for the
effective training of students in the College of Agriculture for a career in
agriculture. Many professors also contribute to the research and extension
programs concerned with agriculture and food production, the develop-
ment of new varieties and processing procedures, as well as adjustments
in agricultural production and marketing.

Trained workers in the College of Agriculture, through regulatory and
service activities, are constantly working with actual problems associated
with the improvement and maintenance of standards for farm products.
Regulatory and control work extends over a wide range of activities and
concerned with reducing losses due to insect pests and diseases; preventing
and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals and
plants; analyzing fertilizer, feed and lime for guaranteed quality; and
analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds to insure better seeds
for farm planting. Marketing services include federal-state inspection, fresh
egg law, dairy inspection, seed inspection, weight and measures and market
news service.

SPECIAL ADVANTAGES

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Agricultural
Research Center of the United States Department of Agriculture. This
is the largest, best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency
in the world. Also, the University of Maryland is within a few miles of the
Washington, D. C, offices of the Department of Agriculture and other
government departments, including the Library of Congress. Students
can easily visit these agencies and become acquainted with their work and
the men who conduct this work. Such contacts have proved valuable to
many University of Maryland graduates.

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings
and otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agricul-
ture in the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities to
its students.

COORDINATION OF AGRICULTURAL WORK

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and
regulatory functions within the individual departments, between the several
departments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several
departments are closely associated with the research, extension and regula-
tory work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases,
devote a portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities.
Close coordination of these four types of work enables the University to

General Information

provide a stronger faculty in the College of Agriculture, and affords a
higher degree of specialization than would otherwise be possible. It
insures instructors an opportunity to keep informed on the latest results of
research, and to be constantly in touch with current trends and problems
which are revealed in extension and regulatory activities. Heads of depart-
ments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the student at all times
is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the several fields of
knowledge as it is possible for an organization to put him

In order that the work of the College shall be responsible to agriculture
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural
industries in the state, and that the course of instruction shall at all times
be made most helpful for students who pursue them, advisory councils have
been constituted in the major industries of agriculture. The councils are
composed of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and
the instructional staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their
counsel and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and the
students are kept abreast of developments.

FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the
University of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and
instruction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 2,000 acres,
are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the
most complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in
the country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef
cattle, and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction
and research in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are
available in the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm
crops, and for soils research. The Poultry Department has a building for
laboratories and classrooms, a plant comprising twenty acres, and flocks
of the important breeds of poultry. A research farm is available for experi-
mental testing under field conditions. The Horticulture Department is
housed in a separate building, and has ample orchards, gardens and green-
houses for its various lines of work. A research farm is located near Salis-
bury where experimental work is carried on in the area of intense produc-
tion. The Botany Department has excellent facilities available in labora-
tories, greenhouses, and field space for research in most phases of botany,
especially in plant pathology, plant physiology, cytology and cytogenetics.
A powerful X-ray machine, ultra centrifuge, and an electron microscope are
the major pieces of equipment available; facilities for use of radio-isotopes
are available for both teaching and research.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $250.00 fixed
charges; $96.00 special fees; $420.00 board; $290.00 to $320.00 lodging

General Information

for Maryland residents, or $340.00 to $370.00 for residents of other
states and countries. A charge of $400.00 is assessed to all students who
are non-residents of the State of Maryland.

A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A fee of $10.00
must accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If a
student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in
lieu of the matriculation fee.

An Adventure in Learning, the undergraduate catalog of the University,
contains a detailed statement of fees and expenses and includes changes
in fees as they occur. A copy may be requested from the Catalog Mailing
Office, North Administration Building, University of Maryland at College
Park.

AIR SCIENCE

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two semes-
ters. The successful completion of this sequence is a prerequisite for gradu-
ation, and must be taken by all eligible students during the first two
semesters of attendance at the University. Transfer students who do not
have the required two semesters of Air Science training will be required to
complete the sequence or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or
reserve commission in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning Air Science, refer to University General
and Academic Regulations, a publication available to all undergraduate
students.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students.
These include awards granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the
Borden Company, Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust Fund, the Danforth Founda-
tion, the Ralston Purina Company, Southern States Cooperative, Inc., J.
McKenny Willis and Sons, Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and
District of Columbia, Miller Chemical and Fertilizer Corporation, Kroeger
Company and Peninsula Horticultural Society.

These scholarships and grants-in-aid are awarded by the Faculty Com-
mittee in accordance with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed
information about these awards is contained in the publication An Adven-
ture in Learning.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These

General Information

organizations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Agricultural Engineering
Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Dairy Science Club,
Student Institute of Food Technology, Future Farmers of America, Agron-
omy Club, Poultry Science Club, and the Veterinary Science Club.

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fraternity. Members are chosen
from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain scholas-
tic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture.

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose
is to coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work
which is beneficial to the College.

STUDENT JUDGING TEAMS

The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team mem-
bers are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train
them for this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the
students compete with teams from other state universities or agricultural
colleges.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning the American Civilization Program, fees
and expenses, scholarships and awards, student life, and other material of a
general nature, may be found in the University publication titled An Ad-
venture in Learning. This publication may be obtained on request from
the Catalog Mailing Office, North Administration Building, University of
Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the regulations of
student and academic life, may be found in the University publication
titled, University General and Academic Regulations.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

Awards, Academic Information
AWARDS

ALPHA ZETA MEDAL

The honorary agricultural fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the
highest average record in academic work. The presentation of the medal
does not elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recogni-
tion of high scholarship.

APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD

This award is made annually to a senior for excellence in botany.

CARROLL E. COX AWARD

This cash award is made annually to the most outstanding graduate student
in the Department of Botany.

NATIONAL BLOCK AND BRIDLE AWARD

The National Block and Bridle awards annually a plaque to the member
of the Block and Bridle Club who has done the most for the local club
during the year.

NATIONAL PLANT FOOD INSTITUTE AWARD

National Plant Food Institute awards annually the Agronomy Achieve-
ment Award to the outstanding junior or senior student in Agronomy.
The amount of award is $200.

VIRGINIA DARE AWARD

The Virginia Dare Extract Company awards annually a plaque and
$25.00 to the outstanding student in ice cream manufacturing with an
overall good standing in dairy.

EDGAR P. WALLS AWARD

Dr. Edgar P. Walls awards annually a gold watch to the senior doing
outstanding work in horticultural processing.

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

DEPARTMENTS AND CURRICULA

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as
follows: Agricultural Economics (including agricultural business); Agri-
cultural and Extension Education; Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy
(including crops and soils); Animal Science; Botany (plant morphology
and taxonomy, plant pathology, and plant physiology and ecology);
Dairy Science (dairy production and dairy technology); Entomology
(including bee culture); Horticulture (pomology, olericulture, floricul-
ture, ornamental horticulture and commercial processing); Poultry Science;
Veterinary Science. In addition, there are curricula in Agricultural Chem-
istry and General Agriculture. Courses of study may also be arranged for
any who desire to return to the farm after one or more years of training
in practical agricultural subjects.

ADMISSION

Fall Semester

All applications for full-time undergraduate admission for the Fall Semes-
ter at the College Park Campus must be received by the University on
or before July 15. Any student registering for nine (9) or more semester
hours of work is considered a full-time student.

Under unusual circumstances, application will be accepted between July
15 and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after
July 15 will be required to pay a non-refundable $15.00 late fee to defray
the cost of special handling of applications after that date. This late fee
is in addition to the $10.00 application fee.

All undergrauate applications, both for full-time and part-time attendance,
and all supporting documents for an application for admission must be
received by the appropriate University office by September 1. This means
that the applicant's educational records, ACT scores (in the case of
new freshmen) and medical examination report must be received by
September 1.

Spring Semester

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester is
January 1.

University College

The application deadlines and fees do not apply to students registering
in the evening classes offered by the University College.

Academic Information

Graduate School

Application for admission to the Graduate School must be made by
September 1 for the fall term and by January 1 for the spring term on
blanks obtained from the Office of the Graduate School. Admission to
the summer session is governed by the date listed in the Summer School
catalog. The summer session deadline date is generally June 1.

Entrance Requirements

The high school or preparatory school student who intends to apply for
admission to the University should plan his secondary school program
carefully. He should select a program that will prepare him adequately
to begin college work at the college level. He should allow for the fact
that his interests may change by selecting a secondary school program
that will enable him, when he enters the University, to have a maximum
freedom of choice among the various curricula offered at the University.

Every candidate for admission to the University must noramlly present
sixteen units of high school subjects. It is required that seven of the
minimum sixteen units be in college preparatory subjects as follows:

English 4 units

Mathematics (preferably algebra) 1 unit

History or Social Sciences 1 unit

Biological or Physical Sciences 1 unit

The other units should be chosen to give the student as strong a prepara-
tion as possible for his work at the University. At least twelve of the units
presented should be in college preparatory courses in academic subjects.
Although there is no entrance requirement in foreign languages, two or
more units are highly desirable for many programs and are suitable for
all programs. Likewise it is desirable that each student offer two units
in history or social sciences, and two units in the biological and physical
sciences. It is strongly recommended that all students present a unit of
plane geometry in addition to the one or two units of algebra.

It is recommended that the preparatory program in high school include:

English . 4 units

Mathematics (college preparatory) 2 units

(Agricultural Engineering and Agricultural
Chemistry — 2 additional units)

Biological and physical sciences 3 units

History or social sciences 2 units

Two units of foreign language are recommended for students in Agricul-
tural Engineering, Agricultural Chemistry, Botany and Entomology.

Deviation from these recommendations is permitted, but should be under-
taken only upon competent advice. An unwise selection of preparatory

Academic Information

courses can effectively prevent the student from pursuing certain curricula
at the University or materially increase the time necessary to complete
a particular curriculum. Every prospective applicant should be certain that
his preparation in mathematics is adequate for any program he might
conceivably wish to enter. A special fee will be charged for all remedial
work in mathematics with the exception of the course in solid geometry.

A well-planned program of college preparatory work contributes much
to the success of a student in his college work. This fact has an important
bearing in estimating whether a candidate for admission is likely to be suc-
cessful in his work at the University.

JUNIOR STANDING

To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better.
In computing this average, the following provisions apply: all academic
courses carrying one or more credits which have been taken up to the
time of computation shall be included; courses carrying "O" credit shall
not be included; in every course only the most recent grade shall be
counted; courses in the basic R.O.T.C., the physical education required
of all University students, and the health courses required of all women
students shall not be included, but courses in the advaned R.O.T.C. and
courses in health or physical education which are taken as electives shall
be included.

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full
in the publication, University General and Academic Regulations.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

Each student must acquire a minimum of 120 semester hour credits in
academic subjects other than basic air science and physical activities.
Men must complete the required Basic Air Science and 4 hours in physical
activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in health, and 4 hours
in physical activities.

HONORS PROGRAM

The Honors Program of the College of Agriculture is made up of De-
partmental Honors Programs. The objective of the program is to recog-
nize superior scholarship and to provide an opportunity for the excel-
lent student to pursue more deeply those things which intrigue him or
to partake more widely of those things which will add to his usefulness
as a member of society. Honors Programs will be administered by De-
partmental Honors Committees and will be supervised by a College Com-
mittee on Honors Programs. All students in the College of Agriculture,
who are in the top 20 percent of their class at the end of their first year,
will automatically be considered for admission into the Honors Program.
Of this group, no more than 50 percent will be admitted. Admission of

Academic Information

students, who are sophomores or first semester juniors, will be considered
upon application from any such student who stands in the upper 20 per-
cent of his class. While application will be considered until the student
enters his sixth semester, early participation in the program is highly
preferable. Students admitted to the program enjoy some academic
privileges. On the basis of the student's performance, during his partici-
pation in the Honors Program, the department may recommend the can-
didate for the appropriate degree without departmental honors, for the
appropriate degree with (departmental) Honors, or for the appropriate
degree with (departmental) High Honors. Successful completion of
the Honors program will be recognized by a citation in the Commence-
ment Program and by an appropriate entry on the student's record and
diploma.

STUDENT ADVISERS

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty adviser,
either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of heads
of departments or persons selected by them to advise students with cur-
ricula in their respective departments. General advisers are selected for
students who have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish
to pursue the general curriculum in agriculture.

ELECTIVES

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or
to add to their general education.

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a stu-
dent may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed ad-
visable to meet the requirements of his particular need.

FIELD AND LABORATORY PRACTICE

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities for
practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each
student whose major is in that department and who is in need of such
experience. For inexperienced students in many departments this need
may be met by one or more summers spent on a farm.

FRESHMAN YEAR

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is simi-
lar for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an
opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and
the related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that
pursued in high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise
choice of programs in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a

Academic Information

student before the end of the year to change from one curriculum to an-
other, or from the College of Agriculture to a curriculum in some other col-
lege of the University with little or no loss of credit.

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selec-
tion of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests
and their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year
with no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser,
who assists with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of
the year acquaints the students with opportunities in the upper curricula
in the College of Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University.
If by the close of the fresman year a student makes no definite choice of
a specialized curriculum, he continues under the guidance of his general
adviser in the General Agriculture curriculum.

COURSES REQUIRED

AGRICULTURE CURRICULUM

All students in the College of Agriculture are required to complete a series
of courses to satisfy University requirements, College requirements and
departmental requirements. The remaining courses needed to complete
a program of study are elected by the student with the approval of his
adviser.

Semester
University Requirements Credit Hours

Eng. 1 , 2 — Composition and American Literature * 6

G. & P. 1 — American Government * 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or alternate 1 3

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 6

H. 5, 6 — ^History of American Civilization ' 6

for men:

Basic Air Science 4

Physical Activities 4

for women:

Hea. 2 — Personal Health 2

Hea. 5 — Community Health 2

Physical Activities 4

College of Agriculture Requirements

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 8

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1

elect two of the following:

Bot. 1 — General Botany (4)

Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4)

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology (4)
Students failing to pass the pre-registration test in mathematics

will be required to take Math. 1. (Special fee, $30.00)
Students expecting to pursue the curriculum in either Agricultural

Chemistry or Agricultural Engineering should, if qualified,

take Math. 18 or 19. If not qualified they should take

Math. 1.

Departmental Requirements 77

Required courses are determined by the department for each specific curriculum
and elective courses are approved by the adviser of the student's program.

A program of courses for the freshman year is essentially the same for
all students. However, there are some variations in several curricula.

1 For classification tests and alternate courses, see Program in American Civilization
section published in University General and Academic Regulations.

General Agriculture Curriculum

r—Semester—^

Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or alternate . . 3

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) 2

AGRICULTURE— GENERAL

The general agricultural curriculum provides for the development of a
broad understanding in agriculture.

The flexibility of this curriculum permits selection of electives that will
meet individual vocational plans in agriculture and agriculturally related
business and industry.

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester
General Agricultural Requirements Credit Hours

A. E. 107 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business 3

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3

R. Ed. 1 14 — Rural Life and Education 3

Agr. Engr. 56 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2

Agr. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Agron. 107 — Cereal Crop Production 3

Agron. 108 — Forage Crop Production 3

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

An. Sc. 10 — Feeds and Feeding 3

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

An. Sc. 40 — Dairy Production 3

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Hort. 5 or 58 — General Horticulture 3

An. Sc. 62 — Commercial Poultry Management 3

Elect either of the following pairs of courses:

Science Sequence 8

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 6

Electives 20-22

Agricultural Economics
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both

the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the
selection of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment

stations, soil bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer in-
dustries and those handling food products.

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester

Agricultural Chemistry Requirements Credit Hours

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4

Chem. 21 — Quantitative Analysis 4

Chem. 35 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2

Chem. 36 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2

Chem. 37 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2

Chem. 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2

Chem. 123 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis 4

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Bot. 1— General Botany 4

Geol. 1 — Geology 2

Math. 20— Calculus I 4

Math. 21— Calculus II 4

Modern Languages 12

Phys. 20 — General Physics 5

Phys. 21 — 'General Physics 5

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Electives in Biology 6

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 14

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

This curriculum combines training in the business, economic, and inter-
national aspects of agricultural production and marketing with the bio-
logical and physical sciences basic to agriculture. Programs are available
for students in agricultural economics, agricultural business and in the
area of international agriculture. Students desiring to enter agricultural
marketing or businesses affiliated with agriculture may elect the agricul-
tural business option, and students interested in foreign service may elect
the international agriculture option. Students interested primarily in the
broad aspects of production and management as it relates to the opera-
tion of a farm business may elect the agricultural economics option. In
these programs, students are trained for employment in agricultural busi-
ness and industry, for positions in sales or management, with local, state, or

Agricultural Economics

federal agencies, extension workers, college teachers, researchers, farm
operators or farm managers.

Courses for the freshman and sophomore years are essentially the same
for all students. In the junior year the student elects the agricultural eco-
nomics, agricultural business or international agricultural option according
of his particular interest. Courses in this Department are designed to pro-
vide training in the application of economic principles to the production,
processing, distribution, and merchandising of agricultural products as
well as the inter-relationship of business and industry associated with agri-
culture in a dynamic economy. The curriculum includes courses in gen-
eral agricultural economics, marketing, farm management, prices, land
economics, agricultural policy, and international agricultural economics.

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester
Required of all students Credit Hours

A. E. 50 — Elements of Agricultural Economics 3

A. E. 51 — Marketing of Agricultural Products 3

A. E. 106 — Prices of Agricultural Products 3

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3

A. E. 112 — Agricultural Policy and Programs 3

A. E. 114 — World Agricultural Production and Trade 3

A. E. 199— Seminar 1

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 31

Math. 10 or equivalent — Introduction to Mathematics 3

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 1 3

An. Sci. 10 — Feeds and Feeding 3

Select in consultation with adviser at least 21 credit hours in option chosen of which
a minimum of six credit hours must be in Agricultural Economics and/or Econom-
ics.

Agricultural Economics Option

A. E. 107 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business 3

A. E. Ill — Economics of Resource Development 3

Econ. 130 — Mathematical Economics 3

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 3

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3

Agr. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

An. Sci. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

Geog. 10 — General Geography 3

Soc. 113 — The Rural Community 3

Math. 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3

Electives 18

'Econ. 31 is being substituted for Soc. 1 under University requirements.

Curriculum Options

Semester
Credit Hours
Agricultural Business Option

A. E. 115, A. E. 116, A. E. 117, or A. E. 150— Commodity Mar-
keting 2

A. E. 103 — Economics of Agricultural Cooperation 3

A. E. 104 — Economics of Agricultural Transportation 3

A. E. 119 — Foreign Agricultural Economies 3

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 6

B. A. 131 — Elements of Business Statistics II 3

B. A. 140 — Business Finance 3

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3

B. A. 151 — Advertising 3

B. A. 180 — Business Law 3

Geog. 10 — General Geography 3

Math. 1 1 — Introduction to Mathematics 3

One course in Technology of Marketing

(Animal Science or Horticulture)

Electives 18

International Agriculture Option

A. E. Ill — Economics of Resource Development 3

A. E. 118 — Agriculture in World Economic Development. .. . 3

A. E. 119 — Foreign Agricultural Economies 3

Econ. 130 — Mathematical Economics 3

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 3

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3

Foreign Language 6

Math. 1 1 — Introduction to Mathematics 3

Geog. 10 — General Geography 3

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology 3

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2

Agr. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3

Geol. 1 — Geology 3

Electives 17

AGRICULTURAL & EXTENSION EDUCATION

This Department combines a broad general training in agriculture with
basic work in the natural sciences, the social sciences and the humanities.

Programs are available for students in agricultural education and agri-
cultural extension. The agricultural education curriculum is designed
primarily for persons who wish to prepare for teaching agriculture in

Agricultural and Extension Education

secondary schools. The agricultural extension curriculum is designed
primarily for persons who desire to prepare to enter the Cooperative Ex-
tension Service. Through careful planning, students may complete both
the agricultural education and agricultural extension options in a tour-
year period. By taking six semester hours of physics, agricultural educa-
tion majors may also qualify for certification to teach general science in
the public schools of Maryland. Either option may lead to a variety
of other educational career opportunities in agricultural business and
industry public service, the communications industry, to research and
college teaching. Students interested in rural ministry often select this
curriculum.

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, in-
volving graduation from a standard four-year high school, students elect-
ing either curriculum must present evidence of having acquired adequate
farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years.

In order to be admitted to student teaching or to extension field experi-
ence, each of which normally is taken in the senior year, a student must
have a 2.3 grade point average or higher.

Students in the agricultural education curriculum are expected to partici-
pate in the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America in order
to gain needed training to serve as advisers of high school chapters of the
FFA upon graduation.

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester

Required of both options Credit Hours

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

Agron. 1 — Crop Production, or

Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production

Ag. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

Ag. Engr. 56 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2

Ag. Econ. 107 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business

Ag. Econ. 108 — Farm Management

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

An. Sc. 10 — Feeds and Feeding

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development, I and II
or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

and Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 6

R. Ed. 101 — Teaching Materials and Demonstrations 2

R. Ed. 1 14 — Rural Life and Education 3

Agricultural Engineering

Agricultural Education Option

R. Ed. 107 — Observation and Analysis of Teaching Agriculture 3

R. Ed. 103 — Student Teaching 5

R. Ed. 104 — Student Teaching 1-4

R. Ed. 109 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3

R. Ed. Ill — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1

R. Ed. 1 12 — Departmental Management 1

Ag. Engr. 104 — Farm Mechanics 2

Approved electives 11-14

Agricultural Extension Option

R. Ed. 150 — Extension Education 2

R. Ed. 160 — Extension Communications 2

R. Ed. 161 — 4-H Organization and Procedure 2

R. Ed. 121 — Directed Experience in Extension Education 1-5

Psych. 21 — Social Psychology 3

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3

Approved electives 13-17

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

This Department offers an educational program in agricultural engineer-
ing technology for students in the College of Agriculture. These subjects
may be grouped under five general classifications, farm power and ma-
chinery, farm structures, soil and water conservation engineering, farm
electrification, and mechanics and equipment for agricultural materials
handling and processing. The technological aspects covered in these
courses are designed to complement the education received by students in
other departments of the College of Agriculture.

Agricultural engineering, in the broadest sense, is the science of com-
bining forces and materials of nature for the benefit of agriculture; as
implied, an understanding of soil, plant, and animal sciences is the basis
for intelligent applications of engineering principles in all phases of the
agricultural industry. Because interrelated applications of all branches
of engineering are found in agriculture, or even on a single, diversified
farm, education for the profession is necessarily founded on a broad base
of mathematical, physical and engineering science complemented by basic
agricultural sciences. Although boundaries between generally recognized
fields of engineering overlap in agricultural applications, the scope of the
field together with personal preference generally leads to specialization
in one of the four major areas of the profession.

The field of farm power and machinery offers opportunities to agricultural
engineers specifically interested in agricultural mechanization. The farm
equipment industry employs many graduates who conceive, design, de-

Agricultural Engineering

velop, and test new power units and machines. Others are employed in
distribution: sales, sales promotion or service.

Electric power and processing is concerned with productive applications
of electricity in farm production and in other phases of the agricultural
industry. Electricity is used not only for light and power but also for
heating and cooling processes and for automatic control and operation
of equipment. Agricultural engineers with such interests are employed by
electric power suppliers and crop processing organizations.

Farm structures specialists are interested in farm buildings for structural
design and functional use. Environmental requirements of animal shelters,
crop storage and processing structures include control of temperature,
humidity, and air movement for efficient utilization. Design must accom-
modate heat and moisture of respiration from animal or vegetable origin.
Manufacturers and fabricators of structural units and facilities employ
agricultural engineers for research and educational programs to promote
their products.

Agricultural engineers specializing in soil and water control and conser-
vation utilize hydraulics in irrigation, drainage, and soil erosion. Knowl-
edge of how water flows over or through soil or infiltrates into soil are the
tools of the engineer, but use of these tools is influenced by soil-moisture-
plant relationships.

Farm management companies employ engineers to design soil and water
conservation and other engineering systems for farms under their super-
vision or for individual farmers. Other sources of employment include
contracting, farm management, irrigation equipment design or sales and
service, and related enterprises.

State and federal institutions and agencies conduct programs of educa-
tion and research in all areas of agricultural engineering. Research
findings are frequently established in the agricultural industry through
programs of action agencies such as the Agricultural Extension Service
or the Soil Conservation Service. The agencies offer many opportunities
for work in the field.

University Requirements (see page 12)

Agricultural Engineering

Freshman Year

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture

Agr. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science

Chem. 1 — General Chemistry

E. S. 1 — Engineering Graphics

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis '

Math. 20— Calculus I

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science

Physical Activities

Total

Agricultural Sciences

Agr. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture

Agron. 1 — Crop Production

Agron. 10 — General Soils

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science
Agron. 117 — Soil Physics (optional)

Agricultural Engineering

Agr. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering

Agr. Engr. 86 — Agricultural Engineering Shop Techniques

Agr. Engr. 143 — Agricultural Power and Machinery Analysis.

Agr. Engr. 144 — Design of Operational Systems for Agriculture

Agr. Engr. 145 — Soil and Water Conservation Engineering

Agr. Engr. 189 — Senior Problem

Basic Sciences

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry

Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis '

Math. 20, 21, 22--CalcuIus I, II, 111

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics

Engineering Sciences
Required

E. S. 1 — Engineering Graphics

E. S. 10 — Introductory Mechanics

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials

E. S. 21 — Dynamics

C. E. 1 10— Surveying I

C. E. 102 or M. E. 102— Fluid Mechanics

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering
M. E. 1 — Thermodynamics

-Semester-
I U

4
3

■3

(3)

8
4

12
3

1 A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 19. A student failing this test is required to take
Math. 1, Review of High School Algebra or Math. 18, Introductory Analysis, with-
out credit. (Special Fee, $30.00)

Agronomy — Crops and Soils

Technical Electives

Students will select Series A, B, or C.

Series A

C. E. 30 — Materials of Engineering 3

C. E. 160, 161 — Structural Design 8

C. E. 162, 163 — Structural Analysis 6

Note: Student selecting Series A to take Agron. 117.

Series B

C. E. 160— Structural Design 4

M. E. 101 — Dynamics of Machines 2

M. E. 103 — Materials Engineering 3

M. E. 106 — Transfer Processes 3

Approved Electives 6

Series C

C. E. 160 — Structural Design 4

E. E. 101 — Engineering Electronics 4

E. E. 1 14 — Applied Electronics 3

E. E. 118 — Electrical Energy Conversion 4

Approved Electives 5

Note: Student selecting Series C will take E. E. 1 and 100 in lieu of E. E. 51, 52.

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in production and breed-
ing of forage crops, cereal crops, and tobacco; weed control; soil chem-
istry; soil fertility; soil physics; soil classification; and soil conservation.
A technical or a general curriculum may be elected by a student in either
crops or soils. A soil conservation option is available in the general
soils curriculum. The technical curricula provide training in basic courses
which will increase the student's understanding of the applied crops and
soils courses. Training in these basic courses is required for advanced
work in agronomy and is desired by many employers of students gradu-
ating in agronomy.

General curricula in crops and soils permit the student to confine his train-
ing to applied courses but students following these curricula are encour-
aged to elect some of the basic courses included in the technical curricula.

Depending on the electives chosen, students graduating in agronomy are
well prepared for advanced study, trained for general farming, farm man-
agement, specialized seed production, extension work, soil conservation,
or employment with commercial seed, fertilizer, chemical or farm equip-
ment companies. Additional information on opportunities in agronomy
may be obtained by writing to the Department of Agronomy.

Agronomy — Crops and Soils
CROPS

University Requirements {see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements {see page 12)

Semester

Department of Agronomy Requirements Credit Hours

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Agron. 103 — Crop Breeding 2

Agron. 107 — Cereal Crop Production 3

Agron. 108 — Forage Crop Production 3

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2

Agron. 154 — Weed Control 3

Agron. — Advanced Soils Courses 6

Bot. 1 1 — Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics or

Zool. 6 — Genetics 2 or 4

Technical and General Courses for Crops Students

(see explanation and lists below) 30

Electives 11

TECHNICAL CROPS CURRICULUM

A minimum of 20 of the 30 hours of technical and general courses re-
quired above must be selected from the technical courses, if the student

desires to take more than 30 hours of technical courses they can be used
as part of his 12 hours of electives or they can be substituted for other
Department of Agronomy requirements with permission of the crops
adviser.

GENERAL CROPS CURRICULUM

Same as Technical Crops Curriculum except that the 20-hour minimum
of courses from the technical group does not apply.

Technical Courses Which May be Selected by the Semester

Crops Student Credit Hours

Math. 10, 1 1 — Introduction to Mathematics 3, 3

Math. 18 — Introductory Analysis 3

Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis 4

Math. 20, 21, 22— Calculus 4, 4, 4

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4

Chem. 19 — Elements of Quantitative Analysis 4

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3

Phys. 10, 1 1 — Fundamentals of Physics 4, 4

Bot. 10 — Principles of Conservation 3

Bot. 102 — Plant Ecology 2

Bot. 103— Plant Ecology Lab 1

Bot. 1 1 1 — Plant Anatomy 3

Agr. 100 — Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3

Agronomy — Crops and Soils

Semester
Credit Hours

General Courses Which May be Selected by the Crops Student

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

An. Sc. 10 — Feeds and Feeding 3

A. E. 50 — Economics of Agriculture 3

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3

Agr. Eng. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agriculture Crops 4

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorology 3

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology 3

Hort. 5 — Fruit Production 3

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3

Agron. — Soils or crops courses not previously required 10

SOILS

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester
Department of Agronomy Requirements Credit Hours

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Agron. 107 — Cereal Crop Production 3

Agron. 108 — Forage Crop Production 3

Agron. 114 — Soil Classification and Geography 4

Agron. 1 16 — Soil Chemistry 3

Agron. 1 17 — Soil Physics 3

Agron. — Additional Advanced Soils courses 6

Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4

Technical and general courses for soils students

(see explanation and lists below) 35

Electives 12

TECHNICAL SOILS CURRICULUM

A minimum of 30 of the 35 semester hours of technical and general
courses required above must be selected from the technical group. If
the student desires to take more than 35 semester hours of technical
courses they can be used as part of his 12 hours of electives or they can
be substituted for other Department of Agronomy requirements with per-
mission of the soils adviser.

GENERAL SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION CURRICULA

Same as Technical Soils Curriculum except that the 30-hour minimum of
courses from the technical group does not apply. Students in soil conser-
vation must elect Agron. 113 — Soil Conservation, Geol. 1 — Geology, and
Bot. 10 — Principles of Conservation.

Animal Science

Technical Courses Which May be Selected by the Semester

Soils Student Credit Hours

Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3, 3

Math. 14, 15 — Elementary Calculus 3, 3

Math. 18 — Introductory Analysis 3

Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis 4

Math. 20, 21, 22— Calculus 4, 4, 4

Math. 66 — Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers . . 3

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis 4

Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 2,2

Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2, 2

Phys. 10, 1 1 — Fundamentals of Physics or 4, 4

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5, 5

Agr. 100 — Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3

General Courses Which May be Selected by the
Soils Student

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

An. Sc. 10 — Feeds and Feeding 3

A. E. 50 — Elements of Agricultural Economics 3

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3

Agr. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

Agr. Engr. 56 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Zool. 6 — Genetics 4

Bot. 10 — Principles of Conservation 3

Bot. 1 1 — Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 2

Bot. 103 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 1

Bot. 1 17 — General Plant Genetics 2

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorology 3

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology 3

Geol. 1 — Geology 3

Geol. 2 — Historical and Stratigraphic Geology 3

Hort. 5 — Fruit Production 3

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3

Agron. — Any advanced agronomy courses not previously

required 10

ANIMAL SCIENCE

The curriculum in animal science offers a broad background in general
education, basic sciences, agricultural sciences and the opportunity for a
student to emphasize that phase of animal agriculture in which he is
specifically interested. Each student will be assigned to an adviser according
to the program he plans to pursue.

Animal Science

OBJECTIVES

In addition to fulfilling the requirements of the University and the Col-
lege of Agriculture, the following specific objectives have been established
for the program in animal science:

1. To acquaint students with the role of animal agriculture in our cul-
tural heritage.

2. To prepare students for careers in the field of animal agriculture. These
include positions of management and technology associated with ani-
mal, dairy, or poultry production enterprises, positions with marketing
and processing organizations, as well as in other allied fields such as
feed, agricultural chemicals and equipment.

3. To prepare students for entrance to veterinary schools.

4. To prepare students for graduate study and subsequent careers in
teaching, research and extension, both public and private.

5. To provide essential courses for the support of other academic pro-
grams of the University.

Departmental Requirements

Semester
Required Courses Credit Hours

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

An. Sc. 5 — Introduction to Food Science 3

An. Sc. 15 — Fundamentals of Nutrition 3

An. Sc. 116 — Anatomy of Domestic Animals 3

An. Sc. 117 — Introduction to Diseases of Animals 3

Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology 4

Genetics 3

Agronomy 3

Agricultural Engineering 4

Insect Pests of Agriculture 4

Economics 3

Organic Chemistry 3

Physics 3

Math, and/or Biometrics 6

Electives 29

Botany

BOTANY

The Department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology,
cytology, cytogenetics and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physi-
ology and ecology. The required courses for the freshman and sophomore
years are the same for all students. In the junior and senior years, the
student elects botany courses to suit his particular interest. Courses are
required in other subjects to contribute toward a broad cultural education,
and to support the courses selected in the chosen field of botany.

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation
for graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for
research in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research
laboratories.

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and posi-
tions with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial
concerns.

Students who wish to meet the requirements for certificates in secondary
education may elect basic courses in education. An additional semester
will usually be necessary to take certain courses in education, including
the required practice teaching. As long as the demand continues, a series
of advanced courses will be offered in rotation in the summer session espe-
cially for teachers working toward the degree Master of Education in
science teaching.

The Department of Botany has instituted an Honors Program which a
student may enter if he desires and if he meets the requirements of the
program.

University Requirements {see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements {see page 12)

Semester

Department of Botany Requirements Credit Hours

Bot. 2 — General Botany 4

Bot. 1 1 — Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 3

Bot. 103 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 1

Bot. 1 1 1— Plant Anatomy 3

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2

Bot. 199— Seminar 2

Modern Language, preferably German 12

Math. 10, 11 6

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 8

Botany electives or related courses 10

Electives 12

Botany

The major student, with the approval of his advisor, will elect additional
courses in Botany and related subjects to provide the best possible basic
training and preparation in the area of his special interest. Students con-
templating graduate work are strongly advised to take Calculus, Math.
14, 15 and Organic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 33 as a part of their under-
graduate program.

CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

The development and use of natural resources (including water, soil,
minerals, fresh water and marine organisms, wildlife, air and human
resources), are essential to the full growth of an economy.

The curriculum in Conservation and Resource Development (adminis-
tered by the Botany Department), is designed to instill concepts of the
efficient development and judicious use of natural resources. The study
of the problems associated with the use of natural resources will acquaint
students with their role in economic development, cultural heritage, and
their necessary consideration in future expansion.

Students will prepare for professional and administrative positions in
land and water conservation projects, for careers in operational, adminis-
trative, educational and research work in land use, rural area development,
water resources, recreational area development and management, or for
graduate study in any of several areas within the biological sciences.

Students will pursue a broad education program and then elect subjects
concentrated in a specific area of interest. A student will be assigned an
adviser according to his area of interest.

Students will be encouraged to obtain summer positions which will give
them technical laboratory or field experience in their chosen interest area.

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester
Conservation and Resource Development Requirements Credit Hours

Agr. 100 — 'Agricultural Biometrics 3

Agr. Engr. 1 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Bot. 2 — General Botany 4

Bot. 10 — Principles of Conservation 3

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy (or Bot. 153) 3(2)

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 2

Bot. 103 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 1

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology . 3

Geog. 10 — General Geography 3

Entomology Curriculum

Semester
Credit Hours

Geol. 1 — Geology 3

*Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3, 3

Micro. 1 — General Microbiology 4

Zool. 2 — Animal Phyla 4

Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology 3

Electives 27

ENTOMOLOGY

This curriculum prepares students for work in various types of entomo-
logical positions. Professional entomologists are engaged in fundamental
and applied research, regulatory and control services with state and federal
agencies, commercial pest control, sales and developmental programs
with chemical companies and other commercial organizations, consulting
work, extension work, and teaching.

A student wising an undergraduate minor in entomology should take the
introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of
both the major and minor departments will select courses that will con-
tribute most to the end he has in view.

Most of the first two years of this curriculum is devoted to obtaining the
essential background. In the junior and senior year there is opportunity
for some specializing.

University Requirements {see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements {see page 12)

Semester
Department of Entomology Requirements Credit Hours

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Ent. 105 — Medical Entomology 3

Ent. 120 — Insect Taxonomy and Biology 4

Ent. 198 — Special Problems 2

Ent. 199 — Seminar 2

Bot. 1 1 — Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4

Elect 30 semester credits from the following:

An. Sc. 1 — Principles of Animal Science 3

Agr. 100 — Introductory Agri. Biometrics 3

Agr. Engr. 1 — Agricultural Engineering 3

Agron. 1 — Crop Production 3

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Bot. 1 17 — General Plant Genetics 3

*If qualifying or entrance examination in Mathematics permits, student may sub-
stitute Math. 18 and 19 for Math. 10 and 11.

Horticulture Curricula

Semester
Credit Hours

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3

An. Sc. 40 — Dairy Production 3

French 1, 2 — Elementary French 6

German 1, 2 — Elementary German 6

Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3, 3

Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 3

Phys. 2 — Elements of Physics 3

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3

Electives 18

HORTICULTURE

The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits),
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers), and ornamental horti-
culture, and processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare
students to enter commercial production and the horticultural industries
such as fruit and vegetable processing and seed production. Students
are likewise prepared to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers
with fertilizer companies, equipment manufacturers, and other. Students
who wish to enter specialized fields of research and teaching may take
advanced work in the Department.

POMOLOGY AND OLERICULTURE CURRICULUM

University Requirements {see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements {see page 12)

Semester
Department of Horticulture Requirements Credit Hours

Hort. 5, 6 — Tree Fruit Production 3,2

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3

Hort. 59 — Berry Production 3

Hort. 62 — Plant Propagation 3

Hort. 101 — Technology of Fruits 3

Hort. 103 — Technology of Vegetables 3

Hort. 161 — Physiology of Maturation and Storage of

Horticultural Crops 2

Hort. 199— Seminar 1

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Ent. 20 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4

Elect one of the following courses:

Bot. 125 — Diseases of Fruit Crops (2)

Bot. 126 — .Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2)

A minimum of 3 additional Horticultural credits 3

Electives 31

Horticulture Curricula

FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE
CURRICULUM

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester

Department of Horticulture Requirements Credit Hours

Hort. 1 1 — Greenhouse Management 3

Hort. 16 — Garden Management 3

Hort. 22 — Landscape Gardening 2

Hort. 56 — Elements of Landscape Design 2

Hort. 62 — Plant Propagation 3

Hort. 105 — Technology of Ornamentals 2

Hort. 107, 108— Woody Plant Materials 3, 3

Hort. 150, 151 — Commercial Floriculture 3, 3

Hort. 152, 153 — Landscape Design 3, 3

Hort. 199— Seminar 1

Bot. 1 1 — Plant Taxonomy 3

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 4

Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4

Bot. 117 — General Plant Genetics 2

Bot. 123 — Diseases of Ornamental Crops 2

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Ent. 116 — Insect Pests of Ornamental and Greenhouse Plants. . 3

Electives 21

PROCESSING OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS CURRICULUM

University Requirements (see page 12)

College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 12)

Semester

Department of Horticulture Requirements Credit Hours

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 3

Hort. 61 — Introduction to Fruit and Vegetable Processing. ... 1
Hort. 101 — Technology of Fruits or

Hort. 103 — Technology of Vegetables 3

Hort. 123— Quality Control 3

Hort. 124 — Quality Control Systems 3

Hort. 155, 156 — Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable Process-
ing 3, 3

Hort. 161 — Physiology of Maturation and Storage of Horticul-
tural Crops 2

Hort. 199 — Seminar 1

Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis 4

Chem. 31 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3

Chem. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3, 3

Special Curricula

Semester
Department of Horticulture Requirements {Continued) Credit Hours

Microb. 13 — Food and Sanitary Microbiology 4

Agr. Engr. 1 1 3 — Special Problems in Agricultural Processing . . 3,4
Select a minimum of 7 semester credits from the following:

Hort. 198— Special Problems (2, 2)

B. A. 150 — Market Management (3)

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 1 (3)

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis (4)

Chem. 166 — Food Analysis (3)

SPECIAL CURRICULA

PRE-FORESTRY STUDENTS

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be trans-
ferred to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The pro-
gram which a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry
college he plans to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of
Agriculture are sent to the Department of Botany of the University for
counsel and advice in these matters.

For residents of Maryland who have completed two years of pre-forestry
at the University of Maryland and have been accepted in the School of
Forestry at North Carolina State College, the University of Maryland
will pay the non-resident fee for a period of two years.

pre-theological students

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre-
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual
four year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as
members of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture.

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy,
agricultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, eco-
nomics, rural sociology, natural science, education and the like. Stu-
dents desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agri-
culture of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president
or admisisons officer of the theological seminary which they expect to
attend.

Special Curricula

PRE-VETERINARY STUDENTS

This program is designed for students desiring to prepare for the profes-
sional course in veterinary medicine.

A combined degree is available to students in pre-veterinary science. A
student who has completed 90 academic semester credits at the University
of Maryland and who has completed 30 additional academic semester
credits at the University of Georgia or at any accredited veterinary school
is eligible to make application for the Bachelor of Science degree from
the University of Maryland.

Students wishing to apply for the combined degree must fulfill University
and College requirements as set forth on page 12 and must also complete
additional credits in Animal Science.

The State of Maryland has entered a regional agreement with the State
of Georgia which makes ten spaces a year available in the School of
Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia. The spaces are to be filled
on a competitive basis from among qualified applicants.

Candidates, to be considered qualified, must have:

a. Completed the curriculum shown below with grades not less than "C"
in any subject.

b. Taken the veterinary medical aptitude test; and

c. Must be a bona fide resident of Maryland.

All requirements must be completed by June prior to the September in
which the student desires to matriculate in veterinary college. The pre-
veterinary curriculum can be completed in two years but may be extended,
thus making it possible for the applicant to select desirable electives.

After the names of the candidates have been received, a Georgia Board
of Admissions will assemble at the University of Maryland and will inter-
view each candidate and receive the transcript and all pertinent docu-
ments relating to him. The selection will be made by the Office of Ad-
missions, University of Georgia.

The pre-veterinary curriculum should contain:

Semester
Credit Hours

Biological Sciences 12

Botany (4)

Zoology (8)
English and Speech 12

Special Curricula

Semester
Credit Hours
-in

Physical Sciences

Inorganic Chemistry (8)

Organic Chemistry (8)

Mathematics (6)

Physics (8)
Animal Science

Genetics

Nutrition ;v

Social Science

Air Science

Physical Education

* This credit may be satisfied by examination at the University of Georgia.
SPECIAL STUDENTS IN AGRICULTURE

Mature students may, with the consent of the Dean, register as special
students and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular
curriculum, but arranged to meet the needs of the individual All Uni-
versity fees for these special students are the same as fees for regular
students.

TWO-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE

The objective of the two-year-program is to offer a course of study to
students desiring to study agriculture in college but who may be able
to spend not over two years in college. This program offers training to
prepare students to return to the farm or for employment in related agri-
cultural business and industry.

Students in the two-year program will be admitted to the College of
Agriculture under established University entrance requirements. Students
in this program will be required to take Basic Air Science (4 hours),
physical activities (4 hours) and basic sciences pertinent to agriculture.
Other courses may be elected according to the specific interest of the
student. Each student will be assigned to an adviser to assist him in
developing a program of study.

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer
to another course.

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)

200 to 299 : courses for graduates only.

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of
credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title
of the course.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.

AGRICULTURE

Agr. 1. Introduction to Agriculture. (1)

First semester. Required of all beginning freshmen and sophomores in agri-
culture. Other students must get the consent of the instructor. A series of lec-
tures introducing the student to the broad field of agriculture. (PofTenberger.)

Agr. 100. Introductory Agricultural Biometrics. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Introduction
to fundamental concepts underlying the application of biometrical methods to
agricultural problems with emphasis on graphical presentation of data, descrip-
tive statistics, chi-square and t-tests, and linear regression and correlation.

Agr. 200. Agricultural Biometrics. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
site, Agr. Biom. 100 or equivalent. A continuation of Agr. 100 with emphasis
on analysis of variance and co-variance, multiple and curvilinear regression,
sampling, experimental design and miscellaneous statistical technique as ap-
plied to agricultural problems.

Agr. 202, 203. Advanced Biological Statistics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of instructor. An advanced
course dealing with specialized experimental designs, sampling techniques and
elaborations of standard statistical procedures as applied to the animal and
plant sciences.

Agricultural Economics
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

Professors: Beal, Curtis, Smith and Walker.

Associate Professors: Gardner, Foster, Ishee, Moore, Swope and
Wysong.

Assistant Professors: Marshall and Martin.

A. E. 50. Elements of Agricultural Economics. (3)

Second semester. An introduction to economic principles of production, mar-
keting, agricultural prices and incomes, farm labor, credit, agricultural policies,
and government programs. (Wysong.)

A. E. 51. Marketing of Agricultural Products. (3)

First semester. The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agen-
cies of distribution, functions, costs, methods used and services rendered.

(Swope.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. E. 103. Economics of Agricultural Cooperation. (3)

Second semester. A course in the development, expansion and consolidation
of the cooperative method of business. Modern business organization and
operating principles and practices related to farmer cooperatives are stressed.

(Smith.)

A. E. 104. Economics of Agricultural Transportation. (3)

First semester. The course deals with the unique nature of agriculture in broad
perspective as it relates to economics of transportation of the products in-
volved. It includes the development of Agricultural transportation, effect of
legislation and regulation upon this development, and growth of the intercarrier
competition. Theories of rate making and classification of carriers are dis-
cussed from the standpoint of the effect of transportation costs and methods
upon plant and industry location in agriculture. (Smith.)

A. E. 106. Prices of Agricultural Products. (3)

Second semester: An introduction to agricultural price behavior. Emphasis
is placed on the use of price information in the decision-making process, the
relation of supply and demand in determining agricultural prices, and the rela-
tion of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of processing in the market-
ing system. The course includes elementary methods of price analysis, the con-
cept of parity, and the role of price support programs in agricultural de-
cisions. (Martin.)

A. E. 107. Financial Analysis of the Farm Business. (3)

First semester: Application of economic principles to develop criteria for a
sound farm business, including credit source and use, preparing and filing
income tax returns, methods of appraising farm properties, the summary and
analysis of farm records, leading to effective control and profitable operation
of the farm business. (Wysong.)

Agricultural Economics

A. E. 108. Farm Management. (3)

Second semester: The organization and operation of the farm business to
obtain an income consistent with family resources and objectives. Principles
of production economics and other related fields are applied to the individual
farm business. Laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips and
other practical exercises. (Ishee.)

A. E. 111. Economics of Resource Development. (3)

First semester: Economic, political, and institutional factors which influence
the use of land resources. Application of elementary economic principles in
understanding social conduct concerning the development and use of natural
and man-made resources. (Gardner.)

A. E. 112. Agricultural Policy and Programs. (3)

First semester: A study of public policies and programs related to the prob-
lems of agriculture. Description, analysis and appraisal of current policies
and programs will be emphasized. (Smith.)

A. E. 114. World Agricultural Production and Trade. (3)

First semester: World production, consumption, and trade patterns for agri-
cultural products. International trade theory applied to agricultural products.
National influences on international agricultural trade. (Foster.)

A. E. 115. Marketing Dairy Products. (2)

First semester: (Offered 1964-65.) A study of principles and practices in the
marketing of milk and manufactured dairy products including the influence of
significant geographical and institutional relationships on costs and methods of
distribution. (Beal.)

A. E. 116. Marketing Fruits and Vegetables. (2)

Second semester: (Offered 1964-65.) A study of marketing functions, meth-
ods, and channels of distribution for fresh and processed vegetables; analyses
of supply and demand factors, prices, grading, regulatory activities, and gov-
ernment programs and services. (Swope.)

A. E. 117. Marketing Eggs and Poultry. (2)

Second semester: (Offered 1963-64.) This course embraces the economic phases
of egg and poultry marketing. Supply and demand factors, including trends,
will be discussed along with marketing methods, marketing costs and mar-
gins, market facilities, transportation, government grading, storage and effici-
ency in marketing. Consumer preference, acceptance and purchases will be
related to consumer income, pricing of competitive products and display
methods. (Smith.)

A. E. 118. Agriculture in World Economic Development. (3)

First semester: The transition from a primitive agricultural economy to an
economy of rapidly developing commercial agriculture and industry, and the
role of agriculture in this process. Consideration of the special role American
agriculture may have in world economic development. (Foster.)

A. E. 119. Foreign Agricultural Economies. (3)

Second semester: Analysis of the agricultural economy of selected areas of the

Agricultural Economics

world. The interrelationships among institutions and values, such as government
and religion, and the economics of agricultural organization and production.

(Foster.)

A. E. 150. Marketing Livestock and Meat. (2)

First semester: (Offered 1963-64.) Supply and demand factors, including
trends in the livestock industry, are discussed along with alternative marketing
systems and resulting margins and prices. Emphasis is given to the meat
packing industry and problems of grading, transportation, storage, and effici-
ency in meat distribution. Trends in meat merchandising, consumer accept-
ance, and purchases will be discussed. (Smith.)

A. E. 198. Special Problems. (1-2) (2 cr. max.) (Not for grad. cr.)

First and second semesters and summer: Concentrated reading and study in
some phase or problem in agricultural economics. (Staff.)

A. E. 199. Seminar. (1,1)

First and second semesters: Students will obtain experience in the selection,
preparation and presentation of economic topics and problems which will be
subjected to critical analysis. (Wysong.)

For Graduates
A. E. 200. Application of Econometrics in Agriculture. (3)

First semester: Tools for analyzing demand and price behavior of agricultural
products. Theories of least squares, estimation of structural economic rela-
tions in simultaneous equation systems, identification problems, and non-linear
estimation techniques. (Martin.)

A. E. 201. Advanced Theory and Practice of International
Agricultural Trade. (3)

Second semester: Advanced theory, policies and practice in international trade
in agricultural products. Includes principal theories of trade and finance,
agricultural trade policies of various countries, and the mechanics of how
trade is conducted. (Moore.)

A. E. 202. Market Structure in Agriculture. (3)

First semester: This course centers on the concept of market structure analy-
sis, with application of principles developed to agricultural industries. The
dimension of market structure is analyzed along with its impact on conduct and
performance. Considerable time is spent on policy issues and the application
of the antitrust laws to agricultural industries. (Moore.)

A. E. 208. Agricultural Price and Income Policy. (3)

Second semester: The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States,
emphasizing the origin and development of governmental programs, and their
effects upon agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.)

A. E. 210. Rural Taxation and Public Functions. (3)

Second semester: Theory and practical problems in rural taxation. Major
types of taxes are considered in detail. The tax system as it affects farmers
and rural areas will be discussed. Major functional responsibilities of the

Agricultural Economics

different levels of governments are studied, with emphasis upon public services
to rural areas and equal tax effort for support of equal functional programs.

(Gardner.)

A. E. 214. Advanced Agricultural Marketing. (3)

Second semester: Advanced study of the complex theoretical, institutional and
legal factors governing both domestic and foreign agricultural trade, with par-
ticular attention given to policies and practices affecting cost and price.

(Beal.)

A. E. 216. Economics of Agricultural Production. (3)

First semester: Study of the more complex problems involved in the long-
range adjustments, organization and operation of farm resources, including the
impact of new technology and methods. Applications of the theory of the
firm, linear programming, activity analysis, and input-output analysis.

(Ishee.)

A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques. (3)

First semester: Emphasis is given to philosophy and basic objectives of research
in the field of agricultural economics. The course is designed to help students
define a research problem and work out logical procedures for executing re-
search in the social sciences. Attention is given to the techniques and tools
available to agricultural economists. Research documents in the field will be
appraised from the standpoint of procedures and evaluation of the research.

(Beal.)

A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics. (3)

Second semester: Application of micro and macro economic principles to the
analyses of special problems related to land such as public direction of land
use, tenure arrangements, conservation, and land reform movements.

(Ishee.)

A. E. 220. International Impacts of Selected
Agricultural Forces. (3)

Second semester. Selected agricultural forces (such as pressure of popula-
tion on food supply) and their impacts on the political, social, and economic
development of the world. (Foster.)

A. E. 300. Special Topics in Agricultural Economics. (3)

First and second semesters: This course is designed to offer students special
subject matter in the field of Agricultural Economics. Subject matter taught
in this course will be varied and will depend on the persons available for
teaching unique and specialized phases of Agricultural Economics. The course
will be taught by the staff or visiting Agricultural Economists who may be
secured on lectureship or visiting professor basis. (Staff.)

A. E. 301. Special Problems in Agricultural Economics. (1-2)

(4 cr. max.)

First and second semesters and summer: Intensive study and analysis of spe-
cific problems in the field of agricultural economics, which will provide in-
formation in depth in areas of special interest to the student. (Staff.)

Agricultural and Extension Education
A. E. 302. Seminar. (1,1)

First and second semesters: Students will participate through study of prob-
lems in the field, reporting to seminar members and defending positions
adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will present ideas for analyses and dis-
cussion among class members. Students involved in original research will
present progress reports. Class discussion will provide opportunity for con-
structive criticism and guidance. (Curtis.)

A. E. 399. Research. (6 hrs. M.S.; additional 12 hrs. Ph.D.)

First, second semesters and summer: Advanced research in agricultural eco-
nomics. Credit according to work accomplished. (Staff.)

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION

Professor: Cardozier.

Associate Professor: Smith.

Assistant Professors: Johnson, Jahns and Addison.

For Advanced Undergraduates
R. Eb. 101. Teaching Materials and Demonstrations. (2)

First semester. Principles and practices of the demonstration method; con-
struction and use of visual aids in teaching agriculture.

R. Ed. 103. Student Teaching. (5)

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic average and permission of
instructor. Fulltime student teaching in an off-campus student teaching center
under an approved supervising teacher of agriculture. Participating experience
in all aspects of the work of a teacher of agriculture. (Cardozier.)

R. Ed. 104. Student Teaching. (1-4)

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic average and permission of in-
structor. Fulltime observation and participation in work of teacher of agri-
culture in off-campus student teaching center. Provides students opportunity
to gain experience in the summer program of work, to participate in opening
of school activities, and to gain other experience needed by teachers.

(Cardozier.)

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching
Agriculture. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This course
deals with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups. (Smith.)

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture. (3)

First semester. A comprehensive course in the work of high school depart-
ments of vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, super-

Agricultural and Extension Education

vised farming programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer
activities, and objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Cardozier.)

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups. (1)

First semester. Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agri-
culture. Determining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for
instruction; and class management. Emphasis is on the conference method of
teaching. (Smith.)

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management. (1)

Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107
and 109, or permission of the Head of the Department. The analysis of ad-
ministrative programs for high school departments of vocational agriculture.
Investigations and reports.

R. Ed. 121. Directed Experience in Extension Education. (1-5)

Prerequisite, satisfactory academic average and permission of instructor. Full-
time observation and participation in selected aspects of extension education
in an approved training county. (Johnson.)

R. Ed. 161. 4-H Organization and Procedure. (2)

A study of the youth phase of cooperative extension work. Emphasis is placed
on the philosophy, objectives, organization, leadership development and meth-
ods used in conducting 4-H Club work at the local and county level.

(Johnson.)

R. Ed. 198. Special Problems in Agricultural Education. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, approval of staff.
Credit in accordance with amount of work planned. A course designed for
advanced undergraduates of problems in teaching vocational agriculture.

(Staff.)

R. Ed. 199. Seminar in Agricultural Education. (1)

Examination of current literature, reports and discussions of problems, trends,
and issues in agricultural education. (Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education. (3)

Second semester. An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in
rural communities, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possi-
bilities of normal life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and
the conditioning effects of educational offerings. (Jahns.)

R. Ed. 150. Extension Education. (2)

Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency.
The history, philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and meth-
ods used in extension work. (Johnson.)

R. Ed. 160. Extension Communications. (2)

First semester. An introduction to communications in teaching and within
an organization, including barriers to communication, the diffusion process
and the application of communication principles person to person, with groups
and through mass media. (Johnson.)

Agricultural and Extension Education
R. Ed. 170, 171. Conservation of Natural Resources. (3, 3)

Laboratory fee, $35.00. Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's
natural resources — soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests, and minerals — natural
resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. First course con-
centrates on subject matter; second includes methods of teaching conservation.
Courses taken concurrently in summer season.

R. Ed. 180, 181. Critique in Rural Education. (1, 1)

Summer session only. Current problems and trends in rural education.

For Graduates
R. Ed. 200. Research Methods in Rural Education. (2-3)

First semester. The scientific method, problem identification, survey of re-
search literature, preparing research plans, design of studies, experimentation,
analysis of data, and thesis writing. (Cardozier.)

R. Ed. 201. Rural Life and Education. (3)

First semester. Analysis of structure and function of rural society and appli-
cation of social understandings to educational programs. (Smith.)

R. Ed. 203. Farm Organizations and Rural Education. (3)

Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than
alternate years.) Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. The part played by
farm organizations in formal and information education in the rural com-
munity.

R. Ed. 204. Developing Rural Leadership. (2)

Theories of leadership are emphasized. Techniques of identifying formal and
informal leaders and the development of rural lay leaders. (Jahns.)

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Rural Education. (2, 2)

Consideration of current problems and topics in rural education.

(Smith, Cardozier.)

R. Ed. S207 A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational
Agriculture. (1, 1)

Summer season only. A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching
of vocational agriculture with special emphasis upon recent developments in
all-day programs. (Smith.)

R. Ed. 209. Rural Adult Education. (2)

Second session. Principles of adult education applied to rural groups. Un-
derstanding adult motivation, ability and behavior. Effective methods of
planning, organizing and conducting rural adult educational programs.

(Jahns.)

R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching. (1)

Summer session. Identification of experiences and activities in an effective
student teaching program, responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers,
and evaluation of student teaching. (Cardozier.)

Agricultural Engineering

R. Ed. 217. Program Planning and Evaluation in
Agricultural Education. (2-3)

Second semester. Analysis of community agricultural education needs, selec-
tion and organization of course content, and criteria and procedures for evaluat-
ing programs. (Smith.)

R. Ed. 225. Program Development in Extension Education. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 150 or equivalent. Principles and pro-
cedures of program planning and development in extension education.

(Johnson.)

R. Ed. 240. Agricultural College Instruction. (1)

Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more than alter-
nate years.) Open to graduate students and members of the faculty in the
College of Agriculture. A seminar type of course consisting of reports, dis-
cussions, and lectures dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to
teaching agricultural subjects at the college level. (Cardozier.)

R. Ed. 301. Field Problems in Rural Education. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, six semester hours
of graduate study. Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work
of the student and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences re-
quired. Final report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations.

(Staff.)

R. Ed. 302. Seminar in Rural Education. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Problems in the organization, administration, and
supervision of the several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers,
and reports. (Staff.)

R. Ed. 399. Research. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Credit hours according to work
done. (Staff.)

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

Professors: Green, Burkhardt.
Associate Professors: Geinger, Winn.
Assistant Professors: Harris and Matthews.

Agr. Engr. 1. Introduction to Agricultural Engineering. (4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory per week.
Applications of mathematics, physics, and engineering techniques in the solu-
tion of agricultural engineering problems. Studies will include farm power and
machinery, farm structures and electrification and soil and water conserva-
tion. (Matthews.)

Agricultural Engineering
Agr. Engr. 56. Introduction to Farm Mechanics. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of the hand tools and power equipment and
their safe use as it applies to mechanized farms. Principles and practice in
arc and gas welding, cold metal and sheet metal work are provided. Also,
tool fitting, woodworking, plumbing, blue print reading and use of concrete.

(Gienger.)

Agr. Engr. 86. Agricultural Engineering Shop Techniques. (1)

Second semester. One laboratory per week. Agricultural Engineering majors
only. Shop techniques and procedures used in construction of experimental
agricultural machinery and equipment. Operation principles of power and hand
tools. A term problem to develop plans and techniques for construction, to
select materials and to construct an assigned unit will be required.

(Burkhardt.)

For Advanced Undergraduates
Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Avail-
able only to seniors in agricultural education. This course consists of labo-
ratory exercises in practical farm shop and farm equipment maintenance,
repair, and construction projects, and a study of the principles of shop organiza-
tion and administration. (Gienger.)

Agr. Engr. 113. Special Problems in Agricultural
Processing. (3-4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory a week. Laboratory op-
tional. Prerequisite, Physics 1 or 10. A study of problems in power trans-
mission, hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, instruments and
controls, materials handling, and analysis of time and motion as related to
the processing of agricultural commodities. (Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 123. Agricultural Production Equipment. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Agr.
Engr. 1. Principles of operation and functions of power and machinery units
as related to tillage; metering devices; cutting, conveying and separating units;
and control mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion engines and power
unit components. (Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 124. Agricultural Materials Handling and

Environmental Control. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
Agr. Engr. 1. Characteristics of construction materials and details of agri-
cultural structures. Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, and elec-
trical controls. Materials handling and environmental requirements of farm
products and animals. (Matthews.)

Agr. Engr. 143 Agricultural Power and Machinery
Analysis. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
Agr. Engr. 1, E.S. 21 and M.E. 1. Analysis of power units and equipment used

Agricultural Engineering

for agricultural production with emphasis on functional design requirements.
Fundamentals of power transmission, principles of internal combustion engines
and force analysis. (Harris.)

Agr. Engr. 144. Design of Operational Systems for
Agriculture. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite,
Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Principles and engineering requirements of agricultural
environmental control. Included are studies of controlling heat and moisture
produced by animals and crops, static loading of farm structures and electrical
components as related to environment and materials handling. (Harris.)

Agr. Engr. 145. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, C.E. 110 and M.E.
102. Applications of engineering and soil sciences in erosion control, drain-
age, irrigation and watershed management. Principles of agricultural hydrology
and design of water control and conveyance systems. (Green.)

Agr. Engr. 189. Senior Problem. (2)

Prerequisite, approval of Department. Students will select individual projects,
prepare design, conduct, experiment or analyze experimental data and present
both an oral and written report to Departmental faculty. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 198. Special Problems in Farm Mechanics. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of Department. Not accept-
able for majors in agricultural engineering. Problems assigned in proportion
to credit. (Gienger.)

For Graduates
Agr. Engr. 201. Special Topics in Agricultural Engineering. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.
Timely topics in specialized areas of agricultural engineering will be selected
as needed by graduate students; for example, Instrumentation for Agricultural
Engineering Research. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 301. Special Problems in Agricultural
Engineering. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Work assigned in proportion to
amount of credit. (Staff.)

Agr. Engr. 302. Seminar. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Harris.)

Agr. Engr. 399. Research. (1-6)

Credit according to work accomplished. (Staff.)

Agronomy — Crops and Soils
AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS

Professors: Rothgeb, Street.

Associate Professors: Axley, Decker, Miller and Strickling.

Assistant Professors: Beyer, Clark, Colby, Fanning, Kresge and
Newcomer.

CROPS

Agron. 1. Crop Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Culture, use,
improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field crops. (Clark.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65) Prerequisite, Bot. 117 or
Zool. 104. Principles and methods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated
plants and perennial forage species. (Beyer.)

Agron. 104. Tobacco Production. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite. Bot. 1. A study of the
history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement of various types of
tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production.
Physical and chemical factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco
will be stressed. (Street.)

Agron. 107. Cereal Crop Production. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. Study of the principles and
practices of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean production. (Rothgeb.)

Agron. 108. Forage Crop Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for
quality hay, silage and pasture. (Decker.)

Agron. 109. Turf Management. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 1. A study of principles and practices in management of turf for
lawns, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields, and highway planting.

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite. Agron. 1 or equivalent.
The coordination of information from various courses in the development of
balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various areas
of the state and nation. (Clark.)

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) One lecture and one lubo-

Agronomy — Crops and Soils

ratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of seed
production, processing, and distribution; federal and state seed control pro-
grams; seed laboratory analyses; release of new varieties and maintenance of
foundation seed stocks. (Newcomer.)

Agron. 154. Weed Control. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of the
use of cultural practices and chemical herbicides in the control of weeds.

(Colby.)

For Graduates
Agron. 201. Advanced Crop Breeding. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Prerequisite, Agron. 103
or equivalent. Genetic, cytogenetic, and statistical theories underlying methods
of plant breeding. A study of quantitative inheritance, herterosis, heritability,
interspecific and intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, sterility mechanisms,
inbreeding and outbreeding, and other topics as related to plant breeding.

(Beyer.)

Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research. (2)

Second semester, alternate years, (offered 1964-65.) Field plot technic, applica-
tion of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and preparation of the research
project.

Agron. 205. Advanced Tobacco Production. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. A study of the structural adaptation and
chemical response of tobacco to environmental variations. Emphasis will be
placed on the alkaloids and other unique components. (Street.)

Agron. 207. Advanced Forage Crops. (2)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Bot. 101, Chem. 31 and 32, or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
A fundamental study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses and
legumes to environmental factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture,
soil temperature, air temperature, humidity, length of day, quality and intensity
of light, wind movement, and defoliation practices. Relationship of these
factors to life history, production, chemical and botanical composition,
quality, and persistance of forages will be considered. (Decker.)

Agron. 208. Research Methods. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of staff. Development of research
viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop research of the Maryland
Experiment Station or review of literature on specific phases of a problem.

(Staff.)

Agron. S210. Cropping Systems. (1)

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of
vocational agriculture and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems
and the latest developments in the field.
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.

Agronomy — Crops and Soils

SOILS

Agron. 10. General Soils. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period each week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 1 or permission of instructor. A study of the fundamentals
of soils including their origin, development, relation to natural sciences, effect
on civilization, physical properties, and chemical properties. (Kresge.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. SI 10. Soil Management. (1)

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of
vocational agriculture and county agents dealing with factors involved in man-
agreement of soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is
placed on methods of maintaining and improving chemical, physical, and bio-
logical characteristics of soils. (Strickling.)

Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Principles. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite, Agron. 10. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological
characteristics of soils that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of
physical, chemical, or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime,
fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated.

Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 or permis-
sion of instructor. A study of the manufacturing of commerical fertilizers and
their use in soils for efficient crop production. (Axley.)

Agron. 113. Soil Conservation. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of instruc-
tor. A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil
erosion control. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil conser-
vation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips.

(Pomerening.)

Agron. 114. Soil Classification and Geography. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
site, Agron. 10, or permission of instructor. A study of the genesis, morphol-
ogy, classification and geographic distribution of soils. The broad principles
governing soil formation are explained. Attention is given to the influence of
geographic factors on the development and use of the soils in the United States
and other parts of the world. The laboratory periods will be largely devoted
to the field trips and to a study of soil maps of various countries.

(Fanning.)
Agron. 116. Soil Chemistry. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10, or permission of instructor.
A study of the chemical composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid,
alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical
methods of soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on their relation to
fertilizer requirements. (Axley.)

Agronomy — Crops and Soils
Agron. 117. Soil Physics. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in physics, or
permission of instructor. A study of physical properties of soils with special
emphasis on relationship to soil productivity. (Strickling.)

Agron. 119. Soil Mineralogy. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A study of
the fundamental laws and forms of crystal symmetry and essentials of crystal
structure; structure, occurrence, association and use of minerals, determina-
tion of minerals by means of their morphological chemical and physical
properties. Particular attention is given to soil-forming minerals. Laboratory
periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about 75 minerals.
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS. (Fanning.)

For Graduates
Agron. 250. Advanced Soil Mineralogy. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Agron. 10, Agron. 119 and permission of instructor. A study of the
structure physical-chemical characteristics and identification methods of soil
minerals, particularly clay minerals, and their relationship to soil genesis and
productivity. (Fanning.)

Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Three lectures a week.
Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. An advanced study of
the theory of the chemical methods of soil investigation with emphasis on prob-
lems involving application of physical chemistry. (Axley.)

Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor.
An advanced study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on rela-
tionship to soil productivity. (Strickling.)

Agron. 253. Advanced Soil Chemistry. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) One lecture and two lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A continuation
of Agron. 116 with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements necessary
for plant growth. (Axley.)

Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.

CROPS AND SOILS

For Advanced Undergraduates
Agron. 198. Special Problems in Agronomy. (1)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Agron. 10, 107, 108 or permission of instructor.
A detailed study, including a written report of an important problem in agro-
nomy. (Staff.)

Animal Science
Agron. 199. Senior Seminar. (1)

First semester. Reports by seniors on current scientific and practical publications
pertaining to agronomy. (Miller.)

For Graduates
Agron. 260. Recent Advances in Agronomy. (2-4)

First semester. Two hours each year. Total credit four hours. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. A study of recent advances in agronomy research.

(Staff.)

Agron. 302. Agronomy Seminar. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Total credit toward M. S. 2; toward Ph.D., 6.
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.)

Agron. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Credit according to work done. (Staff.)

ANIMAL SCIENCE

ANIMAL:

Professors: Foster and Green.
Associate Professor: Buric and Leffel.
Assistant Professor: Young.

DAIRY:

Professors: Davis, Arbuckle and Keeney.

Associate Professors: Hemken, King, Mattick, Stewart and Williams.

Assistant Professor: Vandersall.

Instructor: Seeley.

Lecturer: Plowman.

POULTRY:

Professors: Shaffner and Combs.

Associate Professors: Quigley, Creek, Helbacka and Wilcox.

VETERINARY SCIENCE:

Professor: DeVolt.
Assistant Professor: Brown.

An. Sc. 1. Principles of Animal Science. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one, two-hour laboratory period per week.
A comprehensive course, including the development of animal science, its con-

Animal Science

tributions to the economy, characteristics of animal products, factors of efficient
and economical production and distribution. (Young.)

An. Sc. 5. Introduction to Food Science. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. An introductory
course in food science which includes a survey of food industries, composi-
tion, nutritive value, quality, materials handling, processing methods and mar-
keting. (Mattick.)

An. Sc. 10. Feeds and Feeding. (3)

First semester. (For students not majoring in Animal, Dairy or Poultry
Science.) Credit not allowed for both An. Sc. 15 and An. Sc. 10. Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1 and 3. Elements of
nutrition, source, characteristics and adaptability of the various feedstuffs to the
several classes of livestock. A study of the composition of feeds, the nutrient
requirements of farm animals and the formulation of economic diets and rations
for livestock. (Leffel.)

An. Sc. 15. Fundamentals of Nutrition. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisite, Organic Chem. 31. A study of the fundamental role of all nutrients
in the body, including digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary require-
ments and nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and
of man will be considered. (Combs.)

An. Sc. 20. Fundamentals of Animal Production. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. This course
deals with the adaptation of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses to significant
and specific uses. Breeding, feeding, management practices and criteria for
evaluating usefulness are emphasized. (Young.)

An. Sc. 21. Seminar. (1)

First semester. One lecture per week. Reviews, reports and discussions of
pertinent subjects in Animal Science. (Staff.)

An. Sc. 22. Livestock Evaluation. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisite, An Sc. 1 or permission of instructor. A study of type and breed
characteristics of beef cattle, sheep and swine and of the market classes of
livestock which best meet present day demands. One field trip of about two
days duration is made during which students participate in the Annual East-
ern Intercollegiate Livestock Clinic. (Buric.)

An. Sc. 40. Dairy Production. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
site, An. Sc. 1. A comprehensive course in dairy breeds, selection of dairy
cattle, dairy cattle nutrients, feeding and management. (Hemken.)

An. Sc. 41. Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal. (2)

Second semester. Freshmen, by permission of instructor. Two laboratory pe-
riods. Analysis of dairy cattle type with emphasis on the comparative judging
of dairy cattle. (Stewart.)

Animal Science
An. Sc. 61. Advanced Poultry Judging. (1)

First semester. Prerequisite, An. Sc. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per
week. The theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means is
emphasized, including correlation studies of characteristics associated with pro-
ductivity. Contestants for regional collegiate judging competitions will be
selected from this class. (Quigley.)

An. Sc. 62. Commercial Poultry Management. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, An. Sc. 1. A symposium of finance, investment,
plant layout, specialization, purchase of supplies and management problems in
baby chick, egg, broiler and turkey production; foremanship, advertising, sell-
ing, by-products, production and financial records. Field trips required.

(Quigley.)

An. Sc. 80. Grading Dairy Products. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods per week. Market grades and the
judging of milk, butter, cheese and ice cream. (King.)

An. Sc. 110. Applied Animal Nutrition. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
site, Math. 10, An. Sc. 15 or permission of instructor. A critical study of those
factors which influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and
poultry. Practical feeding methods and procedures used in formulation of
economically efficient rations will be presented. (Vandersall.)

An Sc. 116. Anatomy of Domestic Animals. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. A syste-
matic comparative study of the pig, ruminants and fowl, with special emphasis
of those systems important in animal production. Prerequisite, Zoology 1.

(Brown.)

An. Sc. 117. Introduction to Diseases of Animals. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. This
course gives basic instruction in the nature of disease: including causation,
immunity, methods of diagnosis, economic importance, public health aspects
and prevention and control of the common diseases of sheep, cattle, swine,
horses and poultry. Prerequisite, Micro. 1 and Zoology 1. (Brown.)

An. Sc. 120. Advanced Livestock Judging. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, An. Sc. 22
and permission of instructor. An advanced course in the selection and judging
of purebred and commercial meat animals. The most adept students enrolled
in this course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in Inter-
collegiate Livestock judging contests. (Buric.)

An. Sc. 121. Meat and Meat Products. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite, An. Sc. 20. Designed to give information on the processing and hand-
ling of the nation's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural quali-
ties which affect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to
packing houses and meat distributing centers. (Buric.)

Animal Science

An. Sc. 122. Livestock Management. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
An. Sc. 15. Applications of various phases of animal science to the manage-
ment and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Foster.)

An. Sc. 123. Livestock Management. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site, An. Sc. 122. Applications of various phases of animal science to the man-
agement and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Leffel.)

An. Sc. 130. Principles of Breeding. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Zoology 104 or
Bot. 117. Graduate credit (1-3 hours) allowed with permission of instructor.
The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, develop-
ment, systems of breeding and pedigree study are considered. (Green.)

An. Sc. S131. Special Topics in Animal Science. (1)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Summer session only. This course is
designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and Extension Service
personnel. One primary topic, to be selected mutually by the instructor and
students, will be presented each session.

An. Sc. 140. Physiology of Reproduction. (1)

First semester. One, three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
Zoology 102. Anatomy and physiology of the reproductive process and arti-
ficial insemination of cattle. (Williams.)

An. Sc. 141. Physiology of Milk Secretion. (1)

Second semester. One, three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
Zoology 102. The anatomy and growth of the mammary gland and the metabo-
lism and physiology of biosynthesis in the ruminant. (Williams.)

An. Sc. 142. Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisites, An. Sc. 40, Zoology 104 or Bot. 117. A specialized course in breed-
ing dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on methods or evaluation and selection,
systems of breeding and breeding programs. (Plowman.)

An. Sc. SI 43. Advanced Dairy Production. (1)

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of
vocational agriculture and county agents. It includes a study of the newer
discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management.

An. Sc. 160. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. A study of
the technological factors concerned with the processing, storage and marketing
of eggs and poultry and of the factors affecting their quality and grading.

(Helbacka.)

An. Sc. 161. Poultry Genetics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, An. Sc. 1 and Zoology 104. Two lectures and
one laboratory period per week. Inheritance of factors related to egg and
meat production and quality are stressed. An experiment utilizing procedures
of pedigree matings will be performed in the laboratory. (Wilcox.)

Animal Science
An. Sc. 162. Avian Physiology. (2)

First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites,
Zoology 102 and An. Sc. 116. The basic physiology of the bird is discussed,
excluding the reproductive system. Special emphasis is given to physiological
differences between birds and other vertebrates. (Wilcox.)

An. Sc. S163. Poultry Breeding and Feeding. (1)

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted
to problems concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The
second half will be devoted to nutrition. (Combs, Wilcox.)

An. Sc. S164. Poultry Products and Marketing. (1)

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the
quality of poultry products and with hatchery management problems, egg and
poultry grading, preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland
poultry. (Helbacka.)

An. Sc. 165. Physiology of Hatchability. (1)

Second semester. One, three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite.
Zoology 102. The physiology of embryonic development as related to prin-
ciples of hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery
industry are discussed. (Shaffner.)

An. Sc. 170. Poultry Hygiene. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisites, Microb. 1 and An. Sc. 1. Virus, bacterial and protozoon diseases;
parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradication. (DeVolt.)

An. Sc. 171. Avian Anatomy. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Zoo-
logy 1. Gross and microscopic structure, dissection and demonstration.

(DeVolt.)

An. Sc. 180. Food Chemistry. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
Organic Chemistry and Quantitative Analysis. The application of basic chem-
ical and physical concepts to the composition and properties of foods. Em-
phasis will be placed on the relationships of processing Technology and chem-
ical composition on the color, texture, flavor, keeping quality, nutritional value
and general acceptability of food. (King.)

An. Sc. 181. Product Development. (3)

Second semester. Organization of the research and development function for
development of new, economically feasible and marketable food products. In-
cludes consideration of equipment and packaging development. (Mattick.)

An. Sc. 182. Processing Milk and Milk Products. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre-
requisites, An. Sc. 180. Method of production of fluid milk, butter, cheese,
condensed and evaporated milk and milk products and ice cream. (Mattick.)

Animal Science

An. Sc. 198. Special Problems In Animal Science (1-2) (4 cr. max.)

First and second semester. Prerequisite, approval of staff. Work assigned in
proportion to amount of credit. A course designed for advanced undergrad-
uates in which specific problems relating to animal science will be assigned.

(Staff.)

An. Sc. 199. Seminar. (1,1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of staff. Presentation and
discussion of current literature and research work in animal science. (Staff.)

An. Sc. 200. Electron Microscopy. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period per week.
Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations
and photography. (Chang.)

An. Sc. 220. Advanced Breeding. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, An. Sc. 130 or equiva-
lent and Biological Statistics. This course deals with the more technical phases
of heredity and variation; selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in
farm animals. (Green.)

An. Sc. 221. Advanced Livestock Nutrition. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31 and 33
or equivalent, An. Sc. 110 or permission of instructors. Experimental tech-
niques and recent developments in the feeding and nutrition of beef cattle,
sheep and swine. (Leffel, Young.)

An. Sc. 240. Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (3)

First semester. Two, one-hour lectures and one, two-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, permission of department. Biochemical physiological and bac-
teriological aspects of the nutrition of ruminants and other animals.

(Vandersall.)

An. Sc. 241. Research Methods. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
permission of instructor. The application of biochemical, physio-chemical and
statistical methods to problems in biological research. (Stewart.)

An. Sc. 260. Advanced Poultry Nutrition. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
sites, An. Sc. 110, Chem. 31 and 33 or its equivalent or permission of in-
structor. A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vita-
mins, antibiotics and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion
and metabolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the
use of synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.)

An. Sc. 261. Physiology of Reproduction. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
Zoology 102 or its equivalent. The role of the endocrines in reproduction is
considered. Fertility, sexual maturity, egg formation, ovulation and the physi-
ology of oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are dis-
cussed. (Shaffner.)

Botany
An. Sc. 262. Poultry Literature. (1-4)

First and second semesters. Readings on individual topics are assigned. Writ-
ten reports required. Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific
material are discussed. (Staff.)

An. Sc. 263. Poultry Nutrition Laboratory. (2)

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period per week. To acquaint
graduate students with common basic nutrition research techniques useful in
conducting experiments with poultry. Actual feeding trials with chicks as well
as bacteriological and chemical assays will be performed. (Creek.)

An. Sc. 301. Special Problems in Animal Science (1-2) (4 cr. max.)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of staff. Work assigned in
proportion to amount of credit. Problems will be assigned which relate spe-
cifically to the character of work the student is pursuing.

An. Sc. 302. Seminar. (1) (5 cr. max.)

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon
current scientific publications relating to Animal Science or upon their research
work, for presentation before and discussion by the class.

An. Sc. 399. Research. (1-12)

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit.
Students will be required to pursue original research in some phase of animal
science, carrying the same to completion, and report the results in the form of
a thesis.

BOTANY

Professors: Bamford, Gauch, Weaver, D. T. Morgan and Krauss.

Associate Professors: Brown, O. D. Morgan, Rappleye, Sisler, Pater-
son, and Kantzes.

Assistant Professors: Galloway, Krusberg, Bell, Williams, Lockard,
and Klarman.

Bot. 1. General Botany. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. General introduction to botany, touch-
ing briefly on all phases of the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental bio-
logical principles of the higher plants.

Bot. 2. General Botany. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
site, Bot. 1 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A brief evolutionary study of
algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the seed plants,
emphasizing their structure, reproduction, habitats, and economic importance.

Botany

Bot. 10. Principles of Conservation. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. A study of the principles of econom-
ical use of our natural resources, including water, soil, plants, minerals, wildlife
and man.

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy. (3)

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory study of the
symptoms and causal agents of plant diseases and measures for their control.

For Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory study of plant
classification, based on the collection and identification of local plants,
inations, including the preparation of temporary and permanent mounts, and
photomicrography. (Paterson.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Bot. 195. Tutorial Readings in Botany. (Honors Course) (2 or 3)
Prerequisite, admission to the Department of Botany Honors Program. A re-
view of the literature dealing with a specific research problem in preparation
for original research to be accomplished in Botany 196. Papers will be as-
signed and discussed in frequent sessions with the instructor.

Bot. 196. Research Problems in Botany. (Honors Course) (2 or 3)

Prerequisite, Bot. 195. Laboratory fee, $10.00. The candidate for Honors will
pursue a research problem under the direction and close supervision of a mem-
ber of the faculty.

Bot. 199. Seminar. (1)

First and second semesters. Two semester hours maximum credit. Prerequi-
site, permission of instructor. Discussion and readings on special topics, cur-
rent literature, or problems and progress in all phases of botany. Minor ex-
perimental work may be pursued if facilities and the qualifications of the
students permit. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or biological
science. (Brown.)

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 101. Plant Physiology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
sites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A survey of the
general physiological activities of plants. (Krauss.)

Botany
6ot. 102. Plant Ecology. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of the different plant succes-
sions and vegetational climaxes and their correlation with the climatic, soil,
and biotic factors of the environment. (Brown.)

Bot. 103. Plant Ecology Laboratory. (1)

Prerequisite, Bot. 102 or its equivalent or concurrent enrollment therein. One
three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. The application
of field and other methods to these qualitative and quantitative study of vege-
tation and environmental factors. (Brown.)

Bot. 200. Plant Biochemistry. (2)

First semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and ele-
mentary organic chemistry, or equivalent. A study of the important substances
in the composition of the plant body and the chemical changes occurring
therein. (Galloway.)

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry Laboratory. (2)

First semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Bot. 200 or concurrent registration therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Application of apparatus and techniques to the study of the chemistry of plant
materials. (Galloway.)

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Prerequisite, Bot. 101 and intro-
ductory physics, or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with the operation
of physical phenomena in plant life processes. (Galloway.)

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Two laboratory periods a week.
Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, $10.00.

(Galloway.)

Bot. 204. Growth and Development. (2)

First semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Prerequisite, 12 semester hours of
plant science. A study of current developments in the mathematical treatment
of growth and the effects of radiation, plant hormones, photoperiodism, and in-
ternal biochemical balance during the development of the plant. (Krauss.)

Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Reports on current literature are
presented and discussed in connection with recent advances in the mineral
nutrition of plants. (Krauss.)

Bot. 209. Physiology of Algae. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 201, the equivalent in allied fields, or per-
mission of the instructor. A study of the physiology and comparative biochem-
istry of the algae. Laboratory techniques and recent advances in algal nutrition,
photosynthesis, and growth will be reveiwed. (Krauss.)

Bot. 210. Physiology of Algae-Laboratory. (1)

Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, previous or
concurrent enrollment in Bot. 209, and permission of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $10.00. Special laboratory techniques involved in the study of algal nu-
trition. (Krauss.)

Botany

Bot. 219. Advanced Plant Ecology. (2)

Fall semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Prerequisite, Bot. 102 or equivalent
and permission of instructor. Discussion of current developments in ecology,
with emphasis on quantitative and radioecological techniques and the energy
exchanges in ecological systems. Field trips and problems will be arranged.

(Brown.)

PLANT MORPHOLOGY, CYTOLOGY AND TAXONOMY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 110, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. The origin and development of
the organs and tissue systems in the vascular plants. (Rappleye.)

Bot. 113. Plant Geography. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. A study of plant distribution
throughout the world and the factors generally associated with such distribu-
tion. (Brown.)

Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants. (3)

Second semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A detailed
microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable crops.

(Rappleye.)

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany. (1)

Second semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Prerequisites, 20 semester hours
credit in biological sciences, including Bot. 1 or equivalent. Discussion of the
development and ideas and knowledge about plants, leading to a survey of
contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.)

Bot. 117. General Plant Genetics. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. The basic principles of
plant genetics are presented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary
factors in relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics of specialized
organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced mutations of basic and economic
significance, gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyloidy, and
genetics in relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics considered.

(D. T. Morgan.)

Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. A survey of the plants which
are utilized by man, the diversity of such utilization, and their historic and
economic significance. (Rappleye.)

Bot. 15 IS. Teaching Methods in Botany. (2)

Summer session. Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per week
for eight weeks. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
A study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations,
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools.

(Lockard.)

Botany
Bot. 153. Field Botany and Taxonomy. (2)

Summer session. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or General Biology. Four two-hour
laboratory periods a week for eight weeks. Laboratory fee, $5.00. The identi-
fication of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing the native plants of Maryland.
Manuals, keys, and other techniques will be used. Numerous short field trips
will be taken. Each student will make an individual collection. (Brown.)

Bot. 161. Systematic Botany. (2)

Fall semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite. Bot. 11 or equivalent. An advanced study of the prin-
ciples of systematic botany. Laboratory practice with difficult plant families
including grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites. Field trips arranged.

(Brown.)

For Graduates
Bot. 211. Cytology. (4)

First semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, introductory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the relation
of these to current theories of heredity and evolution.

(Bamford, D. T. Morgan.)

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Bot. 11. Bot. Ill, or equivalent. Laboratory fee. $5.00. A comparative study
of the morphology of the flowering plants, with special reference to the phylo-
geny and development of floral organs. (Rappleye.)

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics. (3)

First semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, introductory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene
mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other favor-
able materials. (D. T. Morgan.)

PLANT PATHOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology. (2)

First or second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot.
20, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Advanced training in the basic re-
search techniques and methods of plant pathology. (Klarman.)

Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning the
diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern states.

(Klarman.)

Botany

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops. (2)

First semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and cereal
grains. (O. D. Morgan.)

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops. (2)

First semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the eastern
United States. (Weaver.)

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops. (2)

Second semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equiva-
lent. The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im-
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Kantzes.)

Bot. 128. Mycology. (4)

Second semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Laboratory fee, $6.00. An intro-
ductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories, and economics
of the fungi. (Paterson.)

Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology. (1)

Summer session. Daily lecture for three weeks. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equiva-
lent. Given in accordance with demand. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Not offered
1964.) A course for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Dis-
cussion and denomination of the important diseases in Maryland crops.

For Graduates
Bot. 221. Plant Virology. (3)

First semester. (Not offered 1965-1966.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101 or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $10.00. Consideration of the biological, biochemical and biophysical as-
pects of plant viruses and virus diseases. (Sisler.)

Bot. 223. Physiology of Fungi. (2)

First semester. Prerequisites, Organic Chemistry and Bot. 101 or the equiva-
lent in bacterial or animal physiology. A study of various aspects of fungal
metabolism, nutrition, biochemical transformations, fungal products, and me-
chanism of fungicidal action. (Sisler.)

Bot. 224. Physiology of Fungi Laboratory. ( 1 )

First semester. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 223 or con-
current registration therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Application of equipment
and techniques in the study of fungal physiology. (Sisler.)

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control. (3)

First semester. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease con-
trol. (Bell.)

Bot. 241. Plant Nematology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Botany 20 or permission of instructor. (Not offered 1964-1965.) Laboratory

Entomology

fee, $10.00. The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their morphology, anatomy,
taxonomy, genetics, physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and control.
Recent advances in this field will be emphasized. (Krusberg.)

Bot. 301. Special Problems in Botany. (2 or 3)

First and second semester. Credit according to time scheduled and organiza-
tion of course. Maximum credit toward an advanced degree for the individual
student at the discretion of the Department. This course may be organized
as a lecture series on a specialized advanced topic, or may consist partly, or
entirely, of experimental procedures. It may be taught by visiting lecturers,
or by resident staff members. Problems or topics may be in: 1 — Physiology;
2 — Ecology; 3 — Pathology; 4 — Mycology; 5 — Nematology; 6 — Cytology; 7 —
Cytogenetics; 8 — Morphology; 9 — Anatomy; or 10 — Taxonomy. (Staff.)

Bot. 302. Seminar in Botany. (1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Discus-
sion of special topics and current literature in all phases of botany. (Staff.)

Bot. 399. Research.

Credit according to work done. A minimum of 6 credit hours is required for
the M. S. degree, and an additional minimum of 12 hours is required for the
Ph.D. degree. Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to
be undertaken. (Staff.)

ENTOMOLOGY

Professor: Bickley.

Associate Professor: Jones.

Assistant Professors: Abrams, Harrison and Havtland.

Lecturer: Shepard.

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, one semester of college zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The
position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, classification into
orders and principal families and the general economic status of insects. A
collection of common insects is required.

Ent. 4. Beekeeping. (2)

First semester. A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities
of the honeybee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of
economic importance and bee lore in literature.

Ent. 20. Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Zool. 1 and Bot. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology,

Entomology

and control of insects injurious to fruit and vegetable crops, field crops and
stored products.

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week,
Prerequisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The theory and practice of apiary
management. Designed for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires
a practical knowledge of bee management. (Abrams.)

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, Ent. 1 or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A
study of insects and related arthropods that affect the health and comfort of man
directly and as vectors of disease. In discussion of the control of such pests
the emphasis will be upon community sanitation. (Jones.)

Ent. 107. Insecticides. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Department. The development
and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and other important chemi-
cals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, compatibility, and host
injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.)

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures and occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite,
consent of the Department. The functioning of the insect body with particular
reference to blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration,
reflex action and the nervous system, and metabolism. (Jones.)

Ent. 116. Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse
Plants. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Zool. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology,
and control of insects injurious to plants grown in ornamental plantings, nur-
series, and under glass. (Haviland.)

Ent. 119. Insect Pests of Domestic Animals. (2)

First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite Ent. 1, or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The
recognition, biology, and control of insects and related arthopods injurious to
horses, cattle, hogs, sheep, goats, and poultry. (Haviland.)

Ent. 120. Insect Taxonomy and Biology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Introduction to the principles of
systematic entomology and the study of all orders and the important families
of insects; immature forms considered. (Bickley.)

Ent. S121. Entomology for Science Teachers. (4)

Summer. Five lectures and five two-hour laboratory periods a week. Labora-
tory fee, $3.00. This course will include the elements of morphology, taxonomy
and biology of insects using examples commonly available to high school
teachers. It will include practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and experi-
menting with insects insofar as time will permit.

Entomology
Ent. 198. Special Problems. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Credit and prerequisites, to be determined by the
Department. Investigations of assigned entomological problems. (Staff.)

Ent. 199. Seminar. (1,1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Presentation of origi-
nal work, reviews and abstracts of literature. (Staff.)

For Graduates
Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Insect structure, with special reference to function.
Emphasis on internal anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in
physiology or research in morphology. (Haviland.)

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology. (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of
fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to their environment.
Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism adjusted to its sur-
roundings. (Harrison.)

Ent. 206. Culicidology. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory
period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The classification, distribution, ecology,
biology, and control of mosquitoes. (Bickley.)

Ent. 207. Advanced Insect Physiology. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, one year of Organic
Chemistry and Ent. 109 or equivalent. In this course students rear experimen-
tal insects, make up reagents and solutions to be used, set up equipment, cali-
brate it, and make detailed measurements and observations on the functions
of selected organ systems. (Jones.)

Ent. 208. Toxicology of Insecticides. (3)

First semester, alternate years. Three lectures a week. A study of the physical,
chemical and biological properties of insecticides. Emphasis is placed on the
relationship of chemical structure to insecticidal activity and mode of action.
Mechanisms of resistance are also considered. (Staff.)

Ent. 301. Advanced Entomology. (1-6)

Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the Department. First and second
semesters. Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied
entomology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for
individual research. (Staff.)

Ent. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Required of graduate students majoring in ento-
mology. This course involves research on an approved project. A dissertation
suitable for publication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies
as a part of the requirement for an advanced degree. (Staff.)

Horticulture
HORTICULTURE

Professors: Haut, Kramer, Link, Scott, Shanks, Stark and
Thompson.

Associate Professors: Reynolds, and Wiley.

Assistant Professor: Soergel.

Instructors: Baker, and Todd.

Hort. 5, 6. Tree Fruit Production. (3, 2)

First and second semesters. (Second semester offered in alternate years only,
1965-66.) One or two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Courses must
be taken in sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of commercial varieties
and principles and practices in fruit production, harvesting and storage. One
field trip required.

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management.

Hort. 16. Garden Management. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
site, Bot. 1 The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bed-
ding plants, and roses and their cultural requirements.

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening. (2)

First semester. The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and
their application to private and public areas.

Hort. 56. Elements of Landscape Design. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods per week. A course dealing with
basic design in the use of trees, shrubs, evergreens, annual and perennial
flowering plants on home properties.

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
site, Bot. 1. A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable
production.

Hort. 59. Berry Production. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of
small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, and cran-
berries.

Hort. 61. Introduction to Fruit and Vegetable Processing. (1)

Second semester. Early history and development of the various types of preser-
vation of horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling
or brining. The relative importance of these methods on state, national and
world-wide bases are emphasized.

Horticulture
Hort. 62. Plant Propagation. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants.

Hort. 63. Flower Store Management. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A
study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory period
devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and decoration.

For. 30. Elements of Forestry. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. Not open to fresh-
men. A general survey of the field of forestry, including timber values, con-
servation, protection, silviculture, utilization, meisuration, engineering, recreation
and lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland management.

For Advanced Undergraduates
Hort. 152. Landscape Design. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Hort. 22; prerequisite or concurrently, Hort. 107. A consideration of the prin-
ciples of landscape design and supplemented by direct application in the draft-
ing room.

Hort. 153. Landscape Design. (3)

Second semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152.
Advanced landscape design.

Hort. 199. Seminar. (1)

First semester. Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by
reviewing recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture.

(Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hort. 101. Technology of Fruits. (3)

First semester. (Offered 1964-65.) Prerequisites. Hort. 6, Bot. 101. A critical
analysis of research work and application of the principles of plant physiology,
chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial production.

(Thompson.)

Hort. 103. Technology of Vegetables. (3)

Second semester. (Offered 1965-66.) Prerequisites, Hort. 58, Bot. 101. For
a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101.

(Stark.)

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A study of the physiological plant proc-
esses as related to the growth, flowering and storage of floriculture and ornamen-
tal plants. (Link.)

Horticulture

Hort. 107, 108. Woody Plant Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 11. A field and laboratory
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plantings. (Baker.)

Hort. 114. Systematic Horticulture. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of
the origin, taxonomic relationship and horticultural classification of fruits and
vegetables.

Hort. SI 15. Truck Crop Management. (1)

Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agri-
ture and extension agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and im-
proved methods of production of the leading truck crops. Current problems
and their solution will receive special attention.

Hort. 123. Quality Control. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Principles involved in the evaluation of factors of
quality in horticultural products including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and
sanitation factors and statistical presentation of results. (Kramer.)

Hort. 124. Quality Control Systems. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 123. Development of quality con-
trol systems designed to maintain specific levels of quality for selected food
products. (Kramer.)

Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management. (1)

Summer session only. Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers
and county agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new improved com-
mercial methods of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Cur-
rent problems and their solution will receive special attention.

Hort. SI 25. Ornamental Horticulture. (1)

Summer session only. A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home dem-
onstration agents and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the de-
velopment of lawns, flowers and shrubbery to beautify homes.

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, Hort. 11. Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants,
and the marketing of cut flowers. (Link.)

Hort. 155, 156. Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable
Processing. (3, 3)

First and second semesters, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61.
Laboratory fee, $5.00 per semester. The fundamentals of canning, freezing and
preserving of horticultural crops with emphasis on the chemical, biochemical
and microbiological aspects of processing. (Wiley.)

Horticulture
Hort. 159. Nursery Management. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1965-66.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108.
A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations.

Hort. 160. Arboriculture. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Two lectures and one lab-
oratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 107 and 108. A
study of the planting and maintenance of ornamental shrubs and trees, including
basic principles of park, institution and estate maintenance.

Hort. 161. Physiology of Maturation and Storage of
Horticultural Crops. (2)

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1964-65.) Two lectures a week.
Prerequisite, Bot. 101. Factors related to maturation and application of scien-
tific principles to handling and storage of horticultural crops. (Scott.)

Hort. 198. Special Problems. (2, 2) (4 cr. max.)

First and second semesters. Credit arranged according to work done. For
major students in horticulture or botany. Four credits maximum per student.

(Staff.)

For Graduates
Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organization of research
projects and presentation of experimental results in the field of biological
science. Topics included will be: sources of research financing, project outline
preparation, formal progress reports, public and industrial supported research
programs, and technical and popular presentation of research data.

(Haut, Scott.)

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of
scientific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial prac-
tices in pomology. (Thompson.)

Hort. 203, 204, 205. Experimental Olericulture. (2, 2, 2)

First semester and in sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 101, a systematic review of
scientific knowledge and practical observation as applied to commercial prac-
tices in olericulture. (Stark.)

Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific knowl-
edge and practical observation as applied to commercial practices in flori-
culture. (Link.)

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week.
A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in horticulture.

(Scott.)

Horticulture

Hort. 210. Experimental Processing. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A systematic review
of scientific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial
practices in processing. (Kramer.)

Hort. 302. Advanced Seminar. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Oral reports with illustrative material are required
on special topics or recent research publications in horticulture. Three credit
hours maximum allowed toward the M.S. degree or six credits maximum
toward the Ph.D. degree. (Staff.)

Hort. 399. Advanced Horticultural Research. (2-12)

First and second semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.)

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director

The Agricultural Experiment Station serves Maryland agriculture in much
the same manner as research laboratories serve large corporations.
Maryland agriculture comprises over thirty thousand individual busi-
nesses, and there is neither sufficient capital, nor income so that each
one of these can conduct research. Yet the problems which face a bio-
logical undertaking such as farming, are as numerous and perplexing
as the problems of any business. Certainly our production of food would
be much more costly if it were not for the research results that have
been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station.

The station is a joint federal and state undertaking. Passage of the Hatch
Act of 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the
purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great
impetus to the development of research work in agriculture. This work
was further encouraged by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the
Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-
Hope Act of 1946.

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is
supported by these Acts and by state appropriations centers at College
Park. On the University campus are to be found laboratories for study-
ing insects and diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and
others. This is also the location of the livestock and dairy barns with
their experimental herds. About eight miles from the campus at College
Park, near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of about 500 acres is
devoted to work connected with soil fertility, plant breeding and general
crop production problems. An experimental farm near Upper Marlboro
is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. A farm near
Salisbury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of broilers

Agricultural Extension Service

and of vegetable crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Two experi-
mental farms are operated near Ellicott City; one is devoted to livestock
problems and the other to dairy cattle nutrition and forage research.
Also tests of various crop and soil responses are distributed throughout
the state. These different locations provide the opportunity to conduct
experiments under conditions existing where the results will be put into
practice. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given
the Station an excellent standing with farmers of the state.

AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE

Edward W. Aiton, Director
Roy W. Cassell, Assistant Director

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, estab-
lished by state and federal laws in 1914, extends practical agricultural
and home information beyond the classrooms of the University of Mary-
land to young people, farmers, homemakers, and people in businesses
relating to agriculture and home economics.

The work of the Cooperative Extension Service is cooperatively financed
by the federal, state and county governments. In each county there is
a County Agricultural Agent and County Home Demonstration Agent
with associates and assistants as funds permit and work require. Backed
by a staff of specialists at the University, these agents are in close con-
tact with local people and their problems.

It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the
Cooperative Extension Service of the University and the United States
Department of Agriculture. The Cooperative Extension Service is the
educational arm in Maryland of the United States Department of Agri-
culture.

In Maryland, the Cooperative Extension Service works in close associa-
tion with all rural groups and organizations. In addition to work on the
farms and in the farm homes, the Extension program is aimed at the many
rural, non-farm, and urban people who service the agricultural indus-
tries of the state, including consumers.

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are devel-
oped as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs and other
youth groups. Through their diversified activities, the boys and girls are
given a valuable type of instruction and training, and are afforded an
opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverance, citizenship and
leadership.

The Cooperative Extension Service in cooperation with the College of
Agriculture and the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short

Service and Control Programs

courses in various lines, many of which are held at the University. Some
of these courses have been held regularly over a period of years and others
are added as the need and demand develop. Short courses have been
held in recent years for the following groups: rural women, 4-H Club
boys and girls, nurserymen, florists, poultry industry fieldmen, poultry
products marketing, beekeepers, greenkeepers, sanitarians, conservation,
cow testers, feed manufacturers and distributors, and dairy marketing
technicians.

SERVICE AND CONTROL PROGRAMS

Charles P. Ellington, Director

The state law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of
Maryland shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
Numerous services are performed by technically trained personnel which
result in the improvement and maintenance of high standards in the
production, processing and distribution of farm products.

In addition the improvement of many control or regulatory activities are
authorized by the state law and are carried out by the following agen-
cies responsible to the State Board of Agriculture.

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935.
However, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based
on Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland (1957 edition),
Section 581 through Section 597, of the Laws of Maryland, 1951. The
Department of Dairy Science is charged with the administration of the
law.

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat
test, that samples, weights, and tests used as the basis of payment for
such products are correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and
cream that their agents shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these
products; (c) To insure correctness of tests made for official inspections
or for public record. To achieve these purposes the law requires the
licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and cream from producers,
whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test, and the licensing
of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream when the
results of such samples, weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of
payment to producers.

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of
the Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in

Service and Control Programs

testing milk and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination
of all weighers, samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to
those satisfactorily passing the examination; and inspection of the perti-
nent activities of weighers, samplers, testers and dairy plants.

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS

All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the im-
portance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm prod-
ucts. The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the
farmer in marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable
treatment of the farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning
the marketing of his products. In the performance of these responsi-
bilities, the Department carries out programs in extension marketing,
conducts market surveys, compiles and disseminates marketing informa-
tion and market data, operates a market news service, provides an agri-
cultural inspection and grading service, maintains a consumer informa-
tion service and enforces and interprets the agricultural marketing laws
of the state. The regulatory aspects of the Department's functions are
carried out as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the
authority of various state laws relating to the markeing of farm products.
A close working relationship is maintained with other specialists in the
Extension Service, all departments of the Agricultural Marketing Service,
the Maryland Crop Reporting Service, and the Agricultural Marketing
Service of the United States Department of Agriculture. The voluntary
and dynamic cooperation of the personnel in these various activities
brings to bear on agricultural marketing problems an effective combina-
tion of research, education, and service.

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act
gave additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's market-
ing problems. The Department of Markets is largely responsible for
developing the state program under Title II of this act.

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals are inter-
ested, marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local
communities. Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock
and Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of Mary-
land, College Park, Maryland.

MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of
Agriculture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the intro-
duction of diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and
with control and eradication of such diseases within the state. The
service is further charged with the responsibility of cooperating with the
State Department of Health in the suppression of diseases of animals and
poultry which affect the public health.

Service and Control Programs

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine
brucellosis are conducted in cooperation with the Agricultural Research
Service of the United States Department of Agriculture. The field force
of state employed veterinarians is augmented by a number of federal
veterinarians in the conduct of these control programs. The control of
swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and many other
disease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance.

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in
the main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at
Salisbury, Centreville, Bel Air, Frederick, Hagerstown, Oakland and
Preston.

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE

The Seed Inspection Service administers the state seed law; inspects
seeds sold throughout the state; collects seed samples for laboratory exam-
ination; reports the results of the examinations to the parties concerned;
publishes summaries of these reports which show the relative reliability
of the label information supplied by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats
tobacco seed intended for planting in the state; makes analyses, tests,
and examinations of seed samples submitted to the laboratory; and advises
seed users regarding the economic and intelligent use of seeds. The
Service also cooperates with the Agricultural Marketing Service of the
United States Department of Agriculture in the enforcement of the
Federal Seed Act in Maryland.

The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforce-
ment of the seed law however, for state citizens may submit seed samples
to the laboratory for analysis, test or examination. Specific information
regarding suitability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made
available to individuals without charge. The growth of this service has
been steady since the establishment of the laboratory in 1912. Most
Maryland citizens, city and country, are directly interested in seeds for
planting in flower beds, lawns, gardens, or fields.

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT

In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspec-
tion" as designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assem-
bly of Maryland of 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were
repealed and re-enacted with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State
Horticultural Department," and eight new sections were added thereto.
In 1916 the sections were again re-enacted with such changes in the
wording as were necessary to bring them into conformity with the reorgan-
ization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture and Experiment
Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory functions
including newly enacted Articles in regard to the bee diseases, mosquitoes,

Service and Control Programs

and aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture
under Chapter 391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly."

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and
to protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and
florists. A considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by
inspection of orchards, crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral estab-
lishments. Cooperation with the federal government in the inspection
and certification of materials that come under quarantine regulations is
another major function of the Department. The Department enforces
the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of apiaries. This
service includes control and eradication of diseases of strawberries and
other small fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc., inspection and cer-
tification of potatoes and sweet potatoes for seed, control of white pine
blister rust, Dutch elm diseases, etc.

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties
are to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the
state, to correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the
state and to cooperate with state and federal agencies in the interest
of a permanent program of improved drainage.

STATE INSPECTION SERVICE

Feeds, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials and Pesticides

The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes
necessary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are
enforced by the State Inspection Service. Included in this legislation are
the State Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials, and Pesticide
Laws.

Work of enforcing these laws is divided into fiive distinct phases: First,
the commodities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand
names, and with proper labels; second, official samples must be collected
by the Department's inspectors form all parts of the state; third, chemical
and physical examinations must be made to establish that professed stan-
dards of quality are being met; fourth, results must be assembled and
published in concise and understandable form, with the reports made
available to all interested persons; and fifth, the prosecution of those
responsible for flagrant violations.

Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime
samples submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service.

Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with compar-
able federal agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained

Service and Control Programs

not only state-wide, but also a nationally recognized reputation for accu-
racy, timeliness, and unbiased fair treatment of the consumer and manu-
facturer alike.

The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the
manufacturer with technical advice, and to safeguard him from unfair
competition.

For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies
in large measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and
seller. However, in those rare instances when this policy is unheeded,
backing by the courts, both federal and state, can be depended upon for
enforcement assistance.

THE 1964-66 FACULTY

Administrative Officers

CAIRNS, Gordon M., Dean of Agriculture and Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

POFFENBERGER, Paul R., Assistant Dean-Instruction, and Professor of Agricul-
tural Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; Ph.D., American University, 1953.

HAUT, Irvin C, Director of Experiment Station and Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1933.

AITON, Edward W., Director of Extension

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1956.

Professors

ARBUCKLE, Wendell S., Professor of Dairy Science

B.S., Purdue University, 1933; A.M., University of Missouri, 1937; Ph.D., 1940.

BAMFORD, Ronald, Professor of Botany and Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1931.

BEAL, George M., Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Utah State College, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1938; Ph.D., 1942.

BICKLEY, William E., Professor and Head of Entomology

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1934; M.S., 1936; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1940.

BULL, Fred L., Extension Professor, Soil Conservation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925.

BURKHARDT, George L, Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1933; B.S.M.E., 1934; M.S., 1935.

CARDOZIER, Virgus R., Professor and Head of Agricultural and Extension Edu-
cation

B.S., Lousiana State University, 1947; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Ohio State University,

1952.

COMBS, Gerald F., Professor of Poultry Science

B.S., University of Illinois, 1940; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1948.

CURTIS, John M., Professor and Head of Agricultural Economics

B.S., North Carolina State College, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., University of Mary-
land, 1961.

Faculty

DAVIS, Richard E., Professor and Head of Dairy Science

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1950; M.S., Cornell University, 1952; Ph.D.
1953.

DEVOLT, Harold M., Professor of Poultry Pathology
M.S., Cornell University, 1926; D.V.M., 1923.

DITMAN, Lewis P., Research Professor of Entomology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1929; Ph.D., 1931.

DOETSCH, Raymond N., Professor of Microbiology

B.S., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., University of Indiana, 1944; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1948.

FOSTER, John E., Professor and Head of Animal Science

B.S., North Carolina State College, 1926; M.S., Kansas State College, 1927;
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1937.

GAUCH, Hugh G., Professor of Plant Physiology

B.S., Miami University, 1935; M.S., Kansas State College, 1937; Ph.D., University
of Chicago, 1939.

GREEN, Robert L., Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering

B.S.A.E., University of Georgia, 1934; M.S., Iowa State College, 1939; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University, 1953. Registered Professional Engineer.

GREEN, Willard W., Professor of Animal Science

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1939.

HA WES, Russell C, Professor of Marketing

B.S., Rhode Island State College, 1921; M.S., University of Rhode Island, 1942.

KEENEY, Mark, Professor of Dairy Science

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; M.S., Ohio State University, 1948; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State College, 1950.

KREWATCH, Albert V., Extension Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Delaware, 1925; M.S., 1929; E.E., 1933.

KRAMER, Amihud, Professor of Horticulture

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1942.

KRAUSS, Robert W., Professor of Plant Physiology

A.B., Oberlin College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1949; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1951.

KUHN, Albin O., Professor of Agronomy and Executive Vice-President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

LADSON, Thomas A., Head of Veterinary Science and Director of the Live Stock
Sanitation Service

D.V.M., University of Pennsylvania, 1939.

Faculty

LANGFORD, George S., Professor of Entomology and State Entomologist

B.S., Clemson College, 1921; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; Ph.D., Ohio
State University, 1929.

LINK, Conrad B., Professor of Floriculture

B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940.

LOAR, Margaret T., Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration Agent
Leader
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941.

MORGAN, Delbert T., Professor of Botany

B.S., Kent State University, 1940; M.A., Columbia University, 1942; Ph.D., 1948.

OLIVER, Margaret, Extension Professor and Home Demonstration Agent Leader
B.S., Huntington College, 1932; M.A., Columbia University, 1954.

ROTHGEB, Russell G., Research Professor in Agronomy

B.S., University of Maryland, 1924; M.S., Iowa State College, 1925; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1928.

SCOTT, Leland E., Professor of Horticultural Physiology

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1927; M.S., Michigan State College, 1929; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1943.

SHAFFNER, Clyne S., Professor and Head of Poultry Science

B.S., Michigan State College, 1938; M.S., 1940; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1947.

SHANKS, lames B., Professor of Floriculture

B.S., Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 1949.

SHORB, Mary S., Research Professor, Nutrition

B.S., College of Idaho, 1928; Sc.D., lohns Hopkins University, 1933.

SMITH, Harold D., Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.A., Bridgewater College, 1943; M.S., University of Maryland, 1947; Ph.D.,
American University, 1952.

STARK, Francis C, Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1941; Ph.D., 1948.

STREET, Orman E., Professor of Agronomy

B.S. South Dakota State College, 1924; M.S., Michigan State College, 1926; Ph.D.,
1933.

THOMPSON, Arthur H., Professor of Pomology

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1945.

WEAVER, Leslie O., Extension Professor of Plant Pathology

B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1943.

WHITEHOUSE, Evelyn D., Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration
Agent Leader

B.S., South Dakota State College, 1932; M.A., George Washington University,

1958.

Faculty

WILSON, W. Sherard, Extension Professor and State 4-H Club Agent
B.S., University of Maryland, 1932.

Associate Professors

AXLEY, John H., Associate Professor of Soils

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1937; Ph.D., 1945.

BENTZ, Frank L., Jr., Associate Professor of Soils and Assistant to the President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

BISSELL, Theodore L., Extension Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1920; M.S., Cornell University, 1936.

BROWN, Russell G., Associate Professor of Botany

B.S., West Virginia University, 1929; M.S., 1930; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1934.

BURIC, John, Associate Professor of Animal Science

B.S., West Virginia University, 1948; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois, 1960.

CASON, James L., Associate Professor of Dairy Science

B.S., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, 1948; M.S., Michigan State College, 1950;
Ph.D., North Carolina State College, 1956.

CASSELL, Roy, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant Extension Director
B.S., West Virginia University, 1951; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
1962.

CREEK, Richard D., Associate Professor of Poultry Science
B.S., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1955.

DECKER, Morris A., Jr., Associate Professor of Crops

B.S., Colorado A. & M., 1949; M.S., Utah State College, 1950; Ph.D., University
of Maryland 1953.

DENGLER, Harry W., Extension Associate Professor, Forestry
B.S., Syracuse University, 1935.

FELTON, Kenneth E., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; B.S.C.E., 1951.

FERGUSON, James Riley, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Science
B.S., Colorado A. & M., 1941; M.S., Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D., 1953.

FOSTER, Phillips W., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois, 1956; Ph.D., 1958.

GIENGER, Guy W., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.S., 1936.

GALBREATH, Paul M., Associate Professor of Soil Conservation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1940; LL.B., 1954.

Faculty

GRAHAM, Castillo, Associate Professor of Entomology

B.S., Mississippi A. & M. College, 1927; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930;
Ph.D., 1932.

HAMILTON, Arthur B., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1929; M.S., 1931.

HATZIOLOS, Basil C, Associate Professor of Pathology

D.V.M., Veterinary School of Alfort, France, 1929; DR. VET. IN AN. HUS.,
Veterinary School of Berlin, Germany, 1932.

HELBACKA, Norman V., Associate Professor, Poultry Marketing
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1952; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1956.

HEMKEN, Roger W., Associate Professor of Dairy Science

B.S., University of Illinois, 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957.

HILBERT, Lavonia, Extension Associate Professor and Clothing Specialist
B.S., West Virginia University, 1937; M.A., Columbia University, 1946.

HOLLIS, William L., Research Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.S., University of Delaware, 1952; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1957.

HOYERT, John H., Associate Professor of Agronomy

B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1951.

ISHEE, Sidney, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Mississippi State College, 1950; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1952;
Ph.D., 1957.

JOHNSON, Robert B., Associate Professor of Veterinary Physiology
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1939.

JONES, Jack Colvard, Associate Professor of Entomology

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1942; Ph.D., Iowa State College, 1950.

KANTZES, James G., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1957.

KING, Raymond L., Associate Professor of Dairy Science
A.B., University of California, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

LEFFEL, Emory C, Associate Professor of Animal Science
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1953.

MATTHEWS, William A., Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930.

MATTICK, Joseph F., Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; Ph.D., 1950.

MCLUCKIE, Virginia, Extension Associate Professor and Home Economist
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1953.

Faculty

MERRICK, Charles P., Extension Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

MEYER, Amos R., Extension Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., Ohio State University, 1940.

MILLER, James R., Associate Professor of Soils and Head of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., 1956.

MOEHN Jeanne S., (Mrs.), Extension Associate Professor and Family Life Specialist
B.S., Iowa State University, 1940.

MOORE, John R., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., 1951, Ohio State University; M.S., 1955, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1939,
University of Wisconsin.

MORGAN, Omar D., Jr., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology

B.Ed., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950.

MORRIS, John L., Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1958.

MURRAY, Ray A., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934; M.A., Cornell University, 1938; Ph.D., 1949.

PATERSON, Robert A., Associate Professor of Botany

B.A., University of Nevada, 1949; M.A., Stanford University, 1951; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1957.

PLUMER, Gilbert J., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; D.V.M., New York State Veterinary College,
Cornell University, 1953.

QUIGLEY, George D., Associate Professor of Poultry Science
B.S., Michigan State College, 1925.

RAPPLEYE, Robert D., Associate Professor of Botany

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1949.

REYNOLDS, Charles W., Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.A., University of Alabama, 1941; B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1947;
M.S., 1949; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1954.

ROGERS, Benjamin L., Extension Associate Professor of Pomology

B.S., Clemson College, 1943; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1950.

SCHABINGER, John R., Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Science

B.S., University of Delaware, 1943; M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1947;
Ph.D., North Carolina State College, 1961.

Faculty

SISLER, Hugh D., Associate Professor in Plant Pathology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1953.

SMITH, Clodus R., Associate Professor of Agricultural and Extension Education
and Director of Summer School

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,

1960.

SNYDER, Robert J., Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, 1955.

STEWART, Wolcott E., Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1957.

STEVENS, George A., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., 1941. Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1957.

STRICKLING, Edward, Associate Professor of Soils
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937; Ph.D., 1949.

SUPPLEE, William C, Research Associate in Poultry Science
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1931.

SWOPE, Daniel A., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1943; Ph.D.:
Pennsylvania State University, 1958.

TWIGG, Bernard A., Extension Associate Professor

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1959.

WELLING, M. Gist, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant County Agenl
Leader

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1957.

WILCOX, Frank H., Associate Professor of Poultry Science

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1953; Ph.D., 1955

WILEY, Robert C, Associate Professor of Horticulture Processing

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Oregon State College
1953.

WILLIAMS, Walter L., Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., University of Missouri, 1952; Ph.D., 1955.

WINN, Paul N., Research Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S., 1958.

WYSONG, John W., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois, 1954; Ph.D., Cornel
University, 1957.

Faculty

Assistant Professors

ABRAMS, George J., Assistant Professor of Apiculture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; M.S., 1929.

ADDISON, Howard P., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Extension Education
B.S., Purdue University, 1953; M.S., 1958.

BELL, Aloise A., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1955; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.

BEYER, Edgar H., Assistant Professor of Crops

B.S., University of Illinois, 1958; M.S., Purdue University, 1962; Ph.D., 1963.

BROWN, Albert C, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science
D.V.M., University of Pennsylvania, 1959.

BYRD, Bruce W., Assistant Professor of Plant Breeding

B.S., Clemson College, 1958; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., North Carolina State College,
1963.

CLARK, Neri A., Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; Ph.D., 1959.

COLBY, Sterling R., Assistant Professor of Weed Control

B.S., Cornell, 1956; M.S., Purdue University, 1961; Ph.D., 1964.

CONAWAY, Charlotte A., Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H
Club Agent
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1957.

CROTHERS, John L., Jr., Extension Assistant Professor, Department of Markets
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1954.

ELLINGTON, Charles P., Extension Assistant Professor of Agronomy and Director
of Services and Controls
B.S., University of Georgia, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

FANNING, Delvin S., Assistant Professor of Soil Mineralogy

B.S., Cornell University, 1954; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964.

GALLOWAY, Raymond A., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1958.

GODFREY, Edward F., Extension Assistant Professor of Poultry Science

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., Ohio State University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1952.

GOYEN, Loren F., Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club Agent
B.S., Kansas State University, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

GOODWIN, Edwin E., Assistant Professor of Animal Science

B.S., Louisiana State University, 1946; M.S., Cornell, 1948; Ph.D., Washington
State University, 1955.

Faculty

HARDING, Wallace C, Jr., Extension Assistant Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1961.

HARRIS, Wesley L., Assistant Professor in Agricultural Engineering

B.S.A.E., University of Georgia, 1953; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni-
versity, 1960.

HARRISON, Floyd P., Assistant Professor of Entomology

B.S., Louisiana State University, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1955.

HAVILAND, Elizabeth E., Assistant Professor of Entomology

A.B., Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; M.A., Cornell University, 1926; M.S.,
University of Maryland, 1936; Ph.D., 1945.

HOECKER, Harold H., Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1941.

HUNTER, Herman A., Extension Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops
B.S., Clemson College, 1923; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

JAHNS, Irwin R., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Extension Education
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1954; M.S., 1961.

JOHNSON, Carl N., Extension Assistant Professor of Landscape Gardening
B.S., Michigan State College, 1947.

JOHNSON, Robert L., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Extension Education
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1951; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1956; Ph.D.,
1958.

KLARMAN, William L., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology

B.S., Eastern Illinois State College, 1957; M.S., University of Illinois, 1960;
Ph.D., 1962.

KRESTENSEN, Elroy R., Assistant Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Florida, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1962.

KRESGE, Conrad B., Assistant Professor of Soils

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

KRUSBERG, Loren R., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology

B.S., University of Delaware, 1954; M.S., North Carolina State College, 1956;
Ph.D., 1959.

LANGSDALE, Elizabeth, Extension Assistant Professor and Home Furnishing Spec-
ialist

B.S., Illinois State University, 1938; M.E., Pennsylvania State University, 1954.

LIDEN, Conrad H., Assistant Professor, Administrative Assistant to the Dean
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., 1949.

LOCKARD, David J., Assistant Professor of Botany and Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1951; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University,
1955; Ph.D., 1962.

Faculty

MARSHALL, James P., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1957; M.A., Michigan State University, 1957;
Ph.D., 1961.

MARTIN, James E., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1954; M.S., N. C. State College, 1956; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University, 1961.

MATTHEWS, Floyd V., Jr., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1951.

MEADE, John A., Assistant Professor of Crops

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., Iowa State University,
1958.

NEWCOMER, Joseph L., Assistant Professor — Seed Programs
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1955.

NICHOLSON, James L., Extension Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951.

OSBURN, Donald E., Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant 4-H Club Agent
B.S., West Virginia University, 1956; M.S., 1959.

PHEIL, Judith A. (Mrs.), Extension Assistant Professor in Food and Nutrition
B.S., Hood College, 1931.

POMERENING, James A., Assistant Professor of Soils

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1956; Ph.D., Ore-
gon State College, 1960.

SCHERMERHORN, Richard W., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., 1958, M.S., 1959, University of Georgia; Ph.D., Oregon State College, 1962.

SOERGEL, Kenneth P., Assistant Professor of Landscape Gardening

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1961; B.L.A., Harvard University, 1963.

STADELBACHER, Glenn J., Extension Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1962.

STEINHAUER, Allen L., Assistant Professor of Entomology

B.S., University of Manitoba, 1953; M.S., Oregon State College, 1955; Ph.D.,
1958.

VANDERSALL, John H., Assistant Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Ohio State University, 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1959.

WILLIAMS, Floyd J., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., Ohio State University, 1955; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.

YOUNG, Edgar P., Assistant Professor of Animal Science
B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1958.

Faculty

Instructors

BAKER, Robert L., Instructor of Horticulture

A.B., Swarthmore College, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

BEITER, Robert J., Instructor in Agricultural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1957.

BRENNAN, Melvin C, Instructor, Visual Aids
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

FARWELL, Sanford, Extension Instructor and Exhibits Specialist
B.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1954.

LAWRENCE, Francis J., Instructor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951.

REBERT, Burnell K., Extension Instructor, Marketing
B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1947.

SEELEY, Donald J., Instructor in Dairy Technology
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950.

STEWART, Larry E., Instructor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., West Virginia, 1960; M.S., 1961.

TODD, Hermann S., Instructor in Horticulture
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937.

Research Associates

AHMED, Esam, Research Associate in Horticulture

B.S., Cairo University, 1945; M.S., Alexander University, 1953; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1957.

SOROKIN, Constantine A., Research Associate, Plant Physiology

Diploma in Agronomy, Donn Agricultural Institute; M.A., Russian Academy of
Agricultural Science, 1936; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1955.

Lecturers

PLOWMAN, Dean R., Lecturer in Dairy Husbandry

B.S., Utah State College, 1951; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1956.

SHEPARD, Harold H., Lecturer in Entomology

B.S., Massachusetts State College, 1924; M.S., University of Maryland, 1927;
Ph.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931.

Emeriti

APPLEMAN, Charles O., Professor of Plant Physiology, Emeritus
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1910.

Faculty

CORY, Ernest N., Professor of Entomology, Emeritus

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909; M.S., 1913; Ph.D., American Uni-
versity, 1926.

DEVAULT, Samuel H., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing,

Emeritus

A.B., Carson-Newman College, 1912; A.M., University of North Carolina, 1915;
Ph.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931.

KEMP, William B., Director of Experiment Station, Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1912; Ph.D., American University, 1928.

NORTON, John B. S., Professor of Botany, Emeritus

B.S., Kansas State College, 1896; M.S., 1900; Sc.D., (Hon.), University of Mary-
land.

NYSTROM, Paul E., Director of Extension and Professor of Agricultural Econom-
ics, Emeritus

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.P.A.,
Harvard University, 1948; D.P.A., 1951.

SYMONS, Thomas B., Dean of Agriculture, Emeritus

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1902; M.S., Maryland State College, 1905;
D.Agr., University of Maryland, 1918.

*SUPERVISING TEACHERS OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

BAER, Wilfred O., B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1942; M.S., 1952
Sudlersville High School, Sudlersville, Maryland.

BEVARD, Carl W., B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.Ed., 1953
Glenelg High School, Glenelg, Maryland.

BRUCE, John P., B.S., University of Maryland, 1950
Rising Sun High School, Rising Sun, Maryland.

COBB, Robert A., B.S., University of Maryland, 1954
North Harford High School, Pylesville, Maryland.

COOPER, Elmer T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1956
North Harford High School, Pylesville, Maryland.

MILLER, Harry T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1952
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland.

POPE, James L., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Maryland.

* Teachers of vocational agriculture who supervise student teachers during the student
teaching period in cooperation with the Department of Agricultural and Extension
Education.

Faculty

REID, J. Martin, B.S., University of Maryland, 1950
North Dorchester High School, Hurlock, Maryland.

REMSBURG, George C., B.S., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1951
Walkersville High School, Walkersville, Maryland.

SCOTT, Joseph K., B.A., Bridgewater College, 1935; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, 1940

Williamsport High School, Williamsport, Maryland.

SPARKS, Loring T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953
Hereford High School, Hereford, Maryland.

THOMPSON, Harold H., B.S., University of Maryland, 1946; M.S., 1960.
Mt. Airy High School, Mt. Airy, Maryland.

THOMPSON, John L., B.S., University of Maryland. 1951; M.S., 1959
Linganore High School, Frederick Maryland.

TOLLEY, Leonard E., B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1951
Damascus High School. Damascus, Maryland.

WAGNER, Carl M., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951
Salisbury High School, Salisbury, Maryland.

CATALOG OF THE

COLLEGE OF

ARTS AND

SCIENCES

1964-66

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

Volume 19 March 24, 1964 Number 22

The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable
contract between the student and the University of Maryland. The Uni-
versity reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any
time within the student's term of residence. The University further re-
serves the right at any time, to ask a student to withdraw when it considers
such action to be in the best interests of the University.

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar v

Board of Regents vii

Officers of Administration viii

Chairmen, Faculty Senate xi

General Information 1

History 1

Application Information 1

Requirements for Admission 2

Costs 2

Degrees 3

Residence 3

For Additional Information 4

Academic Information 4
General Requirements for

Degrees 4

The Program in American

Civilization 5

Air Science, Physical Educa-
tion and Health 6
College Requirements 6
Junior Requirements 8

Normal Load 8

Advisers 9

Electives in Other Colleges

and Schools 9
Certification of High School

Teachers 9

Special Honors 9

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

General A.B. Curriculum 10

I. American Studies 1 1

II. The Humanities 12

Art 12

Classical Languages and

Literatures . . 13

Comparative Literature . 13

English 13

Foreign Languages and

Literatures 14

Music 15

Philosophy 16

Speech and Dramatic Art 17

III. The Social Sciences 18
Economics 18

Geography 18

Government and Politics 19

History 20

Psychology 21

Sociology 2 1

General B.S. Curriculum 22

IV. The Biological Sciences 22
General Biological Sciences 22

Botany 23

Microbiology 24

Psychology 25

Zoology 26

V. The Physical Sciences ... 27

General Physical Sciences 27

Chemistry 27

Mathematics 28

Physics 29

Honors in Physics 30

Astronomy 30

Honors in Astronomy 31
VI. Pre-Professional

Curriculums 31

Combined Program in Arts

and Sciences and Law 31
Combined Program in Arts

and Sciences and

Dentistry 32
Combined Program in Arts

and Sciences and

Medicine 34
(continued on next page)

ill

CONTENTS

COURSE OFFERINGS

American Studies 37

Art 37

Astronomy 42

Botany 44

Chemistry 45

Classical Languages and

Literatures 52

Comparative Literature 55

Economics 56
English Language and

Literature 57

Foreign Languages and

Literatures 61

Geography 74

Geology 75

History 75

Mathematics 83

Microbiology 97

Music 100

Applied Music 105

Philosophy 107

Physics and Astronomy Ill

Chemical Physics 120

Psychology 120

Sociology 127

Speech and Dramatic Art . 135

Zoology 144

Faculty 151

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1963-64

Fall Semester
1963

September 16-20 Monday-Friday
September 23 Monday

November 27 Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

December 1

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends

8 a.m.
Christmas Recess Begins After

December 20

Friday

Last Class

1964

January 6

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 22

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 23-30

Thursday- Wednesday
inclusive

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7

Monday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 10

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Saturday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Wednesday

Maryland Day, not a holiday

March 26

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

March 31

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends, 8 a.m.

May 13

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 28

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 29-June 5

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Saturday

Memorial Day. Holiday

May 31

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

June 6

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

1964

June 22

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 23

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 4

Saturday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 14

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

1964

June 15-19

Monday-Saturday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 3-7

Monday-Saturday

4-H Club Week

September 8-11

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1964-65

(Tentative)

Fall Semester
1964

September 14-18 Monday-Friday
September 21 Monday
November 25 Wednesday

November 30

Monday

December 22

Tuesday

1965

January 4
January 20
January 21-27

Monday
Wednesday
Thursday- Wednesday

Spring Semester

February 2-5
February 8
February 22
March 25
April 15

Tuesday-Friday

Monday

Thursday

April 20
May 12
May 27
May 28-June 4
May 30
May 31
June 5

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday-Friday

Sunday

Monday

Saturday

Summer Session

June 21
June 22
July 5
August 13

Monday
Tuesday
Monday
Friday

Short Courses

June 14-18

August 2-6
September 7-10

Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday
Tuesday-Friday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins

After Last Class
Thanksgiving Recess Ends

8 a.m.
Christmas Recess Begins After

Last Class

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
Pre-Examination Study Day
Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Washington's Birthday, Holiday
Maryland Day, not a Holiday
Easter Recess Begins After Last

Class
Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
AFROTC Day
Pre-Examination Study Day
Spring Semester Examinations
Baccalaureate Exercises
Memorial Day, Holiday
Commencement Exercises

Summer Session Registration
Summer Session Begins
Independence Day, Holiday
Summer Session Ends

Rural Women's Short Course
4-H Club Week
Firemen's Short Course

Board Of Regents

and

Maryland State Board Of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore, 21202

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, 21202

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore, 21201

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton, 21629

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College, 5800 Park Heights Ave., Baltimore, 21215

ASSISTANT TREASURER
Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center — 17th Floor,
Baltimore, 21201

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury, 21801

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown, 21740

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park, 20012

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland, 21501

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore, 21218

vii

OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKINS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.

ALB1N O. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE. Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S.. California State College, Pa., 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936;
Ph.D.. 1942.

PRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant to the President
B.S., University of Maryland. 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ALVIN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A.. Illinois College. 1933; LL.B., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

HARRY C. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College, 1936; LL.D.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.Sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

A DELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women Emerita

B.A.. Tulane University. 1921: M.A., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

EDWARD W. A I TON. Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S.. University of Minnesota. 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1956.

VERNON E. ANDERSON. Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado,
1942.

RONALD BAM FORD. Dean of the Graduate School

B.S.. University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS. Dean of Agriculture

B.S.. Cornell University, 1936: M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

WILLIAM P. CUNNINGHAM, Dean of the School of Law
A.B.. Harvard College, 1944; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

RAY W. EHRENSBERGER. Dean of University College

B.A.. Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse
University. 1937.

NOEL E. FOSS. Dean of the School of Pharmacv

Ph.C. South Dakota State College, 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland
1932: Ph.D., 1933.

via

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health.

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADISLAUS F. GRAPSKI, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.S..
University of Denver, 1942; M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of
Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN C. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930: Ph.D..
University of Maryland, 1933.

VERL S. LEWIS, Dean of the School of Social Work

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.S.W., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

CHARLES MANNING, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935.

DONALD W. OCONNELL, Dean of the College of Business and Public
Administration

B.A., Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

JOHN J. SALLEY, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1951; Ph.D., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

WILLIAM S. STONE. Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of
Medical Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville. 1929;

Ph.D. (Hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGIRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

C. WILBUR CISSEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939.

HELEN E. CLARKE, Dean of Women

B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; Ed.D.,
Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960.

WILLIAM W. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

L. EUGENE CRONIN, Director, Natural Resources Institute

A.B., Western Maryland College. 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943:
Ph.D., 1946.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; M.D., University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920: M.S.. University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; C.P.A., 1948.

GEORGE W. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

ROBERT J. McCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts. 1941.

GEORGE W. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer,
Physical Plant (Baltimore)

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931.

VERNON H. REEVES, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air
Science

B.A., Arizona State College, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1949.

WERNER C. RHE1NBOLDT, Director, Computer Science Center
Dip!. Math., University of Heidelberg. 1952; Dr. Rer. Nat., University of Freiburg,
1955.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940.

CLODUS R. SMITH, Director of the Summer Session

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,
I960.

GEORGE O. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.3., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

HAROlD C. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY
Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
Joseph F. Mattick (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING
Russell B. Allen (Engineering). Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Thomas G. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Richard H. Byrne (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES
V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

James A. Hummel (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Donald W. O'Connell (Business and Public Administration). Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Walter E. Schlaretzki (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Mark Keeny (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Robert B. Beckmann (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM
AND TENURE

George Anastos (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS. PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES
Stanley B. Jackson (Arts and Sciences). Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

John M. Brumbaugh (Law), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Noel E. Foss (Pharmacy), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS
Mary K. Carl (Nursing), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY

Homer Ulrich (Arts and Sciences). Chairman

Adjunct Committees of the General Committee of Student
Life and Welfare

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Gayle S. Smith (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP
A. B. Hamilton (Agriculture), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE
Thomas Aylward (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

Ellen Harvey (Physical Education), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS

Calvin Gaver (Dentistry), Chairman

Xll

THE COLLEGE

GENERAL INFORMATION

The College of Arts and Sciences offers its students a liberal education.
It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the problems
which confront them and whose general education will be a continuing
source not only of material profit but of genuine personal satisfaction. It
also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of his
choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his educa-
tion and as a foundation for further professional training or pursuits.

Students in other colleges of the University are offered training in funda-
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education.

HISTORY

This college is an outgrowth of the Division of Language and Literature
and the Division of Applied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts
of Maryland State College. In 1921 the School of Liberal Arts and the
School of Chemistry were combined and other physical and biological
sciences were brought into the newly formed College of Arts and Sciences.
In later reorganizations some departments have been added and some
transferred to the administrative control of other colleges.

APPLICATION INFORMATION

Fall Semester

All applications for full-time undergraduate admission for the Fall Semes-
ter at the College Park campus must be received by the University on or
before July 15. Any student registering for seven (7) or more semester
hours of work is considered a full-time student.

Under unusual circumstances, applications will be accepted between July
15 and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after July
15 will be required to pay a non-refundable $15.00 late fee to defray
the cost of special handling of applications after that date. This late fee
is in addition to the $10.00 application fee.

All undergraduate applications, both for full-time and part-time attend-
ance, and all supporting documents for an application for admission must
be received by the appropriate University office by September 1. This
means that the applicant's educational records, ACT scores (in the case
of new freshmen) and medical examination report must be received by
September 1.

General Information

Spring Semester

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester
is January 1.

University College

The application deadlines and fees do not apply to students registering
in the evening classes offered by the University College.

Graduate School

Application for admission to the Graduate School must be made by Sep-
tember 1 for the fall term and by January 1 for the spring term on blanks
obtained from the Office of the Graduate School. Admission to the sum-
mer session is governed by the date listed in the Summer School catalog.
The summer session deadline date is generally June 1.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are,
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools
of the University. Application must be made to the Director of Admis-
sions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

The student who intends to pursue a program of study in the College of
Arts and Sciences should include the following subjects in his high school
program: English, 4 units; college preparatory mathematics (algebra,
plane geometry), 3 or 4 units; foreign language, 2 or more units; biology,
chemistry,, or physics, 2 units; history and social sciences, 1 or more units.

The student who wishes to major in chemistry, mathematics, physics,
botany, microbiology, zoology, or who wishes to follow a pre-medical or
pre-dental program, should include 4 units of college preparatory mathe-
matics (algebra, plane geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced mathe-
matics, if available). He should also include chemistry and physics.

A complete statement of admission requirements and policies will be
found in the publication entitled An Adventure in Learning. A copy may
be obtained by writing to the Catalog Mailing Office, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $250.00 fixed
charges; $96.00 special fees; $420.00 board; $290.00 to $320.00 lodging
for Maryland residents, or $340.00 to $370.00 for residents of other
states and countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new
registrants. A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's ap-
plication for admission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he
applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee. A charge of

General Information

$400.00 is assessed students who are non-residents of the State of Mary-
land.

An Adventure in Learning, the undergraduate catalog of the University,
contains a detailed statement of fees and expenses and includes changes in
fees as they occur. A copy may be requested from the Catalog Mailing
Office, North Administration Building, University of Maryland at College
Park.

DEGREES

The degree conferred on students who have met the requirements pre-
scribed by the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor
of Science, and Bachelor of Music.

Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors
in departments of the humanities or social sciences are awarded the degree
of Bachelor of Arts.1 Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with
majors in the department of Mathematics or the biological and physical
sciences are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science.- Those who com-
plete satisfactorily a special professional program in the Department of
Music are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Music.

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of
Arts and Sciences and Medicine or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will
be granted the degree of Bachelor of Sciences. Students who complete
satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and Sciences and
Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts.

RESIDENCE

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a
baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in
residence in this University.

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30
semester hours credit of the arts program in residence in the College of
Arts and Sciences, College Park.

'The Departments of Economics. Geography, and Government and Politics, although
administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses
for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments as
in those of the other Departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are
administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.

2 The Department of Botany, although administered by the College of Agriculture,
offers courses for Arts and Sciences students. A major may be elected in this depart-
ment as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Sciences
administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.

General Information, Academic Information

The complete statement of this requirement may be found in the University
publication, University General and Academic Regulations.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and
awards, student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found
in the University publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This pub-
lication may be obtained on request from the Catalog Mailing Office,
North Administration Building, University of Maryland at College Park.
A detailed explanation of the regulations of student and academic life,
may be found in the University publication titled, University General and
Academic Regulations.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements:

1. University requirements.

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements.

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than
Basic Air Science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire
in addition 4 semester hours in Basic Air Science, and 4 semester hours in
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours in
health and 4 semester hours in physical activities.

Academic Information

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION

The University considers that it is important for every student to achieve
an appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture.
It has therefore established a comprehensive program in American Civiliza-
tion. This program is also designed to provide the student with a general
educational background.

All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of
Maryland must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed cur-
ricula) obtain 24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of
the American Civilization Program. Although the courses in the program
are prescribed generally, some choice is permitted, especially for students
who demonstrate in classification tests good previous preparation in one
or more of the required subjects.

The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows:

1. English (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4), American history (6 hours,
H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are required
subjects; however, students who qualify in one, two, or all three of these
areas by means of University administered tests are expected to substitute
certain elective courses. Through such testing a student may be released
from 3 hours of English (9 hours remaining an absolute requirement), 3
hours of history (3 hours remaining as an absolute requirement), and 3
hours of American government. Students released from 3 hours of English
will take Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those released from 3 hours in
history will take one lower-division history course instead of H. 5 and 6.
Students who have been exempted from courses in English, American
history, or American government may not take such courses for credit.

Special note for foreign students:

The foreign student is required to take a special classification test in
English before registering for the required English courses. He may be
required to take Foreign Language 1 and 2 — English for Foreign Students
— before registering for English 1.

The foreign student may meet the foreign language requirement by taking
additional courses in English as stated below under the foreign language
requirement.

The foreign student should register for Speech 3, Fundamentals of General
American Speech, rather than for the speech course normally required in
his curriculum.

2. For the additional hours of the 24 hours required the student elects
one course from the following group (Elective Group I):

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics (not open to freshmen; stu-
dents who may wish to take additional courses in economics
should substitute Econ. 31 for Econ. 37).

Academic Information

Phil. I — Philosophy for Modern Man.
Psych. I — Introduction to Psychology.
Soc. I — Sociology of American Life.

3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 or 9
hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history, or
American government (see I above), shall select the replacements for
these courses from any or all of the following groups: (a) more ad-
vanced courses in the same department as the required courses in which
the student is excused, or (b) Elective Group I (see 2 above) provided
that the same course may not be used as both a Group I and a Group II
choice, or (c) Elective Group II. Group II consists of the following 3-
hour courses:

H. 42 — Western Civilization; either H. 51 or 52 — The Humanities; either
Music 20 — Survey of Music Literature or Art 22 — History of American
Art; and Soc. 5 — Anthropology.

Courses taken to fulfill the requirements in American civilization or the
ROTC option may not be used towards major or minor requirements.

AIR SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH

1. Basic Air Science for men — four semester hours. Required
freshman year.

2. Health for women — four semester hours. Required freshman year.

3. Physical Activities for men and women — four semester hours.
Required freshman and sophomore years.

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regula-
tions, are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two
semesters. The successful completion of this sequence is a prerequisite
for graduation and it must be taken by all eligible students during the first
two semesters of attendance at the University. Transfer students who have
not fulfilled this requirement will complete the sequence or take it until
graduation, whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry
as electives during their junior and senior years Advanced Air Science
courses which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United
States Air Force.

For further details concerning air science refer to University General and
Academic Regulations, a publication available to all entering undergraduate
students.

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS

I . Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in a classical language or
the following option in a modern foreign language:

Academic Information

a. Students who begin a modern foreign language in the University
must successfully complete the study of that language in any author-
ized sequence, through Course 7 in all languages or Course 8 in
German.

b. Those who continue in the University a language studied for
two or more years in secondary school may choose, in French, Ger-
man, or Spanish, between enrollment in Course 5 or the taking of a
placement examination (students beginning in Courses 5, 6, or 7
must continue in any authorized sequence through Course 7 plus
three additional hours; those beginning a course higher than Course
7 must take a total of six hours in the appropriate courses). In
languages other than French, German, or Spanish (i.e., languages
which do not have a Course 5), all students must take a placement
examination.

The languages which may be offered to meet this requirement are Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Russian and Spanish.

German 9 may not be taken to meet the college requirement of 12 hours
of language unless the student has finished German 7 or German 8.
Students who wish to offer a foreign language not included in this list
should consult the Head of the Foreign Language Department for a recom-
mendation to the Dean.

Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by offering twelve hours
of English in addition to the regular English requirement. The special
course in English for foreign students (Foreign Language 1,2) may be
included in the additional hours of English. This option may not be used
by pre-medlcal students.

A foreign student may not meet the foreign language requirement by
taking freshman or sophomore courses in his native language.

2. Natural science and mathematics — twelve semester hours, unless other-
wise specified. Candidates for the A.B. degree must demonstrate eligibility
to take Math. 10 or must complete satisfactorily Math. 3. The science
courses elected require the approval of the Dean; they will be selected from
the Departments of Botany, Chemistry, Entomology, Geology, Micro-
biology, Physics and Astronomy, Zoology. At least one course must
include laboratory experience and one course must be elected in each of
the Divisions of Biological and Physical Sciences except in the case of
students whose science courses are specifically prescribed in their curricula.

3. Speech — two or three semester hours in accordance with the par-
ticular curriculum.

4. Major and minor requirements — During his sophomore year, each
student should choose a field of concentration (major). He may make
this choice as early as he wishes; however, once he has earned 56 hours
of acceptable credit he must choose a major before his next registration.

Academic Information

In the programs leading to the A.B. degree, the student must also have
a secondary field of concentration (minor). The courses constituting
the major and the minor must conform to the requirements of the de-
partment in which the major work is done.

The student must have an average of not less than "C" in the introductory
courses in the field in which he intends to major.

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require-
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses
numbered 100 or above, and at least twelve of which must be taken in
the University of Maryland.

A minor in programs leading to the A.B. degree shall consist of a co-
herent group of courses totaling 18 semester hours in addition to the
requirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in a
single department in courses numbered 100 or above. The courses
comprising the minor must be chosen with the approval of the major
department.

No minor is required in programs leading to the B.S. degree, but the
student must take such supporting courses in science or other fields as
are required by his major department.

Tte average grade of the work taken for the major must be at least
C; some departments will count toward satisfaction of the major re-
quirement no course completed with a grade of less than "C " The
average grade of the work taken in the major and minor combined must
be at least "C." A general average of "C" in courses taken at the Univer-
sity of Maryland is required for graduation.

JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS

To attain junior standing, a student must acquire a minimum of 56
academic semester hours with an average grade of at least "C" in the
treshman and sophomore years. See University General and Academic
Regulations for full statement of rules pertaining to junior standing.

The last thirty hours of a student's academic work must be taken at the
University of Maryland subject to the provision stated in University
General and Academic Regulations.

NORMAL LOAD

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit
per semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities air
science, and health. '

A student must have the approval of his adviser and dean to take more
than the normal program prescribed in his curriculum.

Academic Information

ADVISERS

Each freshman in this college will be assigned to a faculty adviser who
will help the student, during his first year, to select his courses and to
determine what his field of major concentration should be.

The student at the sophomore level and above will be advised by a fac-
ulty member in his major department. Students following the three-year
programs in dentistry, law, and medicine will be advised by the special
advisers for these programs.

ELECTIVES IN OTHER COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the
University may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree
in the College of Arts and Sciences.

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges
and schools is as follows: College of Education — 24; all other colleges —
20. The combined credits from the colleges and schools shall not exceed
20 (or 24 if courses in education are included). Schools of Dentistry,
Law, and Medicine — in combined degree programs the first year of pro-
fessional work must be completed.

CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective
high school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major
and minor in one of the departments of this College. A student who
wishes to work for a teacher's certificate must consult his adviser before
the junior year.

SPECIAL HONORS

1. A program of reading for special honors in literature is open to
undergraduates in any college of the University who have the approval
of their dean and of the Head of the Department of English. Candidates
are examined on an approved list of literary works including translations
from foreign languages. Application may be made to the Head of the
Department of English at any time before the beginning of the junior
year.

2. The Honors Program of the College is made up of the Departmental
Honors Programs. Its general aim shall be to encourage and recognize
superior scholarship. Its more particular aim shall be to provide qualified
students with a maximum opportunity for intensive and often independent
study to the end of achieving integration and depth in their major fields
of study. The Honors Program of each department is set up and admin-
istered by the Departmental Honors Committee. The College Committee
on Honors Programs acts as an advisory and regulatory body. Admission

General A.B. Curriculum

to the Program shall ordinarily be at the beginning of the first or second
semester of the student's junior year. As a general rule only students with
a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 will be admitted. Students
admitted to the program enjoy some academic privileges. A comprehen-
sive examination over the field of his major program is given to candidates
near the end of their senior year. On the basis of the student's perform-
ance on the Final Honors Comprehensive Examination and in meeting
such other requirements as may be set by the Department Honors Com-
mittee, the faculty may vote to recommend the candidate for the appro-
priate degree (A.B., B.M., or B.S.) without departmental honors; for
the appropriate degree with (departmental) Honors; or for the appro-
priate degree with (departmental) High Honors. Successful candidacy
will be symbolized by appropriate announcement in the Commencement
urogram and by citation on the student's academic record and diploma.

The General A.B. Curriculum

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students plan-
ning to major in one of the departments of the Divisions of Humanities
or Social S udies. Since most departmental majors require prerequisites
which should be taken during the first two years, individual programs
must be prepared in consultation with the assigned adviser; the elective
hours listed may be used for this purpose.

Freshman Year r-Semester-^

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature ' 3 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government or Group I elective ' 3

Group I elective or G. & P. I1 ,

Foreign Language 2 ' 3 ,

Mathematics or Natural Science 4 4

Speech 1 — Public Speaking; elective 3 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4 — Health (women) 2 2

Physical Activities

TotaI ~^9 ~~19

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ' 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization * 3 3

Foreign Language (continued) 3 3

Natural Science or Mathematics; elective 4 3

Elective ., ,

Physical Activities , .

Total 77l7 ~~16

' See The Program in American Civilization on pages 5-6.

J A placement test is given during registration week for students wishing to pursue

a language they have studied in high school.

American Studies
I. AMERICAN STUDIES

The University has a comprehensive program in American Studies. It
begins with required courses on the freshman and sophomore level,
includes a major for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate
work on the M.A. and Ph.D. level. (For information concerning the
graduate program, see the Graduate School Catalog.)

The student who majors in American Studies has the advantage of
being taught by cooperating specialists from various departments. The
committee in charge of the program represents the Departments of
English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology. Members of
the Committee serve as official advisers to students electing to work in
the field.

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of
securing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of
concentration. American Studies are supplemented by studies in source
cultures and interacting cultures; however in planning a curriculum,
students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments
primarily concerned with the program. The program must include at
least 42 semester hours of work from the departments participating in the
program. These credits constitute collectively a major and a minor.
At least 20 of these 42 hours of advanced work must be in 100-level
courses. All the advanced work should be so distributed that the stu-
dent will take at least 9 hours in each of three out of the four cooperating
departments, including, of course, the department of his concentration.

In his senior year, each major student is required to take a conference
course (American Studies 137, 138) in which the study of American
civilization is brought to a focus. During the course, the student analyzes
eight or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in
American life and thought and receives incidental training in biblio-
graphical matters, in formulating problems for special investigation, and
in group discussion.

Freshmen who are interested in this program should consult with their
Lower Division adviser. Upperclassmen should consult with the Execu-
tive Secretary of the American Studies curriculum, Associate Professor
Beall.

Suggested sample curriculum for American Studies majors:

Junior year: H. 52 — The Humanities (3); H. 105 and 106 — Social &
Economic History of the United States (3, 3); Eng. 150 and 151 —
American Literature (3, 3); G. & P. 144 — American Political Theory
(3); Phil. 105— Philosophy in America (3); Electives (9).

Senior year: American Studies 137 and 138 — Conference course in
American Studies (3, 3); G. & P. 174— Political Parties (3); Phil. 154 —

The Humanities Clrriculums

Political and Social Philosophy (3); Soc. 105 — Cultural Anthropology
(3); Soc. 125— Cultural History of the Negro (3); H. 133 and 134 —
History of Ideas in America (3, 3); Electives (6).

II. THE HUMANITIES

Art

Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take
the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career
for which art is a necessary background; Art Major B for those who pre-
pare themselves for creative work on a professional basis.

In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to
more advanced study of the theory of design and of the general prin-
ciples involved in visual expression. A large amout of study takes the
form of actual practice of drawing and painting. The student, in this
way, gains a knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and
of the methods and procedures underlying good quality of performance.

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the crea-
tive faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses,
necessarily places emphasis on general history, composition, and art ap-
preciation, with subsequent choices of special epochs for greater detailed
study.

Art history and art appreciation are of special interest to students
majoring in English, history, languages, philosophy, or musk. It is sug-
gested that they schedule Art 9, 11, and 22, History of Art, and History
of American Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller under-
standing of their major. Art 20 is recommended for English, languages,
philosophy, home economics, and education majors. Art 22, History of
American Art, is advised for majors in the American cilivization courses.
Home economics and horticulture majors are encouraged to schedule
basic art courses as a useful means of training observation and developing
understanding of, and proficiency in, the visual arts.

Courses required in all art majors: Art 1 — Basic Drawing (3); Art 5 —
Basic Design (3); Art 9, 11— History of Art (3, 3); Art 20— Art
Appreciation (2).

Courses required in cultural art major: Art 22 — History of American
Art (3).

Courses required in creative art major: Art 7 — Landscape Painting (3).
The Department of Art reserves the right to retain any work of students
for the permanent collection of the University.

The Humanities Curriculums

Classical Languages and Literatures

No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages. For details
on registration for Latin and Greek, see preliminary paragraph at head
of course listings below in this catalog.

Major in Latin: Latin 1, 2, 3, and 4 or their equivalent must have
been completed before a student may begin work on a major in Latin.
A student majoring in Latin will then begin his concentration with Latin
5. A major consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours beginning with
Latin 5, twelve hours of which must be taken in 100-level courses. A
major student who has taken Latin 1,2, 3, and 4 may use credit so
obtained to fulfill the twelve-hour foreign language requirement of the
College of Arts and Sciences. Those registering initially for Latin 5
must fulfill this requirement in another foreign language, preferably Greek.

Comparative Literature

All literature courses numbered 100 or above in the departments of
Classics, Foreign Language and English as well as courses in Compara-
tive Literature are accepted for a major in comparative literature. Stu-
dents with this major must have a knowledge of at least one approved
foreign language demonstrated by successful completion of a course num-
bered 100 or above in that language.

Of the possible 24-40 hours offered as a major, the following courses
are required:

Comparative Literature 101-102 and 150.

Six hours of other comparative literature courses.

Course work may not be limited to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Latin 70 is highly recommended. Comparative literature courses may
be counted toward a major or minor in English.

English

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate
work, are urged to take work in a foreign language in addition to that
required for graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is
recommended that the students give special consideration to the following:
Latin, Greek, French, German, philosophy, history, and fine arts.

Students who major in English must choose 24 hours of the possible
24-40 hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows:

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104, 107).

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 115, 116, 121).

The Humanities Curriculums

3. Nine hours in survey or type courses (six hours from Eng. 110,
111, 113, 113, 120, 122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135;
55 or 56; three hours from Eng. 139, 140, 141, 143, 144, 145,
157).

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 152, 155,
156).

To be eligible for a degree, the candidate must have a "C" average in
courses in these groups.

Honors: Eligible students should consult a departmental adviser not
later than the sophomore year.

Foreign Languages and Literatures

In French, German, and Spanish the underclass prerequisites, which
must be satisfied before a student can begin work toward a major, are
the courses numbered 1, 2, 6, 7, and 11 (or 9 in German), except that
highly qualified students in 7 (or also 8 in German) may bypass 11 (or
9 in German), and except that first-term juniors may be permitted to
take 11 (or 9 in German) concurrently with 75. In Russian, the under-
class prerequisites are Russian 1, 2, 6, and 7.

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish, one for
the general student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding
another nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and
other aspects.

literature and language major: Language and literature are stressed
in this type of major. Specific minimum requirements in the program for
a major in French, German, or Spanish are: three semester courses in
advanced language (two to be selected from courses numbered 12, 80, 81
and one from courses numbered 103, 104); two semesters of the survey
of literature (courses numbered 75, 76, or 77, 78); four semester courses
selected from literature courses numbered 100 or above; and Comparative
Literature 101 and 102 — a total of 33 hours. Requirements for a major in
Russian comprise three semesters of advanced language, as follows:
Russian 12 or 13; Russian 71 or 72; Russian 80 or 81. Also, two semesters
of the survey of literature, Russian 75 and 76; four semesters in 100-
level courses; and Comparative Literature 101, 102 — a total of 33 hours.
Beyond this minimum, further courses in the Department are desirable
and, as electives, work in American and Comparative Literature is strongly
recommended. In all language programs, including the Foreign Area
Major, the Head of Department has authority to relieve a student of the
requirement in Comparative Literature 101 and 102.

foreign area major: The area study major in French, German or Spanish
endeavors to provide the student with a knowledge of various aspects of

The Humanities Curriculums

the country whose language he is studying. Specific minimum requirements
in the program for this major are: five semester courses in advanced
language (courses numbered 12, 71, 72, 80, 81); two semester courses
in civilization (courses numbered 171, 172 or 173, 174); two semester
courses selected from literature courses numbered 100 or above; and
Comparative Literature 101 and 102 — a total of 33 hours. The student
takes, as a minor, 1 8 hours in geography, history, political science,
sociology, economics, or other human science courses, distributed through
these fields, in consultation with advisers in the Foreign Language
Department.

honors in French, German or Spanish: A student whose major is in
French, German or Spanish and who, at the time of application, has a
general academic average of 3.0 and of 3.5 in his major field, may apply-
to the Head of the Foreign Language Department for admission to the
Honors Program. Honors work normally begins in the first semester of
the junior year, but a student may enter in the second semester of the
junior year. Honors students are required to take two courses from those
numbered 195, 196, 197 and the seminar numbered 199, as well as
meeting other requirements for a major in Foreign Languages. There will
be a final comprehensive examination, covering an honors reading list,
which must be taken by all graduating seniors who are candidates for
honors. Admission of students to the Honors Program, their continuance
in the program, and the final award of honors are the prerogative of the
Departmental Honors Comittee.

Music

The functions of the Department are ( 1 ) to help the general student
develop sound critical judgment and discriminating taste in the art of
music; (2) to provide professional training based on a foundation in the
liberal arts; (3) to prepare the student for graduate work in the field; (4)
to prepare him to teach in the public schools. To this end, two degrees are
offered: the Bachelor of Music, with a major in theory-composition,
history-literature, or applied music; and the Bachelor of Arts, with a
major in music. The Bachelor of Science degree, with a major in music
education, is offered in the College of Education.

Courses in music theory, literature, and applied music are open to all
students who have completed the specified prerequisites or their
equivalents. The University Orchestra, Band, Chapel Choir, Madrigal
Singers, Women's Chorus, Chamber Chorus, and Men's Glee Club are
likewise open to qualified students.

the bachelor of music degree: The curriculum leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Music is designed for students who wish to prepare for
music teaching on the college level. The course requirements in the three
major areas may be summarized as follows. A list of specific courses is
available in the departmental office.

The Humanities Curriculums

Major in Theory -Composition History-Literature Applied Music

Academic courses

specified1 42

sem.

hrs.

sem.

hrs.

42 sem. hrs.

unspecified 9

Theory and Literature

lower division 27

upper division 16

Applied Music 26

In addition, eight semester hours in ensemble courses; Air Science (men),
health (women)*, and physical activities*.

the bachelor of arts degree: The curriculum leading to the Bachelor
of Arts degree with a major in music is designed for students whose interests
are cultural rather than professional. The departmental requirements
include sixteen semester hours in music theory, eighteen semester hours
in music history and literature, eight semester hours in applied music, in
addition to not more than six semester hours in the larger ensembles. A
list of specific courses is available in the departmental office.

Philosophy

The undergraduate course offerings of the Department of Philosophy are,
as a group, intended both to satisfy the needs of persons wishing to make
philosophy their major field and to provide ample opportunity for other
students to explore the subject. In general, the study of philosophy can
contribute to the education of the university student by giving him
experience in critical and imaginative reflection on fundamental concepts
and principles, by acquainting him with some of the philosophical beliefs
which have influenced and are influencing his own culture, and by
familiarizing him with some classic philosophical writings through careful
reading and discussion of them. Courses designed with these objectives
primarily in mind are Philosophy 1 (Introduction to Philosophy),
Philosophy 41 (Elementary Logic and Semantics), Philosophy 45
(Ethics), Philosophy 53 (Philosophy of Religion), and the historical
courses 101 through 105.

For students interested particularly in philosophical problems arising
within their own special disciplines, a number of appropriate courses are
available: Philosophy 52 (Philosophy in Literature), Philosophy 130
(The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization), Philosophy 141
(Philosophy of Language), Philosophy 147 (Philosophy of Art), Philoso-
phy 152 (Philosophy of Social and Historical Change), Philosophy 154

1 University requirement: American Civilization Program, 24 semester hours; Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences requirements: 12 semester hours in foreign languages, and
6 semester hours in mathematics or science.
*As required in the general A.B. curriculum.

The Humanities Curriculums

(Political and Social Philosophy), Philosophy 156 (Philosophy of
Science), and Philosophy 176 (Induction and Probability).

The departmental requirements for a major in philosophy are as follows:

( 1 ) a total of at least 27 hours in philosophy, not including Philosophy 1 ;

(2) Philosophy 45, 101, 102, and 104, and either 41 or 155;

(3) a grade of C or better in each course counted toward the fulfillment of
the major.

Students who plan to undertake graduate studies in philosophy are urged
to include Philosophy 155, 169, and 171 in their programs.

For students of exceptional ability and interest in philosophy the Depart-
ment offers an Honors Program. Information regarding this special
curriculum may be obtained from the departmental advisers.

Speech and Dramatic Art

The courses in this Department have two main functions: (1) to pro-
vide training in basic oral communication skills to meet the general needs
of undergraduates of the University; (2) to provide integrated specialized
training for students who wish to major or minor in speech.

A major may be taken in the Speech Department in one of two general
areas, the speech arts or the speech sciences. The speech arts include
theater, radio and television, public speaking, and oral interpretation; the
speech sciences include phonetics, semantics, speech pathology and audiol-
ogy. The undergraduate program provides a level of training that will pre-
pare students to enter several professional fields. Specifically, these fields
are: (1) teaching speech and dramatic art or directing these activities; (2)
radio and television; (3) speech and hearing therapy. In addition, adequate
preparation and training for graduate work is provided.

Minors in speech are adapted to meet the needs of students majoring
in English, the social sciences, journalism and public relations, elementary
education, nursery school — kindergarten education, pre-law and pre-minis-
try fields.

Prerequisites for all majors in speech are Speech 1, 2, 3, or 4, and Zool.
1. Major requirements: 30 hours of courses in speech with 15 hours of
courses numbered 100 and above, in either the speech arts or speech
sciences. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward
completing the major requirements for graduation.

Specific requirements for professional training in speech and hearing
therapy include completion of the general requirements for speech majors
with the following additions: Zool. 14, 15; Psych. 1, 5, 131; a minimum
of 21 hours of speech sciences at the 100 level.

The Social Sciences Curriculums

Qualified students, depending upon specialized interests, are invited to
participate in the activities of the University Theater, Radio-Television
Guild, and the Calvert Debate Club.

III. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

Economics

Students registered in the College of Arts and Sciences may major in
economics. During the freshman and sophomore years prospective eco-
nomics majors should consult with their Lower Division adviser in Arts
and Sciences concerning preparation for the major. Normally Economic
Developments (2, 2) is taken during the freshman year and Principles of
Economics (3, 3) during the sophomore year.

Juniors and seniors are advised by the faculty of the Department of
Economics, which is administered in the College of Business and Public
Administration. In addition to the ten lower division credits listed above,
economics majors must complete a minimum of 26 credits with an average
grade of not less than "C." National Income Analysis (3), Advanced
Economic Principles (3) and Elements of Statistics (3) are required. Other
courses to meet the requirements of the major are to be selected with the
aid of a faculty adviser. Descriptions of courses in economics will be found
in the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. Addi-
tional information about the curriculum in economics may be obtained at
the departmental office.

Geography

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the
A.B. degree. Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses and
major in geography from a liberal arts point of view although the Depart-
ment is administered by the College of Business and Public Administra-
tion. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in geography should
consult their Lower Division advisers and the Department of Geography.
The following courses are required: Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3); Geog. 30
(3); Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3); Geog. 199
(3); and 15 hours in other geography courses numbered 100 to 198.

The following science courses are required: Bot. 1 (4); Chem. 1 (4);
Agron. 114 (4). The following supporting courses are also required: Bot.
113 (2); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); Soc. 105 (3). Certain of these courses
are applicable to the minor. Please consult Senior Adviser, Department of
Geography.

The Social Sciences Curriculums

Government and Politics

Although this Department is administered by the College of Business and
Public Administration, government and politics is a recognized major field
for students in the College of Arts and Sciences, leading to the A.B. degree.
Freshmen wishing to major in government and politics should consult their
Lower Division advisers about preparation for the major; additional infor-
mation about the government and politics program may be obtained at the
departmental office.

Arts and Sciences students may pursue the general G & P curriculum or
the more specialized International Affairs curriculum. (Only BPA stu-
dents may pursue a specialized curriculum in Public Administration).

Government and Politics majors must take a minimum of 36 semester
hours in Government and Politics and may not count more than 42 hours
in G & P toward graduation. No course in which the grade is less than
"C" may be counted as part of the major work.

The Government and Politics fields are as follows: (1) American Govern-
ment and Politics; (2) Comparative Government; (3) International
Affairs; (4) Political Theory; (5) Public Administration; (6) Public
Law; and (7) Public Policy and Political Behavior.

All G & P majors are required to take G & P 1, 3. 20, and 141 or 142
(Political Theory). They must also take one G & P course from three
separate fields exclusive of Political Theory; and

In addition: (a) G & P majors (general) must take at least 15 G & P
semester hours at the 100 level; (b) G & P majors taking the Inter-
national Affairs curriculum must complete at least 15 semester hours
at the 100 level in international affairs and comparative government
courses, including G & P 101.

All students majoring in G & P (general) must take a minimum of 12
semester hours in one foreign language. Students majoring in G & P
with specialization in International Affairs must take a minimum of 12
semester hours in one foreign language above the first year elementary
course. (The first year elementary requirement may be waived by high
school credit of placement tests.)

All students majoring in G & P must fulfill the requirements of a minor.
The general requirement is the completion of 18 semester hours from
approved Arts and Sciences departments other than G & P. At least
six of the 18 hours must be taken at the 100 level from a single Depart-
ment. Students majoring in G & P with specialization in International
Affairs may choose to take all minor courses either in geographical
area studies or may take them all on a Departmental basis.

The Social Sciences Curriculums
History

The Department of History recognizes that the study of history supplies
the general student with the cultural background for the several fields
of knowledge. At the same time the curriculum provides preparation for
those entering specific fields of professional activity: (1) the teaching
of history and the social sciences at the secondary level, (2) journalism,
(3) research and archival work, (4) the diplomatic service. In addition,
the curriculum offers adequate preparation and training for those who
intend to pursue graduate study.

The program of the undergraduate student majoring in history is planned
to insure a diversification of courses with the air of familiarizing the
student with the subject matter and disciplines of the broad fields of
history. A faculty adviser, designated by the Department, will assist
each undergraduate major in planning his program and in selecting
courses to meet both major and minor requirements. The student will
be expected to confer at regular intervals with his faculty adviser re-
garding the progress of his studies.

Undergraduate history majors must meet the following departmental
requirements:

1. Prerequisites for majors are H. 5, 6 (unless exempted by ex-
amination) and H. 41, 42.

2. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 27 additional
semester hours in the series, H. 31, to H. 199.

3. Every history major is required to complete the proseminar
course, H. 199, three semester hours.

4. The remaining 24 hours of major work in advanced courses
must show the following minimum distribution: (a) 9 hours
in American history (including Latin American and Canadian)
and (b) 9 hours in European and Asian history.

5. No grades of "D" will be counted in computing the hours to
satisfy the major requirement.

6. Completion of the minor.

The undergraduate major will, during his junior year, file with his faculty
adviser a minor sequence. The minor requirement may be satisfied by
(1) a single sequence of 18 semester hours in any one of several related
departments such as government and politics, economics, sociology, phil-
osophy, literature, and geography; or (2) a split minor sequence to
include two departments, provided a minimum of 9 hours is offered in
each department, a total of 18 hours. In certain cases, and only on the
basis of an approved written application, the student may offer a com-
bination social science minor sequence of at least 18 hours or a combina-

The Social Sciences Curriculums

tion humantities minor sequence of at least 18 hours. In all cases the
minor sequence must include at least 6 semester hours of 100-level
work in a single department. The average grade in the minor must be
"C" or better.

Psychology

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social
Sciences (for the B.A. degree) and the Division of Biological Sciences
(for the B.S. degree) and offers educational programs related to both of
these fields. The functions of the undergraduate curriculum in psychology
are to provide an organized study of the behavior of man in terms of
the biological conditions and social factors which influence such behavior.
In addition, the undergraduate program in psychology is arranged to
provide a level of training that will equip the students to enter certain
professional pursuits which require a background in this field. It is im-
portant to note, however, that the undergraduate degree in psychology
is not in itself recognized as carrying any professional status.

Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree with a major in
psychology are: Psych. 1, 90, and 150, and two from the following
three: Psych. 154, 146, 147. The additional courses will be chosen by
the student in discussion with his adviser, and these courses will total
to a minimum of 28 hours. A minor program of 18 hours is organized
to supplement the work in the major, and for the B.A. degree this
minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the social sciences,
although mathematics and other sciences may be included. Students who
are interested in the biological aspects of behavior tend to choose a pro-
gram in psychology leading to the B.S., while those interested primarily
in the social factors of behavior tend to choose a program leading to the
B.A. The choice of the program is made in consultation with and re-
quires the approval of the academic adviser. The departmental require-
ments for the Bachelor of Science degree are given elsewhere on these
pages. No student who has ever received a second grade lower than "C"
in the 28 hours of his major requirements will be certified for graduation
with a major in psychology.

Sociology

The major in sociology offers a liberal education and at the same time
provides a background for those professional fields which focus on an
understanding of human relationships.

Departmental requirements consist of a minimum of 30 semester hours
in sociology and for the minor, a coherent group of courses totaling 18
hours. Of the latter at least 6 hours must be 100-level courses in a single

Biological Sciences Curriculums

department. Sociology credit with a grade of less than "C" may not be
counted toward the major requirement.

Courses required of all sociology majors: — Soc. 1, 2, 183, 186, and 196.
There are several suggested areas of emphasis within the sociology major,
some with additional requirements: — (1) General Sociology; (2) Anthro-
pology, (3) Community Studies (rural, urban, and suburban groups and
their populations); (4) Crime Control Curriculum (a four year prepro-
fessional program in the field of crime and delinquency and their preven-
tion and control); (5) Sociology-Education (fulfills requirements for
secondary teaching certification); (6) Social Instructions (the structure
and functioning of social institutions including the family, religion, eco-
nomic, governmental, and educational); (7) Pre-professional Social Work
Curriculum (provides preprofessional social work school, and qualifica-
tions for certain social work positions for which post-graduate professional
education is not required); (8) Social Psychology; (9) Intercultural
Sociology; (10) Industrial and Occupational Sociology. A statement of
the course requirements and other recommended courses is available in
the departmental office.

The General B.S. Curriculum

The curricula required of students majoring in departments of the Divi-
sions of Biological Sciences and Physical Sciences vary much in regard
to the year in which University and College required courses are scheduled
in order to assure the proper sequential and prerequisite arrangement of
major courses. In general, the freshman should take English 1, 2; 5-8
hours of non-science general requirements (e.g., G & P 1, a Group I
elective, and Speech 7); required Air Science, Health, and P.E.; and
science courses as indicated by his adviser. A full program for a fresh-
man would be 16-18 hours each semester. Individual programs must
be prepared in consultation with the assigned adviser. Lower division
advisers and department heads have available copies of normal curricula
for distribution to students who wish additional information about majors
in departments of these divisions.

IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

General Biological Sciences

The program has been prepared for the student who is interested in bi-
ology but whose interest has not yet centered in any one of the biological
sciences. This program is also a suitable one for the pre-dental student

Biological Sciences Curriculums

who plans to earn the B.S. degree before entering dental school. This
program, however, is not recommended for the pre-dental student. The
program includes work in botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology,
and introduces the student to the general principles and methods of each
of these biological sciences. The student may then emphasize any one of
these areas in completing his program.

By proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a
student may concentrate his work sufficiently in one area of biology to
be able to continue graduate work in that field. However, a student who
is definitely planning to do graduate work would be well-advised to major
in one specific field of biology as soon as his interest becomes definite.

The student following this program must meet the general requirements
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select
French or German to meet the foreign language requirements and Speech
7 (or Speech 1,2) to fulfill the requirement in speech.

Required introductory courses in the biological sciences; Microb. 1;
Bot. 1; Ent. 1; Zool. 1. These courses must be passed with an average
grade of at least "C". The pre-dental student must take Zool. 2. as well.

Required supporting courses in mathematics and the physical sciences:
Math 10, 11; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10. 11. The student working in most
areas of biology will also need a year of organic chemistry (Chem. 31,
32, 33, 34 or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38). Additional work in chemistry may
also be required by the student's adviser, in accordance with the needs of
the student's field of emphasis. The pre-dental student must include
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 in his program.

Advanced courses in the biological sciences: The student must complete
at least 30 semester hours of advanced work selected from the fields of
botany, microbiology, entomology, and zoology. Of these credits at least
18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four depart-
ments. The following courses in psychology may be counted as part of
the required 30 semester hours but may not be used to satisfy the re-
quirement of 18 semester hours at the 100 level: Psych. 106, 136, 145,
180, 181, 195.

A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the de-
partment in which he plans to do the most work.

Botany

Botany is recognized as either a major or minor field in Arts and Sciences,
leading to the B.S. degree. The Botany Department is administered by
the College of Agriculture, but students register for botany courses and
major or minor in this subject just as if the Department were in the
College of Arts and Sciences. Course descriptions and further informa-

Biological Sciences Curriculums

tion about the Botany Department are given in the catalog for the
College of Agriculture.

Freshmen should consult their lower division adviser and also the Botany
Department adviser, in planning the major program. The four lower
division courses, General Botany — Bot. 1 and 2; Diseases of Plants —
Bot. 20; and Plant Taxonomy — Bot. 11, total 14 credit hours and should
be taken during the first two years. Sufficient upper division courses
to give a total of 40 credit hours in botany must be taken. Included in
these will be Plant Physiology — Bot. 101; Plant Microtechnique — Bot.
110; Plant Anatomy — Bot. Ill; Plant Ecology — Bot. 102; and electives.

The botany electives chosen depend in part, on the student's chief interest.
To support the courses in botany, major students are required to take
General Chemistry — Chem. 1 and 3; Mathematics — Math. 10 and 11
as a minimum; Physics — Phys. 10 and 11; General Zoology — Zool. 1;
General Microbiology — Microb. 1; Genetics; and 12 hours of a modern
language, preferably German.

Microbiology

The Department of Microbiology has as its primary aim providing the
student with thorough and rigorous training in microbiology. This entails
knowledge of the basic concepts of bacterial cytology, physiology, tax-
onomy, and genetics, as well as an understanding of the biology of
infectious disease, immunology, general virology, and various applica-
tions of microbiological principles to public health and industrial arts.
In addition, the Department pursues a broad and vigorous program of
basic research, and encourages original thought and investigation in the
above mentioned areas.

The Department also provides desirable courses for students majoring in
allied departments who wish to obtain vital, supplementary information.
Every effort has been made to present the subject matter of Microbiology
as a basic core of material that is pertinent to all biological sciences.

microbiology curriculum: The field of microbiology is too vast in
scope to permit specialization during undergraduate study. Accordingly,
the curriculum outlined below includes the basic courses in microbiology
and allied fields.

A student planning a major in microbiology should consult his adviser
during the first year. The supporting courses should be chosen only
from the biological or physical sciences.

A grade of "D" in a course in microbiology will not be counted toward
completing the major requirements for graduation.

Courses required in major and supporting courses: Microb. 1 — General
Microbiology (4); Microb. 51 — Cytology of Bacteria (4); Microb.

Biological Sciences Curriculums

101 — Pathogenic Microbiology (4); Microb. 131, 133 — Applied Micro-
biology (4, 4); Microb. 60 — Microbiological Literature (1); Microb.
103 — Serology (4); Microb. Ill — General Virology (3); Microb. 160 —
Systematic Bacteriology (2); Microb. 150 — Microbial Physiology (2);
Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry (4, 4); Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of
Organic Chemistry (3, 3); Chem. 19 — Elements of Quantitative Analysis
(4) or Math. 14, 15— Elementary Calculus (3, 3); Chem. 161, 163 —
Biochemistry (2, 2); Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics (3, 3);
Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4).

medical technology program: This is a professional program intended
for those students who wish to prepare for technical work in any type
of a medical laboratory. Because of its technical nature, it is broader in
requirements and allows fewer electives. By proper planning of one's
schedule beginning in the sophomore year, required courses may be
taken in place of electives or certain courses in microbiology.

The student who elects this program should try to obtain summer em-
ployment in a medical laboratory. This program is so designed that a
student, with proper planning, can prepare himself for admission to any
of the training schools for medical technology located in various hospitals.
These training schools require two, three, or four years of collegiate work,
and after one year of hospital apprenticeship, the student is eligible to
take examinations for the Registry of Medical Technologists of the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists (M.T.) if he so desires.

Psychology

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Biological
Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational
programs in both these fields. Further details on the undergraduate pro-
gram in psychology are given elsewhere in these pages.

Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree with a major in
psychology are the same as for the B.A. degree, described on page 21.
Students who are interested in the biological aspects of behavior tend to
choose a program in psychology leading to the B.S. degree, while those
interested primarily in the social factors of behavior tend to choose a
program leading to the B.A. The choice of the program is made in con-
sultation with and requires the approval of the academic adviser.

A candidate for the B.S. degree with a major in psychology will offer
as supporting courses at least 18 hours of Science and Mathematics
courses, chosen to supplement his work in the major. These courses are
to be approved by the academic adviser and will consist of certain courses
in Mathematics, the Physical and Biological Sciences. The student should
plan in consultation with his adviser a coherent set of courses in the
sciences. Ordinarily these courses will include at least three (3) semester

Biological Sciences Curriculums

courses of science and mathematics at the advanced level. A minimum
of two (2) semester courses must be laboratory courses. In addition to
these 18 hours of courses to support the major in psychology, the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences requires 12 hours of Science and Mathematics,
and these latter requirements are to be chosen in accordance with the
rules established by the College.

No student who has ever received a second grade lower than a "C" in
the 28 hours of his major requirements will be certified for graduation
with a major in psychology. In addition, a student must attain at least a
2.0. minimum grade average in the 18 hours of his supporting courses
in Science and Mathematics in order to be certified for graduation with
a major in psychology.

Zoology

Two courses of study have been established as described below. At
least 34 hours of Zoology, with an average grade of "C" are required
for a major in the department. Zool. 14, 15, 55S and 181 will not be
counted as part of the 34 hour major requirement.

zoology major: Copies of the suggested curricula for majors in Zoology
who are interested in any phase of animal study, pre-Medical training
and pre-Dental training are available from advisers and from the Zoology
office.

All majors are required to complete the following courses: Zool. 1,
General Zoology; Zool. 2, The Animal Phyla; Zool. 5, Comparative
Vertebrate Morphology and Zool. 6. Genetics. In addition students
must include at least one course from each of the following groups as
part of the required hours, (Group I: Zool. 101, 102, 103, 108, 109;
Group II: Zool. 110, 118. 120, 127, 129; Group III: Zool. 121, 128,
130, 182, 190).

Supporting courses must include the following: Math. 10, 11 (3, 3)
Introduction to Mathematics or Math. 19 (4) — Elementary Analysis;
Physics 10, 11 (4, 4) — Fundamental Phvsics; Chem. 1, 3 (4, 4) — General
Chemistry; Chem. 31, 33 (6) or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 (8)— Organic
Chemistry and one of the following courses: Math. 14, 15 (6) or 20,
21 (8), Chem. 19 (4), Bot. 2 (4), Microb. 1 (4).

fisheries major: The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent
opportunity for the study of fisheries and marine Zoology. The fisheries
major is essentially the same as the Zoology major except that the fol-
lowing courses must be included among the upper level courses: Zool.
118 (4) — Invertebrate Zoology; Zool. 121 (3) — Principles of Animal
Ecology; Zool. 127 (4) — Ichthyology and Zool. 130 (4) — Hydrobiology.

Physical Sciences Curriculums

Supporting courses are the same as those required of Zoology majors.
Each student is also required to spend part of his summers in practical
work in fisheries.

The department of Zoology also offers a special program for the ex-
ceptionally talented and promising student. The Honors Program will
emphasize the scholarly approach to independent study rather than ad-
herence to a rigid prescribed curriculum. Information regarding this
program may be obtained from the departmental office or honors advisers.

V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES

General Physical Sciences

This program has been prepared for the student who desires an introduc-
tion to the physical sciences but whose interest has not yet centered in
any one field of the physical sciences. The program includes some ad-
vanced work in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, and permits the
student to emphasize one of these fields without having to meet the full
requirements for a major in one specific field. The program is not rec-
ommended for students who may later do graduate work in mathematics
or in one of the physical sciences.

The student following this program must meet the general requirements
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French
or German to meet the foreign language requirement and Speech 7 (or
Speech 1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in speech.

Required introductory courses in mathematics and the phvsical sciences:
Math. 19; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21 or 15, 16). These
courses must be passed with an average grade of at least "C" for the
student to be eligible to continue with this program.

Advanced courses in mathematics and the physical sciences: The stu-
dent must complete at least 36 semester hours of advanced work selected
from the Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. Of these
credits at least 18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of
the three departments with no less than 3 in the second department. The
student should normally take calculus (Math. 20, 21) inasmuch as
practically all the advanced work in mathematics and physics requires
calculus.

Chemistry

The science of chemistry is so broad that completion of a well-planned
course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The
curriculum outlined below describes such a course of study. The se-

Physical Sciences Curriculums

quence of courses given should be followed as closely as possible; it is
realized, however, that some deviation from the sequence may be neces-
sary toward the end of the program. All of the courses in chemistry
listed, unless otherwise designated, are required of students majoring
in chemistry.

first year: Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry (4, 4); Math. 19 — Ele-
mentary Analysis (4); Speech 7 — Public Speaking (2). second year:
Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 21 — Quantitative Analysis
(4); Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2); Chem. 36,
38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2); Math. 20, 21, 22 — Calculus
(4, 4, 4); German 1, 2 — Elementary German (3, 3). third year: Chem.
123 — Quantitative Analysis (4); Chem. 141, 143 — Advanced Organic
Chemistry (2, 2); Chem. 144 — Advanced Organic Laboratory (2); Phys.
20, 21 — General Physics (5, 5) German 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific
German (3, 3); Electives (1-2, 2-3). fourth year: Chem. 101 — Ad-
vanced Inorganic Chemistry (2); Chem. 187, 189 — Physical Chemistry
(3,3); Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2); Chem.
146 — The Identification of Organic Compounds (2); Electives (5-8, 5-8);
(Eng. 7 is strongly recommended.)

Mathematics

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of mathematics in
preparation for graduate work or teaching, or for positions in govern-
mental or industrial laboratories.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

A student intending to major in mathematics must complete the intro-
ductory sequence: Math. 19, 20, 21, 22, or the corresponding honors
sequence: Math. 19H, 20H, 22H.

The normal requirements for a mathematics major include, in addition
to the College requirements, 25 credit hours of upper division work in
mathematics and at least 22 credit hours of supporting courses.

The upper division work in mathematics must normally include Math.
110 — Advanced Calculus (4), six credit hours of algebra, three credit
hours of geometry or topology, and at least one of the courses: Math.
Ill — Advanced Calculus (4), Math. 112 — Infinite Processes (3), Math.
113 — Complex Variables (4), Math. 114 — Differential Equations (3),
or Math. 146 — Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics (3). Each stu-
dent's program must be approved by his mathematics department adviser.

Supporting courses must include Physics 20, 21 — General Physics (5, 5),
or approved equivalents, and an approved program of at least 1 2 additional
credit hours outside the department of Mathematics, of which at least

Physical Sciences Curriculums

six hours must be in a single department and at least six hours must be
at the 100 level. The foreign language requirement should be satisfied
by either German, French, or Russian.

GRADE REQUIREMENTS

To continue as a mathematics major, a student must maintain a "C"
average in all mathematics courses. No grade below "C" can be counted
toward a major.

HONORS IN MATHEMATICS

The honors program is designed for students showing exceptional ability
and interest in mathematics. Its aim is to give a student the best pos-
sible mathematical education. Participants are selected by the Honors
Committee of the Department of Mathematics on the basis of recommenda-
tions from high school teachers and members of the faculty.

Wherever possible, honors students are placed in special mathematics
courses, or in special sections of regular courses. Independent work is
encouraged and can be done in place of formal course work. A final
written and oral comprehensive examination in mathematics is given
at the end of the program.

Physics

The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in
the fundamentals of physics in preparation for graduate work or teaching,
or for positions in governmental and industrial laboratories. Students
who enter the University intending to major in physics are urged to take
during the first two years the introductory courses Phys. 15, 16, 17, 18,
and two semesters of Phys. 60. However, students who enter physics
after taking one of the other elementary physics courses (either Phys. 10,
1 1 or Phys. 20, 2 1 ) can reach approximately the same level by taking
Phys. 50, 51, Phys. 104, and two semesters of Phys. 60. All students
should accompany these basic courses with Math. 19, 20, 21, and 22
(4, 4, 4, 4). Physics majors are encouraged to try to enroll in the ac-
celerated honors sections of these courses when they are qualified.

After completion of the courses mentioned above, the Physics majors
will be required to take the following courses: Physics 127, 128 — Ele-
ments of Mathematical Physics (4, 4); Physics 152 — Introduction to
Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (3) or Physics 144, 145 —
Methods of Theoretical Physics (4, 4); and Physics 118 — Introduction
to Modern Physics (3); Physics 119 — Modern Physics (3); and at least
two semesters of advanced laboratory courses (e.g., Phys. 100, 109,
110, 140, 141, or 190). Supporting courses must include at least one
additional mathematics course approved by the physics adviser (which
is usually Mathematics 110 or Mathematics 162).

Physical Sciences Curriculums

Students who wish to be recommended for graduate work must maintain
a "B" average and should also include as many as possible of the follow-
ing courses: Physics 120 — Nuclear Physics (4); Physics 122 — Properties
of Matter (4); Physics 140, 141 — Atomic and Nuclear Physics Labora-
tory (3, 3); Physics 144, 145 — Methods of Theoretical Physics (4, 4);
and Mathematics 110, 111 — Advanced Calculus (4, 4).

Recommended course programs are available from the Department. Stu-
dents may major in physics only if a grade "C" is attained in each
semester of the elementary physics courses and in each of the required
mathematics courses.

HONORS IN PHYSICS

Any students who complete Math. 22 and at least 12 credits in physics
by the end of the sophomore yeas and who have maintained a 3.0 cumula-
tive average in the total academic program and a very good average in
physics and astronomy courses may apply for admission to the Honors
Program in physics. This program involves some independent work in
addition to the normal physics major program and also requires the
completion of the comprehensive examination in physics during the
second semester of the senior year. Candidates for departmental honors
in physics are selected from participants in the Honors Program. For
further details, interested physics majors should consult their advisers.

Astronomy

The requirements for a major in Astronomy are designed to provide a
solid background in related fields and a broad program of study in the
fundamentals of Astronomy. The program is designed to prepare stu-
dents for graduate work as well as for positions in governmental and
industrial laboratories and observatories.

Students who enter the University intending to major in Astronomy are
urged to take during the first two years the same introductory physics and
mathematics courses recommended for physics majors (see requirements
for physics majors). If their schedule permits they should also take the
introductory astronomy course Ast. 1,2 — or Ast. 10 — (3). Alternatively,
Ast. 10 may also be taken during the fall term of the Junior year.

In addition to the courses mentioned above, astronomy majors are re-
quired to take the following courses: Phys. 127, 128 — Elements of
Mathematical Physics (4, 4); Ast. 100 — Observational Astronomy (3)
and one other astronomy course at the 100 level; and one 3-credit
mathematics course approved by the department adviser (which is usually
Math. 110 — Advanced Calculus or Math. 162 — Applied Mathematics I).

Recommended course programs are available from the Department of
Physics and Astronomy. Students may major in Astronomy only if a

Physical Sciences, Pre-Professional Curriculums

grade of "C" is attained in each semester of the elementary physics and
astronomy courses and in each of the required mathematics courses.

Students who wish to be recommended for graduate work must maintain
a "B" average and should take as many as possible of the following
courses: one additional astronomy course at the 100 level, Phys. 118,
119 — Modern Physics (3, 3), and Physics 120 — Nuclear Physics (4),
or Physics 116 — Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3), and at least two
additional mathematics courses, usually Math. 114 — Differential Equa-
tions (3), and Math. Ill — Advanced Calculus (3), or Math. 116 —
Complex Variables, or Math. 130 — Probability (3).

HONORS IN ASTRONOMY

Any students who complete Math. 22 and at least 12 credits in physics
and astronomy by the end of the sophomore year and who have main-
tained a 3.0 cumulative average in the total academic program and a
very good average in physics and astronomy, may apply for admission
to the Honors Program in astronomy. This program involves some in-
dependent work in addition to the normal astronomy major program and
also requires the completion of the comprehensive examination in as-
tronomy during the second semester of the senior year. Candidates for
departmental honors in astronomy are selected from participants in the
Honors Program in astronomy. For further details, interested astronomy
majors should consult their advisers.

VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMS

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW

Some law schools will consider only those applicants who have completed
a four-year college program leading to the A.B. or B.S. degree. Other
law schools, including the School of Law of the University oi Maryland,
will accept applicants who have successfully completed a three-year
program of academic work. Law schools do not prescribe the specific
courses which the student should take in his pre-law work, but do not re-
quire that the student follow one of the standard programs offered by the
undergraduate college.

four year program: The student who plans to complete the require-
ments for the A.B. or B.S. degree before entering law school should
select one of the major fields for concentration. Pre-law students most
commonly select one of the following subjects as their major: American
civilization, economics, English, government and politics, history, phil-
osophy, psychology, sociology, speech. During his first two years, the
pre-law student will normally follow the General A.B. Curriculum de-

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMS

scribed earlier in these pages. During his junior and senior year, the pre-
law student will complete the major and minor requirements for the A.B.
degree. The requirements in the various major fields are described else-
where in this catalog.

three year program : The student who plans to enter law school at
the end of his third year should follow the General A.B. Curriculum
during his first two years. During his junior year he will complete the
requirements for a minor (18 semester hours) in one of the fields of
concentration. He will also be able to take some additional courses as
electives. His program for the first three years must include all of the
basic courses required for a degree from the College of Arts and Sciences
and a minor of 18 semester hours as approved by his pre-law adviser.
He must earn a total of 90 academic semester hours, exclusive of the
credits in air science (men), health (women), and physical education
as required of all undergraduate students.

combined degree in arts and sciences and law: The student who
successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) de-
scribed above and who is admitted to the School of Law of the University
of Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Arts degree after the
successful completion of one year of full-time courses in the School of
Law in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work in the
Evening Division of the School of Law). The completion of a year's
work in the Law School constitutes the student's major. The combined
program must include at least 120 academic semester hours, exclusive
of required work in air science (men), health (women), and physical
activities. The student must earn at least a "C" average in all of his
work at College Park, and at least a "C" average in 30 semester hours of
work in the School of Law. A student who enters the combined program
with advanced standing must complete the final 30 academic semester
hours of pre-law work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences.
Eligible candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Arts
by the faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent
recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law.

The course of study at the School of Law requires three years of full-
time work for completion. Students who successfully complete the pro-
gram are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Laws.

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES
AND DENTISTRY

Candidates for admission to dental schools should normally plan to take
at least a three-year undergraduate program. Although the School of
Dentistry of the University of Maryland considers some applications from
students with only two years of undergraduate preparation, it requires
three years of the great majority of its candidates and expects these candi-
dates to meet the full requirements of the combined degree in Arts and
Sciences and Dentistry as described below.

Pre-Professional Curriculums

Certain science courses are prescribed for all candidates for dental school:
Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3, 35, 36, 37, 38; Math. 10, 11 (or 18, 19);
Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21). These courses must be included in any pre-
dental program. The student who wishes to be a candidate at the end
of his second year must complete all of these courses during the first
two years. All requirements must be completed by June of the year in
which the student expects to enter dental school.

Neither successful completion of a pre-dental program nor of degree
requirements guarantees admission to a dental school. All dental schools,
including that of the University of Maryland, hive their own admission
requirements and procedures. Dental schools expect candidates to attain
an academic average substantially higher than the minimum average
required for graduation from college. Through its pre-dental advisers and
its Committee on the Evaluation of Pre-Dental Students this College at-
tempts to assist its applicants with their problems.

four-year program: The student electing this program should select
one of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. Pre-
dental students following the four-year program most commonly select
one of the following subjects as their major field: Microbiology, general
biological sciences, general physical sciences, psychology, zoology. These
programs are described elsewhere in this catalog. However, a student
may meet dental school requirements in most of the majors offered in
the College of Arts and Sciences, provided that he includes in his pro-
gram the science courses specifically prescribed by dental schools. The
student's pre-dental adviser will assist the student in planning a program
which will meet both the dental school requirements and also the require-
ments for the A.B. or B.S. degree.

three-year program: The student electing to follow this program
must complete all the courses specially required by the dental school.
He must earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the
credits in air science (men), health (women), and physical activities re-
quired of all undergraduate students. He must complete supporting
courses as approved by his pre-dental adviser. He must follow very care-
fully the program as outlined below:

Freshman Year: Eng. 1, 2; Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3; Math. 10, 11; air
science (men); Health 2, 4 (women); physical activities.

Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4; Group I Electives; G. & P. 1; Chem. 35;
36, 37, 38, H. 5, 6; foreign language (French or German or Latin); air
science (men); physical activities.

Note: Students planning to apply for admission to dental school at the
end of the second year must take Phys. 10, 11, in place of H. 5, 6. The
student who takes the two-year program will not be eligible for the
Bachelor of Science degree.

Pre-Professional Curriculums

Junior year: Phys. 10, 11; foreign languages (continued); Speech 7;
supporting courses as approved by a pre-dental adviser; electives.

Supporting courses for the Arts-Dentistry degree may be selected from
the following combination: zoology, 6 hrs. above 100; microbiology,
8 hrs. above 100; Chem. 19 plus 3 hours above 100 in any science; Chem.
161, 162, 163, and 164; or 9 hours above 100 in any one department
in the arts, humanities or social sciences.

Any student who begins the three-year program many change to a four-
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his pro-
gram accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses
necessary in certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order
for the student to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field
given in the junior and senior year.

COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY: The Student

who successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor)
described above and who is admitted to the School of Dentistry of the
University of Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree
after successful completion of the first year in the School of Dentistry.
The completion of a year's work in the School of Dentistry constitutes
the student's major. The combined program must include at least 120
academic semester hours, exclusive of required work in air science (men),
health (women), and physical activities. The qualitative grade require-
ments of the College of Arts and Sciences and of the University must be
fulfilled. A student who enters the combined program with advanced
standing must complete the final 30 semester hours of pre-dental work
in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible candidates are
recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Science by the faculty of the
College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommendation of the
Dean of the School of Dentistry.

The course of study at the School of Dentistry requires four years for
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded
the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery.

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE

The student planning to request admission to a medical school must
pursue a course of study which meets the requirements prescribed by the
Council of Medical Education of the American Medical Association and
those added or recommended by the particular medical school of his
choice.

Some medical schools will consider only those applicants who will have
completed a four-year college program and will have earned the A.B.
or B.S. degree at the time of entrance into medical school. Other medical
schools will consider applicants who will have completed three years of
college work. The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland

Pre-Professional Clrriculums

accepts some candidates who will have completed only three years of
college work but looks with more favor upon the four-year program for
most students. Both the four-year program and the three-year program
are described below. In both programs all required science courses must
be completed by June of the year in which the student expects to enter
medical school.

Neither successful completion of a pre-medical program nor of degree
requirements guarantees admission to any medical school. All medical
schools, including that of the University of Maryland, have their own ad-
mission requirements and procedures. Medical schools expect candidates
to have attained an academic average substantially higher than the min-
imum average required for graduation from college. Through its Com-
mittee on the Evaluation of Pre-Medical Students this College attempts to
assist its applicants with their problems.

four year program : The student electing this program should select
one of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. In
addition to meeting all general degree requirements and the specific re-
quirements of the major selected, the pre-medical student must include
in his program the following required pre-medical courses: Zool. 1, 2,
5, 20; Chem. 1, 3. 19. 35. 36, 37, 38: Math. 10. 11 (or 18. 19); (Phys.
10, 11 (or 20, 21).

Pre-medical students, following the four-year program, most commonly
select one of the following subjects as their major field: microbiology,
general physical sciences, psychology, zoology. These programs are de-
scribed elsewhere in this catalog. However, a student may meet medical
school requirements in most of the majors in the College of Arts and
Sciences, provided that he includes in his program the individual courses
specifically prescribed by medical schools. The student's premedical
adviser will assist the student in planning a program which will meet both
the medical school requirements and also the requirements for the A.B.
or B.S. degree.

three-year program: The student electing to follow this program must
complete all of the courses specifically required by the medical school.
He must earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the
credits in air science (men), health (women), and physical activities re-
quired of all undergraduate students. He must follow very carefully the
program as outlined in the following paragraphs.

Freshman year: Eng. 1, 2; G. & P. 1; Group I Elective; Math. 10. 11;
Chem. 1, 3; Zool. 1, 2; air science (men), health 2. 4 (women); physical
activities.

Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4; Chem. 35. 36, 37, 38; Zool. 5, 20; foreign
language (French or German or Latin); air science (men); physical
activities.

Pre-Professional Curriculums

Junior year: H. 5, 6; foreign language (continued); Chem. 19, Phys. 10,
11; Sp. 7; Psych. 1; minor courses as approved by the pre-medical adviser.
Any student who begins the three-year program may change to the four-
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his pro-
gram accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses
necessary in certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order
for the student to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field
given in the junior and senior years. The majority of students would
therefore be wise to plan a four-year program on entrance and not at-
tempt the highly concentrated three-year program.

COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE! The Student

who successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor)
described above and who is admitted to the School of Medicine of the
University of Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree after successful completion of the first year in the School of Medicine.
The completion of a year's work in the School of Medicine constitutes
the student's major. The combined program must include at least 120
academic semester hours, exclusive of the required work in air science
(men), health (women), and physical activities. The qualitative grade
requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences and of the University
must also be fulfilled. A student who enters the combined program with
advanced standing must complete the final 30 semester hours of pre-
medical work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible
candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Science by
the faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent
recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine.

The course of study at the School of Medicine requires four years for
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded
the degree of Doctor of Medicine.

medical technology: Registry as a Medical Technician (MT) requires
90 hours of basic academic work; followed by a year of specialized
training in a hospital laboratory school, and the passing of an examination
given by the Registry of Medical Technicians. There are some hospital
training schools already requiring four years of training prior to the
specialized work.

The Department of Microbiology (page 24) offers a four-year program
which adequately prepares a student for acceptance by a hospital train-
ing school or for positions in governmental, research or hospital labora-
tories, but it does NOT enable the student to take the "registry examina-
tion" without additional training.

COURSE OFFERINGS

AMERICAN STUDIES

Committee on American Studies: Associate Professor Be all, Executive
Secretary.

Professors: Land, Hoffsommer, Murphy and Plischke.

Amer. Stud. 127, 128. Culture and the Arts in America. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. A study of American institutions, the intellectual
and aesthetic climate from the colonial period to the present.

Amer. Stud. 137, 138. Conference Course in American
Studies. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Four American classics (drawn from fields of the
Departments of English, Government and Politics, History, and Sociology,
which cooperate in the program) are studied each semester. Specialists from
the appropriate departments lecture on these books. For the first semester of
this academic year the classics are: Franklin's Autobiography, The Life and
Writings of Thomas Jefferson, De Tocqueville's Democracy in America, and
Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson; for the second semester, Thoreau's Walden,
Howell's A Hazard of New Fortunes, Veblen's Theory of the Leisure Class, and
Riesman's The Lonely Crowd. Through these books and the lectures on them,
the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a focus.
This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Studies Program.
The student majoring in American Studies can obtain his other courses prin-
cipally from the offerings of the Departments of English, History, Government
and Politics, and Sociology. (Beall and cooperating specialists.)

For Graduates
Amer. Stud. 201, 202. Seminar in American Studies. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Bode.)

Amer. Stud. 399. Thesis Research. (1-6)

ART

Professor and Acting Head: Lembach.

Associate Professor: Maril.

Assistant Professors: Grubar, Stites, O'Connell, Jamieson, and

LONGLEY.

Instructor: Freeny.

Art 1. Basic Drawing. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing preparatory to life and
portrait drawing and painting. Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such
as the study of relative proportions, values, and modeling, etc. (O'Connell.)

Art

Art 2. Basic Drawing. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing from model, (head
and figure) with emphasis on structure and movement. (Jamieson.)

Art 3. Rendering. (2)

Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Methods of rendering architectural,
interior, and landscape architectural drawings. Included are: techniques of
monotone wash and water color. (Stites.)

Art. 5. Basic Design. (3)

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. A basic course in design
for beginners consisting of the theory and practice of design. Theory of design
deals with design elements such as line, shape, form, etc., and design principles
such as contrast, balance, rhythm, etc. Desigr practice consists of working with
pencil, pen, water color, casein, and other painting media in terms of organiza-
tion, representation and space. (Freeny.)

Art 6. Still Life. (3)

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Art 5.
A continuation of Art 5 with emphasis on more advanced still life painting
problems with different media. (Jamieson.)

Art 7, 8. Basic Painting. (3, 3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing and painting; organiza-
tion of landscape material with emphasis on compositional structure. (Maril.)

Art 9. History of Art. (3)

A survey of the cultures from prehistoric times to the Renaissance, as expressed
through painting, sculpture, and architecture. (Stites.)

Art 11. History of Art. (3)

Designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned with
the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renaissance
to the present day. (Grubar, Stites.)

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture. (3, 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Study of three-dimensional com-
positions in round and bas-relief. Mediums used: clay, plasteline, plastic, wood,
stone. (Freeny.)

Art 15. Fundamentals of Art. (3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. This course emphasizes the
fundamental principles of the creative, visual arts for those wishing to teach.
It includes elements and principles of design, perspective, and theory of color
Studio practice is given in the use and application of different media.

(Lembach, Longley.)

Art 20. Art Appreciation. (2)

An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The
student becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual
arts. He is made aware of the underlying structure that results in the "whole-
ness" of an art work. He will see examples (original and reproductions) of
masterpieces of art. (Lembach.)

Art
Art 22. History of American Art. (3)

This course may he taken by students who qualify to select courses within
Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. The development of
painting, sculpture and architecture in America from the colonial period to the
present. (Grubar, Stites.)

Art 100. Art Appreciation. (2)

This course enables students to develop a basis for understanding works of
art. It investigates the forms and backgrounds of painting, sculpture and archi-
tecture. (Grubar.)

Art 102, 103. Creative Painting. (3, 3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites. Art 1, 5 and 7.
Assignments of pictorial composition aimed at both mural decoration and easel
picture problems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the stu-
dent's own desire for personal expression. (Maril.)

Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting,
Intermediate). (3, 3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites. Art 1 and 5.
Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction, action,
form. line, and color. (Jamieson.)

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting). (3, 3)

One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites. Art 1 and 5.
Thorough draftsmanship and study of characterization and design stressed.

(Freeny.)

Art 108, 109. Modern Art. (3, 3)

A survey of the developments in various schools of modern art. Works of
art analyzed according to their intrinsic values and in their historical back-
ground. Collections of Washington and Baltimore are utilized.

(Grubar. Stites.)

Art 110. Print Making. (3)

Basic experiences in the various print making media: woodcut, etching, and
lithography Emphasis on a demonstrated understanding of the means of making
fine prints.' (O'Conndl.)

Art 111. Print Making. (3)

Development in depth of not more than two print making media leading to a
demonstrated capability with the techniques as means to artistic ends.

(O'Connell.)

Art 113, 114. Illustration. (3, 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites. Art 1, 5. 104. This
course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into practical
fields, thereby preparing the student to meet the modern commercial advertising
problems. Special emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book illustrating.

(Jamieson.)

Art

Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced). (3, 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. This course
is for those who have completed Art 6 and wish to specialize in Still Life Paint-
ing, and more creative work. (Jamieson.)

Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced). (3, 3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 105. This course
is for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop greater proficiency
in the use of the figure in creative work. (Jamieson.)

Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced). (3, 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. This
course is for those who have completed Art 107 and wish to specialize in
portraiture. (Freeny.)

Art 158, Mural Painting (3)

A course designed for those students interested in actual experience of carrying
out paintings in architectural settings. Draftsmanship is stressed. (Jamieson.)

Art 185, 186. Renaissance and Baroque Art in Italy. (2, 2)

Prerequisite, Art 11. The first term is concerned with the emergence and de-
velopment of Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture through the
first quarter of the 16th century. In the second term Mannerism and the Baroque
phases are studied. (Grubar, Stites.)

Art 188, 189. History of 16th and 17th Century Painting. (2, 2)

Prerequisite, Art II. A study of the development of painting and related arts.
The first semester study will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th
century and the emergence of the Baroque style. During the second semester,
the paintings of France. Spain. England, and the Low Countries will be con-
sidered. (Grubar.)

Art 190, 191. Special Problems in Art. (2 or 3, 2 or 3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week or its equivalent in art history
and appreciation. Permission of Department Head. Designed to offer the
advanced art student special instruction in areas not offered regularly by the
Department. (Staff.)

For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
Art 205, 206. Advanced Problems in Drawing. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, at least one year of traditional methods in drawing from life
models. An investigation of the many media of drawing and the potentials ex-
isting therein. (Staff.)

Art 210. Materials and Techniques of Painting. (3)

A technical investigation of painting methods from the Renaissance to the
present. Preparation of grounds, media, underpainting, glazes, and emulsions
for tempera. (Jamieson.)

Art
Art 215, 216. Advanced Problems in Painting. (3, 3)

An understanding of the formal structures of traditional painting is expected.
Problems will be developed by the individual students that will express their
creative potentials. An experimental attitude will be encouraged. Investigation
will be made of new painting media. (Staff.)

Art 220. Creative Tests in Plastics Media. (3)

Technical and creative tests employing the latest plastics media used by con-
temporary artists. Special emphasis is placed on Polymer Tempera.

(Jamieson.)

Art 276, 277. Advanced Problems in Art Education. (3, 3)

A closely integrated series of definite problems pursued in an exploratory, in-
dividual manner, determined by the student's professional needs. (Lembach.)

Art 230, 231. Experimentation in Sculpture. (3, 3)

Professional aspects of sculpture, independent research and experimentation are
stressed. (Freeny.)

Art 235. Materials and Techniques in Sculpture. (3)

For the advanced student interested in a better understanding of his materials.
Methods of armature building, casting, and the varieties of stone, wood, metal
and plastic materials will be experimented with and discussed. (Freeny.)

Art 245. Materials Media and Techniques in Art. (3)

A laboratory-lecture course required of all majors in the history and criticism
of art. An intensive study and practical application of materials, media and
techniques employed during the various historic periods. (Staff.)

Art 250. American Pre-Columbian and Colonial Art. (3)

An investigation of the arts of the various Indian cultures, the period of ex-
ploration, and the early and later phases of Colonial development.

(Grubar, Stites.)

Art. 255. Seminar in Nineteenth Century American Art. (3)

A critical examination of painting, sculpture and architecture from the end
of the Colonial period until 1860. (Grubar.)

Art 260. Seminar in Contemporary Art. (3)

Prerequisites, Art 108, 109 and the consent of the instructor. An intensive
study of the major developments in Western European and American art from
1900 until the present day. (Grubar.)

Art. 265. Baroque Art. (3)

Advanced problems in Italian and Northern European art of the Baroque
period. (Grubar, Stites.)

Art 270. Romanesque and Gothic Art. (3)

Architectural, sculptural and painting problems in Western Europe.

(Grubar, Stites.)

Art 271. Early Christian and Byzantine Art. (3)

A study of church architecture, sculpture, painting, mosaic, and the minor arts,
with particular emphasis on iconography. (Grubar, Stites.)

Astronomy

Art 275. Classical Art. (3)

Problems in pre-Greek, Greek, Etruscan and Roman art. (Grubar, Stites.)

Art 280. Far Eastern Art. (3)

Painting, sculpture, architecture and the minor arts of China, Japan and related
countries from the earliest times to the end of the nineteenth century.

(Staff.)

Art 285. Middle and Near Eastern Art. (3)

The art and architecture of India, Iran, Mesopotamia and Egypt. (Staff.)

Art 399. Research-Thesis. (1-6)

(Staff.)

ASTRONOMY

Professor and Head: Toll.

Professor and Director of Astronomy: Westerhout.

Visiting Professor: Shakeshaft.

Visiting Professor (Part-time) : Musen.

Associate Professor: Erickson.

Associate Professor (Part-time): Smith.

Assistant Professors: Bell, Van Wijk.

Astronomy 1, 2. Astronomy. (3, 3)

Three lectures per week. An elementary course in descriptive astronomy, also
appropriate for non-science students. Lecture demonstration fee, $3 per se-
mester. (Smith.)

Astr. 10. Descriptive and Analytical Astronomy. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. A general survey course intended for
science majors. Prerequisite, concurrent or previous enrollment in Math 20.
Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. (Van Wijk.)

Astr. 100. Observational Astronomy. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory work per week.
Prerequisite, Math 21 and at least 12 credits of introductory physics and as-
tronomy courses. Laboratory fee. $10. Introduction to the methods of astro-
nomical photometry and spectroscopy. (Van Wijk.)

Astr. 101. Introduction to Galactic Research. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Math 21 and at least 12
credits of introductory physics and astronomy courses. Stellar motions, meth-
ods of galactic research, study of our own and nearby galaxies, clusters of
stars. (Van Wijk.)

Astronomy
Astr. 102. Introduction to Astrophysics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, previous or concurrent
enrollment in Physics 119 or consent of the instructor. Spectroscopy, structure
of the atmospheres of the sun and other stars. Observational data and curves
of growth. Chemical composition. (Bell.)

Astr. 110. Introduction to Radio Astronomy. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. Math 21 and at least 12 credits of
introductory physics and astronomy courses. Characteristics of extraterrestrial
radio noise, sources of radio emission, our own and external galaxies, the sun,
radio telescopes, and basic observational techniques. (Westerhout.)

Astr. 124. Celestial Mechanics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Physics 127 or consent of instructor. Celes-
tial mechanics, orbit theory, equations of motion. (Musen.)

Astronomy 150. Special Problems in Astronomy.

Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics or astronomy and or
consent of adviser. Research or special study. Credit according to work done.

(Staff.)

Astr. 190. Honors Seminar

Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment is limited to students
admitted to the Honors Program in Astronomy. (Staff.)

Astr. 200. Dynamics of Stellar Systems. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. Physics 200 or Astr.
101. Theory of stellar encounters. Study of the structure and evolution of
dynamical systems encountered in astronomy. (Van Wijk.)

Astr. 202. Stellar Interiors. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Math 114 and Physics 119 or consent of
instructor. A study of stellar structure and evolution. (Bell.)

Astr. 203. Stellar Atmospheres. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Physics 212 or consent of the instructor.
Observational methods, line formation, curve of growth, equation of transfer,
stars with large envelopes, variable stars, novae, magnetic fields in stars.

(Erickson.)

Astr. 204. Physics of the Solar System. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Physics 119. A survey of the problems
of interplanetary space, planetary structure and atmosphere, physics of the
earth's upper atmosphere, motions of particles in the earth's magnetic field.

(Opik.)

Astr. 210. Galactic Radio Astronomy. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Physics 119. Astr. 101 and 110 or
consent of the instructor. Theory and observations of the continuum and 21 cm
line emission from the Galaxy; galactic structure and the sources of radio
emission. (Westerhout.)

Botany

Astr. 212. The Solar Corona. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Physics 119, Astr. 102 and 110 or
consent of the instructor. A detailed study of the radio emission from the sun.
Physics of solar phenomena, such as solar flares, structure of the Corona, etc.

(Erickson.)

Astr. 214. Interstellar Matter. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, previous or concurrent enrollment in
Physics 213, Astr. 101 or Astr. 102 or consent of instructor. A study of the
physical properties of interstellar gas and dust. (Smith.)

Astr. 230. Seminar. (1)

Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy are held each semester, with
the contents varied each year. One credit for each seminar each semester.

(Staff.)

Astr. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Astronomy.

Credit according to work done each semester. Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. (Staff.)

Astr. 399. Research.

Credit according to work done, each semester. Laboratory fee, $10 per credit
hour. Prerequisite, an approved application for admission to candidacy or
special permission of the Department of Physics and Astronomy. (Staff.)

BOTANY

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select botany as a major
field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective credits.
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agriculture.

Chemistry
CHEMISTRY

Laboratory fees in chemistry are $12.00 per laboratory course per semester
except for Chemistry 270, for which the fee is $20.00.

Professor and Head: White.

Professors: Lippincott, Mason*, Pratt, Reeve, Rollinson, Svirbely,
Vanderslice*, Veitch and Woods.

Research Professor: Bailey.

Associate Professors: Jaquith, Pickard, Purdy and Stuntz.

Assistant Professors: Atkinson, Boyd, Carruthers, Gordon, Grim,
Henery-Logan, Kasler, Krisher*, Lakshmanan, Stewart, and
Weissman.*

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY

Chem. 15. Qualitative Analysis. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite.
Chem. 3. (Jaquith.)

Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. An introduction to the
basic theory and techniques of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Primarily
for students in engineering, agriculture, pre-medical, and pre-dental curricula.

(Purdy.)

Chem. 21. Quantitative Analysis. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite.
Chem. 15. An intensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic quanti-
tative analysis, covering primarily volumetric methods. Required of all students
majoring in chemistry. (Stuntz.)

Chem. 123. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite. Chem. 187. A continuation of Chem. 21, including volumetric,
gravimetric, electrometric, and colorimetric methods. Required of all students
majoring in chemistry. (Purdy.)

Chem. 125. Instrumental Analysis. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. A study of the
application of physicochemical methods to analytical chemistry. Techniques

Members of the Institute for Molecular Physics.

Chemistry

such as polarography, potentiometry, conductivity and spectrophotometry will
be included. (Purdy.)

Chem. 150. Organic? Quantitative Analysis. (2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite, consent of the instructor. The semi-micro determination of carbon,
hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain functional groups. (Kasler.)

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33.

Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographs Analysis. (1,1)

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequi-
sites, Chem. 190 and consent of the instructor. (White.)

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period
per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221
is a prerequisite for Chem. 223. A study of the use of the microscope in
chemistry. Chem. 223 is devoted to study of the optical properties of crystals.

(Stuntz.)

Chem. 225. Advanced Instrumental Analysis. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. An intensive
study of physicochemical methods as applied to analytical chemistry. Labora-
tory work will include experiments in such fields as polarography, coulometry
and amperometry, potentiometry and spectrophotometry, nephelometry.

(Purdy.)

Chem. 226. Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites, Chem. 125, 225, or consent of instructor. A study of advanced
methods with emphasis on the modern techniques of analytical chemistry.

(Purdy.)
Chem. 266. Biological Analysis. (2)

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites.
Chem. 19, 33. A study of analytical methods applied to biological material.

BIOCHEMISTRY

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites, Chem. 33, or Chem. 37, 38. This course is designed primarily for
students in home economics. (Henery-Logan.)

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33,
or Chem. 37. This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture,
bacteriology, or chemistry, and for those students in home economics who need
a more extensive course in biochemistry than Chem. 81. (Henery-Logan.)

Chemistry
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 33, or Chem. 38. (Henery-Logan.)

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 143, or
consent of instructor. (Veitch.)

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Veitch.)

Chem. 265. Enzymes. (2)

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 163. (Veitch.)
Chem. 267. The Chemistry of Natural Products. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 143.
The chemistry and physiological action of natural products. Methods of isola-
tion, determination of structure, and synthesis. (Henery-Logan.)

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry. (2-4)

First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites, Chem. 161, 162 and consent of instructor. (Veitch.)

Chem. 269. Advanced Radiochemistry. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 205 or consent
of instructor. Utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications
to problems in the life sciences. (Lakshmanan.)

Chem. 270. Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2)

Second semester. One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites. Chem. 210 and 269 (or concurrent registration in Chem. 269) and
consent of instructor. Registration limited. Laboratory training in utilization
of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to problems in life
sciences. (Lakshmanan.)

Chem. 271. Special Topics in Biochemistry. Biochemistry of

Lipids. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 163.
Classification and chemistry of lipids, lipopensis and energy metabolism of lipids,
structural lipids, and endocrine control of lipid metabolism in mammals.

(Lakshmanan. )

Chem. 273. Special Topics in Biochemistry. Comparative
Biochemistry. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 163.
Energy sources and micronutrient requirements, gluconeogenesis, osmoragul-
ation, nitrogen metabolism, detoxication and excretion, and comparative endo-
crinology. Deals with chordates only. (Lakshmanan.)

Chemistry

INORGANIC AND GENERAL CHEMISTRY

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures, one quiz, and two
two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra
or equivalent. (Staff.)

Chem. 5. Advanced General Chemistry. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite, High School chemistry, placement in mathematics group I or II,
and permission of the Chemistry Department. An advanced course in general
chemistry for chemistry majors, which must be followed by Chem. 15.

(Staff.)

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry. (3, 3)

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. An abbreviated
course in general chemistry for students in home economics and pre-nursing.
This course is open only to students registered in home economics and pre-nurs-
ing. (Rollinson.)

Chem. 17. Equilibrium and Stoichiometry. (2)

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. A systematical
study of the equilibria and stoichiometry involved in acid-base, precipitation,
complex formation, and oxidation-reduction reactions. Not open to students
with credit in Chem. 19 or 21. (Stuntz.)

Chem. 23. Inorganic Structure and Chemical Bonding. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 17, 19, or 21.
Atomic structure, elementary molecular structure, chemical bonding from val-
ence bond approach and from molecular orbital approach, bonding in coordina-
tion compounds, and the ionic bond. (Staff.)

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187. (Staff.)

Chem. 102. Inorganic Preparations. (2)

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 123. (Boyd.)

Chem. 111. Chemical Principles. (4)

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Chem.
3, or equivalent. Not open to students seeking a major in the physical sciences,
since the course content is covered elsewhere in their curricula. A course in
the principles of chemistry with accompanying laboratory work consisting of
simple quantitative experiments. (Credit applicable only toward degree in
College of Education.) (Jaquith.)

One or more courses of the group.- 201-213 will be offered each semester
depending on demand.

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. (Gordon, White.)

Chemistry
Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.

(Boyd.)
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)

Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. (Jaquith.)

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2)

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 205 (or concurrent registration therein), and consent of
instructor. (Lakshmanan.)

Chem. 211, 213. Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 201,
203 or equivalent. An examination of some current topics in modern inorganic
chemistry. (Boyd, Grim.)

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. Organic chemistry for students in agriculture,
bacteriology, and home economics. (Reeve.)

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Chem. 37, summer session. Two lectures per week.
Prerequisite, Chem. 3. A course for chemists, chemical engineers, pre-medical
students, and pre-dental students. (Woods.)

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Chem. 38, summer session. Two three-hour labo-
ratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration
therein. (Woods.)

Chem. 115. A Survey of Organic Chemistry. (3)

Summer School only. Open ONLY to registrants in the National Science

Foundation Summer Institute. Five one-hour lectures per week; five three-hour

laboratory periods per week. A systematic survey of compounds of carbon
at the elementary level.

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38.
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. (Reeve.)

Chem. 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory. (2-4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two or four three-hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. (Pratt.)

Chemistry

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. The systematic
identification of organic compounds. (Pratt.)

One or more courses from the following group, 240-251, will customarily
be offered each semester.

Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers. (2)

An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of
polymerization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high
polymers. (Bailey.)

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Woods.)

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Woods.)

Chem. 251. The Heterocyclics. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations. (2-4)

First and second semesters. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per
week. (Pratt.)

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an
Advanced Course. (2-4)

First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites. Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent registration therein. (Pratt.)

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem.
19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; Math. 20, 21; or consent of instructor. A course pri-
marily for chemists and chemical engineers. This course must be accompanied
by Chem. 188, 190. (Svirbely.)

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (1-2, 1-2)

First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. A
laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. Graduate students may
register for one or two hours' credit per semester. (Pickard.)

Chem. 188A. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2)

Similar to Chem. 188 but modified for majors in chemical engineering. Students
who have had Chem. 19, 21, or equivalent cannot register for this course.

(Pickard.)

Chemistry
Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory. (1,1)

First and second semesters. Summer session. One three-hour laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Carruthers.)

Chem. 195. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (2)

Prerequisite, Chem. 189. Quantum chemistry and other selected topics.

(Staff.)

The commmon prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187 and
189, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281 through
323, will be offered each semester depending on demand.

Chem. 281. Theory of Solutions. (2)

First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or
equivalent. (Svirbely.)

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)

Chem. 287. Infra-Red and Raman Spectroscopy. (2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Lippincott.)

Chem. 295. Heterogeneous Equilibria. (2)

Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.)

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Pickard.)

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory. (2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.

(Svirbely.)

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics. (3)

Three lectures per week.

Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations. (2)

Two lectures per week.

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure. (3)

Three lectures per week.

(Pickard.)

Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A detailed treat-
ment of single crystal x-ray methods. (Stewart.)

Chem. 319, 321. Quantum Chemistry. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite for Chem
319 is Chem. 195. Prerequisite for Chem. 321 is Chem. 319 or Physics 212.

(Weissman. Vanderslice.)

Classical Languages and Literatures

Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Mason.)

SEMINAR AND RESEARCH

Chem. 199H. Special Projects. (2)

Honors projects for undergraduate students. (Staff.)

Chem. 351. Seminar. (1)

First and second semesters. (Staff.)

Chem. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Summer session. (Staff.)

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

Professor and Head: Avery.
Assistant Professor: Hubbe.

No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages. The following
schedule will apply in general in determining the course level at which
students will register for Latin and Greek. All students whose stage of
achievement is not represented below are urgently invited to confer with
the Head of the Department.

Students offering 0 or 1 unit of Latin will register for course 1 .
Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for course 3.
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for course 4.
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for course 5.

No credit will be given for less than two semesters of Elementary Latin
or Greek except as provided below in the course description of Latin 1, 2.

LATIN

Latin 1, 2. Elementary Latin. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. The essentials of Latin grammar, exercises in
translation, composition, and connected reading. A student who has had two
units of Latin in high school may register for Latin 1 for purposes of review,
but not for credit; however, he may, under certain conditions, register for Latin
2 for credit with departmental permission. (Hubbe and Avery.)

Latin 3. Intermediate Latin. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite. Latin I. 2 or equivalent. Grammar
review, Latin readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading
of selections from Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War. (Hubbe.)

Classical Languages and Literatures
Latin 4. Intermediate Latin. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 3 or equivalent. Selected orations
of Cicero. (Hubbe.)

Latin 5. Vergil's Aeneid. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 4 or equivalent. Selections from
Vergil's Aeneid. (Avery.)

Latin 51. Horace. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 5 or equivalent. Selected Odes and Epodes
of Horace. (Avery.)

Latin 52. Livy. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Latin 51 or equivalent. Selections from Livy's
history. (Avery.)

Latin 61. Pliny's Letters. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 52 or equivalent. Selected letters of Pliny
the Younger. (Avery.)

Latin 70. Greek and Roman Mythology. (3)

Second semester. Taught in English, no prerequisite. A systematic study of
the divinities of ancient Greece and Rome and the classical myths concerning
them. This course is particularly recommended for students planning to major
in Foreign Languages, English. History, the Fine Arts, and Journalism.

(Avery.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Prerequisite for 100 level courses, Latin 61.
Latin 101. Catullus and the Roman Elegiac Poets. (3)

Lectures and readings on Catullus as a writer of lyric, an imitator of the Alex-
andrianas, and as a writer of elegy, and on Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid as
elegists. The reading of selected poems of the four authors. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 102. Tacitus. (3)

Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman historiography before Tacitus and
on the author as a writer of history. The reading of selections from the Annals
and Histories. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 103. Roman Satire. (3)

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman satire. The
reading of selections from the satires of Horace, Petronius' Cena Trimalchionis,
and the satires of Juvenal. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 104. Roman Comedy. (3)

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman comedy. The
reading of selected plays of Plautus and Terence. Reports. (Avery.)

Latin 105. Lucretius. (3)

Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman Epicureanism. The reading of selec-
tions from the De rerum natura. Reports. (Avery.)

Classical Languages and Literatures
Latin 111. Advanced Latin Grammar. (3)

Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or equivalent. An intensive study of
the morphology and syntax of the Latin language supplemented by rapid
reading. (Avery.)

For Graduates
Latin 210. Vulgar Latin Readings. (3)

Summer session. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive review of
the phonology, morphology, and syntax of Classical Latin, followed by the
study of the deviations of Vulgar Latin from the classical norms, with the
reading of illustrative texts. The reading of selections from the Peregrinato ad
loca sancta and the study of divergences from classical usage therein, with
special emphasis on those which anticipate subsequent developments in the Ro-
mance Languages. Reports. (Avery.)

GREEK

Greek 1, 2. Elementary Greek. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. The essentials of Greek grammar, exercises in trans-
lation, composition and connected reading. (Hubbe.)

Greek 3. Intermediate Greek. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 1, 2 or equivalent. Grammar review. Greek
readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading of selections
from the Anabasis of Xenophon. (Hubbe.)

Greek 4. Intermediate Greek. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Selections from the
Homeric epics. See Greek 6. (Hubbe.)

Greek 5. Herodotus. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 4 or equivalent. Selections from Herodo-
tus' history of the Persian Wars. (Hubbe.)

Greek 6. The New Testament. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Greek 6 will be substi-
tuted for Greek 4 upon demand of a sufficient number of students. The study
of New Testament Greek and its deviations from Classical Greek. The reading
of selections from the four Gospels. (Hubbe.)

Greek 51. Euripides. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 5 or equivalent. Selected plays of Euripi-
des. (Hubbe.)

Greek 52. Plato (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 51 or equivalent. Selected dialogues of Plato.

(Avery.)

Comparative Literature
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE

Professor and Director of the Program: Aldridge.
Professors: Cooley, Goodwyn, Jones, Prahl.
Associate Professor: Friedman.
Assistant Professor: Panichas.

Students may major in Comparative Literature. Also courses in Compara-
tive Literature may be counted toward a major or minor in English when
recommended by the student's major advisor.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative
Literature. (3, 3)

First semester. Survey of the background of Europe's literature through study
of Greek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt of
modern literature to the ancients. Second semester: Study of medieval and
modern continental literature. (Friedman.)

Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature. (3)

First semester. A study of the sources, development and literary types.

(Panichas.)

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France. (3)

First semester. Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from
Rousseau to Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Parsons.)

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany. (3)

Second semester. Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from
Buerger to Heine in English translations. (Prahl.)

Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German
Literature. (3)

Second semester. A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its
later treatment by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust. (Prahl.)

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen. (3)

First semester. A study of the life and chief work of Henrik Ibsen with special
emphasis on his influence on the modern drama.

Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama. (3)

First semester. The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aris-
tophanes in English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dra-
matic structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civi-
lized world. (Prahl.)

Economics

Comp. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages. (3)

Narrative, dramatic, and lyric literature of the Middle Ages studied in trans-
lation. (Cooley.)

Comp. Lit. 130. The Continental Novel. (3)

First semester. The novel in translation from Stendhal through the Existential-
ists, selected from literatures of France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain.

(Friedman.)

Comp. Lit. 150. Conference Course in Comparative Literature
(3)

Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course correlating the courses in
various literatures which the student has previously taken with the primary
themes and masterpieces of world literature. This course is required of under-
graduate majors in comparative literature, but must not be taken until the final
year of the student's program. (Friedman.)

For Graduates
Comp. Lit. 201. Problems in Comparative Literature. (3)

Second semester. A research seminar for M.A. candidates only. (Aldridge.)
Comp. Lit. 225. The Medieval Epic. (3)

Second semester. A comparative interpretation of Beowulf, the Waltharius, the
Chanson de Roland, the Nibelungenlied, and the Cid. (Jones.)

Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature. (3)

A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's master-
pieces. (Goodwyn.)

Comp. Lit. 301. Seminar in Themes and Types. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, one year's work in the literature and the knowledge
of one language other than English. Intensive study of fundamental motifs and
trends in western literature. (Aldridge.)

ECONOMICS

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select economics as
a major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective
credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Busi-
ness and Public Administration.

English Language and Literature

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Professor and Head: Murphy.

Professors: Aldridge, Bode, Cooley, Harman (Emeritus), Manning,
McManaway (P.T.) and Zeeveld.

Associate Professors: Andrews, Barnes, Beall, Fleming, Gravely,
Hovey, Jerman, Lutwack, Mish, Myers, Ward, and Weber.

Assistant Professors: Brown, Chayes, Cooper, Coulter, Herman,
Martin, Panichas, Portz, Schaumann, Smith, and Thorberg.

Instructors: Birdsall, Buhlig, Crozier, Cushman (P.T.), Dachslager,
Demaree, Dunn, Eikel, (P.T.), Gochberg, Greenwood, Grimes,
(P.T.), Han, Hare, Holton, Horrell, Houppert, Howard, Huntress,
(P.T.), James, Jellema, Karr, Kenney, Lawson, Lemelin, Merkel,

MONCADA (P.T.), MOREINES (P.T.), NELSON, PALMER, ROGERS, ROUL-

ston, Schafer, Seigel (P.T.), Simpson, E., Simpson, H. (P.T.),
Stevenson, Stone, Trousdale (P.T.), Walt, Whaley, and Wilson.

Lecturer: Korin.

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Required of freshmen. Eng. 1
is the prerequisite of Eng. 2. See Eng. 21. Grammar, rhetoric, and the me-
chanics of writing; frequent themes. Readings are in American literature.

(Barnes, Staff.)

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Re-
quired of sophomores. Practice in composition. An introduction to world lit-
erature, foreign classics being read in translation. (Cooley, Staff.)

Eng. 7. Technical Writing. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. For students desiring practice in
writing reports, technical essays, or popular essays on technical subjects.

(Coulter, Walt.)

Eng. 8. College Grammar. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Eng. 2 or 21. An analytical study
of modern English grammar. (James, Staff.)

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An intensive study of representa-
tive stories, with lectures on the history and technique of the short story and
other narrative forms. (Herman.)

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. (Portz, Jellema.)

Eng. 14. Expository Writing. (3)

Not offered on College Park campus. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Credit will
not be given for Eng. 7 in addition to Eng. 14. Methods and problems of
exposition; practice in several kinds of informative writing.

English Language and Literature
Eng. 15. Readings in Biography. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An analytical study in the form and
technique of biographical writing in Europe and America. (Ward.)

Eng. 21. Advanced Freshman Composition and Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. Replaces the Eng. 1 and 2 requirement for students
exempt from Eng. 1. Includes a survey of fundamentals covered in Eng. 1
in addition to material comparable to that of Eng. 2. (Thorberg, Staff.)

Eng. 55. English Literature from the Beginnings to 1800. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. (Smith, Staff.)

Eng. 56. English Literature from 1800 to the Present. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. (Smith, Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Eng 4 and junior standing are prerequisite to courses numbered 101 to
199.

Eng. 101. History of the English Language. (3)

First and second semesters. (Herman, James.)

Eng. 102. Old English. (3)

First semester. (Staff.)

Eng. 104. Chaucer. (3)

First semester. The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and the principal
minor poems. (Cooley.)

Eng. 107. American English. (3)

Second semester. The English language as developed in the United States.
Dialects, vocabulary, past and present problems of usage. (Herman.)

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Zeeveld, Mish.)

Eng. 112, 113. Literature of the Renaissance. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Zeeveld, Mish.)

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.)

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800. (3)

Second semester. The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with
emphasis upon the comedy of manners. (Ward.)

Eng. 121. Milton. (3)

Second semester. (Murphy.)

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660. (3)

First semester. The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton).

(Murphy, Mish.)

English Language and Literature
Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700. (3)

Second semester. The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Mish.)

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Myers.)

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Weber, Smith.)

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Jerman, Brown.)

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Ward, Jerman.)

Eng 141. Major British Writers. (3)

First and second semesters. Two writers studied intensively each semester.

(Fleming, Panichas.)

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry. (3)

First semester. The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century.

(Fleming.)

Eng. 144. Modern Drama. (3)

First semester. The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.)

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel. (3)

First and second semesters. Major English and American novelists of the
twentieth century. (Andrews, Panichas.)

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy. (3)

Second semester. (Barnes.)

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Representative American poetry and prose from
colonial times to the present with special emphasis on the literature of the nine-
teenth century. (Gravely, Hovey, Beall, Thorberg.)

Eng. 152. The Novel in America. (3)

First semester. A historical survey of the development of the American novel
from its eighteenth century beginnings to the twentieth century. (Hovey.)

Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two writers studied intensely each semester.

(Gravely, Lutwack, Portz.)

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore. (3)

First semester. Historical background of folklore studies; types of folklore
with particular emphasis on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore.

(Cooley, Birdsall.)

Eng. 160. Advanced Expository Writing. (3)

Second semester. Theories of composition; practice in writing essays and critical
papers. (Myers, Staff.)

English Language and Literature

Eng. 170. Creative Writing. (3)

First semester. (Fleming.)

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.)

Eng. 172. Playwriting. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.)

Eng. 190. 191. Honors Conference and Reading. (1, 1)

Second semester. Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in English. Candidates will
take Eng. 190 in their junior year and Eng. 191 in their senior year. (Staff.)

Eng. 199. Senior Proseminar in Literature. (3)

Open only to seniors. First semester. Required of candidates for honors and
strongly recommended to those who plan to do graduate work. Individual
reading assignments; term paper. (Staff.)

For Graduates
Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods. (3)

First semester. An introduction to the principles and methods of research.

(Mish, Hovey.)

Eng. 202. Middle English. (3)

Second semester. (Cooley.)

Eng. 204. Seminar in Medieval Literature. (3)

First semester. (Cooley.)

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (McManaway, Zeeveld.)

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth Century Literature. (3)

Second semester. (Mish.)

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Aldridge.)

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. (Jerman.)

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Lutwack.)

Eng. 218. Seminar in Literature and the Other Arts. (3)

(Myers.)

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Bode, Hovey.)

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Aldridge.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures
Eng. 230. Special Studies in English Literature. (3)

Individual reading projects in literary works and related scholarship of a
limited period; conferences, reports. (Staff.)

Eng. 231. Special Studies in American Literature. (3)

Individual reading projects in literary works and related scholarship of a limited
period; conferences; reports. (Lutwack.)

Eng. 241, 242. Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. (Bode, Hovey.)

Eng. 399. Thesis Research. (1-6)

Arranged. (Staff.)

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

Professor and Head: Alden.

Professors: Falls, Goodwyn, Jones, Prahl, Quynn, Rand, Smith, and
Zucker (Emeritus).

Visiting Professors: Dresden, Salvador.

Associate Professors: Alter, Bingham, Dobert, Hering, Kramer
(Emeritus), Nemes, Parsons, and Rosenfield.

Assistant Professors: Bridgers, Chen, Greenberg (P.T.), Hall, Hitch-
cock, Mendeloff, Norton, Roswell, Rovner, Schradieck, and
vogelgesang.

Lecturer: Johnson.

Instructors: Ament (P.T.), Armstrong, Barrabini, Bierznieks (P.T.),
Boyd, Cap, Carozza, Christov, Clemens (P.T.), DeMaitre, Hall,
Herdoiza, Johnson. Kemner, Lemaire (P.T.), Messerman, Moncayo,
Panico, Rodriguez, Saenz (P.T. ), Sielecki-Dzurz, Sonntag, Van Wyck
(P.T.), Vassylkivsky, Winter (P.T.), and Zinovieff.

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for
all students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish
to do further work in that language. By this means the Department as-
signs each student to the suitable level of instruction. Any student who
fails to qualify for the second semester of his language will be required
to register for the first without credit or register for a different language
(Students who wish to continue Latin should consult the section on clas-
sical languages elsewhere in these pages).

No credit will be given for the elementary first semester ( 1 ) alone unless
followed by further study.

German 9 is not to be taken to meet the college requirement of 12 hours
of language unless the student has finished German 7 or German 8.

Foreign Languages and Literatures

A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet
the language requirement by taking freshman or sophomore courses in his
language.

Attention is called to the courses in comparative literature elsewhere in
these pages.

Foreign Language 1-2. English for Foreign Students. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. An introduction to English usage, adapted to the
needs of the non-English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the
differences between English and various other languages are stressed.

(Bridgers.)

Foreign Language 140. Oral Practice in Modern Foreign Lan-
guages. (French, German, Russian, or Spanish). (3)

Development of fluency in modern foreign languages, stress on correct sen-
tence structure and idiomatic expression. Especially designed for teachers, or
for practice in speaking the language. (Rovner, Staff.)

Foreign Language 171. Advanced Phonetics (French). (3)

First semester. Pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their pro-
duction, the stress group, intonation. (Hall.)
Attention is called to Ed. 142 and Ed. 143.

FRENCH

French 0. Elementary French for Graduate Students.
(0 or audit)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Intensive elementary course in
the French language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to
acquire a reading knowledge. (Hall.)

French 1-2. Elementary French. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Given as intensive course in summer session. Two
recitations and two audio-lingual drills per week. Study of linguistic structure
and development of audio-lingual and writing ability. (Cap, Staff.)

French 3. Elementary French, Honors Course. (3)

First and second semesters. Two recitations and two audio-lingual drills per
week. Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates from French I.
Students taking this course will normally continue in French 7. (Alter.)

French 5. Review of Elementary French. (3)

First and second semesters. Two recitations and two audio-lingual drills per
week, or three recitations and one audio-lingual drill, depending on circum-
stances. Enrollment limited to students who, having taken placement examina-
tion, have failed to qualify for French 6. (Hall, Staff.)

French 6-7. Intermediate French. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week; additional electronic
laboratory in French 6. Given as intensive course in summer session. Prerequi-
site: French 2 or equivalent, or French 5, except that recommended students

Foreign Languages and Literatures

may enter French 7 from French 3. Study of linguistic structure, further de-
velopment of audio-lingual and writing ability and reading of literary texts
with discussion in French. Usually there will be an honors section for qualified
students. (Bingham, Staff.)

French 10. Scientific French. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7. Reading of technical and
scientific prose with some attention to audio-lingual and linguistic objectives

(Staff.)

French 11. Introduction to French Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7. Required of all students
who continue in advanced courses of Department, with the exception of superior
students who are permitted to bypass an introduction to French literature.

(Falls, Staff.)

French 12. Conversation and Composition. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7. A practical language
course recommended for all students continuing in French. May be taken con-
currently with French 11. (Alter, Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates
French 41-42. French Phonetics. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 7 or equivalent. Elements of
French phonetics, diction and intonation. (Hall.)

French 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3. 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French II and 12 or equivalent. For
students who. having a good knowledge of French, wish to become more pro-
ficient in the written and spoken language. (Bingham. Vassylkivsky.)

French 75-76. Survey of French Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 1 1 or equivalent. An elemen-
tary survey of the chief authors and movements in French literature.

(Quynn. Rosenfteld.)

French 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: French 11 and 12 or consent of in-
structor. For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking
the language. (Alter.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
French 101. Applied Linguistics. (3)

The nature of Applied Linguistics and its contributions to the effective teaching
of foreign languages. Comparative study of English and French, with emphasis
upon points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of related
drills. (Mendeloff.)

French 103-104. Advanced Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Translation from English into French, free com-
position, practical study of syntactical structure. (Alden.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures

French 107. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3)

French literary history from the ninth through the fifteenth century, selected
readings from representative texts. (Mendeloff.)

French 111. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century. (3)

The Renaissance in France; humanism; Rabelais and Calvin; the Pleiade;
Montaigne. (Falls.)

French 115-116. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century.
(3, 3)

First and second semesters. First semester: Descartes, Pascal, Corneille, Racine.
Second semester: the remaining great classical writers, with special attention
to Moliere. (Quynn, Rosenfield.)

French 125-126. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century.

(3, 3)

First and second semesters. First semester: development of the philosophical
and scientific movement; Montesquieu. Second semester: Voltaire, Diderot,
Rousseau. (Falls, Bingham.)

French 131-132. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century.
(3, 3)

First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Romanti-
cism to Symbolism. Second semester; the major prose writers of the same
period. (Alter.)

French 141-142. French Literature of the Twentieth Century.
(3,3)

First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism
to the present time. Second semester: the contemporary novel. (Alter, Alden.)

French 171-172. French Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. French life, customs, culture, traditions. First
semester: the historical development. Second semester: present-day France.

(Cap.)

French 195, 196, 197. Honors Reading Course. (3, 3, 3)

Supervised readings to be taken only by students admitted to Honors Program.

(Staff.)

French 199. Honors Seminar. (3)

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other students will be ad-
mitted on special recommendation. Conducted in French. Discussion of a cen-
tral theme with related investigations by students. (Staff.)

For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
French 201. The History of the French Language. (3)

(Smith, Mendeloff.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures
French 203. Comparative Romance Linguistics. (3)

Same as Spanish 203. (Smith, Mendeloff.)

French 207. Elementary Old French. (3)

(Smith.)

French 208. Old French Phonology and Morphology. (3)

(Smith.)

French 209. Medieval French Culture. (3)

(Smith.)

French 210. Elementary Old Provencal. (3)

(Smith.)

French 211-212. Seminar in French Classicism. (3, 3)

(Quynn.)

French 220-221. The Age of Enlightenment. (3, 3)

(Bingham.)

French 230. Seminar in Romanticism. (3)

(Quynn.)

French 235-236. The Realistic Novel in the Nineteenth Century.
(3, 3)

(Alter.)

French 243-244. The Contemporary French Theater. (3, 3)

(Falls.)

French 245-246. Seminar in the Contemporary Novel. (3, 3)

(Alden.)

French 251-252. The History of Ideas in France. (3, 3)

(Rosenfield.)

French 271-272. Advanced Writing and Stylistics. (3, 3)

(Alden.)

French 281-282. Reading Course. (3, 3)

(Staff.)

French 291-292. Seminar. (3, 3)

Topic to be determined. (Staff.)

French 399. Research. (1-6)

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of mas-
ter's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures

GERMAN

German 0. Elementary German for Graduate Students.
(0 or audit)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Intensive elementary course in
the German language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to
acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.)

German 1-2. Elementary German. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Given as intensive course in summer session. Three
recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week. Study of linguistic structure.
Extensive drill in pronunciation and conversation. (Jones, Staff.)

German 3. Elementary German, Honors Course. (3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per
week. Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates from German 1.
Students taking this course will normally continue in German 7. (Roswell.)

German 5. Review of Elementary German. (3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per
week. Limited to students who, having taken placement examination, have
failed to qualify for German 6. (Jones.)

German 6-7. Intermediate Literary German. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week; additional electronic
laboratory in German 6. Given as intensive course in summer session. Pre-
requisite: German 2 or equivalent, or German 5, except that recommended stu-
dents may enter German 7 from German 3. Usually there, will be an
honors section for qualified students. (Roswell, Staff.)

German 8. Scientific German. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 6. Reading of technical and
scientific prose. (Roswell, Staff.)

German 9. Conversation and Composition. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7, or 6 with consent of the
instructor. A practical language course recommended for all students contin-
uing in German. (Demaitre, Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates
German 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7, or equivalent. A thorough
study of the more detailed points of German grammar with ample practice in
composition. (Staff.)

German 75-76. Survey of German Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7, or equivalent. A survey
of the chief authors and movements in German literature. (Hering, Staff.)

German 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: German 7 and 9, or consent of in-
structor. For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking
the language. (Dobert, Staff.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
German 103-104. Advanced Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Translation from English into German, free com-
position, letter writing. (Jones, Staff.)

German 125-126. German Literature of the
Eighteenth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing,
Herder, Goethe, Schiller. (Hering, Staff.)

German 131-132. German Literature of the
Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Study of the literary movements from romanticism
to naturalism. (Prahl, Staff )

German 141-142. German Literature of the
Twentieth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Haupt-
mann to the present. Modern literary and philosophical movements will be
discussed. (Dobert, Staff.)

German 171-172. German Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Study of the literary, educational, artistic tradi-
tions; great men. customs, and general culture. (Dobert, Staff.)

German 191. Bibliography and Methods. (3)

Second semester. Especially designed for German majors. (Staff.)

German 195-196-197. Honors Reading Course. (3, 3, 3)

Supervised reading to be taken only by students admitted to Honors Program.

(Staff.)

German 199. Honors Seminar. (3)

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other students will be ad-
mitted on special recommendation. Conducted in German. Discussion of a
central theme with related investigations by students. (Staff.)

For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which course will be offered.
German 201. History of the German Language. (3)

German 203. Gothic. (3)

German 204. Old High German. (3)

German 205. Middle High German. (3)

(Anderson, Jones.)
(Anderson, Jones.)
(Anderson, Jones.)
(Anderson, Jones.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures

German 207. Literature of Old High German and
Middle High German. (3)

(Anderson, Jones.)

German 211-212. Literature of the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries. (3, 3)

German 224-225. Goethe and his Time. (3, 3)

German 226. Schiller. (3)

German 230. German Romanticism. (3)

(Hering.)

(Prahl.)

German 234. The German Drama of the Nineteenth Century. (3)

(Dobert.)

German 250. The German Lyric. (3)

(Hering.)

German 281-282. Reading Course. (3, 3)

(Dobert.)

German 291-292. Seminar. (3, 3)

Topic to be determined. (Staff.)

German 399. Research. (1-6)

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in preparation of master's
and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)

SPANISH

Spanish 1-2. Elementary Spanish. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Given as intensive course in summer session. Three
recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Study of linguistic structure and
development of audio-lingual and writing ability. (Rovner, Staff.)

Spanish 3. Elementary Spanish, Honors Course. (3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week.
Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates from Spanish 1. Students
taking this course will normally continue in Spanish 7. (Staff.)

Spanish 5. Review of Elementary Spanish. (3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week.
Enrollment limited to students who, having taken the placement examination,
have failed to qualify for Spanish 6. (Armstrong.)

Spanish 6-7. Intermediate Spanish. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week; additional electronic
laboratory in Spanish 6. Given as intensive course in summer session. Pre-

Foreign Languages and Literatures

requisite: Spanish 2 or equivalent, or Spanish 5, except that recommended
students may enter Spanish 7 from Spanish 3. Study of linguistic structure,
further development of audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading of literary
texts with discussion in Spanish. Usually there will be an honors section for
qualified students. (Panico, Staff.)

Spanish 11. Introduction to Spanish Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 7. Required of all students
who continue in advanced courses of Department, with the exception of
superior students who are permitted to bypass an introduction to Spanish lit-
erature. Conducted in Spanish. Reading of literary texts, discussion, and brief
essays. (Goodwyn.)

Spanish 12. Review of Oral and Written Spanish. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 7. A practical language course
recommended for all students continuing in Spanish. May be taken concur-
rently with Spanish 11. (Norton, Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates
Spanish 41-42. Spanish Phonetics. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 7 or equivalent. Descriptive
study of the Spanish sound system. Practice in phonetic perception, transcrip-
tion and articulation. Particular attention to sentence phonetics; juncture,
rhythm, stress, pitch. (Mendeloff.)

Spanish 51-52. Commerical Spanish. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 12 and consent of instructor.
Designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage, commercial letters and
business forms. Fundamental principles of Spanish shorthand will be included
if warranted by the interest and ability of the class. (Rovner.)

Spanish 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 and 12 or equivalent.
Intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition.

(Parsons, Rand.)

Spanish 75-76. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 or equivalent. Basic survey
of the history of Spanish literature. (Parsons, Rand.)

Spanish 77-78. Survey of Spanish-American Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 or equivalent. Basic
survey of the history of Spanish-American literature. (Nemes.)

Spanish 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Spanish 11 and 12 or consent of in-
structor. For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking
the language. (Nemes.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Spanish 101. Applied Linguistics. (3)

Nature of Applied Linguistics and its contribution to the effective teaching of
foreign languages. Comparative study of English and Spanish with emphasis
upon points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation, and construction of related
drills. (Mendeloff.)

Spanish 103-104. Advanced Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Training in self-expression in Spanish, free com-
position, writing and speaking. (Goodwyn.)

Spanish 107. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3)

Spanish literary history from the eleventh through the fifteenth century. Se-
lective readings from representative texts. (Mendeloff, Parsons.)

Spanish 111. Poetry of the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries. (3)

Renaissance, mystics, and baroque poetry. (Goodwyn, Rand.)

Spanish 112. Prose of the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries. (3)

Selected readings in the pastoral, sentimental, picaresque novel and in the
Romances of Chivalry. (Goodwyn.)

Spanish 113. Drama of the Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Centuries. (3)

Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, and
others. (Parsons, Rovner.)

Spanish 114. Lope de Vega. (3)

Selected works of Lope de Vega. (Parsons, Rovner.)

Spanish 115-116. Cervantes. (3, 3)

Drama, Exemplary Novels and Don Quixote. (Goodwyn, Rand.)

Spanish 125. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3)

Reform and neo-classicism: Feijoo and Luzan. (Goodwyn.)

Spanish 131. Nineteenth Century Fiction. (3)

Reading of some of the significant novels of the nineteeneth century.

(Parsons, Rand.)

Spanish 135. Modern Spanish Poetry. (3)

Significant poets of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Nemes, Rand.)

Spanish 136. Modern Spanish Drama. (3)

Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Parsons, Rand.)

Spanish 141-142. Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)

First semester: Modern Spanish thought in the Generation of 1898 and after.
Second semester: the contemporary Spanish novel. (Rand.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures
Spanish 161. Spanish- American Fiction. (3)

The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present and
their reflection of society in the Hispanic republics of the Western Hemisphere.

(Nemes.)

Spanish 162. Spanish-American Poetry. (3)

Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and writers.

(Nemes.)

Spanish 163. Spanish-American Essay. (3)

Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and its relationship
to social and political conditions in Spanish America. (Nemes.)

Spanish 171-172. Spanish Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. A survey of two thousand years of Spanish his-
tory, outlining the cultural heritage of the Spanish people, their great men,
traditions, customs, art and literature, with special emphasis on the interrela-
tionship of social and literary history. (Rand.)

Spanish 173-174. Latin-American Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Introductory survey of the cultures of Latin Amer-
ica; the historical-political background and the dominating concepts in the lives
of the people. (Goodwyn, Nemes.)

Spanish 195-196-197. Honors Reading Course. (3, 3, 3)

Supervised reading to be taken only by students admitted to Honors Program.

(Staff.)

Spanish 199. Honors Seminar. (3)

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other students will be ad-
mitted on special recommendation. Conducted in Spanish. Discussion of a
central theme with related investigations by students. (Staff.)

For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
Spanish 201. The History of the Spanish Language. (3)

(Mendeloff.)

Spanish 203. Comparative Romance Linguistics. (3)

(Mendeloff, Smith.)

Spanish 207. Medieval Spanish Literature. (3)

(Mendeloff, Parsons.)

Spanish 215-216. Seminar: The Golden Age in
Spanish Literature. (3, 3)

(Goodwyn, Parsons, Rovner.)

Spanish 233. The Novel of the Nineteenth Century. (3)

(Goodwyn, Parsons.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures

Spanish 234. The Drama of the Nineteenth Century. (3)

(Goodwyn, Parsons.)

Spanish 237-238. Seminar in Hispanic Poetry
(nlnteenth and twentieth centuries). (3, 3)

(Nemes. Rand, Goodwyn.)

Spanish 241-242. Spanish Prose of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)

(Rand.)

Spanish 245. The Drama of the Twentieth Century. (3)

(Rand.)

Spanish 263. Colonial Spanish-American Literature. (3)

(Nemes.)

Spanish 264. National Spanish-American Literature,
Seminar. (3)

Spanish 281-282. Reading Course. (3, 3)

(Nemes.)
(Staff.)

Spanish 291-292. Seminar. (3, 3)

Topic to be determined. (Staff.)

Spanish 399. Research. (1-6)

Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of
master's and doctoral thesis. Conference. (Staff.)

RUSSIAN

Russian 1-2. Elementary Russian. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week.
Elements of grammar, pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation.

(Hitchcock, Staff.)

Russian 6-7. Intermediate Russian. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week; additional electronic
laboratory in Russian 6. Prerequisite: Russian 2 or equivalent. Reading of
texts designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture.

(Hitchcock, Staff.)

Russian 10. Scientific Russian. (3)

Prerequisite: Russian 7 or equivalent. Reading of technical and scientific prose.

(Hitchcock.)

Russian 12-13. Conversation and Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Russian 7 or equivalent. A practical
language course recommended for all students continuing in Russian.

(Hitchcock.)

Foreign Languages and Literatures
Russian 71-72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 7 or equivalent. Designed to
give a thorough training in the structure of the language; drill in Russian
composition. (Hitchcock, Staff.)

Russian 75-76. Survey of Russian Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 7 or equivalent. An elemen-
tary survey of Russian literature. (Hitchcock.)

Russian 80-81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Russian 12, 13, or consent of instruc-
tor. For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the
language. (Hitchcock, Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Russian 101-102. Modern Russian Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Works of Maxim Gorky, Alexei Tolstoy, P. Roma-
nov, M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Hitchcock.)

Russian 103-104. Russian Literature of the
Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermantov,
Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Leo Tolstoy, Chekhov. (Hitchcock.)

HEBREW

Hebrew 1-2. Elementary Hebrew. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conver-
sation; exercises in translation. (Greenberg.)

Hebrew 6-7. Intermediate Hebrew. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week; additional electronic
laboratory in Hebrew 6. Prerquisite, Hebrew 2 or equivalent. Texts designed
to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture. (Greenberg.)

Hebrew 12-13. Conversation and Composition. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Hebrew 7 or equivalent. A practical
language course recommended for all students continuing with Hebrew.

(Greenberg.)

Hebrew 75-76. Survey of Hebrew Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Hebrew 7 or equivalent. (Greenberg.)

Hebrew 101. The Hebrew Bible. (3)

Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. (Greenberg.)

Hebrew 102. The Hebrew Bible. (3)

Reading of selected portions of the Prophets. (Greenberg.)

Hebrew 103. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3)

The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). (Greenberg.)

Geography

Hebrew 104. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3)

The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). (Greenberg.)

CHINESE

Chinese 1-2, Elementary Chinese. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory period per
week. Elements of pronunciation, simple ideograms, colloquial conversation,
translation. (Chen.)

Chinese 6-7. Intermediate Chinese. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week; additional electronic
laboratory in Chinese 6. Prerequisite, Chinese 2 or equivalent. Reading of
texts designed to give some knowledge of Chinese life, thought, and culture.

(Chen.)

Chinese 101-102. Reading from Chinese History. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chinese 7 or equivalent. Based on
an anthology of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties. (Chen.)

Chinese 171-172. Chinese Civilization. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. This course supplements Geog. 134 and 135, Cul-
tural Geography of East Asia. It deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore,
history, government, and great men. Second semester: developments in China
since 1911. The course is given in English translation. (Chen.)

ITALIAN

Italian 1-2. Elementary Italian. (3, 3)

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Elements of grammar and
exercises in translation. (Carozza.)

Italian 6-7. Intermediate Italian. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three recitations per week; additional electronic
laboratory in Italian 6. Prerequisite, Italian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Italian life, thought, and culture. (Carozza.)

Italian 75-76. Survey of Italian Literature. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Italian 7 or equivalent. Basic survey
of history of Italian literature. (Carozza.)

GEOGRAPHY

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select geography as a
major field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective
credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of
Business and Public Administration.

Geology, Government and Politics, History

GEOLOGY

Lecturer: Currier

Geol. 1. Geology. (3)

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural
geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals com-
posing the earth; the movement within it; and its surface features and the agents
that form them.

Geol. 2. Historical and Stratigraphic Geology. (3)

A study of the earth's history as revealed through the principles of stratigraphy
and the processes of physical geology, with emphasis on the formations and
the geologic development of the North American continent. Prerequisite. Geol-
ogy 1, or equivalent. (Dr. Currier.)

Geol. 119. Soil Mineralogy. (4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of
instructor. A study of the fundamental laws and forms of crystal symmetry
and essentials of crystal structure; structure, occurence, association and use of
minerals, determination of minerals by means of their morphological, chemical
and physical properties. Particular attention is given to soil-forming minerals.
Laboratory periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about 75 minerals.

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select government and
politics as a major field, and may also take courses in this Department for
elective credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College
of Business and Public Administration.

HISTORY

Professor and Head: Land.

Professors: Bauer, Chatelain, Gordon, Merrill, Prange and
Wellborn.

Associate Professors: Conkin, Ferguson, Jashemski, Rivlin, Sparks
and Stromberg.

Assistant Professors: Breslow, Callcott, Campbell, Crosman, Far-

QUHAR, GATELL, GlFFIN, ROBERTSON, AND YANEY.

Instructor: Van Ness.

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization. (3, 3)

Required of all students who entered the University after 1944-45. Normally to
be taken in the sophomore year. An historical survey of the main forces in
American life with emphasis upon the development of our democratic heritage.
First semester from the colonial period through the Civil War. Second semester,
since the Civil War. (American History Staff.)

History

H. 31, 32. Latin American History. (3, 3)

A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the present,
covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with special
emphasis upon relations with the United States. First semester: Colonial Latin
America. Second semester: the Republics. (Latin American History Staff.)

H. 41, 42. Western Civilization. (3, 3)

This course is designed to give the student an appreciation of the civilization
in which he lives in its broadest setting. The study begins with the collapse of
classical civilization and comes to the present. (European History Staff.)

H. 51, 52. The Humanities. (3, 3)

Either of these courses may be taken by students who qualify to select courses
within Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. In surveying
history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural development is
emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the various civiliza-
tions which have contributed to the common cultural heritage of western civili-
zation. It is designed as an introductory course in history which will make a
more direct contribution to the other liberal art fields. First semester to the
Renaissance. Second semester since the Renaissance. (Jashemski.)

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain. (3, 3)

A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all classes.
Especially recommended for English majors and minors and pre-law students.
First semester to 1485. Second semester, since 1485. (Gordon.)

H. 56. American Life and Thought. (3)

Required of all students who qualify by examination for exemption from H. 5,
6. Normally to be taken in sophomore year. A survey of significant historical
trends and selected problems in the development of American civilization from
the colonial era to recent times. Not to be used as a general elective course.

(American History Staff.)

H. 61, 62. Far Eastern Civilization. (3, 3)

This course seeks to give the student an understanding of a great civilization
radically different from our own and an appreciation of the complex problems
of the Far East and of American policy there. The approach is interdisciplinary
within an historical framework. (Farquhar.)

H. 71, 72. Islamic Civilization. (3, 3)

This course seeks to give the student an insight into a cultural heritage that
dominates the lives of over four hundred million people today. The study
covers Islam in Spain. North Africa. Africa below the Sahara. India, and Indo-
nesia as well as the Middle East. The approach is humanistic within an his-
torical framework. (Rivlin.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
AMERICAN HISTORY
H. 101. American Colonial History. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The settlement and development of
colonial America to the middle of the eighteenth century. (Land.)

History
H. 102. The American Revolution. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The background and course of the
American Revolution through the formation of the Constitution. (Ferguson.)

H. 103. The Formative Period in America, 1789-1824. (3)

The evolution of the Federal government, the origins of political parties, prob-
lems of foreign relations in an era of international conflict, beginnings of the
industrial revolution in America, and the birth of sectionalism. (Ferguson.)

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States
to 1865. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6. or the equivalent. A synthesis of American life from In-
dependence through the Civil War. (Chatelain.)

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States
since the Civil War. (3)

Prerequisite. H. 5. 6 or the equivalent. The development of American life and
institutions, with emphasis upon the period since 1876. (Chatelain.)

H. 114. The Middle Period of American History, 1824-1860. (3)

Prerequisite. H 5. 6. or the equivalent. An examination of the political history
of the U. S. from Jackson to Lincoln with particular emphasis on the factors
producing Jacksonian democracy. Manifest Destiny, the Whig Party, the anti-
slavery movement, the Republican Party, and secession. (Sparks.)

H. 115. The Old South. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the institutional and cultural
life of the ante-bellum South with particular reference to the background of
the Civil War. (Callcott.)

H. 116. The Civil War. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Military aspects; problems of the Con-
federacy; political, social, and economic effects of the war upon American
society. A tour of one selected battlefield is a required part of the course.

(Sparks.)

H. 118, 119. Recent American History. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Party politics, domestic issues, foreign
relations of the United States since 1890. First semester, through World War I.
Second semester, since World War I. (Merrill.)

H. 121. History of the American Frontier. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6 or the equivalent. The Trans-Allegheny West. The west-
ward movement into the Mississippi Valley. (Staff.)

H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation, 1865-1896. (3)

Prerequisite. H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Problems of construction in both South
and North. Emergence of big business and industrial combinations. Problems
of the farmer and laborer. (Merrill.)

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States. (3, 3)

Prerequisite. H. 5, 6. or the equivalent. A historical study of the diplomatic
negotiations and foreign relations of the United States. First semester from the

History

Revolution to the Civil War. Second semester, from the Civil War to the
present. (Wellborn.)

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs. (3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or equivalent. A consideration of the changed position
of the United States with reference to the rest of the world since 1917.

(Wellborn.)

H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America. (3, 3)

A history of basic beliefs about religion, man, nature, and society. Consent
of the instructor is required for H. 134. (Conkin.)

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the historical forces result-
ing in the formation of the Constitution, and development of American con-
stitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. (Gatell.)

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, H. 5. 6, or the equivalent. First semester, a survey of the political,
social and economic history of colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's
historical development and role as a state in the American Union. (Chatelain.)

H. 147. History of Mexico. (3)

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence period
and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin American
neighbors. (Crosman.)

H. 148. History of Canada. (3)

Prerequisites. H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. A history of Canada, with special em-
phasis on the nineteenth century and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain
and the United States. (Gordon.)

EUROPEAN HISTORY

H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece. (3)

A survey of the ancient civilizations of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece, with
particular attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.)

H. 153. History of Rome. (3)

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the Republic
and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.)

H. 155, 156. History of Medieval Europe. (3, 3)

A study of medieval government, society, and thought from the collapse of
classical civilization to the Renaissance. (Robertson.)

H. 157. The Age of Absolutism, 1648-1748. (3)

Europe in the Age of Louis XIV and the Enlightened Despots. (Staff.)

H. 158. The Old Regime and the French Revolution, 1748-1815.
(3)

Europe in the era of the French Revolution. (Staff.)

History
H. 159, 160. History of European Ideas. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, H. 41. 42 or H. 53, 54, or the equivalent. Beginning with a re-
view of the basic Western intellectual traditions as a heritage from the Ancient
World, the course will present selected important currents of thought from the
scientific revolution of the sixteenth and seventeenth century down to the
twentieth century. First semester through the eighteenth century. Second
semester, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Stromberg.)

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3)

Prerequisite. H. 41, 42, or 53. or the permission of the instructor. The culture
of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction through the
Thirty Years' War. (Breslow.)

H. 163, 164. History of the British Empire. (3, 3)

Prerequisites. H. 41. 42. or H. 53, 54. First semester, the development of Eng-
land's Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the war for American Independence
(1783). Second semester, the rise of the Second British Empire and the solu-
tion of the problem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the evolution
of the British Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development
and problems of the dependent Empire. (Gordon.)

H. 165. Constitutional History of Great Britain. (3)

A survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the real
property aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the development
of Parliament, and the expansion of liberties of the individual. (Gordon.)

H. 167, 168. History of Russia. (3, 3)

A history of Russia from earliest times to 1917. (Yaney.)

H. 169, 170. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919. (3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42. or H. 53, 54. A study of the political, economic, social
and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First
World War. (Bauer.)

H. 171, 172. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth
Century. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. A study of political, economic, and cul-
tural developments in twentieth century Europe with special emphasis on the
factors involved in the two World Wars and their global impacts and signifi-
cance. (Prange.)

H. 173. The Soviet Union. (3)

A history of the Bolshevik Revolution and the founding of the Soviet Union:
the economic policy and foreign policy of the U.S.S.R. to the present. (Yaney.)

ASIAN HISTORY

H. 181, 182. The Middle East. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, six hours from the following groups of courses: H. 41, 42; H. 51.
52: or H. 53, 54. A survey of the historical and institutional developments of
the nations of this vital area. The Islamic Empires and their cultures: impact
of the west; breakup of the Ottoman Empire and rise of nationalism; present
day problems. (Rivlin.)

History

H. 183. The Contemporary Middle East. (3)

H. 181 or 182 recommended though not required. The development of middle
eastern institutions in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries with reference to
the emergence of contemporary states and their place in world affairs. (Rivlin.)

H. 187, 188. History of China. (3, 3)

A history of China from earliest times to the present. The emphasis is on the
development of Chinese institutions that have molded the life of the nation
and its people. (Farquhar.)

H. 189. History of Japan. (3)

A history of Japan from earliest to modern times. Emphasis is placed on the
evolution of institutions and thought. (Farquhar.)

H. 195, 196. Honors Colloquium (3, 3)

Enrollment limited to students admitted by the departmental Honors Com-
mittee. Reading in sources and secondary work centering about the develop-
ment of the modern world. Discussions of reading and written work in weekly
seminar meetings. (Staff.)

H. 198. Honors Thesis. (3)

Limited to students who have completed H. 195, 196. Normally repeated for
a total of six hours credit during the senior year by candidates for honors in
history. (Staff.)

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing. (3)

First and second semesters. Discussions and research papers designed to acquaint
the student with the methods and problems of research and presentation. The
student will be encouraged to examine those phases of history which he regards
as his specialties. (Staff.)

For Graduates

H. 200. Historiography: Techniques of Historical Research and
Writing. (3)

An introduction to the professional study of history, including an examination
of the sources and nature of historical knowledge, historical criticism, and
synthesis. Required of all candidates for advanced degrees in history. (Staff.)

H. 201. Seminar in American History. (3)

(American History Staff.)
H. 202. Historical Literature: American. (1-6)

Readings in the standard works and monographic studies to meet the require-
ments of qualified graduate students who need intensive concentration in
American history. (American History Staff.)

H. 203. Seminar in the History of Maryland. (3)

(Land.)
H. 205. Seminar in American Economic History. (3)

A seminar in the problems of American economic history of selected periods.

(Staff.)

History
H. 206. Seminar in American Social History. (3)

A seminar in the problems of American social history of selected periods.

(Staff.)

H. 208. Seminar in Recent American History. (3)

Emphasis will be placed on the period since 1900- (Merrill.)

H. 211. Seminar in American Colonial History. (3)

A seminar on selected problems of early American history. (Land.)

H. 212. Seminar in the American Revolution. (3)

A seminar on problems of American history in the revolutionary era.

(Ferguson.)

H. 214. Seminar in the Middle Period of American History. (3)

A seminar in the sources and problems of American political and military
history from the Jackson Era to the election of Lincoln. (Sparks.)

H. 215. Seminar in the Old South. (3)

A seminar on problems in the history of the ante-bellum South. (Callcott.)

H. 216. Seminar in the American Civil War. (3)

A seminar in the sources and problems of the history of the American Civil
War. Military and political problems are emphasized. (Sparks.)

H. 217. Seminar in Reconstruction America. (3)

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War: political, social, and
economic reconstruction. (Merrill.)

H. 221. Seminar in Western History. (3)

A seminar on American frontier history in the trans-Appalachian region and
the Great Plains. (Pitt.)

H. 233. Seminar in Early American Intellectual History. (3)

A seminar on selected problems of American intellectual history before 1859.

(Conkin.)

H. 234. Seminar in Recent American Intellectual History. (3)

A seminar on problems of American intellectual history since 1859. (Conkin.)

H. 245. Topics in Latin American History. (3)

Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in Latin
American history. (Crosman.)

H. 251. Seminar in Greek History. (3)

A seminar in the sources and problems of Greek history. "Greek Federal
Leagues" and "Political Institutions of the Greek City-States" are usually offered
in alternate years. (Jashemski.)

H. 253. Seminar in Roman History. (3)

A seminar in the sources and problems of Roman history. (1) "The Provinces
of the Roman Empire," (2) "Roman Political Institutions," (3) "Roman Re-

History

ligion," (4) "Municipal Life and Institutions (with emphasis on Pompeii)" are
usually offered in successive years. (Jashemski.)

H. 255. Seminar in Medieval Europe. (3)

A seminar in the sources and major problems of western medieval history, with
emphasis upon administrative and constitutional problems. (Robertson.)

H. 259. Seminar in European Intellectual History. (3)

A seminar in modern European intellectual history with emphasis on the eigh-
teenth and nineteenth centuries. (Stromberg.)

H. 260. Historical Literature: European. (1-6)

Readings in the standard works and monographic studies to meet the require-
ments of qualified graduate students who need intensive concentration in
European history. (European History Staff.)

H. 265. Seminar in Middle Eastern History. (3)

A seminar in selected problems of Middle Eastern history. (Rivlin.)

H. 267. Seminar in Russian History. (3)

A seminar in nineteenth and twentieth century Russian history with emphasis
on economic and political problems. (Yaney.)

H. 269. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Europe. (3)

A seminar on problems in the history of western Europe during the nineteenth
century. (Bauer.)

H. 281. Problems in the History of World War I. (3)

Investigation of various aspects of the First World War, including military
operations, diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the War
and its aftermath. (Prange.)

H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II. (3)

Investigation of various aspects of the Second World War, including military
operations, diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the war
and its aftermath. (Prange.)

H. 285. Seminar in the History of Britain. (3)

A seminar in selected problems of the history of the United Kingdom.

(Gordon.)

H. 286. Seminar in the History of the British Empire. (3)

A seminar on selected problems in the history of the British empire. (Gordon.)

H. 289. Seminar in Chinese History. (3)

A seminar on selected problems in the history of China. (Farquhar.)

H. 290. Historical Literature: Asian. (1-6)

Readings in the standard works and monographic studies to meet the require-
ments of qualified graduate students who need intensive concentration in Asian
history. (Asian History Staff.)

Mathematics

H. 390. The Teaching of History in Institutions of Higher
Learning. (1)

Investigation and discussion of professional teaching of history at the college
level: course construction, presentation of subject matter, testing, instrumental
aids, evaluation of instruction. Required of all graduate assistants.

(Staff.)

H. 399. Thesis Research. (1-6)

(Staff.)

MATHEMATICS

Professor and Head: Cohen.

Professors: Brace, Douglis, Goldhaber, Good, Horvath, Hummel,
Jackson, Kuroda, J. Lehner, Martin*, Mayor, Richeson, Stell-

MACHER.

Visiting Professor: Koethe.

Research Professors: Diaz*, Payne*, Weinstein*.

Director of Computer Science Center: Rheinboldt**.

Associate Professors: Auslander, Correl, Ehrlich, Goldberg, Karp,
G. Lehner, Pearl, Reinhart, Syski, Zedek.

Visiting Associate Professor: Kovari.

Research Associate Professor: Bramble*.

Assistant Professors: Freeman, Garstens, Kleppner, Maltese, Mikul-
ski, Nieto, Sedgewick, Shepherd, Srinivasacharyulu, Tulley,

WlLLKE.

Research Assistant Professors: Bragg*, Gilbert*, Hubbard*, Met-
calf*, Trytten*.

Lecturers: NESsf, Schweppe.

Instructors: Bari, Bernhardt, Brown, Currier, Dyer, Henney, Hie-
bert, Kilbourn, Lepson, Mar, McClay, Vanderslice (P.T.), Zemel.

The Mathematics Department Colloquium meets frequently throughout
the academic year for reports on current research by the resident staff,
visiting lecturers, and graduate students. In addition, the Institute for
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics Colloquium meets at frequent

*Member of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics Under

the College of Engineering.

tMember of the Computer Science Center.

Mathematics

intervals for research in those fields. All colloquium meetings are open
to the public.

The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, national honorary mathematics fra-
ternity, meets regularly for the discussion of mathematical topics of in-
terest to the undergraduate. The programs are open to the public.

The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit
of algebra for entrance: Math. 1 or 10.

The following courses are open to students who offer two or more units
of algebra for entrance: Math. 18, 19.

Students are enrolled in Math. 10, 18, or 19, provided they pass the
mathematics section of the general classification test given to incoming
students during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in
Math. 1 if their curriculum calls for Math. 10 or 18, 19.

In general, students should enroll in only one of the course sequences,
Math. 10-11-14-15, Math. 18-19-20-21. In case this rule is not followed,
proper assignment of credit will be made upon application to the Depart-
ment of Mathematics.

INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICS COURSES

Math. 1. Review of High School Algebra. (0)

Recommended for students who fail the qualifying examination for Math. 10
and 18. Special fee of $45. (Note: this course will not be given after 1966).

(Henney.)

Math. 3. Fundamentals of Mathematics. (4)

This course, open to all students, is designed to provide an introduction to
mathematical thinking and to develop an appreciation of the role of mathe-
matics in human culture. (Correl.)

Math. 10, 11. Introduction to Mathematics. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, 2 Mi years of college preparatory mathematics and satisfactory per-
formance on the ACT mathematics test, or Math. 1. Open to students not ma-
joring in mathematics or the physical or engineering sciences. Logic, sets,
counting, probability; sequences, sums; elementary algebraic and transcendental
functions and their geometric representation; systems of linear equations, vec-
tors, matrices. (Good.)

Math. 14, 15. Elementary Calculus. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 1 1 or equivalent. Open to students not majoring in mathe-
matics or the physical or engineering sciences. Basic ideas of differential and
integral calculus; elementary techniques and applications. (Correl.)

Math. 18. Introductory Analysis. (3) (2 lectures, 2 drill periods
per week)

Prerequisite, 2Vi years of college preparatory mathematics and an appropriate
score on the ACT mathematics test, or Math. 1. An introductory course for
students not qualified to start Math. 19. Real numbers, functions, coordinate
systems. Trignometric functions. Plane analytic geometry. (Richeson.)

Mathematics

Math. 19. Elementary Analysis. (4) (3 lectures, 2 drill periods per
week.)

Prerequisite. 3X2 years of college preparatory mathematics and an appropriate
score on the ACT mathematics test, or Math. 18. Vectors and analytic geom-
etry in three dimensions. Linear transformations and applications to geometry.
Review of real numbers, coordinate systems, trigonometric functions, determi-
nants- (Hummel.)

Math 19H. Elementary Analysis (Honors). (5)

See Math. 22 H. (Hummel.)

Math. 20. Calculus I. (4) (3 lectures. 2 drill periods per week.)

Prerequisite. Math. 19 or equivalent. Functions, limits, continuity. Integration,
differentiation and applications. Basic properties of the elementary functions.

(Hummel.)

Math. 21. Calculus II. (4) (3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.)

Prerequisite. Math. 20 or equivalent. Methods of integration. Arc length,
velocity, and acceleration. Tangents and normals to space curves. Improper
integrals, sequences, and infinite series. (Hummel.)

Math. 21H. Calculus (Honors). (5)

See Math. 22 H.
Math. 22. Calculus III. (4) (3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.)

Prerequisite. Math. 21 or equivalent. Basic concepts of linear algebra, mat-
rices, and determinants. Calculus of functions of vectors. Implicit function
theorem. Surface integrals. Classical theorems of Green. Gauss, and Stokes.

(Hummel.)

Math. 22H. Calculus (Honors). (5)

The three honors sections. Math. 19 H, 21 H. and 22 H are open to selected
students upon approval by the mathematics department. A student who com-
pletes these three-semester courses will have a knowledge of the material cov-
ered in the regular sections of Math. 19, 20. 21 and 22. Senior staff members
of the mathematics department will teach these sections. Students may transfer
out of the honors sections at any time. A mathematics department adviser
will help the student who has completed part of the honors course determine
the proper regular course to enter. (Hummel.)

Math. 30. Elements of Mathematics. (4)

Prerequisite, one year of college preparatory algebra. Required for majors
in elementary education, and open only to students in this field. Topics from
algebra and number theory, designed to provide insight into arithmetic: induc-
tive proof, the natural number system based on the Peano axioms; mathematical
systems, groups, fields; the system of integers; the system of rational numbers;
congruence, divisibility; systems of numeration. (Garstens.)

Math. 31. Elements of Geometry. (4)

Prerequisite. Math 30 or equivalent. Structure of mathematical systems, al-
gebra of sets, geometrical structures, logic, measurement, congruence, similarity,
graphs in the plane, geometry on the sphere. (Garstens.)

Mathematics

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students in mechanical and
electrical engineering. Differential equations of the first and second order with
emphasis on their engineering applications. (Stellmacher.)

Math. 66. Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers

(3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22 or equivalent. The field of directions and graphic solu-
tions of first order differential equations. The simplest methods of numerical
solution. Systems of differential equations. Introduction to Fourier series, and
applications. (Stellmacher.)

ALGEBRA AND NUMBER THEORY

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 100. Vectors and Matrices. (3)

Prerequisite, Math 21 or Math. 15. Algebra of vector spaces and matrices.
Recommended for students interested in the applications of mathematics.

(Hummel.)

Math. 103. Introduction to Abstract Algebra I. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22 or equivalent. Integers; groups, rings, integral domains,
fields. (Ehrlich.)

Math. 104. Introduction to Abstract Algebra II. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor. An abstract treatment of
finite dimensional vector spaces. Linear transformations and their invariants.

(Freeman.)

Math. 106. Introduction to Number Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22. Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, diophantine
equations, prime numbers, congruences, reciprocity law of quadratic residues,
quadratic fileds, binary quadratic forms. (Kuroda.)

For Graduates
Math. 200. Abstract Algebra I. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 104 or equivalent. Elementary properties and examples
of groups and rings, homomorphism theorems; integral domains, elementary
factorization theory. Groups with operators; isomorphism theorems, normal
series, Jordan-Holder Theorem, direct products, Krull-Schmidt Theorem.

(Goldhaber.)

Math. 201. Abstract Algebra II. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 200 or consent of instructor. Field theory, Galois theory.
Commutative ideal theory. Multilinear algebra. (Goldhaber.)

Math. 202. Linear Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Linear manifolds, the lattice
sub-spaces, projectives, dualities, the ring of endomorphisms, the full linear
group and its subgroups. (Pearl.)

Mathematics
Math. 203. Galois Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Field extensions, automor-
phisms of a field, the Galois group of a polynomial equation, solvability by
radicals, recent developments in Galois theory. (Kuroda.)

Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An introductory course in abstract groups,
topological spaces, and the study of collections of elements enjoying both these
properties. The concept of a uniform space will be introduced and studied.
The representation problem will be considered together with the subject of
Lie groups. (Kleppner.)

Math. 206. Number Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Foundations, linear and higher congru-
ences, law of reciprocity, quadratic forms, sieve methods, elements of additive
number theory and density, distribution of prime numbers and L-functions,
discussion of unsolved problems. (Kuroda.)

Math. 208. Ring Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of
the class, emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following: ideal theory,
structure theory of rings with or without minimum condition, division rings,
algebras, non-associative rings. (Goldhaber.)

Math. 209. Group Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of
the class, emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following aspects of
discrete group theory: finite groups, abelian groups, free groups, solvable or
nilpotent groups, groups with operators, groups with local properties, groups
with clan conditions, extensions. (Pearl.)

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra. (3)

(Arranged) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

ANALYSIS

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Math. 110. Advanced Calculus. (4)

Prerequisite, Math. 22. A rigorous development of many topics from classical
analysis such as the Stieltjes integral, surface integrals, sequences and series of
functions, introduction to the Dirichlet integral. (A special section of Math.
110 for honors students will be provided.) (Tulley.)

Math. 111. Advanced Calculus. (4)

Prerequisite, Math. 1 10 or equivalent. Calculus of functions of several variables.

(Goldhaber.)

Math. 112. Infinite Processes. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Construction of the real numbers from
the rational numbers, sequences of numbers, series of positive and arbitrary
numbers, infinite products, conditional and absolute convergence, sequences and

Mathematics

series of functions, uniform convergence, integration and differentiation of
series, power series, and analytic functions. Fourier series, elements of the theory
of divergent series, extension of the theory to complex numbers and functions.

(Tulley.)

Math. 113. Introduction to Complex Variables. (4)

Prerequisite, Math. 110. The algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions,
mapping properties of the elementary functions. Cauchy's theorem and the
Cauchy integral formula. Taylor and Laurent series. Residues. (Hummel.)

Math. 114. Differential Equations (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 110. A general introduction to the theory of differential
equations. Constructive methods of solution leading to existence theorems and
uniqueness theorems. Other topics such as: systems of linear equations, the
behavior of solutions in the large, the behavior of solutions near singularities,
periodic solutions, stability, and Sturm-Liouville Problems. (Nieto.)

Math. 117. Introduction to Fourier Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 113. Fourier series. Fourier and Laplace transforms.

(Nieto.)

Math. 118. Introduction to Real Variables. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 110. The l.ebesgue integral. Fubini's theorem. Converg-
ence theorems. The Lp spaces. (Kleppner.)

Math. 162. Analysis for Scientists and Engineers I. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Not open to students with
credit for Math. 22. Calculus of functions of several real variables; limits,
continuity, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals,
vector-valued functions, theorems of Green. Gauss and Stokes. Physical appli-
cations. (This course cannot be counted toward a major in mathematics.)

(Sedgewick.)

Math. 163. Analysis for Scientists and Engineers II. (3)

Prerequisites. Math. 162 or 22 or consent of instructor. Not open to students
with credit for Math. 116 or Math. 113. The complex field. Infinite processes
for real and complex numbers. Calculus of complex functions. Analytic func-
tions and analytic continuation. Theory of residues and application to evaluation
of integrals. Conformal mapping. (This course cannot be counted toward a
major in mathematics.) (Stellmacher.)

Math. 164. Analysis for Scientists and Engineers III. (3)

Prerequisites. Math. 64 and Math. 163. or consent of instructor. Fourier and
Laplace transforms. Evaluation of the complex inversion integral by the theory
of residues. Applications to systems of ordinary and partial differential equa-
tions. (This course cannot be counted toward a major in mathematics.)

(Sedgewick.)

For Graduates
Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 100. Ill and 114. or consent of instructor. Existence and
uniqueness theorems for systems of ordinary differential equations and for

Mathematics

partial differential equations, characteristic theory, reduction to normal forms,
the method of finite differences. (Auslander.)

Math. 218. Integral Equations. (3)

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 287, or consent of instructor. Integral equations
of the first and second kind, Volterra's equation, Abel's equation and fractional
differentiation, the Fredholm theory, the Hilbert-Schmidt theory, Mercer's theo-
rem, expansion in orthonormal series; existence theorems of potential theory and
other applications. (Brace.)

Math. 253, 254. Spectral Theory in Hilbert Space. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 257 and Math. 287 or consent of instructor. An introduction
to the theory of Hilbert Space and a detailed treatment of the spectral theory
of self-adjoint operators in Hilbert Space, a presentation of the extension theory
for symmetric operators, and applications to ordinary and partial differential
operators. (Freeman.)

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis. (3)

(Arranged) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

Math. 278. Advanced Topics in Complex Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 288 or consent of instructor. Material selected to suit
interests and background of the students. Typical topics: Conformal mapping,
algebraic functions, Riemann surfaces, entire functions, Dirichlet series, Taylor's
series, geometric function theory. (Hummel.)

Math. 280, 281. Linear Spaces. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 287 or equivalent. Linear vector spaces and their topolo-
gies, linear operations and transformations and their inverses, Banach and
Hilbert spaces. (Koethe.)

Math. 286, 287. Theory of Functions. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 1 1 1 or equivalent. Basic topics in real and complex variable
theory, real and complex number systems, point sets on the line and in space,
continuity. Riemann and Stieltjes integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, residues,
power series, analytic functions, introduction to Lebesgue measures and inte-
gration. (Doughs.)

Math. 288. Theory of Analytic Functions. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 287 or a course in complex variables. Advanced topics in
complex function theory, properties of power series, entire functions, conformal
mapping, classification of singularities, harmonic functions. (Zedek.)

Math. 289. Measure and Integration. (3)

Prerequisite, Math 286 or a course in real variables. Set functions, abstract
theory of measure, differentiability properties and absolute continuity cf set
functions, measurable functions, abstract integration theory, introduction to lin-
ear spaces. (Syski.)

Mathematics

GEOMETRY AND TOPOLOGY

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math 120. Introduction to Geometry I. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22 or equivalent. Axiomatic development of plane geome-
tries, Euclidean and non-Euclidean. Groups of isometries and similarities.

(Reinhart.)

Math. 121. Introduction to Geometry II. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 120. Non-Euclidean transformation groups, the Erlangen
program, projective planes, cubics and quartics. (Reinhart.)

Math. 122. Introduction to Point Set Topology. (3)

Prerequisite, Math 110 or 146, or equivalent. Connectedness, compactness,
transformations, homeomorphisms; application of these concepts to various
spaces, with particular attention to the Euclidean plane. (Kleppner.)

Math. 123. Introduction to Algebraic Topology. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 122 and 103, or equivalent. Chains, cycles, homology
groups for surfaces, the fundamental group. (Lehner.)

Math. 124. Introduction to Projective Geometry. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22 or equivalent. Recommended for students in the College
of Education. Elementary projective geometry, combining synthetic and alge-
braic approaches, projective transformations, harmonic division, cross ratio,
projective coordinates, properties of conies. (Reinhart.)

Math. 126. Introduction to Differential Geometry. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22 or equivalent. The differential geometry of curves and
surfaces, curvature and torsion, moving frames, the fundamental differential
forms, intrinsic geometry of a surface. (Jackson.)

Math. 128. Euclidean Geometry. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22 or equivalent. Recommended for students in the College
of Education. Axiomatic method, models, properties of axioms; proofs of some
basic theorems from the axioms; modern geometry of the triangle, circle, and
sphere. (Mayor.)

For Graduates
Math. 220. Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 110 or equivalent. Classical theory of curves and surfaces,
geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet Theorem, surfaces of constant curva-
ture. (Reinhart.)

Math. 221. Differentiable Manifolds. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Differentiable manifolds, embeddings in
Euclidean space, vector and tensor bundles, vector fields, differentiable fields,
Riemann matrics. (Reinhart.)

Math. 222. Differential Geometrv. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 220 or 221. Connections, curvature, torsion; sympletic,
contact, and complex structures. (Reinhart.)

Mathematics
Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology. (3, 3)

Prerequisites. Math. 100 and 123, or consent of instructor Homology, coho-
mology. and homotopy theory of complexes and spaces. (G. I.ehner.)

Math. 225, 226. Set Theoretic Topology. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, concurrent enrollment in Math. 286. or equivalent. Foundations
of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, convergence and con-
nectivity properties of point sets, continua, and continuous curves; the topology
of the plane. (Correl.)

Math. 227, 228. Algebraic Geometry. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor, prime and primary ideals in Noetherian
rings, Hilbert Nulstellensalz. places and valuations, fields of definition. Chow
points, bi-rational correspondences, Abelian varieties, Picard varieties, algebraic
groups. (Pearl)

Math. 229. Differential Topology. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 221. Characteristic classes, cobordism, differential struc-
tures on cells and spheres. (Srinivasacharyulu.)

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology. (3)

(Arranged) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 130. Introduction to Probability Theory I. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 22, or equivalent. Sample *pace, events, probability and its
basic properties. Independence and conditioning, random variables, distribu-
tion functions (continuous and discrete); typical distributions, expectations,
moments, generating functions: transformations of random variables, limit
theorems. (Auslander.)

Math. 131. Introduction to Probability Theory If. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 130. Elementary stochastic processes. Renewal process,
random walk, discrete Markov chains, birth processes, birth and death processes,
stationary processes. (A.u'-'ander.)

Math. 132. Introduction to Statistics. (3)

(3 lectures and 1 hour of laboratory a week.)

Prerequisite. Math. 130. Sampling distributions, elements of point and set esti-
mation, maximum likelihood principle, testing statistical hypotheses, standard
tests, Neyman-Pearson lemma and problems of optimality of tests, linear hypoth-
eses, sequential methods. (Mikulski.)

Math. 133. Applied Probability and Statistics I. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 15 or 21. Intended for students with major other than mathe-
matics. Probability concepts in finite sample spaces, generalizations to con-
tinuous case (intuitive approach), random vanabies and distribution functions
standard distributions, expectations, moments and generating functions, limit
theorems. (Mikulski.)

Mathematics

Math. 134. Applied Probability and Statistics II. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 133. Sampling distributions, estimation methods, standard
procedures in testing statistical hypotheses, testing location and scale para-
meters, tests of independence and goodness of fit, elements of variance and
regression analysis. (Mikulski.)

For Graduates
Math. 230, 231. Probability "■' fj eqry. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 1 1 1 and !3# i><- consent of instructor. Foundations of prob-
ability theory. Fields of evs^Tte. probability space and probability measure.
Random variables and convergyRi . »f random variables. Induced probability
spaces. Expectations and momefjjfe. Distribution functions and their transforms.
Consistency theorem. Laws of Img? rusmbers and central limit problem. Con-
ditioning. Measurability and separability of stochastic processes. Stationary
processes, harmonic analysis. Markw processes, Kolmogorov equations, dif-
fusion theory. Martingales. (Syski.)

Math. 232. Applied Stochastic Processes. (3)

Prerequisites, Math. Ill and 130 or consent of instructor. Basic concepts of
stochastic processes, stationary processes. Markov chains and processes (dis-
crete and continuous parameter). Birth and death processes. Applications
from theories of: queueing. storage, inventory, noise, epidemics and others.
This course is recommended for graduates from Physics, Engineering, Biology
and Social Sciences. (Syski.)

Math. 235, 236. Testing Statistical Hypotheses. (4, 4)

Prerequisites, Math. 130 and 132. (Recommended to be concurrent with Math.
230, 231). 3 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory per week. Statistical decision
problems. Uniformly most powerful tests. Exponential families of distributions,
concepts of similarity and tests with Neyman-structure. Unbiased tests. In-
variance and almost invariance. Elements of non-parametric inference. Linear
hypotheses. Large sample methods. (Mikulski.)

Math. 275. Selected Topics in Probability. (3)

(Arranged) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

Math. 276. Selected Topics in Statistics. (3)

(Arranged) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 146. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 22 or consent of instructor. Sets, relations, mappings. Con-
struction of the real number system starting with Peano postulates; algebraic
structures associated with the construction; Archimedean order, sequential
completeness and equivalent properties of ordered fields. Finite and infinite
sets, denumerable and non-denumerable sets. (Maltese.)

Mathematics
Math. 147. Set Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22 or consent of instructor. Sei Algebra, cardinal arith-
metic, axiom of choice, Zorn's lemma, well-ordering principle, transfinite in-
duction, ordinal arithmetic, continuum hypothesis. (Karp.)

Math. 148. Introduction to Mathematical Logic. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 146 or 147 or 103. Propositional calculus, predicate logic,
axiomatic set theory, paradoxes. (Not open to students with credit for Math.
144). (Karp.)

For Graduates
Math. 244. Mathematical Logic. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 148. Completeness of first-order predicate logic and appli-
cations, recursive functions, Godel's incompleteness theorem. (Kuroda.)

Math. 277. Selected Topics in Mathematical Logic. (3)

(Arranged) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

MATHEMATICAL METHODS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 158. Games and Linear Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 22; Math 100 recommended. Theory of games, minimax
theorem, theory of linear programming, simplex method, systems of linear
inequalities and the nature of their solutions, geometrical interpretations.

(Pearl.)

Math. 212. Special Functions. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 287 or consent of instructor. Gamma-function, Riemann
zeta-function. hypergeometric functions, confluent hypergeometric functions and
Bessel functions. (Stellmacher.)

Math. 252. Variational Methods. (3)

Prerequisites, Math. 257 and Math. 258. The Euler-Lagrange equation, minimal
principles in mathematical physics, estimation of capacity, torsional rigidity and
other physical quantities; symmetrization, isoperimetric inequalities, estimation
of eigenvalues, the minimax principle. (Payne.)

Math. 257. Operators on Normed Spaces. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 111. An introduction to linear analysis, in particular to
those concepts and methods important in modern applied mathematics. Among
the topics to be covered are linear spaces, norms and inner products, linear
operators, eigenvalues, basic inequalities. (Freeman.)

Math. 258. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 111. General introduction to the field of partial differ-
ential equations. Among the topics to be discussed are typical boundary
and initial value problems of mathematical physics and an indication of the
main methods of solution, relations to difference equations and integral equa-
tions. (Stellmacher.)

Mathematics

Math. 259. Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. (3)

Prerequisites, Math. 100 and Math. 258 or consent of instructor. Solid and
fluid continua, general analysis of stress and strain, equilibrium of elastic
bodies, equation of motion for fluid bodies, stress-strain relations, equations
of perfect fluids and formulation of viscous flow problems. (Bragg.)

Math. 260. Foundations of Mathematical Physics. (3)

Prerequisites, Math. 110 and Math. 1 1 1 or consent of instructor. Introduction
to the theory of distributions and Fourier analysis. Application to partial
differential equations. (Stallmacher.)

Math. 261, 262. Fluid Dynamics. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Math. 259 or consent of instructor. A mathematical formulation
and treatment of problems arising in the theory of incompressible, compress-
ible and viscous fluids. (Payne.)

Math. 263. Linear Elasticity. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 259. Linear elastic behavior of solid continuous media
Topics covered include: torsion and flexure of beams, plane strain and plane
stress, vibration and buckling problems, variational principles. Emphasis is
placed on formulation and technique rather than on specific examples.

(Payne.)

Math. 264. Non-linear Elasticity. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 259. Fundamentals of non-linear elasticity, finite deforma-
tions, rubber elasticity, small deformations superimposed on finite deforma-
tions. (Payne.)

Math. 265. Hyperbolic Differential Equations. (3)

Prerequisite. Math. 258. Two variables, Cauchy's problem, characteristics,
Riemann's method, properties of the Riemann function, quasi-linear equations
and canonical hyperbolic systems, wave equation in n-dimensions, method of
Hadamard and Riesz, Euler-Poisson equation and the singular problems, Huy-
ghen's principle. (Nieto.)

Math. 266. Elliptic Differential Equations. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 258. The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theo-
rems of Gauss and Green, potentials of volume and surface distributions, har-
monic functions, Green's function and the problems of Dirichlet and Neu-
mann; linear elliptic equations with variable coefficients, in particular the equa-
tions of Stokes and Beltrami; fundamental solutions, the principle of the maxi-
mum, and boundary value problems; introduction to the theory of non-linear
equations. (Nieto.)

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics. (3)

(Arranged) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

NUMERICAL MATHEMATICS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 156. Programming for High Speed Computers. (3)

Prerequisite, Math 22 or equivalent. General characteristics of high-speed auto-
matic computers; logic of programming, preparation of flow charts, preliminary

Mathematics

and final coding; scaling, use of flow point routines; construction and use of
subroutines; use of machine for mathematical operations and for automatic
coding. (Each student will prepare and, if possible, run a problem on a high-
speed computer.) (Rheinboldt.)

Math. 170. Introduction to Numerical Analysis. (4)

(3 lectures and 2 laboratory periods per week.)

Prerequisites, Math. 21 or Math. 15. Introduction to numerical methods, errors,
interpolations, differences, numerical differentiation and integration, interative
solution of equations, least squares, elements of numerical approximation.

(Rheinboldt.)

Math. 171. Numerical Methods in Linear Algebra. (4)

(3 lectures and 2 laboratory periods per week.)

Prerequisite, Math. 100 or 104, Math. 110, Math. 170. Numerical solution of
linear equations, direction methods, iterative methods, eigenvalue problems and
their numerical solution, errors connected with numerical work in linear
algebra. (Rheinboldt.)

Math. 172. Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential
Equations. (4)

(3 lectures and 2 laboratory periods per week.) Prerequisite, Math. 22 or 162 and
Math. 171. The methods of Euler, Runge, Kutta, and other single-step methods,
multistep methods, discretization errors, stability problems. (Rheinboldt.)

Math. 173. Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers. (4)

(3 lectures and 2 laboratory periods per week.) Prerequisite, Math. 22 or 162
and Math. 64. Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numeri-
cal solution of polynomial and transcendental equations, least squares, systems
of linear equations, numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, errors
in numerical calculations. (Rheinboldt.)

For Graduates

Math. 255, 256. Advanced Numerical Methods in Differential
Equations. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 257 and Math. 258. Approximation methods for boundary
value, initial value and eigenvalue problems in both ordinary and partial dif-
ferential equations, including finite differences and methods involving approxi-
mating functions. (Rheinboldt.)

Math. 267, 268. Modern Numerical Mathematics. (3, 3)

Prerequisites. Math. 170 and Math. 257. Review of classical numerical analysis,
matrix computations in particular numerical evaluation of eigenvalues, iterative
techniques from a viewpoint of linear analysis: introduction to numerical ap-
proximations; error analysis in numerical computation. The course will involve
laboratory work in the Computer Science Center. (Rheinboldt.)

Math. 269. Advanced Mathematical Programming. (3)

Prerequisites. Math. 158 and Math. 257. Linear inequalities and related sys-
tems and their applications to linear programming, convex functions and gen-
eralized programming problems, topics in non-linear and dynamic programming.

(Rheinboldt.)

Mathematics

COURSES FOR TEACHERS OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE

Math. 181. Introduction to Number Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. De-
signed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly
in the physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere
in their curriculum. Axiomatic developments of the real numbers. Elementary
number theory.

Math 182. Introduction to Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Designed
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of
mathematics- and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their
curriculum. Modern ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations.

Math. 183. Introduction to Geometry. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Designed
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathe-
matics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their
curriculum. A study of the axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean geom-
etry.

Math. 184. Introduction to Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Designed
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathe-
matics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physi-
cal sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their cur-
riculum. A study of the limit concept and the calculus. (Previous knowledge
of calculus is not required.)

Math. 185. Selected Topics for Teachers of Mathematics. (1-3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor.

Math. 189. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for
Teachers of Science and Mathematics. Seminar. (1-3)

Lectures and discussions to deepen the student's appreciation of mathematics as
a logical discipline and as a medium of expression. Special emphasis on topics
relevant to current mathematical curriculum studies and revisions.

SEMINARS, SELECTED TOPICS, RESEARCH

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 190. Honors Seminar. (2)

Prerequisite, permission of the departmental Honors Committee. Reports by
students on mathematical literature; solution of various problems. (Ehrlich.)

Math. 191. Selected Topics in Mathematics (Credit according to

work done)

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Topics of special interest to ad-
vanced undergraduate students will be offered occasionally under the general

Microbiology

guidance of the departmental Committee on Undergraduate Studies. Honors
students register for reading courses under this number. (Staff.)

For Graduates
Math. 298. Proseminar in Research. (1)

Prerequisite, one semester of graduate work in mathematics. A seminar devoted
to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical logic, axiom sys-
tems, and set theory. (Auslander.)

Math. 399. Research.

(Arranged) (Staff.)

MICROBIOLOGY

Professor and Head: Faber.

Professors: Hansen, Pelczar and Doetsch.

Associate Professor: Laffer.

Assistant Professor: Hetrick.

Lecturer: Stadtman.

Microb. 1. General Microbiology. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $15.00. The physiology, culture
and differentiation of microorganisms. Fundamental principles of microbiology
in relation to man and his environment. (Pelczar.)

Microb. 51. Cytology of Bacteria. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Microb. 1, microbiology major or consent of instructor. Limited
to undergraduate students. Laboratory fee, $15.00. A consideration of mor-
phology, differentiation, and cytochemistry of the eubacterial organism.

(Doetsch.)

Microb. 60. Microbiological Literature. (1)

Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in micro-
biology. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and pre-
sentation of reports. (Doetsch.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Microb. 101. Pathogenic Microbiology. (4)

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $15.00. The role of microorganisms in the

Microbiology

diseases of man and animals with emphasis upon the differentiation and culture
of microorganisms, types of disease, modes of disease transmission, prophylactic,
therapeutic and epidemiological aspects. (Faber.)

Microb. 103. Serology. (4)

Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Microb. 101. Laboratory fee, $15.00. Infection and resistance;
principles and types of immunity; hypersensitiveness. Fundamental techniques
of major diagnostic immunological reactions and their application. (Faber.)

Microb. 104. History of Microbiology. (1)

First semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in
microbiology. History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the
science. The modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immu-
nity in relation to early theories. (Doetsch.)

Microb. 111. General Virology. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, Microb. 101 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $15.00. Basic concepts
regarding the nature of viruses and their properties, together with techniques for
their characterization and identification. (Hetrick.)

Microb. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 1. History,
characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important communicable dis-
eases, public health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.)

Microb. 121. Advanced Methods. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $15.00. The application
of quantitative techniques for measurement of enzyme reactions, mutations,
fermentation, analyses, and other physiological processes of microorganisms.

(Hansen, Pelczar.)

Microb. 131, 133. Applied Microbiology. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite. Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $15.00. The application of
microorganisms and microbiological principles to milk, dairy products, and
foods; industrial processes; soil; water sanitation operation.

(Doetsch, Hansen, Laffer, MacQuillan.)

Microb. 150. Microbial Physiology. (2)

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in micro-
biology. Aspects of the growth, death, and energy transactions of micro-
organisms are considered, as well as the effects of the physical and chemical
environment on them. (Doetsch.)

Microb. 160. Systematic Bacteriology. (2)

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in micro-
biology. History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international
codes of nomenclature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (Hansen.)

Microbiology
Microb. 181. Microbiological Problems. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, 16 credits in micro-
biology. Registration only upon the consent of the instructor. Laboratory fee.
$15.00. This course is arranged to provide qualified majors in microbiology and
majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific microbiological problems
under the supervision of a member of the Department. (Faber.)

For Graduates
Microb. 201. Medical Mycology. (4)

First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite. 30 credits in microbiology and allied fields. Laboratory fee, 515.00.
Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the
methods of isolation and identification. (Laffer.)

Microb. 202. Genetics of Microorganisms. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. An introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to
microorganisms. Spontaneous and induced mutation, interaction between
clones. (Hansen.)

Microb. 204. Bacterial Metabolism. (2)

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite. 30 credits in micro-
biology and allied fields, including Chem. 161 and 162. Bacterial nutrition,
enzyme formation, metabolic pathways and the dissimilation of carbon and
nitrogen substrates. (MacQuillan.)

Microb. 206, 208. Special Topics. (1-4, 1-4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite. 20 credits in microbiology. Presenta-
tion and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects in the field
of microbiology. (Staff.)

Microb. 210. Virology and Tissue Culture. (2)

Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite. Microb. 101 or
equivalent. Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae.
Principles of tissue culture. (Hetrick.)

Microb. 211. Virology and Tissue Culture Laboratory. (2)

Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite.
Microb. 101 or equivalent. Registration only upon consent of instructor. Lab-
oratory fee. $20.00. Laboratory methods in virology and tissue culture.

(Hetrick.)

Microb. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism. (1)

Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite. Microb. 204 and
consent of instructor. A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial
metabolism with emphasis on metabolic pathways of microorganisms.

(Pelczar.)

Microb. 280. Seminar-Research Methods. (1)

First semester. Discussions and reports prepared by majors in microbiology
engaged in current research; presentation of selected subjects dealing with recent
advances in microbiology. (Staff.)

Music

Microb. 282. Seminar-Microbiological Literature. (1)

Second semester. Presentation and discussion of current literature in micro-
biology. (Staff.)

Microb. 399. Research.

First and second semesters. Summer session. Credits according to work done.
Laboratory fee. $15.00. The investigation is outlined in consultation with and
pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member of the Department.

(Staff.)

MUSIC

Professor and Head: Ulrich.

Professors: Grentzer and Trimble.

Associate Professors: Henderson and Springmann.

Assistant Professors: Berman, Bernstein, de Vermond, Eisenstadt,
Gordon, Heim, Meyer, Nossaman, Pennington, and Traver.

Instructors: Fanos, Haley, Head, Morrison, Ostling, and Payerle.

Music 1. Introduction to Music. (3)

Second semester. Open only to music or music education majors; other students
take Music 20. Music 1 and 20 may not both be counted for credit. Three
lectures per week. A study of the forms and styles of music, leading to an
intelligent appreciation of the art and providing a foundation for more ad-
vanced courses in the Department of Music. (Ulrich.)

Music 4. Men's Glee Club. (1)

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be
taken until a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music
studied will cover a cycle of about six semesters. (Traver.)

Music 5. Women's Chorus. (1)

Music 6. Orchestra. (1)

Music 7, 8. Theory of Music. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week.
A fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales,

100

Music

chord structures, and tonalities through ear training, sight singing, and key-
board drill. The student must achieve a grade of "C" in Music 8 in order to
register for Music 70. (Payerle.)

Music 9. Chamber Music Ensemble. (1)

First and second semesters. This course does not fulfill the ensemble require-
ments of the various curricula. Three laboratory hours per week. Rehearsal
and performance of selected works for small ensembles of strings, winds, and
piano or small vocal ensembles. May be repeated for credit; the music studied
will cover a cycle of about six semesters. (Staff.)

Music 10. Band. (1)

First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be
taken until a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned: the music
studied will cover a cycle of about six semesters. (Henderson, Ostling.)

Music 15. Chapel Choir. (1)

First and second semesters. Open to all students in the University, subject to
the Director's approval. The Choir will appear at services held in the Memorial
Chapel. May be taken until a total of six semester hours of credit has been
earned. (Springmann.)

Music 16. Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3)

First and second semesters. Open to students majoring in elementary education
or childhood education; other students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not
both be counted for credit. The fundamentals of music theory and practice,
related to the needs of the classroom and kindergarten teacher, and organized
in accord with the six-area concept of musical learning. (Fanos.)

Music 20. Survey of Music Literature. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Open to all students ex-
cept music and music education majors, and may be taken by students who
qualify to select courses within Group II of the American Civilization Program.
Music 1 and 20 may not both be taken for credit. A study of the principles
upon which music is based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires per-
formed in America today. (Gordon.)

Music 21, 22. Class Voice. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. A laboratory course in
which a variety of voices and vocal problems are represented. Principles of
correct breathing as applied to singing; fundamentals of tone production and
diction. Students are taught to develop their own voices. Repertoire of folk
songs and songs of the Classical and Romantic periods. (Nossaman.)

Music 23, 24. Class Piano. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Functional piano training
for beginners. Development of techniques useful for school and community
playing. Basic piano techniques; chord, arpeggio, and scale techniques; melody
and song playing; simple accompaniments, improvisation for accompaniments
and rhythms; sight reading and transposition, and playing by ear. Music 24,
continuation of Music 23; elementary repertoire is begun. (de Vermond.)

10!

Music

Music 31, 32. Advanced Class Voice. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Prerequisite, Music 22 or
equivalent vocal training. Continuation of Music 22, with more advanced reper-
toire for solo voice and small ensembles. A special section for music-education
majors will include the study of methods and materials for teaching class voice.

(Pennington.)

Music 33, 34. Advanced Class Piano. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 24 or equivalent piano training.
Four hours per week. Advanced keyboard techniques. Continuation of skills
introduced in Music 24; transposition, modulation, and sight reading; methods
of teaching functional piano. Music 34, development of style in playing accom-
paniments and in playing for community singing. More advanced repertoire.

(de Vermond.)

Music 70, 71. Advanced Theory of Music. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 8 with a grade of at least
"C". Three lectures and two laboratory hours per week. An integrated course
of written harmony, keyboard harmony, and ear training. Continuation of the
principles studied in Music 8. Harmonic progressions; Music 70, eighteenth
century chorale style; Music 71, nineteenth century styles including chromatic
and modulatory techniques. Realization of figured basses, and composition in
the smaller forms. Advanced study of solfege, with drill in melodic, rhythmic,
and harmonic dictation. Application of harmonic principles to the keyboard.

(Haley.)

Music 80, 82. Class Study of String Instruments. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. Fundamental
bowings, technical problems, vibrato, and a study of ensemble materials. Music
80, violin and viola; Music 82, cello and bass, and a continuation of violin.

(Berman.)

Music 81, 83. Class Study of Wind Instruments. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. A study of
wind and percussion instruments, with emphasis on ensemble training. The
student will acquire an adequate playing technique on one instrument in both
woodwind and brass categories, and must gain an understanding of the acoustic
principles and construction of all wind and percussion instruments.

(Henderson, Ostling.)

Music 120, 121. History of Music. (3,3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Music 1 or 20 and junior standing.
A study of musical styles from their origins in western Europe to their present-
day manifestations. The interaction of music and other cultural activities.
Music 120, the Greek period to Bach; Music 121, Bach to the present.

(Jordan, Bernstein.)

Music 125. Honors Reading Course. (2-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites: Junior standing and consent of Hon-
ors Committee. Selected readings in the history, literature, and theory of music.
The course may be repeated for credit at the discretion of the Committee.

(Staff.)

102

Music
Music 130, 131. Music Literature Survey for the Non-major. (3, 3)

Either semester may be taken separately. Prerequisite, Music 20 or the equiva-
lent. Open to all students except music and music-education majors. Selected
compositions are studied from the standpoint of the informed listener. Music
130, choral music, opera, and art song; Music 131, orchestral, chamber, and
keyboard music. (Staff.)

Music 141, 142. Musical Form. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A study of the organiz-
ing principles of musical composition, their interaction in musical forms, and
their functions in different styles. Music 141, the phrase to the rondo; Music 142,
the larger forms. (Staff.)

Music 143, 144. Composition. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. Principles of musical
composition, and their application to the smaller forms. Original writing in
nineteenth and twentieth century musical idioms for various media. (Trimble.)

Music 145, 146. Counterpoint. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A course in eighteenth
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of imitation in the invention
and the choral prelude. Original writing in the smaller contrapuntal forms.

(Trimble.)

Music 147, 148. Orchestration. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A study of the ranges,
musical functions, and technical characteristics of the instruments, and their
color possibilities in various combinations. Practical experience in orchestrating
for small and large ensembles. (Trimble.)

Music 150. Keyboard Harmony. (2)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite,
Music 70, 71. The application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles
acquired in Music 70, 71. Harmonization of melodies, improvisation and accom-
panying, playing from dictation, and transposition. (Haley.)

Music 160, 161. Conducting. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Music 160 or equivalent is prerequisite to Music
161. A laboratory course in conducting vocal and instrumental groups. Baton
technique, score reading, rehearsal techniques, tone production, style, and in-
terpretation. Music of all periods will be introduced. (Traver.)

Music 164. Solo Vocal Literature. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121, or the equivalent. The study
of solo vocal literature from the Baroque cantata to the art song of the present.
The Lied, meloclie. vocal chamber music, and the orchestral song are examined.

(Pennington.)

Music 165. Keyboard Music. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite. Music 120, 121, or the equivalent. The history
and literature of harpsichord, organ, and piano music from the Baroque period
to the present. Suites, sonatas, and smaller forms are studied with emphasis
on changes of style and idiom. (Bernstein.)

103

Music

Music 166. Survey of the Opera. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. A study of
the music, librettos, and composers of the standard operas. (Staff.)

Music 167. Symphonic Music. (3)

First semester. Summer session. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent.
The study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present. The
concerto, symphony, overture, and other forms are examined. (Ulrich.)

Music 168. Chamber Music. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The history
and literature of chamber music from the early Baroque period to the present.
Music for trio sonata, string quartet and quintet, and combinations of piano
and string instruments is studied. (Ulrich.)

Music 169. Choral Music. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Music 120. 121 or the equivalent. The history
and literature of choral music from the Renaissance to the present, with dis-
cussion of related topics such as Gregorian chant, vocal chamber music, etc.

(Bernstein.)

Music 175. Canon and Fugue. (3)

Prerequisite, Music 146 or the equivalent. Composition and analysis of the
canon and fugue in the styles of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth cen-
turies. (Trimble.)

For Graduates
Music 200. Advanced Studies in the History of Music. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121, and consent of instructor. A criti-
cal study of one style period (Renaissance. Baroque, etc.) will be undertaken.
The course may be repeated for credit, since a different period will be chosen
each time it is offered. (Bernstein.)

Music 201. Seminar in Musicology. (3)

Prerequisites, Music 120, 3 21 and consent of instructor. The work of one
major composer (Bach, Beethoven, etc.) will be studied, with emphasis on
musicologica! method. The course may be repeated for credit, since a different
composer will be chosen each time it is offered. (Staff.)

Music 202. Pro-Seminar in the History and Literature of
Music. (3)

Prerequisites. Music 121 and graduate standing. An introduction to graduate
study in the history and literature of music. Bibliography and methodology of
systematic and historical musicology. (Staff.)

Music 203. Seminar in Musicology. (3)

Prerequisites, Music 121 and graduate standing. An intensive course in one
of the areas of musicology such as performance practices, history of music
theory, history of notation, or ethnomusicology. Since a cycle of subjects will
be studied, the course may be repeated for credit. (Bernstein.)

104

Music
Music 204. American Music. (3)

Prerequisites, Music 121 and graduate standing. A lecture course in the history
of American art music from Colonial times to the present. (Staff.)

Music 206. Advanced Modal Counterpoint. (3)

Prerequisites, Music 146 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. An intensive
course in the composition of music in the style of the late Renaissance. Ana-
lytical studies of the music of Palestrina, Lasso, and Byrd. (Trimble.)

Music 207. The Contemporary Idiom. (3)

Prerequisite, Music 144 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. Composition
and analysis in the twentieth-century styles, with emphasis on techniques of
melody, harmony, and counterpoint. (Trimble.)

Music 208. Advanced Orchestration. (3)

Prerequisites, Music 148 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. Orchestra-
tion projects in the styles of Debussy, Ravel, Stravinsky, Schoenberg, Bartok,
and others. (Trimble.)

Music 209. Seminar in Musical Composition. (3)

Prerequisites, Music 144 or the equivalent, and graduate standing. An advanced
course in musical composition. (Trimble.)

Music 212, 213. Interpretation, Performance, and Analysis of
the Standard Repertoire. (2-4, 2-4).

Prerequisite, consent of graduate faculty in the Department. A seminar in analy-
sis and interpretation for the graduate performer, with advanced instruction at
the instrument of the works studied. In Music 213 a seminar paper and a full
length recital are required. (Staff.)

Music 218. Teaching the Theory, History, and Literature of
Music. (3)

Prerequisite, graduate standing and consent of instructor. A course in teaching
methodology, with emphasis on instruction at the college level. (Ulrich.)

Music 399. Thesis Research. (3-6)

Research in Theory or History and Literature of Music, and Musical Composi-
tion. May be repeated for credit. (Staff.)

APPLIED MUSIC

Course number. A new student or one taking applied music for the first
time at this University should register for Music X. He will receive the
proper classification at the end of his first semester in the Department.
Special fee of $40.00 per semester for each applied-music course.

Section number: Every student taking an applied-music course should,
in addition to registering for the proper course number, indicate the instru-
ment chosen by adding a section number as follows:

Sec. 1, Piano Sec. 3, Violin

Sec. 2, Voice Sec. 4, Viola

105

Applied Music

Sec. 5, Cello Sec. 12, Trumpet

Sec. 6, Bass Sec. 13, Trombone

Sec. 7, Flute Sec. 14, Tuba

Sec. 8, Oboe Sec. 15, Euphonium

Sec. 9, Clarinet Sec. 16, Organ

Sec. 10, Bassoon Sec. 17, Percussion

Sec. 11, Horn Sec. 18, Saxophone

Music 12, 13. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course)

First and second semesters. Freshman course. Two half-hour lessons and six
practice hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and
fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour
course is for piano majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester. The student will register for Music 12, if taken for two
hours credit; and Music 12D if taker, for four hours credit. The same principle
applies to Music 13 and Music 13D. (Staff.)

Music 52, 53. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course)

First and second semesters. Sophomore course. Two half-hour lessons and
six practice hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson
and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four hour
course is for instrumental majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite,
Music 13 (or 13D) on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester.
The student will register for Music 52, if taken for two hours credit; and Music
52D, if taken for four hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 53 and
Music 53D. (Staff.)

Music 112, 113. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course)

First and second semesters. Junior course. Two half hour lessons and six practice
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen
practice hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course
is for instrumental or vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Pre-
requisite, Music 53 (or 53D) on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00
per semester. The student will register for Music 112, if taken for two hours
credit; and Music 11 2D, if taken for four hours credit. The same principle
applies to Music 113 and Music 11 3D. (Staff.)

Music 152. 153. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course)

First and second semesters. Senior course. Two half-hour lessons, and six
practice hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and
fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour
course is for instrumental or vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Pre-
requisite Music 113 (or 113D) on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00
per semester. The student will register for Music 152, if taken for two hours
credit; and Music 152D, if taken for four hours credit. The same principle
applies to Music 153 and Music 153D. (Staff.)

106

Philosophy

PHILOSOPHY

Associate Professor and Head: Schlaretzki

Professor: Lavine

Visiting Professor: Grant

Associate Professor: Pasch

Assistant Professor: Celarier

Visiting Lecturer: Brown

Instructor: Messenger

Phil. 1. Introduction to Philosophy. (3)

Each semester. An introduction to some of the main problems of philosophy,
and to some of the main ways of dealing with these problems. This course is
one of a group of four courses within Elective Group I of the American
Civilization Program. (Staff.)

Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics. (3)

Each semester. An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help
the student increase his ability to employ language with understanding and to
reason correctly. Topics treated include: the uses and abuses of language,
techniques for making sound inferences, and the logic of science. (Staff.)

Phil. 45. Ethics. (3)

An introduction to moral philosophy, including a critical examination of some
important classic and contemporary systems of ethics, such as those of Aristotle,
Kant, Mill, and Dewey. (Staff )

Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature. (3)

Second semester. Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas con-
taining ideas significant for ethics, social policv, and religion (Lavine.)

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion. (3)

First semester. This course seeks to provide the student with the means by
which he may approach intelligently the main problems of religious thought
the nature of religious experience, the forms of religious expression, the con-
flicting claims of religion and science, and the place of religion in the com-
munity and in the life of the individual. (Messenger.)

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Phil. 1 and either one additional course in phil-
osophy or senior standing. A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to
the time of Justinian. The chief figures discussed: The Presocratic philosophers.
Socrates, Plato. Aristotle, Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers, and Plotinus.

(Celarier. Messenger.)

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Phil. 1 and either one additional course in
philosophy or senior standing. A history of philosophical thought in the West
during the 16th, 17th, and 18th centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon,
Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. (Staff.)

107

Philosophy

Phil. 103. Nineteenth Century Philosophy. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites. Phil. I and either one additional course in
philosophy or senior standing. A survey of philosophy in the nineteenth century
through a consideration of such writers as Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche,
Spencer, Marx, Comte, Mill, Mach, and Bradley. (Lavine.)

Phil. 104. Twentieth Century Philosophy. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Phil. 1 and either one additional course in philo-
sophy or senior standing. A survey of philosophy in the twentieth century
through a consideration of representative figures in England, Europe, and
America. Among the theories to be studied are logical atomism (Russell,
Wittgenstein), positivism (Carnap. Ayer). existentialism and phenomenology
(Sartre, Husserl), naturalism and realism (Dewey, Santayana). (Staff.)

Phil. 105. Philosophy in America. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite. Phil 1. A survey of philosophical thought in
America from the eighteenth century to the present. Special attention is given
to Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson. Royce, Peirce, James, and Dewey.

(Messenger, Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By. (3, 3)

Not offered on College Park campus. An exploration of the fundamental beliefs
which determine what men make of their lives and of the world they live in.
Classic statements of these beliefs by great philosophers will be chosen for class
discussion on the basis of their significance for the problems confronting modern
man.

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization. (3)

First semester. A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the
assumptions, goals, and methods of contemporary democracy, fascism, socialism,
and communism, with special attention to the ideological conflict between the
U. S. and Russia. (Staff.)

Phil. 141. Philosophy of Language. (3)

Prerequisite, Phil. 41. An inquiry into the nature and function of language and
other forms of symbolism. (Staff.)

Phil. 145. Ethical Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Phil. 1 or 45. Contemporary problems having to do with the
meanings of the principal concepts of ethics and with the nature of moral
reasoning. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 147. Philosophy of Art. (3)

An inquiry into the nature and functions of art. The course will begin with an
examination of the relations between art and imitation, art and craft, art and
beauty, art and pleasure, art and form, art and expression, art and not-art
and good, bad, and great art. and conclude with a consideration of the uses of
art, propagandistic, religious, escapist, and therapeutic. (Staff.)

Phil. 152. Philosophy of Social and Historical Change. (3)

First semester. A survey and an assessment of the religious, the philosophic, and
the scientific approaches to socio-historic change, including the theories of
linear progress, evolutionary progress, cyclical repetition, Hegelian-Marxian
dialectic, Weberian secularization and bureaucratization. (Lavine.)

108

Philosophy
Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy. (3)

Second semester. A systematic treatment of the main philosophical issues
encountered in the analysis and evaluation of social (especially political)
institutions. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 155. Symbolic Logic. (3)

Phil. 41 or Math. 3 recommended but not required. An introduction to the
concepts and techniques of modern formal logic by means of matrix and
axiomatic developments of the sentential calculus and an examination of the
first-order predicate calculus in a system of natural deduction. ( t'usch.)

Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science. (3)

Prerequisites, Phil. 41 and either 101 or 102; or consent of instructor. An
inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation, hypotheses,
verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws ana theories, the basic
concepts and presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to society.

(Staff.)

Phil. 157. Theory of Meaning. (3)

Prerequisites, Phil. 41 and 102. A study of theories about the meaning of
linguistic expressions, including the verification theory and the theory of meaning
as use. Among topics to be considered are naming, referring, synonomy, inten-
sion and extension, and ontological commitment. Such writers as Mill, Frege,
Russell, Lewis, Carnap, Wittgenstein. Austin, and Quine will be discussed.

(Staff.)

Phil. 169. Topics in Contemporary Philosophy. (3)

Prerequisite. Phii. 102. An intensive examination of contemporary problems and
issues. Source material will be selected from recent books and articles. (Staff.)

Phil. 170. Metaphysics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Phil. 101 and 102. Phil. 41 recommended. A study
of some central metaphysical concepts (such as substance, relation, causality,
and time) and of the nature of metaphysical thinking. (Pasch.)

Phil. 171. Theory of Knowledge. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites. Phil. 101 and 102. Phil. 41 recommended. The
origin, nature, and validity of knowledge will be considered in terms of some
philosophic problems about perceiving and thinking, knowledge and belief,
thought and language, truth and confirmation. (Pasch.)

Phil. 175. Topics in Symbolic Logic. (3)

Prerequisite, Phil. 155. (Staff.)

Phil. 176. Induction and Probability. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of inferential forms, with emphasis
on the logical structure underlying such inductive procedures as estimating and
hypothesis-testing. Decision-theoretic rules relating to induction will be con-
sidered, as well as classic theories of probability and induction. (Staff.)

Phil. 180. The Philosophy of Plato. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Phil. 101 and 102. A critical study of selected
dialogues. (Celarier.)

109

Philosophy

Phil. 181. The Philosophy of Aristotle. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Phil. 101 and 102 A critical study of selected
portions of Aristotle's writings. (Celarier.)

Phil. 182. Medieval Philosophy. (3)

Prerequisite, Phil. 101 or 102. A history of philosophic thought in the West
from the close of the Classical period to the Renaissance. Based on readings
of the Stoics, e^ny Christian writers. Neoplatonists. later Christian writers and
Schoolmen. (Celarier.)

Phil. 184. The Continental Rationalists. (3)

Prerequisites, Phil. 101 and 102. A critical study of the systems of some of the
major 17th and 18th century rationalists, with special reference to Descartes,
Spinoza, and Leibniz. (Staff.)

Phil. 185. The British Empiricists. (3)

Prerequisites, Phil. 101 and 102. A critical study of selected writings of Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. (Staff.)

Phil. 186. The Philosophy of Kant. (3)

Prerequisites. Phil. 101 and 102. A critical study of selected portions of Kant's
writings. (Lavine.)

Phil. 190. Honors Seminar. (3)

Each semester. Open to honors students in philosophy and, by permission of
the instructor, to honors students in other departments. Research in selected
topics, with group discussion. (Staff.)

Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations. (1-3)

Each semester. (Staff.)

Phil. 255. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.)

Phil, 256. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.)

Phil. 260. Seminar in Ethics. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Schlaretzki.)

Phil. 261. Seminar in Esthetics. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

Phil. 270. Seminar in Metaphysics. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

Phil. 271. Seminar in Theory of Knowledge. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Pasch.)

Phil. 292. Selected Problems in Philosophy. (1-3)

Each semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.)

Phil. 399. Research in Philosophy. (1-12)

Each semester. (Staff.)

110

Physics and Astronomy
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

Professor and Head: Toll.

Professors: Estabrook, Ferrell, Griem, Hornyak, MacDonald.

Marion, Myers, Snow, Weber, and Westerhout.

Professors (Part-Time): Friedman, Hayward, Rado, and Slawsky.

Research Professors: Burgers*, Opik, Pai*, and Weske*.

Visiting Professors: Kallen, Shakeshaft.

Visiting Professors (Part-Time): Glasser, F. McDonald, and Musen.

Associate Professors: Alley, Day, Erickson, Glover, Greenberg,

Holmgren, Laster. Misner, Smith. Steinberg, Stern, Sucher, Wall,

yodh, zlpoy, and g. zorn.

Associate Research Professors: Faller* and Tidman*.

Associate Professor (Part-Time): Bennett.

Visiting Associate Professors: Jaffe and Waggoner.

Assistant Professors: Armstrong. Bardasis, Beall, Bell, Bhagat,
Condon, DeSilva, Detenbeck, Falk, Fivel, Fowler, Glick, Greiner,
Hintz. Kacser. Kehoe, Kim. Koch. Oneda, Pati, Prange, Rodberg,
Van Wijk, Whatley, Zapolsky. and B. S. Zorn.

Assistant Research Professors: DeBoer*, Guernsey*, Montgomery*,

Weiss*, and Wilkerson*.

Visiting Assistant Professors: Altman, Burnstein, Forsyth, Korff,

SCHLITT, AND YOUNG.

Assistant Professor (Part-Time): Dixon.

Research Associates: Bettinger. Ezawa, Fulde, Ghosh, Islam, Lam,
Ludemann, Meshkov, Prasad, Roush, Saiedy, Simkin, Singh, Tsuya,
w oods, and yabushita.

Postdoctoral Fellows: Currie, Longe.

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, successful passing of the
qualifying examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee.
S3.00. The first half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the
genera! student and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional
schools. <Alley-)

Member of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.

Ill

Physics and Astronomy

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and
Optics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demon-
stration fee, $3.00. The second half of a survey course in general physics. This
course is for the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the
professional schools. (Alley.)

Phys. 3. Introduction to Physics. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite, qualification to enter Math. 10. Intended for students majoring in
neither the physical nor biological sciences. A study of the development of
some of the basic ideas of physical science. (Beall.)

Phys. 10, 11. Fundamentals of Physics. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math.
11 or concurrent enrollment in Math 18. Lecture demonstration and laboratory
fee, $10.00 per semester. A course in general physics treating the fields of
mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.
This course satisfies the minimum requirements of medical and dental schools.

(Yodh, Beall, Estabrook, Staff.)

Phys. 15, 16. Introductory Physics: Mechanics, Fluids, Heat, and

Sound. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a
week. Prerequisites, a high school physics course and concurrent enrollment in
Math. 18, 19, or consent of instructor. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00 per
semester. The first half of a broad, detailed introduction to physics, intended
primarily for physics majors and other students with superior backgrounds in
mathematics and the sciences. (Waggoner, Korff.)

Phys. 17. Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 15, 16 and previous or concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and
Math. 20. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. The third quarter of a broad, de-
tailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for physics majors and other
students with superior backgrounds in mathematics and the sciences. (Hornyak.)

Phys. 18. Introductory Physics: Optics and Modern Physics. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Phys. 17 and previous or concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and
Math. 21, or consent of instructor. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. The last
quarter of a broad, detailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for
physics majors and other students with superior backgrounds in mathematics
and the sciences. (Hornyak.)

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (5)

First and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations and one two-hour
laboratory period a week. Math. 20 to be taken concurrently. Lecture demon-
stration and laboratory fee, $10.00. The first half of a course in general physics.
Required of all students in the engineering curricula.

(Burnstein, Estabrook, Fivel, MacDonald, Staff.)

112

Physics and Astronomy

Phys. 21. General Physics: Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics.
(5)

First and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations, and one two-hour
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 20, Math. 21 to be taken con-
currently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00. The second half
of a course in general physics. Required of all students in the engineering
curricula. (Burnstein, Estabrook, Fivel, MacDonald, Staff.)

Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Physics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21.

(Whatley.)

Phys. 52. Heat. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math.
20 is to be taken concurrently. (Schamp.)

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity. (3)

Second semester. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. (Young.)

Phys. 54. Sound. (3)

Second semester. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently.

(Myers.)

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. (2 credits per semester)

Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21 or con-
current enrollment in Phys. 17 or Phys. 18. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semes-
ter. Selected experiments. (E. Stern, Kehoe.)

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. (2 credits per semester)

Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, four credits of Phys.
60 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee. $10.00 per semester. Selected fun-
damental experiments in electricity and magnetism, elementary electronics, and
optics. (Kehoe, Glover.)

Phys. 102. Optics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and
Math. 21. It is suggested, but not required, that Phys. 60 or Phys. 100 be taken
concurrently with this course. Geometrical optics, optical instruments, wave
motion, interference and diffraction, and other phenomena in physical optics.

(Korff.)

Phys. 103. Applied Optics. (3)

First semester. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lectures
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 102. A detailed study of physical optics and its
applications. (Alley.)

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 1 1 or
21; Math. 21. Electrostatics, direct current and alternating current circuitry,
electromagnetic effects of steady currents, electromagnetic induction, radiation,
development of Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector, wave equations, and
electronics. (Steinberg.)

113

Physics and Astronomy

Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 51 or
consent of instructor. A detailed study of Newtonian mechanics. Dynamics,
the motion of rigid bodies, oscillation problems, etc., are studied. Lagrange's
equation of the first kind and the Hamilton-Jacobi equation are introduced.

(Marion.)

Physics 109. Electronic Circuits. (4)

Second semester. Three hours of lecture and two of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite, Physics 100 and concurrent enrollment in Physics 105 or Physics
128. Theory of semi-conductor and vacuum tube circuits. Laboratory fee,
$10.00. Application in experimental physics. (Condon.)

Phys. 110. Special Laboratory Projects in Physics. (1, 2, or 3)

Two hours laboratory work a week for each credit hour. One to three credits
may be taken concurrently each semester. (Will be given only with sufficient
demand.) Prerequisite, Phys. 100 and consent of adviser. Laboratory fee, $10.00
per credit hour. Selected advanced experiments. (Staff.)

Phys. 111. Physics Shop Techniques. (1)

First semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 100
or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Machine tools, design and
construction of laboratory equipment. (Horn.)

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. (Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Two
lectures a week. Prerequisites, intermediate physics and Math. 21. A study
of the physical principles involved in biological processes, with particular em-
phasis on current research in biophysics. (Mullins.)

Phys. 116, 117. Introduction to Fluid Dynamics. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 106 and Math. 21. Kinematics of
fluid flow, properties of incompressible fluids, complex variable methods of
analysis, wave motions. (De Boer.)

Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics. (3)

Each semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, general physics and in-
tegral calculus, with some knowledge of differential equations and a degree of
maturity as evidenced by having taken one or more of the courses Phys. 50
through Phys. 110. Introductory discussion of special relativity, origin of quan-
tum theory, Bohr atom, wave mechanics, atomic structure, and optical spectra.

(Zorn.)

Phys. 119. Modern Physics. (3)

Each semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118. A survey of
nuclear physics, x-rays, radioactivity, wave mechanics, and cosmic radiation.

(Zorn.)

Phys. 120. Nuclear Physics. (4)

Each semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 119. An introduc-
tion to nuclear physics at the pre-quantum-mechanics level. Properties of
nuclei; radioactivity; nuclear systematics; nuclear moments; the shell model,
interaction of charged particles and gamma rays with matter; nuclear detector;
accelerators; nuclear reactions; beta decay; high energy phenomena.

(Armstrong.)

114

Physics and Astronomy
Phys. 121 . Neutron Physics and Fission Reactors. (4)

Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 120. Neutron dif-
fusion and reactor physics. (Marion.)

Phys. 122. Properties of Matter. (4)

Each semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 119 or equivalent.
Introduction to solid state physics. Electro-magnetic, thermal, and elastic
properties of metals, semiconductors and insulators. (Glover, E. Stern.)

Physics 123. Introduction to Atmospheric and Space Physics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Physics 127 and Physics
118 or consent of instructor. Motions of charged particles in magnetic fields,
aspects of plasma physics related to cosmic rays and radiation belts, atomic
phenomena in the atmosphere, thermodynamics and dynamics of the atmos-
phere. (Laster.)

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. Dynamics of
gas particles, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, diffusion. Brownian motion, etc.

(Mason.)

Phys. 127, 128. Elements of Mathematical Physics.

Mechanics. Potential Theory, and Electromagnetic Waves (4, 4). First and
second semesters. Prerequisite, Physics 18 and Mathematics 21, or consent of
instructor. A careful study of mathematical approaches used in mechanics, elec-
tricity and magnetism, and physical optics. (Marion.)

Phys. 130, 131. Basic Concepts of Physics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, junior standing.
Lecture demonstration fee, $2.00 per semester. A primarily descriptive course
intended mainly for those students in the liberal arts who have not had any
other course in physics. This course does not satisfy the requirements of profes-
sional school nor serve as a prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses.
The main emphasis in the course will be on the concepts of physics, their evolu-
tion and their relations to other branches of human endeavor. (Armstrong.)

Phys. 140, 141. Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and four hours of laboratory a week.
Prerequisites, two credits of Phys. 100 and consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $10.00 per semester. Classical experiments in atomic physics and more
sophisticated experiments in current techniques in nuclear physics. Enrollment
is limited to ten students. (Detenbeck, Condon, Holmgren.)

Phys. 144, 145. Methods of Theoretical Physics. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Physics 127. 128. A survey of basic
ideas in thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. An introduction to electro-
dynamics, quantum mechanics, and relativity. Primary emphasis will be placed
upon the mathematical methods involved in our understanding of those topics.

(Ferrell.)

Phys. 150. Special Problems in Physics.

Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of adviser.
Research or special study. Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee,
$10.00 per credit hour when appropriate. (Staff.)

115

Physics and Astronomy

Phys. 152. Introduction to Thermodynamics and Statistical
Mechanics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mathematics 21, Physics
18 or 51, or consent of the instructor. Introduction of basic concepts in thermo-
dynamics and statistical mechanics. (Bhagat.)

Phys. 190. Independent Studies Seminar.

Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment is limited to students
admitted to the Independent Studies Program in Physics. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, 213, 234, 235, 237 and
258 are given every year; all others will be given according to demand.

Phys. 200, 201. Theoretical Dynamics. (3, 3)

Each semester. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, Physics 127 or
equivalent. This basic course for graduate study in physics covers advanced
classical mechanics, hydrodynamics, elasticity, thermodynamics, and statistical
mechanics. It is normally taken concurrently with Physics 204, 205.

(Myers, Glick, Nisner.)

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A
detailed study of advanced classical mechanics. • (Myers.)

Phys. 204, 205. Electrodynamics. (3, 3)

Each semester. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, Physics 128 or
equivalent. This basic course for graduate study in physics covers electrody-
namics and relativity. It is normally taken concurrently with Physics 200, 201.

(Sucher, Zipoy, Schlitt.)

Phys. 206. Plasma Physics. (3)

Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite, Physics 204, 205. Knowledge
of complex variable theory is also desirable. A detailed study of plasma physics.

(Tidman.)

Phys. 208. Thermodynamics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. The first and
second laws of thermodynamics are examined and applied to homogeneous and
non-homogeneous systems, calculations of properties of matter, the derivation
of equilibrium condition and phase transitions, the theory of irreversible proc-
esses. (Schamp.)

Phys. 210. Statistical Mechanics. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 119 and Phys.
201. A study of the determination of microscopic behavior of matter from
microscopic models. Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canonical models.
Applications to solid state physics and the study of gases. (Weiss.)

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (4, 4)

Each semester. Four lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or an out-
standing undergraduate background in physics. A study of the Schroedinger

116

Physics and Astronomy

equation, matrix formulations of quantum mechanics, approximation methods,
scattering theory, etc., and applications to solid state, atomic, and nuclear phys-
ics. (Day, Falk, Weber.)

Phys. 214. Theory of Atomic Spectra. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. A study of
atomic cpectra and structure — one and two electron spectra, fine and hyperfine
structure, line strengths, line width, etc. (Wilkerson.)

Phys. 215. Theory of Molecular Spectra. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 214. The structure
and properties of molecules as revealed by rotational, vibrational, and electronic
spectra. (Vanderslice.)

Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Physics. (2, 2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Molecular theory of gases and
liquids, ensemble theory, analysis of empirical models for molecular interactions,
theory of Coulomb interactions between charge distribution. (Mason.)

Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure. (3, 3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of crystal
structure of solids and of x-rays. (Glover.)

Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction
Methods. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, concurrent enrollment in Phys.
218. The investigation of crystal structure, using x-rays and electron diffrac-
tion. (E. Stern.)

Phys. 221. Upper Atmosphere and Cosmic Ray Physics. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or consent of
instructor. Structure of the atmosphere, rocket and satellite experiments, pri-
mary and secondary cosmic rays, origins of cosmic rays, geomagnetic theory.

(Laster.)

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics.
(2,2)

Prerequisite, Phys. 205. (Falk, Weiss.)

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow.
(2,2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Pai.)

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced
fluid dynamics. (Burgers.)

Phys. 228. Symmetry Problems in Physics. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Physics 213. A study of general methods
of classification of physical systems by their symmetries and invariance prop-
erties, especially in quantum field theory applications. (Misner, Toll.)

117

Physics and Astronomy
Phys. 230. Seminar.

Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are held each semester, with
the contents varied each year. One credit for each seminar each semester.

(Staff.)

Phys. 231. Applied Physics Seminar.

(One credit for each semester.) (Staff.)

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar. (1,1)

First and second semesters. One meeting a week. (Staff.)

Phys. 234, 235. Theoretical Nuclear Physics. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 120 and Phys. 213. Nuclear prop-
erties and reactions, nuclear forces, two, three, and four body problems, nuclear
spectroscopy, beta-decay, and related topics. (MacDonald, Rodberg.)

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A study of Einstein's special
theory of relativity and some consequences, and a brief survey of the foundations
of general relativity. (Weber, Misner.)

Phys. 237. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Classical field
theory, Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations, invariance properties, second quan-
tization, renormaiization, and related topics. (Greenberg, Kim.)

Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — Selected Topics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. (Staff.)

Phys. 239. Elementary Particles. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Survey of elementary particles
and their properties, quantum field theory, meson theory, weak interactions,
possible extensions of elementary particle theory. (Day, Snow.)

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of acoustics
and the theory of vibrations. (Weber, Zipoy.)

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Prop-
erties of metals lattice vibrations and specific beats, Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac,
and Bose-Einstein statitics, free electron gas theories, band theory of metals.

(Prange.)

Phys. 245. Special Topics in Applied Physics.

(2 credits each semester.) Two lectures a week. (Staff.)

Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics. (2, 2)

Prerequisites, advanced graduate standing and consent of the instructor.

(Burgers.)

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics. (2s 2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Staff.)

118

Physics and Astronomy
Phys. 252, 253. Nuclear Structure Physics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite. Phys.
120 or equivalent; co-requisite: Phys. 212, 213 or consent of instructor. Nuclear
structure and nuclear reactions. Two-body scatterings; nucleon-nucleon forces
and the deuteron. Neutron scattering; the optical model. Reasonance reactions,
phase-shift analysis, positions and properties of energy levels; the shell model.
Direct reactions. Electromagnetic transitions. Photoreactions. The design of
experiments; the extraction of parameters from experimental data and the
comparison with nuclear models. (Marion, Holmgren.)

Phys. 258. Quantum Field Theory. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. S-matrix,
Feynman diagrams, scattering theory, renormalization, conservation laws, dis-

*> persion relations, and recent non-perturbation approaches to field theory.

(Greenberg, Toll.)

Phys. 260. High Energy Physics. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Nuclear forces are studied by
examining interactions at high energies. Meson physics scattering processes,
and detailed analysis of high energy experiments. (Snow.)

Phys. 262, 263. Aerophysics. (3, 3)

Three lectures. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Pai.)

Phys. 399. Research.

Credit according to work done, each semester. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per
credit hour. Prerequisite, an approved application for admission to candidacy
or special permission of the Physics Department. (Staff.)

(For Astronomy curriculum, see under ASTRONOMY, p. 42)
Special Physics Courses For High School Science Teachers

The courses in this section were especially designed for high school
teachers and are not applicable to B.S., M.S., or Ph.D. degrees in physics
without special permission of the Department of Physics and Astronomy.
However, these courses can be included as part of a physics minor or as
electives. No prerequisites are required.

Phys. 118A. Atoms, Nuclei, and Stars. (3)

Three lectures per week. An introduction to basic ideas of the constitution and
properties of atomic and subatomic systems and of the overall structure of the
universe. (Detenbeck.)

Phys. 122A. Properties of Materials. (3)

Three lectures per week. An introduction to the study of solid state physics
and the properties of fluids. (E. Stern.)

Phys. 160A. Physics Problems. (1, 2 or 3)

Lectures and discussion sessions arranged. (Laster.)

Phys. 170A. Applied Physics. (3)

Three lectures per week. (Hornyak.)

119

Psychology

Phys. 199. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for
Teachers of Science Seminar. (1)

Arranged during summer session. Enrollment limited to participants in the
N.S.F. Summer Institute. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Detenbeck, Staff.)

CHEMICAL PHYSICS

(For an outline of this new interdepartmental program leading to the M.S.
and Ph.D. degrees, write to the Institute of Molecular Physics, University of
Maryland, College Park, for further details.)

PSYCHOLOGY

Professor and Head: Andrews.

Professors: McGinnies, Brady (Part-time), Edgerton (Part-time),
Magoon, and Waldrop.

Associate Professors: Anderson, Daston, Pumroy and Walder.

Assistant Professors: Bartlett, Cline, Gollub, Heermann, McIntire,
Turnage, Ward, and Yarczower.

Students who are interested in the Honors Program of the Department
should arrange to discuss this program and their eligibility for it with the
Head of the Department.

Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. This course may be taken as Elective Group I of
the American Civilization Program. A basic introductory course, intended
to bring the student into contact with the major problems confronting psychology
and the more important attempts at their solution. (McGinnies and Staff.)

Psych. 5. Personality and Adjustment. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Introduction to the psy-
chology of human personality and adjustment, with a view toward increasing
self-understanding and developing an appreciation of the mental health move-
ment and each individual's stake in it. (Staff.)

Psych. 21. Social Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Personality and behavior as
influenced by culture and interpersonal relations. Social influences on motiva-
tion, learning, memory, and perception. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda,
language and communication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group proc-
esses. (McGinnies, Cline, Ward.)

120

Psychology
Psych. 25. Child Psychology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite. Psych. 1. Behavioral analysis of normal develop-
ment and normal socialization of the growing child. Leading theories of child
nature and care, and their implications. (Pumroy.)

Psych. 26. Developmental Psychology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Biological basis of behavioral develop-
ment in relation to genetic, constitutional, anatomical, physiological, and en-
vironmental factors. Emphasis upon both phylogenetic and ontogenetic research
findings in biological psychology. (Brady.)

Psych. 90. Statistical Methods in Psychology. (3)

First and second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 and Math. 1, 5, or 10 or
equivalent. A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological
research; measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation.

(Anderson, Bartlett, Heermann.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Graduate credits will be assigned only for students certified by the Depart-
ment of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing.

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or equivalent. Researches on fundamental psychological
problems encountered in education. Measurement and significance of individual
differences; learning, motivation, transfer of Training, and the educational im-
plications of theories of intelligence. (Staff.)

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 21 and 90 or consent of instructor. A
systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major problems
in the field of social psychology. (McGinnies, Cline, Ward.)

Psych. 123. Language and Social Communication. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite. Psych. 21, senior standing, and consent of in-
structor. The nature and significance of verbal and non-verbal communication
in social psychological processes including examination of relevant theoretical
approaches to symbolic behavior. (McGinnies. Cline, Ward.)

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, two courses in psychology, including
Psych. 5. The nature, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders.

(Staff.)

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. A study of
basic human factors involved in the design and operation of machinery and
equipment. Organized for students in engineering, industrial psychology, and
the biological sciences. (Anderson.)

Psych. 145. Experimental Psychology: Sensory Processes. (4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite, Psych. 90. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. Pri-

121

Psychology

marily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of
the laboratory methods, and techniques applied to sensory and perceptual proc-
esses. (Mclntire, Turnage.)

Psych. 146. Experimental Psychology: Learning, Motivation and
Problem Solving. (4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite, Psych. 90. Laboratory fee, $4.00 per semester. Pri-
marily for students who major or minor in psychology. The experimental
analysis of learning and motivational processes. (Yarczower, Gollub.)

Psych. 147. Experimental Psychology: Social Behavior. (4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite, Psych. 21 and Psych. 90 or equivalent. Laboratory fee,
$4.00 per semester. A laboratory course dealing with methods of studying
behavior in the social context. Topics will include social perception and moti-
vation, small groups, communication and persuasion. Consideration will be
given to the techniques involved in laboratory experimentation, field studies,
attitude scale construction, and opinion surveys. (McGinnies, Cline, Ward.)

Psych. 148. Psychology of Learning. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145 and permission or Psych. 146. Review
and analysis of the major phenomena and theories of human and animal learn-
ing, including an introduction to the fields of problem solving, thinking and rea-
soning behavior. (Gollub, Yarczower, Turnage.)

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 90. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Critical survey of measuring devices used in counseling, educational and indus-
trial practice with an emphasis on the theory, development and standardization.
Laboratory work will incorporate training in methodology of test development
together with appropriate practice in the use of selected tests.

(Waldrop, Bartlett.)

Psych. 151. Psychology of Individual Differences. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Problems, theories, and
researches related to psychological differences among individuals and groups.

(Waldrop, Heermann).

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 6 hours in psychology. A course de-
signed to aid in the understanding of the problems of people in a variety of
work situations; serving as an introduction to such technical problems as per-
sonnel selection interviewing, morale supervision and management, and human
relations in industry. Lecture, discussion and laboratory. (Bartlett, Heermann.)

Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145 or 146. An introduction to research
on the physiological basis of human behavior, including considerations of sen-
sory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the neurological basis
of learning. (Brady, Mclntire.)

122

Psychology
Psych. 181. Animal Behavior. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of animal behavior,
including considerations of social interactions, learning, sensory processes,
motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mammals.

(Mclntire.)

Psych. 191. Senior Seminar. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of the instructor.
The historical and theoretical roots of the science of psychology. Analysis of
current psychological theories and their related research. (Staff.)

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent
of individual faculty supervisor. Integrated reading under direction leading to
the preparation of an adequately documented report on a special topic. (Staff.)

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty
supervisor. An individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue
a specialized topic or research project under the supervision. (Staff.)

For Graduates

(All the following courses require consent of the instructor. Not all of the
graduate courses are offered every year. The times specified for each course
are given as estimates.)

Psych. 200. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Psychological
Science. (1)

Prerequisite, consent of faculty adviser. Survey of professional problems in
psychology, including considerations of contemporary developments, profes-
sional ethics, literature resources, formulation of critical research problems,
and discussion of the major institutions requiring psychological services.

(Staff.)

Psych. 201. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisites, Psych. 180 and 211. The contemporary experi-
mental and theoretical literature on selected problems in sensation and per-
ception. (Andrews, Anderson, Mclntire.)

Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar. (2, 2)

Surveys of contemporary American and foreign research literature in specialized
fields of psychology. (Staff.)

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in
Psychology. (3, 3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. A study of the philosophical and
scientific background of modern psychology, together with a review of its major
systematic viewpoints and issues. (Staff.)

Psych. 207. Conditioning and Learning. (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. The literature on the experimental
analysis of behavior, with examination of basic experiments and contemporary
theories related to them. (Gollub, Yarczower, Turnage.)

123

Psychology

Psych. 208. Verbal Behavior. (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 123 and 212. Analysis of such topics as
verba! learning, psycholinguistics, concept formation, and thinking. (Turnage.)

Psych. 211, 212. Advanced General Psychology. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 145 or 146. A systematic
review of the more fundamental investigations upon which modern psychology
is based. (Staff.)

Psych. 213. Advanced Laboratory Techniques. (1-3)

Methodology of the automatization of research techniques and apparatus; ap-
paratus design and construction: telemetric and digital techniques; logical
block circuitry. Laboratory fee, $5.00 per credit hour. (Staff.)

Psych. 214. Comparative Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 181 and 212. The experimental literature on the behavior
of infra-human organisms. Special topics. (Yarczower, Mclntire.)

Psych. 215. Advanced Psychophysiology. (3)

Alternate years. An advanced seminar dealing with special selected topics in
the area of psychophysiology. (Brady, Mclntire.)

Psych. 216. Seminar in Psychopharmacology. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of graduate study in psychology and consent of the in-
structor. A critical review and detailed analysis of the literature and problems
related to the effects of drugs on animal and human behavior. Designed for
advanced graduate students in experimental psychology and clinical psychology.

(Brady, Gollub.)

Psych. 220. Psychological Concepts in Mental Health. (3)

Each year. Prerequisite, advanced standing. Concepts in mental health, their
theoretical status, experimental evidence, and current use. (Waldrop, Walder.)

Psych. 221. Seminar in Counseling Psychology. (3)

Selected problems in counseling psychology. (Waldrop, Magoon.)

Psych. 222. Seminar in Clinical Psychology. (3)

Selected problems in clinical psychology. (Pumroy, Daston, Walder.)

Psych. 223. Seminar in Community Mental Health. (3)

Selected problems in mental health psychology. (Staff.)

Psych. 224. Seminar in Student Personnel. (2)

(Same as Ed. 228.) Prerequisite, permission of instructor. The seminar is
designed to acquaint the student with student personnel functions at the collegi-
ate level. Attention is devoted to the historical antecedents of student personnel
activities, the range of services, their functions, responsibilities, interrelationships
and projected future status. Resource personnel presently engaged in student
personnel services will participate as needed. (Byrne, Magoon.)

Psych. 225, 226. Measurement and Evaluation. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Theory and logic of the
methodology of evaluation. Laboratory practice in methods of appraisal. Sur-

124

Psychology

vey of available testing instruments and techniques. Laboratory fee of $6.00
each semester. (Daston, Pumroy, Walder.)

Psych. 229. Seminar in Industrial Psychology. (3)

An advanced seminar covering specialized topics such as: morale and motiva-
tion, labor relations, consumer motivations, man-machine systems, quantita-
tive and qualitative personnel requirements inventory, job evaluation, environ-
mental conditions and safety, occupational choice and classification, and the
interview. (Edgerton, Bartlett, Heermann.)

Psych. 230. Seminar in Engineering Psychology. (3)

Alternate years. An advanced seminar covering the analysis of factors, variables,
and characteristics of systems which affect human performance and efficiency.

(Anderson)

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 148 or equivalent. A consideration of psychological prin-
ciples and methods for improving job performance; skill development laboratory
in application of methods and techniques is provided.

(Edgerton, Bartlett, Heermann.)

Psych. 232. Personnel Selection and Job Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 161 or equivalent. Psychological measurement as applied
to the analysis of job requirements and the development and use of perform-
ance criteria and predictors. (Edgerton, Bartlett, Heermann.)

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry. (3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Analysis of management organizations
as social structures, and the application of concepts and methods of social
psychology to problems of conflict, cooperation, and leader-group relations.

(Staff.)

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques. (3)

Psychological concepts and methods in the use of interview, questionnaire, and
inventory procedures for the measurement, prediction and alternation of be-
havior. (Staff.)

Psych. 241. Persuasion and Attitude Change. (3)

Each year. Consideration of the communication process and the various media
of mass communication. Factors related to the effectiveness of communication
and persuasion and analyzed in the light of experimental evidence, and various
strategies and techniques of persuasion are reviewed. (McGinnies, Cline.)

Psych. 242. Seminar in Social Psychology. (3)

Each year. Analysis and discussion of contemporary systematic positions in
social psychology. Review of research methods in the area as well as theories
and problems of current importance. (McGinnies, Cline.)

Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 90. Detailed study of the
fundamentals of statistical inference, experimental design, and the analysis
of regression and correlation concepts and techniques; a basic course for re-
search students in the behavioral sciences.

(Andrews, Anderson, Bartlett, Heermann.)

125

Psychology

Psych. 254. Factor Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 253. Analysis of major developments in factor theory as
applicable to the behavioral sciences, including computational methods and re-
search implications. (Andrews.)

Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych 253. Study of psychophysical methods, scaling techniques,
and the statistical methods of pattern analysis. (Staff.)

Psych. 256. Mental Test Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 253. Development of test theory from psychophysics and
measurement theory. Consideration of formal and applied problems involved
in developing and utilizing psychological tests and measurements. Special at-
tention is given to problems of reliability, validity, and prediction.

(Bartlett, Heermann.)

Psych. 257. Seminar in Quantitative Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 253. An advanced seminar covering special topics in sta-
tistical and mathematical methods and models in psychology. (Staff.)

Psych. 258. Development of Predictors. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 253. Review of statistical theory and practices in the design,
development and analysis of techniques of prediction in the behavioral sciences,
with special attention to the formal and practical problems of criteria for pre-
diction. (Andrews, Bartlett, Heermann.)

Psych. 260. Occupational Development and Choice. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 220. Theoretical and research literature on occupational be-
havior. (Waldrop, Magoon.)

Psych. 261, 262. Modification of Human Behavior: Research Meth-
ods and Practices. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. The experimental and applied methods available
for the induction of behavior change, with emphasis on their relationship to
community mental health (first semester); process, outcome, and theory in
their application to counseling and psychotherapy (second semester).

(Daston, Walder.)

i Practicum. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Application of methods relevant to behavior change
in counseling and psychotherapy. Individual supervision and group consultation.
T ahnratorv fee. $6.00 ner semester. (Staff.)

Psych. 263, 264. Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory
and Practicum. (3, 3)

First and second semest<

in counseling and psychcmviucy. amuT««i«u juFw ..J1U., ^..^ &.VUK VVuU».»«.uv...

Laboratory fee, $6.00 per semester. (Staff.)

Psych. 265. Advanced Developmental Psychology. (3)

Empirical, experimental and theoretical literature related to developmental
processes. (Waldrop, Pumroy.)

Psych. 266. Theories of Motivation. (3)

Alternate years. Current treatments of motivational concepts, and analysis of
the causal antecedents to behavior. (Staff.)

126

Sociology
Psych. 267. Theories of Personality. (3)

Scientific requirements for a personality theory. Postulates and relevant re-
search literature for several current personality theories. (Daston, Walder.)

Psych. 269. Practicum in Community Mental Health Consulta-
tion. (3)

Each year. Prerequisite, advanced standing. Directly supervised fieldwork in
mental health consultation. (Staff.)

Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology. (3)

Alternate years. Deviant behaviors and their etiology and taxonomy.

(Daston, Walder.)

Psych. 271. Appraisal of Disabilities. (3)

Human disabilities and their psychological appraisal. (Daston, Waldrop.)

Psych. 272. Individual Clinical Diagnosis. (3)

Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 226. Case study of emotionally disturbed
individuals with a variety of psychological techniques. (Staff.)

Psych. 274. Evaluation and Change in Educational Skills. (3)

Methods for the enhancement of reading and other educational skills. (Staff.)

Psych. 285, 286. Research Methods in Psychology. (1-3, 1-3)

Each year. Research is conducted on several problems each semester, in a
variety of fields of psychology, and under the supervision of various members
of the faculty. (Staff.)

Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Problems. (1-4, 1-4)

First and second semesters. Supervised research on problems selected from the
areas of experimental industrial, social, quantitative, or mental health psy-
chology. (Staff.)

Psych. 399. Research, (credit arranged)

First and second semesters. (Staff.)

SOCIOLOGY

Professor and Head: Hoffsommer.

Professors: Janes, Lejins.

Associate Professors: Anderson, Cussler, Hirzel, Shankweiler.

Assistant Professors: Coates, Di Bella, Franz, Henkel, Motz, and
Williams.

Instructors: Bourdeau, Courtless, Doerr. Gordon (P.T.), Kistler
(P.T.), Saint (P.T.), Toland and Wellford.

Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses
in sociology excepting Soc. 5.

127

Sociology

Sociology 1, 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an
undergraduate major in sociology. Students interested in an Honors
Program should check their eligibility with the Department.

Soc. 1. Introduction to Sociology. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is one of a group of
four courses within Elective Group 1 of the American Civilization Program.
It may also be taken by students who qualify by tests to select substitute courses
in the program (provided the student has not taken the course as his Group
I elective.) Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan,
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition and
change; social organization. (Hirzel, Staff.)

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. The
basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; institutions;
culture, human nature and personality. (Cussler, Motz, Franz.)

Soc. 5. Anthropology. (3)

First semester. This course may be taken by students who qualify to select
courses within Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. Intro-
duction to anthropology; origins of man; development and transmission of
culture; backgrounds of human institutions. (Anderson, Williams.)

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology. (3)

First semester. Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture
patterns, and problems. (Hoffsommer, Hirzel, Henkel.)

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology. (3)

Second semester. Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city popula-
tions; urban institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country.

(Cussler.)

Soc. 51. Social Pathology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Personal-social disorganization
and maladjustment; physical and mental handicaps; economic inadequacies;
programs of treatment and control. (Shankweiler, Franz.)

Soc. 52. Criminology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Criminal behavior and the
methods of its study; causation; typologies of criminal acts and offenders;
punishment, correction, and incapacitation; prevention of crime.

(Lejins, Toland.)

Soc. 62. Social Institutions. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Nature and function of social
institutions; the perpetuation of behavior through customs and social norms;
typical contemporary American institutions. (Staff.)

Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. A
sociological study of courtship and marriage including consideration of physi-

128

Sociology

ological and psychological factors. Inter-cultural companions and practical
consideration. Designed for students in the lower division.

(Shankweiler, Motz, Bourdeau.)

Soc. 71. Dynamics of Social Interaction. (3)

Prerequisite, Soc. 1 or equivalent. Social psychology of groups like committees,
teams, clubs, sects, social movements, crowds and publics. Origin of the social
self; role behavior, inter-group and intra-group relations. (Staff, Cussler.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite
to courses numbered 100 to 199.

Soc. 102. Intercultural Sociology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 2. On the basis of a comparative study of
customs, individual and group behavior patterns and institutions, this course
studies the ideologies of America and other modern societies. (Staff.)

Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology. (3)

Second semester. A survey of the simpler cultures of the world, with attention
to historical processes and the application of anthropological theory to the
modern situation. (Anderson, Williams.)

Soc. 106. Archeology. (3)

Second semester. A survey of human cultural developments as revealed by
archeological methods, with materials to be drawn from selected areas of both
Old and New Worlds. (Anderson.)

Soc 111. Sociology of Occupations and Careers. (3)

First semester. The sociology of work and occupational life in modern society.
Changing occupational ideologies, values and choices. Occupational status
systems and occupational mobility. The social psychology of career success.

(Coates.)
Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations. (3)

First semester. The ecology of population and the forces making for change in
rural and urban life; migration, decentralization and the regionalism as methods
of studying individual and national issues. Applied field problems. (Cussler.)

Soc. 113. The Rural Community. (3)

Second semester. A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living,
the family, school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of
health, recreation, welfare, and planning. (Hoffsommer, Hirzel, Henkel.)

Soc. 114. The City. (3)

First semester. The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions;
ecological process and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social prob-
lems, control and planning. (Cussler.)

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology. (3)

First and second semesters. The sociology of human relations in American in-
dustry and business. Complex industrial and business organization as social
systems. Social relationship within and between industry, business, community,
and society. (Coates.)

129

Sociology

Soc. 116. Military Sociology. (3)

First and second semesters. Social change and the growth of military institutions.
Complex formal military organizations. Military organizations as social systems.
Military service as an occupation or profession. The sociology of military life.
Relations between military institutions, civilian communities and society.

(Coates.)

Soc. 118. Community Organization. (3)

First semester. Community organization and its relation to social welfare;
analysis of community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; com-
munity centers; neighborhood projects. (DiBella.)

Soc. 121. Population. (3)

First semester. Population distribution and growth in the United States and the
world; population characteristics of the United States; resulting population
problems and policies. (Hirzel.)

Soc. 122. Population. (3)

Second semester. Trends in fertility and mortality, migrations, population esti-
mates and the resulting problems and policies. (Hirzel.)

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities. (3)

First semester. Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within
the State; immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic
minorities in Europe. (Lejins.)

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian. (3)

Second semester. A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects
of acculturation on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas.

(Anderson, Williams.)

Soc. 125. Cultural History of the Negro. (3)

First semester. The cultures of Africa south of the Sahara and the cultural
adjustments of the Negro in North and South America. (Anderson.)

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service. (3)

First and second semesters. General survey of the field of social-welfare activ-
ities; historical development; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies
and services, private and public. (DiBella.)

Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion. (3)

First semester. Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institu-
tions and the role of religion in social life. (Anderson.)

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality. (3)

First semester. Development of human nature and personality in contemporary
social life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social
behavior. (Motz, Cussler.)

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior. (3)

Second semester. Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes;
structure and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and
the public. (Cussler.)

130

Sociology
Soc. 145. Social Control. (3)

First semester. Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human
behavior; problems of social control in contemporary society. (Motz.)

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law. (3)

First semester. Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and
other conduct norms as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing
conformity; law as an integral part of the culture of the groups; factors and
processes operative in the formation of legal norms as determinants of human
behavior. (Lejins.)

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency. (3)

First semester. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime;
analysis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.

(Lejins, Courtless.)

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor.
Methods and programs in prevention of crime and delinquency. (Lejins.)

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents.
(3)

First semester. Prerequisite. Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. History,
organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and
juveniles. (Lejins.)

Soc. 161. The Sociology of War. (3)

Second semester. The origin and development of armed forces as institutions;
the social causes, operations and results of war as social conflict; the relations
of peace and war and revolution in contemporary civilization. (Coates.)

Soc. 164. The Family and Society. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 or equivalent. Study of the
family as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations, historic
development, changing structure and function; the interactions of marriages and
parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present day trends.

(Shankweiler, Bourdeau, Motz.)

Soc. 166. Interviewing and Problem Solving in Social Work. (3)

Prerequisite, Soc. 131. (may be taken concurrently). The principles of interview-
ing and other diagnostic techniques as applied to social problems with particular
reference to family and child behavior. (DiBella.)

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare. (3)

First semester. Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services
to families and children; child placement; foster families. (DiBella.)

Soc. 173. Social Security. (3)

First semester. The social security program in the United States; public assist-
ance; social insurance. (DiBella.)

131

Sociology

Soc. 174. Public Welfare. (3)

Second semester. Development and organization of the public welfare move-
ment in the United States, social legislation interrelations of federal, state, and
local agencies and institutions. (DiBella.)

Soc. 180. Small Group Analysis. (3)

Analysis of small group structure and dynamics. Review of research on small
groups in factories, military service, schools and communities. Presentation of
techniques used in the study of small groups. (Franz.)

Soc. 183. Social Statistics. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 3 or 10. Measures of central
tendency and dispersion, use of statistical inference in simple testing of null
hypotheses, chi square, and labor saving computional devices for correlation.
Majors in sociology should take this course in their junior year. (Henkel.)

Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 183, or equivalent. Provides refined statistical
research methods for advanced students in the social sciences. Sampling theory,
specialized correlation technique, advanced tests of significance, and other
procedures. (Henkel.)

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory. (3)

First and second semesters. Development of the science of sociology; historical
backgrounds; recent theories of society. Majors in sociology should take this
course in their senior year. (Janes, Motz, Hirzel.)

Soc. 191. Social Field Training. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, for social work field training, Soc. 131;
for crime control field training, Soc. 52 and 153. Enrollment restricted to avail-
able placements. Supervised field training in public and private social agencies.
The student will select his particular area of interest and be responsible to an
agency for a definite program of in-service training. Group meetings, individual
conferences, and written program reports will be a required part of the course.

(Staff.)

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar. (3)

First and second semesters. Required of and open only to senior majors in
sociology. Scope, fields, and research methods of sociology; practical applications
of sociological knowledge. Individual study and reports. Sociology majors who
expect to graduate in mid-year should take this course in the preceding spring
semester. (Hoffsommer, Cussler.)

For Graduates

With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, 290, and 291, individual courses
numbered 200 to 299 will ordinarily be ordered in alternate years.

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research. (3)

First semester. Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and
techniques of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate
majors in sociology. (Hoffsommer.)

132

Sociology
Soc. 215. Community Studies. (3)

First semester. Intensive study of the factors affecting community development
and growth, social structure, social stratification, social mobility and social in-
stitutions; analysis of particular communities. (Staff.)

Soc. 216. Sociology of Occupations and Professions. (3)

Second semester. An analysis of the occupational and professional structure of
American society, with special emphasis on changing roles, functions, ideologies
and community-relationships. (Coates.)

Soc. 221. Population and Society. (3)

Second semester. Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and
qualitative aspects; American and world problems. (Hirzel.)

Soc. 224. Race and Culture. (3)

Second semester. Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the
social effects of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson.)

Soc. 230. Comparative Sociology. (3)

Second semester. Comparison of the social institutions, organizations, patterns
of collective behavior, and art manifestations of social values countries. (Staff.)

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure. (3)

First semester. Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, per-
sonality, and social traits in select social structures. (Cussler.)

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda. (3)

Second semester. Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies
and techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion.

(Motz.)

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology. (3)

First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological
theory and research. (Lejins.)

Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology. (3)

Second semester. Selected problems in criminology. (Lejins.)

Soc. 255. Seminar. Juvenile Delinquency. (3)

First semester. Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.)

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem. (3)

Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and
juvenile delinquency in Maryland. (Lejins.)

Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy. (3)

First semester. Emergence and development of social policy as related to social
change; policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.)

Soc. 262. Family Studies. (3)

Second semester. Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family
trends, methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.)

133

Sociology

Soc. 263. Marriage and Family Counseling. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites. Soc. 64 or Soc. 164 or consent of instructor. A
sociological analysis of an emerging, family-centered profession. Designed for
advanced sociology majors or allied fields for use in vocations such as teaching,
medicine, the ministry and others embodying the role of guidance.

(Shankweiler.)

Soc. 264. The Sociology of Mental Health. (3)

First semester. A study of the sociological factors that condition mental health
together with an appraisal of the group dynamics of its preservation. (Staff.)

Soc. 271. Theory of Social Interaction. (3)

Second semester. Positions of major sociologists and social psychologists as to
how the individual interacts with various groups and the issues involved.
Trends in recent interaction theory. (Cussler.)

Soc. 282. Sociology Methodology. (3)

Second semester. Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory
of scientific method: principal issues and points of view. (Staff.)

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory. (3)

First semester. Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and
American theories of society. Required of graduate majors in sociology.

(Janes, Motz.)

Soc. 291. Special Social Problems. (Credit to be determined).

First and second semesters. Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.)

Soc. 399. Thesis Research. (Credit to be determined)

First and second semesters. (Thesis Adviser.)

134

Speech and Dramatic Art
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART

Professor and Head: Strausbaugh.

Professor: Hendricks.

Associate Professors: Aylward, Batka, Linkow, Niemeyer, Pugliese,
and Weaver.

Associate Research Professor: Causey.

Assistant Professors: Baker, Craven, Downs, Frank, Provensen,

SCHMITT, AND STARCHER.

Instructors: Gossage, Lamb, Menser, Meersman, Shaftel, and Virden.

Assistant Instructor: Cussler.

Lecturers: Carter, Goldiamond, Resnick, and Williams.

♦Speech 1. Public Speaking. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite for advanced speech courses. Laboratory
fee, $1.00. The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside
readings; reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the
freshman year. (Linkow, Staff.)

Speech 2. Advanced Public Speaking. (3)

A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in con-
junction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public
address. (Downs.)

Speech Clinic. No credit.

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted in
individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by consulta-
tion with the respective speech instructor. (Staff.)

Speech 3. Fundamentals of General American Speech. (3)

Each semester. Training in auditory discrimination of speech sounds, rhythms
and inflections of general American speech. Analysis of the physiological bases
of speech production and the phonetic elements of speech reception. This course
is required of speech majors and recommended for foreign students and majors
in nursery and elementary education. (Staff.)

Speech 4. Voice and Diction. (3)

First and second semesters. Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articula-
tion, and phonation. May be taken concurrently with Speech 1. (Starcher, Staff.)

* Speech 3 should be substituted as the requirement for non-English speaking students.

135

Speech and Dramatic Art
♦Speech 7. Public Speaking. (2)

Each semester. Laboratory fee, $1.00. The preparation and delivery of speeches
on technical and general subjects. (Staff.)

Speech 8. Acting. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Basic principles
of histrionic practice. (Meersman.)

Speech 10. Group Discussion. (2)

First and second semesters. A study of the principles, methods, and types of dis-
cussion, and their application in the discussion of contemporary problems.

(Linkow, Staff.)

Speech 11, 12. Debate. (2, 2)

First arid second semesters. Pre-Law students may take Speech 11, 12, instead of
Speech 1. A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning,
fallacies, briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public speaking.

(Downs.)

Speech 13. Oral Interpretation. (3)

First semester. The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of
students in the art of reading. (Provensen.)

Speech 14. Stagecraft. (3)

First semester. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Fundamentals of technical production.
Emphasis on construction of scenery. (Gossage.)

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre. (3)

First and second semester. A general survey of the fields of the theatre.

(Pugliese.)

Sfeech 17. Make-up. (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory
fee, $2.00. A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-
up, covering basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period.

(Schmitt.)

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television. (3)

First and second semester. Prerequisite for all courses in radio. The development,
scope, and influence of American broadcasting and telecasting, including visits
to local radio and television stations, with guest lecturers from Radio Station
WTOP and Television Station WTOP-TV. (Batka.)

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law. (1)

First and second semesters. A study of the principles and application of parlia-
mentary law as applied to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use
of Robert's Rules of Order. (Strausbaugh.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Speech 102. Radio Production. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 22 and consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $2.00. A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special

136

Speech and Dramatic Art

emphasis is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking," timing, cutting and the
coordination of personnel factors involved in the production of radio programs.

(Lamb.)

Speech 105. Handicapped School Children. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 3 for undergraduates. The
occurrence, identification and treatment of speech handicaps in the classrooms.
An introduction to speech pathology. (Craven.)

Speech 106. Clinical Practice. (1 to 5 Credits, up to 9)

Each semester. Summer session. Prerequisite, Speech 105. May be taken for 1-5
credit hours per semester. May be repeated for a total of 9 semester hours
credit. Laboratory fee, $1.00 per hour. Clinical practice in various methods of
corrective procedures with various types of speech cases in the University clinic.
Veterans hospitals, and public schools. (Craven.)

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 13. Emphasis upon the longer reading.
Program planning. (Provensen.)

Speech 109. Speech and Language Development of Children. (3)

Second semester. Admission by consent of instructor. An analysis of normal
and abnormal processes of speech and language development in children.

(Hendricks.)

Speech 110. Advanced Group Discussion. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 10. Required in speech cur-
riculum and elective in other curricula. An examination of current research and
techniques in the discussion and conference including extensive practice in this
area. (Linkow.)

Speech 111. Seminar. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of in-
structor. Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh, Staff.)

Speech 112. Phonetics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken
English, with an analysis of their formation. Practice transcription. Mastery of
the international phonetic alphabet. (Kavanagh.)

Speech 113. Play Production. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 16 or consent of instructor. Development
of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for public performance.

(Pugliese.)

Speech 114. The Film as an Art Form. (3)

Laboratory fee, $10.00. A study of the motion picture as a developing form of
entertainment, communication, and artistic expression. A series of significant
American and foreign films are viewed to illustrate the artistic, historical and
sociological trends of the twentieth century. (Niemeyer.)

Speech 115. Radio and Television in Retailing. (3)

First semester. Limited to students in the College of Home Economics. Pre-
requisite, Speech 1 or 7. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Writing and production of

137

Speech and Dramatic Art

promotional programs for the merchandising of wearing apparel and home-
furnishings. Collaboration with the Washington and Baltimore radio stations and
retail stores. (Lamb.)

Speech 116. Radio and Television Announcing. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 4 and 22 or consent of instructor. Labora-
tory fee, $2.00. The theory and application of all types of announcing. (Batka.)

Speech 117. Radio and Television Continuity Writing. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. A study of the
principles, methods and limitations of writing for radio and television. Applica-
tion will be made in the writing of general types of continuities and commercials.

(Lamb.)

Speech 120. Speech Pathology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A continuation
of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic speech
disorders. (Craven.)

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 1 or 7. The first semester
covers the period from colonial times to the Civil War period. The second
semester covers from the Civil War period through the contemporary period.

(Staff.)

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech in Human Relations. (3)

Second semester, Prerequisite, one course in public speaking. An analysis of
speech and language habits from the standpoint of general semantics.

(Hendricks.)

Speech 127. Children's Dramatics. (3)

Principles and methods necessary for staging children's productions on the
elementary school level. Major emphasis on creative dramatics; the application
of creative dramatics in the school room, and the values gained by the child in
this activity. Students will conduct classes in formal and creative dramatics
which will culminate in children's programs. (Pugliese.)

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, Speech 8 or consent of instructor. A lecture-laboratory course
dealing with the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking, and
rehearsal routine as applied to the directing of plays. (Pugliese.)

Speech 131. History of the Theatre. (3)

First semester. A survey of the dramatic production from early origin to 1800.

(Niemeyer.)

Speech 132. History of the Theatre. (3)

Second semester. A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present.

(Niemeyer.)

Speech 133. Communication Processes in Conferences. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 103 or 104 or the equivalent. Limited to
students at the off-campus centers. Group participation in conferences, methods

138

Speech and Dramatic Art

of problem solving, semantic aspects of language and the function of confer-
ences in industry and government. (Linkow.)

Speech 135. Instrumentation in Speech and Hearing Science. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. The use of
electronic equipment in the measurement of speech and hearing. (Linkow.)

Speech 136. Principles in Speech Therapy. (3)

Prerequisite. Speech 120. Laboratory fee. $3.00. Differential diagnosis of speech
and language handicaps and the application of psychological principles of
learning, motivation and adjustment in the treatment of speech disorders.

(Hendricks.)

Speech 138. Methods and Materials in Speech Correction. (3)

Prerequisite. Speech 120 or the equivalent. Laboratory fee. $3.00. The design
and use of methods and materials for diagnosis, measurement, and retraining of
the speech-handicapped. (Craven.)

Speech 139. Theatre Workshop. (3)

Given each semester. Prerequisite, Speech 8 or 14. A laboratory course designed
to provide the student with practical experience in all phases of theatre
production. (Strausbaugh.)

Speech 140. Principles of Television Production. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22. Laboratory fee. $5.00. A study of the
theory, methods, techniques, and problems of television production and direc-
tion. Units of study covering television cameras and lenses, lighting theory and
practices, scenery and properties, costumes and makeup, graphic arts and
special effects are included. Observation of production procedures at nearby
television stations. Application will be made through crew assignments for
University-produced television programs. (Aylward.)

Speech 141. Introduction to Audiometry. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite. Speech 3. Laboratory fee. $2.00. Analysis of various
methods and procedures in evaluating hearing losses. Required for students
whose concentration is in speech and hearing therapy. (Causey.)

Speech 142. Speech Reading and Auditory Training. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Methods of
training individuals with hearing loss to recognize, interpret and understand
spoken language. Required for students whose concentration is in speech and
hearing therapy. (Causey.)

Speech 146. Television News and Public Affairs. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite. Speech 117 or Journalism 101. Training in pre-
sentation of television news, interviews, discussions, and forums. (Batka.)

Speech 147. Analysis of Broadcasting Processes and Results. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Survey of the
more common analytic approaches, methods, and results in the field of radio
and television. (Aylward.)

Speech 148. Television Direction. (3)

First semester. Two hour lecture, three hour laboratory. Prerequisites. Speech
22, 140. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Principles of television direction including
analysis of script, casting, rehearsing, production, and video control. (Aylward.)

139

Speech and Dramatic Art

Speech 149. Television Workshop. (3)

Second semester. Two hour lecture, four hour laboratory. Prerequisites, Speech
22, 140 and 148, or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Aylward.)

Speech 150. Radio and Television Station Management. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Broadcasting
regulations, licenses, personnel functions, sales, advertising, and program and
station promotion. (Batka.)

Speech 161. Ancient Rhetoric. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 5 or 11. The theories of speechmaking and
speech composition as propounded by the classical rhetoricians. Special attention
is given to Plato, Aristotle, Socrates, Cicero, Quintillian and St. Augustine.

(Downs.)

Speech 164. Persuasion in Speech. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite. Speech 5 or 1 1 . A study of the bases of persuasion
with emphasis on recent experimental developments in persuasion. (Weaver.)

Speech 171. Styles and Theories of Acting. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 8 or consent of instructor. The study and
application of historical styles and theories of acting. (Pugliese.)

Speech 175. Stage Design and Lighting. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 14 or consent of instructor. The theory of
stage design and lighting. Making of plans and lighting plots as coordinate
elements of scenic art. (Schmitt.)

Speech 180. Honors Seminar. (3)

For Honors students only. Readings, symposiums, visiting lecturers, discussions.

(Staff.)

For Graduates

The Department maintains a reciprocal agreement with Walter Reed
General Hospital whereby clinical practice may be obtained at the Army
Audiology and Speech Correction Center, Forest Glen, Maryland, under
the direction of James P. Albrite, M.D., Director.

Speech 201. Special Problems Seminar. (A. through K.), (1, 3)

(6 hrs. applicable toward M. A. degree.) Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech
pathology and consent of instructor. A. Stuttering; B. Cleft Palate; C. Delayed
Speech; D. Articulation; E. Cerebral Palsy; F. Voice; G. Special Problems of the
Deaf; H. Foreign Dialect; I. Speech Intelligibility; J. Neurophysiology of Hear-
ing; K. Minor Research Problems. (Hendricks.)

Speech 202. Techniques of Research in Speech and Hearing. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech pathology and audiology
Analysis of research methodology including experimental techniques, statistical
analysis and preparation of reports for scientific investigations in speech and
hearing science. Required of candidates for Master's degree in speech and
hearing therapy. (Williams.)

140

Speech and Dramatic Art

Speech 203. Experimental Phonetics. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 112. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The application of experimental
methods in quantitative analysis of the phonetic elements of speech

( Baker. )

Speech 204. Applied Phonetics. (3)

Prerequisite: Speech 112 or equivalent. Application of phonetic analysis to
communication systems and clinical analysis in speech and hearing. ( Baker. )

Speech 205. Descriptive Phonetics. (3)

Prerequisite: Speech 112 or equivalent. Application of phonetic a™1*8"^"*
transcription of dialects.

Speech 206. Diagnostic Procedures in Speech Pathology. (3)

Prerequisite: 6 hours of speech pathology. A study of diagnostic tools and
methods in the analysis of various types of speech disorders

(Hendricks, Staff.)

Speech 207. Advance Principles of Speech and
Hearing Therapy. (3)

Prerequisite: Speech 136 or equivalent, and 6 hours of speech and hearing
pathology. A review of learning principles as applied to the training of the
speech and hearing handicapped. (Hendricks.)

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing. (3)

Prerequisite. 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instruc-
tor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of anatomy and physiology of the ™™W
and speech mechanisms.

Speech 211. A, B, C, D. Advanced Clinical Practice.
(1, 3 up to 12)

(6 hours applicable toward M.A. degree.) Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech
pathology and audiology. Laboratory fee, $1.00 per hour. Supervised training
in the application of clinical methods in the diagnosis and treatment °£ ^"J
and hearing disorders.

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology. (3)

Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and consent of instructor Laboratory
fee, $3.00. Etiology and therapy for organic and functional sPeec(^ad^°radg6hrS)

Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry. (3)

Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee
$3.00. Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (KesnicK.j

Speech 216. Communication Skills for the Hard-of-Hearing. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor.
Speech reading, auditory training, and speech conservation problems in the
rehabilitation of the hard-of -hearing. (Causey.)

Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the
Acoustically Handicapped. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 214. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A laboratory course in modern
methods of utilizing electronic hearing aids. (Man.)

141

Speech and Dramatic Art

Speech 218. Speech and Hearing in Medical Rehabilitation and
Special Education Programs. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and
consent of instructor. Administrative problems involved in the organization and
operation of speech and hearing therapy under the different types of programs.

(Hendricks.)

Speech 219. Speech Disorders of the Brain-Injured. (3)

Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instruc-
tor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Methods of evaluation and treatment of children and
adults who have suffered injury to brain tissue, with subsequent damage to
speech and language processes. (Hendricks.)

Speech 220. Experimental Audiology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in audiology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A
study of experimental techniques in the investigation of problems in audiology
and psychoacoustics. (Causey.)

Speech 221. Communication Theory and Speech Hearing
Problems. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and
consent of instructor. Analysis of current theories of communication as they
apply to research and therapy in speech and hearing. (Hendricks.)

Speech 222. Advanced Bio-Acoustics. (3)

Prerequisite: 6 hours of audiology. Laboratory research methods in the study
of hearing mechanisms in animals. (Spuehler.)

Speech 223. Advanced Psycho- Acoustics. (3)

Prerequisite: 6 hours of audiology. Research methodology in the study of human
hearing. (Spuehler.)

Speech 224. The Preparation of Speech and Hearing Scientists
in Institutions of Higher Learning. (3)

Prerequisite; 6 hours of audiology and 6 hours of speech pathology. A review
of problems involved in the training of personnel who expect to take teaching
and research positions at university and college level. (Hendricks.)

Speech 225. Advanced Semantics. (3)

Prerequisite: 3 hours of semantics. Advanced study of the effects of language in
human perception. (Hendricks.)

Speech 226. Language Problems of the Exceptional Child. (3)

Prerequisite; 6 hours of speech pathology. A survey of special language prob-
lems of the mentally retarded, brain-injured, hard-of-hearing and deaf children.

(Staff.)

Speech 240. Seminar in Broadcasting. (3)

First semester. Studies of various aspects of broadcasting. (Aylward.)

142

Speech and Dramatic Art
Speech 241. Special Problems in Broadcasting. (3)

Second semester. An experimental laboratory course for the development of
new ideas in broadcasting. (Batka.)

Speech 248. Advanced Television Direction. (3)

Prerequisite: Speech 148 or consent of instructor. Principles of television direc-
tion as applied to dramatic programs, together with a consideration of the
specific aesthetic values of the television medium. (Aylward.)

Speech 260. Speech and Drama Programs in Higher Education. (3)

First semester. A study of current theories and practices in speech education.

(Weaver, Staff.)

Speech 261. Introduction to Graduate Study in Speech. (3)

First semester. (Weaver.)

Speech 262. Special Problems in General Speech. (3)

First semester. (Weaver.)

Speech 263. Rhetorical Theories of Style. (3)

Prerequisites: Speech 124, 125. or 161. or consent of instructor. Examination
of selected theories of style drawn from the fields of rhetoric and literature,
and analysis of model speeches. (Staff.)

Speech 264. Interpersonal Communication. (3)

Problems and processes of symbolic representation in speech, the effects of
language on communication, semantic redundancy, and interaction between
meaning and the structure of oral language. (Weaver.)

Speech 270. Seminar: Studies in Theatre. (3)

First semester Research projects adopted to individual backgrounds and special
work. (Niemeyer.)

Speech 271. The Theory of Pre-Modern Dramatic Production. (3)

Second semester. An historical survey of production styles. (Pugliese.)

Speech 272. Special Problems in Drama. (3)

Second semester. The preparation of adaptations and other projects in
dramaturgy. (Niemeyer.)

Speech 273. Theories of the Drama. (3)

Advanced study of the identification and development of dramatic form from
the early Greek drama to contemporary forms; the esthetics of theatre arts;
and dramatic criticism. (Pugliese.)

Speech 290. Independent Study. (1-3)

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An individual course designed for intensive
study or research of problems in any one of the three areas of: drama, general
speech, or radio/tv. (Staff.)

Speech 399. Thesis Research. (1-6)

Arranged. (Staff)

143

Zoology
ZOOLOGY

Professor and Head: Anastos.

Professor: Schoenborn.

Professor Emeritus: Burhoe.

Associate Professors: Brown, Crenshaw, Grollman, Haley, Highton,

LlNDER, RAMM, AND WlNN.

Assistant Professors: Brinkley, Ficken, Gainer, Rothman, Stross.
Research Associates: Doss and Ficken.
Instructors: Grismer, Potter, Stewart, Widman.

All zoology courses with laboratory have a laboratory fee of $8.00 per
course per semester.

Zool 1. General Zoology. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Three lectures and one two-hour
laboratory period a week. Zool. 1 and 2 satisfy the freshman pre-medical re-
quirement in general biology. An introduction to the modern concepts of
biological principles and animal life. Emphasis will be placed upon the func-
tional aspects of living systems with a survey of the physical and chemical
bases of all life processes. (Linder and Brown.)

Zool. 2. The Animal Phyla. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Zool. 1 or Bot. 1. A study of the anatomy, classification and life
histories of representative animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. (Rothman.)

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites. Zool. 1 and 2 or equivalent. A comparative study of selected
organ systems in certain vertebrate groups. (Ficken.)

Zool. 6. Genetics. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures, one discussion period, and one two-hour
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. A
consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Crenshaw.)

Zool. 14. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Zool. 1. For students who desire a general knowledge of human
anatomy and physiology. (Grollman.)

Zool. 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, Zool. 14. A continuation of Zool. 14. (Grollman.)

144

Zoology
Zool. 55S. Development of the Human Body. (2)

Summer session. Five lectures a week. A study of the main factors affecting
the growth and development of the child with special emphasis on normal
development. (Staff.)

Zool. 75. History of Zoology. (1)

First semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisites, a general Grade Point
Average (GPA) of 3.2 and a GPA in biological subjects of 3.5 or permission of
the instructor. A course in the history of the development of Zoology involv-
ing the historical figures, experiments and ideas which contributed to modern
concepts. (Ramm.)

Zool. 76. Zoological Literature. (1)

Second semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisites, a general Grade Point
Average (GPA) of 3.2 and a GPA in biological subjects of 3.5, or permission
of the instructor. Discussion of zoological literature, its use and significance.

(Anastos.)

Zool. 77. Basic Study in Zoology. (1-4)

First and second semester. Prerequisites, a general Grade Point Average (GPA)
of 3.2 and a GPA in biological subjects of 3.5 or permission of the instructor.
Independent study, with supporting laboratory experiments, of the basic dis-
ciplines in zoology. Repeatable up to 8 hours credit. (Staff.)

Zool. 101. Comparative Physiology. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one year of organic chemistry. The
study of the differences and similarities in the functioning of organs of species
of the animal kingdom. (Brinkley.)

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology. (4)

First semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one semester
of organic chemistry. The general principles of physiological function as shown
in mammals and lower animals. (Gainer.)

Zool. 103. Biophysics. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Three lectures a
week. Prerequisites, one year of biology and one year of either physics or
physical chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A course designed to
acquaint the student with the scope of biophysics and to provide an introduction
to the analysis of cells and tissues as physical-chemical systems. (Gainer.)

Zool. 108. Animal Histology. (4)

Second semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. A microscopic
study of tissues and organs of vertebrates with special emphasis on the mammal.
Practice in elementary histotechnique will be included. (Brown.)

Zool. 109. Animal Cytology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, two years of zoology and organic chemistry, or permission of

145

Zoology

instructor. A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the
morphology and physiology of cell organoids and inclusions. (Brown.)

Zool. 110. General Parasitology. (4)

First semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, two years of zoology, and one year of
chemistry or permission of the instructor. A consideration of the phenomenon of
parasitism through a study of the structure, function and host relationships of
parasitic organisms. (Haley.)

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Occasional summer
session. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
site, one year of zoology. An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy,
morphology and embryology of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. (Linder.)

Zool. 120. Vertebrate Embryology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, one year of zoology. Principles of developmental dynamics includ-
ing organization, differentiation, morphogenesis, and developmental physiology.

(Ramm.)

Zool. 121. Animal Ecology. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, one year of zoology. The environment and its control of animal
abundance, organization of population, and the biology of communities will be
studied. (Stross.)

Zool. 127. Ichthyology. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64.) Two lectures and one
two-hour and one three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool.
1, 2 and 5 or equivalent. A course in anatomy, embryology, distribution, habits
and taxonomy of marine and fresh water fish. (Winn.)

Zool. 128. Zoogeography. (3)

First semester. Three lecture periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1, 2, and
5 or equivalent. Principles governing the geographical distribution of animals,
with particular emphasis on vertebrates. (Highton.)

Zool. 129. Vertebrate Zoology. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, two years of zoology or permission of instructor. The identifica-
tion, classification, habits and behavior of vertebrates. (Winn.)

Zool. 130. Hydrobiology. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of biology or
permission of instructor. Study of aquatic animals and conditions of existence
in water. Selected examples are used to illustrate the influence of environment
on productivity of aquatic communities. (Stross.)

Zool. 150. Special Problems in Zoology. (1 or 2)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, major in zoology or
biological sciences, a minimum of 3.0 cumulative average in the biological

146

Zoology

sciences, and consent of instructor. Research or integrated reading in zoology.
A student may register several times and receive up to 8 semester hours of
credit. (Staff.)

Zool. 151H. Honors Seminar. (1)

First and second semesters. One discussion period a week. Prerequisite, par-
ticipation in honors program. Guided discussion of topics of current interest.
Repeatable to total of 4 hours credit. (Staff.)

Zool. 152H. Honors Independent Study. (1-4)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, participation in honors program.
Study of classical material by way of guided independent study and labora-
tory experiments. Repeatable to a total of 12 hours credit. (Staff.)

Zool. 153H. Honors Research. (1-2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, participation in honors program. A
laboratory research problem: required each semester during honors participa-
tion and culminating in an honors thesis. Repeatable to a total of 8 hours
credit. (Staff.)

Zool. 182. Ethology. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered in 1963-64). Two lectures and
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, two years of Zoology
including a course in comparative anatomy, or permission of instructor. The
function, causation, and evolution of behavior. Laboratory analysis of the
behavior of several species. (Ficken.)

Zool. 190. Evolution. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, a course in genetics or
permission of instructor. A consideration of current thought in regard to the
origin and evolution of living organisms. (Crenshaw.)

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Two lectures and four
hours of laboratory a week. Prerequisites, a course in embryology and one in
physiology. The biochemical basis of development. (Ramm.)

Zool. 204. Cellular Physiology. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, a course in physiology and one year of organic chemistry. The
principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life.

(Schoenborn.)

Zool. 205. Comparative Endocrinology. (3)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64). Three lectures a week.
Prerequisites, one year of organic chemistry and a course in physiology, or
permission of the instructor. A systematic approach to the structure and
physiology of neuro-endocrine systems of invertebrates and vertebrates.

(Linder.)

Zool. 206. Electrophysiology. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64). Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, a course in physiology, one

147

Zoology

year of physics, and permission of the instructor. A course concerned with
electrical phenomena occurring in living matter and with the effect of electrical
currents on cells, with special emphasis on nerves and muscles. (Gainer.)

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar. (Credit to be arranged)

First and second semesters. Summer session. One lecture a week for each credit
hour. 1. cytology; 2. embryology (general embryology, experimental embryology,
invertebrate embryology, transplantation and regeneration, endocrines and
development); 3. fisheries; 4. genetics (population genetics); 5. parasitology
(general parasitology, helminthology. fish diseases); 6. physiology (physiology of
protozoa, invertebrate physiology, physiology of fishes, physiology of develop-
ment); 7. systematics (evolution, herpetology, ichthyology, zoogeography);

8. ecology (experimental ecology, marine ecology, radioisotopes in ecology,
population dynamics, limnology): 9. behavior (comparative behavior, fish
behavior, electronic instrumentation); 10 recent advances (microtechnique
and histochemistry, Russian biology). (Staff.)

Zool. 208. Special Problems in Zoology. (Credit to be arranged)

First and second semester, summer session. 1. cytology; 2. embroyology; 3.
fisheries: 4. genetics; 5. parasitology; 6. physiology; 7. systematics; 8. ecology;

9. behavior and 10. general. (Staff.)

Zool. 210. Systematic Zoology. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
The principles and methods involved in the classification of animals, with
emphasis on population dynamics and speciation. Methods of evaluating
taxonomic data, principles of • zoological nomenclature, field and museum
techniques, and the factors influencing the distribution of animals are also
stressed. (Highton.)

Zool. 211, 212. Lectures in Zoology. (1-3, 1-3)

First and second semesters. One to three lectures a week. Advanced lectures
by outstanding authorities in their particular field of zoology. As the subject
matter is continually changing, a student may register several times, receiving
credit for several semesters. (Visiting Lecturers.)

Zool. 216. Physiological Cytology. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of biochem-
istry and physics and a course in physiology, or permission of the instructor.
A study of the structure and function of cells by chemical, physical and micro-
scopic methods. (Brown.)

Zool. 220. Population Genetics. (4)

First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite, a course in genetics. The role of mutation, selection, migration,
inbreeding, and stochastic process in evolution. (Highton.)

Zool. 223. Analysis of Animal Structure. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered in 1963-64). Two lectures and
four hours of laboratory a week. Prerequisites, a course in embryology. The ex-
perimental basis of developmental mechanics. (Ramm.)

148

Zoology
Zool. 234. Experimental Mammalian Physiology. (4)

First semester. Two four-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, a course
in physiology and one year of chemistry above general chemistry. The theory,
use and application to research of instrumentation normally found in the
physiology laboratory with an introduction to surgical techniques on both
large and small animals. (Grollman.)

Zool. 235. Comparative Behavior. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64). Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, usually a course in behavior
and one in physiology, and permission of instructor. Orientation and migra-
tions, communication, coding, brain and behavior, biological rhythms, and
hormones and behavior are the main subjects that will be considered. (Winn.)

Zool. 236. Mammalian Physiology. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64). Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite, a course in physiology. Advanced study of the functioning of the
organs of mammalian species. (Brinkley.)

Zool. 237. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Three lectures a week.
Prerequisite, a course in biochemistry. Study of the functioning of the endocrine
glands of the vertebrate species. (Brinkley.)

Zool. 240. Analysis of Animal Populations. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered in 1963-64). Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, a course in Ecology or
permission of instructor. An advanced course in animal ecology with a focus on
population. Studies of growth and regulation of animal populations are em-
phasized. (Stross.)

Zool. 245. Biology of Birds. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, a course in vertebrate
zoology or permission of instructor. Emphasis will be on ecology, behavior,
anatomy, systematics, and reproductive physiology, plus field studies of local
birds. (Ficken.)

Zool. 250. Advanced Parasitology. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64). One three-hour dis-
cussion period and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, a
course in parasitology and permission of the instructor. A study of the
interactions of hosts and parasites at the organismal and population levels, with
emphasis on concepts of specificity, immunity, pathogenesis and epidemiology.

(Haley.)

Zool. 251. Helminthology. (4)

Second semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, two years of zoology
and permission of the instructor. A study of the classification, structure and
biology of the helminths. (Haley.)

149

Zoology

Zool. 252. Protozoology. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64). Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and
permission of the instructor. A study of the classification, structure and biology
of the protozoa. (Rothman.)

Zool. 253. Physiology of Symbiosis. (4)

First semester, alternate years. (To be offered 1963-64). Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of bio-
chemistry, and permission of instructor. A consideration of the biology of
symbiotic organisms, especially the physiological concert existing between
host and symbiont. (Rothman.)

Zool. 260. Quantitative Zoology. (3)

First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1963-64). Two lectures and one
discussion period a week. Prerequisite, Math. 19 or equivalent, or permission
of the instructor. A consideration of the statistical techniques of principal
importance in the analysis of biological data. (Crenshaw.)

Zool. 399. Reseach. (Credit to be arranged)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Work on thesis project only.
1. cytology; 2. embryology; 3. fisheries; 4. genetics; 5. parasitology; 6. physiology;
7. systematics; 8. ecology; 9. behavior; 10. invertebrate zoology.

150

THE 1964-66 FACULTY

Administrative Officers

MANNING, Charles, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences and Professor of
English

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of

North Carolina, 1950.

SMITH, Leon P., Dean Emeritus

B.A., Emory University, 1919; M.A., University of Chicago, 1928; Ph.D., 1930.

Professors

ALDEN, Douglas W.. Professor and Head of Foreign Languages

A.B., Dartmouth College, 1933; A.M., Brown University, 1934; Ph.D., 1938.

ALDRIDGE, Alfred Owen, Professor of English

B.S., Indiana University. 1937; M.A., University of Georgia, 1938: Ph.D., Duke
University, 1942: Docteur de I'Universite de Paris, 1956.

ANASTOS, George, Professor and Head of Zoology

B.S., University of Akron. 1942; M.A., Harvard University, 1947: Ph.D., 1949.

ANDREWS, Thomas G.. Professor and Head of Psychology

B.A., University of Southern California. 1937; M.A., University of Nebraska,
1939; Ph.D., 1941.

AVERY, William T., Professor and Head of Classical Languages and Literatures
B.A., Western Reserve University, 1934; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1937; Fellow of the
American Academy in Rome, 1937-39.

BAILEY, William J.. Research Professor of Chemistry

B. Chem., University of Minnesota, 1943; Ph.D.. University of Illinois, 1946.

BAUER, Richard H., Professor of History

B.A., University of Chicago, 1924; M.A., 1928; Ph.D., 1935.

BODE, Carl. Professor of English

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1933; M.A.. Northwestern University, 1938; Ph.D..
1941; Fellow of the Royal Society of Literature of the United Kingdom.

BRACE, John W.. Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Swarthmore College, 1949; M.A.. Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D., 1953.

BRADY, Joseph V., Professor of Psychology (part-time)

B.S., Fordham University, 1943; Ph.D.. University of Chicago, 1951.

BURGERS, Johannes M., Research Professor in Institute for Fluid Dynamics and

Applied Mathematics

Doctor of Mathematics and Physics, University of Leiden. 1918; Doctor Honoris
Causa. Universite Libre de Bruxelles. 1948; Doctor Honoris Causa, Universite de
Poitiers, 1950: Doctor of Science in Technology, The Technion, 1955.

151

Faculty

BURHOE, Sumner O., Professor Emeritus of Zoology

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1925; M.S., Kansas State College, 1926; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, 1937.

CHATELAIN, Verne E., Professor of History

B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; M.A., University of Chicago, 1925;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1943.

COHEN, Leon W., Professor and Head of Mathematics

A.B., Columbia University, 1923; A.M., 1925; Ph.D., University of Michigan,
1928.

COOLEY, Franklin D., Professor of English

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; M.A., University of Maryland, 1933;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1940.

DOETSCH, Raymond N., Professor of Microbiology

B.S., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., Indiana University, 1943; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1948.

DOUGLIS, Avron, Professor of Mathematics

A.B., University of Chicago, 1938; M.S., New York University, 1948; Ph.D., 1949.

DRESDEN, Samuel, Visiting Professor of Foreign Languages

Doctor. Exam., Philosophy, University of Amsterdam, 1938; Doctoral Exam.
French, 1939.

EDGERTON, Harold A., Professor of Psychology (part-time)

B.A., Kansas State Teachers College, 1924; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1928.

ESTABROOK, Gaylord, Professor of Physics

B.S., Purdue University, 1921; M.S., Ohio State University, 1922; M.S., Johns
Hopkins University, 1930; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1932.

FABER, John E., Professor and Head of Microbiology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

FALLS, William F., Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1922; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1928;
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1932.

FERRELL, Richard A., Professor of Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Princeton
University, 1952.

FRIEDMAN, Herbert L., Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1936; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1940.

GLASSER, Robert A., Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.S., University of Chicago, 1950; M.S., University of Chicago, 1952; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago, 1954.

GOLDHABER, Jacob K., Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1944; M.A., Harvard University, J 945; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, 1950.

152

Faculty

GOOD, Richard A., Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Ashland College, 1939; MA., University of Wisconsin, 1940; Ph.D., 1945.

GOODWYN, Frank, Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., University
of Texas, 1946.

GORDON, Donald C, Professor of History

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1934; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1938; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1947.

GRANT, Colin King, Visiting Professor of Philosophy
MA. (Oxon.), 1946; D. Phil., 1950.

GRENTZER, Rose Marie, Professor of Music

B.A., Mus. Ed., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1935; B.A., Mus., 1936; M.A..
1939.

GRIEM, Hans, Professor of Physics

Abitur, Max Planck Schule, Kiel, Germany, 1949; Ph.D., Universitat, Kiel,
Germany, 1954.

HANSEN, P. Arne, Professor of Microbiology

B.Ph., University of Copenhagen, 1922; M.S., 1926; Ph.D., Cornell University,
1931.

HARMAN, Susan E.. Professor Emerita of English

B.A., University of Nebraska, 1917; M.A., 1918; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, 1926.

HAYWARD, Raymond W., Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.S., Iowa State University, 1943; Ph.D., University of California, 1950.

HENDRICKS, Richard, Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Franklin College, 1937; M.A., Ohio State University, 1939; Ph.D., 1956.

HERZFELD, Charles, Professor of Physics (part time)

B.Chem E., Catholic University, Washington, D. C, 1945; Ph.D., University of
Chicago, 1951.

HOFFSOMMER, Harold C, Professor and Head of Sociology

B.A., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A.. 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

HORNYAK, William F., Professor of Physics

B.E.E., City College of New York, 1944; M.S., California Institute of Tech-
nology, 1945; Ph.D., 1949.

HORVATH, John, Professor of Mathematics

Ph.D., University of Budapest, 1947.
HUMMEL, James A., Professor of Mathematics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1949; M.A., Rice Institute, 1953; Ph.D.,

1955.

JACKSON, Stanley B., Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Bates College, 1933; M.A., Harvard University, 1934; Ph.D., 1937.

753

Faculty

JANES, Robert W., Professor of Sociology

B.A., University of Chicago, 1938; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois, 1942.

JONES, George F., Professor of Foreign Languages

A.B., Emory University, 1938; M.A„ Oxford University, 1943; Ph.D., Columbia
University, 1950.

KALLEN, Gunnar, Visiting Professor of Physics

B.A., Vasa Hogre Allmanne Laroverk, Gothenburg, 1944; B.S., Chalmers Tekn.
Hogskola, Gothenburg, 1948; Fils. Kand., University of Lund, 1948; Fil. lie,
University of Lund, 1949; Fil. Dir., University of Lund, 1950.

KOETHE, Gottfried, Visiting Professor of Mathematics
Ph.D., University of Graz, Austria, 1927.

KURODA, Sigekatu, Professor of Mathematics

B.S., University of Tokyo, 1928; Dr. Sci., University of Tokyo, 1945.

LAND, Aubrey C, Professor of History

B.Ed., Southern Illinois University, 1934; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1938;
Ph.D., 1948.

LA VINE, Thelma Z., Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Radcliffe College, 1936; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., 1939.

LEHNER, Joseph, Professor of Mathematics

B.S., New York University, 1938; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1939; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, 1941.

LEJINS, Peter P., Professor of Sociology

Magister Philosophiae, University of Latvia, 1930; Magister Iuris, 1933; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago, 1938.

LEMBACH, John, Professor and Acting Head of Art

B.A., University of Chicago, 1934; M.A., Northwestern University, 1937; Ed.D.,
Columbia Teachers College, 1946.

LIPPINCOTT, Ellis R., Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Earlham College, 1943; M.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1944; Ph.D.,
1947.

MACDONALD, William M., Professor of Physics

B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1950; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1955.

MAGOON, Thomas M., Professor of Psychology and Director of the University
Counseling Center

B.A., Dartmouth University, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; Ph.D.,
1954.

154

Faculty

MANNING, Charles, Dean of the College and Professor of English

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A.. Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

MARION, Jerry B., Professor of Physics

B.A., Reed College, 1952: M.S., Rice Institute, 1953; Ph.D., 1955.

MARTIN, Monroe H.. Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Lebanon Valley College. 1928; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1932.

MASON, Edward A.. Professor of Molecular Physics

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1950.

MAYOR, John R., Professor of Mathematics (part-time)
B.S., Knox College, 1928; M.A.. University of Illinois, 1929; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, 1933.

McDONALD, F. B., Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.S. Duke University. 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Minnesota, 1955.

McGINNIES, Elliott M„ Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1943; M.A., Brown University, 1944; Ph.D., Har-
vard University.

McMANAWAY, James C, Professor of English

B.A., University of Virginia. 1919; M.A., 1920; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1931.

MERRILL, Horace S., Professor of History

B.E., River Falls State College, 1932; Ph.M., University of Wisconsin, 1933; Ph.D.,
1942.

MORGAN, Raymond, Professor Emeritus of Physics

B.S., Indiana University, 1916; M.S., 1917; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
1922.

MURPHY, Charles D., Professor and Head of English

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1930; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1940.

MUSEN, Peter, Professor of Astronomy (part-time)

Mathematics, University of Belgrade. 1935; Ph.D., Astronomy, University of Bel-
grade, 1937.

MYERS, Ralph D.. Professor of Physics

B.A., Cornell University, 1934; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1937.

OPIK, Ernst, Professor of Physics

Moscow Imperial University. 1916; Ph.D., Tartu (Dorpat) University, 1923.

PELCZAR, Michael J., Jr., Professor of Microbiology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., State University of Iowa,
1941.

755

Faculty

PRAHL, A. J., Professor of Foreign Languages and Associate Dean of the Grad-
uate School

M.A., Washington University, 1928; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1933.

PRANGE, Gordon W., Professor of History

B.A., University of Iowa, 1932; M.A., 1934; Ph.D., 1937.

PRATT, Ernest F., Professor of Chemistry

B.A., University of Redlands, 1937; M.S., Oregon §tate College, 1939; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, 1942.

QUYNN, William R., Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Virginia, 1922; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1934.

RADO, George T.. Professor of Physics (part-time)

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1939; S.M., 1941; Ph.D., 1943.

RAND, Marguerite C, Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Pomona College. 1919; M.A., Stanford University, 1921; Ph.D., University
of Chicago, 1951.

REEVE, Wilkins, Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1936; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1940.

RICHESON, Allie W., Professor of Mathematics

B.S., University of Richmond, 1918; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1925;
Ph.D., 1928.

ROLLINSON, Carl L„ Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Michigan, 1933; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1939.

SALVADOR, Gregorio, Visiting Professor of Foreign Languages

Licenciado, University of Granada, 1950; Doctor, University of Madrid, 1953.

SCHAMP, Homer W., Jr., Professor of Molecular Physics

A.B., Miami University, 1944; M.S., University of Michigan, 1947; Ph.D., 1952.

SCHOENBORN, Henry W„ Professor of Zoology

A.B., DePauw University, 1933; Ph.D., New York University, 1939.

SHAKESHAFT, John R., Visiting Professor of Astronomy

B.A., University of Cambridge, England, 1952; M.A., University of Cambridge,
England, 1956; Ph.D., University of Cambridge, England, 1957.

SLAWSKY, Zaka I., Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1933; M.S., California Institute of Tech-
nology, 1935; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1938.

SMITH, Leon P., Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Emory University, 1919; M.A., University of Chicago, 1928; Ph.D., 1930.

156

Faculty

SNOW, George A., Professor of Physics

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1945; M.A., Princeton University, 1947;
Ph.D., 1949.

STELLMACHER, Karl L., Professor of Mathematics
M.D., University of Gottingen, 1933; Ph.D., 1936.

STRAUSBAUGH, Warren L., Professor and Head of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Wooster College, 1932; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1935.

SVIRBELY, William J., Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1931; M.S., 1932; D.Sc, 1935.

TOLL, John S., Professor and Head of Physics

B.S., Yale University, 1944; M.A., Princeton University, 1948; Ph.D., 1952.

TRIMBLE, Lester, Professor of Music

B.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1947; M.F.A., 1948.

ULRICH, Homer, Professor and Head of Music
M.A., University of Chicago, 1939.

VEITCH, Fletcher P., Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.S., 1933; Ph.D., 1935.

WALDROP, Robert S., Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1934; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1948.

WEBER, Joseph, Professor of Physics

B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1940; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America, 1951.

WELLBORN, Fred W., Professor of History

B.A., Baker University, 1918; M.A., University of Kansas, 1923; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, 1926.

WESTERHOUT, Gart, Professor of Astronomy

B.S., University of Leiden, 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1958.

WESKE, John R., Visiting Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics

Dipl. Ing. Tech. Hochschule, 1923; M.S., Harvard, 1932; Sc.D., 1934.

WHITE, Charles E., Professor and Head of Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

WOODS, G. Forrest, Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Northwestern University, 1934; B.A., 1935; M.S., Harvard University, 1937;
Ph.D., 1940.

ZEEVELD, W. Gordon, Professor of English

B.A., University of Rochester, 1924; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1929;
Ph.D., 1936.

ZUCKER, A. E., Professor Emeritus of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; M.A., 1913; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
1917.

157

Faculty

Associate Professors

ALLEY, Carroll O., Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Richmond, 1948; M.A., Princeton University, 1951; Ph.D.,
1962.

ALTER, Jean V., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages

Licence, Universite de Bruxelles, 1948; Docteur de l'Universite, Universite de
Paris, 1951; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.

ANDERSON, Frank G., Associate Professor of Sociology

A.B., Cornell University, 1941; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1951.

ANDERSON, Nancy S., Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Colorado, 1952; M.A., Ohio State University, 1953; Ph.D.,
1956.

ANDREWS, Mary L., Associate Professor of English

B.S., New York University, 1929; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1941.

AUSLANDER, Joseph, Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1953; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1957.

AYLWARD, Thomas J., Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art.
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1960.

BARNES, Jack C, Associate Professor of English

B.A., Duke University, 1939; M.A. 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1954.

BATKA, George F., Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Wichita University, 1938; M.A., University of Michigan, 1941.

BEALL, Otho T., Jr., Associate Professor of English

B.A., Williams College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, 1952.

BENNETT, Lawrence, Associate Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D., Rutgers
University, 1958.

BINGHAM, Alfred J., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Yale University, 1933; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1939.

BROWN, Joshua R. C, Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., Duke University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1953.

CAUSEY, George D., Associate Research Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1954.

CHIU, Hong Yee, Visiting Associate Professor of Astrophysics

B.Sc, Oklahoma State University, 1955; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1959.

CONKIN, Paul K., Associate Professor of History

B.A., Milligan College, 1951; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1953; Ph.D., 1957.

158

Faculty

CORREL, Ellen, Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Douglass College (Rutgers University), 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 1953;
Ph.D., 1957.

CRENSHAW, John W., Jr., Associate Professor of Zoology

B.A., Emory University, 1948; M.S., University of Georgia, 1951; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Florida, 1955.

CUSSLER, Margaret T., Associate Professor of Sociology

B.A., New York State Teachers College of Albany, 1933; M.A., Radcliffe Col-
lege, 1941; Ph.D., 1943.

DAY, Thomas B., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957.

DASTON, Paul G., Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Northeastern University, 1948; M.A., Michigan State University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1952.

DOBERT, Eitel W., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; M.A., University of Maryland, 1949; Ph.D.,

1954.

EHRLICH, Gertrude, Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Georgia State College for Women, 1943; M.A., University of North Carolina,
1945; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1953.

ERICKSON, William C, Associate Professor of Astronomy
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., 1956.

FERGUSON, E. James, Associate Professor of History

B.A., University of Washington, 1939; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., University of Wis-
consin, 1951.

FLEMING. Rudd, Associate Professor of English

B.A., University of Chicago, 1930; M.A., Cornell University, 1932; Ph.D., 1934.

FRIEDMAN, Melvin J.. Associate Professor of English

B.A., Bard College, 1949; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D., Yale Uni-
versity, 1954.

GLOVER, Rolfe E., Ill, Associate Professor of Physics

A.B., Bowdoin; B.S., Massachusetts Inst, of Tech., 1948; D.B. Degree, University
of Gottingen, Germany, 1953.

GOLDBERG, Seymour, Associate Professor of Mathematics

A.B.. Hunter College, 1950; M.A., Ohio State University, 1952; Ph.D., University
of California, Los Angeles, 1958.

GRAVELY, William H., Jr., Associate Professor of English

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1925; M.A., University of Virginia, 1934;
Ph.D.. 1953.

GREEN BERG, Oscar W., Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., Rutgers University, 1952; A.M., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1956.

159

Faculty

GROLLMAN, Sidney, Associate Professor of Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1952.

HALEY, A. James, Associate Professor of Zoology

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., 1950; Sc.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, 1955.

HAMA, Francis R., Associate Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics
M.E., Tokyo Imperial University, 1940; Sc.D., 1952.

HENDERSON, Hubert P., Associate Professor of Music and Director of University
Bands

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1941; M.A.. 1950; Ph.D., 1961.

HERING, Christoph A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
Ph.D., University of Bonn, 1950.

HIGHTON, Richard T., Associate Professor of Zoology

B.A., New York University, 1950; M.S., University of Florida, 1953; Ph.D., 1956.

HIRZEL, Robert K., Associate Professor of Sociology

B.A., Pennsylvania State College, 1946; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., Louisiana State Uni-
versity, 1954.

HOLMGREN, Harry D., Associate Professor of Physics

B. of Physics, University of Minnesota. 1944; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., 1954.

HOVEY, Richard B., Associate Professor of English

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1942; M.A., Harvard University, 1943; Ph.D.,
1950.

JAFFE, Abram A., Visiting Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Manchester, 1949; Ph.D., Hebrew University, 1953.

JAQUITH, Richard H., Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni-
versity, 1955.

JASHEMSKI, Wilhelmina, Associate Professor of History

B.A., York College, 1931; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1933; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Chicago, 1942.

JERMAN, Bernard R., Associate Professor of English

B.A., The Ohio State University, 1946; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1951.

KARP, Carol R., Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Manchester College, 1948; M.A., Michigan State University, 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Southern California, 1959.

KOVARI, Thomas, Visiting Associate Professor of Mathematics
Ph.D., University of London, 1960.

KRAMER, Charles F., Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Languages
Ph.B., Dickinson College, 1911; M.A., 1912.

16o

Faculty

LAFFER, Norman C, Associate Professor of Microbiology

B.S., Allegheny College, 1929; M.S., University of Maine, 1932; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Illinois, 1937.

LASTER, Howard J., Associate Professor of Physics

A.B., Harvard College, 1951; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957.

LEHNER, Guydo, Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Loyola University, 1951; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1953; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1958.

L1NDER, Harris J., Associate Professor of Zoology

B.S., Long Island University, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

LINKOW, Irving, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; M.A., 1938.

LUTWACK, Leonard I., Associate Professor of English

B.A., Wesleyan University, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1950.

MARIL, Herman, Associate Professor of Art
Graduate, Maryland Institute of Fine Arts, 1928.

MILLER, Francis M., Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1946; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1949.

MISH, Charles C, Associate Professor of English

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1936; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., 1951.

MISNER, Charles A., Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; M.A., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D.,
1957.

MYERS, Robert Manson, Associate Professor of English

B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1941; M.A., Columbia University, 1942; M.A.,
Harvard University, 1943; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1948.

NEMES, Graciela P., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages

B.S., Trinity College, 1942; M.A., University of Maryland, 1946; Ph.D., 1952.

NIEMEYER, G. Charles, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts

B.S., DePauw University, 1933; M.A., Northwestern University, 1935; Ph.D.,
Yale University, 1942.

PARSONS, Arthur C, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

PASCH, Alan, Associate Professor of Philosophy

B.A., University of Michigan, 1949; M.A., New School for Social Research, 1952;
Ph.D., Princeton University, 1955.

PEARL, Martin H., Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1950; M.A., University of Michigan, 1951; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1955.

161

Faculty

PICKARD, Hugh B., Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Haverford College, 1933; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1938.

PUGLIESE, Rudolph E., Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Miami University, 1947; M.A., Catholic University, 1949; Ph.D., Ohio State
University, 1961.

PUMROY, Donald K., Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Washington, 1954.

PURDY, William C, Associate Professor of Chemistry

A.B., Amherst College, 1951; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955.

RAMM, Gordon M., Associate Professor of Zoology

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., New York University, 1954.

REINHART, Bruce L., Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Lehigh University, 1952; M.A., Princeton, 1954; Ph.D., 1956.

RIVLIN, Helen A., Associate Professor of History

B.A., University of Rochester, 1949; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1950; D. Phil.,
Oxford University, 1953.

ROSENFIELD, Leonora C, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Smith College, 1930; M.A., Columbia University, 1931; Ph.D., 1940.

SCHLARETZKI, Walter E., Associate Professor and Head of Philosophy

B.A., Monmouth College, 1941; M.A., University of Illinois, 1942; Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1948.

SHANKWEILER, Paul W., Associate Professor of Sociology

Ph.D., Muhlenberg University, 1919; M.A., Columbia University, 1921; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina, 1934.

SMITH, Elske V. P., Visiting Associate Professor of Astronomy

B.A., Radcliffe College, 1950; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1951; Ph.D., Radcliffe
College, 1955.

SPARKS, David S., Associate Professor of History

B.A., Grinnell College, 1944; M.A., University of Chicago, 1945; Ph.D., 1951.

SPRINGMANN, Fague K., Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus., Westminster Choir College, 1939.

STEINBERG, Henry Phillip, Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1954; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1959.

STERN, Edward A., Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1951; Ph.D., 1955.

STROM BERG, Roland N., Associate Professor of History

B.A., University of Kansas City, 1939; M.A., American University, 1945; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1952.

162

Faculty

STUNTZ, Calvin F., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., University of Buffalo. 1939: Ph.D.. 1947.

SUCHER. Joseph. Associate Professor of Physics

B.S.. Brooklyn College. 1952: Ph.D.. Columbia University. 1957.

VANDERSLICE. Joseph T.. Associate Professor of Molecular Physics

B.S.. Boston College. 1949: Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1952.

WAGGONER. Margaret Ann, Visiting Associate Professor of Physics ("part-time)
A.B.. State University of Iowa. 1946; M.S.. 1948: Ph.D., 1950.

WALDER. Leopold O.. Associate Professor of Psychology

A.B., Boston University. 1949; M.A.. University of Hawaii. 1951; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Iowa. 1954.

WALL, N. Sanders. Associate Professor of Physics

B.S.. Rensselaer Polytechnical Institute. 1949: Ph.D.. M.I.T.. 1954.

WARD, Kathryn M. Painter. Associate Professor of English

B.A.. The George Washington University, 1935; M.A.. 1936: Ph.D., 1947.

WEAVER, Carl H.. Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A.. Bluffton College. 1936: M.A.. Ohio State University. 1950: Ph.D.. 1957.

WEBER. Kurt. Associate Professor of English

B.A.. Williams College. 1930; B.A., Oxford University, 1932; M.A., Columbia
University. 1933: Ph.D.. 1940.

WINN. Howard E.. Associate Professor of Zoology

B.A., Bowdoin College. 1948: M.S.. University of Michigan. 1950; Ph.D.. 1955.

VODH. Gaurang B.. Associate Professor of Physics

B.S.. Universitj of Bombay. 1948: M.S.. University of Chicago. 1951; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago. 1955.

ZEDEK. Mishael. Associate Professor of Mathematics

M.S.. Hebrew University. Jerusalem. 1952: Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1956.

Z1POY. David M . Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., Universit\ of Minnesota. 1945: Ph.D.. 1957.

ZORN. Gus T.. Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M.S.. University of Mexico. 1953: Ph.D.,
University of Padua. 1954.

Assistant Professors

ALTMAN, Albert. Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S.. Brooklyn College. 1954; M.S.. University of Maryland. 1958.

ARMSTRONG. James C. Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S.. Duke University. 1953; Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh. 1960.

ATKINSON. Gordon. Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S. Chem.. Lehigh University, 1952; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1956.

163

Faculty

BAKER, Donald J., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1962.

BARDASIS, Angelo, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., Cornell, 1957; M.S., University of Illinois, 1959; Ph.D., University of Illi-
nois, 1962.

BARTLETT, Claude J., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.S., Denison University, 1954; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., 1958.

BEALL, Edgar A., Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., University of California, 1958; Ph.D., 1962.

BELL, Roger A., Assistant Professor of Astronomy

B.Sc, University of Melbourne, 1957; Ph.D., Australia National University, 1962.

BERMAN, Joel H., Assistant Professor of Music

B.S., Juilliard School of Music, 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1953; D.M.A.,
University of Michigan, 1961.

BERNSTEIN, Melvin, Assistant Professor of Music

A.B., Southwestern at Memphis; B. Mus., 1948; M. Mus., University of Michigan,
1949; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1945; Ph.D., 1963.

BHAGAT, Satindar M., Assistant Professor of Physics
Ph.D., University of Delhi, 1955.

BOYD, Alfred C, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Canisius College, 1951; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1957.

BRESLOW, Marvin A., Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of Nebraska, 1957; M.A., Harvard, 1958; Ph.D., 1963.

BRIDGERS, Furman A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Duke University, 1925; M.A., University of Chicago, 1928.

BRINKLEY, Howard J., Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., West Virginia University, 1958; M.S., University of Illinois, 1960; Ph.D.,
1963.

BROWN, Samuel E., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Indiana University, 1934; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., Yale University, 1955.
BURNSTEIN, Ray Aaron, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., University of Chicago, 1952; M.S., University of Washington, 1956.
CALLCOTT, George H., Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of South Carolina, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1951;
Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1956.

CAMPBELL, Elwood G., Assistant Professor of History

B.S., North East Missouri State College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University,
1952; Ph.D., 1963.

CELARIER, James L., Assistant Professor of Philosophy

A.B., University of Illinois, 1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
1960.

164

Faculty

CHAYES, Irene H., Assistant Professor of English

A.B., New York University, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1960.

CHEN, Chunjen C, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.S., Cornell University, 1919; M.S., University of Maryland, 1920.

CLINE, Marvir G., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Dartmouth College, 1948; M.A., Cornell University, 1950; Ph.D., 1954.

COATES, Charles H., Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.S., West Point, 1924; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1952; Ph.D., 1955.

CONDON, Paul E., Assistant Professor of Physics

A.B., Harvard College, 1955; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1961.

COOPER, Sherod M., Jr., Assistant Professor of English

B.S., Temple University, 1951; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
1963.

COULTER, John L., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., American University, 1934; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1936.

CRAVEN, Dorothy D., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.S., Missouri State Teachers College, 1945; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1948.

CROSMAN, Herbert A., Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Harvard University, 1938; M.A., 1944; Ph.D., 1947.

DENT, Constance P.. Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the Uni-
versity Counseling Center.

B.A., Bucknell University. 1951; M.A., Temple University, 1951; Ph.D., Pennsyl-
vania State University, 1958.

DE SILVA, Alan W., Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., University of California. 1954; Ph.D., University of California, 1961.

DETENBECK, Robert L., Assistant Research Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Rochester, 1954; Ph.D.. Princeton, 1962.

DE VERMOND, Mary F., Assistant Professor of Music

B. Mus., Howard University, 1942; M.A., Columbia University, 1948; Ed.D.,
University of Maryland, 1959.

DiBELLA, Edward, Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.S., Washington University, 1936; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., Catholic University.

DIXON, Jack R., Assistant Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.S., Western Reserve University, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D.. University of Mary-
land, 1956.

DOWNS, Calvin W., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Harding College, 1958; M.A., Michigan State University, 1959; Ph.D., 1963.

EISENSTADT, Beula B., Assistant Professor of Music and Music Education
B.A., Queens College, 1949; M.A., Columbia University, 1954.

165

Faculty

FALK, David S., Assistant Professor of Physics

B. Engineering Physics, Cornell University, 1954; A.M., Harvard, 1955; Ph.D.,
1959.

FALLON, Robert J., Assistant Professor of Molecular Physics
B.A., Catholic University, 1954; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 1959.

FICKEN, Robert W., Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., Cornell University, 1953; Ph.D., 1960.

FIVEL, Daniel, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953; Ph.D., 1959.

FORSYTH, Peter D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics

B.Sc, Imperial College, London University, 1955; Ph.D., Manchester University,
1959.

FOWLER, Michael, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., Cambridge University, 1959; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., 1963.

FRANK, Allan D., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1953; M.S., 1954.

FRANZ, Jacob G., Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 1935; M.A., Columbia
University, 1939; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1960.

FREEMAN, Robert S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., New York University, 1947; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1959.

GAINER, Harold, Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., City College of New York, 1956; Ph.D., University of California, 1959.

GARSTENS, Helen, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Hunter College, 1932.

GATELL, Frank O., Assistant Professor of History

B.A., City College of New York, 1956; A.M., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D.,
1960.

GRIFFIN, Donald W., Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of California at Santa Barbara, 1950; M.A., Vanderbilt Univer-
sity, 1956; Ph.D., 1962.

GLICK, Arnold] J., Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1955; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1959.

GOLLUB, Lewis R., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1958.

GORDON, Gilbert, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Bradley University, 1955; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1959.

GORDON, Stewart L., Assistant Professor of Music
B.A.. Kansas University, 1953; M.A., 1954.

166

Faculty

GREENBERG, Meyer, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Yeshiva University, 1934; M.A.. Jewish Institute of Religion. 1944; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1956.

GREINER, Walter A., Assistant Professor of Physics

M.A., Tech. Hochschule Darmstadt, 1960; Ph.D., University of Freiburg, 1961.

GRIM, Samuel O., Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College, 1956; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1960.

GRUBAR, Francis S., Assistant Professor of Art

B.A., University of Maryland. 1948; M.A., 1949; M.A., The Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1952.

GUTSCHE, Graham Denton, Assistant Professor of Physics (part-time)

B.S., University of Colorado. 1950; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952; Ph.D.,
Catholic University of America, 1960.

HALL, Thomas W., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Maryland. 1938; M.A.. Middlebury College. 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1958.

HEERMAN, Emil F.. Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1952; M.A., Ohio State University, 1957; Ph.D.,
1959.

HEIM, Norman. Assistant Professor of Music

B.Mus.Ed., Evansville College. 1951; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music, 1952;
D.M.A., 1962.

HENERY-LOGAN. Kenneth R.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.Sc, McGill University. 1942; Ph.D.. 1946.

HENKEL, Ramon E., Assistant Professor of Sociology

Ph.B., University of North Dakota. 1958; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1961.

HERMAN, Harold J.. Assistant Professor of English

A.B., University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960.

HETRICK, Frank M., Assistant Professor of Microbiology

B.S., Michigan State University. 1954; M.S.. University of Maryland, 1960, Ph.D.,
1962.

HINTZ. Eduard A. K.. Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S.. University of Bonn. 1952; Diplomphysiker-Technische Hochschule, Aachen,
1956; I960.

HITCHCOCK. Donald, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1952: M.A.. Harvard University, 1954.

HUBBE, Rolf O., Assistant Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures
B.A., Hamilton College. 1947; M.A., Princeton University, 1950; Ph.D., 1950.

JAMIESON, Mitchell. Assistant Professor of Art
Corcoran School of Art

167

Faculty

KACSER, Claude, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., Oxford University, 1955; Ph.D., Magdalen College, Oxford University, 1959.

KASLER, Franz J., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Doktorandum, University of Vienna, 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

KEHOE, Brandt, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., Cornell University, 1956; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1962.

KIM, Young Suh, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1958; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1961.

KLEPPNER, Adam, Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Yale University, 1953; M.A., University of Michigan, 1954; Ph.D., Harvard
University, 1960.

KOCH, J. Frederick, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., City College of New York, 1958; Ph.D., University of California, 1962.

KORFF, David, Assistant Professor of Physics

A.B., Harvard University, 1956; Ph.D., Brandeis University, 1962.

LAKSHMANAN, Sitarama, Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Annamalai University (India), 1946; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1954.

LONGLEY, E. L. Jr., Assistant Professor of Art and Education

B.A. University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1953.

MAC QUILLAN, Anthony M., Assistant Professor of Microbiology

B.S.A. University of British Columbia, 1956; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, 1962.

MALTESE, George J., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1953; Ph.D., Yale, 1960.

MARTIN, Minerva L., Assistant Professor of English

B.S., University of Alabama, 1931; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1937; Ph.D.,
1940.

MIKULSKI, Piotr W., Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Diploma, School of Planning and Statistics, Warsaw, 1951; M.S., School of
Planning and Statistics, Warsaw, 1952; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley,
1961.

MC ELHENIE, Annie L., Assistant Professor of Sociology

A.B., Franklin College, 1926; B.S., Hillsdale College, 1927; M.A., University of
Chicago, 1941; Certificate Third Year, New York School of Social Work, Columbia
University, 1951.

MCINTIRE, Roger W., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Northwestern University, 1958; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1960;
Ph.D., 1962.

168

Faculty

MENDELOFF, Henry, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1936; M.A., 1939; Ph.D., Catholic
University, 1960.

MESHKOV, Natalia, Assistant Professor of Physics

A.B., Hunter College, 1952; M.Sc, University of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, 1961.

MEYER, Charlton. Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., Curtis Institute, 1952.

MOTZ, Annabelle B., Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1941; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943; Ph.D.,
1950.

MUELLER, John V., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the Uni-
versity Counseling Center.

B.A., University of Iowa, 1954; M.A., Ohio State University, 1957; Ph.D., 1959.

NIETO, Jose I., Assistant Professor of Mathematics

M.S., National University of Colombia, 1956; Ph.D., University of Heidelberg,
1959.

NORTON, Ann E., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Syracuse University, 1945; M.A., 1947.

NOSSAMAN, Audrey, Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., Westminster Choir College, 1947.

OCONNELL, George D., Assistant Professor of Art
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.S., 1951.

ONEDA, Sadao, Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Tohoku University, Japan, 1946; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., Nagoya University,
1953.

PANICHAS, George A., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., American International College, 1951; M.A., Trinity College, 1952; Ph.D.,
The University of Nottingham, 1961.

PATI, Jogesh, Assistant Professor of Physics

I.S., M.P.C. College, Baripada, 1953; B.S., Ravenshaw College, Cuttack, 1955;
M.S., Delhi University, 1957; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958.

PENNINGTON, Kenneth D., Assistant Professor of Music

B.A., Friends University, 1949; B.Mus., 1950; M.A., New York University, 1953;
D.Mus., Indiana University, 1961.

PITT, Leonard M., Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles, 1952; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

PORTZ, John, Assistant Professor of English

B.S., Duke University, 1937; M.A., Harvard University, 1941; Ph.D., 1958.

PRANGE, Richard E., Assistant Professor of Physics
S.M., University of Chicago, 1955; Ph.D., 1957.

169

Faculty

PROVENSEN, Hester B., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
LL.B., George Washington University, 1926; M.A., Emerson College, 1948.

ROBERTSON, J. Righton, Jr.. Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of the South, 1954; M.A., Emory University, 1960; Ph.D., 1962.

RODBERG, Leonard S., Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University. 1954; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1957.

ROSWELL, May M., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Dublin, 1936; M.A., University of Maryland, 1957; M.A.,
University of Dublin, 1958; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1961.

ROTHMAN, Alvin H., Assistant Professor of Zoology

A.A., East Los Angeles Junior College, 1949; B.A., University of California, 1952;
M.A., 1954; Sc.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958.

ROVNER, Philip, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., The George Washington University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1958.

SCHAUMANN, Herbert. Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Westminster College, 1931; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1935.

SCHLITT, Daniel, Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Mass. Institute of Technology, 1957; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1962.

SCHM1TT, Charles J., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Montana State University, 1953; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956;
M.F.A., 1959.

SCHRADIECK, Claire S., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Goucher College, 1916; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1919.

SEDGEWICK, Rose, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Ph.B., Brown University, 1925; M.A., 1927; Ph.D., 1929.

SHEPHERD, Julius C, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., East Carolina College, 1944; M.A., 1947.

SMITH, Gayle S., Assistant Professor of English

B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.A., Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D., 1958.

STARCHER, E. Thomas, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., University of Southern California, 1940; M.A., University of Arkansas, 1948.

STEWART, James M., Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Western Washington College, 1953; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1956.

ST1TES, M. Elizabeth, Assistant Professor of Art
B.Arch., New York University, 1941.

STROSS, Raymond G., Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., University of Missouri, 1952; M.S., University of Idaho, 1954; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1958.

170

Faculty

THORBERG. Raymond. Assistant Professor of English

B.A., University of Alaska. 1939: M.A.. University of Chicago. 1946: Ph.D..
Cornell University, 1954.

TIDMAN, Derek A . Assistant Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics

A.R.C.S.. Imperial College of Science. 1952. B.Sc. London University. London,
England. 1952: D.I.C.. Imperial College. 1955: Ph.D.. London University. 1955.

TRAYER. Paul. Assistant Professor of Music

B.Mus.. Catholic University of America. 1955: M.Mus., 1957.

TULLEY. Patricia. Assistant Professor of Mathematics

A.B.. Vassar College. 1955: M.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1958; Ph.D.. University
of Wisconsin. 1962,

TURNAGE. Thomas W.. Assistant Professor of Psychology
A.B.. University of California, 1958; Ph.D.. 1962.

VAN WIJK. Uco. Assistant Professor of Astronomy
B.S.. Harvard University. 1958: Ph.D.. 1952.

VOGELGES.ANG. Ernst. Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

Abitur. Oberschule Aschaffenburg. 1951: M.A. equivalent. Tulane University. 1962.

WARD. Charles D.. Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A.. Pomona College. 1958: M.A.. Universitv of North Carolina, 1962: Ph.D..
1963.

WEISS. George. Assistant Research Professor of i .uid Dynamics

A.B.. Columbia University. 1951: M.A.. University of Maryland. 1953; Ph.D..
1958.

WEISSMAN. Stanley. Assistant Professor of Molecular Ph\sics

B.S.. Roosevelt University. 1953: Ph.D.. Illinois Institute of Technology. 1959.

WHATLEY. Malcolm. Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S.. Southwestern at Memphis. 1956; M.S.. Universitv of Wisconsin. 1958: Ph.D.,
1962.

WILLIAMS. Aubrey. Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A.. University of North Carolina. 1955: M.A.. Universitv of North Carolina.
1957.

WILLKE. Thomas A.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics

A.B.. Xavier University. Cincinnati. 1954: M.S.. Ohio State University. 1956;
Ph.D.. Ohio State University. 1960.

WOODS. Edward J.. Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics

B.Sc. Queens University. Kingston. Canada, 1957; Ph.D.. Princeton University.
1962.

YANEY. George L.. Assistant Professor of History

B. MGT. E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1952: M.A., University of Colorado.
1956; Ph.D., Princeton University. 1961.

171

Faculty

YARCZOWER, Matthew, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.B.A., College of the City of New York, 1953; M.A., University of Maryland,
1955; Ph.D., 1958.

YOUNG, Frank C, Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1957; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1963.

ZORN, B. Sechi, Assistant Professor of Physics

Dottore in Finica, Universita di Cagliari, Italy, 1951.

Research Associates

BAILEY, Raymond T., Research Associate in Chemistry

B.S., University College of Swansea, 1959; Ph.D., University College of Swansea,
1962.

BARTON, Bette K., Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S., Columbia University, 1959; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1963.

BETTINGER, Richard, Research Associate in Physics

B.S., Syracuse University, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1958; Ph.D., 1964.

CUDIA, Dennis F., Research Associate in Mathematics

A.B., University of Illinois, 1956; M.S., University of Illinois, 1957; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Illinois, 1962.

DA VIES, Robin, Research Associate in Molecular Physics

B.A., Oxford University, 1958; Ph.D., Oxford University, 1963.

DOSS, Mildred A., Research Associate in Department of Zoology

B.A., University of New Mexico, 1925; B.S., University of Illinois, 1928.

EMMENEGGER, Franz P., Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S., Institute of Technology, Zurich, 1955; Ph.D., Institute of Technology, Zurich,
1956.

EZAWA, Hiroshi, Research Associate in Physics

B.S., University of Tokyo, 1955; M.S., University of Tokyo, 1957; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Tokyo, 1960.

FICKEN, Millicent S., Research Associate in Department of Zoology.
B.S., Cornell University, 1955; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1960.

FULDE, Peter S., Research Associate in Physics

Vordiplom, Gottingen Universitat, 1956; Diplom, Hamburg Universitat, 1960;
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1963.

GHOSH, Soura K., Research Associate in Physics

B.S., Allahabad University, India, 1950; M.S., Allahabad University, India, 1953;
Ph.D., Indian Institute of Technology, India, 1961.

GOTT, James R., Research Associate in Molecular Physics

B.Sc, University College, London, 1958; Ph.D., University College, London, 1961.

172

Faculty

GRUENWALD, Theodore B.. Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S.. Israel Institute of Technology. 1956: Ph.D.. Israel Institute of Technology,
1961.

HAMER, Justin C. Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S., Pacific Union College, 1949; Ph.D.. University of Mexico. 1962.

HARRIS, David L.. Research Associate in Physics

B.A., Reed College, 1957; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1962.

ISLAM. Jamal N.. Research Associate in Physics

B.S.. Cambridge University, England. 1960; Ph.D.. Cambridge University, England,
1963.

JONES, Donald G.. Research Associate in Chemistry

B.S., Coumbia Union College, 195"; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1961.

JONES. Ivor YV.. Research Associate in Molecular Physics

B.Sc. Universit> of Manchester. 1959: M.Sc, University of Manchester, 1960;
Ph.D., University of London, 1963.

KNOF, Hans. Research Associate in Molecular Physics

Diplom, University of Frankfort. 1958: Doktor. University of Mainz. 1961.

KOR. Sushyl K.. Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S.. University of Allahabad, 1955: Ph.D.. University of Allahabad. 1957.

LAM, Harry C. S.. Research Associate in Physics
B.S., McGill University. 1958: Ph.D.. M.I.T.. 1963.

LIOTTA. Charles L.. Research Associate in Chemistry

B.S., Brooklyn College. 1959: Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1964.

LUDEMANN. Carl. Research Associate in Physics

B.S.. Brooklyn College. 1956; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1964.

MC FARLANE. William. Research Associate in Chemistry

B.A., Cambridge University. 1960: Ph.D., Imperial College of Science. 1963.

MUNN, James R.. Research Associate in Molecular Physics

B.Sc, University of Bristol. 1959: Ph.D.. University of Bristol. 1962.

NAGARAJAN, G.. Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S., Annamalai University, India. 1958; Ph.D.. Annamalai University, India.
1961.

GRACIAS-PERE1RA, Fc. A. Nicolau. Research Associate in Molecular Physics
M.S.. St. Louis University. 1959; Ph.D.. St. Louis University, 1963.

OAKES. Thomas R.. Research Associate in Chemistry

B.S.. College of Saint Thomas, 1958: Ph. D.. Washington State University. 1963.

PRASAD, Akkanapragada N., Research Associate in Physics

B. Eng.. University of Madras, India, 1953: Ph.D.. University of Liverpool. 1960.

173

Faculty

ROUSH, Marvin L., Research Associate in Physics

B.S., Ottowa University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1964.

SAIEDY, Fuad, Sr., Research Associate in Physics

B.Sc, London University, 1956; D.I.C., Imperial College, London University, 1957;
Ph.D., Imperial College, London University, 1960.

SCHNITZER, Samuel B., Research Associate in Psychology
B.A., Temple University, 1951; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; Ph.D.,
1958.

SHEHAB, Awatif, Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S., Cairo University, 1959; Ph.D., Ein Shamos University, 1961.

SHERWOOD, Albert E., Research Associate in Molecular Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1957; Ph.D., University of California, 1964.

SIMKIN, Alan D., Research Associate in Physics

B.A., Cornell University, 1957; M.S., University of Illinois, 1959; Ph.D., University
of Illinois, 1962.

SINGH. Anterdhyan, Research Associate in Physics

B.S., Physics Honours School, Hoshiarpur, India, 1956; M.S., Physics Honours
School, Hoshiarpur. India, 1957: Ph.D., University of Delhi, 1961.

SMITH, Francis J., Research Associate in Molecular Physics

B.S., Queens College. 1956; M.A.. University of California, 1959; Ph.D.. Queens
College, 1962.

STUTMAN, Joel M., Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S.. American University. 1959; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1963.

SU, Kelvin, Research Associate in Molecular Physics
B.A., Union College, Nebraska, 1953.

TEWARI, Paramhans, Research Associate in Chemistry

M.S., Lucknow University. 1952; Ph.D.. Lucknow University, 1957.

TREMBLY, John W., Research Associate in Molecular Physics

TSUBOTA, Hiroyuki, Research Associate in Chemistry

B.S., Kobe University, 1954; Ph.D.. Tokyo University, 1962.

TSUYA, Noboru, Visiting Research Associate in Physics
B.E., Tohoku University. 1945; Doctor of Science. 1959.

TURNER, David J.. Research Associate in Chemistry

B.S., University of London, 1958: Ph.D., University of London. 1962.

WENDT, Richard P., Research Associate in Molecular Physics

A.R., Washington University, 1954; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1961.

WHATLEY, Linda S., Research Associate in Chemistry

B.S., Newcomb College, 1957; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1962.

174

Faculty

YABUSHITA, Shin, Research Associate in Physics

B.S., Kyoto University, Japan, 1958; M.S., Kyoto University, Japan, 1960; Ph.D.,
University of Cambridge, England, 1962.

YUN, Kwang-Sik. Research Associate in Molecular Physics

B.S., Seoul National University, 1952; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati, 1960.

ZAPOLSKY, Harold S., Research Associate in Physics

A.B., Shimer College, Mt. Carroll. Illinois, 1954; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1962.

Instructors

AMENT, Marion N., Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
A.B.. Bryn Mawr College, 1944.

ARMSTRONG, Douglas H.. Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Middlebury College, 1949; M.A., Middlebury College, 1955.

BARI, Ruth, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., Brooklyn College. 1939; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1943.

BARRABINI, Micheline, Instructor of Foreign Languages
Licence es-Lettres, University of Aix-en-Provence, 1954.

Bl ESTER, Allen G.. Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

BUHLIG, Paul. Jr.. Instructor of English

B.S.S.. Georgetown University, 1950; M.A., University of California. 1954.

BERNHARDT, Miriam. Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953.

BIRDSALL, Esther K . Instructor of English

B.S., Central Michigan College. 1947; M.A.. University of Arizona. 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1958.

BIRZNIEKS. Mechthild I.. Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
B.A.. Barry College. 1959: M.A.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1961.

BOURDEAU. Hugo A.. Instructor of Sociology

A.B.. Tufts University. 1951; M.A.. Boston University, 1952.

BROWN. Margaret L.. Instructor of Mathematics

B.S.. Columbia University. 1943; M.A., Columbia University, 1948.

CAP. Jean-Pierre. Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A.. Temple University. 1957; M.A., Temple University. 1960; M.A., University
of Pennsylvania, 1960.

CAROZZA. Davy A.. Instructor of Foreign Languages
A.B.. Catholic University. 1956; M.A.. 1957.

CHRISTOV, Gabriella T., Instructor of Foreign Languages

Licenza Liceale. Liceo A'D'Oria Genoa. 1945; Dottore in Lettere. Universita Di
Genoa.

175

Faculty

CLEMENS, Lucienne C, Part-time Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A.E., California College of Arts and Crafts. 1938.

CLEMENS, Siegfried M., Part-time Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.S., University of Maryland, 1961.

COURTLESS, Thomas F.. Jr.. Instructor of Sociology

B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1955: M.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

CROZIER, Alice. Instructor of English

B.A.. St. Joseph's College (Maine), 1942; M.A., The Catholic University of
America, 1953.

CURRIER, Albert W., Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., State University of Iowa, 1954; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1959.

CUSHMAN, Mortimer W.. Instructor of English

B.A., Yale University, 1956; M.A., University of Maryland. 1962.

DACHSLAGER. Earl L.. Instructor of English

B.A., University of Arizona, 1959; M.A.. University of Maryland, 1963.

DEMAITRE. Ann. Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Columbia University, 1950; M.A.. University of California, 1951; M.S.,
Columbia University. 1952.

DEMAREE, Constance H.. Instructor of English
B.A., University of Maryland; 1944: M.A.. 1945.

DOERR, Paul L., Instructor of Sociology

B.A.. University of Maryland. 1928: M.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

DUNN, Norma E.. Instructor of English

B.A., Madison College. 1946; M.A.. University of Pennsylvania. 1953.

DYER, Thomas H., Instructor of Mathematics
B.S.. U. S. Naval Academy, 1924.

EIKEL, Elizabeth M.. Instructor of English (part-time)

B.A., Tulane University, 1952; M.A.. 1954.
FANOS, Stavroula, Instructor of Music

B. Mus. Ed., Oberlin Conservatory. 1957: M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1963.
FINK, Beatrice C, Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)

Certificate, Institut d'Etudes Politiques. 1952; B.A., Bryn Mawr College. 1953;

Certificate, Institut d'Etudes Politiques. 1954; M.A., Yale University, 1956.

GARRETT, Marie, Instructor of Mathematics

A.B., George Washington University. 1928.
GOCHBERG, Donald S.. Instructor of English

B.A., Bates College, 1955; M.A.. University of Maryland. 1960.
GOEL, Narenda S., Instructor of Physics

M.S., Physics. Delhi University, India, 1959; M.S., Mathematics, Poona University,
1962.

176

Faculty

GORDON, Evelyn W., Instructor of Sociology

B.A., University of Maryland, 1962; M.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

GOSSAGE, Forest D., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., University of Maryland, 1957; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1961.

GREENWOOD, David C., Instructor of English

B.A., University of London, 1949; Diploma in Education, University of Notting-
ham, 1953.

GRIMES, Katherine H., Instructor of English (part-time)
B.A., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1954.

GRISMER, Margaret J., Instructor of Zoology

B.S., University of Akron, 1947; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1949.

HALL, Douglas R., Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1952; M.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

HALL, Larry L., Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
B.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

HALEY, Kathleen, Instructor of Music

B.Mus., Michigan State University, 1949; M.Mus., 1951.

HAN, Pierre T., Instructor of English

B.A., Catholic University of America, 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1952;
Ph.D., 1961.

HARE, Robert R., Instructor of English

B.A., Ohio State University, 1936; M.A., University of Deleware, 1957.

HEAD, Emerson W., Instructor of Music

B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1957; M.Mus., 1961.

HENNEY, Dagmar R., Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Miami, 1954; M.S., 1956.

HERDOIZA, Eulalia J., Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Manuela Canizares, 1954; M.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

H1EBERT, Vern D., Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., Willmette University, 1952; M.S., University of Illinois, 1959.

HOLTON, William M., Instructor of English

B.A., Dartmouth College, 1954; L.L.B., Harvard University, 1957; M.A., Yale
University, 1959.

HORRELL, Joyce T., Instructor of English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1960; M.A., 1963.

HOUPPERT, Joseph W., Instructor of English

Ph.B., University of Detroit, 1955; M.A., University of Michigan, 1957.

HOWARD, John D., Instructor of English

B.A., Washington College, 1956; M.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

177

Faculty

HUNTRESS, Elizabeth J., Instructor of English (part-time)

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1946; M.A., University of Maryland, 1963.
JAMES, Edward F., Instructor of English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1955.

JELLEMA, Roderick H., Instructor of English

B.A., Calvin College, 1951; Post Graduate Diploma in English Studies, Edinburgh
University, 1954; Ph.D., 1962.

JOHNSON, Karen L., Instructor of Foreign Languages

A.B., Dickinson College, 1962; M.S., Middlebury College, 1963.

KARR, Donald E., Instructor of English
B.A., University of Utah, 1960.

KEMNER, Margarethe M., Instructor of Foreign Languages

Abitur, Annette-v.-Droste Hulshoff Munster, 1944; M.A., University of Detroit,
1954; M.A., University of Oklahoma, 1962.

KENNEY, Blair Gates, Instructor of English

B.A., Vassar College, 1955; Ph.D., Radcliffe College, 1961.

KISTLER, Robert C, Instructor of Sociology

B.A., Southern Missionary College, 1948; M.A., Andrews University, 1960.

KILBOURNE, George, Instructor of Mathematics
B.E., Yale, 1954; B.S., Yale, 1950.

LAMB, Robert L., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.S., Temple University, 1957; M.A., American University, 1963.

LAWSON, Lewis A., Instructor of English

B.S., East Tennessee State College, 1957; M.A., 1959.

LEMAIRE, Leo R., Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
Abitur, Hussel Realgymnasium, 1926.

LEMELIN, Robert E., Instructor of English

B.S., Southern Connecticut State College, 1959; M.A., University of Maryland,
1963.

LEPSON, Inda, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., New York University, 1941, M.A.; Columbia University, 1945.

LU MAR, Shuh-Yin, Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., Ginling College, 1928; M.S., Mount Holyoke, 1932.

MAXWELL, Martha J., Instructor of Psychology and Counselor in the University
Counseling Center

B.A., University of Maryland, 1946; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1959.

MC CLAY, Mary B., Instructor of Mathematics

B.Ed., Eastern Illinois State Teachers College, 1937; M.S., University of Illinois.
1941.

178

Faculty

MEERSMAN, Roger L., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., St. Ambrose College, 1952; M.A., University of Illinois, 1959; Ph.D., 1962.

MENSER, Betty C, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Allegheny College, 1955; M.A.. University of Pittsburgh. 1958.

MERKEL, John, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1956; M.A., 1959.

MESSENGER, Theodore I., Instructor of Philosophy

B.A., Yale University, 1950; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1956; Ph.D.,
1962.

MESSERMAN, Lois M., Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Western Reserve University, 1961.

MEYER. Henri P.. Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
B.A., Wooster College. Ohio, 1954; M.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

MONCADA, Ernest J., Instructor of English

B.A., University of Miami. 1952: M.A.. University of Maryland, 1960.

MONCAYO, Abelardo. Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A.. Colegio Americano de Quito, 1954; Licenciado, Central University of Ecua-
dor, 1961.

MOREINES, Harvey. Instructor of English (part-time)

A.B., Brooklyn College, 1958: M.A.. University of Maryland, 1962.

MORRISON, Bruce, Instructor of Music

B.Mus. Ed., Northwestern University, 1959; M.Mus., 1960.

NELSON, Elizabeth. Instructor of English

B.A.. University of Wisconsin. 1944; M.A., Mills College, 1949; M.A., University
of Maryland. 1957.

OLSSON. Martin, Instructor of Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1959.

OSTLING. Acton E.. Jr.. Instructor of Music and Assistant Director of University
Bands.

B.Mus.. University of Michigan. 1958; M.Mus., 1959.

PALMER. Melvin D., Instructor of English

B.A.. University of Maryland, 1957; M.A.. 1959.

PANICO. Marie J.. Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A.. Queens College. 1958: M.A.. University of Maryland, 1960.

PAYERLE. Laszlo. Instructor of Music

B.Mus.. University of Maryland, 1960; M.Mus., University of Texas, 1962.

POTTER, Jane H.. Instructor of Zoology

B.S., University of Chicago. 1942; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., 1949.

179

Faculty

RODRIGUEZ, Paul V.. Instructor of Foreign Languages

Bachiller. Jnstituto Hispano-Marrogui, 1934; Maestro de Primera Ensenanza,
Escuela Normal de Melilla, 1941.

ROGERS. Evelyn G., Instructor of English

B.A., Northwestern University, 1940; M.A., University of Massachusetts, 1956.

ROULSTON, Charles R., Instructor of English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A.. Indiana University, 1957.

SAENZ, Pilar G., Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)

Licenciada en Flosofia y Letras, University of Madrid. 1953; M.A., Bryn Mawr
College, 1957.

SAINT, Wilford. Jr.. Instructor of Sociology

A.B., Kentucky Wesleyan, 1952; S.T.B.. Boston University, 1955; M.A., Boston
University, 1957.

SALGADO, Maria A., Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Florida State University. 1958; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1960.

SCHAFER, Barbara J.. Instructor of English
B.A.. Brooklyn College. 1955; M.A., 1957.

SEIGEL. Jules P.. Instructor of English (part-time)

B.S., State University of New York, Cortland, 1959; M.A., University of Maryland,
1962.

SHAFPEL, Emily S.. Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1960; M.A., 1962.

SIMPSON, Ethel C. Instructor of English

B.A.. University of Southwestern Louisiana, 1958; M.A., University of Arkansas,
I960.

SIMPSON. Herbert M., Instructor of English (part-time)
B.A., University of Maryland. 1957; M.A.. 1963.

SONNTAG. Guenter W., Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.A.. University of Maryland, I960; M.A.. University of Maryland, 1962.

STEVENSON, Barbara H., Instructor of English
B.A., University of California, 1938; M.A., 1939.

STEWART, Bernice C, Instructor of Zoology

B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1949: M.S.. University of Seattle, 1952.

STONE, Martha C, Instructor of English

B.S.. IN ED., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927; M.A., University of Missouri,
1929.

TOLAND, John L, Instructor of Sociology

B.A., University of Tulsa. 1956; M.A., University of Maryland, 1958.

TROUSDALE, Marion S., Instructor of English (part-time)

B.A., University of Michigan, 1951; M.A., University of California, 1955.

180

Faculty

TUNIKS, Galina, Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
B.S.L., Georgetown University, 1954.

VANDERSLICE, Betty R., Instructor of Mathematics

B.A., Upsala College, 1945; M.A., University of Maryland, 1948.

VAN NESS, James S., Instructor of History

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1962.

VASSYLKIVSKY, Eugenia, Instructor of Foreign Languages

B.S., Columbia University, 1954; M.A., Columbia University, 1958; Ph.D., 1964.

VIRDEN, Virginia D., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.A., 1963.

WALT, James, Instructor of English

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1936; M.A., University of Michigan, 1937; Ph.D.,
1955.

WELLFORD, Charles F., Instructor of Sociology

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961; M.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

WHALEY, Betty P., Instructor of English

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1942; M.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

WIDMAN, Richard D., Instructor of Zoology
B.S., Georgia University, 1952.

WILSON, Gayle E., Instructor of English

B.A., Wayne State University, 1960; M.A., University of Rochester, 1963.

WINTER, Rae, Instructor of Foreign Languages (part-time)
B.A., Hunter College, 1937; M.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

ZEMEL, Jacqueline L., Instructor of Mathematics

B.S., Queens College, 1949; M.A., Syracuse University, 1951.

ZINOVIEFF, Andre, Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Russian Imperial Military Academy, 1914.

Assistant Instructors

CUSSLER, Henry K., Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Syracuse University, 1931.

REBACH, Howard M., Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1958.

Lecturers

BOCK, Walter E., Lecturer in Sociology

B.S., Cornell, 1946; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1953.

BROWN, John Howell, Visiting Lecturer in Philosophy
B.A., Princeton University, 1952; Ph.D., 1959.

181

Faculty

CURRIER, Louis W., Lecturer in Geology

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1914; M.A., Northwestern, 1920;
Ph.D., Syracuse, 1930.

FICHTEL, Carl E., Lecturer in Physics (part-time)

B.S., Washington University (St.Louis), 1955; Ph.D., 1960.

GOLDIAMON, Israel, Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1942; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1955.

JOHNSON, Cecile Juliette, Lecturer in Foreign Languages
M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1934.

KAVANAGH, James F., Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Art

B.A., George Washington University, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950;
Ph.D., 1960.

KORIN, Marlyn W., Lecturer in English

B.A., Stanford University, 1955; M.A., George Washington University, 1962.

SPUEHLER, Henry E., Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Purdue University, 1953; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., 1956.

STADTMAN, Earl R., Lecturer in Microbiology
B.S., University of California, 1942; Ph.D., 1949.

WILLIAMS, Harold L., Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art

A.B., University of Nebraska, 1944; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1951.

NASA TRAINEES— ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS

BINGHAM, James P.

B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1962.

BOHSE, Jerome R.

B.S., University of Dayton, 1959.

CORLEY, Daniel M.

B.A., Catholic University, 1962.

CURTIS, John D.

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1962.

DAY, Richard A.

B.A., Villa Madonna College, 1957.

KESSLER, Gary

B.S., New York University, 1959.

MCCORMICK, Paul D.

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1961.

SMITH, Bruce

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962.

182

Faculty

SNIVELY, William James

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1962.

WEBER, Richard

B.A., Franklin and Marshall, 1960.

WILLIAMSON, Ray A.

B.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1961.

NASA Fellow

YUHAS, J.

B.S., University of Scranton, 1962.

Assistants

EASTMENT, George W., Microbiology

ELBL, A., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., 1958.

GRIGGS, Thurston, Physics

B.S., University of Washington, 1938; M.A., Harvard University, 1950; Ph.D.,
1952.

HARVILL, Willis F., Chemistry

MC GOVERN, Mary Jo, Chemistry

SCHELLBERG, M., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

Teaching Fellows

SPANGLER, Charles W., DuPont Teaching Fellow in Chemistry

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959; M.S., Northeastern University,
1961.

Research Fellows

ABDUL-LATIF, Ali, Mathematics

B.S., Humboldt State College (California), 1957; M.S., American University of
Beirut, 1961.

AKIN, Erol, Physics

B.S., University of Ankara, 1960.

BROWN, Larry W., Physics

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1961.

CHAO, Shiu-Lin, Physics

B.S., Chinese Naval College of Technology, 1961.

CLARK, Robert A., Chemistry

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961.

183

Faculty

CURRIE, Douglas G., Physics

B.S., Cornell University, 1958; M.S., University of Rochester, 1962; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Rochester, 1963.

DANIELS, Walter E., Jr., Physics
B.S., Dartmouth College, 1960.

DOBSON, Peter N., Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960.

EINSCHLAG, Michael, Physics

B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1962.

ELLIS, Yurdanur, Physics

B.S., University x>f Ankara. 1956; M.S., University of Ankara, 1958.

FINDLEY, David F., Mathematics

B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1962; M.A., University of Cincinnati, 1963.

FORBES, Kathy, Mathematics

B.S., University of Illinois, 1961; M.A., University of Maryland, 1964.

GOLDSTEIN, Dennis F., Mathematics

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, 1962.

HERNANDEZ, Walter C, Jr., Physics
B.S., Louisiana State University, 1961.

HIRST, Lester L., Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1960.

HOOPER, Robert, Mathematics

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1961.

HUNT, L.

B.A., University of Kansas, 1958; M.S., University of Washington, 1961.
JIH, Jiausen, Mathematics

B.S., National Taiwan University of China, 1956; M.S., University of Maryland,
1962.

KAPLAN, Leonard M., Physics

B.S., University of Louisville, 1961.

KARDATZKE, Owen C, Physics
B.A., Anderson College, 1963.

KEATING, Richard E., Physics
B.S., Creighton University, 1963.

KERESZTESY, John, Chemistry
A.B., Middlebury College, 1958.

KIEHLMANN, Eberhard, Chemistry
B.S., University of Tubingen, 1959.

184

Faculty

KIM, Suk Y., Physics

B.S., Chosun Christian University, 1950; M.S., Chosun Christian University, 1950.

KLEIN, Melvyn, Mathematics

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1960; M.A., University of Maryland, 1964.

KOHR, Byron C, Physics

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College, 1961.

LOEBBAKA, David S., Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1961.

LONGE, Pierre, Physics

BS Athenee de Chatelet (Belgium), 1951 (Baccalaureate); M.S., Universite
de Liege (Belgium), 1955 (Licence Physique); Ph.D.. Universite de Liege (Bel-
gium), 1962 (Doctor of Physics).

MATZNER, Richard A., Physics

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1963.

MC LAUGHLIN, P.,

B.S., Gettysburg College, 1956; M.S., University of Washington, 1961.

MELEZOGLU, Cevdet, Physics
B.S., University of Ankara, 1959.

MINESINGER, Richard, Chemistry
B.A., Columbia Union College, 1961.

NEES, Monica R., Chemistry

B.S., Roosevelt University, 1957; M.S., 1959.

PALMER, David J., Mathematics
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1961.

PITTMAN, Michael E., Physics
B.S., Loyola of New Orleans, 1961.

POOLE, John T., Mathematics

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1959; M.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

RANCK, G.

B.S., University of Utah, 1958; M.S., 1961.

SAFRANEK, George L., Physics
B.S., University of Texas, 1958.

SHARP, Robert L., Mathematics
B.E.E., Ohio State University, 1959.

SILVERMAN, Robert A., Chemistry

A.B., Washington University, 1954; M.S., University of Chicago, 1956.

SMIT, Gjalt R., Physics

M.S., University of Delft, Holland, 1963.

785

Faculty

SMITH, Richard, Physics

B.A., Princeton University, 1962.

STANFORD, John L., Physics
B.S., University of Texas, 1960.

TAYLOR, David K., Physics

B.S., Ohio State University, 1959.

VERNON, John A., Chemistry
B.S., Rutgers University, 1961.

WAGNER, Timothy, Physics

B.S., University of Rochester, 1961.

YORK, Louise C, Physics

B.Sc, University of Liberia, 1961.

Research Assistants

ABRAHAM, Phillip B., Physics

M.S., The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel, 1960.

ABRAMS, Gerald S., Physics
B.S., Cornell University, 1962.

ALI Abdul Wahab, Physics

B.S., Higher Teachers' College, 1953.

ALLOUCHERIE, Yves J., Physics
M.A., University of Toronto, 1960.

ANNIS, Brian, Physics

B.S., Brown University, 1962.

BALL, Millicent J., Physics
B.S., Antioch College, 1961.

BANDERMANN, Lothar W., Physics
B.A., University of California, 1963.

BELL, George G., Physics

B.S., Swarthmore College, 1960.

BETTINGER, Richard T., Physics
B.S., Syracuse University, 1955.

BHATIA, Tarlochan S., Physics

M.S., Delhi University, Allahabad, India, 1960.

BHATTACHRYA, Dwijendra L., Physics

B.S., Presidency College, Calcutta, India, 1944; M.S., University College of Science
and Technology, Calcutta, India, 1946.

BHATTACHARYA, Nikhiiesh, Physics

B.S., Presidency College, Calcutta, 1956; M.S., University of Calcutta, 1960.

186

Faculty

BURKE. Edward R., Physics
B.S., St. Joseph's College. 1957.

BURRIS. Richard VV.. Physics
B.S.. Yale University. 1960.

CABLE. Peter G.. Physics

B.A., Haverford College. 1958.

CHANG. Ren-Fang. Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University. 1960.

CHARLTON. Gordon. Physics

M.S., West Virginia University. 1960.

CHEN, Ronald T.. Molecular Physics
B.S., St. Vincent College, 1958.

COHN, Ronald. Physics

B.A.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1960.

CRONYN, Willard M., Astronomy
B.S., University of Maryland. 1962.

CULLEN, James Robert. Physics
B.S., St. John's University, 1958.

DAY. Donald K., Physics

B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1963.

DE BOER, Peter, Physics

1R. (W.I.) Technological University (Netherlands). 1955.

DE SOUZA. Patrick. Physics

B.S.. McGill University. 1956: M.S.. 1960.

DOLINSKY. Adrian Antole. Physics
B.S.. Fordham University, 1958.

DONOHUE. Michael T.. Chemistry
B.S.. Holy Cross College. 1957.

DORSKY. Albert M . Chemistry

B.S.. Pennsylvania State College. 1962.

EBDON, David. Chemistry

B.S.. University of Michigan. 1961.

EMMENEGGER, Elizabeth, Chemistry

M.S.. Institute of Technology. Zurich, 1958.

EPPLEV. Robert. ChemiMry
B.S., University of Akron. 1959.

EVIATAR. Aharon, Physics

M.S., Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel. 1961.

1S7

Faculty

FANN, Huoo-Long, Physics

B.S., Taiwan Normal University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1956.

FEINBERG, Bernard, Chemistry
B.S., University of Utah, 1960.

FIBICH, Moshe, Physics

B.Sc, Israel Institute of Technology, 1955; M.Sc, 1960.

FITZPATRICK, Brian, Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1961.

FOSTER, Lee N., Physics

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1960.

FRIDOVICH, Bernard, Physics

B.S., City College of New York, 1952.

GARLAND, Frank, Chemistry

B.S., Pennsylvania Military College, 1962.

GILARDI, Richard D., Chemistry

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961.

GLANVILLE, James O., Chemistry
B.S., University of London, 1962.

GLEASON, Jack, Physics

A.B., Bowling Green State University, 1957.

GOLDENBAUM, George C, Physics
B.S., Muhlenberg College, 1957.

GOTTLIEB, Richard F., Physics
B.S., Columbia University, 1958.

HABERSTITCH, Albert, Physics
M.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

HALL, Charles T., Microbiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954.

HAN, Kwang Sou, Physics

B.A., University of Oregon, 1960.

HARRIS, William R., Physics
B.A., Dartmouth College, 1961.

HARRISON, Ernest A., Chemistry
B.A., Boston University, 1957.

HASTINGS, John R., Molecular Physics
A.B., Princeton University, 1955.

HAZLETT, Richard, Physics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1961.

188

Faculty

HEATON, Henry T., Physics
B.A., Colgate University, 1960.

HINDS, George L., Physics
B.A., Bowdoin College, 1955.

HUANG, Phillip T., Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961.

HUANG, Rosalind, Physics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

IYENGAR, R. Srinivas, Physics

B.S., University of Mysore, 1949; M.S., (Math) Nagpur University, 1956; M.S.,
(Physics) University of Saskatchewan, 1961.

KATO, Masao, Physics

B.S., Tokyo College of Science, 1959.

KATZIN, Joel C, Physics

B.S., University of Maryland, I960.

KAUP, David J., Physics

M.S., University of Oklahoma, 1962.

KENNEY, Thomas E., Chemistry

B.S., Fordham University. 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

KIM, Jung S., Mathematics

B.S., Seoul University, 1949; M.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

KOPP, Howard, Molecular Physics

KUO, Chen Chi, Physics

M.S., National Tsing Hua University, 1961.

LATORRE, Aguilar V., Physics

B.S., San Marcas University, Lima, Peru, 1957.

LINCKE, Reimer H., Physics

B.S., Vordiplom, University of Kiel, Germany, 1957; M.S., University of Maryland,
1959.

LINDSAY, James R., Chemistry
B.A., Rutgers University, 1961.

LI WSHITZ, Mordehai, Physics

B.S., Technion ISR Institute of Technology, 1957.

MAASS, Douglas H., Chemistry

B.S., University of London, 1956; M.S., University of London, 1959.

MACCARRONE, Agatino J., Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1961.

MAITRA, Samaresh Ch., Physics
M.S., University of Calcutta, 1960.

189

Faculty

MANCHON, Dennis D., Physics

B.S., University of Notre Dane, 1960.

MANGOLD, Howard C, Physics
B.S., Rockhurst College, 1959.

MAZZELLA, Aldo T., Physics
B.A., Pomona College, 1959.

MCALLISTER, Archie J., Physics
B.A., Catholic University, 1954.

McGRODDY, James C, Physics
B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1958.

MILLER,, Myron H., Physics
M.S., Clarkson College, 1960.

MIYATAKE, Rosa, Chemistry

B.S., Tokyo College of Science, 1960; M.S., St. Paul's University, 1963.

MOAZED, Cyrus, Physics
B.A., Harvard College, 1957.

MURPHY, Peter W„ Physics
B.A., Princeton University, 1958.

MYERS, Charles E., Chemistry

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1962.

OH, Sin Keun, Physics

B.S.. Seoul University, 1952.

OUYANG, Binyork, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, China, 1955.

OUYANG, Rona C, Chemistry

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1956.

PAGNAMENTA, Antonio, Physics
M.S., E.T.H., Switzerland, 1961.

PAI, Myung Seung, Physics

B.S., Seoul National University, 1958.

PEARLSTEIN, Robert M., Physics
B.A., Harvard University, 1960.

POHLE, Richard H., Physics
B.S., Brown University, 1961.

PREM, Ravinder J., Physics

B.A., Khassa College, 1954; B.Sc, P.U. College, India, 1957; M.S.C., 1958.

RABLEN, David P., Chemistry

B.A., DePauw University, 1956; M.S., Michigan State University, 1960.

190

Faculty

RAO, Anaspurapu, Physics

B.Sc, M:R. College. Andra University, 1954; M.Sc., Banaras Hindu University.
India, 1956.

RAO, K. V., Physics

B.Sc, Madras University, 1953; M.S.. Karnatak University. 1957.

RAPOPORT, Eliezer, Molecular Physics
M.Sc, Hebrew University, 1957.

RAWLINGS, Howard P., Mathematics

B.S., Morgan State College, 1958; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959.

RODOLAKIS, Anthony S.. Physics
B.S., Dartmouth College, 1960.

RUBIN, Howard A., Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1961.

SABET, Abdou-Sabet, Chemistry
B.S., EinShams University, 1958.

SACHS, Alexander, Physics

B.S., Northwestern University. 1960.

SAKITT, Mark, Physics

B.E.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute. 1958.

SCHEINHAUS. Harold J.. Physics

B.S., City College of New York. 1959.

SCHELZ, John P., Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland. 1962.

SERLEMITSOS, Aristides. Physics

B.S., Franklin and Marshall College. 1958.

SHAKHASHIRI, Bassam Z.. Chemistry
A.B.. Boston University. 1960.

S1NSKY, Joel A.. Physics

B.A.. University of Pennsylvania. 1959.

STAPLES, Bert A., Chemistry
B.A., University of Buffalo. 1957.

STARK, John D.. Chemistry

B.S., University of Michigan. 1962.

SWEENEY, William E.. Jr.. Physics
M.S., Illinois University. 1961.

TENG, Ye-Yung, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1953.

THIEL, Mitchell A., Chemistry
B.A., Union College, 1950.

191

Faculty

THOMPSON, Richard C, Chemistry
B.S., University of Chicago, 1961.

TSAI, Cheng Seng, Physics
B.S., Taiwan University, 1959.

VARGHESE, Alummotil J., Chemistry

B.S., Madras University, 1953; M.S., University College, 1957.

VASAVADA, K. V., Physics
M.Sc, Delhi University, 1960.

WALKER, Evan H., Physics

B.S., University of Alabama, 1955; M.S., 1956.

WALSTEAD, Maurice C, Physics

M.S., University of Washington, 1960.

WASSERMAN, Ruth A., Chemistry
B.S., City College of New York, 1961.

WILSON, Mark A., Physics
B.S., Yale University, 1960.

WOLSKY, Gilbert, Physics

B.A., Brandeis University. 1959.

WOO, Jim T., Chemistry
B.A., Wabash College, 1961.

WU, Theresa S., Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1958.

Graduate Assistants

AHN, Byong H.. Physics

B.S., University of California, 1963.

AKTER, Turgut A., Speech
B.A., LaGrange College, 1963.

ALLEN, Lise, Foreign Languages

B.S., Lycie Pharcaubriand-Rome, 1958.

ALLEN, William M., Chemistry
B.A., La Sierra, 1961.

ALUOTTO, Patrick F„ Chemistry
B.S., St. Peters, 1961.

AMBRUS, Judith H., Chemistry

Diploma Eotvus Lorand University for Sciences, Budapest, 1954.

ANDERSON, J., Zoology
B.A., Drew University, 1961.

192

Faculty

ANDERSON, Richard L., Physics
B.S., Bucknell University, 1961.

ANGLE, P., Zoology

B.S., Shippensburg State College, 1960.

ANTIGONE, Harvey, Physics

B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1963.

ARTABANE, T., Zoology

B.S., University of Scranton, 1963.

ATHERTON, R., Zoology

B.S., University of Oklahoma, 1961; M.S., University of Wichita, 1963.

ATWOOD, Allen W., English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

AUGER, Huey V., Chemistry

B.S., Adelphi College, 1958; M.S., Maryland University, 1962.

AULIK, Jaak, Physics

B.A., Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1963.

BAILEY, Margaret D., Chemistry

B.A., University College of Swansea, 1961.

BAKER, Stephen R., Chemistry
B.A., Harpur College, 1961.

BALLENGER, Judith A., English

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1957; M.A., 1959.

BARENS, M„ Zoology

B.A., Drew University, 1962.

BARGER, Mary A., English

B.A., Lenoir Rhyne College. 1963.

BARRON, Eugene R., Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

BARTON, Joan F., English

B.A.. Marymount Manhattan College, 1963.

BEAM, Charles F., Chemistry
B.S., The City College, 1963.

BEAVEN, M. Eric, Speech

B.A., Columbia Union College, 1963.

BELL, George G., Physics

B.S., Swarthmore College, 1960.

BIALCZAK, Angela, Chemistry
B.S., St. Joseph College, 1963.

1 93

Faculty

BIANCHI, Robert J. J., Chemistry
B.S., Fairfield, 1961.

BISSONETTE, Raymond, Sociology

B.S., Canisius College, 1961; M.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

BLANKENSHIP, Leroy C, Microbiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954.

BOGLE, Emory C, History

B.A., Dakota Wesleyan University, 1961.

BOGLE, Marcia J., English

B.A., Dakota Wesleyan University, 1961.

BONWICK, Colin, History
A.B., Oxford, 1960.

BORGOS, Ardele C, Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

BOSE, Romola, Physics

M.S., University of Calcutta, India, 1960.

BOSE, Shymalendu M„ Physics

M.S., University of Calcutta, India, 1960.

BOTSCHELLER, John V., Chemistry

B.S., City College of New York, 1956; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1959.

BOYD, K., Zoology

B.S., Youngstown University, 1963.

BRAY, B., Zoology

B.S., Beaver College, 1962.

BRILL, Ernestine A., English

B.S., University of Maryland, 1960.

BROWN, Robert, Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

BROWN, Warren D., Physics

B.S., College of Puget Sound, 1958.

BUIRE, Brigitte H., Foreign Languages
Demi Licence, Sorbonne, 1963.

BURLINSON, Nicholas E., Chemistry
B.S., Fairfield University, 1963.

CARLSON, G. Bert, Jr., English

B.A., Upsala College, 1957; M.A., University of Iowa, 1962.

CAROLAN, James F., Physics
B.A., Princeton University, 1962.

194

Faculty

CARTY, Frederick G.. Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra College. 1962.

CHENG. Lee-Po. Physics
B.S., Brown University. 1963.

CHENG, Lorinda L.. Chemistry
B.A., Douglass College, 1963.

CHU, Hilda W., Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland. 1956.

CLEARFIELD, Martin O., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

CLEMENTS, Gerald G..

B.A., American University. 1958; M.A., Yale University, 1962.

CLEWELL. Lynne A.. English
B.A, Hiram College, 1962.

CLUTE, William T., Sociology
B.A., Hamline University, 1963.

COLE, Francis E.. Microbiology
B.S., University of Maryland. 1960.

COLNER. Ruth M.. Speech
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1940.

COURT, Franklin E.. English

B.A., Youngstown University. 1962.

COX, Joseph W„ History

B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

COYNE, Jeanne C. Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

CRAWFORD. Mary M.. English

B.A., Western Maryland College. 1963.

CREEDMAN. Theodore S.. History

B.A., University of Kentucky. 1954; M.A., Columbia, 1958.

CRONYN, Lynne C, English
B.A., Bucknell University, 1961.

CROWSHAW. L., Zoology
B.S., Bates College. 1962.

DAHLGREN, Paul W.. Physics
B.S.. College of Charleston. 1960.

DANIELS, Carolyn K., English

B.A.. University of Maryland. 1964.

195

Faculty

DAVIDOFF, Edward F., Chemistry

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1962.

DEITEMEIER, Edward R., Jr., English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

DIAMANT, Jay, Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1964.

DIPPOLD, Diane, English

B.A., College of Notre Dame of Maryland, 1962.

DOYLE, Timothy N., Speech
B.A., Denison University, 1963.

DRAPER, James R., English

B.A., University of Rhode Island, 1961; M.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1962.

DUBOW, Arnold, Physics

M.A., Brandeis University, 1962.

DUNINGER, Dennis, Mathematics
B.A., Rutgers University, 1960.

DUNKEL. Gregory M., Mathematics
B.S.. Boston College. 1962.

EAMES, Ivan L., Sociology
B.S., Howard University. 1963.

EARDLEY. Ortensia G., Foreign Languages
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1962.

EARNHART. Hugh G.. History

B.A.. Bowling Green State University, 1960.

EDELSTEIN. Lester A.. Physics

B.S.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1960.

EDMONDS. Barbara P.. Foreign Languages

Diplome Superieur d'Etudes Francaises, Universite de Strasbourg, 1954; B.A.,
University of Maryland, 1963.

EGRY, Ivan J.. Chemistry
B.A., Adelphia College, 1960.

ELFENBEIN. Lowell. Mathematics

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1961; M.S., New York University, 1962.

ELKIN, Richard M., Mathematics

B.S., Columbia University (School of Engineering), 1963.

EPSTEIN. Martin B.

B.S., Columbia University, 1963.

196

Faculty

ERICKSON, Charles M., Chemistry

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1963.

ESPELIE. M. Solveig. Mathematics
B.A., Luther College, 1962.

FELDESMAN. Gladys T.. English

B.A., George Washington University, 1934.

FELDMANN, Hans E., English
B.A., Hofstra College, 1961.

FERENCE, Robert A., Chemistry

B.S., Carneigie Institute of Technology, 1963.

FINCHAM, Michael W., English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

FINLAY, Thomas H., Chemistry
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

FIORINDO, R., Zoology
B.S., Albright College, 1958.

FITZMAURICE, James E., English

B.S., Saint Peter's College, 1954; M.A., University of California at Los Angeles.
1962.

FLOWER, Annette C, English

B.A.. University of Maryland. 1962.

FOGT, Jerry Lee, Chemistry

B.S., Ohio State University, 1958; M.S., University of Minnesota. 1961.

FONT, Marie T., Foreign Languages

B.A., Universidad de Oriente, Cuba, 1960.

FORBES, Leticia T., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

FORMAN, Gail I.. English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

FOX, Samuel L., Chemistry

B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

FRANTZ, Margaret, Mathematics
A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1963.

FREIMAN, Richard, Mathematics

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1959; M.A., University of Maryland, 1964.

FRIEND, Gilbert D., Mathematics
A.B., Bradley University, 1960.

197

Faculty

FRITZ, L., Zoology

B.S., Denison University, 1963.

FUKUSHIMA, T., Zoology

B.S., Tokyo Metropolitan University, 1961.

FULLENBAUM, Martin S., Physics
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1962.

FULLER, Ruth E., English

B.A., Marshall University, 1963.

GADZIOLA, David S., English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

GARSON, Helen S., English

B.A., George Washington University, 1946; M.A., University of Georgia, 1947.

GEBEL, Gertrude, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

GHIORZI, Alfred T., History
B.A, Manhattan College, 1960.

GIANG, Benjamin Y., Chemistry
B.A., Columbia Union College, 1963.

GINNETTI, Cynthia J., English
B.A., Rosemont College, 1963.

GLEISSNER, Richard A.. History

B.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 1958; M.A., Marquette University, 1959.

GLOVER, E., Zoology

B.S., Atlantic Christian College, 1962.

GODBY, Susan, Mathematics

B.A., Georgian Court College, 1961.

GOLDY, Robert G.,

B.A., Ohio University, 1961; M.A., 1963.
GOODARZI, A., Sociology

B.S., Penn State, 1954; M.S., University of Illinois, 1958.

GORDON, Eugene Q., Mathematics

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College, 1961.
GOTTLIEB, Myron, Chemistry

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1963.

GOULET, Catherine, Mathematics

B.S., Bradford Durfee College of Technology, 1962; M.A., Fordham University,
1964.

GRACE, Frank C, English

B.A., John Carroll University, 1963.

198

Faculty

GRESCSEK, John J., Chemistry
B.S., St. Francis College, 1963.

GULDI, Cynthia S., English
B.A., Rutgers University, 1962.

HAHN, H. George, II, English

B.S., Mount Saint Marys College. 1963.

HAINES, Larry K., Physics

M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1962.

HALL, Carol L., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

HANNON, Kathleen P., Physics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

HARE, Judith M., English

B.A., College of St. Teresa. 1962.

HARRIS, Dennis K., Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

HARTZ, Roy E., Chemistry

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1962.

HEIN, Paul R., Chemistry

B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1963.

HEINLE, D., Zoology

B.S., University of Washington. 1959.

HENNESSEY, Joseph, Chemistry
B.S., St. Francis College. 1962.

HILL, J., Zoology

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College. 1963.

HILT, Kathryn F., English
B.A., Park College, 1961.

HIRSCH, Carolyne, Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1958.

HIRSCH, Judith L., English

B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 1962.

HIRSCH, Julia, Mathematics
A.B., Middlebury College, 1956.

HOLLAND, Anne W., Sociology

B.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

HOLTER, Samuel N., Chemistry

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1961.

199

Faculty

HOPP, Samuel E., Chemistry

B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1963.

HORD, Robert M., Physics

B.S., Notre Dame University, 1962.

HORWICH, R., Zoology

B.A., Rutgers University, 1962.

HU, Chia R., Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1962.

HUANG, Frank T., Physics
B.A., Brandeis University, 1962.

HUANG, Huei-Li, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1959.

HULL, Gary W., History

B.A., Nebraska St. Teachers College, 1959; M.A., Oklahoma State University, 1961.

HUSFELT, Charles J., English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

HYDE, Kenneth C, Chemistry

B.S., Carnegie Technical Institute, 1963.

HYER, Paul V., Physics

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1962.

IZOWER, J., Zoology

B.S., City College of New York, 1960; M.A., Duke University, 1962.

JACOBWITZ, Herbert, Physics
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1960.

JAEGER, R., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1960; M.A., University of California, 1963.

JAIN, Mahavir, Physics

M.S., University of Delhi, 1959.

JESSEE, B., Zoology

B.A., Radford College, Women's Division of Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1963.

JOHNSON, John R., Chemistry
B.S., St. Johns University, 1963.

JONES, E. Dianne, English

B.A., University of Georgia, 1963.

JONES, Edward T., English
B.A., Juniata College, 1960.

JONES, J., Zoology

B.S., Marietta College, 1962.

200

Faculty

JORDAN, Hans, Physics

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1961.

JOSHI, Kusman, Chemistry

B.S., University of Bombay, 1959; M.S., University of Massachusetts, 1961.

JUSTICE, James H., Mathematics
B.A., University of Texas, 1963.

KAHNG, Myong W., Chemistry

B.S., Seoul National University, 1957; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

KALFON, F., Zoology

B.S., Norwich University, 1963.

KALISH, George, Mathematics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

KANY, Carolyn D., Sociology
B.A., Syracuse University, 1961.

KAPLAN, H., Zoology
B.S., Loyola College, 1963.

KARR, Judith P., English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1957.

KAUFMAN, Melvin, Chemistry

B.S., Polytechnic Inst, of Brooklyn, 1962.

KAUFMAN, T. S., Zoology

B.S., University of Akron, 1961.

KEARTON, Vicki L., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

KEITER, Richard L., Chemistry

B.S., Shepherd College, 1961; M.S., West Virginia University, 1964.

KESSEL, Elizabeth A., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

KIM, John J., Physics

M.A., Wesleyan University (Connecticut), 1961.

KING, Larry, Mathematics
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1963.

KITTREDGE, Richard, Mathematics
B.A., Swarthmore College, 1963.

KLANCHAR, J., Zoology

B.S., Penn State University, 1963.

KNEECE, Roland R., Mathematics

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1961; M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology,
1962.

201

Faculty

KOONTZ, Franklin P., Microbiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

KOZAKOFF, Dimitri, Physics
B.S., University of Miami, 1961.

KOZAKOFF, Emily, Mathematics

B.S., University of Miami, 1960; M.S., University of Miami, 1961.

KRETSCHMANN, James F., History

A.B., Gettysburg College, 1953; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1955.

KROLL, Fernleaf R., Physics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1963.

KROME, Sidney, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

KUEMMERLE, Clyde V., Jr., Speech
B.A., Montclair State College, 1963.

KUNDELL, Frederick, Chemistry
B.A., Harpur College, 1962.

KUZANEK, Jerry F., Mathematics
B.A., Knox College, 1963.

LABBE, Marcel, Mathematics
B.A., Bowdoin, 1963.

LAKEIN, Richard, Mathematics
B.A., Yale University, 1962.

LANE, Richard M., Zoology
B.S., Loyola College, 1959.

LANG, M., Zoology

B.S., Loyola College, 1963.

LANGE, Claire W., English

B.A., College of Notre Dame of Maryland, 1963.

LANGENBACH, John O.

B.A., College of the Pacific, 1960.

LARSON, Jon H., English

B.A., Norwich University, 1963.

LASHER, Ilene, Mathematics

B.A., Hunter College (City University of New York), 1963.

LEATHER, L., Zoology

A.A., Hagerstown Junior College; B.S., Shepherd College, 1963.

LEE, S. Young, Sociology

B.A., Seoul National University, 1956; B.G., 1958.

202

Faculty

LEE, Soonghak, Physics

M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1962.

LEVINSON, Judith C, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1964.

LEVENSON, Marjorie W.. Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Chicago, 1939.

LEVINE, Lawrence E., Mathematics

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1963.

LEVY, Marvin I., Sociology

B.B.A., College of the City of New York, 1959.

LEWIS, Carl P., Jr., History

B.A., University of Maryland, 1959; M.A., 1961.

LEYENDECKER, Albert J.. Physics
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1960.

LI, Fuk-Wing, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1957.

LICHTENFELS. J.. Zoology

B.S.. Indiana State College, 1962.

LILLING, Herbert J., Chemistry

B.S., Brooklyn College. 1958; M.S.. 1962.

LIMBURG, Aline M.. Chemistry
B.S., University of Michigan, 1962.

LINK, James R., English

B.A., Notre Dame University, 1963.

LIU, Angela C, Foreign Languages

B.A., National Taiwan University, 1959.

LONG, Paul F.. Mathematics

B.S., North Carolina State University. 1960; M.S.. North Carolina State Uni-
versity, 1963.

LUIGGI, Nathalie R., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Marseille. 1953.

LUMMIS, G., Zoology

B.S., Loyola College. 1963.

LYON, Mary Ellen. English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

MACKISON, K., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland. 1963.

203

Faculty

MALENAS, Giedre, Chemistry

B.S., Lowell Technical Institute, 1962.

MALMBERG, Marjorie, Chemistry
B.A., Wellesley College, 1942.

MARGOLIS, Beatriz, Mathematics

M.A., Universidad de Buenos Aires, 1960.

MARGOLIS, Charles G., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

MARSHALL, Joseph A., Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1960.

MARTIN, John E., Physics

B.A., University of Maine, 1962.

MAX, Louis, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

MAYO-WELLS, Barbara B., English

B.A., George Washington University, 1961.

McATEE, L., Zoology

B.A., Hanover College, 1961; M.A., Drake University, 1963.

McDEVITT, Jean F., English

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953.

McDONALD, Robert E., English

B.S., State University College at New Paltz, New York, 1963.

MCGRAW, L., Zoology
B.A., Middlebury College, 1963.

MEARS, Ina H., English

B.S., Temple University, 1956.

MEKJIAN, Aram, Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1963.

MICHAM, Dennis L., Mathematics
B.S., University of Michigan, 1963.

MILLER, John C, Foreign Languages

A.B.. Rutgers University, 1959; M.S.Ed., Southern Illinois University, 1961.

MILLER, Mark L., Chemistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1963.

MILLER, Russell H., English

B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1962.
MINER, Lois M., English

B.A., Huron College, 1962.

204

Faculty

MINUTSCHEHR, S., Physics

B.S., Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, 1961.

MIZEJEWSKI, G., Zoology
B.S., Duquesne University, 1961.

MISEVICH, Kenneth W., Physics
B.S., Marquette University, 1961.

MO, Benedict, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1960.

MOLONEY, Michael J., Physics
B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1958.

MONTE, Mary M., English
B.S., State Teachers College. Frostburg, Maryland, 1957.

MORITZ, Barry K., Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1958.

MORROW, Robert F., History

B.S., Wisconsin State College and Institute of Technology at Platteville, 1960.

MORTON, Joseph C, History

B.A., University of Maryland, 1959; M.A., 1961.

MOZDZEN, B., Zoology

B.S., University of Illinois, 1961.

MUSE, John, Chemistry

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1963.

MYTON, B., Zoology

B.A., Allegheny College. 1963.

NEWCOMER, R., Zoology

B.A., University of Illinois, 1959; M.S., University of Kentucky, 1962.

NG, Yiu-Lam, Physics

B.A., University of California. 1962.

NGUYEN, Son D., Physics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

NOLAN, Lynn D., Chemistry
B.S., Tulane University, 1962.

NOWELL, William O., Mathematics

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1963.

O'BRIEN, Gerard F., History

B.A., University of Maryland. 1959; M.A., 1960.

OFFUTT, G., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

205

Faculty

OLESNIEWICZ, John, Mathematics

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1962.

ONO, Katsuto, Chemistry

B.A., University of Hawaii, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

ONOPCHENKO, Anatoli, Chemistry

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1960; M.S., 1962.

OSMUNDSON, John S., Physics
B.S., Stanford University, 1962.

OVERFIELD, Richard A., History

B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1959; M.S., 1960.

OVERSTREET, Iris P., Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

OZOLINS, Aija, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

PAGE, Edward A., Physics

B.A., Rutgers University, 1962.

PARKER, Frederick B., Sociology
B.A., Rutgers University, 1962.

PARKER, Keith, History

B.A., Fairleigh-Dickinson University, 1959.

PALMER, Nancy B., English

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, I960.

PAOLUCCI, Peter M., Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1961.

PARIS, John M., Chemistry
B.S., Lynchburg College, 1963.

PARMELE, Richard C, History
B.A., Baylor University, 1960.

PARSONS, Theron E., Chemistry

B.A., University of St. Thomas, 1963.

PAUL, David L., English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

PEDONE, Ronald J., Sociology

B.A., University of Bridgeport, 1963.

PELLA, Peter A., Chemistry

B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1961.
PERLAS, Tomas P., Mathematics

A.B., Ateneodde Manila University, 1963.

206

Faculty

PERLIS, Barry R., Chemistry

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1963.

PHILLIPS, Gary, Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962.

PHIPPS, William Robert, History
B.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

PLASTAS, Harold, Chemistry

B.S., E. Stroudsburg State College, 1962.

PLYBON, Ira F., English

B.A., Marshall University, 1960; M.A., 1962.

PORAS, Joseph C, Chemistry
A.B., Syracuse University, 1963.

POWER, David A., Microbiology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., 1959.

POWELL, David W., Speech

B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

PREDOEHL, Louise P., English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1964.

RADER, Benjamin G., History

B.A., Southwest Missouri State College, 1958; M.A., Oklahoma State University,
1959.

RAWLINGS, Ellen R., English

B.A., Temple University, 1959; M.A., 1961.

REBACH, S., Zoology

B.S., City College of the City of New York, 1963.

REBIBO, Jacques, Mathematics

B.S., Memphis State University, 1962.

REED, Robert C, English

B.A., Miami University, 1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960.

REESE, D., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

REESEY, Marian, Speech

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

REID, Helen F., English

B.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1962.

REINERT, Gerald E., Chemistry
B.S., Albright College, 1963.

RENO, Jeanne E., English

B.A., Marygrove College, 1961.

207

Faculty

RESAU, R., Zoology

B.S., The King's College, 1963.

RICHMAN, Carol R., Speech

B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

RICKARD, James J., Astronomy

B.A., San Jose State University, 1962.

RIEGEL, Kurt W., Astronomy

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University. 1961.

ROBINSON, Allen J., Chemistry

B.A., American International College, 1962.

ROBINSON, Ellis P., Chemistry

B.A., American International College, I960.

RODRICKS. Joseph V., Chemistry

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1960.

ROSENBERG, Ira, Chemistry
B.A., Hunter College, 1963.

ROSSI, Robert I., Chemistry

B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1961; M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1963.

ROUGHTON, Richard A., History
A.B., Westminster College. 1960.

ROVNER, J., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland. 1962.

RUCK, Bruce S., Foreign Languages
B.S., University of Maryland. 1962.

RUDOLPH, Ellen B., Speech
B.A., Queens College, 1963.

RUSSELL, Gordon F.. History
B.A.. Coe College, 1961.

RYAN, Thomas D., Mathematics

B.S.. Mt. St. Mary's College (Md.), 1963.

SAINT CLAIR, John G., Physics
B.A., Columbia College, 1963.

SALMON, M., Zoology

A.B., Earlham College. 1959; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

SAMBAMOORTHY, Jayaramank, Physics
B.S., University of Madras, 1957.

SAPERSTONE, Stephen, Mathematics
B.S., Cornell University, 1961.

208

Faculty

SAVAGE, William R., Speech

B.A., University of Maryland, 1964.

SAYER, Gustav A., Physics

B.A., Columbia University, 1963.

SAYLER, A., Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

SCHAEFER, Thomas R., English

B.A., Beloit College, 1957; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1960.

SCHEDLER, David A., Mathematics

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1960; M.S., 1963.

SCHOLNICK, Myron I., History
B.A., American University, 1956.

SCHULTZ, Abraham, Physics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

SCHUTTE, Gordon H., English
B.S., Miami University, 1961.

SEAMAN, Johathan A., Mathematics

B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1961; M.S., 1963.

SEAMAN, Thomas W., Sociology
B.A., Lynchburg College, 1963.

SENKEWITZ, J., Zoology
B.S., Allegheny College, 1963.

SENYEK, Michael, Chemistry

B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1961; M.S., Purdue University, 1964.

SHACHTMAN, Richard, Mathematics

B.S., North Carolina State University, 1963.

SHANACK, Sheldon M., Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1956; M.S., New Mexico State Uni-
versity, 1959.

SHAPIRO, Louis, Mathematics
B.A., Harvard University, 1963.

SHEADS, Richard, Chemistry

B.S., Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, 1963.

SHER, Richard L., Speech

B.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

SHERBAKOFF, Linda D., English
B.A., Tufts University, 1961.

SHIEH, Shuang-Yuan, Physics

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1957.

209

Faculty

SHIELDS, Alfred, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

SIDWELL, Sylvia J., English

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1963.

SIEHL, G., Zoology

B.S., Indiana State College; M.S., American University, 1962.

SIMON, Robert, Chemistry

B.S., Boston College, 1961; M.S., Purdue University, 1964.

SIMPSON, Robert E.

B.A., Butler University, 1955.

SIMPSON, Roy V., Jr., History

B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., 1960.

SING, Helen Chu, Chemistry
B.S., Simmons College, 1951.

SINGH, Gurbax, Physics

M.S., Delhi University, India, 1959.

SINGHAL, Sat P., Physics

M.S., Panjab University, India, 1962.

SIZER, Nancy K., Sociology

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1961.

SMART, James G., History

B.A., St. Mary's Seminary, 1953; M.A., University of Maryland, 1958.

SMITH, Charles W., English

B.S., State Teachers College, Frostburg, Maryland, 1957.

SMITH, Peter J., Mathematics
B.A., Swarthmore College, 1961.

SMITH, Thomas, Physics

B.A., Princeton University, 1963.

SO, Rosario T., Chemistry

B.S., Mapua Institute of Technology, 1963.

SOLOMON, Gene B„ Zoology

B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

SPALINSKA, Halina, Mathematics

University of Warsaw, 1961.
SPEAKMAN, N., Zoology

B.S., Longwood College, 1961.
SPECTOR, Jay B., Physics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962.

210

Faculty

STANIO, P., Zoology

B.S., Southern Connecticut State College, 1963.

STERN, Monique, Foreign Languages

Licence en Droit., University of Paris, 1962.

STOTTLEMYER, R., Zoology
B.S., Penn State College, 1962.

SUFFET, Irwin H., Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1961.

SULECKI, Wayne A., English
B.A., Gannon College, 1963.

SUN, Hugo, Mathematics

A.B., University of California, 1963.

SWANT, Julie A., Chemistry
B.S., Hamline University, 1962.

TAPPER, Myron L., Physics

M.S., University of Manitoba, 1961.

TARWATER, John L., Foreign Languages
A.B., College of William and Mary, 1959.

TAVANI, Nicholas J., Sociology
B.A., Temple University, 1951.

TAYLOR, Welford D., English

B.A., University of Richmond, 1959; M.A., 1961.

TEUBER, E., Zoology

B.A., Keuka College, 1962.

THOMPSON. Janice M., Sociology
B.A., Greensboro College, 1962.

THURAISAMY. V., Mathematics

B.S., University of Ceylon, 1956; M.A., University of Massachusetts, 1963.

TOMSICH, Judith M., English

B.A., College of St. Scholastica, 1961.

TOPPING, Pamela C, English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

TREVAS, Robert J.

B.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

TRINIDAD, Joseph A., Foreign Languages
B.S., University of Maryland, 1960.

TYERYAR, Franklin, Microbiology
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1960.

211

Faculty

VAIL, J., Zoology

A.B., University of Rochester, 1961.

VASAVADA, K. V., Physics
M.Sc, Delhi University, 1960.

VINCENT, Robert K.. Physics

B.S., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, 1963.

VOIGH, Walter G., English
B.A., St. John's College, 1961.

WANG, Betty, Chemistry

A.B., Barnard College, 1960; M.S., Middlebury College, 1962.

WANG, Li-Chen, Physics

M.S., National Tsing Hua University, 1961.

WARDEN, David. Chemistry
B.S.. St. Francis College. 1961.

WATERMEIER, Daniel J.. Speech

A.B., The University of Tennessee, 1963.

WATTS, Sheldon J.. History

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A.. 1960.

WEIL-MALHERBE, Rosanne. Foreign Languages
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1962.

WEINSTEIN, Walter. Chemistry

B.S.. Franklin and Marshall College. 1955.

WEISS, J.. Zoology

A.B., Barnard College. 1959; A.M., Wellesley College. 1961.

WELLFORD, Charles Franklin, Sociology
B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

WEST, Larry A., Physics

B.S., University of Illinois, 1963.

WHEATLAND. David. Chemistry
B.S., Brown University, 1963.

WILAN, Richard A.. English

B.A., Amherst College, 1957; A.M.T., Harvard University, 1958.

WILLIAMS, Robert S., Physics

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1962.

WINSTON, Elliot, Mathematics
B.A., New York University, 1963.

WIRE, Hermine P.. English
B.A., Houghton College, 1963.

212

Faculty

WISEMAN, John B., History

B.A., Linfield College. 1960.
WOLFOWITZ, Stanley. Chemistry

B.S., City College of New York, 1961.

WOLL. Barbara L., English

B.A., Mt. Mercy College. 1961.
WOOSTER, Stuart F.. Speech

B.A., Long Island University. 1963.

WORTH1NGTON. R.. Zoology

B.A., University of Texas, 1963.
WOSHAKIWSKYJ, Walter. Mathematics

B.A., Rutgers University, 1962.
WU, Hsiu-Li, Physics

B.S., Taiwan University. 1959: M.A., Smith College. 1961.
YADLOWSKY, Edward. Physics

B.S., University of Rochester. 1962.
YORKE. Ellen D.. Physics

M.A., Columbia University. 1963.

YORKE. James. Mathematics

A.B., Columbia University. 1963.
YOST, George. Physics

B.A., Princeton University. 1963.
YOUNG. Chian-Yuan. Physics

B.S., Taiwan University. 1961.
YOUNG. John E.. Chemistry

B.A., University of Missouri. 1954: M.A.. 1963.
YU. Chung-Ling. Mathematics

B.S.. National Taiwan University. 1963.
YU, Victory K. C. Physics

M.S.. University of Oregon. 1962.
ZAY, Albert D.. Chemistry

B.S., Virginia Military Institute. 1960.
ZINGLER. Robert H.. History

B.A.. Montclair State College. 1960: M.A., University of Wyoming, 1961.
ZITTERKOPF. Deanna K.. English

B.A.. Kansas State University. 1962.

Baltimore Faculty

BALLMAN. Adele B., Assistant Professor of English

B.A.. Goucher College, 1926; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935.
HOOPER, Charles E., Graduate Assistant in Physics

B.S., Dartmouth College, 1954.

213

CATALOG OF THE

COLLEGE OF

BUSINESS AND

PUBLIC

ADMINISTRATION

1964-66

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

Volume 19 April 20, 1964 Number 24

The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevo-
cable contract between the student and the University of Maryland. The
University reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at
any time within the student's term of residence. The University further
reserves the right at any time, to ask a student to withdraw when it con-
siders such action to be in the best interests of the University.

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iv
Board of Regents vi
Officers of Administration vii
Chairmen, Standing Commit-
tees, Faculty Senate x
The College 1
Organization 1
General Information 2
The Program in American

Civilization 2

Academic Information 4

Degrees 4

Graduation Requirement 4

Junior Standing 4

Senior Residence Requirement 5

Air Science Instruction 5

Costs 5

Admission 6
Honors, Awards and

Scholarships 7

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

II.

Business Administration 10
The General Curriculum

in Administration 12

Accounting 13

Finance 14
Insurance and Real

Estate 15

Marketing 15
Personnel and Industrial

Relations 1 6

Production Management 17

Statistics 18

Transportation 19

Business Administration 21

Economics 31

III.

IV.
V

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

Geography 38

Government and Politics 49
Journalism and Public

Relations 57

Office Management

and Techniques 63

Bureau of Business and

Economic Research 67
Bureau of Governmental

Research 68

Affiliated Governmental

Organizations 69

Maryland County Com-
missioners Association 69
Maryland Municipal

League 69

COURSE OFFERINGS

Business Administration
Economics
Geography
Government and Politics

21 Journalism and Public

33 Relations 61

43 Office Management and

52 Techniques 64

Faculty 70

III

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1963-64

Fall Semester
1963

September 16-20 Monday-Friday
September 23 Monday

November 27 Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

December 1

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends
8 a.m.

December 20

Friday

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1964

January 6

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 22

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 23-30

Thursday- Wednesday
inclusive

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7

Monday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 10

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Saturday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Wednesday

Maryland Day, not a holiday

March 26

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

March 31

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends, 8 a.m.

May 13

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 28

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 29-June 5

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Saturday

Memorial Day, Holiday

May 31

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

June 6

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

1964

June 22

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 23

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 4

Saturday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 14

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

1964

June 15-19

Monday-Saturday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 3-7

Monday-Saturday

4-H Club Week

September 8-1 1

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1964-65

(Tentative)

Fall Semester
1964

September 14-18 Monday-Friday
September 21 Monday

November 25 Wednesday

November 30

Monday

December 22

Tuesday

1965

January 4
January 20
January 21-27

Monday
Wednesday
Thursday- Wednesday

Spring Semester

February 2-5
February 8
February 22
March 25
April 15

Tuesday-Friday

Monday

Thursday

April 20
May 12

May 27
May 28-June 4
May 30
May 31
June 5

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday-Friday

Sunday

Monday

Saturday

Summer Session

June 21
June 22
July 5
August 13

Monday
Tuesday
Monday
Friday

Short Courses

June 14-18
August 2-6
September 7-10

Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday
Tuesday-Friday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins

After Last Class
Thanksgiving Recess Ends

8 a.m.
Christmas Recess Begins After

Last Class

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
Pre-Examination Study Day
Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Washington's Birthday, Holiday
Maryland Day, not a Holiday
Easter Recess Begins After Last

Class
Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
AFROTC Day
Pre-Examination Study Day
Spring Semester Examinations
Baccalaureate Exercises
Memorial Day, Holiday
Commencement Exercises

Summer Session Registration
Summer Session Begins
Independence Day, Holiday
Summer Session Ends

Rural Women's Short Course
4-H Club Week
Firemen's Short Course

Board Of Regents

and

Maryland State Board Of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore, 21202

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, 21202

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore, 21201

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton, 21629

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College, 5800 Park Heights Ave., Baltimore, 21215

ASSISTANT TREASURER

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center — 17th Floor,

Baltimore, 21201

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury, 21801

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown, 21740

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park, 20012

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland, 21501

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore, 21218

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKINS, President

B.A.. University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.

AI.BIN O. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936;
Ph.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant to the President
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ALVIN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A.. Illinois College, 1933; LL.B., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

HARRY C. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College. 1936; LL.D.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.Sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

A DELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women E merit a

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

EDWARD W. AITON, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland.
1956.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936: Ph.D., University of Colorado.
1942.

RONALD BAM FORD. Dean of the Graduate School

B.S.. University of Connecticut. 1924: M.S.. University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D..
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS. Dean of Agriculture

B.S.. Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

WILLIAM P. CUNNINGHAM, Dean of the School of Law

A.B.. Harvard College. 1944; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

RAY W. EHRENSBERGER. Dean of University College

B.A.. Wabash College. 1929: M.A.. Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse

University. 1937.

NOEL E. FOSS, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

Ph.C, South Dakota State College. 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932: Ph.D.. 1933.

Vll

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health.

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADISLA.US F. GRAPSKI, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing. Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.S.,
University of Denver, 1942; M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of
Chicago, 1943.

1RVIN C. HAUT, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1933.

VERL S. LEWIS,- Dean of the School of Social Work

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.S.W., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University. 1953.

CHARLES MANNING, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935.

DONALD W. OCONNELL, Dean of the College of Business and Public
Administration

B.A., Columbia University, 1937: M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

IOHN J. SALLEY, Dean of the School of Dentistry

D.D.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1947; Ph.D., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

WILLIAM S. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of
Medical Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville, 1929;

Ph.D. (Hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGIRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

C. WILBUR CISSEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939.

via

HELEN E. CLARKE, Dean of Women

B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; Ed.D.,
Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960.

WILLIAM W. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

L. EUGENE CRONIN, Director of Natural Resources Institute

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;
Ph.D., 1946.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; M.D., 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; C.P.A., 1948.

GEORGE W. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

ROBERT J. McCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE W. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer,
Physical Plant (Baltimore)

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931.

VERNON H. REEVES, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air
Science

B.A., Arizona State College, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1949.

WERNER C. RHEINBOLDT, Director, Computer Science Center

Dipl. Math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; Dr. Rer. Nat., University of Freiburg,
1955.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940.

CLODUS R. SMITH, Director of the Summer Session

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,
1960.

GEORGE O. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

HAROLD C. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE

Joseph F. Mattick (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING
Russell B. Allen (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Thomas G. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Richard H. Byrne (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES
V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

James A. Hummel (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Donald W. O'Connell (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Walter E. Schlaretzki (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Mark Keeny (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Robert B. Beckmann (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM
AND TENURE

George Anastos (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES

Stanley B. Jackson (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

John M. Brumbaugh (Law), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Noel E. Foss (Pharmacy), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS
Mary K. Carl (Nursing), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Homer Ulrich (Arts and Sciences). Chairman

Adjunct Committees of the General Committee of Student
Life and Welfare

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Gayle S. Smith (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP

A. B. Hamilton (Agriculture), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE

Bryce Jordan (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

Ellen Harvey (Physical Education), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS
Calvin Gaver (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

The University of Maryland is favorably located for the accommodation
of students interested in business and public administration. Students
interested in economics, political science, journalism and geography,
other disciplines taught within the College, find similarly distinct advan-
tage in being at College Park. Downtown Washington is only twenty-five
minutes away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is
less than an hour in the other. There is frequent transportation service
from College Park to each city. Qualified students may obtain a first-
hand view of the far-flung economic and political activities of the national
government, and they often find it desirable to utilize the libraries and
other facilities available in Washington.

ORGANIZATION

The College's six instructional departments offer a broad range of cur-
ricula in professional fields and in social science disciplines. The sepa-
rate programs of study frequently draw upon courses in complementary
fields within the College. The six departments and the major depart-
mental offerings are:

I. Department of Business Administration

1. The General Curriculum in Business Administration

2. Accounting

3. Finance

4. Insurance and Real Estate

5. Marketing

6. Personnel and Industrial Relations

7. Production Management

8. Statistics

9. Transportation

10. Combined Business Administration and Law

II. Department of Economics

III. Department of Geography

1. General Curriculum in Geography

2. Urban Geography

3. Cartography

IV. Department of Government and Politics

1. General Curriculum in Government and Politics

2. International Affairs

3. Public Administration

V. Department of Journalism and Public Relations

1 . Sequence in Journalism

2. Sequence in Public Relations

American Civilization

VI. Department of Office Management and Techniques
VII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research
VIII. Bureau of Governmental Research

IX. Affiliated Governmental Organizations

1 . Maryland Municipal League

2. State Association of County Commissioners of Maryland

GENERAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning the American Civilization Program, fees
and expenses, scholarships and awards, student life, and other material
of a general nature, may be found in the University publication titled
An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be obtained on request
from the Catalog Mailing Office, North Administration Building.
University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University
publication titled, University General and Academic Regulations. This
is mailed in September and February of each year to all new undergrad-
uate students.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGE LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1. Maryland

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION

American Civilization

tion. This program is also designed to provide the student with a general
educational background.

Work in American civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University
and is described below. The second level is for undergraduate students
wishing to carry a major in this field (see catalog for the College of Arts
and Sciences). The third level is for students desiring to do graduate
work in this field (see the Graduate School Announcements).

All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of Mary-
land must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula)
obtain 24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the
American Civilization Program. Although the courses in the program are
prescribed generally, some choice is permitted, especially for students who
demonstrate in classification tests good previous preparation in one or more
of the required subjects.

The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows:

1. English (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2 and 3, 4, American history (6
hours, H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are
required subjects; however, students who qualify in one, two or all three
of these areas by means of University administered tests are expected to
substitute certain elective courses. Through such testing a student may be
released from 3 hours of English (9 hours would remain an absolute re-
quirement), 3 hours of American history (3 hours remaining as an absolute
requirement), and 3 hours of American government. Students released
from 3 hours of English will take Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those
released from 3 hours in history will take H. 41 instead of H. 5 and 6.
Students who have been exempted from courses in English, history or
American government may not take such courses for credit.

2. For the 3 additional hours of the 24 hours required, students elect
one course from the following group. (Elective Group I):

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics. (Not open to freshmen.
Students who may wish to take additional courses in eco-
nomics should substitute Econ. 31 for Econ. 37).

Phil. 1 — Introduction to Philosophy
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life
Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

(Students enrolled in the College of Business and Public Administration
will normally meet this requirement by taking Econ. 31 in the sophomore
year.)

3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 or 9,
hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history or Amer-
ican government (see 1 above), shall select the replacements for these
courses from any or all of the following groups: (a) more advanced

Graduation Requirements

courses in the same department as the required courses in which the student
is excused; or (b) elective Group I (see 2 above), provided that the same
course may not be used as both a Group I and a Group II choice, or (c)
Elective Group II. Group II consists of the following 3-hour courses:

H. 41, 42, Western Civilization; either H. 51 or 52. The Humanities;
either Mus. 20, Survey of Music Literature or Art 22, History of Amer-
ican Art and Soc. 5, Anthropology.

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

DEGREES

The University confers the following degrees on students completing pro-
grams of study in Departments of the College of Business and Public
Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Administration,
Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. Each candidate for a degree
must file in the Office of the Registrar on a date announced for each
semester a formal application for a degree. Candidates for degrees must
attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred and diplomas are
awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional cases.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit with an average of "C" in
courses suggested by the College in addition to the specified courses in
air science, physical activities and hygiene are required for graduation.
A minimum of 57 hours of the required 120 hours must be in upper divi-
sion courses, with the exception that the student may, with the consent
of the Dean, offer certain lower division courses in mathematics, natural
science, and foreign language in partial fulfillment of the requirement.
Usually the departments within the College will require that the student
have, in addition to an overall "C" average, an average of "C" or better
in those courses comprising the student's major area of study. The time
normally required to complete the requirements for the bachelor's degree
is eight semesters.

JUNIOR STANDING

To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better.
In computing this average, the following provisions apply: all academic
courses carrying one or more credits which have been taken up to the time
of computation shall be included; courses carrying "O" credit shall not be
included; courses with grade "F" shall be included; courses in Basic Air
Science, the physical education required of all University students, and the
health courses required of all women students shall not be included.

Graduation Requirements

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication, University General and Academic Regulations.

SENIOR RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities,
and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must
earn a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade
of "C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits
may be transferred from another institution. Specific requirements for
graduation in the selected curriculum must be met.

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are
required to take Basic Air Science for a period of two semesters. The suc-
cessful completion of this sequence is a prerequisite for graduation and
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two semesters of at-
tendance at the University. Transfer students who do not have the required
two semesters of air science will be required to complete the sequence or
take it until graduation whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced air science courses
during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve com-
mission in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning air science, refer to University General and
Academic Regulations, a publication available to all entering undergraduate
students.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University include $250.00 fixed
charges; $96.00 special fees; $420.00 board; $290.00 to $320.00 lodging
for Maryland residents, or $340.00 to S370.00 for residents of other states
and countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students.
A charge of $400.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of
the State of Maryland.

A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for
admission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the
fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.

An Adventure in Learning, the undergraduate bulletin of the University,
contains a detailed statement of fees and expenses and includes changes
in fees as they occur. A copy may be requested from the Catalog Mailing
Office, North Administration Building, University of Maryland at College
Park.

Admission
ADMISSION

Fall Semester

Under unusual circumstances, applications will be accepted between July
15 and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after July
15 will be required to pay a non-refundable $15.00 late fee to defray
the cost of special handling of applications after that date. This late fee
is in addition to the $10.00 application fee.

All undergraduate applications, both for full-time and part-time attend-
ance, and all supporting documents for an application for admission must
be received by the appropriate University office by September 1. This
means that the applicant's educational records, ACT scores (in the case of
new freshmen) and medical examination report must be received by Sep-
tember 1.

Spring Semester

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester is
January 1.

University College

The application deadlines and fees do not apply to students registering in
the evening classes offered by the University College.

Graduate School

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

Requirements for admission to the College are those of the University.

To assure the maximum likelihood of success in the College, it is recom-
mended that the student have 4 units of English, 3 or more units of Col-
lege Preparatory Mathematics — including a minimum of 2 units of Algebra
and 1 unit of Geometry, 1 or more units of History and Social Science,
1 or more units of Natural Science, and 1 or more units of Foreign Lan-
guage. Students expecting to enroll in the College of Business and Public

Honors, Awards, and Scholarships

Administration are advised to pursue the pre-college program in high
school.

FINANCIAL AID AND ASSISTANCE

The College has a number of graduate assistantships in the Departments
of Business Administration, Economics, Geography, Journalism and Public
Relations, and Government and Politics, and in the Bureau of Business
and Economic Research and the Bureau of Governmental Research. Ap-
plications for assistantships should be made directly to the Dean of the
College of Business and Public Administration (See the Graduate School
Announcements for graduate rules and regulations).

HONORS, AWARDS AND SCHOLARSHIPS

THE DEAN'S LIST OF DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS

Any student who has passed at least 12 hours of academic work in the
preceding semester, without failure of any course, and with an average
grade on all courses of at least 3.5 will be placed on the Dean's List of
Distinguished Students.

BETA GAMMA SIGMA

The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma was chartered in
1940. The purpose of this honorary society is to encourage and reward
scholarship and accomplishment among students of commerce and bus-
iness administration; to promote the advancement of education in the
art and science of business; and to foster integrity in the conduct of bus-
iness operations. Chapters of Beta Gamma Sigma are chartered only in
schools holding membership in the American Association of Collegiate
Schools of Business. Third and fourth year students in business adminis-
tration are eligible; if in his third year, a student must rank in the highest
four per cent of his class, and if in his fourth year, he must rank in the
highest ten per cent in order to be considered for selection.

THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY

This is awarded annually to the student who has maintained the highest
scholastic standing during the entire course of study in business adminis-
tration or economics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at New York University
on November 7, 1907. The Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was char-
tered at the University of Maryland in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a profes-
sional fraternity organized to foster the study of business in universities;
to encourage scholarship, social activity, and the association of students
for their mutual advancement by research and practice; to promote closer

Honors, Awards, and Scholarships

affiliation between the commercial world and students of commerce; and
to further a high standard of commercial ethics and culture, as well as
the civic and commercial welfare of the community. Members are selected
from the College of Business and Public Administration on the basis of
leadership, scholastic standing and promise of future business success.

KAPPA TAU ALPHA

The Maryland chapter of Kappa Tau Alpha was chartered in 1961.
Founded in 1910, this national honorary society has 39 chapters at uni-
versities offering graduate or undergraduate preparation for careers in
professional journalism. It is dedicated to recognition and promotion of
scholarship in journalism. Among its activities is an annual award for
an outstanding piece of published research in journalism and mass com-
munications.

MARYLAND PRESS ASSOCIATION ANNUAL CITATION

This award is presented to the outstanding senior in journalism.

PHI CHI THETA KEY

The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded to the outstanding graduating senior
woman in the College of Business and Public Administration on the basis
of scholarship, activities, and leadership.

PI SIGMA ALPHA FRED HAYS MEMORIAL AWARD

The Pi Sigma Alpha Fred Hays Memorial Award in Government and
Politics is awarded annually by the Department of Government and Poli-
tics to the graduating senior who earns the highest grades among the ma-
jors in government and politics of the graduating class. The award is a
cash award, not less than $25.00, provided by an anonymous alumnus.
This award is named in memory of Fred Hays, an honor graduate and
former student president of Pi Sigma Alpha, the honorary political science
fraternity. Fred Hays was killed in action in Korea.

THE WALL STREET JOURNAL STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT
AWARD

This is awarded annually to the graduating senior who has maintained
the highest scholastic achievement in the field of financial administra-
tion. The award consists of a silver medal and one year's subscription to
the Wall Street Journal.

The Alcoa Foundation Scholarship in the amount of $600 is awarded
to a junior majoring in Transportation with a special interest in industrial
traffic management.

The Alumni Association of the University provides a scholarship of $250.
8

Honors, Awards, and Scholarships

The Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism is awarded to a de-
serving student. The scholarship, in the amount of $500, is contributed
by the Board of Trustees of the A. S. Abell Foundation, Inc., and is
awarded to a senior majoring in editorial journalism.

The Baltimore News-Post provides two $375 journalism scholarships.
The Delmarva Traffic Club makes available a scholarship of $250 for an
outstanding transportation student in the junior class making his home on
the Delmarva peninsula.

Federal Government Accountants Association of Washington awards a
scholarship in the amount of $300 to a full-time undergraduate majoring
in accounting.

The Haskins & Sells Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship of
S500 for an exceptional senior student concentrating in accounting who
is registered in the College of Business and Public Administration. In
addition to the cash award, a token award in the form of an inscribed
silver medallion will be given to each award winner.

The Maryland Association of Certified Public Accountants, Inc., awards
a scholarship in the amount of $200 to a Maryland resident majoring in
accounting.

Motor Fleet Supervisors Institute — A $250 award is made to a member
of the junior class majoring in Transportation with an interest in motor
transportation who has shown in three years of training an apparent abil-
ity to succeed. This award is made through the College of Business and
Public Administration.

The Montgomery County Press Association's $200 journalism scholarship
is awarded to a student of that county.

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc., Winston-Salem, North Carolina, provides a
$500 award to a senior in the College who is concentrating in Transporta-
tion with a major interest in motor transportation.

The Arthur Young and Co. Foundation, Inc., makes available certain
funds for awards for superior senior students concentrating in accounting
who are registered in the College.

REQUIRED COURSES

I. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re-
quires a knowledge and understanding of organizational structures, opera-
tions and environments. The curricula of the Department of Business Ad-
ministration emphasize the principles and problems involved in the de-
velopment of organizations and in the formulation and implementation of
their policies.

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT

The programs of study in the Department of Business Administration are
so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to the major functions
of business management. This plan is not, however, based on the view
that these major divisions are independent units, but rather that each is
closely related to and dependent on the others. Every student in Business
Administration is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum number of
required basic subjects in the arts, sciences, and humanities as prerequi-
sites to work in the major management fields.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS

Courses Hours

English— 1, 2, 3, 4 12

Math. 10, 11 6

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

History 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 6

B.A. 10 — Introduction to Business 3

Econ. 4 — Economic Developments 3

B.A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 6

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 6

1 course from Elective Group 1 3

2 courses from Elective Group A 6-7-8
1 Free Elective 3

60-61-62

In addition, all students are required to take four semesters of Physical
Education (1 hour per semester). Male students take Air Science 2, 3.
(4 hours). Women take Health 2, 4 (4 hours).

Elective Group I Elective Group A

Philosophy 1 3 Astronomy 1 3 Physics 1 3

Psychology 1 3 Geology 1 3 Botany 1 4

Sociology 1 3 Geography 15 3 Chemistry 1 4

Mathematics 14 3 Zoology 1 4

Mathematics 15 3

Business Administration

Students who wish to elect a foreign language must take 1 2 semester hours
of the language in order to obtain credit. Such students may substitute
the first semester of foreign language for the Econ. 4 requirement, the sec-
ond two semesters for the Elective Group A requirment, and the last
semester for the free elective.

Students planning to major in Statistics should take Math. 14 and 15 as
their Group A electives. Students planning to major in Personnel should
take Psychology I as their Group I elective and Psychology 21 as their
sophomore elective. Students planning to major in Accounting should
take B.A. 22 as their sophomore elective.

The typical course load will be fifteen academic hours each semester.
The courses will normally be taken as shown below. However, in individ-
ual cases there may be variation in the semester load or sequence of courses,
subject to approval of an advisor.

Freshman

Year

English 1

English 2

B.A. 10 or Sp. 1

Sp. 1 or B.A.

Math. 10

Math. 11

G. & P. 1

or Group 1 Elec

. 3

Group 1 Elec.

or G. & P.

1 3

Econ. 4 or Group A Elec.

3-4

Group A Elec

. or Econ. A

1- 3-4

A.S. 2 or ]

Heath 2

A. S. 3 or Health 4

P.E.

18-19
Sophomore

P.E.

Year

1
18-19

English

English 4

B.A. 20

B.A. 21

Econ. 31

Econ. 32

Hist. 5

Hist. 6

Group A

or free elect.

3-4

Gorup A or free elect.

3-4

P.E.

16-17

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS

During the junior and senior years each student is required to complete
the following specified courses:

B.A. 130 — Business Statistics I 3

B.A. 140 — Business Finance 3

B.A. 149 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B.A. 168 — Management and Organization Theory 3

B.A. 180 — Business Law 3

B.A. 199 — Business Policies 3

Total

Business Administration

In addition to the above, two 100 level courses must be taken in Econom-
ics, at least one of which must be: Econ. 102, National Income Analysis:
Econ. 132, Advanced Economic Principles; Econ. 140, Money and Bank-
ing; or Econ. 148, International Economics.

At least 48 hours of the 120 semester hours of academic work required
for graduation must be in the Business Administration subjects. In addi-
tion to the requirement of an overall average of "C" in academic subjects,
an average of "C" in Business Administration subjects is required for grad-
uation. Electives in the curircula of the Department may, with the con-
sent of the advisor, be taken in any department of the university if the
student has the necessary prerequisites.

THE GENERAL CURRICULUM IN
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The General Curriculum in Business Administration is designed for those
who desire a broad program in management. The curriculum contains a
relatively large number of elective courses. Selection is subject to approval
by an advisor and must contribute to a program of courses closely bal-
anced between (1) a functional field, (2) the various basic areas of man-
agement and (3) non-business fields.

Students selecting this curriculum will take the basic courses required for
all students in the Department of Business Administration. In addition,
students will take:

( 1 ) The following required courses :

B.A. 150 — Marketing Management 3 s.h.
B.A. 160 — Personnel Management I or B.A. 163

Industrial Relations 3 s.h.

B.A. 170 — Principles of Transportation 3 s.h.

B.A. 189 — Business and Government 3 s.h.

B.A. 198 — Structure and Operations of Industries 3 s.h.

15 s.h.

(2) three semester hours from the following:

B.A. 110 — Intermediate Accounting (3)

B.A. 148 — Advanced Financial Management (3)

B.A. 167— Operations Research I (3)
B.A. 184— Public Utilities (3)

3 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Business Administration

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation 18 s.h.

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 s.h.

ACCOUNTING

Accounting, in a limited sense, is the analysis, classification, and recording
of financial events and the reporting of the results of such events for an
organization. In a broader sense, accounting consists of all financial devices
for planning, controlling and appraising performance of an organization.
In this broader sense, accounting includes among its many facets financial
planning, budgeting, accounting systems, financial management controls,
financial analysis of performance, financial reporting, internal and external
auditing and taxation of business.

The accounting curriculum provides an educational foundation for careers
in accounting, and a foundation for future advancement in other manage-
ment areas whether in private business organizations, government agencies,
or public accounting firms. Students who select this curriculum will com-
plete the freshman and sophomore requirements for all students in the
Department of Business Administration. In the sophomore year, account-
ing majors must take B.A. 22, Accounting Methodology, in lieu of a
sophomore year elective.

Course requirements for the junior and senior years are:

( 1 ) the junior-senior requirements for all students in the Department of
Business Administration,

(2) the following accounting courses:

B.A. 110.111 — Intermediate Accounting 6

B.A. 121 — Cost Accounting 4

B.A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4

and 9 semester hours from the following:

B.A. 118 — Governmental Accounting 3

B.A. 119 — Budgeting and Control 3

B.A. 120 — Accounting Systems 3

B.A. 122 — Auditing Theory and Practice 3

B.A. 124, 126 — Advanced Accounting 3. 3

B.A. 125— C.P.A. Problems 4

B.A. 127 — Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice 3

B.A. 128 — Advanced Cost Accounting 2

Note: B.A. 120 and 124 are offered only in the summer session.

Business Administration

Thus, the upper division requirements for accounting majors are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental students. 18 s. h.

Junior-senior accounting requirements (minimum) 23 s. h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s. h.
Electives (to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation) 13 s. h.

Total Junior-senior year requirements 60 s. h.

The maximum number of semester hours of credit for accounting courses
that may be counted toward the graduation requirement is thirty-eight.
If thirty-eight semester hours are taken toward graduation, either B.A.
118 or 119 must be included.

The educational requirement of the Maryland State Board of Public
Accountancy for taking the C.P.A. examination without practical experi-
ence total forty-four semester hours of accounting courses plus eight
semester hours of business law. Students wishing to satisfy the Board's
requirements must successfully complete all accounting courses except
B.A. 118 and 119. Also they must successfully complete B.A. 181 and
182, as well as the required B.A. 180, to satisfy the Board's business
law requirements. Only thirty-five semester hours of the Board's account-
ing requirements may be credited toward graduation requirements. Thus,
a student wishing to satisfy both the graduation requirements and the
requirements of the Board to sit for the C.P.A. examination without
experience must take 9 semester hours of accounting courses beyond
the maximum that may be credited for graduation. This can be done
only by attending one summer session, for B.A. 120, 124, and 182 are
offered only during the summer. Students not wishing to satisfy the
Board's requirements to sit for the C.P.A. examination without experience
are eligible to take the examination after obtaining two years of prac-
tical experience satisfactory to the Board.

A student planning to take the C.P.A. examination in a State other
than Maryland should determine the course requirements, if any, for
such State, and arrange his program accordingly.

FINANCE

The curriculum in finance is designed to acquaint the student with
financing methods and institutions and to familiarize him with the basic
principles of financial analysis as used in managerial decision-making.
Career destinations in the general area of finance include those in cor-
porate financial management; investment management; the banking fields
and insurance. Careers are also open in government service, for exam-
ple, in regulatory agencies and international finance.

Business Administration

Students selecting this curriculum will take, in addition to the courses
required for all students in the Department of Business Administration:

(1) The following required courses

B.A. 110, 111 — Intermediate Accounting 6 s. h.

B.A. 141 — Security Analysis 3 s. h.

B.A. 143 — Credit Management 3 s. h.

B.A. 148 — Advanced Financial Management 3 s. h.

Total

15 s. h.

and

(2) three semester hours from the following:

. 142— Public Finance (3)
, 147 — Business Cycles (3)
167 — Operations Research I (3)
184— Public Utilities (3)
196 — Real Estate Finance1 (3)

Total

Econ
Econ
B.A.
B.A.
B.A.

3 s.h.

18 s.h.

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental students

Junior-senior curriculum concentration

Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140, or 148
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation

Total Junior-senior year requirements
INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE

60 s. h.

Students interested in insurance or real estate may concentrate either in
General Business or Finance and plan with their advisers a group of elec-
tives to meet their specialized needs. Courses offered in insurance and
real estate include life insurance, property insurance, real estate princi-
ples, and real estate finance.

MARKETING

Marketing involves the functions performed in getting goods and services
from producers to users. Career opportunities exist in manufacturing,
wholesaling and retailing and include sales administration, marketing
research, advertising and merchandising.

Students choosing this course should first take BA195 — Real Estate Principles.

Business Administration

Students preparing for work in marketing research are advised to elect
additional courses in Statistics.

In addition to the junior-senior courses taken by all students, the
marketing program consists of:

(1) the following required courses:

B.A. 150 — Marketing Management

B.A. 151 — Advertising

B.A. 154 — Retail Management

B.A. 156 — Marketing Research

Total required

and

(2) six semester hours from the following:

B.A. 143 — Credit Management (3)

B.A. 1 32 — Sample Surveys in Business and

Economics (3)
B.A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3)
B.A. 157 — International Marketing (3)
B.A. 158 — Advertising Management (3)
B.A. 171 — Traffic and Physical Distribution

Management (3)
B.A. 167 — Operations Research 1(3)
B.A. 101 — Electronic Data Processing (3)
Journ. 152 — Advertising Copy and Layout (3)

Total

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental students

Junior-senior curriculum concentration

Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140, or 148
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation

Total. Junior-senior year requirements
PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

3 s.h.

12 s.h.

\ 6 s.h.

18 s.h.

18 s.h.
18 s.h.

6 s.h.

18 s.h.

60 s.h.

Personnel administration has to do with the direction of human effort.
It is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective
working force. People professionally trained in personnel administration
find career opportunities in business, in government, in educational insti-
tutions, and in charitable and other organizations.

Business Administration Curriculum

The required courses are:

B.A. 160 — Personnel Management I 3 s.h.

B.A. 161 — Personnel Management II 3 s.h.

B.A. 163 — Industrial Relations 3 s.h.

B.A. 164 — Labor Legislation 3 s.h.
B.A. 169 — Production Management

B.A. 189 — Business and Government 3 s.h.

Psych. 161 — Industrial Psychology 3 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Since Psych. 161 cannot be taken without six hours of psychology, students
who wish to follow this curriculum are advised to take Psych. 1 as their
Group 1 Elective and Psych. 21 as their sophomore year elective.

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation 18 s.h.

Total, Junior-senior year requirements 60 s.h.

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of
organization and control in the field of production management. Theory
and practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes
and techniques are surveyed, analyzed, and evaluated.

The courses in addition to those required of all students in the College are:

(1) The following required courses:

B.A. 121 — Cost Accounting 4 s.h.

B.A. 160 — Personnel Management I 3 s.h.

B.A. 169 — Production Management 3 s.h.

B.A. 165 — Advanced Production Management 3 s.h.

and

Total Required 13 s.h.

Business Administration Curriculum

(2) six hours from the following:

B.A. 134— Statistical Quality Control (3)
B.A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3)
B.A. 163 — Industrial Relations (3)
B.A. 167 — Operations Research I (3)
B.A. 171 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management (3)

Total 19 s.h.

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental students 1 8 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 19 s.h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for

graduation 17 s.h.

Total Junior-senior year requirements 60 s.h.

STATISTICS

Statistics consists of a body of methods for utilizing probability theory
in decision-making processes. Important statistical activities ancillary
to the decision-making process are the systematization of quantitative
data and the measurement of variability. Some specialized areas within
the field of statistics are: sample surveys, forecasting quality control,
design of experiments, Bayesian decision processes, actuarial statistics,
and data processing. Statistical methods — for example, sample survey
techniques — are widely used in accounting, marketing, industrial manage-
ment and government applications.

An aptitude for applied mathematics and a desire to understand and
apply scientific methods to significant problems are important prerequi-
sites for the would-be statistician.

Students planning to major in statistics should take Math. 14 and 15 as
Group A electives.

Students selecting this curriculum will take, in addition to the courses
required for all students in the Department of Business Administration:

Business Administration Curriculum

(1) the following required courses:

B.A. 131 — Business Statistics II 3

B.A. 132 — Sample Surveys in Business and Economics 3

B.A. 134 — Statistical Quality Control (3) 3

B.A. 101 — Electronic Data Processing 3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

12 s.h.

and

(2) three semester hours from the following:

B.A. 102 — Electronic Data Processing

Applications (3)
B.A. 135 — Statistical Analysis and Forecasting 6 s.h.

B.A. 167 — Operations Research I (3)
Math. 133 — Applied Probability and Statistics I

Total 18 s.h.

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental

students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 1 8 s.h.
Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140, or 148 6 s.h.

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation 18 s.h.

Total junior-senior requirement 60 s.h.

TRANSPORTATION

Transportation involves the movement of persons and goods in the satis-
faction of human needs. The curriculum in transportation includes an
analysis of the services and management problems, such as pricing, fi-
nancing, and organization, of the five modes of transport — air, motor,
pipelines, railroads, and water — and covers the scope and regulation of
transportation in our economy. The effective management of transpor-
tation involves a study of the components of physical distribution and
the interaction of procurement, the level and control of inventories, ware-
housing, material handling, transportation, and data processing.

The curriculum in transportation is designed to prepare students to assume
responsible positions with carriers, governmental agencies, and traffic and
physical distribution management in industry.

Course requirements for the junior and senior years are, in addition to
the junior-senior requirements for all students in the Department of Busi-
ness Administration:

Business Administration Curriculum

(1)

the required following courses:

B.A. 170 — Principles of Transportation
B.A. 171 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management
172 — Motor Transportation
174 — Commercial Air Transportation
175 — Advanced Transportation Problems (3)

3 s.h.

B.A.
B.A.
B.A.

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Total

15 s.h.

and

(2) three semester hours to be selected from the following:

B.A. 173 — Water Transportation

B.A. 176 — Urban Transport and Urban

Development (3) 3 s.h.

B.A. 157 — International Marketing (3)
B.A. 184— Public Utilities (3)

Total required 1 8 s.h.

Thus, the upper division requirements are:

Junior-senior requirements of all departmental

students 18 s.h.

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 s.h.

Electives in 100 level economics courses at least one of

which must be Econ. 102, 132, 140. or 148 6 s.h.

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation 18 s.h.

60 s.h.

Total junior-senior year requirements

COMBINED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
LAW PROGRAM

The Department of Business Administration offers a combined Business
Administration-Law Curriculum in which the student completes three
years in the General Curriculum in Business Administration in the
department and a fourth year of work in the Law School of the Uni-
versity of Maryland. Admission to the Law School is contingent upon
meeting the applicable standards of that school. Individual students are
responsible to secure from the Law School its current admission require-
ments. The student must complete all the courses required of students
in the Department plus the courses normally required for the General
Curriculum in Business Administration through the junior year, plus
enough electives to equal a minimum of 90 semester hours; an average
grade of "C" or better must be earned. No business law course can be
included in the 90 hours. The last year of college work before entering
the Law School must be completed in residence at College Park. At
least 30 hours of work must be in courses numbered 100 or above.

Business Administration

The Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business and Public
Administration is conferred upon students who complete the first year
in the Law School with an average grade of "C" or better.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac-
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the
Graduate School. (See the Graduate School Announcements, Section II.)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Professors: Taff, Calhoun, Clemens, Cook, Fisher, Gentry,
Nelson, Sylvester, Sweeney, and Wright.

Associate Professors: Ashmen, Dawson, and Spivey.

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Brunner, Clickner, Daiker,
Edelson, Hermanson. Himes, Nash, Paine, Raia. Schellenberger,
Smerk.

Instructors: Beal, Cahill, Chappell, Emery, Neffinger, and Simpson.

Lecturer: Tierney.

B.A. 10. Introduction to Business. (3)

A survey course covering the internal and functional organization of a business
enterprise, its organization and control.

B.A. 14. Survey of Office Machines. (2)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The various types of
office business machines are surveyed, their capacities and special functions
compared. Skill is developed through actual use and demonstration of such
machines as: accounting, duplicating, dictating and transcribing, adding and
calculating, and other functional types of machines and equipment. The course
is designed also to give special training in the handling of practical business
problems with machine application.

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. The principles of accounting for business
enterprise and the use of accounting data in making business decisions.

B.A. 22. Accounting Methodology. (3)

Required of majors in accounting. Specialized problems of accounting tech-
niques; cash and accrual basis, single entry and complex adjustments and
corrections of prior years' data.

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
B.A. 100. Office Operations and Mismanagement. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. Deals with the principles of scientific management

Business Administration

as they apply to the examination, improvement, installation, and operation of
the most effective paperwork methods and systems that a given organization
can use to achieve its objectives. Procedure flow analysis and form design for
control of paperwork; process, work distribution, and layout charts, distribution
of authority and responsibility for office activities are among the areas con-
sidered.

B.A. 101. Electronic Data Processing. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing, Math. 11 or the equivalent. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
The electronic digital computer and its use as a tool in processing data. The
course includes the following areas: (1) organization of data processing sys-
tems, (2) environmental aspects of computer systems, (3) fundamentals of
programming using a common problem-oriented language, and (4) management
control problems and potentials inherent in mechanized data processing systems.

B.A. 102. Electronic Data Processing Applications. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 101. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Intensive study of computer
applications using a problem-oriented language. Introduction of computer meth-
ods for the solution of business problems. Laboratory exercises in program-
ming and development of computer techniques.

B.A. 103. Introduction to Systems Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 102. Math. 15 or the equivalent. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
The use of the computer in management and the operation of business. The
course includes the following areas: (1) the principles of systems analysis, (2)
recent applications and innovations of the systems concept, (3) design and im-
plementation of computer systems, including such techniques as mathematical
programming, simulation, business games, and network analysis, (4) laboratory
use of a digital computer in the application of these techniques.

B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 21. A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of
valuation of assets, application of funds, corporation accounts and statements,
and the interpretation of accounting statements.

B.A. 112. Records Management. (2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50.
Specific management methods and techniques that have proved valuable in the
creation, use, maintenance, protection and disposition of records are studied.

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 21. The content of this course covers the scope and func-
tions of governmental accounting. It considers the principles generally appli-
cable to all forms and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure
adaptable to all governments.

B.A. 119. Budgeting and Control. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 21. The use of financial data in controlling an enterprise.
Budgetary formulation, execution and appraisal. The use of accounting in mana-
gerial decision making.

B.A. 120. Accounting Systems. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 20. A study of the factors involved in the design and instal-
lation of accounting systems: the organization, volume and types of transac-

Business Administration

tions, charts of accounts, accounting manuals, the reporting system. Offered
only in Summer School.

B.A. 121. Cost Accounting. (4)

Prerequisite, B.A. 21. A study of the fundamental procedures of cost account-
ing, including those for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems.

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 111. A study of the principles and problems of auditing and
application of accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers
and reports.

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting. (4)

Prerequisite, B.A. 21. A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax
Laws, using illustrative examples, selected questions and problems, and the
preparation of returns.

B.A. 124. Advanced Accounting. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 111. Advanced Accounting theory applied to specialized
problems in partnerships, ventures, consignments, installment sales, insurance,
statement of affairs, receiver's accounts, realization and liquidation reports, and
application of mathematics to accounting problems. Offered only in Summer
School.

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems. (4)

Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or consent of instructor. A study of the nature, form
and content of C.P.A. examinations by means of the preparation of solutions
to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. problems covering the various
accounting fields.

B.A. 126. Advanced Accounting. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 111. Home office and branch accounting, parent and sub-
sidiary accounting, and foreign exchange.

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 122. Advanced auditing theory and practice and report
writing.

B.A. 128. Advanced Cost Accounting. (2)

Prerequisite, B.A. 121. A continuation of basic cost accounting with special
emphasis on process costs, standard costs, joint costs and by-product costs.

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting. (0)

Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of
the accounting staff. A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally
known firms of certified public accountants from about January 15 to February
15. and for a semester after graduation.

B.A. 130. Business Statistics I. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory course.
Emphasis is placed upon statistical inference. Topics covered include statistical
observations, frequency distributions, averages, measures of variability, ele-
mentary probability, sampling, distributions, problems of estimation, simple
tests of hypotheses, index numbers, time series, graphical and tabular presenta-
tion. Selected applications of the techniques are drawn from economics, indus-
trial management, marketing and accounting.

Business Administration

B.A. 131. Business Statistics II. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Review of elementary proba-
bility. Population distribution. Sampling distributions; bionominal, Poisson,
normal, "t", chi-square and F. Estimates and tests of hypotheses concerning the
mean, variance and other parameters. Introduction to analysis of variance,
linear regression and correlation.

B.A. 132. Sample Surveys in Business and Economics. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A general course in scientific
sample survey techniques. Review of elementary probability, characteristics
of good estimators, errors of observation, simple random sampling, stratified
random sampling, cluster sampling, comparison of various sample designs,
cost functions, examples of actual survey practices.

B.A. 134. Statistical Quality Control. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Statistical fundamentals, theory,
construction and use of control charts, acceptance sampling by attributes and
variables, work sampling and other industrial applications of statistics.

B.A. 135. Statistical Analysis and Forecasting. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 130 or permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Clas-
sical time series analysis, trend, periodic and irregular components, seasonal
adjustment, growth curves, recent developments in time series, analysis, tech-
niques of forecasting such quantities as labor force, capital formation, demand
and sales.

B.A. 140. Business Finance. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 21. This course deals with principles and practices involved
in the organization, financing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises; the
various types of securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income,
risk, and control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis
on solution of problems of financial policy faced by management.

B.A. 141. Security Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the principles and methods used in the
analysis, selection, and management of investments, investment programs,
sources of investment information, security price movements, government, real
estate, public utility, railroad and industrial securities.

B.A. 143. Credit Management. (3)

Prerequisite. B.A. 140. A study of the nature of credit and the principles
applicable to its extension and redemption for mercantile and consumer pur-
poses; sources of credit information and analysis of credit reports; the organ-
ization and management of a credit department for effective control. Recent
developments and effective legal remedies available.

B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 140. An advanced course in finance. Emphasis is placed
upon the techniques employed by executives in their application of financial
management practice to selected problems and cases. Critical classroom analy-
sis is brought to bear upon actual methods and techniques used by business
enterprises.

B.A. 149. Marketing Principles and Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This is an introductory course in the field of

Business Administration

marketing. Its purpose is to give a general understanding and appreciation
of the forces operating, institutions employed, and methods followed in market-
ing agricultural products, natural products, services, and manufactured goods.

B.A. 150. Marketing Management. (3)

Prerequisite. B.A. 149. A study of the work of the marketing division in a
going organization. The work of developing organizations and procedures for
the control of marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the
course is placed on the determination of policies, methods, and practices for
the effective marketing of various forms of manufactured products.

B.A. 151. Advertising. (3)

Prerequisite. B.A. 149 or consent of instructor. A study of the role of advertis-
ing in the American economy: the impact of advertising on our economic and
social life, the methods and techniques currently applied by advertising prac-
titioners, the role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media in the develop-
ment of an advertising campaign, modern research methods to improve the
effectiveness of advertising, and the organization of the advertising business.

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 149. Determining the proper sources, quality and quantity
of supplies, and methods of testing quality; price policies, price forecasting, for-
ward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of achievement.
Attention is given to government purchasing and methods and procedures used
in their procurement.

B.A. 154. Retail Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 20 and 149. Retail store organization, location, layout and
store policy; pricing policies, price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a
guide to buying; purchasing methods; supervision of selling; training and super-
vision of retail sales force: and administrative problems.

B.A. 156. Marketing Research Methods. (3)

Prerequisites. B.A. 130 and B.A. 149. This course is intended to develop skill
in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation
of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research, the
planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report
preparation.

B.A. 157. International Marketing. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 149. Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and
procedures used in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring
goods in foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the
customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States.

B.A. 158. Advertising Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 149. This course is concerned with the way in which business
firms use advertising as a part of their marketing program. The case study
method is used to present advertising problems taken from actual business
practice. Cases studied illustrate problems in demand stimulation, media selec-
tion, advertising research, testing, and statistical control of advertising.

B.A. 160. Personnel Management I. (3)

This course deals with the problems of directing and supervising employees under
modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personal administration are stressed.

Business Administration

the application of scientific management and the importance of human relations
in this field.

B.A. 161. Personnel Management II. (3)

Prerequisite or Corequisite, B.A. 160. Job evaluation and merit rating and other
personnel management techniques generally employed in business.

B.A. 163. Industrial Relations. (3)

A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry with
reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis
of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, mediation, and
conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boycotts, lockouts,
company unions, employee representation, and injunctions.

B.A. 164. Labor Legislation. (3)

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases include the
decisions of administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals.

B.A. 165. Advanced Production Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 169. A study of typical problems encountered by the factory
manager. The objective is to develop the ability to analyze and solve problems
in management control of production and in the formulation of production
policies. Among the topics covered are plant location, production planning and
control, methods analysis and time study.

B.A. 166. Business Communications. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. A systematic study of the principles of effective
written communications in business. The fundamental aim is to develop the
ability to write clear, correct, concise, and persuasive business letters and
reports.

B.A. 167. Operations Research I. (3)

The philosophy, methods, and objectives of operations research. Basic methods
are examined and their application to functional areas of business are covered.

B.A. 168. Management and Organization Theory. (3)

The development of management and organization theory, nature of the man-
agement process and function and its future development. The role of the
manager as an organizer and director, the communication process, goals and
responsibilities.

B.A. 169. Production Management. (3)

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise, concentrating on the econ-
omies of production. Introduces a grounding in analytical method early so that
the broad problem areas of system design, operation, and control can be based
upon the analytical method.

B.A. 170. Principles of Transportation. (3)

A general course covering the five fields of transportation, their development,
service and regulation.

B.A. 171. Traffic and Physical Distribution Management. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. Examines the management aspects of the business
firm in moving their raw materials and finished goods, through traffic, ware-

Business Administration

housing, industrial packaging, material handling, and inventory. A systematic
examination of the trade-off possibilities and management alternatives to mini-
mize cost of product flow and maximizing customer service is provided.

B.A. 172. Motor Transportation. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The development and scope of the motor carrier in-
dustry, different types of carriers, economics of motor transportation, services
available, federal regulation, highway financing, allocation of cost to highway
users, highway barriers.

B.A. 173. Water Transportation. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Water carriers of all types, development and types of
services, trade routes, inland waterways, company organization, the American
Merchant Marine as a factor in national activity.

B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The air transportation system of the United States;
airways, airports, airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems
and services of commercial air transportation; economics, equipment, opera-
tions, financing, selling of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development
and services.

B.A. 175. Advanced Transportation Problems. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. A critical examination of current government trans-
portation policy and proposed solutions. Urban and intercity managerial trans-
port problems are also considered.

B.A. 176. Urban Transport and Urban Development. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. An analysis of the role of urban transportation
in present and future urban development. The interaction of transport pricing
and service, urban planning, institutional restraints, and public land uses, is
studied.

B.A. 180. Business Law. (3)

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments, agency,
partnership, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.

B.A. 181. Business Law. (3)

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments, agency
partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.

B.A. 182. Advanced Business Law. (3)

Designed primarily for CPA candidates. Legal aspects of wills, insurance,
torts and bankruptcy. Offered only in Summer School.

B.A. 184. Public Utilities. (3)

Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37. Using the regulated industries as specific exam-
ples attention is focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields
as constitutional law, administrative law, public administration, government
control of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and
depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering and management.

B.A. 189. Business and Government. (3)

Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the role of government in modern

Business Administration

economic life. Social control of business as a remedy for the abuses of busi-
ness enterprise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of limitations
on government regulation of private enterprise.

B.A. 190. Life Insurance. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general survey of life insurance: its institu-
tional development, selection of risks, mathematical calculations, contract pro-
visions, kinds of policies, their functional uses, industrial and group contracts
and government supervision.

B.A. 191. Property Insurance. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the insurance coverages written to
protect individuals and businesses; fire, extended coverage, business interrup-
tion, automobile, liability, fidelity, surety, inland marine and ocean marine.
Hazards, rate-making, legal principles, standard forms and business practices
are discussed.

B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This course covers the nature and uses of real
estate, real estate as a business, basic legal principles, construction problems and
home ownership, city planning, and public control and ownership of real
estate.

B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and B.A. 195. This course includes consideration
of the factors influencing real estate values, methods and techniques in the
general appraisal of real estate by brokers and professional appraisers, and
general problems in real estate financing.

B.A. 198. Structure and Operations of Industries. (3)

Prerequisite, senior standing. The impact of technology and production policies
on the economic, financial, marketing, and locational policies of representative
industries. A background course for students in industrial and financial man-
agement, business economics, general business, and related areas.

E.A. 199. Business Policies. (3)

Prerequisite, senior standing. A case study course in which the air is to have
the student apply both what he has learned of general management principles
and their specialized functional applications of the overall management func-
tion in the enterprise.

For Graduates
B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory. (3)
B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting. (3)
B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting. (1-6)
B.A. 226. Accounting Systems. (3)
B.A. 228. Research in Accounting. (1-6)
B.A. 229. Problems of Control and Organization. (1-6)

Business Administration
B.A. 230. Advanced Business Statistics. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 130 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Bayesian
decision processes and other statistical methods applicable to the operations
of the business firm and the analysis of the economy. Methodological topics
include a consideration of utility, expected values, estimation of probabilities,
opportunity loss and cost of uncertainty, sampling, sequential decision pro-
cedures, and selected topics from classical statistics. Applications are made to
the problems of inventory control, production, investment, and other business
functions.

B.A. 231. Multivariate Analysis. (3)

Prerequisites. B.A. 131 and Math. 15 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00.
Basic principles underlying the construction of cross-sectional and longitudinal
multivariate models appropriate for the solution of business and economic
problems.

B.A. 234. Managerial Analysis I. (3)

Required of M.B.A. candidates.

The utilization of the scientific method in decision making. Various method-
ologies are utilized in order to evaluate and interpret findings for management
action.

B.A. 235. Managerial Analysis II. (3)

Designed to enable the student to go into greater depth in the use of analytical
techniques. Where feasible, data processing is applied, and simulated experi-
ences are provided. The aim is to encourage the development of the perceptive
approach to complex business situations.

B.A. 237. Management Simulation I. (3)

Laboratory fee, $6.00. Application of management principles to the solution
of complex business problems. This is accomplished in conjunction with the
use of computer facilities at the Computer Science Center on the campus.

B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management. (1-6)
B.A. 242. Financial Administration. (3)

Required of M.B.A. candidates.

The role of the financial manager in executive decision making. Financial
planning, analysis, and control in such areas as the allocation of financial
resources within the firm, forecasting and budgeting, cost and profit controls,
capital budgeting and the bases for investment decisions, alternative sources
of short-term and long-term financing and financial problems of growth.

B.A. 245. Research in Finance. (1-6)

B.A. 249. Problems in Financial Administration.

B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management. (1-6)

B.A. 251. Problems in Advertising. (1-6)

B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Management. (1-6)

B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management. (3)

B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing. (1-6)

B.A. 259. Business Logistics. (3)

Involves the optimization of human and material resources by their proper

Business Administration

application at the right time and place to support the business enterprise.
Consideration is given to analysis of material and manpower requirements,
production planning and scheduling, acquisition, inventory control, and distri-
bution. The role of advanced planning and forecasting is considered in mini-
mizing costs and securing the best combination of resources. Impact of tech-
nology upon the utilization of resources is considered.

B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor
Relations. (1-6)

B.A. 264. Behavioral Factors in Management. (3)

Required of M.B.A. candidates.

A critical analysis of the impact of the behavioral sciences on traditional
concepts of management as process and as organization. Included within the
area of analysis are such subjects as human motivation, human relations,
morale, status, role, organization, communication, bureaucracy, the executive
role, leadership, and training.

B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Production
Management. (3)

B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management. (1-6)

B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations. (1-6)

B.A. 269. Problems in Employer-Employee Relationships. (1-6)

B.A. 270. Research in Transportation. (1-6)

B.A. 271. Theory of Organization. (3)

B.A. 272. Seminar in Management of Physical Distribution. (3)

B.A. 275. Special Studies in Transportation. (3)

B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation. (3)

B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government. (3)

B.A. 281. Private Enterprise and Public Policy. (3)

Examines the executives social and ethical responsibilities to his employees,
customers, and to the general public. Consideration is given to the conflicts
occasioned by competitive relationships in the private sector of business and
the effect of institutional restraints. The trends in public policy and their
future effect upon management are examined. For comparative purposes, sev-
eral examples of planned societies are considered.

B.A. 282. Product, Production and Pricing Policy

(3) Required of M.B.A. Candidates.

The application of economics theory to the business enterprise in respect to
the determination of policy and the handling of management problems with
particular reference to the firm producing a complex line of products. Nature
of competition. Pricing policy. Interrelationship of production and marketing
problems. Basic types of cost. Control systems. Theories of depreciation and
investment and the impact of each upon costs.

B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities. (1-6)
30

Economics

B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance. (3)
B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate. (3)
B.A. 399. Thesis. (1-6)

II. ECONOMICS

The program of studies in economics is designed to meet the needs of
students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale in this
division of the social sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the pro-
fessional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of business,
public administration, foreign service, or social service administration
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later
work. A student of economics should choose courses to meet the require-
ments for his major objective. If he expects to pursue graduate study, he
should consult Graduate School Announcements for the general require-
ments for advanced degrees.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ECONOMICS MAJOR

In addition to the University requirements in social studies, English, air
science, hygiene, and physical activities, the student majoring in economics
is required to complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in economics with
an average grade of not less than "C." Required courses are Econ. 4, 31,
32, 102, and 132, and B.A. 130 (Statistics). A student will normally have
earned 9 semester hours credit in the lower division courses in economics
prior to beginning advanced work in the junior year. These lower division
courses must be completed with an average grade of not less than "C."
Economics 102 and 132 are normally taken in the junior year, since they
provide a theoretical foundation for other economics courses.

Other courses in economics to meet the requirements of the major are to be
selected with the aid of a faculty adviser. Business Administration courses
that may count (courses which may count) as economics credit are B.A.
130, 131, 132, 134, 135, 164, and 184.

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences must, of
course, fulfill all of the specific requirements of that College; these
include, for example, work in a foreign language and 12 semester
hours of credit in natural science and mathematics.

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Business and Public Admin-
istration may elect to take a foreign language or, in lieu of foreign language,
may take B.A. 10 and Geog. 15. All B.P.A. economics majors must
take 6 semester hours of mathematics, but may substitute B.A. 20 and 21
(Accounting) for natural science.

Economics majors are free to choose electives in other colleges of the
University and are encouraged to study broadly in the social sciences,

Economics

philosophy, mathematics, statistics, and accounting. Economics majors
planning to do graduate work are advised to develop proficiency in mathe-
matics through the calculus and in a foreign language.

An economics honors program is open to economics majors entering their
junior year. Students must have an academic average of at least 3.0 to be
eligible to apply for admittance to this program.

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR ECONOMICS MAJOR

r— Semester— ^

Freshman Year I II

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Econ. 4 — Economic Developments 3

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Math. 10, 1 1 or 18, 19 3-5 3-5

G. & P. 1 — American Government ' 3

Foreign Language or B.A. 10 Elective 3 3

A.S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 16-19 15-17

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition & World Literature 3 3

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3

Foreign Language or Geog. 15 and elective 3 3

Natural Science or B.A. 20, 21 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization ' 3 3

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 16 16

Junior Year

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3

Econ. 102 — National Income Analysis 3

B.A. 130 — Business Statistics II 3

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 3

Electives in Economics and other subjects 2 6 6

Total 15 15

1 See American Civilization Program, page 2.

2 Normally these electives must be on the junior and senior level.

Economics

r-Semester— ^
Senior Year I II

Econ. 148 — International Economics 3

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3

Electives in Economics and other subjects : 12 12

Total 15 15

ECONOMICS

Professors: Dillard, Cumberland, Gruchy, O'Connell, Schultze,

AND ULMER.

Associate Professors: Chase, Gramley, Knight, and Wonnacott.
Assistant Professors: Bennett, Dodge, Dorsey, Kokat.
Instructors: Bailey, Day, Dix, Furey, Hamilton, Puckett, Weintraub.
Lecturers: Hinrichs, Measday, Spiegel.

Econ. 4. Economic Developments. (3)

First and second semesters. Freshman requirement in business administration
curriculums. An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins,
development, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution,
and age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England. Western
Europe and the United States. (Dillard. Bennett, Staff.)

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the
business administration curriculums. In Econ. 31 basic concepts, the monetary
system, the national accounts, national income analysis, and business cycles are
introduced. In Econ. 32 emphasis is placed on price theory, distribution, inter-
national trade, and economic development. (Staff.)

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31
and 32. Not open to freshmen or to B.P.A. students. A survey of the gen-
eral principles underlying economic activity, analysis of leading economic
problems in the modern world. This is the basic course in economics for the
American Civilization Program for students who are unable to take the more
complete course provided in Econ. 31 and 32. (Ulmer, Staff.)

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
Econ. 102. National Income Analysis. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics
majors. An analysis of national income accounts and the level of national
income and employment. (Schultze. Kokat.)

Normally these electives must be on the junior-senior level.

Economics

Econ. 130. Mathematical Economics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 102 and 132 and one year of mathematics.
A course designed to enable economics majors to understand the simpler aspects
of mathematical economics. Those parts of the calculus and algebra required
for economic analysis will be presented. (Ulmer.)

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An investigation of
the theory and practice of various types of economic systems. The course
begins with an examination and evaluation of the capitalistic system and is
followed by an analysis of alternative types of economic systems such as fas-
cism, socialism, and communism. (Gruchy, Dodge.)

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics
majors. This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special
attention to recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition.

(Knight, Staff.)

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought. (3)

Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and senior standing. Graduate students should take
Econ. 232. A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental
economic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as
W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and
other contributors to the development of economic thought since 1900.

(Gruchy.)

Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. An analysis of the principles
and practice of economic planning with special reference to the planning prob-
lems of Western European countries and the United States. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 138. Economics of the Soviet Union. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An analysis of the organization,
operating principles and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to
the historical and ideological background, planning, resources, industry, agri-
culture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth
of national income. (Dodge.)

Econ. 140. Money and Banking. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the rela-
tion of money and credit to economic activity and prices; the impact of public
policy in financial markets and in markets for goods and services; policies,
structure, and functions of the Federal Reserve System; organization, operation,
and functions of the commercial banking system, as related particularly to
questions of economic stability and public policy. (Gramley and Staff.)

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Prices and Economic Activity. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A theoretical treatment of the in-
fluence of money and financial markets on economic activity and prices, and
of the effects of monetary policy on the markets for goods and services; the
role of money in the classical and Keynesian macro-systems; topics of theoret-
ical interest in monetary policy formation and implementation. (Gramley.)

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of govern-

Economics

ment fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of public revenue, the
tax system, government budgets, and the public debt. (Chase, Hinrichs.)

Econ. 147. Business Cycles. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the causes of depressions
and unemployment, cyclical and secular instability, theories of business cycles,
and the problem of controlling economic instability. (Schultze.)

Econ. 148. International Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A descriptive and
theoretical analysis of international trade; balance of payments accounts; the
mechanism of international economic adjustment; comparative costs; economics
of customs unions. (Wonnacott.)

Econ. 149. International Economic Policies. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite. Econ. 148. Contemporary balance of pay-
ments problems; the international liquidity controversy; investment, trade and
economic development; evaluation of arguments for protection. (Wonnacott.)

Econ. 160. Labor Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The historical devel-
opment and chief characteristics of the American labor movement are first
surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in detail: wage theories,
unemployment, social security, labor organization, and collective bargaining.

(Knight. Dorsey. Measday.)

Econ. 170. Industrial Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Changing structure of the American economy;
price policies in different industrial classifications of monopoly and competi-
tion in relation to problems of public policy.

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the technology,
economics and geography of twenty representative American industries.

(Clemens.)

Econ. 196, 197. Honors Seminar. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Normally taken in the junior year. Prerequisite,
candidacy for honors in Economics. Selected topics are investigated, and
written reports are submitted. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 198. Independent Honors Study. (3)

First semester. Normally taken in the senior year. Prerequisites, Economics
196, 197 and candidacy for honors in Economics. Integrated reading under staff
direction, leading to the preparation of a thesis in Economics 199. (Staff)

Econ. 199. Honors Thesis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Economics 198 and candidacy for honors in
Economics. General supervision will be provided through assembled meetings
with the professor in charge of the course. (Staff.)

For Graduates
Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132. A critical analysis of the theory of
economic decision-making in the firm, household and industry in perfect and

Economics

imperfect competition: price, output, distribution, and the theory of general
equilibrium. Review of recent contributions.

Econ. 201. Advanced Micro-Economic Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 200 or consent of instructor. A continua-
tion of Econ. 200 with particular attention to recent developments in linear
programming, game theory, activity analysis, welfare economics, input-output
analysis, and micro-dynamic models. (Ulmer.)

Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102 or equivalent. National income
accounting; determination of national income and employment especially as
related to the modern theory of effective demand; consumption function;
multiplier and acceleration principles; the role of money as it affects output
and employment as a whole; cyclical fluctuations. (Schultze.)

Econ. 204. Origins and Development of Capitalism. (3)

Study of the transition from feudalism to captitalism and the subsequent devel-
opment of leading capitalist institutions in industry, agriculture, commerce,
banking, and the social movement. (Dillard.)

Econ. 205. Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas. (3)

Principles and problems of economic development in underdeveloped areas;
policies and techniques which hasten economic development.

Econ. 206. Seminar in Economic Development. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 205 or consent of instructor. Problems and policies of
economic development in specified underdeveloped areas.

Econ. 207. Money and Finance in Economic Development. (3)
Econ. 210. Advanced Mathematical Economics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, either one year of calculus or Econ. 130. Model-
building and mathematical derivation of micro- and macro-economic theories;
foundations of econometrics and activity analysis. Topics in differential and
difference equations and in matrix algebra introduced as required. (Ulmer.)

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. A study of the
development of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans,
canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Rela-
tion of ideas to economic policy. (Dillard.)

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. A study
of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic thought, par-
ticularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German historical school,
American economic thought and the socialists. (Dillard.)

Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory. (3, 3)

A study of the recent developments in the field of institutional economic
theory in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.)

Econ. 234. Economic Growth in Mature Economies. (3)

Analysis of policies and problems for achieving stable economic growth in
mature economies such the United States, the United Kingdom, and the
Scandinavian countries. (Gruchy.)

Economics
Econ. 235. Advanced International Economics. (3)

First semester. General equilibrium and disequilibrium in the world economy;
international mechanism and adjustment; price, exchange rate, and income
changes. Commercial policy and the theory of customs unions. (Wonnacott.)

Econ- 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations. (3)

(Arranged.) A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations.

(Wonnacott.)

Econ. 237. Selected Topics in Economics. (3)

Econ. 238. Seminar in Economic Development of the
Soviet Union. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 138 or consent of instructor. Measurement and evaluations
of Soviet economic development including interpretation and use of Soviet
statistics, measurement of national income and rates of growth, fiscal and
monetary policies, investment policies and technological change, planning
and economic administration, man power and wage policies, foreign trade and
foreign aid policies, intra-Bloc relations, and selected topics in Bloc
development. (Dodge.)

Econ. 240. Monetary Theory and Policy. (3)

First semester. An adequate knowledge of micro- and macro-economics is
assumed. Theory of money, financial assets, and economic activity; review
of classical, neo-classical and Keynesian contributions; emphasis on post-
Keynesian contributions, including those of Tobin, Patinkin, Gurley-Shaw, Fried-
man, and others. (Gramley.)

Econ. 241. Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 240 or consent of instructor. Theory of
the mechanisms through which central banking affects economic activity and
prices; formation and implementation of monetary policy; theoretical topics
in monetary policy. (Gramley.)

Econ. 242. Public Finance and Fiscal Policy. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 142 or consent of instructor. Taxation, public expendi-
tures, and public debt; the use of fiscal policy as a stabilization device against
inflation and recession. (Chase.)

Econ. 247. Economic Growth and Instability. (3)

An analytical study of long-term economic growth in relation to short-term
cyclical instability. Attention is concentrated on the connection between
accumulation of capital and the capital requirements of secular growth and
business cycles. Earlier writings as well as recent growth models are con-
sidered. (Schultze.)

Econ. 248 The Economics of Technical Change. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the determinants and impact
of inventions and innovations. Attention is given to the qualitative and quan-
titative aspects of technical change, both at the micro-economic and macro-
economic levels, and under different conditions of economic development.

Econ. 260. Seminar in Labor Economics. (3)

Prerequisite. Econ. 160 or consent of instructor. Theories of wage determina-

Geography

tion, including analysis of wage structures and wage-price spiral; organiza-
tion of labor markets, including factors influencing labor mobility and
unemployment. (Knight.)

Econ. 270. Advanced Industrial Organization. (3)

(Arranged.)

Econ. 399. Thesis.

(Arranged.)

III. GEOGRAPHY

Geography embraces both physical and social science aspects, and in
geographical research these two aspects are related constantly. The geog-
rapher studies man's physical environment — landforms, climate, nature
and distribution of physical resources, etc. — and its relationships to man's
major economic and other activities, particularly as they find expression
in the landscape. He is especially interested in the regional diversity of
the world in its various and changing patterns and the physical and socio-
economic causes which contribute to such diversity.

Thus a geographer should have a background in certain aspects of the
physical and of the social sciences. This is reflected in both the under-
graduate and graduate programs of study. First hand observation is also
still of prime importance to the modern geographer, as it was to the old
"scientific travel geographer," and parts of many types of geographical
research work are carried out in the field. Therefore, a certain amount
of training in field observation is essential for the geographer. Major tools
in his work are air photographs and many different types of maps.

REQUIREMENTS FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR
IN GEOGRAPHY

There are 3 different undergraduate programs in geography:

1. The general program. This program prepares a student for work
as a geographer in Federal and State government, business and
various kinds of teaching, and for later advanced work in geog-
raphy.

2. The urban geography program- This program prepares a student
for work as a geographer in State, County, Municipal
and other planning agencies.

3. The cartography program. This program prepares a student for
work as a cartographer in Federal and State government, plan-
ning and private business.

The curriculum for an undergraduate major in geography is designed to
give the student an understanding of the geographic factors that play a

Geography

major role in creating differences between geographic regions and coun-
tries, and to show how such factors may affect economic, social, and po-
litical activities. The student will be taught the fundamentals of map
making, field work, and geographic analysis. Special orientation toward
the work of a geographer in urban and suburban planning or toward car-
tography is possible within the framework of the undergraduate major.

Openings for well trained geographers exist in many branches of the
Federal government and of State governments, in planning agencies, in
private business, and in high schools, colleges and universities. For the
higher positions in government and planning, study toward an M.A. may
be desirable. Colleges and universities generally require M.A. and Ph.D.
degrees.

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in hygiene,
and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required for
graduation. Only courses in which the student receives a grade of "C"
or above will be counted toward the major.

The specific requirements for the geography major are:

I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3) or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3);
Geog. 40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other geography
courses numbered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional
courses; a total of 39 hours in geography.

II. Social Sciences— G- & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); H. 5, 6
(3, 3); Soc. 105 (3); a total of 18 semester hours.1

III. Natural Sciences — Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3); Agron.
114 or equivalent (4); Chem. 1 (4). Total of 14 (15) semester hours.

IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, (3, 3); Speech 7 (2); a
total of 14 semester hours.

V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language,
unless an advanced course is taken.

VI. Air Science, hygiene, and physical activities. The present University
requirement is 8 semester hours in air science and physical activities for
male students. Women students are required to take 8 semester hours
credit in hygiene and physical activities.

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen
semester hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to
beginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken
during the freshman and sophomore years. Only courses in which the
student receives a grade of "C" or above will be counted toward the major.

See American Civilization Program, page 2.

Geography

A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 (3), Geog. 30 (3),
Geog. 40 (3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable.

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should be
selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geog-
raphy in terms of the student's objective and major interest. Attention
is directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program.

STUDY PROGRAM FOR GEOGRAPHY MAJORS

Freshman Year

Geog. 10, H — General Geography
Chem. 1 — General Chemistry
Bot. 1 — General Botany

Speech 7 — Public Speaking

G. & P. 1 — American Government '

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

Foreign Language

A.S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men)

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women)

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) .

Physical Activities (men and women)

-Semester-
1 II

Total

Sophomore Year

Geog. 30 — Principles of Morphology

Geog. 35 — Map Reading and Interpretation

Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorology

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

Foreign Language

Physical Activities (men and women)

Total

Junior Year

Bot. 113 — Plant Geography

Agron. 114 — Soil Classification and Geography.

Soc. 105 — Cultural Anthropology

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics

Geog. — Selection to fit student's needs

Electives, with adviser's consent

Total

1 See American Civilization Program, page 2.

Geography

r- Semester— .,
Senior Year I II

Geog. 170 — Local Field Course 3

Geog. 199 — Thesis Research for undergraduate majors in

geography 3

Geog. — Selection to fit student's needs 6 3

Electives, with adviser's consent 6 3

Total 15

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR URBAN GEOGRAPHY

In recent years there has been an increased demand in the field of Urban
and Suburban Planning for persons with basic preparation in Geography,
including work in cartography and urban geography, and with supporting
preparation in Business Administration, Economics, Government and
Politics, and Sociology. The following program has been organized in
response to this demand, and in consultation with leading members of
planning organizations in this part of the country. The program corre-
sponds closely to the general geography major, but most elective hours
are assigned to specific courses.

Attention is drawn to the fact that for this course of study no foreign
language is required, but that persons wishing to pursue later a course
toward the M.A. degree in geography must at that time offer 12 credit
hours of an approved foreign language, or pass an examination.

r- Semester—- ,
Freshman Year I II

Geog. 10. 1 1 — General Geography 3 3

Geog. 30 — Principles of Morphology 3

Geog. 35 — Map Reading and Interpretation 3

Chem. 1 — General Chemistry 4

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life . . 3

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) . . 2

Phvsical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 19 19

Geography

-Semester-

Sophomore Year I II

Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorology 3

Geog. 41 — Introductory Climatology 3

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Soc. 13 — Rural Sociology 3

Soc. 14 — Urban Sociology 3

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 16 18

Junior Year

Geog. 100 — Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America 3

Geog. 152 — Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation. 3

Geog. 195 — Geography of Transportation 3

Geog. 197 — Urban Geography 3

Agron. 114 — Soil Classification and Geography 4

B. A. 130 — Business Statistics 1 3

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3

B.A. 176 — Urban Transport and Urban Development 3

Soc. 121 — Population 3

Electives, with adviser's consent . . 2

Total 15 15

Senior Year

Geog. 154, 155 — General Cartography and Graphics 3 3

Geog. 170 — Local Field Course 3

B. A. 195 — Real Estate Principles 3

G. & P. 161 — Metropolitan Administration 3

Soc. 1 14— The City 3

Geog. 199 — Thesis Research for undergraduate majors in

geography 3

Electives, with adviser's consent 5

Total 15 11

Electives during the Junior and Senior years should be chosen from among
the following courses: Geog. 160 — Advanced Economic Geography I.
Agricultural Resources (3); Geog. 161 — Advanced Economic Geography
II. Mineral Resources (3); Geog. 198 — Topical Investigations (1-3);
B.A. 170 — Transportation Services and Regulations (3); B.A. 184 —
Public Utilities (3); B.A. 180, 181— Business Law (4, 4); Econ. 150—
Marketing Principles and Organization (3); Econ. 171 — Economics of
American Industries (3); Econ. 137 — The Economics of National
Planning (3); G. & P. 112 — Public Financial Administration
(3); G. & P. 181— Administrative Law (3); Soc. 1 1 2— Rural-Urban
Relations (3); Soc. 115 — Industrial Sociology (3); Soc. 183 — Social Sta-
tistics (3).

Geography

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR CARTOGRAPHY

There is a steady demand from Federal government, local government,
planning agencies, and private firms for well trained geographic cartog-
raphers. A good geographic cartographer should understand the prin-
ciples of geography and geographic research, as much cartographic work
deals with the research that is necessary even before the first sketch of a
map can be made. He should understand the principles and some of the
problems of modern map making, general graphic presentation, and meth-
ods of reproduction; he should be able to do satisfactory cartographic
drafting. The suggested program is essentially similar to that for the
undergraduate major except that students specializing in the cartographic
side of geography may, with the consent of the Senior Adviser, enroll for
Econ. 37 (3) instead of Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3). Moreover, the Senior
Adviser may also release such students from the requirement to take Soc.
105.

The student should take as many of the courses from Geog. 150 to and
including Geog. 155 as are available during his upper classman years.
Courses outside of geography, which can be expected to be most useful
to his future cartography career, should be chosen in consultation with
the Senior Adviser.

GEOGRAPHY

Professors: Van Royen, Hu.

Consulting Professor: Roterus.

Lecturer with rank of Professor: Lemons.

Lecturers: van Bergen van der Grijp, Gordon, Whiteman.

Associate Professors: Ahnert, Chaves and Deshler.

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Mika, Schmieder, Wiedel.

Research Associate: Moryadas.

Research Assistants: Kinerney, Kolbo, Korcelli.

Geog. 10, 11. General Geography. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Geog. 10 is suggested for students of Arts and
Sciences, Education and those who desire a preparation for further study in
geography. It also will serve as a preparation for the regional studies. Geog.
10 and 11 are required of all majors in geography and are recommended for
minors. First part: an introduction to the various subdivisions of geography,
to the nature and use of maps, to major principles and basic terminology.
Second part: a study of the philosophy, techniques, aspects of literature and
applications of geography. (Deshler and others.)

Geography

Geog. 15. Introductory Economic Geography. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
per week. A study of physical and economic factors that underlie production.
The roles of climate, soils, and landforms; the nature and geographic distribu-
tion of agricultural, power and mineral resources, and the nature and uses of
cartographic materials. (Staff.)

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography. (3, 3)

(Not offered on College Park campus.)

Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology. (3)

First semester. A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their
geographic distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphologi-
cal processes^ the development of land forms, and the relationships between var-
ious types of land forms and land use problems. (Ahnert.)

Geog. 35. Map Interpretation and Map Problems. (3)

First and second semesters. Interpretation of land forms and man-made features
on American and foreign maps. Functions, use, and limitations of various
types of maps, with emphasis upon topographic maps. Problems of use and in-
terpretation. (Ahnert.)

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology. (3)

First and second semesters. An introductory study of the weather. Properties
and conditions of the atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmos-
pheric circulation and conditions responsible for various types of weather and
their geographic distribution patterns. Practical applications. (Chaves.)

Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. Cli-
matic elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of world
climates and relevance of climatic differences to human activities. (Chaves.)

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America. (3)
Prerequisite, Geog. 10 or Geog. 15, or permission of the instructor. A study
of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions of eastern
United States and Canada, including an analysis of the significance of the
physical basis for present-day diversification of development, and the historical
geographic background. (Mika.)

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo-America. (3)

Prerequisite, Geog. 10 or Geog. 15, or permission of the instructor. A study
of western United States, western Canada, and Alaska along the lines men-
tioned under Geog. 100. (Mika.)

Geog. 103. Geographic Concepts and Source Materials. (3)

A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic concepts designed ex-
clusively for teachers. Stress will be placed upon the philosophy of geography
in relation to the social and physical sciences, the use of the primary tools of
geography, source materials, and the problems of presenting geographic prin-
ciples.

Geography
Geog. 104. Geography of Major World Regions. (3)

A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and prospects of the world's
principal human-geographic regions, including Europe, Anglo-America, the
Soviet Union, the Far East, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the causal
factors of differentiation and the role geographic differences play in the in-
terpretation of the current world scene. This course is designed especially for
teachers.

Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and Adjacent Areas. (3)

An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and population in
relation to agriculture, industry, transport, and trade in the state of Maryland
and adjacent areas.

Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean
America. (3)

An analysis of the physical framework, broad economic and historical trends,
cultural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico, Central America, the
West Indies, and parts of Colombia and Venezuela. (Chaves.)

Geog. 111. Economic and Cultural Geography of South
America. (3)

A survey of natural environment and resources, economic development and
cultural diversity of the South American republics, with emphasis upon prob-
lems and prospects of the countries. (Chaves.)

Geog. 120. Geography of Europe. (3)

First and second semesters. Agricultural and industrial development of Europe
and present-day problems in relation to the physical and cultural setting of the
continent and its natural resources. (Van Royen, Ahnert.)

Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa. (3)

The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral produc-
tion: the various stages of economic development and the potentialities of the
future. (Deshler.)

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography. (3)

Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon the
development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settlement in the
tropics.

Geog. 125. Geography of Asia. (3)

Lands, climates, natural resources and major economic activities in Asia (excepl
Soviet Asia). Outstanding differences between major regions. (Hu.)

Geog. 130. Economic and Political Geography of Eastern
Asia. (3)

Study of China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; physical geographic setting: pop-
ulation: economic and political geography. Potentialities of major regions and
recent developments. (Hu.)

Geog. 131. Economic and Political Geography of South and
Southeast Asia. (3)

Study of the Indian subcontinent. Farther India. Indonesia: physical geographic
setting: population; economic and political geography. Potentialities of various
countries and regions and their role in present Asia. (Hu.)

Geography

Geog. 134. Cultural Geography of China and Japan. (3)

Survey of geographical distribution and interpretation of cultural patterns of
China and Japan. Emphasis on basic cultural institutions, outlook on life, unique
characteristics of various groups. Trends of cultural change and contemporary
problems. (Hu.)

Geog. 140. Geography of the Soviet Union. (3)

The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geographic factors in the
expansion of the Russian state. The geography of agricultural and industrial
production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, and
diversity of population. (Anderson.)

Geog. 146. Regional Geomorphology. (3)

Regional and comparative morphology, with special emphasis upon Anglo-
America. (Ahnert.)

Geog. 150. History and Theory of Cartography. (3)

The development of maps throughout history. Geographical orientation, co-
ordinates, and map scales. Map projections, their nature, use and limitations.
Principles of representation of features on physical and cultural maps. Modern
uses of maps and relationships between characteristics of maps and use types.

(van Bergen van der Grijp.)

Geog. 151, 152. Cartography and Graphics Practicum. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One hour lecture and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Techniques and problems of compilation, design, and construc-
tion of various types of maps and graphs. Relationships between map making
and modern methods of production and reproduction. Trips to representative
plants. Laboratory work directed toward cartographic problems encountered
in the making of nontopographic maps. (Wiedel.)

Geog. 153. Problems of Cartographic Representation and
Procedure. (3)

Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Study of cartographic
compilation methods. Principles and problems of symbolization, classification,
and representation of map data. Problems of representation of features at dif-
ferent scales and for different purposes. Place-name selection and lettering;
stick-up and map composition. (van Bergen van der Grijp.)

Geog. 154. Problems of Map Evaluation. (3)

Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Schools of topographic
concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means of determining map
reliability, map utility, and source materials. Nature, status, and problems of
topographic mapping in different parts of the world. Non-topographic special
use maps. Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned and of reliability.

(Wiedel.)

Geog. 155. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation. (3)

Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Interpretation of
aerial photographs with emphasis on the recognition of landforms of different
types and man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil, and other data that
may be derived from aerial photographs. Types of aerial photographs and limi-
tations of photo interpretation. (Ahnert.)

Geography

Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agricultural
Resources. (3)

First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite, Geog. 10 or Geog. 15. The nature
of agricultural resources, the major types of agricultural exploitation in the
world, and the geographic distribution of certain major crops and animals in re-
lation to physical environment and economic geographic conditions. Main prob-
lems of conservation. (Van Royen.)

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography II. Mineral
Resources. (3)

First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite, Geog. 10 or Geog. 15. The nature
and geographic distribution of the principal power, metallic and other minerals.
Economic geographic aspects of modes of exploitation. Consequences of geo-
graphic distribution and problems of conservation. (Van Royen.)

Geog. 170. Local Field Course. (3)

First semester. Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field ob-
servation of land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland.
One lecture per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Pri-
marily for undergraduates. (Ahnert.)

Geog. 180. Scientific Methodology and History of Geography. (3)

First semester. For undergraduate and graduate majors in Geography. May be
taken also by students with a minimum of 9 hours in systematic and 6 hours
in regional geography. A comprehensive and systematic study of the history,
nature, and basic principles of geography, with special reference to the major
schools of geographic thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important
geographical works and methods of geographic research. (Hu.)

Geog. 190. Political Geography. (3)

Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an analysis
of the role of "geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with special reference to the cur-
rent world scene. (Chaves.)

Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation. (3)

The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns of transport
routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions of the natural
environment centers and their distribution. (Mika.)

Geog. 197. Urban Geography. (3)

Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location with
reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities will
be analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be ap-
praised. (Mika.)

Geog. 198. Topical Investigations. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Independent study under individual guidance. Re-
stricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 hours
in geography, and to graduate students. Any exception should have the approval
of the Head of the Department. (Staff.)

Geog. 199. Undergraduate Thesis Research. (3)

Directed regional or systematic study involving several subfields of geography,

Geography

including cartographic presentation, and usually requiring field work; and lead-
ing to an undergraduate thesis. (Limited to undergraduate majors in geography).

(Hu.)

For Graduates
Geog. 200. Field Course. (3)

Field work in September, conferences and reports during first semester. Prac-
tical experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive training in field
methods and techniques and in the preparation of reports. For graduate students
in geography. Open to other students by special permission of the Head of the
Department of Geography. (Staff.)

Geog. 210, 211. Seminar in the Geography of Latin
America. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 110. Ill or consent of in-
structor. An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development,
exploitation of mineral resources, and land utilization. (Chaves.)

Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe

and Africa. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite. Geog. 120 or 122, or consent of
instructor. Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and develop-
ment of Europe and Africa. (Van Royen, Deshler.)

Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Analysis of problems concerning the geography of
East Asia with emphasis on special research methods and techniques applicable
to the problems of this area. (Hu.)

Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U.S.S.R. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography.
Emphasis on the use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of
Russian and Geog. 140. or consent of instructor. (Anderson.)

Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East. (3)
First and second semesters.

Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography. (Credit arranged)

First or second semester. The historical and mathematical background of carto-
graphic concepts, practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and
practical approaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the
presentation of specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.

(van Bergen van der Grijp.)

Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Advanced study
of elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles of climatic classi-
fication. Special analysis of certain climatic types. (Lemons.)

Geog. 261. Applied Climatology. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Study of
principles, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and regional

Government and Politics

climatology relating to such problems and fields as transportation, agriculture,
industry, urban planning, human comfort, and regional geographic analysis.

(Lemons.)

Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climatology. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Selected topics
in meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced
students. (Lemons.)

Geog. 280. Geomorphology. (3)

Second semester. An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic proc-
esses and land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological
problems. (Van Royen.)

Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Readings and discussion on selected topics in the
field of geography. To be taken only with joint consent of adviser and Head of
the Department of Geography. (Staff.)

Geog. 399. Dissertation Research. (Credit to be arranged)

First and second semesters and summer. (Staff.)

IV. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

The Department of Government and Politics offers programs designed to
prepare students for government service, politics, foreign assignments, and
intelligent and purposeful citizenship.

Business and Public Administration students may major in Government
and Politics. At the Junior/Senior level they may pursue the general
G. & P. curriculum or they may pursue a more specialized curriculum
either in International Affairs or in Public Administration.

Government and Politics majors must take a minimum of 36 semester hours
in G. & P. courses and may not count more than 42 hours in G. & P. to-
ward graduation. No course in which the grade is less than "C" may be
counted as part of the major work.

The Government and Politics fields are as follows: (1) American Govern-
ment and Politics; (2) Comparative Government; (3) International Af-
fairs; (4) Political Theory; (5) Public Administration; (6) Public Law;
and (7) Public Policy and Political Behavior.

All G. & P. majors are required to take G. & P. 1,3, 20, and 141 or 142
(Political Theory). They must take one G. & P. course from three sepa-
rate G. & P. fields exclusive of Political Theory; and in addition: (a)
G. & P. majors (general) must take at least 15 G. & P. semester hours
at the 100 level; (b) G. & P. majors taking the International Affairs
curriculum must complete at least 15 semester hours at the 100 level in
international affairs and comparative government courses, including G. & P.
101; (c) G. & P. majors taking the Public Administration curriculum must

Government and Politics

complete at least 15 semester hours at the 100 level in public administra-
tion, including G. & P. 110.

All students majoring in G. & P. (general) or G. & P. with specialization
in Public Administration must take a minimum of 12 semester hours in
one foreign language. Students majoring in G. & P. with specialization in
International Affairs must take a minimum of 12 semester hours in one
foreign language above the first year elementary course. (The first year
elementary requirement may be waived by high school credit or placement
tests).

All students majoring in G. & P. must fulfill the requirements of a minor,
which involves the completion of 1 8 semester hours from approved Depart-
ments other than G. & P. At least six of the 18 hours must be taken
at the 100 level from a single Department. Students majoring in G. & P.
with specialization in International Aflairs may choose to take all minor
courses either in geographical area studies or on a Departmental basis;
geographical area minors may be chosen, with the consent of the depart-
mental adviser, from the following: Africa, East Asia. Europe. Latin Amer-
ica, the Middle East, and the Soviet Union. G. & P. general majors and
G. & P. majors specializing in Public Administration may not minor in
geographical area studies.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS

Courses Hours

English 1, 2, 3, 4 12

Foreign Language 12

(International Affairs students must have 12

foreign language credits above the first year

elementary level.)

Math. 10, 11 6

Speech 1 3

History 5, 6 * 6

Psychol. 1; Sociology 1; or Phil. 1 3

G. & P. 1,* 3, 20 9

Econ. 31, 32 6

Electives 3

;:See American Civilization Program, page 2. Students who are exempted from
G. & P. 1 by University examinations may not take G. & P. 1 for credit.

All students must meet University requirements in Physical Education. Air Science,
and Health.

Government and Politics

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
G. & P. GENERAL CURRICULUM

Courses Hours

G. & P. 141 or 142 (Political Theory) 3

One course from each of three G. & P. fields

exclusive of Political Theory 9

Additional 100-level G. & P. courses 15

(May not all be taken in International

Affairs Comparative Government, or all in

Public Administration)
Requirements for minor 18

Statistics 3

Electives recommended by adviser 12

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE G. & P.
INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS CURRICULUM

Courses Hours

G. & P. 141 or 142 Political Theory)

One course from each of three G. & P. fields exclusive

of Political Theory 9

Additional 100-level International Affairs and Comparative

Government courses including G. & P. 101 15

Requirements for minor

(Departmental or Geographical Area Studies) 18

Statistics 3

Electives recommended by adviser 12

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE G. & P.
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM

Courses
G. & P. 141 or 142 (Political Theory)
One course from each of three G. & P. fields exclusive of

Political Theory
Additional 100-level Public Administration courses

including G. & P. 110
Requirements for minor
Statistics
Electives recommended by adviser

Hours
3

Government and Politics
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Professors: Plischke, Burdette, Dillon, Harrison and Steinmeyer.
Associate Professors: Anderson, Hathorn and McNelly.
Assistant Professors: Alperin, Byrd, Jacobs and O'Donnell.
Lecturers: Barber, Beals, Conway, Kelly and Larson.

G. & P. 1. American Government. (3)

This course is designed as the basic course in government for the American
Civilization Program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the
United States — national, state, and local.

G. & P. 3. Principles of Government and Politics. (3)

A study of the basic principles and concepts of political science.

G. & P. 20. Introduction to Political Behavior. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. Development, concepts, and techniques of the beha-
vioral approach to political science. Comparison with traditional approaches.

G & P. 40. Political Ideologies. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey and analysis of the leading ideologies of the
modern world, including anarchism, communism, socialism, fascism, national-
ism, and democracy.

G. & P. 60. State and Local Government. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the functioning and problems of state and
local government in the United States, with illustrations from Maryland juris-
dictions.

G. & P. 97. Governments and Politics of Europe. (3)

Prerequisite. G. & P. 1. A comparative study of the political systems of the
United Kingdom, France, Germany, Italy, and other selected European coun-
tries.

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates
G. & P. 101. International Political Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the major factors underlying international
relations, the methods of conducting foreign relations, the foreign policies of
the major powers, and the means of avoiding or alleviating international con-
flicts.

G. & P. 102. International Law. (3)

Prerequisite. G. & P. 1. A study of the basic character, general principles, and
specific rules of international law, with emphasis on recent and contemporary
trends in the field and its relation to other aspects of international affairs.

G & P. 103. Contemporary African Politics. (3)

Prerequisite. G. & P. 1. A survey of contemporary developments in the domes-

Government and Politics

tic and international politics of Africa, with special emphasis on the problems
of national independence and the role of an emerging Africa in world affairs.

G. &. P. 104. Inter-American Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An analytical and historical study of the Latin-American
policies of the United States and of problems in our relations with individual
countries, with emphasis on recent developments.

G. & P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics. (3)

Prerequisite. G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of recent political
events in the Far East and their influence on world politics.

G. &. P. 106. American Foreign Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The principles and machinery of the conduct of Amer-
ican foreign relations, with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign
Service, and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.

G. & P. 108. International Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the objectives, structure, functions, and
procedures of international organizations, including the United Nations and such
functional and regional organizations as the Organization of American States.

G. & P. 109. Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development of the foreign policy of
the Soviet Union, with attention paid to the forces and conditions that make
for continuities and changes from Tsarist policies.

G. & P. 110. Principles of Public Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of public administration in the United States,
giving special attention to the principles of organization and management and
to fiscal, personnel, planning, and public relations practices.

G. & P. 111. Public Personnel Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160. A survey of public personnel adminis-
tration, including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency,
classification, recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service ratings,
training, discipline, employee relations, and retirement.

G. & P. 112. Public Financial Administration. (3)

Prerequisite. G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. A survey of governmental financial
procedures, including processes of current and capital budgeting, the administra-
tion of public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery
of control through pre-audit and post-audit.

G. & P. 113. Governmental Organization and Management. (3)

Prerequisite. G. & P. 110. A study of the theories of organization and manage-
ment in American government with emphasis on new trends, experiments, and
reorganizations.

G. & P. 120. Problems in Political Behavior. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The problem approach to political behavior with
emphasis on theoretical and empirical studies on selected aspects of the political
process.

G. & P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comprehensive study of legislative organization.

Government and Politics

procedure, and problems. The course includes opportunities for student con-
tact with Congress and with the Legislature of Maryland.

G. & P. 131. Introduction to Constitutional Law. (3)

G. & P- 132. Civil Rights and the Constitution. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 131. A study of civil rights in the American constitu-
tional context, emphasizing freedom of religion, freedom of expression, minority
discrimination, and the rights of defendants.

G. & P. 133. The Judicial Process. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of judicial organization in the United
States at all levels of government, with some emphasis on legal reasoning,
legal research, and court procedures.

G. & P. 141. History of Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey of the principal political theories set forth
in the works of writers from Plato to Bentham.

G. & P. 142. Recent Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of 19th and 20th century political thought,
with special emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism.

G. & P. 144. American Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development and growth of American
political concepts from the colonial period to the present.

G. & P. 145. Russian Political Thought. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey and analysis of political ideas in Russia and
the Soviet Union from early times to the present.

G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of governmental problems of international
scope, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Stu-
dents are required to report on readings from current literature.

G. & P. 160. State and Local Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the administrative structure, procedures,
and policies of state and local governments with special emphasis on the state
level and on intergovernmental relationships, and with illustrations from Mary-
land governmental arrangements.

G. & P. 161. Metropolitan Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of administrative problems relating to
public services, planning, and coordination in a metropolitan environment.

G. & P. 171. Problems of American Public Policy. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of various factors
which affect the formation and execution of American public policy.

G. & P. 174. Political Parties. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A descriptive and analytical examination of American
political parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership.

Government and Politics
G. & P. 178. Public Opinion. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of public opinion and its effect on
political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propa-
ganda, and pressure groups.

G. & P. 181. Administrative Law. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the discretion exercised by administrative
agencies, including analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and
property, their procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.

G. & P. 191. Government and Administration of the Soviet
Union. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the adoption of the communist philosophy
by the Soviet Union, of its governmental structure, and of the administration
of government policy in the Soviet Union.

G. & P. 192. Governments and Politics of Latin America. (3)

Prerequisite. G. & P. 1. A comparative study of the governmental systems
and political processes of the Latin American countries, with special emphasis
on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico.

G. & P. 193. Governments and Politics of Asia. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 97, or G. & P. 105, or Hist. 61, or Hist. 62, or Hist. 187,
or Hist. 188, or Hist. 189. A comparative study of the political systems of
China, Japan, India, and other selected Asian countries.

For Graduates
G. & P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization. (3)

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.

G. & P. 202. Seminar in International Law. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in sub-
stantive and procedural international law.

G. & P. 203. Functional Problems in International Relations. (3)

An examination of the major substantive issues in contemporary international
relations, involving reports on selected topics based on individual research.

G. & P. 204. Area Problems in International Relations. (3)

An examination of problems in the relations of states within a particular geo-
graphic area, such as Europe, Asia and the Far East, Africa and the Middle
East, and the Western Hemisphere. Individual reporting as assigned.

G & P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the background
and development of American government.

G. & P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in Amer-
ican foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations.

G. & P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental
Institutions. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in gov-
ernmental and political institutions in governments throughout the world.

Government and Politics

G. & P. 208. Seminar in the Government and Politics of
Emerging Nations. (3)

An examination of the programs of political development in the emerging na-
tions with special reference to the newly independent nations of Asia and
Africa and the less developed countries of Latin America. Individual reporting
as assigned.

G. & P. 209. Seminar in International Administration. (3)

An analysis of the administrative aspects of international organizations with
some attention given to program administration.

G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of
recent federal-state relations.

G. & P. 213. Problems of Public Administration. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of
public administration.

G. & P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public
personnel administration.

G. & P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of state and local
government throughout the United States.

G. & P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and
Management. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative
planning and management in government.

G. & P. 218. Seminar in Urban Administration. (3)

Selected topics are examined by the team research method with students respon-
sible for planning, field investigation, and report writing.

G. & P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of pub-
lic opinion.

G. & P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the com-
position and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process.

G & P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of
political organization and action.

G. & P. 225. Man and the State. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 142. Individual reading and reports on such recurring
concepts in political theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural
rights, private property, sovereignty, nationalism and the organic state.

G. & P. 226. Scope and Method of Political Science. (3)

Required of all Ph.D. candidates. A seminar in the methodologies of political

Journalism and Public Relations

science, and their respective applications to different research fields. Inter-discip-
linary approaches and bibliographical techniques are also reviewed.

G. & P. 227. Analytical Systems and Theory Construction. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 226. Examination of the general theoretical tools available
to political scientists and of the problems of theory building. Attention is
given to communications theory, decision-making, game theory and other mathe-
matical concepts, personality theory, role theory, structural-functional analysis,
and current behavioral approaches.

G. & P. 231. Seminar in Public Law. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of
constitutional and administrative law.

G. & P. 261. Problems in American Government and Politics. (3)

An examination of contemporary problems in various fields of government and
politics in the United States, with reports on topics assigned for individual
study.

G. & P. 399. Thesis Research. (Arranged).

V. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

The first objective of the Department of Journalism and Public Relations
is to provide a four-year liberal education for the student of superior
writing ability who intends to make a career in some phase of journal-
ism. It also serves the major within the department whose career inten-
tion is in other fields. The department helps the non-major improve his
writing or pursue special interests in journalism and public relations.

Both curricula — in editorial journalism and in public relations — have been
accredited by the American Council on Education for Journalism. The
department is a member of the American Association of Schools and De-
partments of Journalism and of the American Society of Journalism
School Administrators.

Objectives of the department are (1) to give the student two concen-
trated years of general education, (2) to provide one year of technical
and professional study and practice in editorial journalism or public re-
lations, (3) to arrange one year of studies in an allied subject area that
will serve as a background for the major, for further broadening of his
general education, and as a special area of concentration in which he
may write professionally, and (4) to cooperate with professional people
and their organizations in journalism and in public relations.

The student's special area of concentration, 12 to 18 hours determined
at the beginning of the junior year in cooperation with the student's ad-
viser, is taken in the upper division. It should be selected on the basis
of the student's interest and particular abilities.

Journalism and Public Relations

A student may declare his major in this department when he enrolls in
it at the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised
from that time until graduation by the director of the sequence or major
in the department. In no case, however, can one be graduated with a
major in the department without having spent at least four semesters as
a major in one of its curricula.

An average grade of "C" or better in courses taken in the department is
required of editorial journalism and of public relations majors for gradua-
tion.

Majors are urged and helped to write for publication and obtain profes-
sional experience between the junior and senior years on the job or in
summer internships.

The department maintains close working relations with professional jour-
nalists, public relations practitioners and their organizations. One of the
purposes is to provide speakers, trips, laboratories, internships and other
types of supervised professional training for students.

An essential part of the editorial journalism major's education consists
of supervised training on the Baltimore Sunpapers or the Baltimore News-
Post and nearby weekly newspapers. The experience may also be obtained
on other publications, approved by the adviser. This professional training
helps students to become familiar with reporting, editing and advertising
for professional publications covering Maryland and Capitol Hill in Wash-
ington, D. C.

Similar supervised, professional training is provided for public relations
majors in professional public relations offices.

Listed below are the two general curricula, editorial journalism and public
relations. Each curriculum requires a minimum of 27 hours within the
department, and not more than 37 hours within the department may be
counted toward the 1 20 required for graduation with a bachelor's degree.

Course substitutions may be made by the sequence director to take ac-
count of previous professional experience and to develop programs to in-
clude special study in advertising, photojournalism, radio and television
news, publications management, science and technical writing. Within
the broad outlines of the upper-division courses themselves, students are
encouraged to develop individual interests by careful choice of elective
courses.

Journalism and Public Relations

LOWER-DIVISION CURRICULUM (JOURNALISM, PUBLIC
RELATIONS)

r-Semester-

Freshman Year I II

English 1, 2 — 'Composition and American Literature 3 3

Two courses in Elective Group 1 3 3

Two courses in Elective Group A or *Math. 10, 11 —

Introduction to Mathematics 3-4 3-4

Foreign language or two courses in Elective Group B 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

15-16 15-16

Elective Group 1 Elective Group A Elective Group B

Philosophy 1 3 Astronomy 1 3 Business

Psychology 1 3 Geology 1 3 Administration 10

Sociology 1 3 Physics 1 3 Economics 4

Botany 1 4 Psychology 21

Chemistry 1 4 or Sociology 52

Zoology 1 4
Sophomore Year

English 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

Foreign language (same as in freshman year) or

two more courses in Elective Group B 3 3

History 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3

Journ. 10 — Introduction to Journalism and Journ. 11 —

News Reporting 3 3

Total 15 15

EDITORIAL JOURNALISM STUDY PROGRAM

Junior Year

Journ. 160 — News Editing

Journ. 152 — Advertising Copy and Layout or

Journ. 163 — Newspaper Typography

Journ. 176 — The Press and World Societies

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion

Special area of concentration

Free electives

Total

r-Semester-

3-6

*Math 10 is minimum prerequisite for B.A. 130, Elements of Business Statistics,
or another statistics course required of P.R. majors in upper division. Math. 1 1
also is helpful. The P.R. major who chooses science in the freshman year instead
of Math. 10, 11 may take Math. 10 in place of the second course in Elective
Group 1 and Math. 11 instead of Psych. 21 or Soc. 52 in Elective Group B.

Journalism and Public Relations

Senior Year

Journ. 161 — Advanced Editing

Journ. 165 — Feature Writing or

Journ. 175 — Advanced Reporting

Journ. 191 — Law of the Press

Journ. 192 — History of American Journalism

Phil. 130 — Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization or

Phil. 154 — Political and Social Philosophy
Special area of concentration
Free electives

Total

-Semester-
I II

3-6
3-6

3
3
3

PUBLIC RELATIONS STUDY PROGRAM

Junior Year

Journ. 160 — News Editing

Journ. 165 — Feature Writing

P.R. 166— Public Relations

Journ. 181 — Press Photography or Journ.

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion

B.A. 130 or Psych. 90 or Soc. 183
Special area of concentration
Free electives

184 — Picture Editing

-Semester-
II

3
3-2

3
3-4

Total

Senior Year

P.R. 170— Publicity Techniques
P.R. 171 — Industrial Journalism or

P.R. 186— P.R. of Government
P.R. i94_p.R. Cases and Research
Phil. 130 — Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization or

Phil. 154— Political and Social Philosophy
Special area of concentration
Free electives

Total

3-6
3-6

3
3
6

Journalism and Public Relations
JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

Professors: Crowell, Newsom.
Associate Professors: Bryan, Vinocour.
Assistant Professors: Bedford, Noall.
Lecturer: Hogan.

JOURNALISM COURSES

Journ. 10. Introduction to Journalism. (3)

Survey of journalism, professional careers in writing and communications,
news writing in laboratory. Prerequisites, at least average grade of "C" in
Eng. 1 and 2 or 21; ability to type at least 40 words per minute. Laboratory
fee, $3.00.

Journ. 11. News Reporting. (3)

News reporting, campus news beat in laboratory. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Journ. 101. Radio News Reporting. (2)

Theory and practice in radio news reporting. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Journ. 152. Advertising Copy and Layout. (3)

Theory and practice in advertising copy and layout, with emphasis on news-
paper advertising, for letterpress and photo-offset printing. Use of illustrations,
type selection, copy-fitting, media selection.

Journ. 160. News Editing. (3)

Copy editing, headline writing, newspaper page layout. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Journ. 161. Advanced Editing. (3)

Includes one afternoon a week of supervised work on Baltimore Sun or Bal-
timore News-Post desk, arranged. Prerequisite, J. 160, consent of instructor.
Headline writing, rewriting, copy editing, makeup. A seminar for J. seniors
in newsroom problems and policies emphasizing ethics and responsibilities.

Journ. 163. Newspaper Typography. (3)

Introduction to newspaper typography, printing and reproduction processes,
type recognition, uses and harmony, practice in laying out and making up
advertisements and newspaper pages.

Journ. 165. Feature Writing. (3)

Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles.

Journ. 173. Scholastic Journalism. (3)

Introduction to theory and practice in production of high school publications,
for scholastic publications advisers.

Journ. 175. Advanced Reporting. (3)

Includes one weekday morning on regular beat for Baltimore Sun, Baltimore
News-Post or weekly newspaper; supervised, professional reporting on city,
county, federal beats. Prerequisite, Journ. 11. consent of instructor.

Journalism and Public Relations

Journ. 176. The Press and World Societies. (3)

Survey of history and status of news press throughout the world, role of the
press in various societies, responsibilities of the press.

Journ. 181. Press Photography. (3)

Introduction to fundamentals of shooting, developing, printing of news and
feature pictures. Equipment furnished by the department. Student furnishes
own supplies. Laboratory fee, $6.00.

Journ. 182. Advanced Press Photography. (3)

Emphasis on the picture story. Equipment provided by the department. Stu-
dent furnishes his own supplies.

Journ. 184. Picture Editing. (2)

Theory and practice in use of pictures for the press; impact of persuasion in
photojournalism.

Journ. 191. Law of the Press. (3)

Non-legal introduction to libel, right of privacy, fair comment and criticism,
privilege, contempt of court by publication, Maryland press statutes.

Journ. 192. History of American Journalism. (3)

History of American journalism and its influences on political, social and cul-
tural institutions.

Journ. 196. Problems in Journalism. (1 or 2)

Group and individual projects in problems in journalism.

Journ. 197S. Supervised Internship. (0)

Summer session. To be taken following junior year as major in this depart-
ment, permission of instructor. Ten weeks of organized, supervised study,
experience, on-the-job training in journalism.

PUBLIC RELATIONS COURSES
P. R. 166. Public Relations. (3)

Survey of public relations, principles, general orientation.

P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques. (3)

Strategy and techniques of publicity operations. Practice in use of major media
of public communication; off-campus publicity projects.

P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism. (3)

Industrial communications, management and production of company periodi-
cals, public relations aspects of industrial journalism.

P. R. 186. Public Relations of Government. (3)

Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, information services in public
administration of governments and international organizations.

P. R. 194. Public Relations Cases and Research. (3)

Study of cases in public relations, policy formulation, strategy, ethics, re-
search projects.

Office Management and Techniques

P. R. 197S. Supervised Internship. (0)

Summer session. To be taken after junior year as major in this department,
upon permission of intructor. Ten weeks of organized, supervised study,
experience, on-the-job training in public relations.

VI. OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNIQUES

1. MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION

As business administrators become increasingly dependent upon records
of all types to control their business activities, clear channels of infor-
mation and communication are increasingly difficult to establish and
maintain. Astute management finds through office automation a valuable
communicative tool in the planning, organizing, controlling, and coordi-
nating of business data so that the objectives of an enterprise can be
achieved most effectively. Consequently, today simplified data processing
is becoming mandatory in private and public administration.

The student interested in this field should realize that his background
education should include a broad understanding of business and ad-
ministration in general. In addition, it is essential that the student de-
velop the ability to analyze effectively the elements in an administrative
situation while recognizing the functional needs of an organization. The
program of studies in management and office automation is designed to
meet the needs of students who wish to concentrate on developing mana-
gerial skills and competencies in data processing as they apply to the
functional fields of finance, marketing, production, personnel and ac-
counting. Because of the rapidly increasing developments in office auto-
mation in all types of business, the following curriculum will be a valuable
aid in preparing for a career in this field of administration. Attention is
directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program.

Office Management and Techniques
MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics

Speech 1 — Public Speaking

Econ. 4 — Economic Developments

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business

G. & P. 1 — American Government1

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men)

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (women)
Physical Activities (men and women)

Total

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics

Elect. Phil. 1, Psych. 1, or Soc. 1

B. A. 14 — Survey of Office Machines

Elect Math. 14 and 15, or Science

Physical Activities (men and women)

Elective

Total 16 18

Iunior Year

B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Management 3

B. A. 101 — Electronic Data Processing 3

B. A. 112 — Records Management 2

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting 4

B. A. 130 — Business Statistics I 3

B. A. 140 — Business Finance 3

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3

Elect 6 hours from Econ. 102, 132, 136 and 140 3 3

Elective 3

r-Semester-

Total 15 15

Senior Year

B. A. 102 — Electronic Data Processing Applications 3

B. A. 103 — Introduction to Systems Analysis 3

B. A. 149 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 168 — Management and Organization Theory 3

B. A. 180 — Business Law 3

B. A. 199 — Business Policies 3

Electives 3 9

Total 15 15

1 See American Civilization Program, page 2.

Office Management and Techniques

2. EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL

This program will appeal to those who realize that positions in secretarial
service require much more than office skills (typewriting and shorthand).
This curriculum is designed primarily to prepare students for a secre-
tarial career with administrative responsibilities. The development of the
student's capacity to plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding
principle followed in this curriculum. These are essential tools, but an
understanding of management and a broad background in the humanities
is important for the more responsible positions.

PLACEMENT EXAMINATION

Students with previous training in shorthand and/or typewriting are re-
quired to take a placement examination in those subjects at the time of
their first registration in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University.

If a student with previous training is unable to meet the prerequisite stand-
ard of achievement for the advanced course, he may change to a less ad-
vanced course with less than regular credit.

Credit will be given only for the work done in residence.

RECORD OF COMPETENCY

Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in office techniques
sequences, before they may progress to the next advanced course. A major
earning less than a "C" grade in an advanced course is asked to repeat
the course.

The following program of study is designed to develop potential aptitudes
to an effective end. Attention is directed to requirements under the Ameri-
can Civilization Program.

EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL PROGRAM

^Semester— >,
Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government1 3

B. A. 10 — .Introduction to Business 3

Math. 10. 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 3

O. T. 1, 2 — Principles and Intermediate Typewriting . 2 2

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 3 3

A S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (women) .... 2 2

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 17 17

1 See American Civilization Program, page 2.

Office Management and Techniques

r- Setnester-

Sophomore Year / //

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Econ. 31, 32 — 'Principles of Economics 3 3

O. T. 17 — Advanced Shorthand and Transcription 3

O. T. 19 — Problems in Transcription 3

O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2

B. A. 14 — Survey of Office Machines 2

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1

Total 17 16

Junior Year

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 3 3

B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Management 3

B. A. 101 — Electronic Data Processing 3

B. A. 130 — 'Business Statistics I 3

B. A. 140 — Business Finance 3

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3

Electives 3 6

Total 15 15

Senior Year

B. A. 149 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3

B. A. 168 — Management and Organization Theory 3

B. A. 180 — Business Law 3

B. A. 199 — Business Policies 3

O. T. 110 — Administrative Secretarial Procedures 3

O. T. 1 14 — Secretarial Office Practice 3

Elect 6 hours from Econ. 102, 132, 136 and 140 3 3

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation . 4 4

Total. 16 16

OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNIQUES

Professor: Patrick.
Assistant Professor: Everard.
Instructors: Anderson, O'Neill.

O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting. (2)

Five periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Laboratory fee,
$7.50. The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of the
"touch" system.

Bureau of Governmental Research
O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting. (2)

Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 1 or
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Drills for improving speed and
accuracy and an introduction to office production typewriting. This course
must be completed prior to enrollment in O. T. 17.

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems. (2)

Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 2 or
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50 A course to develop the higher
degree of accuracy and speed possible and to teach the advanced techniques
of typewriting with special emphasis on production.

O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Five periods per week. This course aims to
develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Shorthand. In O. T. 13 special
emphasis is placed on developing dictation speed.

O. T. 17. Advanced Shorthand and Transcription. (3)

Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 2 and O. T. 13 or consent of
instructor. Seven periods per week. Laboratory fee, per semester, $7.50.
Emphasis is placed on vocabulary development and new matter dictation for
sustained speed at the highest level possible under varying conditions. Transcrip-
tion is under timed conditions with emphasis on production involving quantity
and quality of finished product.

O. T. 19. Problems in Transcription. (3)

Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 17 or consent of instructor.
Seven periods per week. Laboratory fee, per semester, $7.50. A systematic
development of recording skills under special and office-style dictation and
transcription conditions with particular emphasis on transcriptional problems.

O. T. 110. Administrative Secretarial Procedures. (3)

Prerequisite, O. T. 18 and 19 or consent of the instructor. The nature of office
work, the secretary's function in communication, inter-company and public re-
lations, handling records, supplies and equipment; and in direction of the office
staff. Standardization and simplification of office forms and procedures in rela-
tion to correspondence, mailing, receiving callers, telephoning, handling con-
ferences, and securing business information. Business etiquette and ethics.

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice. (3)

Six periods per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of O. T. 110.
The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to senior
students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under supervision is
required. In addition, each student will prepare a written report on an original
problem previously approved.

Bureau of Business and Economic Research

VII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND
ECONOMIC RESEARCH

The responsibilities of the Bureau of Business and Economic Research
are research, training, and public service.

The research activities of the Bureau are primarily focused on basic
research in the field of regional economic development. The Bureau's
long-run research program is carried out by its own staff of faculty mem-
bers, by faculty members from other departments under co-operative
agreement, and by other specialists whose skills may be required in
particular investigations. The Bureau also undertakes co-operative re-
search contracts at the request of federal and state governmental agencies,
research foundations, and other groups.

The training functions of the Bureau are achieved through active partici-
pation by advanced graduate and undergraduate students in the Bureau's
research program. This direct involvement of students in the research
process under faculty supervision provides research skills that equip
students for responsible posts in business, government and higher
education.

The Bureau observes its service responsibilities to government, business,
and private groups primarily through the publication and distribution of
its research findings. In addition, the Bureau staff welcomes the oppor-
tunity to be of service to governmental, business, and private groups by
discussing with them problems in business and economics, particularly
those related to regional development.

VIII. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH

Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Research relate primarily to
the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau
engages in research and publishes findings with reference to local, state
and national governments and their interrelationships. It undertakes sur-
veys and offers its assistance and service to units of government in Mary-
land. It serves as a clearing house of information for the benefit of
Maryland state and local government. The Bureau furnishes opportunities
for qualified students interested in research and career development in
state and local administration.

The Municipal Technical Advisory Service, established in 1959 as a
division of the Bureau, provides consulting services to the municipal
governments of the State. Technical consultation and assistance are pro-
vided on specific municipal problems in such areas as ordinance and char-
ter drafting and codification, budget and other fiscal management, person-
nel management, utility and other service operations, planning and zon-

Bureau of Governmental Research

ing, and related local or intergovernmental activities. The staff analyzes
and shares with governmental officials information concerning profes-
sional developments and opportunities for new or improved programs and
facilities.

IX. AFFILIATED GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATONS

(1.) MARYLAND COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ASSOCIATION

The office of the Maryland County Commissioners Association, an organ-
ization of the governing bodies of Maryland counties, is located in the
College. The Association develops programs of cooperation, informa-
tion, and service among the county governments in the State. The
Association's mailing address is Maryland County Commissioners Asso-
ciation, Box 362, College Park, Maryland.

(2.) MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE

The office of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Mary-
land cities, is also located in the College of Business and Public Admin-
istration. The League provides opportunities for association to municipal
officials, offers services to city governments and organizes legislative pro-
grams affecting municipal affairs. It publishes monthly the Maryland
Municipal News. The League's mailing address is Maryland Municipal
League, Box 276, College Park, Maryland.

THE FACULTY

Administrative Officers

O'CONNELL, Donald W., Dean of the College of Business and Public Administra-
tion and Professor of Economics

B.A, Columbia University, 1937; MA., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

GENTRY, Dwight L., Assistant Dean of the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration and Professor of Business Administration

A.B., Elon College, 1941; M.B.A., Northwestern University, 1947; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Illinois, 1952.

Dean Emeritus

PYLE, J. Freeman, Dean Emeritus of the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1917; M.A., 1918; Ph.D., 1925.

Professors

BURDETTE, Franklin L., Professor of Government and Politics, and Director of

the Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., Marshall College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1935; M.A., Prince-
ton University, 1937; Ph.D., 1938; LL.D., Marshall College, 1959.

CALHOUN, Charles E., Professor of Finance

A.B., University of Washington, 1925; M.B.A., 1930.

CLEMENS, Eli W., Professor of Business Administration

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1930; M.S., University of Illinois, 1934; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1940.

COOK, J. Allan, Professor of Marketing

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1928; M.B.A., Harvard University, 1936;
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1947.

CROWELL, Alfred A., Professor and Head of the Department of Journalism and

Public Relations

A.B., Universty of Oklahoma, 1929; M.A., 1934; M.S.J. , Northwestern Univer-
sity, 1940.

CUMBERLAND, John H., Professor of Economics and Assistant Director, in
Charge, Bureau of Business and Economic Research

B.A., University of Maryland, 1947; M.A., Harvard University, 1949; Ph.D.,

1951.

DILLARD, Dudley, Professor and Head of the Department of Economics
B.S., University of California, 1935; Ph.D., 1940.

DILLON, Conley H., Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., Marshall College, 1928; M.A., Duke University, 1933; Ph.D., 1936.

Faculty

FISHER, Allan J., Professor of Accounting and Finance

B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1928; Litt.M., University of
Pittsburgh, 1936; Ph.D., 1937.

GRUCHY, Allan G., Professor of Economics

B.A., University of British Columbia, 1926; M.A., McGill University, 1928;
Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1931.

HARRISON, Horace V., Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., Trinity University, Texas, 1932; M.A., University of Texas, 1941; Ph.D.,
1951.

HU, Charles Y., Professor of Geography

B.S., University of Nanking, China, 1930; M.A., University of California, 1936;
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1941.

NELSON, Boyd L., Professor of Statistics

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1952.

NEWSOM, D. Earl, Professor of Journalism and Director of the Sequence in
Editorial Journalism

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M.S.J. , Northwestern University, 1949;

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1957.

PATRICK, Arthur S., Professor of Office Management and Business Education
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1931; M.A., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D.,
American University, 1956.

PLISCHKE, Elmer, Professor and Head of the Department of Government and
Politics

Ph.B., Marquette University, 1937; M.A., American University, 1938; Ph.D.,
Clark University, 1943.

SCHULTZE, Charles L., Professor of Economics

B.A., Georgetown University, 1948; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1960.

STEINMEYER, Reuben G., Professor of Government and Politics
A.B., American University, 1929; Ph.D., 1935.

SWEENEY, Charles T., Professor of Accounting

B.S., Cornell University, 1921; M.B.A., University of Michigan, 1928; C.P.A.,
Iowa, 1934; Ohio, 1936.

SYLVESTER, Harold F., Professor of Personnel Administration
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938.

TAFF, Charles A., Professor and Head of the Department of Business Adminis-
tration

B.S., University of Iowa, 1937; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

ULMER, Melville J., Professor of Economics

B.S., New York University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1948.

Faculty

VAN ROYEN, William, Professor and Head of the Department of Geography
M.A., Rijksuniversiteit Utrecht, 1925; Ph.D., Clark University, 1928.

WRIGHT, Howard W., Professor of Accounting

B.S., Temple University, 1937; M.A., University of Iowa, 1940; C.P.A., Texas,
1940; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947.

Consulting Professor

ROTERUS, Victor, Consulting Professor of Geography
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1930; M.S., 1931.

Associate Professors

AHNERT, Frank O., Associate Professor of Geography
Dr. Phil., Heidelberg University, 1953.

ANDERSON, Thornton H., Associate Professor of Government and Politics
A.B., University of Kentucky, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., University of Wiscon-
sin, 1948.

ASHMEN, Roy, Associate Professor of Marketing

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1935; M.S., Columbia University, 1936;
Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1950.

BRYAN, Carter R., Associate Professor of Journalism

B.A., University of California, 1937; Ph.D., University of Vienna, Austria, 1940.

CHASE, Samuel B., Ill, Associate Professor of Economics

A.B., Dartmouth College, 1954; Ph.D., University of California, 1960.

CHAVES, Antonio, Associate Professor of Geography

M.A., Northwestern, 1948; D.Litt., University of Habana, 1941; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Habana, 1946.

DAWSON, Townes L., Associate Professor of Business Law

B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; B.A., U.S. Merchant Marine Academy, 1946;
M.B.A., University of Texas, 1947; Ph.D., 1950; LL.B., 1954.

DESHLER, Walter W., Associate Professor of Geography

B.S., Lafayette College, 1943; M.A., University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., 1957.

GRAMLEY, Lyle E., Associate Professor of Economics

B.A., Beloit College, 1951; M.A., Indiana University, 1952; Ph.D., 1956.

HATHORN, Guy B., Associate Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., University of Mississippi, 1940; M.A., 1942; Ph.D., Duke University, 1950.

KNIGHT, Robert E. L., Associate Professor of Economics

A.B., Harvard University, 1948; Ph.D., University of California, 1958.

Faculty

McNELLY, Theodore H., Associate Professor of Government and Politics

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1941; M.A., 1942; Ph.D., Columbia University,
1952.

SPIVEY, Clinton, Associate Professor of Industrial Management
B.S., University of Illinois, 1946; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1957.

VINOCOUR, S. M., Associate Professor of Public Relations and Director of the
Sequence in Public Relations

A.B., University of Southern California, 1943; M.A., University of Nevada, 1948;
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

WONNACOTT, Paul, Associate Professor of Economics

B.A., University of Western Ontario, 1955; M.A., Princeton, 1957; Ph.D., 1959.

Assistant Professors

ALPERIN, Robert J., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
1959.

ANDERSON, Henry, Assistant Professor of Statistics

B.A., University of London, 1939; M.B.A., Columbia University, 1948; Ph.D.,
1959.

ANDERSON, Jeremy H.. Assistant Professor of Geography

B.A., Yale University, 1956; M.A., University of Washington, 1959.

BEDFORD, Jimmy B., Assistant Professor of Journalism
A.B., University of Missouri, 1950; B.J., 1951; M.A., 1952.

BENNETT, Robert L., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Texas, 1951; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., 1963.

BRUNNER, G. Allen. Assistant Professor of Marketing

B.B.A., University of Toledo, 1958; M.B.A., 1960; Ph.D., The Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1963.

BYRD, Elbert M., Jr., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
B.S., American University, 1953; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., 1959.

CLICKNER, Edwin K., Assistant Professor in Business Organization

B.S., American University, 1951; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., American University, 1963.

DAIKER, John A., Assistant Professor of Accounting

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.B.A., 1951; C.P.A., District of Columbia,
1949.

DODGE, Norton T., Assistant Professor of Economics

A.B.. Cornell University, 1948; M.A.. Harvard University, 1951; Ph.D., 1960.

DORSEY, John W., Assistant Professor of Economics

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1958; M.A., Harvard University, 1962; Ph.D.. 1964.

Faculty

EDELSON, Charles B., Assistant Professor of Accounting

B.B.A., University of New Mexico, 1949; M.B.A., Indiana University, 1950;
C.P.A., Maryland, 1951.

EVERARD, Kenneth E., Assistant Professor of Office Management and Techniques
B.A., State University of New York, 1954; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Indiana University,
1962.

HERMANSON, Roger H., Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.A., Michigan State University, 1954; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., 1963.

HIMES, Robert S., Assistant Professor of Accounting

B.C.S., Benjamin Franklin University, 1939; M.C.S., 1940; B.S., American Uni-
versity; Ph.D., 1962.

JACOBS, Walter D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

B.S., Columbia University, 1955; M.A., and Certificate of Russian Institute, 1956;
Ph.D., 1961.

KINERNEY, Eugene J., Assistant Professor in Geography

B.S., University of Kansas City, 1959; M.A., University of Missouri, 1961.

KOKAT, Robert G., Assistant Professor of Economics and Research Associate, Bu-
reau of Business and Economic Research

B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1956; M.S., 1957; D.B.A., Indiana Univer-
sity, 1962.

MIKA, Paul, Assistant Professor in Geography
A.B., University of Pittsburgh, 1954; M.A., George Washington University, 1958.

NASH, Allan N., Assistant Professor of Personnel Administration
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., 1963.

NOALL, William F., Assistant Professor of Public Relations

B.S., Kent State University, 1957; M.S., Ohio University, 1960.

O'DONNELL, Maurice E., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics

B.S., Eastern Illinois State, 1948; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; Ph.D., 1954.

PAINE, Frank T., Assistant Professor of Business Administration

B.S., Syracuse University, 1951; M.B.A., 1956; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1963.

RAIA, Anthony P., Assistant Professor of Business Administration

B.S., Columbia University, 1956; M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles,
1960; Ph.D., 1963.

SCHELLENBERGER, Robert E., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Wisconsin. 1958; M.B.A., 1959; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1963.

SCHMIEDER, Allan A., Assistant Professor in Geography

B.S., Edinboro State College, 1955; M.A., Ohio State University, 1956.

SMERK, George M., Assistant Professor of Transportation

B.S., Bradley University, 1955; M.B.A., 1957; D.B.A., Indiana University, 1963;
Ph.D., 1963.

Faculty

WIEDEL, Joseph W., Assistant Professor in Geography
B.A., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., 1963.

Instructors

ANDERSON, Charles R., Instructor in Office Management and Techniques
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; M.Ed., 1959.

AUGUSTA, Joseph H., Instructor in Economics

B.A., University of California, 1959; M.A., Michigan State University, 1960.

BAILEY, William M., Instructor in Economics
B.A., North Texas State College, 1959.

BEAL, John H., Instructor in Business Administration

B.A., Carlton College, 1961: M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1963.

CAHILL, Daniel J., Instructor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1961.

CHAPPELL, James D.. Jr., Instructor in Business Administration, College of B.P.A.;
Information Procurement Consultant, Computer Science Center

A.B., Duke University. 1953: M.S.. Columbia University, 1954; C.P.A., Georgia,

1958.

DAY, Ernest H., Instructor in Economics

A.B.. Oberlin College; LL.B., George Washington University, 1950; M.A., 1955.

DIX, Edward Keith, Instructor in Economics

A.B., Millsaps College, 1954; M.A., Duke University, 1957.

EMERY, Paul W., Instructor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Tennessee, 1962.

FUREY, Joseph C. Instructor in Economics
B.A., University of Maryland. 1948.

HAMILTON, Raymond W., Instructor in Economics
B.A., American University, 1959.

NEFFINGER, George G., Instructor in Business Organization

B.S., University of Florida. 1951; M.A., George Washington University, 1958.

O'NEILL, Jane H., Instructor in Office Techniques
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932.

PUCKETT, Richard FL, Instructor in Economics

B.A., University of Colorado. 1958; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 1960.

SIMPSON. Robert S., Instructor in Business Administration

B.S., University of California, 1961; M.S.. Oregon State. 1963.

WEINTRAUB, Irvin, Instructor in Economics

A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1950: M.S., Columbia University, 1951.

Faculty

Lecturers

BARBER, Willard F., Lecturer in International Affairs

A.B., Stanford University, 1928; M.A., 1929; Certificate, National War College,
1948.

BEALS, Alan, Lecturer in Government and Politics, and Executive Secretary of the
Maryland Municipal League.

A.B., Colgate University, 1954; M.P.A., Syracuse University, 1955.

BERGEN VANDER GRIJP, Derk H. G., Lecturer in Geography (Cartography)
Grad., Royal Military Academy of the Netherlands, 1927; Grad., Photogrammetry,
Delft Technical University, 1935; Grad., Topographic Training Centre, N.E.I.,
1938; Col., Neth. Army (Ret.).

CONWAY, Mary Margaret, Lecturer in Government and Politics
B.S., Purdue University, 1957; M.A., University of California, 1960.

GORDON, Marvin F., Lecturer in Geography

B.A., City University, New York Citv, 1942; M.A., Columbia University, New
York City, 1954.

HINRICHS, Harley H., Lecturer in Economics

B.B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; M.A., Purdue University, 1958.

HOGAN, Lawrence J., Lecturer in Public Relations
B.A., Georgetown University, 1948; LL.B., 1954.

KELLY, Thomas C, Lecturer in Government and Politics, and Executive Secretary
of the Maryland County Commissioners Association
B.A., Westminster College, 1953.

LARSON, Harold, Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., Morningside College, 1927; M.A., Columbia University, 1928; Ph.D., 1943.

LEMONS, Hoyt, Lecturer in Geography

B.Ed., Southern Illinois University. 1936; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1938;
Ph.D., 1941.

MEASDAY, Walter S., Lecturer in Economics

A.B., College of William and Mary, 1945; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1955.

MILLON, Milton B., Associate and Lecturer, and Director of the Municipal Techni-
cal Advisory Service, Bureau of Governmental Research

A.B., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., University of Chicago, 1952.

SICKELS, Robert Judd, Lecturer and Research Associate, Bureau of Governmental
Research

B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University,
1950.

SPENCER, Jean E., Lecturer and Research Associate, Bureau of Governmental
Research

B.A., University of Maryland, 1955; M.A., 1961.

Faculty

SPIEGEL. Henry W., Lecturer in Economics

J.V.D., University of Berlin, 1933; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1939.
TIERNEY, John L., Lecturer in Business Law

A.B., University of Minnesota, 1929; LL.B., University of Wisconsin, 1938;
LL.M., George Washington University, 1956.

WHITEMAN, Harold L., Lecturer in Geography
B.S., Ball State, 1961; M.A., 1962.

Research Associates

BAKER, James S., Municipal Management Associate, Municipal Technical Advisory
Service, Bureau of Governmental Research

B.S.E., University of Michigan. 1956; M.P.A., 1961.

KOKAT. Robert G., Research Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic Research,
and Assistant Professor of Economics, Department of Economics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1956; M.S., 1957; D.B.A., Indiana Uni-
versity, 1962.

KRASSA, Lucie G., Research Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic Research
Doctor Juris, University of Vienna. 1936.

M ESTER, Edmund C., Associate, Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., University of Maryland. 1948; M.A., 1949.

MORYADAS, Subramaniam, Research Associate, Department of Geography

B.A. (Hons.), University of Madras, India, 1953; M.A., University of Maryland,
1963.

RATCHFORD, William S., II, Municipal Management Associate, Municipal Tech-
nical Advisory Service. Bureau of Governmental Research

B.A., University of Richmond. 1954; B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1960; M.A.,

University of Maryland. 1962.

WYMAN, Sherman M., Municipal Management Associate, Municipal Technical
Advisory Service, Bureau of Governmental Research

B.A., Stanford University, 1957; M.P.A., Syracuse University, 1959.

CATALOG OF THE

COLLEGE

EDUCATION

1964-66

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

Volume 19 April 24, 1964 Number 25

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar jv

Board of Regents vi

Officers of Administration vii
Chairmen, Standing Commit-
tees, Faculty Senate x

The College 1

Special Facilities and Activities 2

Undergraduate Programs 4

Admission Requirements 4

General Information 4

Air Science Instruction 5
Physical Education

and Health 5

Guidance in Registration 5

Junior Standing 6

Certification of Teachers. 6

Degrees

Costs 7

Remission of Fees 8

Residence

Graduate Studies

Status 8

Registration 8

Masters' Degrees 8

Advanced Graduate Special-
ist in Education 8

Doctors' Degrees 8

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

Advisers of Required Courses
General Requirements of the

College
Majors and Minors
Academic Education
Agricultural Education
Early Childhood-Elementary

Education

Early Childhood-Education
Elementary Education
Industrial Education

11
11
12
15

13
13
15
20

Library Science Education 26

Secondary Education

Academic Education

Art Education 30

Business Education 33

Home Economics 36

Music Education 38
Physical Education and

Health 40

Special Education 40

COURSE OFFERINGS

52
54
59
66

Secondary Education 67

Business Education 69

Home Economics Education 70

Music Education 70

Special Education 73

Education

Early Childhood-Elementary

Education

Human Development

Industrial Education
Library Science Education

72
Faculty 81

Cooperating Staff Members j"

Off -Campus Supervising Teachers

ill

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1963-64

Fall Semester
1963

September 16-20 Monday-Friday
September 23 Monday

November 27 Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

December 1

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends
8 a.m.

December 20

Friday

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1964

January 6

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 22

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 23-30

Thursday-Wednesday
inclusive

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7

Monday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 10

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Saturday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Wednesday

Maryland Day, not a holiday

March 26

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

March 31

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends, 8 a.m.

May 13

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 28

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 29-June 5

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Saturday

Memorial Day, Holiday

May 31

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

June 6

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

1964

June 22

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 23

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 4

Saturday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 14

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

1964

June 15-19

Monday-Saturday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 3-7

Monday-Saturday

4-H Club Week

September 8-11

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1964-65

(Tentative)

Fall Semester

1964

September 14-18

Monday-Friday

Fall Semester Registration

September 21

Monday

Instruction Begins

November 25

Wednesday

Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

November 30

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends

Ram

December 22

Tuesday

O a. III.

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1965

January 4

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 20

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 21-27

Thursday- Wednesday

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 2-5

Tuesday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 8

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Monday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Thursday

Maryland Day, not a Holiday

April 15

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

April 20

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

May 12

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 27

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 28-June 4

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

May 31

Monday

Memorial Day, Holiday

June 5

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

June 21

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 22

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 5

Monday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 13

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

June 14-18

Monday-Friday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 2-6

Monday-Friday

4-H Club Week

September 7-10

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

Board Of Regents

and

Maryland State Board Of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore, 21202

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, 21202

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore, 21201

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton, 21629

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College, 5800 Park Heights Ave., Baltimore, 21215

ASSISTANT TREASURER

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center — 17th Floor,

Baltimore, 21201

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury, 21801

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown, 21740

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park, 20012

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland, 21501

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore, 21218

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKINS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; MA., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.

ALBIN O. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936;
Ph.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant to the President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ALVIN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; LL.B., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

HARRY C. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College, 1936; LL.D.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.Sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

EDWARD W. AITON, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1956.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado,
1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

WILLIAM P. CUNNINGHAM, Dean of the School of Law
A.B., Harvard College, 1944; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

RAY W. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse
University, 1937.

NOEL E. FOSS, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

Ph.C, South Dakota State College, 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; Ph.D., 1933.

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health.

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADISLAUS F. GRAPSKI, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.S.,
University of Denver, 1942; M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of
Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN C. HAUT, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1933.

VERL S. LEWIS, Dean of the School of Social Work

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.S.W., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

CHARLES MANNING, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935.

DONALD W. OCONNELL, Dean of the College of Business and Public
Administration

B.A., Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

JOHN J. SALLEY, Dean of the School of Dentistry

D.D.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1947; Ph.D., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

WILLIAM S. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of
Medical Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville, 1929;

Ph.D. (Hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGIRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

C. WILBUR CISSEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939.

via

HELEN E. CLARKE, Dean of Women
B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; Ed.D.,
Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960.

WILLIAM W. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

L. EUGENE CRONIN, Director of Natural Resources Institute

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943-
Ph.D., 1946.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; M.D., 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; C.P.A., 1948.

GEORGE W. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of "Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

ROBERT J. McCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE W. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer,
Physical Plant (Baltimore)

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931.

VERNON H. REEVES, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air
Science

B.A., Arizona State College, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1949.

WERNER C. RHEINBOLDT, Director, Computer Science Center

Dipl. Math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; Dr. Rer. Nat., University of Freiburg,
1955.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940.

CLODUS R. SMITH, Director of the Summer Session

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,
1960.

GEORGE O. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

HAROLD C. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY
Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
Joseph F. Mattick (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING
Russell B. Allen (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Thomas G. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Richard H. Byrne (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES
V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

James A. Hummel (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Donald W. O'Connell (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Walter E. Schlaretzki (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Mark Keeny (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

Robert B. Beckmann (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM
AND TENURE

George Anastos (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES
Stanley B. Jackson (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
John M. Brumbaugh (Law), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Noel E. Foss (Pharmacy), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS
Mary K. Carl (Nursing), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Homer Ulrich (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

Adjunct Committees of the General Committee of Student
Life and Welfare

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Gayle S. Smith (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP
A. B. Hamilton (Agriculture), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE

Thomas Aylward (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

Ellen Harvey (Physical Education), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS

Calvin Gaver (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

The College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of
students: (1) persons preparing to teach in colleges, secondary schools,
elementary schools, kindergarten, and nursery schools; (2) persons prepar-
ing to teach classes in special education and to be school librarians; (3)
present or prospective teachers who wish to supplement their prepara-
tion; (4) students preparing for educational work in the trades and
industries; (5) graduate students preparing for teaching, supervisory,
or administrative positions; (6) students whose major interests are in
other fields, but who desire courses in education.

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES

RESEARCH AND TEACHING FACILITIES

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's
capital, unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its
students and faculty. The Library of Congress, the library of the United
States Office of Education, and special libraries of other government
agencies are accessible, as well as the information services of the National
Education Association, American Council on Education, United States
Office of Education, and other organizations, public and private. The
school systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties
of Maryland offer generous cooperation.

THE INSTITUTE FOR CHILD STUDY

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1)
it undertakes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and
synthesizes research findings from the many sciences that study human
beings; (3) it plans, organizes, and provides consultant service programs
of direct child study by in-service teachers in individual schools or in
municipal, county or state systems; (4) it offers field training to a limited
number of properly qualified doctoral students, preparing them to render
expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human
development. The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child
Development and Education for six weeks each summer. Inquiries should
be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study.

BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH AND FIELD SERVICES

The Bureau of Educational Research and Field Services has been estab-
lished to ( 1 ) encourage and stimulate basic research bearing on different
aspects of the educative process; (2) provide assistance in designing,
implementing and evaluating research projects initiated by local school
systems; (3) coordinate school systems' requests for consultants with the

Special Facilities, Undergraduate Program

rich and varied professional competencies that are available on the
University faculty. Additional information about the Bureau's services
may be obtained from the Director, Bureau of Educational Research and
Field Services.

DEPARTMENT OF EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION

The Department of Early Childhood-Elementary Education offers pro-
grams to prepare teachers for nursery schools, kindergarten, and primary
grades and for all grades in the elementary school.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

The Industrial Education Department is housed in a new building known
as the J. Milton Patterson Building. The facilities of this building are
devoted exclusively to the work of the Department. There are ten
laboratories, a drafting room, library, conference room and two class-
rooms. All of the laboratories are adequately equipped with modern tools
and machines.

DEPARTMENT OF SECONDARY EDUCATION

The Department of Secondary Education is concerned with the prepara-
tion of teachers for junior and senior high schools. Teaching majors are
offered in the following areas: art, business education, English, foreign
languages, home economics, mathematics, music, science, social studies,
and speech. Minors are offered in the following areas: library science
and special education. Majors in physical education and agriculture are
offered in the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health
and the College of Agriculture in cooperation with the College of
Education.

THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND NURSERY SCHOOL
AND KINDERGARTEN

The University of Maryland operates a nursery school and kindergarten
on the campus in which students majoring in Early Childhood Education
receive training and practical experience and in which majors in other
areas and in other departments also use the resources for observation,
child study, and research.

PROFESSIONAL AND PRE-PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations: Phi
Delta Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in education,
and Iota Lambda Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in industrial
education. Both fraternities have large and active chapters and are pro-
viding outstanding professional leadership in their fields of service.

Special Facilities, Undergraduate Programs

The College of Education also sponsors a chapter of the National Hono-
rary Society, Kappa Delta Pi, which is open to both men and women
in the field of education.

The College of Education also sponsors a chapter of the Student National
Education Association. This chapter is open to undergraduate students
on the College Park campus.

COURSES OUTSIDE OF COLLEGE PARK

Through the University College, a number of courses in education are
offered in Baltimore, in other centers in Maryland, and overseas. These
courses are chosen to meet the needs of groups of students in various
centers. In these centers, on a part-time basis, a student may complete
a part of the work required for an undegraduate or a graduate degree.
Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests
to the Dean, University College, College Park, Maryland.

UNIVERSITY CREDENTIAL SERVICE

The University provides placement service for its qualified students and
graduates, helping them to secure the kinds of positions they desire. All
graduating seniors on the College Park Campus (except Education for
Industry majors) are required to file credentials with this office during the
fall semesfer of the senior year. The fee, $5.00, entitles the student to place-
ment service for the annual period ending October 1 .

The University Credential Service provides the necessary link between
graduates of the College of Education and employment opportunities in
the various teaching fields. This is the only place on campus where com-
plete descriptions of teaching ability and personal qualifications of College
of Education graduates can be assembled. These records are permanently
maintained and will be sent to prospective employers on the request of
the teacher or the employer.

Credential Service records are used: (a) for placement in teaching and
other school positions. Graduating seniors and alumni may arrange for
on-campus interviews by school and college officials who are seeking
teaching and administrative personnel. Several schools and colleges
arrange for campus visits each year; (b) for shifts of position for experi-
enced teachers seeking promotion; (c) for securing summer employment;
(d) in connection with applications for appointment as exchange teach-
ers or for overseas teaching during leaves of absence; (e) for placement
during subsequent years by those who do not teach immediately after
graduation; (f) for replying to inquiries of employers in fields other than
teaching; and (g) for placement of graduate students in college positions
in all fields.

Undergraduate Studies
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION*
Fall Semester

All applications for full-time undergraduate admission for the Fall Semes-
ter at the College Park campus must be received by the University on
or before July 15. Any student registering for seven (7) or more semes-
ter hours of work is considered a full-time student.

Under unusual circumstances, applications will be accepted between July
15 and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after
July 15 will be required to pay a non-refundable $15.00 late fee to defray
the cost of special handling of applications after that date. This late fee
is in addition to the $10.00 application fee.

Spring Semester

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester is
January 1.

University College

The application deadlines and fees do not apply to students registering
in the evening classes offered by the University College.

Graduate School

REQUIREMENTS

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed

•See also p. 7 for requirements for admission to teacher education in the junior
year.

Undergraduate Studies

pattern of subject matter. Of the sixteen required units, four (4) units
of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences, and mathe-
matics are required. Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences, and
social sciences are desirable for a program that permits the greatest amount
of flexibility in meeting the requirements of various College of Education
curricula. While a foreign language is desirable for certain programs, no
foreign language is required for entrance. Fine arts, trade and vocational
subjects are acceptable as electives. Every prospective applicant should
be certain that his preparation in mathematics is adequate for any pro-
gram that he might wish to enter.

Students are referred to the publication An Adventure in Learning for
a complete statment of requirements for admission to the different cur-
ricula in the College of Education.

Candidates for admission whose high school or college records are consist-
ently low are strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of
Education.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning the American Civilization Program, fees
and expenses, scholarships and awards, student life, and other material
of a general nature, may be found in the University publication titled An
Adventure in Learning. This publication may be obtained on request
from the Catalog Mailing Office, North Administration Building,
University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University
publication titled, University General and Academic Regulations. This
is mailed in September and February of each year to all new under-
graduate students.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges
should be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

colleges located at college park:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

Undergraduate Studies

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two semes-
ters. The successful completion of this sequence is a prerequisite for
graduation and must be taken by all eligible students during the first two
semesters of attendance at the University. Transfer students who do not
have the required two semesters of air science training will be required to
complete the sequence or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.

For further details concerning air science, refer to University General
and Academic Regulations, a publication available to all entering under-
graduate students.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH

All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and soph-
omores, irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for
more than six semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed
courses in physical education. These courses must be taken by all eligible
students during the first two years of attendance at the University, whether
they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have credit
in these courses or their equivalent, must complete them or take them
until graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military service
may receive credit for these required courses by applying to Room 140,
Cole Activities Building.

GUIDANCE IN REGISTRATION

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a
member of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The
choice of subject areas within which the student will prepare to teach will
be made under faculty guidance during the freshman year. The student
will advise regularly with the faculty member in the College of Education
responsible for his teaching major. While it may be possible to make
satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year for students from other
colleges who have not already entered upon the sequence of professional
courses, it is highly desirable that the student begin his professional work
in the freshman year. Students who intend to teach (except Vocational
Agriculture) should register in the College of Education, in order that
they may have the continuous counsel and guidance of the faculty directly
responsible for teacher education at the University of Maryland.

JUNIOR STANDING

Undergraduate Studies

of computation shall be included; courses carrying "O" credit shall not be
included; in every course only the most recent grade shall be counted;
courses in Basic Air Science, the physical education required of all Uni-
versity students, and the health courses required of all women students
shall not be included. Courses in Advanced Air Science and courses in
health or physical education which are taken as electives shall be included.

Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication, University General and Academic Regulations.

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional
work of the junior and senior work. To be eligible to enter the junior year
professional courses, a student must have attained junior status. He must
also have applied for admission to teacher education. This application must
be approved by the Admission to Teacher Education Committee before the
student may continue his program in teacher education. Transfer students
in teacher education must also be approved if they are beyond the sopho-
more level.

CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved
public schools of the state only graduates of approved colleges who have
satisfactorily fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. The
several curricula of the College of Education fulfill State Department re-
quirements for certification.

Students intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any
other city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certi-
fication requirements from these areas and be guided thereby in the
selection of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such
information.

The teacher education program of the College of Education is accredited
by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The two-
year graduate program for the preparation of superintendents is accredited
by the Council.

DEGREES

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions pre-
scribed for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science. Majors in art, English, languages, social sciences, and
speech receive the B.A. degree. Mathematics majors may receive either
degree. All others receive the B.S. degree.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University for an undergraduate
student include $250.00 fixed charges; $96.00 special fees; $420.00 board;
$290.00 to $320.00 lodging for Maryland residents, or $340.00 to

Undergraduate Studies

$370.00 for residents of other states and countries. A matriculation fee
of $10.00 is charged all new students. A fee of $10.00 must accompany a
prospective student's application for admission. If a student enrolls for the
term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation
fee. A charge of $400.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents
of the state of Maryland.

REMISSION OF FEES

A full time undergraduate student in the College of Education who signs
and honors a pledge to teach for two years full-time in the public schools
of Maryland immediately following graduation and who remains in good
standing academically may receive remission of fixed charges for a maxi-
mum of four academic years while enrolled at the University of Maryland.
This opportunity is available to residents of Maryland only. For further
details write to the College of Education.

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in the State of
Maryland for at least six months.

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first
registration in the University and may not thereafter be changed by him
unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal resi-
dents of Maryland by maintaining such residence for at least six months.
However, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident
status to resident status must be established by him prior to the registra-
tion period set for any semester.

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their regis-
tration they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least six months pro-
vided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or
college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the armed
services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as satisfying the
six-months period referred to above except in those cases in which the
adult was domiciled in Maryland for at least six months prior to his
entrance into the armed service and was not enrolled in any school during
that period.

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be
maintained.

Graduate Studies
GRADUATE STUDIES

GRADUATE STATUS

For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16
semester credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bache-
lor's or master's degree from a college or university of recognized stand-
ing. This requirement may be interpreted so that foundation work in fields
other than education may be accepted in cases of graduate students not
preparing for teaching. The student must also satisfy the Graduate School
as to his ability to do graduate work.

All new graduate students in education are required, during the first
semester of graduate work, to take a test battery. A testing fee of $5.00
will be charged on first registration.

REGISTRATION

A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School.
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to
dates of registration on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the
Graduate School. For further instructions a student should consult the
Graduate School Announcements.

MASTER'S DEGREE

A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Education
or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements of these degrees, the student
should consult both the Graduate School Announcements and the dupli-
cated material issued by the College of Education. On matriculation, the
student will be assigned a faculty adviser.

ADVANCED GRADUATE SPECIALIST IN EDUCATION

A student who wishes to enter this program, which requires a minimum
of 60 hours of graduate work, beyond the bachelor's degree, must have
completed a master's degree. The student is admitted to the Graduate
School on a special nondegree basis. For requirements of this program,
the student should consult the duplicated material issued by the College
of Education.

DOCTORAL DEGREES

Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy in education or a Doctor of
Education degree are administered for the Graduate School by the Depart-
ment of Education. For requirements of these degrees, the student should
consult both the Graduate School Announcements and the statement of
policy relative to doctoral programs in education. The student will ordin-
arily be assigned to an advisor by the Director of Graduate Studies.

REQUIRED COURSES

The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers
for each curriculum are as follows :

Agriculture and Extension Education (under the College of Agriculture)
V. R. Cardozier

Early Childhood-Elementary Education
Early Childhood Education
James L. Hymes, Jr.
Margaret A. Stant

Elementary Education

Glenn O. Blough
Frederick A. Brown
Robert V. Duffey
John Fanning
William J. Massey
Leo W. O'Neill
Alvin W. Schindler
Eric Seidman
V. Phillips Weaver

Industrial Education

Edmund D. Crosby
Kenneth Guy
Paul E. Harrison
Irving Herrick
Joseph F. Luetkemeyer
Donald Maley
George R. Merrill
Carl S. Schramm
William F. Tierney

Library Science Education (Minor only)
Dale W. Brown

Secondary Education
Art Education

Edward L. Longley, Jr.

Business Education
Arthur S. Patrick

English Education
Marie D. Bryan

Foreign Language Education
Henry Mendeloff

General Requirements

Home Economics Education
Mabel S. Spencer

Mathematics Education
Mildred Cole
Elise Cussler
Helen Garstens

Music Education

Beula B. Eisenstadt

Physical Education (Men)
Albert W. Woods

Physical Education (Women)
Wilda Pickett

Science Education

J. David Lockard

Social Studies Education
Elwood Campbell
Jean Grambs
Robert G. Risinger
James Van Ness

Speech Education
Allen D. Frank

Special Education (Minor only)
Jean R. Hebeler
Paul Renz

general requirements of the college

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirements
in military science and physical education is required for graduation in
the College of Education. In no case shall the total number of semester
hours required for graduation be less than 128.

The following are minimum requirements for graduation: English — 12
semester hours; social studies — 12 semester hours as follows: G. & P.
1 — American Government; H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization;
and one of the following courses: Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life,
Phil. 1 — Philosophy for Modern Man, Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psy-
chology, Econ. 31 — Principles of Economics, or Econ. 37 — Funda-
mentals of Economics; science or mathematics — 6 semester hours; edu-
cation— 20 semester hours; speech — 3 semester hours; physical educa-
tion and military science as required by the University. (Students who
qualify in classification tests in English, American history, or American
government will be exempted from a three-hour requirement in the area
concerned and will select a replacement from a set of courses designated.
See the publication An Adventure in Learning.

General Requirements

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects
in major and minor fields must be "C" or higher. A general average
of "C" or higher must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course
in student teaching, a student must have a grade point average of 2.30,
a physician's certificate indicating that the applicant is free of communi-
cable diseases, and the consent of the instructor in the appropriate area.
Application must be made with the appropriate adviser by the middle of
the semester which precedes the one in which student teaching will be
done. Any applicant for student teaching must have been enrolled prev-
iously at the University of Maryland for at least one semester.

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Edu-
cation must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by
the Dean.

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are
preparing to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements
of the College of Education.

MAJORS AND MINORS

Students selecting a major in social studies, English, mathematics, science,
and foreign languages have no minor requirements. Other teaching majors
must have a minor field. In some cases advisers may waive the requirements
for a minor when necessary to permit the development of an approved
area such as psychology, human development, or sociology.

Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those
selecting one special teaching field such as industrial education need to
take only one methods course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140.
Students who select an academic major and a special fields minor or vice
versa, must take methods courses in both major and minor fields, and
should divide their student teaching between the two fields.

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course require-
ments, the student should consult the catalog of the College of Agriculture.

Early Childhood Education
EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

The Department of Early Childhood-Elementary Education offers three
undergraduate curriculums leading to the Bachelor of Science degree:

1. Early Childhood Education — for the preparation of teachers in
nursery school, kindergarten, and primary grades (grades one
two, and three).

2. Elementary Education — for the preparation of teachers of grades
one through six.

3. Elementary Education for teachers who are in service (or who
plan to return to service) who have completed a two or three
year program in a teachers college.

Students who wish to become certified teachers for nursery school and/or
kindergarten must follow the Early Childhood Education curriculum (1.
above). Students who seek certification for teaching the intermediate
grades must follow the Elementary Education curriculum (2. above).
Students who plan to teach in the primary grades can achieve certification
in either 1. or 2.

Students are urged to refer to courses offered specifically for ECEEd
majors under the headings Health and Physical Education, Industrial
Education, and Music Education.

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

The early childhood education curriculum has as its primary goal the
preparation of nursery school, kindergarten, and primary teachers. It
is also planned to further the personal development of the student and
to provide general education in one facet of homemaking.

Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery
School and Kindergarten on the campus and in approved schools in
nearby communities.

Graduates receive a B.S. degree and meet the requirements for certifi-
cation for teaching kindergarten and nursery school and primary grades
in Maryland. Each student should have one summer of experience in
working with children.

Early Childhood Education Curriculum

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION CURRICULUM
( Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary )

Freshman Year

Eng. 1 , 2 — Composition and American Literature

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Philosophy
for Modern Man or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 1

G. & P. 1 — American Government

Bot. 1 — General Botany

Zool. 1 — General Zoology

Speech 3 — Fundamentals of General American Speech

Art 15 — Fundamentals of Art

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) ....

P. E. 2, 4 — Physical Education (Women)

P. E. 1, 3 — Physical Education (Men)

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (Men)

Approved electives (Optional)

Total

r-Semester-
I II

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Math. 30 — Elements of Mathematics 4

Mus.16 — Music Fundamentals 3

H.D. Ed. 50, 51— Child Development I, II 3 3

Chem. 1 — General Chemistry (4) or Geog. 30 — Principles
of Morphology (3) or Geog. 40 — Principles of Meteorol-
ogy (3) or Geology 1 — Geology (3) or Astr. 1 — Astron-
omy (3) 3-4

Chem. 3 — General Chemistry (4) or F. & N. 5 — Food and
Nutrition of Individuals and Families (3) or Nutr. 20 —

Elements of Nutrition (3) 3-4

P. E. 6, 8 — Physical Education (Women) 1 1

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Education (Men) 1 1

A. S. 4, 5 — Basic Air Science (men)* 1 1

Total 17-18 17-18

'Or Econ. 31 — Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.
♦For students who are intending to enter Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C.

Elementary Education Curriculum

Junior Year

ECEEd. 115 — Activities and Materials in Early Childhood
Education

ECEEd. 116 — Music in Early Childhood Education

ECEEd. 153— The Teaching of Reading. A

ECEEd. 122 — Social Studies in the Elementary School. A..

ECEEd. 124 — Mathematics in the Elementary School. A...

ECEEd. 105— Science in the Elementary School. A.

ECEEd. 123— The Child and the Curriculum. A

Hist. 41 — Western Civilization or Hist. 51 — The Humanities
or Phil. 53— Philosophy of Religion or Soc. 1 — Sociology
of American Life

Hist. 42— Western Civilization or Hist. 52— The Humanities
or Phil. 1 — .Philosophy for Modern Man or Soc. 14 —
Urban Sociology

Geog. 10 — General Geography

Approved electives

Total

Senior Year

ECEEd 149— Student Teaching in the Elementary School.
A. (4); B. (4); C. (8)

Soc. 5— Anthropology or Soc. 105— Cultural Anthropology
or Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene or Psych. 21 — Social
Psychology

Approved Electives

Total

r-Semester-
I II

7
15

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

There are two undergraduate curriculums in elementary education. The
first one is for regular undergraduate students who desire to earn the
Bachelor of Science degree and to qualify for an elementary school teach-
ing certificate. The second curriculum is for teachers in service.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR
REGULAR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS

This curriculum is designed for regular undergraduate students who wish
to qualify for teaching positions in elementary schools. Students who
complete the curriculum will receive the Bachelor of Science degree, and
they will meet the Maryland State Department of Education requirements
for the Bachelor of Science Certificate in Elementary Education. The cur-

Elementary Education Curriculum

riculum also meets certification requirements in many other states, Balti-
more, and the District of Columbia.

Some of the academic courses need not be taken in the indicated sequence.
For example, Bot. 1 may be taken during the second semester of the
freshman year instead of the first semester, or it may be taken during the
sophomore or junior year. However, the courses in human development
education and certain other education courses must be taken during the
junior year, and Ed. 149 — Student Teaching in Elementary Schools —
must be taken in the senior year.

r— Semester— s
Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 (or 21) — Composition and American Literature. 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Philosophy

for Modern Man or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Art. 15 — Fundamentals of Art 3

Mus. 16 — Music Fundamentals 3

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) 2

P. E. 1,3 (men); P. E. 2, 4 (women) 1 1

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

*For students who are intending to enter Advanced Air Force R.O.T.C.

Total 16 16

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Geog. 10 — General Geography 3

ECEEd. 52 — Introduction to Children's Literature. B 2

Math. 30 — Elements of Mathematics 4

Math 31 — Elements of Geometry . . 4

Physical Science: Chem. 1 — General Chemistry (4) or
Geol. 1 — Geology (3) or Geog. 40 — Meteorology (3)

or Astronomy 1 — Introduction to Astronomy (3) 3-4

Speech 3 — Fundamentals of General American Speech 3

P.E. 5, 7 (men); P.E. 6, 8 (women) 1 1

A. S. 4, 5 — Basic Air Science* (men) 1 1

Total 16-17 17-18

Elementary Education Curriculum

r- Semester— -^
Junior Year / //

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning 6

Hist. 41, 42 — Western Civilization 3 3

Physical Science: Chem. 1 or 3 (4), or Geol. 1 (3), or Astron.
1 (3), or F. & N. 5— Food and Nutrition or Nutr. 20 — Ele-
ments of Nutrition (3) 3-4

ECEEd. 105 — Science in the Elementary School. B.* 2

ECEEd. 121 — Language Arts in the Elementary School. B.* 2

ECEEd. 122 — Social Studies in the Elementary School. B.* 2

ECEEd. 124 — Mathematics in the Elementary School. B.* . . 2

ECEEd. 153— The Teaching of Reading. B.* 2

Approved Electives 7

Total 16 16

Senior Year

ECEEd. 149 — Student Teaching in the Elementary School. C. 16

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education 3

Geog. 100 — Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo- America
or Geog. 101 — Regional Geography of Western Anglo-
America or Geog. 120 — Economic Geography of Europe . . 3
P.E. 120 — Physical Education in the Elementary School (3)
or Mus. Ed. 128 — Music for the Elementary School
Teacher (2) or ECEEd. 125— Art in the Elementary School

(2) 2-3

Approved electives . . 7-8

Total 16 16

NOTE: One hundred twenty (120) academic credits plus the required P.E.,
Health and A.S. are required for graduation. At least eighty (80) of
the academic credits must be in fields outside Education. Two of the
optional courses (P.E. 120, ECEEd. 125, and ECEEd. 128) may be
selected, but these may not be included in the eighty (80) mentioned
above.

AREA OF SPECIALIZATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary
education may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school
physical education and health education. Students interested in this area
should consult with the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recre-
ation and Health.

*A11 five "Block" courses may not be taken in one semester. Students will register
for two in Semester I or II and the remaining three in the other semester. The
distribution shown is one of several possible distributions.

Elementary Education Curriculum

AREA OF SPECIALIZATION IN ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL MUSIC EDUCATION

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary
education may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school music
education, and thereby qualify for the Bachelor of Science Certificate in
Special Subjects. In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the following
courses should be taken in addition to those required in the Elementary
Education Curriculum:

Music 1 (3); Music 8 (3); Music 160 or 161 (2); Music 70, 71 (4, 4);
Music 80, 81 (2, 2); Applied Music; Piano (8), Voice (4); and ECEEd.
139 (2) in place of ECEEd. 128 (2) in the senior year.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR
UNDERGRADUATE TEACHERS

This curriculum is for teachers who have completed a two-or three-year
curriculum in a teachers college. It is also for teachers who have two or
more years of successful teaching experience which can be used in lieu
of student teaching to meet certification requirements.

The minimum requirements for the degree is 128 credits, including at
least 85 credits in academic subjects. The last 30 credits earned before
conferring of the degree must be earned with the University of Maryland.
Only 64 credits from junior colleges may be applied toward the degree.
After a candidate has 64 college credits, he may not transfer any credits
from a junior college.

The Maryland State Department of Education specifies that an employed
teacher may not earn more than 6 credits for certification purposes from
September to June. Teachers are advised to observe this regulation, but
the College of Education assumes no responsibility in this connection.

In setting up programs, advisers try to include all courses which are
essential for certification. However, it is difficult to determine how trans-
fer credits may be interpreted by certification authorities. Teachers with
transfer credits should, therefore, send transcripts to the Maryland State
Department of Education, 301 West Preston Street, Baltimore 1, to get
an evaluation with reference to certification requirements.

Specific requirements for the degree are as follows:

English, minimum number of credits required 21

Eng. 1 and Eng. 2 — Composition and American Literature,, or

the equivalent (3 & 3 crs.)
Eng. 3 and Eng. A — Composition and English Literature, or

the equivalent in English (3 & 3 crs.)
Elective courses in English (9 crs.)

Elementary Education Curriculum

Social Sciences, minimum number of credits required 30

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life, or Psych. 1 or Phil. 1

(3 crs.)
G. & P. 1 — American Government (3 crs.)
Hist. 5 and Hist. 6 — History of American Civilization, or the

equivalent (3 & 3 crs.)
History electives required (3 crs.)

Geog. 10 — Principles of Geography, or the equivalent (3 crs.)
Electives in Econ., Geog., Gov't, and Politics, Hist., and Soc.

(12 crs.)

Science, minimum number of credits required 12

Biological sciences — Botany, Entomology, Microbiology,

Zoology, (4 crs.)
Physical sciences — Astronomy, Geology, Chemistry, Physics,

Geog. 40, Foods and Nutrition 5, Nutrition 20 (4 crs..)
Elective courses in Physical and /or Biological sciences (4 crs.)

Mathematics, minimum number of credits required 6

Math. 30 (4 crs.) or Math. 181 (3 crs.), Math. 31 (4 crs.), or
any electives in Math.

Art and Music, minimum number of credits required 6

Art 15 — Fundamentals of Art, or the equivalent (3 crs.)
Mus. 16 — Music Fundamentals for Teachers, or the equivalent
(3 crs.)

Education, total number of credits required 26

Curriculum, including methods in Lang. Arts (ECEEd. 121 or

ECEEd. 153), Soc. Studies (ECEEd. 122), Science (ECEEd.

105), Math. (ECEEd. 124) (at least 12 crs.)
Foundations of Education, or the equivalent (e.g., Ed. Ill)

(3 crs.)
Human Development Education, or the equivalent in Psychology

(3 crs.)

Free electives (At least 10 of these crs. must be in

academic subjects 27

Total 128

If areas of concentration are developed in Science, Math., Music, or Art,
or if more than 134 crs. would be necessary to meet specific require-
ments listed above, the minimum in English and Social Sciences may be
reduced but never below 18 and 24 crs. respectively.

This curriculum need not apply to teachers who had programs planned
before Sept. 1, 1961.

Industrial Education Curriculum

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Depart-
ment: (1) Industrial Arts Education. (2) Vocational-Industrial Educa-
tion, and (3) Education for Industry. The overall offering includes both
undergraduate and graduate programs leading to the degrees of: Bache-
lor of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Education,
and Doctor of Philosophy.

The industrial arts education curriculum prepares persons to teach indus-
trial arts at the secondary school level. It is a four-year program leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree. While trade or industrial experience
contributes significantly to the background of the industrial arts teacher,
previous work experience is not a condition of entrance into this cur-
riculum. Students who are enrolled in the curriculum are encouraged to
obtain work in industry during the summer months. Industrial arts as a
secondary school subject area is a part of the general education program
characterized by extensive laboratory experiences.

The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead either to certification as a
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor
of Science degree, including certification. The University of Maryland is
designated as the institution which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial"
certification courses and hence the courses which are offered are those
required for certification in Maryland. The vocational-industrial cur-
riculum requires trade competence as specified by the Maryland State
Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires to take the certi-
fication courses should review the state plan and may well contact Mary-
land State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind
teaching in a designated city or county he may discuss his plans with the
vocational-industrial official of that city or county inasmuch as there are
variations in employment and training procedures.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r— Semester— -,
Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1 , 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Introduction

to Philosophy or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government ] 3

Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing 2

Ind. Ed. 34 — Graphic Arts 1 3

Ind. Ed. 2 — Woodworking I 3

Ind. Ed. 22 — Woodworking II 3

Ind. Ed. 12 — Shop Calculations 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3 — Physical Activities 1 l

Total 17 18

1 May be taken either semester.

Industrial Education Curriculum

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing

Ind. Ed. 28— Electricity I

Ind. Ed. 26— General Metal Work

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry

Math. 10 — Introduction to Mathematics

P. E. 5, 7 — Physical Activities

Total,

Iunior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning1

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics

Ind. Ed. 41 — Architectural Drawing

Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II

Ind. Ed. 33 — Automotives I

Ind. Ed. 160 — Essentials of Design

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management

Ind. Ed. 166 — Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts

Ed. 161 — Principles of Guidance

Electives — (shopwork and /or drafting)1

Electives (unspecified)

Total

Senior Year

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education 2

Ind. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation, In-
dustrial Education

Ind. Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools

Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Educa-
tion

Ind. Ed. 23 — Arc and Gas Welding

Ind. Ed. 69 — Machine Shop Practice I

Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop

Ind. Ed. 110 — Foundry

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics

Electives — (shopwork and/or drafting)3

Electives — (professional courses)

Total

r-Semester-
I II

4
3
1

1 May be taken either semester.

2 May be taken either semester.

a After the student has completed the basic courses in drafting, woodworking, metal-
working, graphic arts and automotives he is to select advanced courses in one or
more of these areas as advised.

Industrial Education Curriculum

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL

The vocational-industrial curriculum is a four-year program of studies
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in education. It is intended to
develop the necessary competencies for the effective performance of the
tasks of a vocational teacher. In addition to establishing the adequacy
of the student's skills in a particular trade and the development of in-
structional efficiency, the curriculum aims at the professional and cul-
tural development of the individual. Courses are included which would
enrich the person's scientific, economic, psychological and sociological
understandings. The vocational-certification courses for the state of
Maryland are a part of the curriculum requirements.

Persons pursuing this curriculum must present documentary evidence of
having an apprenticeship or comparable learning period and journeyman
experience. This evidence of background and training is necessary in
order that the trade examination phase of the curriculum may be
accomplished.

Persons having completed the necessary certification courses prior to
working on the degree program may use such courses toward meeting
graduation requirements. However, after certification course requirements
have been met, persons continuing studies toward a degree must take
courses in line with the curriculum plan and University regulations, (e.g.)
junior level courses cannot be taken until the student has reached full
junior standing as set forth in the academic regulations for the University.

r-Semester—^

Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Ind. Ed. 12 — Shop Calculations 3

Math. 10 — Introduction to Mathematics 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3 — Physical Activities 1 1

Total 15 12

Sophomore Year

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Eng. 3, A — Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3

Math. 1 1 — Introduction to Mathematics 3

Phys. I, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3

P. E. 5, 7 — Physical Activities 1 1

Total 13 13

Note: The trade examination (20 semester hours) should be taken prior to entering
the fifth semester of work. See regulations covering examination, page 48, University
General and Academic Regulations.

Industrial Education Curriculum

r- Semester— ,

Junior Year ' U

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning ' 6

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4

Ind. Ed. 170 — Principles of Vocational Education or

Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 2

Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis 2

Ed. 161 — Principles of Guidance 3

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements . . 3

Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry 3

Soc. 115 — Industrial Sociology 3

Electives 3 5

Total 21

Senior Year

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education x 3

Ind. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. .. . 3

Ind. Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8

Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education 3

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3

Ind. Ed. 150 — Training Aids Development 3

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management 2

Electives 4

Total 14 17

student teaching requirement. — Persons currently teaching in the
secondary schools with three or more years of satisfactory experience at
that level are not required to take Ind. Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools. Evidence of satisfactory teaching experience shall
be presented in the form of written statements from the principal, area
supervisor, and department head in the school where such teaching is
done. Instead of the eight (8) credits required for student teaching, the
individual meeting the above qualifications will have eight (8) addi-
tional semester hours of elective credits.

elective credits. — Courses in history and philosophy of education,
sociology, speech, psychology, economics, business administration, and
other areas may be taken with the permission of the student's adviser.
Elective courses in the technical area (shop and drawing) will be limited
to courses and subjects not covered in the trade training experience.
Courses dealing with advanced technology and recent improvements in
field practices will be acceptable.

1 May be taken either semester.

Industrial Education Curriculum

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL CERTIFICATION

A total of 240 clock hours of instruction is required for vocational-
industrial teacher certification. The courses listed below are currently
required :

Ind. Ed. 50 — Methods of Teaching

Ind. Ed. 60 — Observation and Demonstration Teaching

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management

Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis

Ind. Ed. 169 — Course Construction

Ind. Ed. 170 — Principles of Vocational Education, and/or

Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education

The remainder of the 240 clock hours are to be met through elective
industrial education courses offered by the University of Maryland and
approved by the State Supervisor of Industrial Education."* The courses
from which electives may be chosen are:

Ind. Ed. 150 — Training Aids Development
Ind. Ed. 157 — Tests and Measurements
Ind. Ed. 161 — Principles of Vocational Guidance
Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry
Ind. Ed. 167 — Problems in Occupational Education
*Ind. Ed. 220 — Organization, Administration and Supervision of
Vocational Education
Ind. Ed. 240 — Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education
Ind. Ed. 248 — Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology
Ed. 161 — Principles of Guidance
Ed. 253 — Guidance Information
Ed. 261 — Practicum in School Counseling
Ed. 269 — Seminar in Guidance

A person in vocational-industrial education may use his certification
courses toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In doing so the general
requirements of the University and College of Education must be met.
A maximum of twenty semester hours of credit may be earned through
examination in the trade in which the student has competence. Prior to
taking the examination, the student shall provide documentary evidence
of his apprenticeship or learning period and journeyman experience.
For further information about credit by examination refer to the publi-
cation University General and Academic Regulations.

* Maryland (State Department of Education). The Maryland State Plan for Voca-
tional Education 1947-1952, p. 108.
*A course bearing a "200" number is open only to graduate students.

Industrial Education Curriculum

EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY

The Education for Industry curriculum is a four-year program leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to
prepare persons for jobs within industry and, as such it embraces four
major areas of competence, (a) technical competence, (b) human rela-
tions and leadership competence, (c) communications competence, and
(d) social and civic competence. The student who is enrolled in this
curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in accordance with
the plan described in the course, Industrial Education 84, 124.

r-Semester— »
Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life * 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 1 3

Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing 2

Ind. Ed. 12 — Shop Calculations 3

Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing . . 2

Ind. Ed. 22 — Woodworking II 3

Ind. Ed. 23 — Arc and Gas Welding 1

Ind. Ed. 69 — Machine Shop Practice I 3

Ind. Ed. 1 10— Foundry 1

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P. E. 1 , 3 — Physical Activities 1 1

Math. 10 — Introduction to Mathematics 3

Total 19 19

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3

Ind. Ed. 24 — Sheet Metal Work 2

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business 3

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics or

Phys. 10, 1 1 — Fundamentals of Physics 3 or 4 3 or 4

Math. 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3

P. E. 5, 7 — Physical Activities 1 1

H. 5 — History of American Civilization 3

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3

Ind. Ed. 84 — Organized and Supervised Work Experiences *. 3

Total 15-16 16-17

1 May be taken either semester.

1 Must be pursued concurrently with the regular summer sessions between the fresh-
man, sophomore, junior and senior years.

Library Science Education

Junior Year

H. 6 — History of American Civilization

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Psych. 5 — Personality and Adjustment

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics

Ind. Ed. 143, 144 — Industrial Safety Education

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management I

Soc. 115 — Industrial Sociology

Electives

Total

Senior Year

B. A. 161 — Personnel Management

B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations

B. A. 169 — Production Management

Ind. Ed. 124 — Organized and Supervised Work Experience1.

Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry

Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis

Psych. 161 — Industrial Psychology

Electives

Total

-Semester-
II

3
3

2
3
3
3

3
3

LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION

The undergraduate program in Library Science Education consists of
18 hours, including the following: L.S. Ed. 120; L.S. Ed. 122; L.S. Ed.
124; L.S. Ed. 126; L.S. Ed. 128; L.S. Ed. 130; and L.S. Ed. 132.
Students preparing for elementary school library positions should elect
L.S. Ed. 130; those seeking secondary school library positions should
elect L.S. Ed. 132. Students entering the Library Science Education
curriculum should consult with their adviser during the first year of
residence for arrangement of program.

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may elect library science
as a minor, subject to the approval of their adviser.
Student Teaching — Students in Library Science Education should have
one-half of the hours of student teaching in a school library.

1 May be pursued in the regular summer sessions between the sophomore and junior
and senior years respectively.

Academic Education Curriculum
SECONDARY EDUCATION

ACADEMIC EDUCATION

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum require-
ments in English and social sciences, plus the following:

1. All students who pursue the B.A. degree in secondary education are
required to complete two years (twelve semester hours) of the same
foreign language on the college level, or the equivalent. Students who
have studied French, German, or Spanish for two or more years in high
school, or for two or three semesters in another college or university are
required to take the Foreign Language Placement Examination before
they continue or resume their study of the language concerned. Students
who are placed in French, German, or Spanish 6 (the third college semes-
ter) are required to take six additional hours of that language. Students
who are placed in French, German or Spanish 7 (the fourth college
semester) are required to take three additional hours of that language.
Students who are placed in French or Spanish 11, or German 9 (the
fifth college semester) are not required to take any further courses in
that language. Students who have studied languages other than French,
German, or Spanish, or who have lived for two or more years in a
foreign country where a language other than English prevails, shall be
placed by the chairman of the respective language section, if feasible, or
by the Head of the Department of Foreign Languages. Native speakers
of a foreign language shall satisfy the foreign language requirement by
taking twelve hours of English.

2. Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours.

3. Education, 22-25 semester hours.

4. Speech, 3 semester hours.

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the
preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more
school subjects which will involve meeting specific requirements in par-
ticular subject matter fields.

The specific requirements by subject fields areas follow:

English. A major in English requires 51 semester hours as follows:
English 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 115, 116, 160; and 150 or 151; 101 or 107; and
nine hours of English electives.

Related fields: History 41-42 or 51-52 or 53-54; Speech 1 and 13.

A minor in English requires 27 semester hours. It includes the required
freshman and sophomore English courses and 14 semester hours of
electives approved by the adviser.

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 5 1 semester hours are required,
of which at least 24 hours must be in history, including H. 5, 6, 41 and

Academic Education Curriculum

42 and 12 hours of 100-level history courses including H. 199; 27 hours of
related social sciences as outlined below:

At least one course in each of the following areas: geography, sociology,
government and politics, and economics. Eighteen semester hours in any
two of the following areas: economics, geography, sociology, govern-
ment and politics, or psychology. One-half of these courses must be
on the 100 level.

Modern Foreign Languages. A major in foreign languages requires 42
semester hours, including the following prescribed courses: one year
of advanced conversation; one year of advanced grammar and composi-
tion; one year survey of literature; one year of literature on the 100 level;
one year of foreign culture.

The foreign language major should be urged to use his elective hours
to fulfill the minimum requirements for state certification in another
academic subject, preferably a second foreign language.
No academic teaching minor is required.

Classical Language — Latin. A minor for teaching Latin requires 24
prescribed semester hours of Latin based upon two years of high school
Latin or 18 prescribed semester hours of Latin plus 6 elective hours
based upon four years of high school Latin. Those students with two
years of high school Latin should take Latin 3, 4, 5, 51, 52, 61, 101
and 102. Those with four years of high school Latin begin with Latin
5; otherwise, the same as above with 6 hours selected from Latin 103,
104, or 105.

It is recommended that electives also be taken from Latin 70, History
153, Comparative Literature 101, English 101, and Art 9.

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 36 semester hours. The
following courses must be included in the major: Math. 18 — Introduc-
tory Analysis (4), Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis (4), Math. 20 —
Calculus 1 (4), Math. 21— Calculus II (4), Math. 103— Introduction
to Abstract Analysis I (3), Math. 146 — Fundamental Concepts of
Mathematics (3) and the remainder in electives in mathematics selected
with the approval of the adviser. The mathematics major must be sup-
ported by one year of physics or one year of chemistry.

Science. A science major-minor consists of 52 semester hours study in
the academic sciences. Students desiring a minor other than science must
complete 40 hours of academic science in addition to their minor require-
ments.

The following courses are required for all science education majors: Bot.
1 — General Botany (4); Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry (4, 4); Physics
10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4); and, Zool. 1 — General Zoology
(4). Additional courses are selected from the academic sciences, with
the approval of the student's advisor, so as to provide subject matter
strength in a particular science teaching area, e.g., biology, chemistry,
and physics.

Academic Education Curriculum

Minors of 28 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics and in
biological sciences for students not majoring in science education. Minors
in biology or physics must be supported by an additional one-year course
in chemistry. A minor in chemistry must be supported by an additional
one-year course in physics.

Speech. A major in speech requires 36 semester hours. It is the policy
to build a program of study in anticipation of the needs of prospective
teachers in the general field of speech. The following speech courses are
required: Speech 1,4, 5, 10, 16, 22, 23, 105, plus 16 hours of electives
in Speech (12 hours of which must be 100-level courses). A teaching
minor in another field is also required.

ACADEMIC EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r-Semester—s
Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life, Phil. 1 — Philosophy
for Modern Man or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychol-
ogy ' 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government2 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Service (men) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3 — (men); P. E. 2, 4 (women) 1 1

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) 2

Science, mathematics, foreign language or major and minor

requirements 4-6 6

Total 18-20 17

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, A — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

P. E. 5, 7 (men); P. E. 6, 8 (women) 1 1

Science, mathematics, foreign language or major and minor
requirements . . 8

Total 13 15

'Or Econ. 31 — Principles of Economics (3) or Econ.
nomics (3) in the sophomore year.
' May be taken either semester.

37 — Fundamentals of Eco-

Art Education Curriculum

r-Semester-
Junior Year / //

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning 1 6

Major and minor requirements, electives 12 15

Total 18 15

Senior Year

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education 2 3

Sec. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation.... 3
Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods in Secondary Educa-
tion 3

Sec. Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools3. ... 8

Electives from Sec. Ed. 130, Ed. 147, Ed. 150, or ECEEd.

153 2-3

Major and minor requirements, electives 13

Total 16-17 16

ART EDUCATION

Students in art education enroll in one of two programs, elementary or

secondary art education. The proposed programs are listed below:

SECONDARY ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r-Semester-^

Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Philosophy

for Modern Man or Psych. 1 — Introd. to Psychology4. . . . . 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government ' 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Art 5 — Basic Design 3

Art 1 — Drawing . . 3

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women) 2

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women) 2

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

P.E. 1, 3 (men) P.E. 2, 4 (women) 1 1

Foreign Language 5 or elective 3 3

Electives in Art . . 3

Total 18 18

*May be taken either semester. Limited to students who have been admitted to

teacher education.

2 May be taken either semester but not concurrently with Sec. Ed. 140 and 148.

"May be taken either semester except for Art education (spring only).

"Or Econ. 31 Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37 Fundamentals of Economics

(3) in the sophomore year.

4 See foreign language requirements under college requirements.

Art Education Curriculum

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

Foreign Language or Electives

Art 9, 1 1 — Art History

Art 7 — Basic Painting

Art 13 — Sculpture

Cr. 20 — Ceramics

P. E. 5, 7— (men) P. E. 6, 8 (women)

Electives in Art

Total

Junior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning1

H. 5, 6 — American History

Science or Mathematics

A. D. 30 — Lettering

Art 104— Life Class

Art 1 10 — Graphics

Sp. 14 — Stage Craft

Electives in Art

Total

Senior Year

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education 1

Electives

Electives in Art

Sec. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation in Art

Ed. 147 — Audio Visual Ed

Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods in Secondary Educa-
tion

Sec. Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in the Secondary School . . .
Electives

Total

-Semester—
I II

3 3

3
15

Limited to students who have been admitted to teacher education.

Elementary Education Curriculum

ELEMENTARY ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Philosophy
for Modern Man or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

G. & P. 1 — American Government

Speech 1 — Public Speaking

Art 5 — Basic Design or Art 15 — Fundamentals of Art

Art 1 — Drawing

Hea. 2 — Personal Health (women)

Hea. 4 — Community Health (women)

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men)

P. E. 1, 3— (Men); P. E. 2, 4 (women)

Foreign Language ' or Electives *

Total

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

Science or Mathematics

Art 9, 1 1 — Art History

Art 7 — Basic Printing

Art 13 — Sculpture

Cr. 20 — Ceramics

P. E. 5, 7 (men) P. E. 6, 8 (women)

Electives 2 or Foreign Language '

Total

Junior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning

H. 56 — American History

Electives

Cr. 102— Creative Crafts

Art 20 — Art Appreciation

Sp. 14 — Stagecraft

Electives in Art 2

Total

r-Semester-
I II

3 3

1 See foreign language requirements under College requirements; no foreign language
requirements for those earning B. S. degree

2 Art electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser and of the 16 credit
hours required in the elementary program at least 4 must be in crafts.

Business Education Curriculum

t— Semester— ^

Senior Year / H

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education ' 3

ECEEd. 125 — Art in the Elementary School 2

Electives in Art ' 7

ECEEd. 140 — Curriculum Instruction and Observation in Art . . 3

Ed. 147 — Audio Visual Education 3

ECEEd. 123 — The Child and the Curriculum 3

ECEEd. 149 — Student Teaching in the Elementary School . . 8

Total 15 14

BUSINESS EDUCATION

Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business
subjects. The general business education curriculum qualifies for teaching
all business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training in
general business, including economics, this curriculum leads to teaching
positions on both junior and senior high school levels.

The secretarial education curriculum is adapted to the needs of those
who wish to become teachers of shorthand as well as other business
subjects.

GENERAL BUSINESS EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r-Semester—^
Freshman Year / U

Eng. 1 , 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

O. T. 1, 2 — Principles and Intermediate Typewriting 2 2

B. A. 10 — Introduction to Business 3

Geog. 15 — Introductory Economic Geography 3

Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 3

Econ. 4 — Economic Developments 3

Elective 2

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, A — Personal and Community Health (women) .... 2 2

P. E. 1, 3, or P. E. 2, 4 — Physical Activities 1 1

Total 19 20

* Limited to students who have been admitted to teacher education.

'Art electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser and of the 16 credit

hours required in the elementary program at least 4 must be in crafts.

Business Education Curriculum

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics

Elect. Phil. 1, Psych. 1, or Soc. 1

B. A. 14 — Survey of Office Machines

P. E. 5, 7, or P. E. 6, 8 — Physical Activities

Total

Junior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning1

B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Management

B. A. 166 — Business Communications

B. A. 112 — Records Management

B. A. 101 — Electronic Data Processing

B. A. 149 — Marketing Principles and Organization

B. A. 180 — Business Law

B. A. 140 — Business Finance

Elect. 100 level course in Economics

Total

Senior Year

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education J

B. A. 102 — Electronic Data Processing Applications
Sec. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-
Business Subjects

Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education
B. Ed. 100 — Techniques of Teaching Office Skills

Sec. Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools

Electives 2

Total

-Semester—
I II

2
3
3
3

2
1

3
2
3

J May be taken either semester. Limited to students who have been admitted to
teacher education.

"- A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in economics, business administration,
and office techniques are required.

Business Education Curriculum
SECRETARIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r-Semester—^

Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or Phil. 1, or Psych. 1) 3

O. T. 1, 2 — Principles and Intermediate Typewriting 2 2

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 3 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men) 2 2

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2

P. E. 1, 3, or 2, 4 — Physical Activities 1 l

Total 19 19

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, A — Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2

O. T. 17 — Advanced Shorthand and Transcription 3

O. T. 19 — Problems in Transcription 3

B. A. 14 — Survey of Office Machines 2

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3

P. E. 5, 7, or P. E. 6, 8— Physical Activities 1 1

1 May be taken either semester.

Total 17 16

Junior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning ' 6

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 3 3

B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Management 3

O. T. 1 10 — Administrative Secretarial Procedures 3

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3

B. A. 180 — Business Law 3

Elective 3

Total 15 15

Home Economics Curriculum

r- Semester-

Senior Year / //

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education ' 3

O. T. 1 14 — Secretarial Office Practice 3

B. A. 101 — Electronic Data Processing 3

B. A. 112 — Records Management 2

B. Ed. 100 — Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 3

Sec. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation —

Business Subjects 3

Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education 3

Sec. Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8

Elective 2 3

Total 17 14

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

The home economics education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics
and the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these sub-
jects. A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science
minor.

The offering includes both undergraduate and graduate programs leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, and Master
of Science.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM

r- Semester—^

Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Philosophy 1 — Intro-
duction to Philosophy, or Psych. 1 — Intro, to Psy-
chology 3

H. E. 5 — Intro, to Family Living through H. Ec 2

F. & N. 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Family 3

A. D. 1— Design 3

Hea. 2 and 4 — Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2

P. E. 2 and 4 1 1

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Sp. 1 — Public Speaking 3

Electives 1-2 1-2

Total 15-16 16-18

1 May be taken either semester. Limited to students who have been admitted to
teacher education.

1 A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in economics, business administration,
and office techniques are required.

Home Economics Education Curriculum

r- Semester— ^
Sophomore Year / //

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

or English 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

A. D. 20 — Costume Design 3

Tex. & Clo. 5 — Textiles & Clothing in Contemporary Living 3

Clo. 10 — Principles and Methods of Clothing Design 2

Chem. 11, 13 or 1, 3 — General Chemistry 3-4 3-4

Foods 10 — Scientific Principles of Foods 3

P. E. 6, 8 1 l

Electives 3-4

Total 16-18 19-20

Junior Year

HEEd. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics 3

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning ' 6

H. Mgt. 50 — Decision-making in Family Living 3

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management 3

H. Mgt. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home 3

Nut. 20 — Elements of Nutrition or 121 — Science of Nutrition . . 3

Clo. 1 1 — Experimental Clothing Design 2

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4

Electives 0 0

Total 18 16

♦Senior Year

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education ' 3

Sec. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation... 3
Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education 3
Sec. Ed. 148 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Eco-
nomics 8

H. Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Mgt. or H. Mgt.

165— H. Mgt. Practicum 3

A. D. 2 — Survey of Art History or T. & C. 128 — Fundamen-
tals of Home Furnishing 2-3

Microb. 1 or 51 — Microbiology 3-4

Electives 7-9

Total 20 12-16

♦Subjects in the block are so arranged that the two semesters may be interchanged.
1 May be taken either semester. Limited to students who have been admitted to
teacher education.
'H. Ec. 180 — Professional Seminar (required of seniors in College of H. Ec.) (2)

Music Education Curriculum

MUSIC EDUCATION

The music education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the
specialized field of music education and leads to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in education with a major in public school music. The cur-
riculum provides training in both the choral and instrumental fields of
music and is planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers
and supervisors in those areas. In the junior and senior years the student
may elect either the vocal option or the instrumental option.

A minor in the field may be received with 24 semester hours in music
education, theory, and history; 8 semester hours in applied music; two
semester hours in ensemble; Mus. Ed. 129 or 132; the student teaching
divided between the student's major and minor fields. The 24 specified
hours must include Music 1, 7, 8, 70, 80 or 81, 121, and 160 or 161.

MUSIC EDUCATION CURRICULUM

1 Piano majors take Music 33, 34, Advanced Class Piano.

2 Voice majors take Music 33, Advanced Class Piano.

-Semester-

Freshman Year

Eng. 1 , 2 — Composition and American Literature

Speech 4 — Voice and Diction

Music 1 — Introduction to Music

Music 7, 8 — Theory of Music

Music 12, 13 — Applied Music (principal instrument)

Music 23, 24 — Class Piano '

Physical Activities

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 — Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc.. . .

A. S. 2, 3 (men)

Health 2, 4 (women)

Total

Sophomore Year

Eng 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Literature

Mathematics or Science

Music 52, 53 — Applied Music (principal instrument)

Music 70, 71 — Advanced Theory of Music

Music 21 — Class Voice 2

Physical Activities

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 — Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc.. . .

Total 14 16

Music Education Curriculum

Junior Year — Vocal Option

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning '

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Music 22 — Class Voice 2

Music 31 — Advanced Class Voice

Music 80 — Class Study of Strings

Music 112, 113 — Applied Music (principal instrument)....

Music 120, 121 — History of Music

Music 160, 161 — Conducting

Music Ed. 139 — Music for the Elem. School Specialist. . . .
Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 — Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc

Total

Senior Year — Vocal Option

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education 1

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Introduction
to Philosophy or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 . .

G. & P. 1 — American Government

Music 32 — Advanced Class Voice

Music 81 — Class Study of Winds

Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education

Music Ed. 132 — Music for the Secondary School

Music 152 — Applied Music (principal instrument)

Sec. Ed. 148, ECEEd. 149— Student Teaching

Music Ed. 173 — Vocal Music Teacher and School Organiza-
tion

Music 147 — Orchestration

Electives

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 — Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc

Total

Junior Year — Instrumental Option

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning1

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Music 22 — Class Voice

Music 80, 82— Class Study of Strings

Music 160, 161 — Conducting

Music 112 — Applied Music (principal instrument)

Music 120, 121 — History of Music

Music 147 — Orchestration

Music Ed. 1 32 — Music in the Secondary School

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 — Band, Orchestra, etc

Total

r—Semester-
I II

3 3

'May be taken either semester. Limited to students who have been admitted to
teacher education.

2 Voice majors take Music 34, Advanced Class Piano.

3 Or Econ. 31 — Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37 — Funda-

mentals of Economics (3).

Special Education

r-Semester-

Senior Year — Instrumental Option / //

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education ' 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Introduction

to Philosophy or Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology1. 3

Music 81, 83 — Class Study of Winds 2 2

Sec. Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education 3

Music Ed. 129 — Instrumental Methods 2

Music 113, 152 — Applied Music (principal instrument).... 2 2

Sec. Ed. 148, ECEEd. 149 — Student Teaching 8

Music Ed. 163 — Band Techniques and Administration 2

Electives 3

Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 — Band, Orchestra, Chorus, etc 1 1

Total 18 16

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching physical edu-
cation in elementary and secondary schools. To obtain full particulars
on course requirements, the student should refer to the catalog of the
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

SPECIAL EDUCATION

A minor of 18 hours is offered in special education for undergraduate
students with a major in early childhood, elementary or secondary edu-
cation. This minor is arranged to increase the understanding and com-
petencies of prospective teachers with exceptional children.

SPECIAL EDUCATION MINORS

*Early Childhood Education — Students majoring in childhood education are offered
a minor in special education. The following courses should be taken: Sp. Ed. 170
(3), Sp. Ed. 171 (3), Sp. Ed. 172 (3), Sp. Ed. 173 (3), Speech 105 (3) and Hea.
150 (3).

*Student Teaching — Students taking a minor in special education should have one-
half of the hours of student teaching in a special class.

'Or Econ. 31 — Principles of Economics (3) or Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Eco-
nomics (3).

Special Education

^Elementary Education — Students majoring in elementary education are offered a
minor in special education. The following courses should be taken: Sp. Ed. 170
(3), Sp. Ed. 171 (3), Sp. Ed. 172 (3), Sp. Ed. 173 (3), Ed. 189 (Summer Workshop
in Special Education).

* Secondary Education — Students majoring in secondary education are offered a
minor in special education. The following courses should be taken: Sp. Ed. 170 (3),
Sp. Ed. 171 (3), Sp. Ed. 172 (3). Sp. Ed. 173 (3); plus six semester hours selected
from: Ed. 189 (3-6), Speech 105 (3), Hea. 150 (3), Ind. Ed. 9 (2), Nut. 10 (3),
Ed. 147 (3).

Students interested in graduate programs (Masters and Advanced Graduate Spec-
ialists) in Special Education are requested to consult the Graduate School catalog
for appropriate information regarding programs and advisers.

*Student Teachers — Students taking a minor in special education should have one-
half of the hours of student teaching in a special class.

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students has registered to warrant
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer
to another course.

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for grad-
uate credit.)

200 to 299: courses for graduates only.

300 to 399: courses for doctoral candidates and advanced graduate
students.

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters. The number of
credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the
title of the course.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in
making out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they
register.

EDUCATION

Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores
Ed. 6 Observation of Teaching. (1)

Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and criticisms.
Consent of Advisor. (Staff.)

Ed. 90. Development and Learning. (3)

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situations.
Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for educational psy-
chology. (Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ed. 100. History of Education in Western Civilization. (3)

Educational institutions through the ancient, medieval, and early modern periods
in the western civilization, as seen against a background of socio-economic
development. (Wiggin.)

Education
Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States. (3)

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present
system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education. (2-3)

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting
the development of modern education. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 110. Human Development and Learning. (6)

Open only to students enrolled in approved teacher education curricula. Studies
scientific facts that describe growth, development, and learning, and the impli-
cations of these for the teacher and the school. A study of an individual child
and a classroom participation experience are integral parts of the course and
require a one-half day per week assignment in a public school as a teacher aide.
Students are scheduled for field assignments in an elementary or high school
according to the curriculum they are in. Each group is under the supervision
of a faculty member with whom it meets every second week in a seminar ses-
sion. (Staff.)

Ed. 111. Foundations of Education. (3)

Prerequisites, Ed. 110, completion of at least 90 hours, and approval for ad-
mission to teacher education. Historical, social, cultural and philosophical foun-
dations of American education. Considers education as a profession, and the
organizational structure, operation and function of modern school systems.
Comparative education and contemporary issues are included. (Staff.)

Ed. 147. Audio- Visual Education. (3)

First semester and summer session. Laboratory fee, $ 1 .00. Sensory impressions
in their relation to learning projection apparatus, its cost and operation; slides,
filmstrips, and films, physical principles underlying projection; auditory aids
to instruction; field trips; pictures, models, and graphic materials; integration
of sensory aids with organized instruction. Recommended for all education
students. (Herrick, Maley, Schramm.)

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement. (3)

First and second semesters; summer session. Constructing and interpreting meas-
ures of achievement. (Stunkard.)

Ed. 151. Statistical Methods in Education. (3)

Designed as a first course in statistics for students in education. Emphasis is
upon educational applications of descriptive statistics, including measures of
central tendency, variability, and association. (Stunkard.)

Ed. 154. Introduction to Corrective and Remedial Reading. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 153, or the equivalent. Concerned with diagnostic techniques,
instructional materials, and teaching procedures useful in the regular class-
room. For teachers, supervisors, and administrators who wish to identify and
assist pupils with reading difficulties. (Massey.)

Ed. 155. Laboratory Practices in Reading. (2-4)

Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or Ed. 154. A laboratory course in which each student has
one or more pupils for analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting per
week to diagnose individual cases and to plan instruction. (Massey.)

Education

Ed. 157. Corrective-Remedial Reading Instruction. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or equivalent. For teachers, supervisors, and admin-
istrators who wish to identify and assist pupils with reading difficulties.
Concerned with diagnostic techniques, instructional materials, and teaching
procedures useful in the regular classroom. (Massey.)

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology. (3)

Deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the work of teach-
ers. Implications of democratic ideology for educational endeavor, educational
tasks imposed by changes in population and technological trends, the welfare
status of pupils, the socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the
schools, and other elements of community background. (Risinger, Grambs.)

Ed. 161. Introduction to Counseling and Pupil Services. (3)

Presents guidance principles and procedures, and examines the functions of
counselors, psychologists in schools, school social workers, and other pupil
service workers. (Byrne and Marx.)

Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom. (3)

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom prob-
lems. (Greenberg.)

Ed. 185. Pupil Transportation. (3)

Includes consideration of the organization and administration of state, county,
and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on safety and economy.
The planning of bus routes; the selection and training of bus drivers, and main-
tenance mechanics; the specification of school buses; and procurement proced-
ures are included. (Staff.)

Ed. 187. Field Experience in Education. (1-4)

a. Adult Education f. Industrial Arts Education

b. Counseling g. Student Personnel Administration

c. Curriculum and Instruction h. Supervision

d. Educational Administration i. Vocational-Industrial Education

e. Higher Education

Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in education at the University of Mary-
land plus such other prerequisites as may be set by the major area in which
the experience is to be taken. Planned field experience may be provided for
selected graduate students who have had teaching experience and whose applica-
tion for such field experience has been approved by the Education faculty.
Field experience is offered in a given area to both major and non-major stu-
dents.

Note: The total number of credits which a student may earn in Ed. 187, Ed. 224,
and Ed. 287 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.

Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education. (1-3)

Prerequisites, consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have
definite plans for individual study of approved problems. Course cards must
have the title of the problem and the name of the faculty member who has
approved it. (Staff.)

Education
Ed. 189. Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached. The following type of educa-
tional enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: workshops con-
ducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other
colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course
listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech ther-
apy laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed around
specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school
superintendents, principals, and supervisors. (Staff.)

Ed. 190. Problems and Trends in Contemporary American
Education. (2-4)

Designed to present a broad overview of some key issues and trends that relate
to the improvement of instruction at elementary, secondary and teacher educa-
tion levels. Lectures by visiting educators of national prominence will be
reviewed and analyzed in discussion groups led by regular University staff mem-
bers. (Staff.)

For Graduates
Ed. 202. The Junior College. (3)

The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States
with emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls. Special attention is
devoted to the importance, need, place, and development of the technical-
terminal or semi-professional curricula. (Kelsey.)

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education. (3)

A study of present problems in higher education. (Kelsey.)

Ed. 205. Comparative Education. (3)

A study of historical changes in ways of looking at national school systems,
and of problems in assessing their effectiveness. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 206. Seminar in Comparative Education. (2)

(Wiggin.)

Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education. (2)

(Wiggin.)

Ed. 209. Adult Education. (3)

A study of adult education in the United States, with attention to adult abilities
and intelligence, programs of adult education, and a rationale for adult edu-
cation. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public
Education. (3)

First semester. The basic course in school administration. Deals with the or-
ganization and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal
levels; and with the administrative relationships involved.

(Newell, van Zwoll.)

Education

Ed. 211. The Organization and Administration of Secondary

Schools. (3)

Second semester. The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics
such as personnel problems, school -community relationships, student activities,
schedule making, and internal financial accounting. (J. P. Anderson.)

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration. (3)

An introduction to principles and practices in the administration of the public
school finance activity. Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of
finance in the educational program are considered. (van Zwoll.)

Ed. 214. School Plant Planning. (2)

An orientation course in which the planning of school buildings is developed as
educational designing with reference to problems of site, building facilities, and
equipment. (van Zwoll.)

Ed. 216. Public School Supervision. (3)

The nature and functions of supervision; various supervisory techniques and
procedures; human relationship factors; and personal qualities for supervision.

(J. P. Anderson.)

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary
Schools. (3)

Problems in administering elementary schools and improving instruction.

(Staff.)

Ed. 218. School Surveys. (2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Includes study of school surveys with em-
phasis on problems of school organization and administration, finance and
school plant planning. Field work in school surveys is required. (Newell.)

Ed. 219. Seminar in Educational Administration and
Supervision. (2-4)

Prerequisite, at least four hours in educational administration and supervision
or consent of instructor. A student may register for two hours and may take
the seminar a second time for an additional two hours. (Staff.)

Ed. 221. Advanced School Plant Planning. (2)

Ed. 214 is a prerequisite to this course. However, students with necessary back-
ground may be admitted without completion of Ed. 214. This is an advanced
course in school plant planning problems. Emphasis is given to analysis of the
educational program and planning of physical facilities to accommodate that
program. (van Zwoll.)

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships. (2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Enrollment limited. Designed to help teach-
ers, school administrators, and other school staff members to learn to function
more effectively in developing educational policy in group situations. Each
student in the course is required to be working concurrently in the field with
a group of school staff members or citizens on actual school problems.

(Newell.)

Education
Ed. 224. Apprenticeship in Education. (6-9)

a. Counseling e. Supervision

b. Curriculum and Instruction f. Student Personnel Administration

c. Educational Administration g. Vocational Industrial Education

d. Industrial Arts Education

Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students
whose application for an apprenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the
equivalent with an appropriate staff member of a cooperating school, school
system or educational institution or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice
maintains a close working relationship with the apprentice and the other per-
sons involved. Prerequisites, teaching experience, a master's degree in educa-
tion, and at least six semester hours in education at the University of Maryland.

(Staff.)

Note: The total number of credits which a student may earn in Ed. 187, Ed.
224, and Ed. 287 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.

Ed. 225. School Public Relations. (3)

A study of the interrelationship between the community and the school. Public
opinion, propaganda, and the ways in which various specified agents and agen-
cies within the school have a part in the school public relations program are
explored. (van Zwoll.)

Ed. 226. Child Accounting. (2)

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an
examination of the marking system. (van Zwoll.)

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration. (3)

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school
personnel needs, including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, re-
wards, and other benefits. (van Zwoll.)

Ed. 228. Introduction to Student Personnel. (2)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Same as Psych. 228). A systematic analysis
of research and theoretical literature on a variety of major problems in the or-
ganization and administration of student personnel services in higher educa-
tion. Included will be discussion of such topics as the student personnel phi-
losophy in education, counseling services, discipline, housing student activities,
financial aid, health, remedial services, etc. (Byrne, Magoon, Marx.)

Ed. 234. The School Curriculum. (2-3)

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early child-
hood through adolescence, including a review of historical developments, an
analysis of conditions affecting curriculum change, an examination of issues in
curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends in curriculum design.

(Hovet.)

Ed. 235. Principles of Curriculum Development. (3)

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles
for the selection and organization of the content and learning experiences; ways
of working in classroom and school on curriculum improvement.

(Hovet, V. Anderson.)

Education

Ed. 237. Curriculum Theory and Research. (2)

The school curriculum considered within the totality of factors affecting pupil
behavior patterns, an analysis of research contributing to the development of cur-
riculum theory, a study of curriculum theory as basic to improved curriculum
design, the function of theory in guiding research, and the construction of theory
through the utilization of concepts from the behavior research disciplines.

(Hovet.)

Ed. 241. Problems in the Teaching of Reading. (3)

A. Elementary Schools B. Secondary Schools

Implications of current theory and the results of research for the teaching of
reading. Attention is given to all areas of development reading instruction, with
special emphasis of persistent problems. (Massey.)

Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs. (2)

Surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a teacher-coordinator in
a work-experience program. Deals particularly with evolving patterns in city
and county schools in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher-coordinators,
guidance counselors, and others in the supervisory and administrative personnel
concerned with functioning relationships of part-time cooperative education
in a comprehensive educational program. (Merrill.)

Ed. 245. Introduction to Research. (2)

Intensive reading, analysis, and interpretations of research, applications to teach-
ing fields; the writing of abstracts, research reports, and seminar papers.

(Hovet.)

Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational
Education. (2)

(See Ind. Ed. 248) (Maley.)

Ed. 249. Personality Theories in Education. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Examination of constructs and research
relating to major personality theories with emphasis on their significance for
educators working with the behavior of individuals in school settings. (Staff.)

Ed. 250. Cases in Pupil Appraisal. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 262. Collecting and interpreting non-standardized pupil ap-
praisal data; synthesis of all types of data through case study procedures.

(Marx.)

Ed. 251. Intermediate Statistics in Education. (3)

Prerequisite, Education 151 or equivalent. A study of the basic statistical tech-
niques used for graduate research in education, including tests of significance
and sampling techniques. Necessary arithmetic skills are developed as part of
the course. (Stunkard.)

Ed. 253. Occupational Choice Theory and Information. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 161. Research and theory related to occupational and educa-
tional decisions; school programs of related information and other activities
in occupational decisions. (Byrne.)

Education
Ed. 254. Organization and Administration of Pupil Services. (2)

Prerequisite, Ed. 261 or permission of instructor. Instilling the guidance point
of view and implementing guidance practices.

(Byrne, Marx.)

Ed. 255, 256. Advanced Laboratory Experiences in Reading
Instruction. (3, 3)

The first semester of the course deals with diagnostic techniques. Each partici-
pant will assist in diagnosing reading disabilities and in recommending instruc-
tional programs for individual pupils. The second semester deals with instruc-
tion of pupils with reading disabilities. Each participant will plan and execute
a program of instruction for an individual or a small group, applying findings
of the preliminary diagnosis. (Massey.)

Ed. 257. Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Disabilities. (3)

Prerequisites, Ed. 153 and Ed. 154. For those who wish to become corrective
and remedial reading specialists. Concerned with clinical techniques, instruc-
tional materials, and remedial procedures useful to the reading specialist in (1)
diagnosing serious reading difficulties and (2) planning programs of individual
and small-group instruction. The work includes the writing of diagnostic and
progress reports. (Massey.)

Ed. 259. Counseling in Elementary Schools. (3)

For elementary school counselors or advanced students preparing for elemen-
tary school counseling. The functions of a counselor in elementary school cov-
ering both general guidance and interview functions.

Ed. 260. School Counseling: Theoretical Foundations and
Practice. (3)

Prerequisites, Ed. 161, 250, 253. Exploration of learning theories as applied
to counseling in schools, and practices which stem from such theories. (Byrne.)

Ed. 261. Practicum in Counseling. (2-6)

Prerequisites, Ed. 260 and permission of instructor. Sequence of supervised
counseling experiences of increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in
advance. Two hour class plus laboratory. (Byrne, Marx.)

Ed. 262. Measurement in Pupil Appraisal. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 150. Study of group tests typically employed in school testing
programs; discussion of evidence relating to the measurement of abilities.

(Gerberich.)

Ed. 265. Theory of Measurement. (2)

Prerequisites, Ed. 150 and Ed. 151. Treats such topics as theory and techniques
used in various scaling methods, test analysis, predictive accuracy of scores,
and equivalence of scores. For students desiring more advanced treatment of
problems. (Giblette.)

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community
Analysis. (2)

Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. Selected research problems in the field of com-
munity study with emphasis on Baltimore area. (Staff.)

Education

Ed. 269. Counseling and Pupil Services Seminar. (2)

Enrollment by permission of instructor. (Staff.)

Ed. 271. Advanced Statistics in Education. (3)

Prerequisites, Ed. 251 or equivalent. Primarily for the education student de-
siring more advanced work in statistical methodology. Survey of major types
of statistical design in educational research; application of multivariate statistical
techniques to educational problems. (Stunkard.)

Ed. 275, 276. Advanced Problems in Art Education. (3, 3)

These courses are centered about problems of teaching art in the elementary
and secondary schools in terms of the philosophy of art education today, tech-
niques and processes in the visual arts, and creative opportunities in the visual
arts and in art education. The student also will have the opportunity to do
special work centered about his problems in art education. (Lembach.)

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education. (2)

(Wiggin.)

Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials. (2)

Research methodology for case studies, surveys, and experiments; measure-
ment and statistical techniques; design, form, and style for theses and research
reports. Primarily for advanced students and doctoral candidates. (Stunkard.)

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education. (2)

Bibliography development through a study of source materials in education,
special fields in education, and for seminar papers and theses. (Wiggin.)

Ed. 287. Internship in Education. (12-16)

a. Curriculum and Instruction e. Student Personnel Services

b. Educational Administration f. Supervision

c. Industrial Arts Education g. Vocational-Industrial Education

d. Pupil Personnel Services

Internships in the major area of study are available to selected students who
have teaching experience. The following groups of students are eligible: (a)
any student who has been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's degree and
(b) any student who receives special approval by the Education faculty for an
internship, provided that prior to taking an internship, such student shall have
completed at least sixty semester hours of graduate work, including at least
six semester hours in education at the University of Maryland. Each intern is
assigned to work on a full-time basis for at least a semester with an appro-
priate staff member in a cooperating school system, or educational institution
or agency. The internship must be taken in a school situation different from
the one where the student is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor main-
tains a close working relationship with the intern and the other persons in-
volved.

Note: The total number of credits which a student may earn in Ed. 187, Ed.
224, and Ed. 287 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.

(Staff.)

Education
Ed. 288. Special Problems in Education. (1-6)

First and second semesters and summer session. Master's or doctoral candi-
dates who desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their
advisers may register for credit under this number. Course card must have the
title of the problem and the name of the faculty member under whom the work
will be done. (Staff.)

Ed. 290. Doctoral Seminar. (1-3)

Prerequisite, passing the preliminary examination for a doctor's degree in edu-
cation or recommendation of a doctoral adviser. Analysis of doctoral projects
and theses, and of other ongoing research projects. A doctoral candidate may
participate in the Seminar during as many University sessions as he desires, but
may earn no more than three semester hours of credit in the Seminar. An Ed.D.
candidate may earn in total no more than nine semester hours, and a Ph.D.
candidate, no more than eighteen semester hours, in the Seminar and in Ed. 399.

(Raths, Stunkard.)

Ed. 302. Curriculum in Higher Education. (3)

An analysis of research in curriculum and of conditions affecting curriculum
change, with examination of issues in curriculum making based upon the history
of higher education curriculum development. (Kelsey.)

Ed. 303. Organization and Administration of Higher
Education. (2)

Organization and administration of higher education at the local, state, and
federal levels; and an analysis of administrative relationships and functions and
their effects on curriculum and instruction. (Kelsey.)

Ed. 304. Student Personnel and the College Student. (2)

A demographic study of the characteristics of college students; as well as a study
of their aspirations, values, and purposes. (Marx.)

Ed. 305. College Teaching. (3)

Various methods of college instruction analyzed in relation to the curriculum and
psychological basis. These would include the case study method, the demonstra-
tion method, the lecture method, the recitation method, teaching machines,
teaching by television, and other teaching aids. (Kelsey and Staff.)

Ed. 309. Seminar in Problems of Higher Education. (2)

(Kelsey.)

Ed. 310. Seminar in Student Personnel. (2-6)

An intensive study of the various student personnel functions. A means to
integrate the knowledges from various fields as they relate to student personnel
administration. (Marx.)

Ed. 399. Research— Thesis. (1-6)

First and second semesters; summer session. Students who desire credit for a
master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral project should use this
number. (Staff.)

Childhood Education

EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores*

ECEEd. 52. Introduction to Children's Literature. A. — Early
Childhood; B. — Elementary. (2)

Prerequisites, Eng. 1 and 2. A survey of literary materials for children and
young people Appropriate books for preschool, elementary, and junior high
school pupils are considered, including picture-story, fiction, folk-lore, poetry,
and informational books. Integrating literature with the curriculum, and
methods of using books with children in the classroom. Aids and criteria for
selection. (D. Brown.)

For Advanced Undergraduates**

ECEEd. 105. Science in the Elementary School. A. — Early Child-
hood; B. — Elementary. (2-3)

Laboratory fee, $2.00. Designed to help teachers acquire general science under-
standings and to develop teaching materials for practical use in classrooms.
Includes experiments, demonstrations, constructions, observations, field trips, and
use of audio-visual materials. The emphasis is on content and method related
to science units in common use in elementary schools. Formerly Sci. Ed. 105.

(Blough.)

ECEEd. 115. Activities and Materials in Early Childhood Edu-
cation. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 50, 51, or 110. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Storytelling, selection of books, the use, preparation, and presenta-
tion of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, wood, and
scrap materials. (Stant.)

ECEEd. 116. Music in Early Childhood Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 16 or equivalent. Creative ex-
periences in songs and rhythms, correlation of music and everyday teaching with
the abilities and development of each level; study of songs and materials; obser-
vation and teaching experience with each age level. (L. Brown.)

ECEEd. 121. Language Arts in the Elementary School. A. — Early
Childhood; B. — Elementary. (2-3)

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression, and creative
expression. Special emphasis given to skills having real significance to pupils.

(Seidman.)

ECEEd. 122. Social Studies in the Elementary School. A. — Early
Childhood; B. — Elementary. (2-3)

Consideration given to curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evalu-
ation of newer materials, and utilization of environmental resources.

(O'Neill, Weaver, Duffey.)

* See also H.D. Ed. 50, 51.
** See also H.D. Ed. 110, 145.

Education

ECEEd. 123. The Child and the Curriculum. A. — Early Child-
hood; B. — Elementary. (2-3)

Relationship of the elementary school curriculum to child growth and develop-
ment. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on
learning, readiness to learn; and adapting curriculum content and methods to
maturity levels of children. (Seidman, Bennett.)

ECEEd. 124. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A. — Early
Childhood; B. — Elementary. (2-3)

Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetical
meanings and relationships. Helps teachers gain a better understanding of the
number system and arithmetical processes. (Schindler, F. Brown.)

ECEEd. 125. Art in the Elementary School. (2-3)

Concerned with art methods and materials for elementary schools. Includes
laboratory experiences with materials appropriate for elementary schools.

(Lembach, Longley.)

ECEEd. 127. Teaching in the Elementary School. A. — Nursery
School and Kindergarten; B. — Elementary School. (2-6)

An overview of elementary school teaching designed for individuals without
specific preparation for elementary school teaching or for individuals without
recent teaching experience. (Staff.)

ECEEd. 140. Curriculum and Instruction. A. — Cooperative
Nursery School; B. — Early Childhood; C. — Elementary. (3)

Philosophy of early childhood education, observation of the developmental
needs at various age levels, with emphasis upon the activities, materials, and
methods by which educational objectives are attained. (Stant and Staff.)

ECEEd. 143. Foreign Language Methods in the Elementary
School. (3)

Graduate credit allowed by special arrangement and adviser's approval. Regis-
tration limited and based upon approval of adviser. Methods and techniques
for developmental approach to the teaching of modern foreign languages in
elementary schools. Use of realia development of oral-aural skills and under-
standing of young children in language development are stressed. (Mendeloff.)

ECEEd. 149. Student Teaching in Elementary Schools. A. —
Nursery School (4-8); B. — Kindergarten (4-8); C. — Elementary
(4-16)

Fee, $24 for students who do not pay the regular instructional materials fee. A
grade point average of 2.30, a doctor's certificate indicating freedom from com-
municable diseases, and approval of the instructor required. Undergraduate
credit only. No other courses may be taken during the semester of
student teaching. Students who register for this course serve as apprentice
teachers in the schools to which they are assigned. For 16 credits full time for
one semester is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers the time and
credit may be reduced. May be taken for 4 hours credit in combination with a
comparable student teaching assignment at the secondary level, by music educa-
tion and physical education majors with the permission of their advisers.

(Staff.)

Childhood Education

ECEEd. 152. Literature for Children and Young People,
Advanced. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 52, or approval of instructor. Development of literary ma-
terials for children and young people. Timeless and ageless books, and out-
standing examples of contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the contri-
butions of individual authors and illustrators and children's book awards. Study
and practice in story-telling, and reading guidance in the classroom and library.

(D. Brown.)

ECEEd. 153. The Teaching of Reading. A. — Early Childhood;
B. — Elementary; C. — Secondary. (2-3)

Concerned with the fundamentals of development reading instruction, including
reading readiness, use of experience records, procedures in using basal readers,
the improvement of comprehension, teaching reading in all areas of the curricu-
lum, uses of children's literature, the program in word analysis, and procedures
for determining individual needs. (Massey, Schindler, Fanning.)

ECEEd. 160. Teacher-Parent Relationships. (2-3)

A study of the methods and materials, trends and problems in establishing close
home-school relationships. (Hymes.)

For Graduates
ECEEd. 200. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2)

Primarily for individuals who wish to write seminar papers. Enrollment should
be preceded by at least 12 hours of graduate work in education. (Staff.)

ECEEd. 205. Problems in Teaching Science in Elementary
Schools. (2)

An opportunity to pursue special problems in curriculum making, course of study
development, or other science teaching problems. Class members may work on
problems related directly to their own school situations. (Blough, F. Brown.)

ECCEd. 221. Problems of Teaching Language Arts in
Elementary Schools. (2)

Implications of current theory and results of research for the language arts in
the elementary schools. (Seidman, Collins.)

ECEEd. 222. Problems of Teaching Social Studies in Elementary
Schools. (2)

Application to the social studies program of selected theory and research in
the social sciences, emphasizing patterns of behavior, environmental influences,
and critical thinking. (O'Neill, Weaver, Duffey.)

ECEEd. 224. Problems of Teaching Mathematics in Elementary
Schools. (2)

Implications of theory and results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in
the elementary schools. (Schindler, F. Brown.)

Human Development Education

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION

The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on
human development and approaches to the direct study of children for
members of the educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up
within the course sequences but these prerequisites are modified by the
student's previous experience in direct study of children; this is done in
order to provide an interrelated series of experiences leading toward
synthesis and the ability to apply the principles of human development
and behavior.

Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers (H.D.
Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D.
Ed. 112-13, 114-15, 116-17). The graduate offering contains two series.
H. D. Ed. 200, 201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars
for students majoring in the field, and also provide electives (beginning
with H. D. Ed. 200 — Introduction) for any graduate student interested
in an overview of the field. The other seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and
above) are designed for emphasis in depth on the various areas of major
processes and forces that shape the development and behavior of human
beings, and are intended primarily for advanced graduate students. Along
with most of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed. 250 provides for concurrent
application of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children as
individuals and in groups.

H. D. Ed. 50. Child Development I. (3)

First semester. An intensive study of the normal child's social, emotional, physi-
cal and intellectual development, from the prenatal period to the nursery school
years. (Hymes.)

H. D. Ed. 51. Child Development II. (3)

Second semester. A continuation of Child Development I through the early
childhood years. (Hymes.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. 1 Principles of Human Development I and II.

(3,3)

H. D. Ed. 100 is prerequisite to H. D. Ed. 101. These courses give a general
overview of the scientific principles that describe human development and be-
havior and relate these principles to the task of the school. A year-long study
of an individual child is an integral part of the course and will require one
half-day per week for observing children in nearby schools. This course is de-
signed to meet the usual certification requirements in Educational Psychology.

(Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II, and
III. (2, 2, 2)

These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school year.

Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual, pre-

1 Open only to students who have completed H.D.Ed. 100. Not offered after summer,
1964.

Human Development Education

sents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group for criticism
and group analysis and writes an interpretation of the dynamics underlying the
child's learning behavior and development. Provides opportunity for teachers
in service to earn credit for participation in their own local child study group.

(Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 110. Child Development III. (3)

First and second semesters. Developmental growth of the child from the pre-
natal period through the early childhood years, with implications for home and
school practice. For students in other colleges of the University. (Hymes.)

H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development
I, II, III. (3,3,3)

Summer session. (Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis
I, II, III. (3, 3, 3)

Summer session. (Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 120, 121, 122. Study of Human Development and
Learning in School Settings I, II, III. (2, 2, 2)

A sequence of courses which enables in-service teachers and administrators to
carry on advanced study of human development and learning principles in the
continuous study and evaluation of several different phases of the school pro-
gram over an extended period of time. (Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 145. Guidance of Young Children. (3)

First and second semesters. Development of an appreciation and understanding
of young children from different home and community backgrounds; study of
individual and group problems. (Hymes.)

For Graduates

H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child
Study. (3)

Offers a general overview of the scientific principles which describe human de-
velopment and behavior and makes use of these principles in the study of indi-
vidual children. Each student will observe and record the behavior of an in-
dividual child throughout the semester and must have one half-day a week for
this purpose. It is basic to further work in child study and serves as a pre-
requisite for advanced courses where the student has not had field work or
at least six weeks of workshop experience in child study. When offered during
the summer intensive laboratory work with case records may be substituted
for the study of an individual child. (Prescott, Thompson.)

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent must be taken before H. D. Ed. 201 or concur-
rently. Emphasizes that understanding human life, growth, and behavior de-
pends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control,
and expand energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes
and implications for understanding and working with people.

(Lawson, Morgan.)

Human Development Education

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent must be taken before H. D. Ed. 202 or concur-
rently. Limitations learned by an individual as he grows up. These are consid-
ered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving which emerge as the
result of growing up in one's social group. (Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent, H. D. Ed. 201 and H. D. Ed. 202 are prerequi-
site. Analyzes the organized and integrated patterns of feeling, thinking and
behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic biological drives and po-
tentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. (Peck.)

H. D. Ed. 204, 205. Physical Processes in Human Development.

(3,3)

Prerequisite, H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent. Describes in some detail the major
organic processes of: conception, biological inheritance; differentiation and
growth of the body; capture, transportation and use of energy, perception of the
environment; coordination and integration of function; adaptation to unusual
demands and to frustration; normal individual variation in each of the above
processes. (Goering, Bowie.)

H. D. Ed. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development
I, II. O, 3)

Prerequisite, H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent. Analyzes the processes by which
human beings internalize the culture of the society in which they live. The
major sub-cultures in the United States, their training procedures, and their
characteristic human expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-
goals, and adjustment patterns are analyzed. Other cultures are examined to
highlight the American way of life and to reveal its strengths and weak-
nesses. (Matteson, Kurtz.)

H. D. Ed. 208, 209. Self Processes in Human Development I and II.
(3,3)

Prerequisite, H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent. Analyzes the effects of the var-
ious physical and growth processes, affectional relationships, socialization
processes, and peer group roles and status on the integration, development, ad-
justment, and realization of the individual self. This analysis includes consid-
eration of the nature of intelligence and of the learning process; the develop-
ment of skills, concepts, generalizations, symbolizations, reasoning and imagina-
tion, attitudes, values, goals and purposes; and the condition, relationships and
experiences that are essential to full human development. The more common
adjustment problems experienced in our society at various maturity levels, and
the adjustment mechanisms used to meet them are studied.

(Perkins, Mershon.)

H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human
Development. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Describes
the normal development, expression and influence of love in infancy, childhood,
adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the influence of parent-child relation-
ship involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection, inconsistency, and over-
protection upon health, learning, emotional behavior and personality adjust-
ment and development. (Kyle.)

Human Development Education

H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Devel-
opment. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Analyzes
the processes of group formation, role-taking and status-winning. It describes
the emergence of the "peer-culture" during childhood and the evolution of the
child society at different maturity levels to adulthood. It analyzes the develop-
mental tasks and adjustment problems associated with winning, belonging and
playing roles in the peer group. (Lawson.)

H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human
Development I, II, III. (3, 3, 3)

Summer session. (Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior
Analysis I, II, III. (3, 3, 3)

Summer session. (Staff.)

H. D. Ed. 221. Learning Theory and the Educative Process. (3)

Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 100 and 101 or equivalent. Provides a systematic review
of the major theories of learning and their impact on education. Considers fac-
tors that influence learning. (Brandt.)

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II. (2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Offers apprenticeship training preparing prop-
erly qualified persons to become staff members in human development work-
shops, consultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal
or regional child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field expe-
rience is provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have
passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human
development or psychology. (Prescott.)

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children. (1, 1, 1)
May not be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104, or 200. Pro-
vides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior of an individual child
in a nearby school. These records will be used in conjunction with the advanced
courses in human development and this course will be taken concurrently with
such courses. Teachers active in their jobs while taking advanced courses in
human development may use records from their own classrooms for this course.
A minimum of one year of direct observation of human behavior is required
of all human development students at the master's level. This requirement may
be satisfied by this course.

H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Development Concepts. (3)

Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204. 206 and 208. A seminar wherein advanced stu-
dents work toward a personal synthesis of their own concepts in human growth
and development. Emphasis is placed on seeing the dynamic interrelations be-
tween all processes in the behavior and development of an individual.

(Prescott.)

H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development.
(2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An opportunity for advanced students
to focus in depth on topics of special interest growing out of their basic courses
in human development. (Staff.)

Industrial Education
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. This course constitutes
an introduction to orthographic multi-view and isometric projection. Emphasis
is placed upon the visualization of an object when it is represented by a multi-
view drawing and upon the making of multi-view drawings. The course carries
through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimensioning, conventional representa-
tion and single stroke letters. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 2. Woodworking I. (3)

Six hours of laboratory per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The course is de-
signed to give the student an orientation into the woodworking industry with
regard to materials, products, and processes while providing for skill develop-
ment in the care and use of hand and power tools. (Schramm.)

Ind. Ed. 9. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School I. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A course for pre-
service and in-service elementary school teachers covering construction activi-
ties in a variety of media suitable for classroom use. The work is organized
on the unit basis so that the construction aspect is supplemented by reading
and other investigative procedures. (Herrick.)

Ind. Ed. 10. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School II. (2)

Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 9. This is a continuation of Ind. Ed. 9. Two laboratory
periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. It provides the teacher with opportuni-
ties to develop further competence in construction activities. Some of the basic
phenomena of industry are studied, particularly those which apply to the man-
ufacture of common products, housing, transportation and communication.

(Herrick.)

Ind. Ed. 12. Shop Calculations. (3)

Shop Calculations is designed to develop an understanding and working knowl-
edge of the mathematical concepts related to the various aspects of industrial
education. The course includes phases of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, and
general mathematics as applied to shop and drawing activities. (Herrick.)

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern layouts, trac-
ing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies are presented.

(Guy.)

Ind. Ed. 22. Woodworking II. (3)

Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2, for industrial arts
teacher education majors. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The course is designed to
give the student a comprehensive knowledge of machine production with em-
phasis on safety, industrial processes, and maintenance. (Schramm.)

Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding. (1)

One laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A course designed to
develop a functional knowledge of the principles and use of electric and

Industrial Education

acetylene welding. Practical work is carried on in the construction of various
projects using welded joints. Instruction is given in the use and care of equip-
ment, types of welded joints, methods of welding, importance of welding
processes in industry, safety consideration, etc. (Harrison.)

Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Articles are made from
metal in its sheet form and involve the operations of cutting, shaping, solder-
ing, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, beading, burning, etc. The student is
required to develop his own patterns inclusive of parallel line development, ra-
dial line development, and triangulation. (Crosby.)

Ind. Ed. 26. General Metal Work. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. This course
provides experiences in constructing items from aluminum, brass, copper, pewter,
and steel. The processes included are designing, lay out, heat treating, forming,
surface decorating, fastening, and assembling. The course also includes a study
of the aluminum, copper, and steel industries in terms of their basic manufactur-
ing processes. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. An introductory course
to electricity in general. It deals with the electrical circuit, elementary wiring
problems, the measurement of electrical energy, and a brief treatment of radio.

(Guy.)

Ind. Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 31. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on
a more advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of
industries is a part of this course. (Luetkemeyer.)

Ind. Ed. 33. Automotives I. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Automotives
I is a study of the fundamentals of internal combustion engines as applied to
transportation. A study of basic materials and methods used in the auto-
motive industry is included. Shop practices are built around the maintenance
and minor repair of automobiles and smaller motor driven apparatus.

(Merrill.)

Ind. Ed. 34. Graphic Arts I. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. An intro-
ductory course involving experiences in letterpress and offset printing practices.
This course includes typographical design, hand composition, proof reading,
stock preparation, offset plate making, imposition, lock-up, stock preparation,
presswork, linoleum, block cutting, paper marbelizing and bookbinding.

(Tierney.)

Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1 or equivalent. Labora-
tory fee, $5.00. Practical experience is provided in the design and planning
of houses and other buildings. Working drawings, specifications, and blue-prints
are featured. (Crosby.)

Industrial Education
Ind. Ed. 42. Woodworking III. (3)

Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22. Laboratory fee,
$7.50. The course is designed to give the student a comprehensive knowledge
of contemporary woodworking technology with emphasis on mass production
techniques, industrial research and materials testing. (Schramm.)

Ind. Ed. 43. Automotives II. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite. Ind. Ed. 33. Labora-
tory fee, $7.50. This is an advanced course in automobile construction and
maintenance covering the engine, fuel system, ignition system, chassis, and
power train. Shop practices are built around the major repair and adjustment
of the above groups. (Merrill.)

Ind. Ed. 44. Graphic Arts II. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 34. Laboratory
fee, $7.50. An advanced course designed to provide further experiences to
letterpress and offset printing and to introduce other reproduction processes.
Silk screen printing, dry print etching, mimeograph reproduction, and rubber
stamp making are the new processes introduced in this course. (Tierney.)

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Principles involved in
a-c and d-c electrical equipment, including heating measurements, motors, and
controls, electrochemistry, the electric arc, inductance and reactance, con-
densers, radio, and electronics. (Harrison.)

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching. (2)

(Offered at University College Centers.) For vocational and occupational
teachers of shop work and related subjects. The identification and analysis of
factors essential to helping others learn; types of teaching situations and tech-
niques; measuring results and grading student progress in shop and related
technical subjects. (Maley.)

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching. (2)

(Offered in Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods
of Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects. Primarily for vocational
and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours of directed observation and demonstra-
tion teaching. Reports, conferences, and criticisms constitute the remainder of
scheduled activities in this course.

Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite. Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent. Labora-
tory fee, $5.00. Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and
bowl ornamenting. (Crosby.)

Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I. (3)

Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite. Ind. Ed. 1. or equiva-
lent. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling.
Related technical information. (Herrick.)

Ind. Ed. 84. Organized and Supervised Work Experiences. (3)

See description under Industrial Education 124. (Staff.)

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69 or equivalent. Labora-
tory fee, $5.00. Advanced shop practicism in thread cutting grinding, boring,
reaming, and gear cutting. Work-production methods are employed. (Herrick.)

Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. Labora-
tory fee, $5.00. A comprehensive course designed to give students practice
in the modern drafting methods of industry. (Luetkemeyer.)

Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop. (2)

Laboratory fee, $5.00. Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering
a secondary school general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowl-
edge developing activities in a variety of shop areas. (Herrick.)

Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III. (2)

Two laboatory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Experimental development of apparatus and equipment
for teaching the principles of electricity. (Harrison.)

Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics —
A, B, C, D. (2, 2, 2, 2)

(Offered in Baltimore.) (Guy.)

Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry. (1)

One laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Bench and floor molding
and elementary core making. Theory and principles covering foundry materials,
tools and appliances. (Maley.)

Ind. Ed. 111. Laboratory Practicum in Industrial Arts

Education. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, eighteen semester
hours of shopwork and drawing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. A course devoted to
the development of instructional materials and the refinement of instructional
methods pertinent to the teaching of industrial arts at the secondary school
level. (Maley.)

Ind. Ed. 115. Research and Experimentation in Industrial
Arts. (3)

This is a laboratory-seminar course designed to develop persons capable of
planning, directing, and evaluating effective research and experimentation pro-
cedures with the materials, products, and processes of industry. (Maley.)

Ind. Ed. 121. Industrial Arts in Special Education. (3)

Four hours laboratory per week, one hour lecture. Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 170
and 171 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $5.00. This course provides
experiences of a technical and theoretical nature in industrial processes ap-
plicable for classroom use. Emphasis is placed on individual research in the
specific area of one major interest in special education. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 124. Organized and Supervised Work Experiences.

(3 credits for each internship period total: 6 credits). This is a work experi-
ence sequence planned for students enrolled in the curriculum, "Education for

Industrial Education

Industry." The purpose is to provide the students with opportunities for first-
hand experiences with business and industry. The student is responsible for
obtaining his own employment with the coordinator advising him in regard to
the job opportunities which have optimum learning value. The nature of the
work experience desired is outlined at the outset of employment and the
evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based upon the
planned experiences. The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-hour
weeks or 240 work hours. Any one period of internship must be served through
continuous employment in a single establishment. Two internships are required.
The two internships may be served with the same business or industry. The
completion for credit of any period of internship requires the employer's
recommendation in terms of satisfactory work and work attitudes. More
complete details are found in the handbook prepared for the student of this
curriculum. (Merrill.)

Ind. Ed. 125, 126. Industrial Training in Industry I, II, (3, 3)

The first course is designed to provide an overview of the function of indus-
trial training, type of programs, organization, development and evaluation.
The second course (prerequisite the first course) is designed to study specific
training programs in a variety of industries, plant program visitation, training
program development, and analyses of industrial training research.

Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140). Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation. (3)

Major functions and specific contributions of industrial art education; its
relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools, selec-
tion and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices and needs:
methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results; professional
standards. Twenty periods of observation. (Luetkemeyer.)

Ind. Ed. 143. Industrial Safety Education I. (2)

This course deals briefly with the history and development of effective safety
programs in modern industry and treats causes, effects, and values of industrial
safety education inclusive of fire prevention and hazard controls.

(Korb. Crosby.)

Ind. Ed. 144. Industrial Safety Education II. (2)

In this course exemplary safety practices are studied through conference dis-
cussions, group demonstration, and organized plant visits to selected industrial
situations. Methods of fire precautions and safety practices are emphasized.
Evaluative criteria in safety programs are formulated. (Korb, Crosby.)

Ind. Ed. 148. Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools. (2-8)

First and second semesters. See Ed. 148 for additional requirements. Fee, $24
for students who do not pay the regular instructional materials fee. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development. (3)

Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. Special
emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids useful to shop
teachers. Actual construction and application of such devices will be required.

(Maley.)

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 157. Tests and Measurements. (2)

Prerequisite, Ed. 150 or consent of instructor. The construction of objective
tests for occupational and vocational subjects. (Luetkemeyer.)

Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the basic principles of design and practice
in their application to the construction of shop projects. (Luetkemeyer.)

Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance. (2)

This course identifies and applies the underlying principles of guidance to the
problems of educational and vocational adjustment of students. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management. (2)

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an indus-
trial education program including the selection of equipment and the arrange-
ment of the shop. (Crosby, Snyder.)

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry. (3)

This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the American
social, economic, and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are studied
from the viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial re-
lations, production procedures, distribution of products, and the like.

(Harrison.)

Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts. (2)

A study of the factors which place industrial arts education in any well-
rounded program of general education. (Luetkemeyer.)

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education. (2)

The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret data
relative to the scope, character, and effectiveness of occupational education.

(Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis. (2)

This course should precede Ind. Ed. 169. Provides a working knowledge of
occupational and job analysis which is basic in organizing vocation-industrial
courses of study. (Snyder.)

Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction. (2)

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of study
for effective use in vocational and occupational schools. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education. (2)

This course develops the vocational education movement as an integral phase
of the American program of public education. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education. (2)

An overview of the development of vocational education from primitive times
to the present. (Luetkemeyer.)

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 175. Recent Technological Developments in
Products and Processes. (3)

This course is designed to give the student an understanding of recent tech-
nological developments as they pertain to the products and processes of
industry. The nature of the newer products and processes is studied as well
as their effect upon modern industry and /or society. (Crosby.)

For Graduates
Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education. (3)

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point of
view in regard to industrial arts and its relationship with the total educational
program. He should thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current pro-
cedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own professional area.

(Harrison.)

Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment
Selection. (3)

This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and pro-
vides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the
operation of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.

(Tierney.)

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts. (2)

(Tierney.)

Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of
Vocational Education. (2)

This course surveys objectively organization, administration, supervision, cur-
ricular spread and view point, and the present status of vocational education.

(Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational
Education. (2)

This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting re-
search in the areas of industrial arts and vocational education. (Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts. (3)

Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are examined
and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied. Methods
of and devices for industrial arts instruction are studied and practiced.

(Maley.)

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational
Education.

(Staff.)

Ind. Ed. 250. Teacher Education in Industrial Arts. (3)

This course is intended for the Industrial Arts teacher educator at the college
level. It deals with the function and historical development of Industrial Arts
Teacher education. Other areas of content include administration program
and program development, physical facilities and requirements, staff organiza-
tion and relationships, college-secondary school relationships, philosophy and
evaluation . ( Harrison . )

Library Science Education
LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
L. S. Ed. 120. Introduction to Librarianship. (3)

An overview of the library profession. Development of public, academic, special
and school library services. History of books and libraries. The library as a
social institution. The impact of communication media on society. Philosophy
of librarianship. Professional standards organizations and publications.

(D. Brown.)

L. S. Ed. 122. Basic Reference and Information Sources. (3)

Evaluation, selection, and utilization of information sources, in subject areas,
including encyclopedias, dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, yearbooks.
Study of bibliographical methods and form. (D. Brown.)

L. S. Ed. 124. Book Selection and Evaluation for Children
and Youth. (3)

Principles of book selection for school libraries and children's collections. Book
selection aids and reviewing media. Influence of the community and curriculum
on selection. Evaluation of publishers editions, translations, series.

(D. Brown.)

L. S. Ed. 126. Cataloging and Classification of Library
Materials. (3)

Principles and practice in the organization of library materials. Dewey Decimal
Classification, rules for the dictionary catalog, Sears subject headings. Treat-
ment of non-book materials. Cataloging aids and tools. (D. Brown.)

L. S. Ed. 128. School Library Administration and Service. (3)
(3 hours)

Acquisition, circulation, utilization and maintenance of library materials. Organi-
zation of effective school library programs. School library quarters and equip-
ment. Publicity and exhibits. Evaluation of library services. (D. Brown.)

I. S. Ed. 130. Library Materials for Children. (3)

Reading interests of children. Advanced study of children's literature. Survey
of informational materials in subject fields including: books, periodicals, films,
filmstrips, records, pictures, pamphlet materials. (D. Brown.)

L. S. Ed. 132. Library Materials for Youth. (3)

Reading interests of young people. Literature for adolescents. Informational
materials in subject fields including: books, periodicals, films, filmstrips, records,
pictures, pamphlet materials. (D. Brown.)

Academic Education
SECONDARY EDUCATION

GENERAL AND ACADEMIC EDUCATION
Sec. Ed. 130. The Junior High School. (2-3)

A general overview of the junior high school. Purposes, functions and character-
istics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of
studies, methods, staff, and other topics, together with their implications for
prospective teachers. (Grambs.)

Sec. Ed. 133*. Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary
Schools. (2-3)

Designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching situations. Use of
various lesson techniques, audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing
programs and the adaption of teaching methods to individual and group dif-
ferences. Present tendencies and aims of instruction in the social studies.

(Risinger, Campbell.)

Sec. Ed. 134. Materials and Procedures for the Secondary School
Core Curriculum. (3)

Laboratory fee, $1.00. This course is designed to bring practical suggestions
to teachers who are in charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools.
Materials and teaching procedures for specific units of work are stressed.

(Grambs.)

Sec. Ed. 137*. Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Secondary
Schools. (3)

Considers the methods and procedures for presenting secondary mathematics
in a meaningful way. Special attention will be given to the new experimental
materials which have been prepared for grades 7-12 and the techniques needed
to teach these courses. (Garstens, Mayor.)

Sec. Ed. 138*. Methods of Teaching Science in Secondary Schools.
(3)

Laboratory fee, $2.00. Considers such topics as the objectives, selection, or-
ganization, and presentation of subject matter, appropriate classroom methods
and procedures, instructional materials and evaluation of learning experiences
in the areas of science. (Lockard.)

Sec. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. (3)

First and/or second semesters. Offered in separate sections for the various sub-
ject matter areas namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science,
mathematics, art education, business education, home economics education,
industrial education, music education, and physical education. Registration
cards must include the subject-matter area as well as the name and number
of the course. The objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, ap-
propriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials.

* This course is designed for teachers in service and is not open to regular under-
graduate students.

Academic Education

measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area are
treated. Twenty periods of observation. Students much reserve all day each
Wednesday for observation in public schools. (Staff.)

Sec. Ed. 141*. Methods of Teaching English in Secondary Schools.
(3)

Content and method in teaching the English language arts. (Bryan.)

Sec. Ed. 142. Teaching the Audio-Lingual Skills in Foreign
Languages. (3)

Graduate credit allowed by special arrangement and adviser's approval. De-
signed for high school teachers. Methods in making and using tape recordings,
using electronic laboratories, developing oral-aural skills and direct approach to
language teaching are emphasized. (Mendeloff.)

Sec. Ed. 145. Principles and Methods of Secondary Education. (3)

First and second semesters; summer session. This course is concerned with the
principles and methods of teaching in junior and senior high schools. Instruc-
tional problems common to all of the subject fields are considered in relation
to the needs and interests of youth, the urgent social problems of today, and
the central values to which our society is committed.

(McClure, Grambs, Risinger.)

Sec. Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools. (2-8)

First and second semesters. Fee, $24 for students who do not pay the regular
instructional materials fee. In order to be admitted to a course in student teach-
ing, a student must have an overall grade point average of 2.30, a doctor's
certificate indicating that the applicant is free of communicable diseases, and the
consent of the instructor to the appropriate area. He must have been previously
enrolled at the University of Maryland for at least one semester. Undergradu-
ate credit only. Application forms for this course must be submitted to the ap-
propriate adviser by the middle of the semester preceding the one in which an
assignment is desired. Students who register for this course serve as apprentice
teachers in the schools to which they are assigned. For 8 credits, full time for
one-half of the semester is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers, some
teachers, some graduate students and students in physical education and music
education who are planning to split student teaching assignment in elementary
and secondary schools, the time and credit may be modified. (Staff.)

For Graduates
Sec. Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education. (2)

(Risinger, V. Anderson, McClure.)

* This course is designed for teachers in-service and is not open to regular under-
graduates.

Business Education
Sec. Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education. (2)

An opportunity to pursue special problems in curriculum making, course of
study development, or other science teaching problems. Class members may
work on problems related directly to their own school situations.

(Lockard.)

Sec. Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology. (2)

(Risinger.)

BUSINESS EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills. (3)

First semester. An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course
contents of each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum.

(Patrick.)

B. Ed. 101. Problems in Teaching Office Skills. (2)

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, stand-
ards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the integration
of office skills. (Patrick.)

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping,
and Related Subjects. (2)

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and related
office knowledge and the skills including a consideration of materials and teach-
ing procedures. (Patrick.)

B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary
Schools. (2)

Includes consideration of course objectives; subject matter selection; and methods
of organizing and presenting business principles, knowledge, and practices.

(Patrick.)

For Graduates

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business
Education. (3)

Major emphasis on departmental organization and its role in the school pro-
gram, curriculum, equipment, budget-making, supervision, guidance, placement
and follow-up, school-community relationships, qualifications and selection of
teaching staff, visual aids and in-service programs for teacher development. For
administrators, supervisors, and teachers. (Patrick.)

B. Ed. 205. Seminar in Business Education. (2)

The study and evaluation of the literature and research in business education.

(Patrick.)

B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education. (2-3)

Principles, objectives, and practices in business education; occupational founda-
tions; current attitudes of business, labor and school leaders; general business
education relation to consumer business education and to education in general.

(Patrick.)

Music Education

B. Ed. 256. Curriculum Development in Business
Education. (2-3)

This course is especially designed for graduate students interested in devoting
the summer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning in business
education. Emphasis will be placed on the philosophy and objectives of the
business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of
appropriate course content. (Staff.)

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140. A study of the manage-
rial aspects of teaching and administering a home-making program; the physical
environment, organization, and sequence of instructional units, resource ma-
terials, evaluation, home projects. (Spencer.)

For Graduates
H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics. (3)

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development of a
plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types of evalua-
tion devices, their construction, and use. (Spencer.)

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education. (2)

(Spencer.)

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in The Teaching and Supervision of
Home Economics. (2-4)

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current educational
trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes
of instruction, and supervisory practices. (Spencer.)

MUSIC EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Mus. Ed. 125. Creative Activities in the Elementary
School. (2)

Prerequisite, Music 16 or consent of instructor. A study of the creative ap-
proach to singing, listening, playing, rhythmic activity, and composition. These
topics are studied in correlation with other areas and creative programs.

(Staff.)

Mus. Ed. 128. Music for the Elementary Classroom
Teacher. (2-3)

Prerequisite, Music 16 or consent of instructor. A study of the group activities
and materials through which the child experiences music. The course is de-
signed to aid the classroom teacher. It includes an outline of objectives and a
survey of instructional methods. (Eisenstadt.)

Music Education

Mus Ed 129. Methods of Class Instrumental Instruction. (2)

Two one-hour laboratories and one lecture per week. Prerequisites or con-
ren0"^ tration in Music 80, 81. Orga *£. ofand techniques fo^teach
ing beginning instrumental classes in the public school.

Mus Ed 132. Music in Secondary Schools. (2-3)

Prerequisite consent of instructor. A study of the music program in the
TecTday schools with an emphasis on methods and mate "als for general
S The needs in genera, music are surveyed, and the relations^ of mu .
to the general education program is investigated. (fc.sensiaa ,

Mus Ed 139. Music for the Elementary School Specialist. (2)

First semester Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of instruction^
ma erialv ob ectives- organization of subject matter; lesson planning methods
Tnd "ocedtes ^singing, listening, rhythms, simple instruments, and create
activities for the music specialist in the elementary school. (E.senstadt.)

Mus. Ed. 155. Organization and Technique of Instrumental
Class Instruction. (2)

Prereauisite consent of instructor. Practical instruction in the methods of tone
prerequisite, w^» . , woodwind and brass instru-

STTJST- WS! -^le« for c^ns^ion.
Mus Ed 163 Band Techniques and Administration. (2)

Prerequisites Music 81 and 161. Two lectures and two laboratory hours per
week Intensive study of a secondary wind instrument and of rehearsal tech-
nTqt, A survey of instructional materials, administrative P-edure^and^
pageantry will be included.

Mus. Ed. 170. Methods and Materials for Class Piano
Instruction. (2)

The study of the principles and techniques of teaching class piano. The following
IrouDS beginning and advanced, will be used for demonstrations: elementary
SS'chiS™ junior and senior high school students, adults. Sp«d«n-
phasis will be placed on the analysis of materials. (de Vermond.)

Mus Ed 171 String Teaching in the Public Schools. (2)

A study of the problems of organizing and developing the string program in
L public schools. Emphasis is placed on exploratory work in string instru-
"on the study of teaching techniques and on the analys, of musi
literature for solo, small ensembles, and orchestra. (Herman.)

Mus. Ed. 173. The Vocal Music Teacher and School
Organization. (2)

Prerequisite, practice teaching or teaching experience. Study of the function
of the vocal music teacher in the elementary and secondary schools. Open .to
graduate students by permission of instructor. (Grentzer, E.senstadt.)

Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for
Secondary Schools. (2-4)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of suitable vocal and choral
repertoire for the high school. Problems of diction, interpretation, tone pro-

Music Education

duction, and phrasing. The course is designed primarily for choral directors
and teachers of voice classes. The course may be repeated for credit since
different repertoires are covered each time the course is offered. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Music for Secondary Schools. (2)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of the repertoires for high school
orchestra, band, and small ensemble. Problems of interpretation, intonation,
tone quality, and rehearsal techniques. The course may be repeated for credit,
since different repertoires are covered each time the course is offered. (Staff.)

For Graduates

Mus. Ed. 200. Research Methods in Music and Music
Education. (3)

The application of methods of research to problems in the fields of music and
music education. The preparation of bibliographies and the written exposition of
research projects in the area of the student's major interest. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 201. Administration and Supervision of Music
in the Public Schools. (3)

The study of basic principles and practice of supervision and administration with
emphasis on curriculum construction, scheduling, budgets, directing of in-service
teaching, personnel problems, and school-community relationships. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 204. Current Trends in Music Education. (3)

A survey of current philosophies and objectives of music in the schools. The
scope and sequence of the music curricula, vocal and instrumental, on the ele-
mentary and secondary levels. (Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 205. Seminar in Vocal Music in the Elementary
Schools. (2)

A comparative analysis of current methods and materials used in the elementary
schools. A study of the music curriculum as a part of the total school pro-
gram, and of the roles of the classroom teacher and the music specialist.

(Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 206. Choral Conducting and Repertoire. (3)

The study and reading of choral literature of all periods, including the contem-
porary, suitable for use in school and community choruses. Style, interpretation,
tone quality, diction, rehearsal and conducting techniques are analyzed. (Staff.)

Mus. Ed. 207. Seminar in Vocal Music in the Secondary
Schools. (2)

A comparative analysis of current methods and materials used in teaching
junior and senior high-school classes in general music, history and appreciation,
theory, and voice, and in directing choral groups and community singing.

(Grentzer.)

Mus. Ed. 208. The Teaching of Music Appreciation. (3)

A study of the objectives for the elementary and secondary levels; the techniques
of directed listening, the presentation of theoretical and biographical materials,
course planning, selection and use of audio-visual aids and library materials,
and the correlation between music and other arts. (Ulrich.)

Special Education
Mus Ed 209. Seminar in Instrumental Music. (2)

sembles are evaluated.
Mus. Ed. 210. Advanced Orchestration and Band Arranging

(SEMINAR). (2) eauivalent or consent of the instructor. A study

in the public schools.

Mus. Ed. 250. B^-^— ^«»SSi £
SS^SrnilSK^Jti indications a„d *--
values.

SPECIAL EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Sp Ed 170 Introduction to Special Education. (3)

Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all types of «**£**
dren, stressing preventive and remedial measures.

SP. ED. 171. CHAKACTB^STIC^ 0. ^^^^^^J'^.

t?W l^tui^n^^p eulogy, physical ^
and emotional characteristics of exceptional children.

Sp Ed 172 Education of Exceptional Children. (3-6)

ok. eu. x/^- ^r^j <- P^rrentual Learning Problems. Prerequi-

V£" S r;" etuWa.fnf Offfrs pr'aS and'specific methods of teaching
SepSUon"'chi,dr0erneqSe1eeted ohse^ation of aetua, teaching may he^anged.

Sp Ed 173 Curriculum for Exceptional Children. (3-6)

various curricula currently in use.

For Graduates
Sp Ed 200 Exceptional Children and Youth. (3)

' Prerequisite consent of instructor. Deals primarily with research relevant to
SSSi^P-ychologic.1. physical, and emotional characteristics of^xcep-
tional children.

Special Education

Sp. Ed. 205. The Exceptional Child and Society. (3)

Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 200 or consent of instructor. Relationship of the role and
adjustment of the child and/or adult and exceptionality to societal character-
istics. (Renz.)

Sp. Ed. 210. Administration and Supervision of Special
Education Programs. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Consideration of the determination, estab-
lishment and function of educational programs for exceptional children for
administrative and supervisory personnel. (Hebeler.)

Sp. Ed. 215. Evaluation and Measurement of Exceptional
Children and Youth. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 150, 151, Sp. Ed. 200.

Deals with the understanding and interpretation of the results of psychological

and educational tests applicable for use with exceptional children. (Renz.)

Sp. Ed. 220. Educational Diagnosis and Planning for
Exceptional Children and Youth. (3)

Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 215. Deals with the identification of learning characteris-
tics of exceptional children and the planning of appropriate programs.

(Hebeler.)

Sp. Ed. 225. Problems in the Education of the Mentally
Retarded. (3)

Prerequisite, 9 hours Sp. Ed. including Sp. Ed. 200, or consent of instructor.
Consideration of the pertinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological
and other relevant research and theoretical material relevant to the determina-
tion of trends, practices, regarding the mentally retarded. (Renz.)

Sp. Ed. 230. Problems in the Education of the Gifted. (3)

Prerequisite, 9 hours Sp. Ed. including Sp. Ed. 200 or consent of instructor.
Consideration of the pertinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological
and other relevant research and theoretical material relevant to the determina-
tion of trends, practices, regarding the gifted. (Hebeler.)

Sp. Ed. 235. Problems in the Education of Children with
Emotional Disturbances. (3)

Sp. Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education. (2)

Prerequisite, 9 hours in Special Education or consent of instructor. An overview
of education of exceptional children. (Hebeler.)

Note: For courses in physical education and health education see the catalog of
the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

THE 1964-66 FACULTY

ACEY, Alfred E., Graduate Assistant in Education

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1957; B.A., University of the Philippines, 1960;
M.S., Richmond Professional Institute, 1962.

AGRE, Gene P., Assistant Professor of Education, College of Education and Uni-
versity College; B.A., Macalester College, 1951; B.S., University of Minnesota,
1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956.

ALLAN, Thomas K., NDEA Fellow in Education
B.S., Northwestern University, 1950.

ANDERSON, J. Paul, Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1942; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., 1960.

ANDERSON, Vernon E., Professor of Education and Dean of the College of
Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado,

1942.

BENNETT, William E., Instructor in Education and University College

B.S., Georgia Teachers College, 1939; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Univer-
sity, 1947.

BLOUGH, Glenn O., Professor of Education, Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education

B.A., University of Michigan, 1929; M.A., 1932; LL.D., Central Michigan College

of Education, 1950.

BOISEN, Angeline G., Instructor in Education

B.S., State Teachers College. Newark, New Jersey, 1952; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1960.

BOTT, Margaret, Assistant Professor of Education and Counselor in Counseling Cen-
ter

B.A., St. John's University, 1952; M.S., Hunter College, 1959; Ph.D., Michigan

State University, 1962.

BOWIE, B. Lucile, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Uni-
versity, 1946; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1957.

BRANDT, Richard M., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study
B.M.E., University of Virginia, 1943; M.A., University of Michigan, 1949; Ed.D.,
University of Maryland, 1954.

BROOME, Eleanor A., Instructor in Education, Institute for Child Study
B.A., University of Maryland, 1943; M.Ed., 1957.

BROWN, Dale W., Assistant Professor of Library Science Education

A.B., David Lipscomb College, 1953; A.M., George Peabody College for Teach-
ers, 1955; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan, 1961.

Faculty

BROWN, Frederick A., Assistant Professor of Education, Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education

B.S., Lock Haven State College, 1942; A.M., Teachers College, Columbia, 1947;

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1960.

BROWN, Lillian W., Instructor in Education (part-time), Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education
B.A., Lake Erie College, 1930.

BRYAN, Marie D., Associate Professor of Education, Department of Secondary
Education

B.A., Goucher College, 1923; M.A., University of Maryland, 1945.

BYRNE, Richard H., Professor of Education and Project Director, Interprofessional
Research Commission on Pupil Personnel Services (IRCOPPS.)

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College, 1938; M.A., Columbia University, 1947;

Ed.D., 1952.

CAMPBELL, Elwood G., Assistant Professor of Education and History, Department
of Secondary Education

B.S., Northeast Missouri State Teachers College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern, 1952;

Ph.D., 1963.

CAPELLE, Macon, Graduate Assistant in Counselor Education in cooperation with
the Office of the Executive Dean for Student Life

B.A., Winthrop College, 1953; M.L.S., Texas Woman's University, 1959.

CARRICATO, Frank N., Graduate Assistant in Education, WASSC
B.S., University of Pittsburg, 1953; M.Ed., University of Pittsburg, 1955.

CHAPMAN, Guy, Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
A.B., San Jose State College, 1949; M.A., San Francisco State, 1953.

CHESTNUT, Russell S., Graduate Assistant in Education, Prince George's County
Intern, Department of Early Childhood-Elementary Education
A.B., George Washington University, 1961.

CLAGETT, Kathleen, NDEA Fellow in Education
B.S., Towson State Teachers College, 1959.

CLARK, Beverly, Graduate Assistant in Counselor Education in cooperation with
the Office of the Executive Dean for Student Life
B.S., Cornell University, 1944.

COLE, Mildred B., Lecturer in Education, University of Maryland Mathematics
Project, Department of Secondary Education

B.S., University of Illinois, 1943; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951.

COLLINS, James F., Assistant Professor in Education, Department of Early Child-
hood-Elementary Education, and Coordinator of Laboratory Experiences

B.Ed., University State College, New York, 1949; M.S., University State College,

N. Y., 1953.

COONCE, Charlotte, Instructor in Education, Institute for Child Study
B.S., Iowa State University, 1960.

Faculty

CRIST, Thomas, Graduate Assistant in Education

B.S., College of William and Mary, 1936; M.A., Southern Methodist University,
1939.

CROSBY, Edmund D., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education, Department of
Industrial Education

B.A., Western Michigan University, 1934; M.A., Colorado A. & M. College, 1941.

CROWCROFT, Harry G., Graduate Assistant in Education and Mathematics, De-
partment of Secondary Education

B.S., Western Illinois University, 1959; M.S., Western Illinois University, 1961.

CUSSLER, Elise, Lecturer in Education, Mathematics — University of Maryland
Mathematics Project (part-time), Department of Secondary Education.

B.S., N. Y. State College for Teachers, 1925; M.S., Syracuse University, 1937.

DAYTON, Chauncey M., Instructor in Education, College of Education and Uni-
versity College

B.A., University of Chicago, 1955; M.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

DE BERUFF, Ellen, NDEA Fellow in Education
B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

DUFFEY, Robert V., Professor of Education and Head, Department of Early Child-
hood-Elementary Education

B.S., Millersville State College, 1938; M.Ed., Temple University, 1948; Ed.D.,
Temple University, 1954.

DUSMAN, William, Graduate Assistant in Counselor Education in cooperation
with the Office of the Executive Dean for Student Life
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954.

EISENSTADT, Beula, Assistant Professor of Music and Music Education, Depart-
ment of Secondary Education

B.A., Queens College, 1949; M.A., Columbia University, 1954.

ELLNER, Carolyn L., Instructor in Education (part-time), Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education

A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1953; A.M., Teachers College, Columbia University,
1956.

FANNING, John R., Instructor in Education, Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education

B.S., Towson State College, 1958; M.Ed., University of Delaware, 1960.

FISHER, John K., Staff Associate, Interprofessional Research Commission on Pupil
Personnel Services, (IRCOPPS).

B.A., Alfred University, 1952; M.S., Alfred University, 1953.

FOXE, Esther K., Instructor in Education (part-time), Department of Early Child-
hood-Elementary Education

B.A., Cornell University, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1950.

Faculty

FRANK, Allan D., Assistant Professor of Education and Speech, Department of
Secondary Education

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1953; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1954.

GAMACHE, John R., Graduate Assistant in Education, Department of Industrial
Education
B.S. Ed., 1963; State College of Fitchburg, Fitchburg, Massachusetts.

GARSTENS, Helen, Assistant Professor of Education and Mathematics and Associate
Director of the University of Maryland Mathematics Project, Department of Sec-
ondary Education

B.A., Hunter College, 1932.

GAUDET, Alphonse B., Graduate Assistant in Education

B.A., College of Saint Anne, 1956; B.Ed., St. Francis Xavier University, 1957;
M.A., St. Mary's University, 1962.

GERBERICH, J. Raymond, Visiting Professor in Education (part-time)
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1922, 1928 and 1929.

GETTLE, Karl E., NDEA, Fellow in Education
B.S., State Teachers College, 1960.

GIBLETTE, John, Assistant Professor of Education and Assistant Director, Testing
and Research, Counseling Center

B.A., George Washington University. 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952;

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960.

GINSBERG, Sadie D., Instructor in Education (part-time), Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education and University College (Baltimore).
B.A., Goucher College, 1922.

GLICK, Irvin D., NDEA Fellow in Education
B.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

GOER1NG, Jacob D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study
B.A., Bethel College, 1941; B.D., Bethany Seminary, 1949; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1959.

GRAHAM, Jo, Research Assistant, Department of Early Childhood-Elementary
Education

B.S., Brigham Young University, 1940; M.A., George Peabody College for

Teachers, 1959.

GRAMBS, Jean D., Associate Professor of Education, Department of Secondary
Education

B.A., Reed College, 1940; M.A., Stanford University, 1941; Ed.D., 1948.

GRAVITT, Bernard C, Instructor in Education (part-time)

B.A., University of Kentucky, 1950; M.A., University of Kentucky, 1951.

GREENBERG, Kenneth, Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., Ohio State University, 1951: M.A., Ohio State University, 1952; Ph.D.,
Western Reserve University, 1960.

Faculty

GRIMES, Katherine, Instructor in Education and English (part-time), Department
of Secondary Education

B.A. and M.A., University of Maryland, 1953, 1954.

GUY, Kenneth H., Jr., Instructor in Industrial Education, Department of Industrial
Education

B.S., State University of New York. Buffalo, 1959; M.S., 1962.

HALL, Mary Anne, Instructor in Education (part-time). Department of Early Child-
hood-Elementary Education

B.A., Marshall University, 1955; M. Ed., University of Maryland, 1959.

HAM BY, Trudy, Graduate Assistant in Education, Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education

B.A., Eastern Washington College of Education, 1943; M.Ed., University of Mary-
land, 1963.

HANEY, George M., Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education, Department of
Industrial Education

B.S., College of Oswego, New York, 1962.

HAROOTIAN, Armen P., Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education, Department
of Industrial Education

B.S.Ed., 1963; State College at Fitchburg, Fitchburg, Massachusetts.

HARRISON. Paul E., Jr., Professor of Industrial Education, Department of Indus-
trial Education

B.Ed., Northern Illinois State College, 1942; M.A., Colorado State College, 1947;

Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1955.

HAUSER, Sherman I., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
B.S., Ohio University, 1960; M.A., San Francisco State College, 1963.

HEBELER, Jean R.. Associate Professor of Education and Coordinator of Special
Education Program

B.S.. State University of New York, College for Teachers, 1953; M.S., University

of Illinois, 1956: Ed.D., Syracuse University, 1960.

HEIBERT, Vern C, Instructor in Education and Mathematics (part-time), Depart-
ment of Secondary Education

A.B., Willamette University, 1952; M.S., University of Illinois, 1959.

HERRICK, Irving Weymouth, Jr., Instructor in Individual Education, Department
of Industrial Education

B.S., Gorham State Teachers College, Gorham, Maine, 1954; M.Ed., University of
Maryland, 1960.

HIGGINS, Martin J., NDEA Fellow in Education

B.S., University of Dayton, 1959; M.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

HIGHBARGER, Charles, Graduate Assistant in Education, Department of Secondary
Education

B.S., University of Miami, 1953.

Faculty

HIRSCH, Julia, Graduate Assistant in Education and Mathematics, University of
Maryland Mathematics Project, Department of Secondary Education
A.B., Middlebury College, 1956.

HORNBAKE, R. Lee, Professor of Industrial Education and Vice-President for
Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pennsylvania, 1934; M.A., Ohio State University,

1936; Ph.D., 1942.

HOVET, Kenneth O., Professor of Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1926; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1950.

HUNT, Eugene, Instructor in Education and Office Management and Business Edu-
cation (part-time), Department of Secondary Education
B.S., M.S., Richmond Professional Institute, 1959, 1961.

HYMES, James L., Jr., Professor of Education, Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education and Director of University Nursery-Kindergarten Laboratory
School, and Institute for Child Study

B.A., Harvard College, 1934; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1936;
Ed.D., 1947.

KATZ, Harold L., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study

B.S., Towson State Teachers College, 1947; M.A., University of Maryland, 1952.

KELLY, Joan, Graduate Assistant in Education, Department of Secondary Edu-
cation

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., Teachers College, Columbia University,

1959.

KELSEY, Roger R., Lecturer in Education and NDEA Higher Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ed.D., George
Peabody College for Teachers, 1954.

KICKLIGHTER, Clois E., Graduate Assistant in Industrial Education, Department
of Industrial Education

B.S.Ed., 1962; University of Florida; M.S., Indiana State College, 1963.

KINSLEY, Linda B., Graduate Assistant in Counselor Education in cooperation
with the Office of the Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

KISNER, Lonnie, Graduate Assistant in Education, WASSC
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

KLEVAN, Albert, Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study

B.S., Temple University, 1948; M.Ed., 1950; Ed.D., New York University, 1957.

KNORR, Sheldon, NDEA Fellow in Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

KOLB, John, Graduate Assistant in Education and Mathematics, University of Mary-
land Mathematics Project, Department of Secondary Education
A.B., University of Maryland, 1961.

Faculty

KORB, L., David, Instructor in Industrial Education (part-time), Department of
Industrial Education

B.A., Brown University, 1939; M.A., Boston University, 1952.

KUNZ, T. Jean, Instructor in Education, Institute for Child Study
B.S., University of Idaho, 1940; M.A., George Peabody College, 1956.

KUO, You Yuh, Graduate Assistant, Department of Early Childhood-Elementary

Education

B.S., Department of Education, Taiwan Normal Education, 1956; M.A., National
Chengchi Education, 1958; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1963.

KURTZ, John J., Professor of Education and Assistant Director, Institute for Child
Study

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1935; M.A., Northwestern University, 1940; Ph.D.,

University of Chicago, 1947.

KYLE, David G., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study

B.S., University of Denver, 1952; M.A., 1953; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1961.

LADD, Marian, Graduate Assistant in Counselor Education in cooperation with
the Office of the Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., Wellesley College, 1938.

LAWSON, John R., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study
B.A., Long Beach State College, 1958; M.A., 1959; University of Nebraska, 1962.

LIDDLE, Gordon P., Associate Director, Interprofessional Research Commission on
Pupil Personnel Services and Lecturer in Education

B.A., Oberlin College, 1947; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1959.

LOCKARD, J. David, Assistant Professor of Education and Botany, Department of
Secondary Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1951; M.Ed., Pennsylvania University, 1955;

Ph.D., 1962.

LOEB, Virginia M., Graduate Assistant, Department of Secondary Education
B.A., University of Maryland, 1961.

LONGLEY, Edward L., Jr., Assistant Professor of Education and Art, Department
of Secondary Education

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1953.

LONSDALE, Bernard J., Lecturer in Education, Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education

B.A., University of Southern California, 1936; M.S., University of Southern Cali-
fornia, 1937; Ed.D., University of California at Berkeley, 1949.

LOVELESS, Edna M., Graduate Assistant in Education
B.A., Walla Walla College, 1950.

LUETKEMEYER, Joseph, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education, Department
of Industrial Education

B.S., Stout State College. 1953; M.S., 1954; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1961.

Faculty

MALEY, Donald, Professor and Head, Industrial Education, Department of Indus-
trial Education

B.S., State College, California, Pennsylvania, 1943; M.A., University of Maryland,

1947; Ph.D., 1950.

MARX, George L., Associate Professor of Education, and Associate Dean for Stu-
dent Life and Acting Director, Office of Intermediate Registration

B.A., Yankton College, South Dakota, 1953; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1956;

Ph.D., 1959.

MASSEY, William J., Assistant Professor of Education, Department of Early Child-
hood-Elementary Education

A.B., Louisiana State Normal College, 1936; M.Ed., University of Missouri, 1951;

Ed.D., 1955.

MATTESON, Richard L., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study
B.A., Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, 1952; M.A., University of Maryland,
1955; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1962.

MAYOR, John R., Professor of Education and Mathematics (part-time) and Director
of University of Maryland Mathematics Project, Department of Secondary Education

B.S., Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, 1928; M.A., University of Illinois, 1929;

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1933.

McCLURE, L. Morris, Professor of Education and Assistant Dean of the College of
Education

B.A., Western Michigan University, 1940; M.A., University of Michigan, 1946;

Ed.D., Michigan State University, 1953.

MACMILLIAN, Joanne, NDEA Fellow in Education and Mathematics, University
of Maryland Mathematics Project, Department of Secondary Education
B.S., Cornell University, 1956; M.S., University of New York, 1962.

MENDELOFF, Henry, Assistant Professor of Education and Foreign Languages,

Department of Secondary Education

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1936; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., Catholic Uni-
versity of America, 1960.

MERRILL, George R., Instructor in Industrial Education, Department of Industrial
Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.Ed., 1955.
MERSHON, Madelaine J., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study

B.S., Drake University, 1940; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943; Ph.D., 1950.

MILLHAM, Paul, NDEA Fellow in Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1958, M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University,
1961.

MILLS, Esther, Instructor in Education (part-time)

B.S., Wayne University, 1937; M.E., University of Maryland, 1959.

MONDERER, Jack H., Demonstration Coordinator and Lecturer, Interprofessional
Research Commission on Pupil Personnel Services (IRCOPPS)

B.S., City College of New York, 1949; M.A., City College of New York, 1950;

Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1954.

Faculty

MORFORD, Ida B., Fellow in Education, Institute for Child Study

B.S., State Teachers College, New York, 1941; M.A., Ohio State University, 1951;
Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1956.

MORGAN, H. Gerthon, Professor of Education and Director, Institute for Child

Study

B.A., Furman University, 1940; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943; Ph.D., 1946.

MUSGROVE, Walter J., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
A.B., University of Maryland, 1949; M.A., 1951.

NEWELL, Clarence A., Professor of Educational Administration

B.A., Hastings College, Nebraska, 1935; M.A., Columbia University, 1939; Ph.D.,
1943.

O'NEILL, Leo W., Professor of Education, Department of Early Childhood-Elemen-
tary Education

B.A., University of Chicago, 1938; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1953; Ed.D.,

University of Colorado, 1955.

OSBORNE, David F., Faculty Research Assistant, Interprofessional Research Com-
mission on Pupil Personnel Services

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1956; M.S., Richmond Professional Institute,

1961.

PALLISTER, Patricia, Graduate Fellow in Education
B.A., Michigan State University, 1958.

PANCELLA, John R„ Instructor in Education, Department of Secondary Education
B.S., State Teachers College, Indiana, Pennsylvania, 1953; M.S., University of
Maryland.

PATRICK, Arthur S., Professor of Office Management and Business Education,
Department of Secondary Education

B.E., Wisconsin State College, Whitewater, Wisconsin, 1931; M.A., University of

Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., American University, 1956.

PEARSE, Marjorie H., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
Post-diploma of Advanced Studies, University of West Australia, 1952.

PECK, Bernard, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study

B.A., Indiana University, 1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1941; Ed.D., Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1957.

PERERA, Jonathan M., Graduate Fellow in Education

B.S., University of London, 1948, M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1961.

PERKINS, Hugh V., Professor of Education and Deputy Director, Institute for
Child Study

B.A., Oberlin College, 1941; M.A., University of Chicago, 1946; Ph.D., 1949;

Ed.D., New York University, 1956.

PICKETT, Wilda D., Associate Professor of Education and Physical Education,
Department of Secondary Education

B.S., Missouri State College, 1932; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University,
1934; Ed.D., 1955.

Faculty

PRESCOTT, Daniel A., Professor of Education and Director Emeritus, Institute for
Child Study

B.S., Tufts College, 1920; M.Ed., Harvard University, 1922; Ed.D., 1923.

RATHS, James D., Associate Professor of Education and Assistant Director, Bureau

of Educational Research and Field Services

B.S., Yale University, 1954; M.A., Yale University, 1955; Ph.D., New York Uni-
versity, 1960.

RAY, Philip B., Assistant Professor of Education and Counselor in Counseling
Center

B.A., Antioch College, 1950; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Minnesota, 1962.

RENZ, Paul, Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., Syracuse University, 1951; M.S., 1952; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1962.

RHOADS, David J., Assistant Professor of Education, College of Education and
University College

B.A., Temple, 1954; M.A., 1958; PhD., University of Maryland, 1963.

RIGGS, Sheldon K., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
B.S., West Virginia University, 1950; M.A., 1953.

RISINGER, Robert G., Professor of Education and Head, Department of Secondary
Education

B.S., Ball State Teachers College, 1940; M.A., University of Chicago, 1947; Ed.D.,

University of Colorado, 1955.

ROLLER, Ellen S., Graduate Assistant in Education, Department of Early Child-
hood-Elementary Education

B.A., Mary Baldwin College, 1950; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1959.

ROWAN, Thomas E., Research Assistant, Bureau of Educational Research and Field
Services.

B.S., Frostburg State Teachers College, 1957.

RUSSELL, Ruth E., Graduate Assistant in Education, Prince George's County Intern,
Department of Early Childhood-Elementary Education
B.A., Calvin College, 1957.

SCHACHT, Robert C, Instructor in Education (Part-time) Department of Industrial
Education

B.S.Ed., 1960, University of Florida; M.Ed., University of Florida, 1961.

SCHIFFMAN, Gilbert, Lecturer in Education (Part-time), Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education

A.A., George Washington University, 1946; B.S., University of Illinois, 1949;

Doctorate in Optometry, University of Illinois, 1949; B.A., George Washington

University, 1951; M.A., Temple University, 1955.

SCHINDLER, Alvin W., Professor of Education, Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education

B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1927; M.A., University of Iowa, 1929; Ph.D.,

1934.

Faculty

SCHRAMM, Carl S., Instructor in Industrial Education, Department of Industrial
Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

SCOTT, Richard T., Instructor in Education (Part-time), Institute for Child Study
B.A., Southern Methodist University. 1954; M.A., University of Chicago, 1958.

SEIDMAN, Eric, Assistant Professor of Education, Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education

B.S., New York University, 1947; M.A., New York University, 1948.

SENSENIG, Evelyn B., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
B.S., State College, Millersville, Pa., 1946.

SHIMER, Jill G. J., Graduate Assistant in Education

B.S., in Ed., University of Maryland, 1960; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1963.

SHULL, Howard I., Graduate Assistant, Department of Industrial Education
B.S., 1940; The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio; M.A., 1948.

SIMMS, Betty Howald, Assistant Professor of Education, College of Education and
University College

B.A., Harris Teachers College, 1947; M.A.. University of Michigan, 1955; Ed.D.,

University of Maryland, 1962.

SKAURUD, Marvin, Lecturer in Education, Department of Secondary Education and
University College (European Division)

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1941; Ph.D.,

University of Minnesota, 1955.

SMART, Dalton E., Jr., Graduate Assistant, Department of Industrial Education
B.S.Ed., State College at Fitchburg, Fitchburg, Massachusetts

SNYDER, William H., Industrial Teacher Trainer, Department of Industrial Edu-
cation

B.S., 1949; M.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1951.

SPENCER, Mabel S., Associate Professor of Home Economics Education, Depart-
ment of Secondary Education

B.S., West Virginia University, 1925; M.S., 1946; Ed.D., American University,

1959.

STANT, Margaret A., Assistant Professor of Education, Department of Early Child-
hood-Elementary Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.Ed., 1955; A.P.C., George Washington

University, 1959.

STRENGE, John A., Instructor in Education (Part-time), Department of Industrial
Education

B.S., Bradley University, Peoria, Illinois, 1949; M.S., Bradley University, Peoria,

Illinois, 1950.

STUNKARD, Clayton L., Associate Professor of Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1948; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., 1959.

Faculty

SULLIVAN, Dorothy, Instructor in Education (Part-time), Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education

A.B., University of Maryland, 1945; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1960.

THOMPSON, Fred R., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study

B.A., University of Texas, 1929; M.A., 1939; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

TIERNEY, William P., Associate Professor of Industrial Education

B.S., Teachers College of Connecticut, 1941; M.A., Ohio State University, 1949;
Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

TONGREN, Anne C, Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
B.A., University of Michigan, 1961.

UHL, Norman P., NDEA Fellow in Education and Research Coordinator (Part-
time), Interprofessional Research Commission on Pupil Personnel Services
B.S., Roanoke College, 1957; M.A., University of Maryland, 1963.

ULRY, Orval L., Professor of Education, Department of Secondary Education
B.S., Ohio State University, 1938; M.A.. 1944; Ph.D., 1953.

VAN NESS, James, Instructor in Education and History, Department of Secondary
Education

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1962.

VAN ZWOLL, James A., Professor of School Administration

B.A., Calvin College, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1933: M.A., University of Michi-
gan, 1937; Ph.D., 1942.

VORREYER, Donald F., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
B.S., Newberry College, 1947; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1951.

WAETJEN, Walter B„ Professor of Education and Director of the Bureau of Edu-
cational Research and Field Services and Director of Interprofessional Research
Commission on Pupil Personnel Services

B.S., State Teachers College, Millersville, Pennsylvania, 1942; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania, 1947; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1951.

WALBESSER, Henry H., Lecturer in Education and Mathematics (Part-time),
Department of Secondary Education

B.S., State University of New York, College for Teachers, 1958; M.A., University

of Maryland, 1960.

WALKER, Kathryn, University Credentials Service and Assistant Director of Place-
ment Service

WALL, Robert E., Graduate Assistant, College of Education

B.S., Iowa State University, 1961; M.A., Kent State University, 1963.

WARGO, William D., Graduate Assistant, Industrial Education

B.S., 1962; Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; M.Ed., Ohio University, Athens,
Ohio.

Faculty

WARMDAHL, Carl R., Grant Foundation Fellow, Institute for Child Study
B.A., San Jose State College, 1952; MA., Sacramento State College, 1963.

WEAVER, V. Phillips, Assistant Professor of Education, Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education

A.B., William and Mary, 1951; M.Ed, and Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University,
1956 and 1962.

WEBSTER, Patricia A., Instructor in Education (Part-time), Institute for Child Study
B.S., Mills College, 1950; M.A., University of Michigan, 1953.

WEISEN, Henry H., Instructor in Education, Department of Early Childhood-Ele-
mentary Education

B.S., Indiana State College, 1942; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1951.

WEST, Donald L., Graduate Assistant, College of Education

A.B., Lincoln Memorial University, 1929; B.D., Vanderbilt University, 1933;
M.A., Oglethorpe University, 1944; C.A.S.E., Johns Hopkins, Baltimore, Md., 1963.

WESTBAY, John D., Graduate Assistant in Education

B.S., Drake University, 1955; M.S., Drake University, 1962.

WIGGIN, Gladys A., Professor of Education and Director of Graduate Studies
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1929; M.A., 1939; Ph.D.. University of Maryland,
1947.

WOODS, Albert W., Associate Professor of Education and Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.Ed., 1949.

College of Education Cooperating Staff Members

ADDISON, Howard P., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Extension Education

ANDERSON, C. R., Instructor in Office Techniques and Management

BORRESON, James B., Executive Dean for Student Life

CARDOZIER, V. R., Professor and Head of Agricultural and Extension Education

EVERARD, Kenneth E., Instructor in Office Techniques and Management

FANOS, Stavroula, Instructor in Music

GRENTZER, Rose Marie, Professor of Music

HENDERSON, Hubert, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Bands

LEMBACH, John, Acting Head and Professor of Art

McCLINTOCK, Robert, Director of Institutional Research

O'NEILL, Jane, Instructor in Office Techniques and Management

ROVNER, Philip, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages

SMITH, Clodus R., Associate Professor of Agricultural and Extension Education,
and Director of Summer Session

CATALOG OF THE

COLLEGE

ENGINEERING

1964-66

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

Volume 19 May 29, 1964 Number 28

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iv

Board of Regents . vi

Officers of Administration vii
Chairmen, Standing

Committees, Faculty Senate x

The College 1

Admission Requirements 2

Adventure in Learning 3

Cost 3

Libraries 4

General Facilities 5
Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid 5

Honors and Awards 5
Professional and Honor

Societies ... 5

Graduate Study 6

For Additional Information 7

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS

Basic Curriculum for Freshmen 10

Aeronautical Engineering 1 1

Chemical Engineering 12

Civil Engineering 14

Electrical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering

Fire Protection

Agricultural Engineering

16
18
19
21

COGNATE ACTIVITIES

Institute For Fluid Dynamics

and Applied Mathematics 22
Wind Tunnel Operations 23

Fire Service Extension

Department 23

Other Research Laboratories 24

COURSE OFFERINGS

Aeronautical Engineering 25 Engineering Sciences

Chemical Engineering 28 Mechanical Engineering

Civil Engineering . 33 Fire Protection

Electrical Engineering 38

Faculty

43
44
49

III

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1963-64

Fall Semester
1963

September 16-20 Monday-Friday
September 23 Monday

November 27 Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

December 1

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends
8 a.m.

December 20

Friday

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1964

January 6

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 22

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 23-30

Thursday- Wednesday
inclusive

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7

Monday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 10

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Saturday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Wednesday

Maryland Day, not a holiday

March 26

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

March 31

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends, 8 a.m.

May 13

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 28

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 29-June 5

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Saturday

Memorial Day, Holiday

May 31

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

June 6

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

1964

June 22

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 23

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 4

Saturday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 14

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

1964

June 15-19

Monday-Saturday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 3-7

Monday-Saturday

4-H Club Week

September 8-11

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1964-65

(Tentative)

Fall Semester
1964

September 14-18 Monday-Friday
September 21 Monday

November 25 Wednesday

November 30
December 22

Monday
Tuesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins

After Last Class
Thanksgiving Recess Ends

8 a.m.
Christmas Recess Begins After

Last Class

1965

January 4
January 20
January 21-27

Monday
Wednesday
Thursday- Wednesday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
Pre-Examination Study Day
Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 2-5
February 8
February 22
March 25
April 15

Tuesday-Friday

Monday
Monday
Thursday
Thursday

Spring Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Washington's Birthday, Holiday
Maryland Day, not a Holiday
Easter Recess Begins After Last

Class
Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
AFROTC Day
Pre-Examination Study Day
Spring Semester Examinations
Baccalaureate Exercises
Memorial Day, Holiday
Commencement Exercises

April 20
May 12
May 27
May 28-June 4
May 30
May 31
June 5

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday-Friday

Sunday

Monday

Saturday

Summer Session

June 21
June 22
July 5
August 13

Monday
Tuesday
Monday
Friday

Summer Session Registration
Summer Session Begins
Independence Day. Holiday
Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

June 14-18
August 2-6
September 7-10

Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday
Tuesday-Friday

Rural Women's Short Course
4-H Club Week
Firemen's Short Course

Board Of Regents

and

Maryland State Board Of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore, 21202

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, 21202

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore, 21201

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton, 21629

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College, 5800 Park Heights Ave., Baltimore, 21215

ASSISTANT TREASURER

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center — 17th Floor,

Baltimore, 21201

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury, 21801

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown, 21740

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park, 20012

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland, 21501

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore, 21218

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKINS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.

ALBIN O. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936;
Ph.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant to the President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ALVIN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; LL.B., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

HARRY C. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College, 1936; LL.D.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.Sc., Western Maryland College, 1938.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

EDWARD W. AITON, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland.
1956.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado,
1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

WILLIAM P. CUNNINGHAM, Dean of the School of Law

A.B., Harvard College, 1944; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

RAY W. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse
University, 1937.

NOEL E. FOSS, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

Ph.C, South Dakota State College, 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland.
1932; Ph.D., 1933.

vii

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health.

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADISLAUS F. GRAPSKI, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.S.,
University of Denver, 1942; M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of
Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN C. HAUT, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1933.

VERL S. LEWIS, Dean of the School of Social Work

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.S.W., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

CHARLES MANNING, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935.

DONALD W. O'CONNELL, Dean of the College of Business and Public
Administration

B.A., Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

JOHN J. SALLEY, Dean of the School of Dentistry

D.D.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1947; Ph.D., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

WILLIAM S. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of
Medical Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville, 1929;

Ph.D. (Hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGIRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

C. WILBUR CISSEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939.

via

HELEN E. CLARKE, Dean of Women

B.S., University of Michigan, 1943: M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; Ed.D.,
Teachers College. Columbia University, 1960.

WILLIAM W. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland. 1930.

L. EUGENE CRONIN, Director of Natural Resources Institute

A.B., Western Maryland College. 1938: M.S.. University of Maryland, 1943;
Ph.D., 1946.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; M.D., 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920: M.S.. University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; C.P.A.. 1948.

GEORGE W. FOGG, Director of Personnel

B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

ROBERT J. McCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE W. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer,
Physical Plant (Baltimore)

B.S., University of Maryland. 1927; E.E.. 1931.

VERNON H. REEVES, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air
Science

B.A., Arizona State College, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1949.

WERNER C. RHEINBOLDT, Director, Computer Science Center

Dipl. Math., University of Heidelberg. 1952; Dr. Rer. Nat., University of Freiburg,
1955.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940.

CLODUS R. SMITH, Director of the Summer Session

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,
1960.

GEORGE O. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

HAROLD C. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE

Clarence A. Newell (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING

Russell B. Allen (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Thomas G. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Richard H. Byrne (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES
V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

James A. Hummel (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Donald W. O'Connell (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Walter E. Schlaretzki (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Mark Keeny (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Robert B. Beckmann (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM
AND TENURE

George Anastos (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES
Stanley B. Jackson (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
John M. Brumbaugh (Law), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Noel E. Foss (Pharmacy), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS
Mary K. Carl (Nursing), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY

Homer Ulrich (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

Adjunct Committees of the General Committee of Student
Life and Welfare

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Gayle S. Smith (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP

A. B. Hamilton (Agriculture), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE

Bryce Jordan (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

Ellen Harvey (Physical Education), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS
Calvin Gaver (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

Four-year programs outlined in this catalog lead to the degree of Bachelor
of Science and Bachelor of Science with curriculum designation in aero-
nautical engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical
engineering, mechanical engineering, and fire protection. The engineering
programs integrate these elements: (1) basic sciences including mathe-
matics, physics, chemistry; (2) engineering sciences including mechanics
of solids and fluids, engineering materials, thermodynamics, electricity and
magnetism . . .; (3) professional studies in aeronautical, chemical, civil,
electrical or mechanical engineering; (4) liberal arts and social studies in
the American Civilization Program; and (5) certain other required sub-
jects including air science and physical activities.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Each program lays a broad base for continued learning after college in
professional practice, in business or industry, in public service, or in
graduate study and research. Representative work that engineering grad-
uates do is suggested in the following paragraphs.

The aeronautical engineer deals with problems related to transporting
people and things by air and through space. Aerodynamics, therom-
dynamics, and the mechanics of fluids and solids are among his basic
sciences. He may apply them in some phase of planning or producing
airplanes, missiles, or rockets, or in devising means to sustain and control
their flight.

The chemical engineer applies chemistry to development and economic
production of industrial chemicals, fuels, modern synthesis and certain
alloys. He also applies mechanics, thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and
aspects of nuclear science in unit operations and processes which are
fundamental in the design and operation of industries in which material
undergoes a change in its identity. He serves as a research worker, oper-
ator, manager, executive or consultant.

The civil engineer is primarily a planner, a designer, a builder, and a
manager of public works and private enterprise. His professional service
plays a major role in designing, supervising construction, or managing
virtually every large building, bridge, dam, highway, railway, airport,
water supply, waste disposal system, city plan, industrial plant, public
works project.

The electrical engineer puts mathematics and the physical sciences to
practical use in designing systems that generate, transmit and distribute
electrical energy to transmit and receive "intelligence," as for example by
telephone, radio, radar, television and computers; and to regulate and
control mechanical and industrial processes by electronics and servo-
merchanisms.

General Information

The mechanical engineer figures ways to transmit power economically
by heat or by mechanical systems. He applies the mechanics of fluids
and solids, thermodynamics, and an understanding of the behavior of
engineering materials under different conditions. As a professional engi-
neer he devises processes for industrial production. As an industrial
agent he serves as a supervisor, manager, or sales representative.

The specialist in fire protection is concerned with scientific, technical,
and supervisory problems involved in safeguarding life and property from
loss due to fire, explosion, and related hazards.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Young men and women who wish to become professional engineers should
enroll in an academic program in high school. A good academic record
in high school is a basic requirement. Subjects that are recommended
for admission are these:

Subjects Recommended

English 4 units

Mathematics (college preparatory) — including algebra (2),
plane geometry (1), and trigonometry, or other ad-
vanced mathematics 4
History and social sciences 2
Physical sciences 2
Foreign language — German or French 2
Unspecified academic subjects or suitable electives 2

Total 16

A complete statement of admission requirements and policies will be found
in An Adventure in Learning. Application for admission should be made
to the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland.

APPLICATION INFORMATION

fall semester: All applications for full-time undergraduate admis-
sion for the Fall Semester at the College Park campus must be received
by the University on or before July 15. Any student registering for seven
(7) or more semester hours of work is considered a full-time student.

Under unusual circumstances, applications will be accepted between July
15 and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after July
15 will be required to pay a non-refundable $15.00 late fee to defray the
cost of special handling of applications after that date. This late fee is
in addition to the $10.00 application fee.

All undergraduate applications, both for full-time and part-time attendance,
and all supporting documents for an application for admission must be

General Information

received by the appropriate University office by September 1 . This means
that the applicant's educational records, ACT scores (in the case of
new freshmen) and medical examination report must be received by
September 1.

spring semester: The deadline for the receipt of applications for the
Spring Semester is January 1 .

university college: The application deadlines and fees do not apply
to students registering in the evening classes offered by the University
College.

graduate school: Application for admission to the Graduate School
must be made by September 1 for the fall term and by January 1 for the
spring term on blanks obtained from the Office of the Graduate School.
Admission to the summer session is governed by the date listed in the
Summer School catalog. The summer session deadline is generally
June 1.

ADVENTURE IN LEARNING

All freshmen in the College of Engineering enroll in essentially the same
subjects as detailed in this catalog.

Each student will select his major-line department before he begins his
sophomore year's work. Thereafter he will pursue the approved program
of his department which leads to the bachelor's degree.

Advanced students who show promise of creativity and leadership in
engineering, in the engineering sciences, and in teaching and research,
are encouraged to continue in a program of graduate study leading to
master's and doctor's degrees. There is an acute shortage of engineers
with earned doctor's degrees. Able men and women with gumption will
find challenging opportunities if they have such top-level preparation. The
best time to plan and to begin preparing for these top-level opportunities
is while one is in high school. Parents and teachers can help by leading,
by pointing ways, and by maintaining proper standards of performance
and conduct. But the lifelong adventure in learning, which is the true char-
acteristic of the well-educated man or woman, demands systematic mental
exercise throughout life. "Chance favors the prepared mind!"

EXPENSES

Annual expenses of attending the University are approximately as fol-
lows: $250.00 fixed charges, $96.00 special fees, $420.00 board; $290.00
to $320.00 lodging for Maryland residents, or $340.00 to $370.00 for
residents of other states and countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is
charged all new students and is payable only once. A fee of $10.00 must
accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If a
student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in

General Information

lieu of the matriculation fee. A charge of $400.00 ($200.00 a semester)
is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland.
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the
time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in the State
of Maryland for at least six months.

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his
first registration in the University and may not thereafter be changed by
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal
residents of Maryland by maintaining such residence for at least six
months. However, the right of the minor student to change from a
non-resident status to resident status must be established by him prior
to the registration period set for any semester.

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their
registration they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least six months
provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school
or college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the
armed services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as
satisfying the six-months period referred to above except in those cases
in which the adult was domiciled in Maryland for at least six months
prior to his entrance into the armed service and was not enrolled in any
school during that period.

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the perma-
nent place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile
may be maintained.

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take Basic Air Science for a period of two semesters.
The successful completion of this sequence is a prerequisite for gradua-
tion and must be taken by all eligible students during the first two semes-
ters of attendance at the University. Transfer students who do not have
the required two semesters of air science will be required to complete the
sequence or take it until graduation whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced science courses
during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve
commission in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning air science, refer to University General
and Academic Regulations, a publication available to all entering under-
graduate students.

General Information

LIBRARIES

The libraries of the University are located on both the College Park and
Baltimore campuses. They include the Theodore R. McKeldin Library
and the many college and departmental libraries which house special
collections. Because of the location of the University the large libraries of
Baltimore and Washington are a valuable asset to graduate work. Ar-
rangements can be made for personal work in the Enoch Pratt Library
of Baltimore, the Library of Congress, the United States Department of
Agriculture Library and the many fine collections of other government
agencies in Washington.

Located in a geographical area rich in library resources, the Univer-
sity's libraries are well equipped to serve the engineering programs of
study and research. The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library
which supplements the Science and Technology Division of the general
University Library is in the north wing of the Mathematics Building.
This Library has a reading room on the first floor and three decks of
book stacks above with a capacity of over 100,000 volumes. Stacks are
open to all students. Individual study desks and lockers are assigned by
the semester. Six small conference rooms, equipped with chalkboards,
are available for group study. Carrels are reserved for graduate students.
Micro-film and micro-card readers are maintained for use along with a
complete photocopying service.

The Library collection covers the fields of engineering, mathematics,
physics and industrial education. Its journal holdings represent over a
thousand titles in science and technology; more than eight hundred are cur-
rently received. Several personal libraries of outstanding scientists and
engineers have been acquired by the Library, the most extensive being the
private collections of Max Born and Richard Von Mises. The Library is a
designated depository of U.S. Atomic Energy Commission unclassified re-
ports, including those of atomic energy establishments of Great Britain,
Canada and other nations. Inter-library loan agreements assure the receipt
of special materials from other libraries throughout the country.

GENERAL FACILITIES

The College of Engineering, and departments in other colleges of the Uni-
versity, are well equipped for instruction and basic research in their respec-
tive areas of activity. There is excellent interdepartmental cooperation in
furthering studies of mutual interest.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Scholarships and grants-in-aid are awarded each year to selected students
in the College of Engineering. A list of such awards is published in the Uni-
versity publication An Adventure in Learning. Applications should be filed
on forms which may be obtained from the Director, Office of Scholarships
and Grants-in-Aid, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

General Information

HONORS AND AWARDS

The College of Engineering schedules annually in the Spring an Honors
Day Convocation to direct public attention to students and faculty
who have distinguished themselves by scholarship and worthy activities.
Families and friends of honorees, sponsors of scholarships and awards,
alumni, and others interested in the University are cordially invited to this
convocation.

PROFESSIONAL AND HONOR SOCIETIES

Student branches of the following national engineering societies are estab-
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Aeronautics and
Astronautics, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, American Society
of Civil Engineers, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Ameri-
can Society of Mechanical Engineers, and National Society of Fire Protec-
tion Engineers.

Each student is urged to be active in his engineering society. At meetings
of professional societies he will meet distinguished engineers representing
science, industry, practice, and public service. In discussions of scientific
and engineering subjects he can learn to think for himself and to speak
effectively. In teams and committees he can learn to work effectively with
others. Indeed, it pays a student to be active in his student branch as it pays
a graduate engineer to be active in his national engineering society.

Engineering students are encouraged to attend meetings of local sections
of their professional and scientific societies in nearby Baltimore and Wash-
ington, to get acquainted with other men in their fields, and to visit nearby
industries, public works, libraries and laboratories.

The following national honorary societies of particular interest to students
in engineering and related sciences have active chapters at the University
of Maryland: Tau Beta Pi, general engineering; Sigma Xi, scientific re-
search; Phi Kappa Phi, senior scholarship; Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engi-
neering; Pi Tau Sigma, mechanical engineering; Chi Epsrlon, civil engi-
neering.

GRADUATE STUDY

An applicant for admission to the Graduate School must hold a bachelor's
or a master's degree from a college or university of recognized standing.
The applicant shall furnish an official transcript of his collegiate record
which for unconditional admission must show credible completion of an
adequate amount of undergraduate preparation of high quality for gradu-
ate work in his chosen field.

Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made not
later than September 1 for the fall term and January 1 for the spring term

General Information

on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate School,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Information on gradu-
ate work is published in the Graduate School Announcements.

Graduate Assistantships and Research Assistantships with stipends for
service, and Fellowships, are sometimes available for study and research in
the several departments of the College of Engineering. Only full-time
students who have been admitted to the Graduate School are eligible for
appointment. Preference is given to graduate students who are Amer-
ican citizens in view of limitations of available funds. Foreign students
may be considered for vacancies after they have completed at least one
year of full-time graduate study in residence at the University of Mary-
land. Letters of application for assistantships or fellowships should be
directed to the head of the student's major department in the College of
Engineering.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A detailed explanation of the regulations of student and academic life
may be found in the University publication titled, University General
and Academic Regulations.

REQUIRED COURSES

STRUCTURE OF ENGINEERING CURRICULA

Courses in the normal curriculum or program and prescribed credit hours
leading to the degree Bachelor of Science (with curriculum designation)
are outlined on the following pages for each department in the College
of Engineering. ". . . No student may modify the prescribed number of
hours without special permission from the dean of his college." The
courses in each curriculum may be classified in the following categories:

1. Certain courses required of all undergraduate students in the Univer-
sity. Students who are not specifically exempted must schedule the follow-
ing courses: Basic Air Sciences (see p. 4, this catalog) for men; phys-
ical activities (4 credits) for men and women and Personal and Commu-
nity Health (4 credits) for women.

2. Courses in the American Civilization Program. These include English
(12 credits); American history (6 credits); American government (3
credits); and approved electives (3 credits). See also University General
and Academic Regulations.

3. Courses in the physical sciences — mathematics, chemistry, physics.

4. Collateral engineering courses — engineering sciences, and other courses
approved for one curriculum but offered by another department.

5. Courses in the major department.

A student should obtain written approval for any substitution of courses
from the department head and the dean of his college.

The courses in each engineering curriculum, as classified above, form a
pattern of "sequences'' and "parallels" in subject matter. In this respect,
curricula in engineering may differ from curricula in other colleges. Some
regulations which are generally applicable to all students (see University
General and Academic Regulations) may need clarification for purposes
of orderly administration among engineering students. The following
administrative interpretations are illustrative.

SUPPLEMENTAL NOTES

1 . The responsibility for proper registration and for satisfying stated
prerequisites for any course must rest with the student — as does the
responsibility for proper achievement in courses in which he is enrolled.
Each student should be familiar with the provisions of this catalog, Uni-
versity General and Academic Regulations, and other pertinent regulations.

2. A student who is enrolled for more than 6 semester-hours of work
must register for physical education and or Basic Air Science (Health
for women students) each semester until he has fully satisfied the Univer-

Structure of Engineering Curricula

sity's requirements in both subjects. These subjects may not be deferred
and two courses in one area may not be scheduled the same semester.

3. Required courses in mathematics, physics, and chemistry have highest
priority; and every engineering student must register for mathematics
and chemistry — or mathematics and physics — until he has fully satis-
fied requirements of the College of Engineering in these subjects.

4. A student is advised to schedule a reduced load if his record of schol-
arship during the previous semester was unsatisfactory (a) because he
failed courses, or (b) because his average during the previous semester
was less than 2.0 ("C"). A student who is on probation may not sched-
ule more than 16 semester-hours of work in any semester, including credit
for physical education and military science. However, he may not defer
the top-priority subjects noted in Paragraphs 2 and 3 above without writ-
ten approval of the Dean.

5. A student has attained junior standing on time, if, among the first
63 applicable academic semester-hours he has scheduled, he has completed
with an average of "C" = 2.0 or better not less than 56 academic semester-
hours which are listed in his curriculum for the freshman and sophomore
years. Otherwise Academic Regulations, Section B, apply clearly.

6. A student who has not attained junior standing on time (as noted
above) will be reported to the Registrar in accord with Academic Regu-
lations Section B.

7. To be eligible for a bachelor's degree in the College of Engineering,
a student must have an average of at least "C" = 2.0 — (a) in all subjects
applicable to his degree, and (b) in all junior-senior courses in his major
department. Responsibility for knowing and meeting all degree require-
ments for graduation in any curriculum rests with the student.

Basic Engineering Curriculum

BASIC AND ALTERNATE CURRICLA FOR FRESHMEN IN
ENGINEERING

Students who are prepared to schedule Math. 19 (as indicated by results
of the University's classification test) schedule the following Basic Cur-
riculum for Freshmen:

/—Semester-^

Freshman Year (Basic) / //

Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis 4

Math. 20— Calculus I 4

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4

E. S. 1 — Introductory Engineering Science 4

E. S. 10 — Mechanics 4

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature a 3 3

A. S. 2, 3— Basic Air Science (Men) 2 2

Hea. 2, A — Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 18 18

Students who are not prepared to schedule Math. 19 (as indicated by
results of the University's classification test) are advised to schedule Math.
1 and Eng. 1 in the Summer Session before the fall (first) semester.
Otherwise they will schedule courses in the Alternate Curriculum for
Freshmen in the following sequence:

Freshman Year Plus Summer (Alternate) r-Semester-^ r- Summer— ^

I 11 111

Math. 1 — Review of High School Algebra. ... 0

Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis 4

Math. 20— Calculus I

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American

Literature ' 3 3

E. S. 1 — Introductory Engineering Science .... 4

E. S. 10 — Mechanics

G & P 1 — American Government ' 3

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (Men) 2 2

Hea. 2, A — Personal and Community Health

(Women) 2 2

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 13 18

1 Students who, on the basis of tests administered by the University of Maryland,
have been released from 3, 6, or 9 hours in otherwise required courses in English,
American History, or American Government shall select the replacements for these
courses in accord with the current General and Academic Regulations governing The
Program in American Civilization.

Aeronautical Engineering Curriculum

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Aeronautical engineering involves the application of the laws of physics
and mathematics to the problems of flight through the earth's atmos-
phere and outer space. The main sub-divisions of the field are aero-
dynamics, structures, and propulsion, although many problems, such as
those of aeroelasticity and flutter, cut across dividing lines. The aero-
dynamicist must start out with an understanding of the laws of fluid flow
at low speed, then modify these principles for the effects of higher speeds.
At supersonic speeds, he must account for shock waves in flight at mod-
erate altitudes and further changes in the flow at extremely high altitudes.
At extremely high speeds he must add to this an understanding of the
effects of ionization and molecular dissociation. The structures engineer
is mainly concerned with the ability of the vehicle to withstand the forces
and accelerations in flight. For high performance aircraft and missiles,
he must consider the aerodynamic heating resulting from high-speed flight
and allow for the weakening effect on materials. The propulsion engineer
must deal with rocket, jet. or propellor systems which serve to accelerate
the vehicle and to offset drag forces during flight.

The aeronautical engineer is continually beset with the problems of
maintaining adequate margins of safety with a minimum of weight. The
saving of even one pound of weight in fuel or structure of a missile is of
such value as to justify the expenditure of many man-hours. These high
dividends for thoroughness and precision in technical understanding are
a source of gratification to the aeronautical engineer.

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Math. 21, 22— Calculus II, III

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials

E. S. 21 — Dynamics

M. E. 1 — Thermodynamics I

G. & P. 1 — American Government *

American Civilization Elective, Group I *

Physical Activities

Total 16 19

-Semester—

1 See current General and Academic Regulations for statement about the Amer-
ican Civilization Program and alternatives based on results of the University's classi-
fication tests.

Chemical Engineering Curriculum

-Semester-

Junior Year

Eng. 3, A — Composition and World Literature

Aero. E. 101 — Aerodynamics I

Aero. E. 102 — Aerodynamics II

Aero. E. 109 — Flight Propulsion

Aero. E. 113 — Flight Structures

E. S. 30 — Materials Science

M. E. 106 — Transfer Processes

M. E. 140 — Engineering Analysis and Computer Program-
ming

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering

Total

Senior Year

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Technical Elective

Aero. E. 107, 108 — Aerospace Design

Aero. E. 110 — Flight Propulsion

Aero. E. Ill, 1 12 — Electric Research

Aero. E. 114 — Flight Structures

Aero. E. 115 — Aerodynamics III

Aero. E. 1 17 — Aircraft Vibrations

Aero. E. 1 1 8 — Dynamics of Aerospace Vehicles

Total

//
3

2
3

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Chemical engineering involves the application of sound engineering and
economic principles — and basic sciences of mathematics, physics, and
chemistry — to process industries concerned with the chemical transforma-
tion of matter. The chemical engineer is primarily concerned with research
and process development leading to new chemical process ventures or a
better undestanding of existing ones; with the efficient operation of the
complete chemical plant or its component units; with the technical serv-
ice engineering required for improving and understanding chemical plant
operation and the products produced; with the chemical sales and eco-
nomic distribution of the chemical plant product; and with the general
management and executive direction of chemical process industry plants
and industrial complexes.

Because of this wide range of ultimate application, the chemical engineer
finds interesting and diverse career opportunities in such varied fields as
chemical (inorganic and organic), food processing and manufacture,
metallurgical, nuclear and energy conversion, petroleum (refining, pro-
duction, or petrochemical), and pharmaceutical industries. Additional

Chemical Engineering Curriculum

opportunities are presented by the research and development activities
of many public and private research Institutes and allied agencies.

The chemical engineering department offers a curriculum to prepare the
undergraduate for a challenging career in any of the aforementioned
fields of interest ... a curriculum that will prepare him for continued
graduate study or immediate industrial employment following the bacca-
laureate degree.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Math. 21, 22— Calculus II, III

Phys. 20. 21 — General Physics

Chem. 17 — Principles of Solution Chemistry

Chem. 23 — Inorganic Structures and Chemical Bonding. . . .

Ch. E. 15 — Chemical Engineering Analysis

Ch. E. 50 — Engineering Thermodynamics

G. & P. 1 — American Government '

E. S. 21 — Dynamics

Physical Activities

Total

Junior Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry

Chem. 36 — Elementary Organic Laboratory

Chem. 187, 189— Physical Chemistry

Chem. 188, 190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers

or
Ch. E. 116 — Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering.

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials

Ch. E. 109 — Chemical Process Thermodynamics

Ch. E. 127, 129 — Transfer and Transport Processes I, II ... .

Total

-Semester—
I 11

3
19

1 See current General and Academic Regulations for statement about the Amer-
ican Civilization Program and alternatives based on results of the University's classi-
fication tests.

Civil Engineering Curriculum

f—Semester-

Senior Year 1 H

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

E. E. 51 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4

Econ. 37 — Economics 3

E. S. 30 — Materials Science 3

Ch. E. 131 — Transfer and Transport Processes III 3

Ch. E. 133, 134— Seminar 1 1

Ch. E. 137 — Chemical Engineering Laboratory 3

Ch. E. 145 — Chemical Engineering Kinetics 2

Ch. E. 147 — Process Engineering and Design 3

Ch. E. 149 — Chemical Engineering Economics 2

Ch. E. Approved Electives 5

Total 19 17

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Civil engineering is the professional hub of the construction and trans-
portation industries which together are perhaps the largest and most diversi-
fied industries in America.

Professional civil engineers plan, design, and supervise construction of
virtually every large enterprise involving construction, transportation,
industrial facilities, and public works. Having planned and supervised
construction of a major project, civil engineers are often selected to direct
its operation as managers or executives.

Civil engineers design structures such as bridges, buildings, dams, power
plants, tunnels . . . They plan and direct the use of water for cities, indus-
tries, flood control, irrigation, power . . . They plan water treatment plants,
sewerage systems, and waste disposal facilities and supervise their opera-
tion . . . They manage municipal and regional development projects,
public works, and private enterprise of great variety.

The civil engineer may work primarily in the office; primarily in the
fiield; or he may divide his duty between field and office. To accomplish
his ends as a creative planner and designer, he must be proficient in adapt-
ing mathematics, the physical sciences, and materials of construction. He
must have a working knowledge of men and of machines. He must
be an alert observer, with an eye for significance. He must be fair and
resourceful in handling men, competent in devising adequate and eco-
nomical solutions to a whole problem, responsible in handling funds,
and practical in getting a job done adequately and on time. Adequacy,
safety, economy, resourcefulness, integrity, and a sense of fitness are im-
portant considerations in everything a civil engineer does.

The foundations of professional engineering service are laid in college
where in tackling a project the student learns to use mathematics and

Civil Engineering Curriculum

physical sciences; learns to communicate effectively in the engineer's
languages of words, pictures, and numbers; learns to think and speak for
himself; and learns to work in teams with others.

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Math. 21, 22— Calculus II, III

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials

E. S. 21 — Dynamics

G. & P. 1 — American Government1

American Civilization Elective, Group I '

Physical Activities

Total

Junior Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers

E. E. 50 — Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

C. E. 151 — Materials of Engineering

C. E. 102— Fluid Mechanics

C. E. 110, 1 1 1— Surveying I, II

C. E. 140 — Engineering Analysis and Computer Program-
ming

C. E. 160 — Structural Design

C. E. 180 — Transportation

Approved Technical Electives 2

Total

Senior Year

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

M. E. 105 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering

C. E. 101 — Civil Engineering Planning

C. E. 150 — Soil Mechanics

C. E. 161 — Structural Design

C. E. 162, 163 — Structural Analysis

C. E. 170— Water Supply

C. E. 171 — Sewerage

Approved Technical Elective 2

Total

-Semester-

1 See current General and Academic Regulations for statement about the Amer-
ican Civilization Program and alternatives based on results of the University's classi-
fication tests.

2 To provide depth in selected fields, students shall elect, with the advice and
approval of the department, from such groups of technical courses as will be offered
in the fields of advanced strength of materials, advanced fluid mechanics, highway
engineering, special study in a particular field and 100-Ievel courses in other depart-
ments of engineering or science.

Electrical Engineering Curriculum

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Electrical engineering education is a good preparation for any of several
careers — in research, development, design, production, sales, technical
management, or teaching — within the broad area of the useful applica-
tion of electrical and electronic phenomena. An increasing number of
electrical engineering graduates has in recent years gone into such
fields as electronic digital computers, systems analysis, automatic con-
trol, telemetry and space navigation, control electronics, or solid-
state devices such as the transistor. Many other smaller fields have at-
tracted graduates with particular interests and abilities, for example,
instrumentation for medical research, electromechanical transducer design,
microminiaturization of electronic component assemblies, or antenna de-
sign. Many other fields such as electric power generation and transmis-
sion, radio, television, and telephone communication and switching offer
many challenges to the electrical engineering graduate.

Increasingly, the boundary between the work of electrical engineers
and applied physicists or applied mathematicians becomes less distinct.
The various branches of engineering similarly interact with each other,
as technical problems become more sophisticated, and require a com-
bined attack from several disciplines. What, then, distinguishes the engi-
neer from the scientist? The engineer occupies an intermediate position
between science and the public, because, in addition to having a concern
to get at the scientific principles of the situation, the engineer is often con-
cerned with the timing, economics, and values that define the useful
application of the principles.

In many cases, engineers have as a major duty the supervision of other
engineers, and of technicians who will have been trained in some of the
basic skills and practices of engineering. Hence electrical engineering,
even in its more technical aspects, involves not only scientific knowledge,
but also the ability and judgment to work effectively in various relation-
ships with many other people. Clearly, the desirable attributes for suc-
cess vary from one career choice to another within electrical engineering.
The specialist in creative research and advanced development needs grad-
uate work to the master's or doctor's degree, and can succeed in spite of
lesser abilities at molding the opinions of others than are desirable for
an engineering sales representative.

It is in this context of electrical engineering as a broad and diverse field
that the goal of the Electrical Engineering Department is set — to provide
an educational program and environment of challenge and adaptability,
so that the able and willing student will be well prepared to enter the
area of electrical engineering for which he is suited. As in most endeavors
the rewards to the student will be a measure of the effort expended,
multiplied by a coefficient of effectiveness.

Electrical Engineering Curriculum

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

r- Semester— ^
Sophomore Year / //

Math. 21, 22— Calculus II, III 4 4

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 5

E. S. 21 — Dynamics 3

E. E. 1 — Basic Electrical Engineering . . 4

G. & P. 1 — American Government ' 3

American Civilization Elective, Group 1 1 3

Physical Activities 1 1

Total 16 17

Junior Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials 3

C. E. 102— Fluid Mechanics (or M. E. 102) 3

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3

E. E. 100 — Alternating-Current Circuits 4

E. E. 101 — Engineering Electronics 4

E. E. 107 — Electricity and Magnetism 3

E. E. 103— Random Variable 2

E. E. 104 — Long-Line Theory 3

E. E. 108— Natural Circuit Behavior 3

E. E. 106 — Programming Digital Computers 2

Total 18 18

Senior Year

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3

M. E. 107 — Energy Conversion 4

E. E. 1 18 — Electrical Energy Conversion 4

E. E. 100 — Pulse Techniques . . 3

E. E. Ill, 1 12 — Radio Engineering 4 4

Technical Elective ~ . . 3

E. E. 1 13— Network Synthesis 3

Total 17 17

1 See current General and Academic Regulations for statement about the Amer-
ican Civilization Program and alternatives based on results of the University's classi-
cation tests.

2 To be selected from the following group:

E. E. 110 — Transistor Circuitry (3), either semester
E. E. 115 — Feedback Control Systems (3)
E. E. 120 — Electromagnetic Waves (3)

Mechanical Engineering Curriculum
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

The principal function of the mechanical engineer is to apply science and
technology creatively to the design and manufacture of machines for
the practical use of mankind. Any machine or manufactured product
requires, basically, ( 1 ) the art and science of generating, transmitting, and
utilizing mechanical power, and (2) research, development, designing, and
the coordination of materials, personnel, and management. These basic
requirements define mechanical engineering. The following professional
divisions of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers give a good
idea of types of work in which the mechanical engineer may become asso-
ciated: applied mechanics, aviation, materials handling, management, oil
and gas power, fuels, safety, hydraulics, metals engineering, heat trans-
fer, process industries, production, machine design, lubrication, petroleum,
nuclear engineering, railroads, power, textile, gas turbine power, wood
industries, rubber and plastics, and instruments and regulators.

Because of the wide variety of engineering opportunities available to the
mechanical engineer, the curriculum is designed to give the student a
thorough training in the basic sciences: physics, chemistry, mathematics,
solid and fluid mechanics, dynamics, thermodynamics, heat transfer,
materials, electricity, nuclear technology, power, and design.

There are opportunities for mechanical engineers in all manufacturing
enterprises. There are opportunities in research, design, production,
testing, maintenance, and sales. There are opportunities for engineers
who can devise manufactured products that utilize power in any form for
the convenience of man. There are opportunities wherever there are
factories. Since every town of moderate size has factories, the mechanical
engineer may select the community where he wishes to make his home
and be reasonably certain that he can find satisfactory employment there.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Math. 21, 22— Calculus II, III

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials

E. S. 21 — Dynamics

M. E. 1 — Thermodynamics 1

G. & P. I — American Government '

American Civilization Elective, Group I '

Physical Activities

Total 16 19

r- Semester—

1 See current General and Academic Regulations for statement about the Amer-
ican Civilization Program and alternatives based on results of the University's classi-
fication tests.

Fire Protection Curriculum

Junior Year

English 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering

E. S. 30 — Materials Science

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers

M. E. 101 — Dynamics of Machinery

M. E. 102 — Fluid Mechanics I

M. E. 103 — Materials Engineering

M. E. 104 — Gas Dynamics

M. E. 106 — Transfer Processes

M. E. 120 — Measurements Laboratory

Total

Senior Year

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

M. E. 150, 151 — Energy Conversion

M. E. 152 — Machine Design

M. E. 153 — Elasticity and Plasticity, I

M. E. 154, 155 — Engineering Experimentation

M. E. 156, 157 — Mechanical Engineering Analysis and

Design

Technical Elective

Total

-Semester—
I II

3
3

3
2

4
3

TECHNICAL ELECTIVES

M. E. 140 — Engineering Analysis and Computer Program-
ming 3

M. E. 162— Dynamics II 3

M. E. 164 — Thermodynamics II 3

M. E. 166 — Special Problems 3

M. E. 161 — Environmental Engineering 3

M. E. 163 — Fluid Mechanics II 3

M. E. 165 — Automatic Controls 3

M. E. 167 — Introduction to Operations Research I 3

M. E. 168, 169— Solid State for Engineers 3, 3

FIRE PROTECTION

Fire protection is concerned with the scientific and technical problems of
preventing loss of life and property from fire, explosion and related hazards,
and of evaluating and eliminating hazardous conditions.

The fundamental principles of fire protection are relatively well defined
and the application of these principles to a modern industrialized society
has become a specialized activity. Control of the hazards in manufactur-

Fire Protection Curriculum

ing processes calls for an understanding not only of measures for fire
protection but of the processes themselves. Often the most effective solu-
tion to the problem of safeguarding a hazardous operation lies in the
modification of the process rather than in the installation of special extin-
guishing equipment. The expert in fire protection must be prepared to
decide in any given case what is the best and most economical solution of
the fire prevention problem. His recommendations are often based not
only on sound principles of fire protection but on a thorough understand-
ing of the special problems of the individual property.

Modern fire protection utilizes a wide variety of mechanical and electrical
equipment which the student must understand in principle before he can
apply them to special problems. The fire protection curriculum emphasizes
the scientific, technical and humanitarian aspects of fire protection, and
the development of the individual student.

The problems and challenges which confront the specialist in fire protec-
tion include the reduction and control of fire hazards due to processes
subject to fire or explosion in respect to design, installation and handling,
involving both physical and human factors; the use of buildings and trans-
portation facilities to restrict the spread of fire and to facilitate the escape
of occupants in case of fire; the design, installation and maintenance of
fire detection and extinguishing devices and systems; and the organiza-
tion and education of persons for fire prevention and fire protection.

FIRE PROTECTION CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Math. 21, 22— Calculus II, III

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics

E. S. 20 — Mechanics of Materials

E. S. 21 — Dynamics

M. E. 1 — Thermodynamics I

G. & P. I — American Government 1 _

American Civilization Elective, Group I1

Physical Activities

Total 16 19

r—Semester-

1 See current General and Academic Regulations for statement about the Amer-
ican Civilization Program and alternatives based on results of the University's classi-
fication tests.

Agricultural Engineering

,— Semester— ^

Junior Year / H

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

E. S. 30 — Materials Science 3

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3

B. A. 191 — Property Insurance 3

C. E. 102— Fluid Mechanics (or M. E. 102) 3

F. P. 104 — Essentials of Fire Protection 3

F. P. 105 — Fire Protection Organization 3

F. P. 110 — Installations and Equipment 4

F. P. 120 — Insurance Rating and Schedules 3

Approved Electives 3 3

Total 18 19

Senior Year

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

C. E. 170— Water Supply 3

Ch. E. 142 — Environmental Consideration of Nuclear Engi-
neering . . 3

Ind. Ed. 143, 144 — Industrial Safety Education 2 2

F. P. 11 1 — Special Hazards and Problems 4

F. P. 112 — Fire Protection Fluids and Systems 3

F. P. 1 14 — Fire Analysis 3

F. P. 1 17 — Technical Projects 4

Approved Technical Electives 3 3

Total

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

The Department of Agricultural Engineering, in the College of Agricul-
ture, offers a four-year academic program leading to the degree of Bache-
lor of Science. The program is described in the catalog of the College of
Agriculture.

COGNATE ACTIVITIES

Departments in the College of Engineering which contribute signifi-
cantly to activities in education, research, and professional service—
although they have no academic curricula — include the Institute of Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics; the Department of Wind Tunnel
Operations; and the Fire Service Extension Department. These Depart-
ments work closely with academic departments of the University in areas
of common interest. The scope of work in each department area is out-
lined briefly in paragraphs which follow.

Fellowship grants and contracts for fundamental research contribute to
the overall professional-scientific activity of the staff of the College. The
staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies will be
glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of public
interest where means can be found for the cooperative researches; such
studies may be undertaken with the approval of the administration of the
University.

INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED
MATHEMATICS

The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics does funda-
mental research in theoretical and experimental fluid dynamics and in the
applications of mathematics.

Theoretical and experimental studies of gases at high temperatures and
high-speed flow in fields of various nature and around bodies are being
carried out with the aid of shock tubes of special design with particular
attention being given to the new field of magneto gas dynamics. A low-
turbulence wind tunnel is available for studies of turbulence. Other facil-
ities make possible the investigation of vortex flow and of transition from
laminar to turbulent motion. Work in mathematics ranges from classical
hydro-dynamics to the modern theory of transonic flow, and includes
problems in eigenvalues, elasticity, electrostatics and partial differential
equations. A research program is under way in statistical mechanics, with
emphasis on the theory of irreversible processes and the theory of solids.
The research program of the Institute is partially supported by outside
contracts.

The Institute cooperates in theoretical and experimental research with
other scientific agencies and, insofar as its resources permit, offers its
facilities to scholars in other institutions who may wish to spend their leave
periods in study and research.

The faculty and staff of the Institute work closely with faculty and staff
of other departments on problems of mutual interest. They join in weekly
seminars and colloquia on research problems in applied mathematics and
applied mechanics.

Cognate Activities

The faculty of the Institute, in cooperation with the faculty of other de-
partments of the University, offer courses for students working toward
advanced degrees. These courses form part of the regular departmental
offerings and further information about them may be obtained from the
Graduate School Announcements.

WIND TUNNEL OPERATIONS

The Wind Tunnel Operations Department conducts a program of ex-
perimental research and development in cooperation with the aircraft
industry, agencies of government, and other industries with problems
concerning aerodynamics. Testing programs cover a variety of subjects
including all types of aircraft, missiles, ordnance, parachutes, radar an-
tennas, trucks, automobiles, structures, and exterior equipment subject
to high winds.

The Department has a 7.75x11 -foot wind tunnel that can be operated
at speeds from 0 to 240 mph. This facility has powered model drive
equipment, and auxiliary vacuum and high pressure air supplies for
boundary layer control studies. Supporting shops include complete wood-
working, machine shop, photographic, and instrumentation facilities.

The full time staff of the Department includes engineering, computing,
shop, and technical operations personnel. This staff cooperates with other
faculty and students in the College of Engineering on special problems of
mutual interest.

FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT

The Fire Service Extension Department provides in-service training for
volunteer, municipal, and industrial firemen and serves in an advisory
capacity in matters of fire prevention, fire protection, and fire safety regu-
lations. Classes are conducted in Maryland by local instructors who work
under the guidance of Senior Instructors of the Department. Basic train-
ing of 60 clock hours is given in the fundamentals of firemanship. An
advanced course of 60 clock hours covers the technical field of fire pre-
vention, control and extinguishment. A third section of 60 clock hours
emphasizes related technical information. A training course of 42 clock
hours for rescue operations is also available. An increasingly impotant
program is that of establishing and improving fire prevention and fire pro-
tection in Maryland industry, institutions and mercantile establishments.

A four-day short course is held annually in September at the University.
Specialized courses include instructor training, pump school series, hydrau-
lics, aerial ladders. There are also conferences for fire company presidents,
conferences for fire chiefs, and schools for fire officers.

Additional information may be obtained from the Director, Fire Service
Extension Department, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

Cognate Activities

OTHER RESEARCH LABORATORIES

The National Sand and Gravel Association and the National Ready
Mixed Concrete Association have research laboratories on the campus.
These agencies also sponsor fellowships for graduate students who will
devote half-time to graduate study and half-time to research on approved
projects in their respective areas of interest. Fellows will be selected from
applicants who have been admitted to graduate study in some field of
engineering. Applications for admission to graduate study should be
made on forms that may be obtained from the Dean of the Graduate
School, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to change any provisions or require-
ments at any time within the student's term of residence; or to withdraw
or discontinue any course; or to ask a student to withdraw when it con-
siders such action to be in the best interests of the University. If a sched-
uled course is withdrawn or discontinued, the fee charged for such course
will be returned, and the corresponding fee for change in registration will
not be charged.

Courses designated by numbers 1 to 99 are for undergraduates; above
200 for graduate students; and from 100 to 199 for advanced under-
graduates and (subject to official approval) for graduates also.

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester showing the hours,
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in
making out his program. These schedules for a particular semester are
available during its period of registration.

The responsibility for proper registration and for satisfying stated prerequi-
sites for any course must rest with the student — as does the responsibility
for proper achievement in courses in which he is enrolled. Each student
should be familiar with the provisions of this catalog. University General
and Academic Regulations, and other pertinent regulations.

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: Sherwood, Corning, Weske, and Pal*

Associate Professor: Rivello.

Instructor: Reilly.

Lecturers: Lobb, Nicolaides, and Wilson.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Aero. E. 101. Aerodynamics I. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21 and Math. 21.
Basic fluid mechanics and aerodynamic theory. (Sherwood.)

Aero. E. 102. Aerodynamics II. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 101. Elements
of aerodynamics and application to engineering problems. (Sherwood.)

Aero. E. 107, 108. Aerospace Design. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two supervised calculation periods

Note. — Changes in mathematics courses for engineering students initiated in
September 1963 (from Math. 18-21 to Math. 19-22) will involve corresponding
changes in prerequisites for follow-up courses as the Math. 19-22 sequence becomes
fully operative.

^Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.

Aeronautical Engineering

a week. Prerequisites, E. S. 20, Aero. E. 102 and Aero. E. 113. Theory and
methods of aerospace vehicle design, stability and control, airloads, and struc-
tural design. (Corning.)

Aero. E. 109, 110. Flight Propulsion. (3, 3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 1. Operat-
ing principles of piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet, and rocket engines. Thermo-
dynamic processes and engine performance, aero-thermochemistry of combus-
tion, fuels and propellants, energy for space flight. ( Weske.)

Aero. E. Ill, 112. Elective Research. (2, 2)

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 102 and
Aero. E. 113. Wind tunnel tests: structure tests. Written and oral reports on
original research projects. (Staff.)

Aero. E. 113, 114. Flight Structures. (4, 3)

First semester, three lectures and one calculation period a week; second semes-
ter, three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. S. 20 and Math. 64. Principles and
problems of stress analysis and structural design of flight structures. (Rivello.)

Aero. E. 115. Aerodynamics III. (3)

Prerequisite, Aero. E. 102. Elementary theory of the flow of a compressible gas
at subsonic, supersonic and hypersonic speeds. (Sherwood.)

Aero. E. 117. Aircraft Vibrations. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Math. 64. Vibration and other dynamic
problems occurring in structures. Specific topics of study include the single
degree of freedom system, damping, forced vibrations, critical frequency multi-
ple degrees of freedom, and vibration isolation and absorption. (Corning.)

Aero. E. 118. Dynamics of Aerospace Vehicles. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 102 and 107. Study of the motions
of orbital vehicles, and non-orbital glide and ballistic vehicles, through their
entire trajectory of boost, orbit or glide, and re-entry. (Corning.)

For Graduates
Aero. E. 220, 221. Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids. (3,3)

Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, Aero. E. 102, Math. 64. Fundamental equations
in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil
theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. Propeller theories. Linear-
ized equations in compressible flow. (Lobb.)

Aero. E. 222, 223. Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, Aero. E. 102, Math. 64. Fundamental concepts.
Navier-Stokes' equations. Simple exact solutions. Laminar boundary layer
theory. Pohlhausen method. Turbulent boundary layer; mixing length and simi-
larity theories. Boundary layer in compressible flow. (Weske.)

Aero. E. 224, 225. Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Aero. E. 115, Math. 64. One dimensional flow of a perfect com-
pressible fluid. Shock waves. Two-dimensional linearized theory of compressible
flow. Two-dimensional transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two
dimensional isotopic flow. Linearized theory of three-dimensional potential

Aeronautical Engineering

flow. Exact solution of axially symmetrical potential flow. One-dimensional
viscous compressible flow. Laminar boundary layer of compressible fluids.

(Pai.)

Aero. E. 230, 231. The Aerodynamics of High Altitude
Vehicles. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Aerothermodynamic study of several types
of high altitude, hypersonic vehicles including ballastic, boost-glide and satellite
vehicles. Examination of problems in stability, control, boundary-layer growth,
Shockwave interactions and convective and radiactive heating. (Wilson.)

Aero. E. 232, 233. Wave Propagation in Gases and Solids. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Application of method of characteristics
to unseady compressible flow. Study of isentropic and non-isentropic flows of
both ideal and non-ideal gases. The Lagrange ballistic problem, detonation,
the shock tube and spherical waves. Impact loading on elastic-plastic materials,
the stopping shock, interactions and reflections in solids. Stress and strain pro-
duced in solids with varying cross-sectional area. (Seigel.)

Aero. E. 234, 235. Aerospace Facilities and Techniques. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Problems in supersonic and hypersonic
tunnel development such as the aerodynamic design of nozzles, diffusers, storage
systems and arc heaters. Shock tubes and shock tube wind tunnels. Develop-
ment of ballistic ranges and basic considerations in the design of high-speed
launchers. Instrumentation and data reduction. (Lobb.)

Aero. E. 236, 237. Heat Transfer Problems Associated with
High Velocity Flight. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Heat conduction in solids and thermal
radiation of solids and gases. Analytic solutions to simple problems and numeri-
cal methods for solving complicated problems. Convective heating associated
with laminar and turbulent boundary-layer flow. Heat transfer equations for
selected body shapes such as cones and hemispheres. Real gas effects on con-
vective heating. (Wilson.)

Aero. E. 250, 251. Advanced Flight Structures. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 64 and Aero. E. 113, 114, or permission of the instructor.
Introduction to two dimensional theory of elasticity, energy methods, plate
theory, theory of elastic instability. Aerodynamic heating of structures, thermal
stresses, creep, creep bending and buckling, visco-elastic theory. (Rivello.)

Aero. E. 260, 261. Advanced Propulsion. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, M. E. 100; Aero. E. 109, 110. Special problems of thermodynam-
ics and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet engines; plasma,
ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. (Weske.)

Aero. E. 270, 271. Flight Dynamics. (3, 3)

Prerequisites, Math. 64 and Aero. E. 114. Dynamics of a rigid body and appli-
cations to airplane dynamics. Generalized coordinates and Lagrange's equations.
Vibrations of simple systems. Dynamics of elastically connected masses. Influ-
ence coefficients. Mode shapes and principal oscillations. Transient stresses in
an elastic structure. Wind divergence and aileron reversal. Theory of two
dimensional oscillating airfoil. Flutter problems. Corrections for finite span.
Compressibility effects. (Nicolaides.)

Aeronautical Engineering, Chemical Engineering
Aero. E. 290. Seminar.

(Credit in accordance with work outlined by Aeronautical Engineering staff).
First and second semesters.

Aero. E. 291. 292. Selected Topics in Aerospace
Engineering. (3, 3)

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Topics of current interest and recent
advances in the field of aerodynamics.

Aero. E. 399. Research.

(Credit in accordance with work outlined by Aeronautical Engineering staff.)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, graduate standing. (Staff.)

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: Beckmann, Bonney, Duffey, and Schroeder.
Associate Professors: Gomezplata, Marchello, and Silverman.
Assistant Professors: Glomb and Smith.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Sherwood.
Instructors: Copeland and Sykes.

Ch. E. 15. Chemical Engineering Analysis. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3 or equivalent. Introduction to methods
of chemical engineering analysis. Stoichiometric relations, correlation of chem-
ical and physical properties, application of material and energy balances to
chemical engineering operations and processes.

Ch. E. 50. Engineering Thermodynamics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 15. Fundamental principles of thermody-
namics and their application to engineering problems. First and second laws
of thermodynamics, properties of gases, liquids and solids, phase equilibrium,
flow and non-flow systems, production of work from heat.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Ch. E. 109. Chemical Process Thermodynamics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 50. Estimation of thermodynamic proper-
ties of pure substances and mixtures. Chemical and phase equilibria in ideal
and non-ideal systems. Thermodynamic analysis of processes, equilibrium stage
operations, thermodynamics of chemically reacting systems.

Ch. E. 116. Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Ch. E. 127. Mathematical tech-
nique applied to the analysis and solution of chemical engineering problems.
Use of differentiation, integration, differential equations, partial differential
equations and integral transforms. Application of infinite series, numerical and
statistical methods.

Ch. E. 127, 129, 131. Transfer and Transport
Processes I, II, III. (4, 3, 3)

First, second, and first semesters, respectively. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 50. A three

Chemical Engineering

semester sequence of courses covering the theory and applications of molecular
and turbulent transport phenomena. Principles of fluid mechanics, mass transfer
and heat transfer. Dimensional analysis, analogy between heat, mass and mo-
mentum transfer, Newtonian and non-Newtonian flow, convective heat and
mass transfer. Steady and unsteady state diffusion and conduction, simultane-
ous heat and mass transfer, interphase transfer, boundary layer theory. The
equilibrium stage concept and its application to absorption, extraction, and
distillation. Analysis of multiple stage processes. Principles of radiant heat
transfer, evaporation, filtration, crystallation, drying, condensation, boiling, hu-
midification, ion exchange, and phase separations.

Ch. E. 133, 134. Chemical Engineering Seminar. (1, 1)

Prerequisite, Senior standing. Oral and written reports on recent developments
in chemical engineering and the process industries. Fall and Spring Semesters.

Ch. E. 137. Chemical Engineering Laboratory. (3)

First or second semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 129. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Application of chemical engineering process and unit operation principles in
small scale semi-commercial equipment. Data from experimental observations
are used to evaluate performance and efficiency of operations. Emphasis is placed
on correct presentation of results in report form.

Ch. E. 140. Introduction to Nuclear Technology. (2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math 21 and
Phys. 21. Engineering problems of the nuclear energy complex, including basic
theory, nuclear reactor design, and isotopic and chemical separations. Emphasis
is on the nuclear fission reactor. (Duffey.)

Ch. E. 142. Environmental Consideration of Nuclear
Engineering. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
Protection of the public and the environment from the hazards of nuclear
energy operations. Handling and disposal of gaseous, liquid and solid radio-
active wastes. Meteorological, hydrological and geological phases. Typical
problems from mining of ores through nuclear reactor operations and chemical
separations. Legislative and economic factors, site selection, plant design and
operation as related to the environment. (Silverman.)

Ch. E. 145. Chemical Engineering Kinetics. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 187. Fundamentals of chemical reaction
kinetics and their application to the design and operation of chemical reactors.
Reaction rate theory, homogeneous reactions in batch and flow systems, adsorp-
tion, heterogeneous reactions and catalysis, electrochemical reactions. Catalytic
reactor design.

Ch. E. 147. Process Engineering and Design. (3)

Second or first semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 129. Utilization of chemical
engineering principles for the design of process equipment. Typical problems in
the design of chemical plants. Comprehensive reports are required.

Ch. E. 148. Nuclear Technology Laboratory. (2 to 4)

One or two lectures, and one or two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites.
Chem. 3, Phys. 21, Math. 21, Ch. E. 140, or equivalents, and permission of
instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. Techniques of detecting and

Chemical Engineering

making measurements of nuclear or high energy radiation. Radiation safety
experiments. Both a sub-critical reactor and the 10-KW swimming pool critical
reactor are sources of radiation. (Silverman.)

Ch. E. 149. Chemical Engineering Economics. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 129. Principles of engineering economy
applied to chemical processes. Optimizing methods in the design and operation
of industrial processes. Determination of investment and operating costs for
chemical plants.

Ch. E. 150. Chemical Process Development. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 129. Chemical process industries from the
standpoint of technology, raw materials, products and processing equipment.
Operations of the major chemical processes and industries combined with quanti-
tative analysis of process requirements and yields.

Ch. E. 152. Advanced Chemical Engineering Analysis. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 116. Application of digital and analog
computers to chemical engineering problems. Numerical methods, programming,
differential equations, curve fitting, amplifiers and analog circuits.

Ch. E. 154. Numerical and Statistical Analysis. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 116. Use of probability and statistics in
chemical engineering. Probability, normal distribution and measure of varia-
bility. The chi square, and the t-test. Correlation and regression analysis.
Introduction to analysis of variance and sequential analysis.

Ch. E. 155. Chemical Process Laboratory. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 129, and 145 concurrently. Laboratory
fee, $10.00. Experimental study of various chemical processes through labora-
tory and small semi-commercial scale equipment. Reaction kinetics, fluid me-
chanics, heat and mass transfer.

Ch. E. 157. Chemical Engineering Systems Analysis and

Dynamics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 116. Dynamic response applied to process
systems. Goals and modes of control; LaPlace transformations; representation,
analysis and synthesis of simple control systems; closed loop response; dynamic
testing; role of modern computing machinery in process control.

Ch. E. 159. Dynamics and Control Laboratory. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 116, 157 concurrently. Laboratory fee,
$10.00. Methods of process control. Dynamics and response of process systems,
modes of control, synthesis of simple control schemes. Use of experimental and
mathematical models of control systems.

Ch. E. 160. Applied Solid State Thermodynamics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 109 or equivalent. Physical structure,
phase and chemical equilibria, physical properties and behavior of solids with
emphasis on polymeric, metallic, and ceramic materials. Crystal structure,
lattice vibrations, specific heats, free electron and bond theories. Irreversible
thermodynamic considerations and application to industrial systems.

Chemical Engineering

Ch. E. 162. Solid State Transport Phenomena and Reaction
Kinetics. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 127 and 145 or equivalent. Transport
and reaction kinetic phenomena in the solid state. Mass transfer operations,
heat and stress effects, nucleation and phase growth. Condensation, free radical
and ionic polymerization. Deformation, diffusion, conduction, and reaction kinet-
ics in polymer, metallic, and ceramic systems.

Ch. E. 165. Research. (2 or 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Permission of the staff. Laboratory
fee, $10.00. Investigation of a research project under the direction of one of
the staff members. Comprehensive reports are required.

For Graduates
Ch. E. 201. Graduate Seminar. (1)

First and second semesters. Discussion of current advances and research in
chemical engineering. Presented by graduate students and staff.

Ch. E. 203. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. (3)

First semester. Advanced application of the general thermodynamic methods
to chemical engineering problems. First and second law consequences; estima-
tion and correlation of thermodynamic properties; phase and chemical reaction
equilibria.

Ch. E. 205. Transport Phenomena. (3)

First semester. Heat, mass and momentum transfer theory from the viewpoint
of the basic transport equations. Steady and unsteady state; laminar and tur-
bulent flow; boundary layer theory, mechanics of turbulent transport; with
specific application to complex chemical engineering situations.

Ch. E. 207. Transfer Operations. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 205. Applications of heat, mass and mo-
mentum transfer theory to chemical engineering problems. Transfer coefficients;
heat, mass and momentum analogies; two-phase flow; boiling and condensation;
radiation heat transfer.

Ch. E. 209. Complex Equilibrium Stage Processes. (3)

Second semester. The theory and application of complex equilibrium stages.
Binary and multicomponent distillation; multicomponent absorption; extraction;
liquefaction.

Ch. E. 211. Advanced Chemical Reaction Kinetics. (3)

Second semester. The theory and application of chemical reaction kinetics to
reactor design. Reaction rate theory; homogeneous batch and flow reactors;
fundamentals of catalysis; design of heterogeneous flow reactors.

Ch. E. 223. Process Engineering and Design. (3)

First and second semesters. Coordination of chemical engineering and eco-
nomics to advanced process engineering and design. Optimization of invest-
ment and operating costs. Solution of typical problems in the design of chemical
engineering plants.

Ch. E. 235. Chemical Process Dynamics. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Differential equations or consent of instructor.

Chemical Engineering

Analysis of open and closed control loops and their elements; dynamic response
of processes; choice of variables and linkages; dynamic testing and synthesis;
noise and drift: chemical process systems analysis; strategies for optimum opera-
tion.

Ch. E. 247. Special Problems in Chemical Engineering.

First and second semesters. Special study and/or investigation in chemical
engineering under the direction of an assigned faculty advisor. Since content
changes, re-registration is permissible.

Ch. E. 253. Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics. (3)

Second semester. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 203.

Ch. E. 255. Advanced Topics in Chemical Reaction Systems. (3)

First semester. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite, Ch. E. 211.

Ch. E. 257. Advanced Topics in Transfer Theory. (3)

First semester. Offered in alternate years. Offered 1963-64. Prerequisite, Ch.
E. 207.

Ch. E. 259. Advanced Topics in Separation Processes. (3)

Second semester. Offered in alternate years. Offered 1963-64.

Ch. E. 301. Seminar in Nuclear Engineering. (1)

First and second semesters, one meeting a week. Survey of nuclear engineering
literature, and oral presentation of prepared reports. Since the content of this
course is changing, a student may receive a number of credits by re-registra-
tion. (Duffey, Silverman.)

Ch. E. 302, 303. Nuclear Reactor Engineering. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of
instructor. Design, construction and operation of typical nuclear reactors, in-
cluding general design, nuclear reactor theory, materials of construction, heat
transfer, and control. (Duffey.)

Ch. E. 305. Sub-Critical Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. (3)

One lecture, two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 148, 302,
303 or equivalents and permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per
semester. Experiments, such as multiplication factors, neutron flux distribution
and neutron activation are carried out. (Duffey.)

Ch. E. 308, 309. Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. (4, 4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, permission of
instructor, Ch. E. 148, 302, 303, 305, or equivalent. Laboratory fee $10.00 per
semester. The University of Maryland 10-KW swimming pool reactor is em-
ployed in experiments on reactor startup and operation, shielding, control,
neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma spectrum, cross section
measurements. (Duffey.)

Ch. E. 311, 312. Nuclear Separation Engineering. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of
instructor. Separations include processing of uranium, thorium, and other ores;
chemical separation of plutonium, uranium, fission products and other elements
from materials irradiated in nuclear reactors; treatment of radioactive wastes;
isotopic separation of U235; and isotopic separation of heavy water and other

Civil Engineering

desired materials. Ch. E. 311 concerns primarily chemical separations, while
Ch. E. 312 concerns mostly isotopic separations and fuel cycles. Ch. E. 311
is not necessarily a prerequisite for Ch. E. 312. (Silverman.)

Ch. E. 313. Selected Topics in Nuclear Engineering. (2)

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Topics of current
interest and recent advances in the nuclear engineering field. Because of the
rapid advances in the field, information on special topics of much practical
importance is continually becoming available. Since the content changes, re-
registration may be permitted. (Duffey, Silverman.)

Ch. E. 314. Special Problems in Nuclear Engineering.

Credit hours to be arranged. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $10.00 per semester. (Staff.)

Ch. E. 315, 316. Non-Power Uses of Nuclear or High
Energy Radiation. (2, 2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor.
An engineering survey of such radiation applications as synthesizing chemicals,
preserving foods, control of industrial processes. Design of irradiation installa-
tions, e.g., cobalt 60 gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangements,
and chemonuclear reactors. (Silverman.)

Ch. E. 317. Radiation Effects Laboratory. (2 to 4)

Prerequisite, permission of department head. Effect of massive doses of radia-
tion on the properties of matter for purposes other than those pointed toward
nuclear power. Radiation processing, radiation-induced chemical reactions, and
conversion of radiation energy; isotope power sources.

Ch. E. 320, 321. Advanced Nuclear Reactor Theory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 302,
303, year of advanced calculus, and permission of instructor. Calculation of
critical masses, neutron flux distribution, neutron energy spectrum, kinetics of
reactor behavior and gamma ray attenuation. Multigroup treatment of reflected
reactors, solution of the transport equations, perturbation theory, and other
advanced calculation techniques. (Duffey.)

Ch. E. 399. Research in Chemical Engineering. Research in
Nuclear Engineering.

Credit hours to be arranged. Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester (Research in
Chemical Engineering). Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester (Research in
Nuclear Engineering). The investigation of special problems and the prepara-
tion of a thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced
degree. (Staff.)

Civil Engineering
CIVIL ENGINEERING

Professors: Looney, Lepper and Otts.

Associate Professors: Barber, Cournyn, Gohr, Piper and Wedding.

Instructors: Antrim, Garber, Reilly and Viner.

Lecturers: Bloem, Roberts and Walker.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
C.E. 101. Civil Engineering Planning. (3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratories each week. For
seniors in civil engineering. Modern planning and layout of engineering pro-
jects, such as industrial plants, transportation facilities, municipal improvements,
housing and urban developments. Construction, specifications, contracts, and
costs. (Piper.)

C.E. 102. Fluid Mechanics. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures each week. Prerequisites, Math. 21,
Phys. 21 or concurrent registration. A rational study of fluids at rest and in
motion. Principles of viscous and turbulent flow in pipes, nozzles, etc. Impulse
and momentum concepts. Pumps, turbines and meters. Dimensional analysis
and laws of similarity. (Cournyn, Reilly.)

C.E. 110. Surveying I. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
junior standing. Principles and methods of making plane and topographic sur-
veys. Use, care and adjustment of instruments. Consistent accuracy and sys-
tematic procedures in field work, computation, and mapping are emphasized for
obtaining desired objectives. (Gohr.)

C.E. 111. Surveying II. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite.
C.E. 110. A continuation of C.E. 110 with emphasis on elementary problems
of obtaining essential field data preliminary to design and locating points, lines
and grades for selected engineering construction. (Gohr.)

C.E. 121, 122. Advanced Strength of Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week
Prerequisites, E.S. 20, C.E. 151 and senior standing. Strength and deformation
of deformable bodies. Unsymmetrical bending, buckling, combined stresses and
torsion. Application of experimental data on materials to design problems.
Correlation of analytical and experimental methods of analysis with design.
Electrical strain gages, photoelasticity, brittle lacquer methods and various
analogies. (Lepper, Wedding.)

C.E. 140. Engineering Analysis and Computer Programming. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures each week. (75 min.) Prerequisite, Math. 64
or concurrent registration. Elements of operational calculus, vector analysis;
numerical methods and programming for computers. Errors, interpolation,
series, integration, iteration and solution of equations. (Looney, Garber.)

Civil Engineering
C.E. 142. Advanced Fluid Mechanics. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E.S. 21, C.E. 102, and
Math. 64. Advanced topics in fluid mechanics and related fields of hydrology,
hydraulic similitude, ground water and seepage. Special research projects.

(Cournyn.)

C.E. 150. Soil Mechanics. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prere-
quisites, E.S. 21 and C.E. 151. Introductory study of the mechanics of aggre-
gations and its application to earthwork and foundations. Engineering geology
relative to civil engineering and soil mechanics. (Barber.)

C.E. 151. Materials of Engineering. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites. Math. 21, concurrent registration in E.S. 20 and Phys. 21.
Properties and constitution of the principal materials used in civil engineering;
laboratory tests for these properties, interpretation of test results and of
specifications. (Wedding.)

C.E. 152. Advanced Materials of Engineering. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites. C.E. 151, Math. 21,
Phys. 21, E.S. 20. Mechanisms of the behavior of materials under repeated,
sustained and impact loads in relation to their environment. Influence of micro-
structure on mechanical properties. Fracture theory. Rheological aspects of
the characteristics of selected materials. (Wedding.)

C.E. 160. Structural Design. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prere-
quisites, E.S. 20 and C.E. 151; concurrent registration in C.E. 151 permitted.
Analysis and design of buildings, bridges and other civil engineering structures
in timber, concrete and steel. Layout of projects and arrangement and pro-
portioning of members. Specifications and codes, construction methods as re-
lated to design. (Piper.)

C.E. 161. Structural Design. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prere-
quisite, C.E. 160. Continuation of C.E. 160. Elementary indeterminate struc-
tures and advanced design problems. (Piper.)

C.E. 162. Structural Analysis. (3)

First semester. Two lectures per week. (75 min.) Prerequisite. C.E. 160.
Concurrent registration in C.E. 161. Analytical and graphical determination
of dead-and-live-load induced stresses in indeterminate structures. Influence
lines, Muller-Breslau's principle deflections, moment areas, virtual work and
moment distribution. (Lepper, Garber.)

C.E. 163. Structural Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures per week. (75 min.) Prerequisite, C.E. 162.
Continuation of C.E. 162. Advanced analysis and design of indeterminate struc-
tures, the use of digital computers; structural dynamics, earthquakes and
vibrations. (Lepper, Garber.)

C.E. 170. Water Supply. (3)

First semester. Three lectures each week and required laboratory. Prerequisite,
C.E. 102. Requirements of a municipal water supply — design, operation,
maintenance, and administration. (Otts.)

Civil Engineering

C.E. 171. Sewerage. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures each week and required laboratory. Prere-
quisite, C.E. 102. The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.)

C.E. 180. Transportation. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, E.S. 20, C.E. 151, and C.E. 110. Engineering
problems of transportation by airways, highways, pipe-lines, railways and water-
ways. Elementary dynamics of traffic and functional consideration of routes
and terminals. (Antrim.)

C.E. 181. Highways. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
C.E. 150. Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pave-
ments. Laboratory problems and field inspection trips. (Barber.)

C.E. 182. Transportation Planning. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, C.E. 180. Transportation planning with emphasis on urban
planning. Rail, air, water, and road facilities are considered with respect to
layout and economics. (Antrim.)

C.E. 199. Research. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. A course arranged
to meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared students for study in a
particular field. (Staff.)

For Graduates
C.E. 221, 222. Advanced Strength of Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, E.S. 20, 21, and C.E. 151 or equiva-
lent. Analyses for stress and deformation in engineering members by the
methods of mechanics of materials and elementary theories of elasticity and
plasticity. Problems in flexture, torsion, plates and shells, stress concentrations,
indeterminate combinations, residual stresses, stability. (Lepper.)

C.E. 223. Experimental Stress Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 221 or permission of instructor. Experi-
mental methods of stress and strain analysis for static and impact forces. Struc-
tural models, brittle and plastic material methods; analogies; photoelasticity;
optical, mechanical and electrical strain gages and instrumentation. (Wedding.)

C.E. 224. Advanced Engineering Materials Laboratory. (3)

First or second semester. Prerequisite, E.S. 20, 21 and C.E. 151 or equivalent.
Critical examination of the methods for testing engineering materials and struc-
tures under static, repeated, sustained and impact forces. Laboratory experi-
ments for the determination of strength and stiffness of structural alloys, con-
crete and other construction materials. Examination of the effects of test
factors on the determination of engineering properties. (Lepper, Wedding.)

C.E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 221 and 222. Modern theories
of the structure of matter applied to the study of elastic and plastic deformation
of materials under static, repeated, sustained and impact forces. Elements of
solid state physics, crystal structure, slip and dislocation theory; polycrystalline

Civil Engineering

solids. Effects of low and high temperature, loading rates, and state of stress
on mechanical properties and fracture. Critical study of tests and their applica-
tion to strength of members. (Lepper.)

C.E. 227, 228. Theories of Concrete and Granular
Materials. (3, 3)

First and second semester. Prerequisites. C.E. 221, 222 and 224. Critical reviews
of analytical and experimental investigations of the behavior of concretes under
diverse conditions of loading and environment. Mechanics of granular aggre-
gates and the chemistry of cements. Theories of the design of portland cement
and asphaltic concrete mixtures. Relations between laboratory testing and
field experience. (Wedding.)

C.E. 241. Hydraulic Engineering. (3)

Prerequisite, C.E. 102 or equivalent. Water power and flood control. Analysis
of the principal features of a water power project with special reference to
reservoir, waterway, dam, plant accessories, and power house equipment. Com-
plete report on a water power project required, including costs and power
valuation. (Cournyn.)

C.E. 251. Soil Mechanics. (3)

Prerequisites. C.E. 150, 162 and 163, or equivalent. Identification properties
tests and classification methods for earth materials. Strength and deformation
characteristics, hydraulic properties and permeability, shearing resistance, com-
pressibility and consolidation, with laboratory tests for these properties. Study
of the basic theories involved and the development of test procedures.

(Barber.)

C.E. 252. Advanced Foundations. (3)

Prerequisites, C.E. 150, 162 and 163, or equivalent. Principles of mechanics
applied to engineering problems in foundations. Earth pressure theories, seepage
and drainage phenomena, stability of footings and slopes, stresses and deforma-
tion in soils, consolidation theory and application to foundation settlements.

(Barber.)

C.E. 261. Civil Engineering Planning. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, C.E. 160, 161, 162 and 163, or equivalent. General
planning of large engineering projects such as industrial plants, bridges, high-
ways, railroads, and port developments. Emphasis on general planning followed
by design construction and cost estimates. (Piper.)

C.E. 262. Civil Engineering Planning. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 261. City and regional planning and de-
velopment. Special problems of municipal development. Emphasis on prepar-
ing engineering reports, financing and cost estimates. Preparation of presenta-
tion to public bodies. (Piper.)

C.E. 263. Theory of Structural Design. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 160, 161, 162 and 163, or equivalent. Ad-
vanced structural theory applied to the design of bridges and buildings. Methods
of analysis for indeterminate structures, including moment distribution. Maxwell's
method, virtual work, reciprocal theory, Muller Breslau's principle, and classical
analytical methods. (Looney.)

Electrical Engineering

C.E. 264. Theory of Structural Design. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, C.E. 263. Correlation of theory, experience, and
experiments in study of structural behavior, proportioning, and preliminary de-
sign. Special design problems of fatigue, buckling, vibrations, and impact.

(Looney.)

C.E. 265, 266. Concrete Structures. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 263 and 264. Examination of
the fundamental basis for the design of reinforced concrete structures. Cor-
relation of laboratory research, advanced structural theory and mechanics and

design methods. Application to the design of modern forms of concrete struc-
tures, such as folded plates, slabs, thin shells, lift slabs, prestressing, and
precasting. (Looney.)

C.E. 267, 268. Steel Structures. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 263 and 264. Design of large
steel structures, such as cantilever and continuous trusses and girders, steel
arches, suspension bridges, and tall building frames. Special problems of
secondary stresses, wind bracing, stability and bracing, and interaction and de-
formation stresses. Study of specifications, factor of safety and ultimate strength,
in the relation between structural tests and design. (Looney.)

C.E. 271, 272. Sanitary Engineering Design. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 170 and 171, or equivalent. De-
sign of sewer systems and appurtenances; sewage treatment plants; water collec-
tion and distribution systems; water purification plants. Structures related to
the operation of water supply and sewerage systems and industrial waste treat-
ment plants. (Otts.)

C.E. 281, 282. Advanced Highway Engineering. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C.E. 150, 180 and 181, or equivalent.
Reconnaisance and location, surveys and plans, drainage, subgrade structure,
low-cost roads, base courses, flexible and rigid pavement design. Highway
organization, planning, economy, and finance. Geometric design and traffic
engineering. (Barber.)

C.E. 296, 297. Engineering Analysis and Computer
Programming. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, consent
of Head of Department. Applications to elasticity, stability and buckling, vibra-
tions, thin plates and shells, or other problems in the area of mechanics, struc-
tures and materials. (Roberts.)

C.E. 298. Seminar.

First or second semester. Credit in accordance with work outlined by the De-
partment. Prerequisite, consent of the Department of Civil Engineering.

(Staff.)

C.E. 399. Research.

Credit in accordance with work done. (Staff.)

Electrical Engineering

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: Tompkins, Reed and Wagner.

Associate Professors: Price, Rutelli, Simons and Hochuli.

Assistant Professors: Marcovitz and Pugsley.

Instructors: Friedman, Ginnings, Glock, Hahn, Jones, Larson,

AND RUMBAUGH.

Lecturers: Chu, Schulman, Hogan and Vanderslice.
E. E. 1. Basic Electrical Engineering. (4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21 or concurrent registration. Laboratory fee,
$5.00. Required of sophomores in electrical engineering. Basic concepts of
electric potential, current, power and energy; circuit analysis by the mesh-
current and nodal methods: network theorems. (Rumbaugh, Friedman.)

E. E. 50. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21.
Required of juniors in civil engineering. Fundamental d-c and a-c circuit an-
alysis; survey of electronic techniques for control and instrumentation.

(Glock, Larson.)

E. E. 51, 52. Principles of Electrical Engineering. (4, 4)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21.
quisites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Required of juniors
in aeronautical and mechanical engineering, and seniors in chemical engineering.
The first semester covers selected topics from the material taught in E. E. 1
and E. E. 100. The second semester (prerequisite E. E. 51) covers theory and
applications of electron tubes similar to the material in E. E. 101. These two
courses may be used by aeronautical, mechanical, and chemical engineering
students as prerequisites equivalent to E. E. 100, 101 for taking more advanced
E. E. courses for credit in their departments only. They cannot be substituted
directly for for E. E. 100, 101 for a degree in electrical engineering.

(Rumbaugh, Friedman. Hahn.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
"C" average (by courses) in Math. 20-21, Phys. 20-21, and E. E. 1. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Single- and poly-
phase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal conditions of opera-
tions. Theory and design of tuned coupled circuits. Significance and use of the
s-plane. (Thompkins, Hahn, Glock, Rumbaugh. Ginnings.)

E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics. (4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory
fee, $5.00. Physical principles, circuit theory and applications of electron tubes

Electrical Engineering

and transistors; associated circuits with emphasis on equivalent-circuit and
graphical analysis of linear amplifiers; theory of feedback amplifiers.

(Ginnings, Rumbaugh.)

E. E. 103. Random Variable. (2)

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 100 and concurrent
registration in E. E. 101. Electrical noise involving Gaussian distribution; shot
noise; elements of probability and statistics; noise figure; reliability.

(Jones, Hahn.)

E. E. 104. Long-Line Theory. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 100 and E. E. 107.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Long-line theory applied to audio-
frequency and ultra-high-frequency systems; theory of stubbing; elements of
filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equations in rectangular and
cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation. (Reed, Simons.)

E. E. 106. Programming Digital Computers. (2)

First or second semester. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Prere-
quisites, Math 21, Phys. 21, E. E. 1, and concurrent registration in Math. 64.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Number systems; theory of digital computers; essential
steps in programming; numerical solutions.

(Tompkins, Marcovitz, Glock, Larson.)

E. E. 107. Electricity and Magnetism. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21 and
E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Electromagnetism as ap-
plied to electrical engineering; electric field theory with emphasis on Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and capacitance calculations; magnetic field theory with
emphasis on the line integral law of magnetic field intensity and inductance
calculations; Maxwell's equations using vector notation.

(Hochuli, Hahn, Friedman.)

E. E. 108. Natural Circuit Behavior. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 100, Math. 64,
concurrent registration in E. E. 101. Required of juniors in electrical engineer-
ing. Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks;
introduction and utilization of Laplace transforms. (Price, Simons.)

E. E. 109. Pulse Techniques. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 108, Math. 64.
Required of seniors in electrical engineering. Generation, shaping, amplification,
and delay of non-sinusoidal wave-forms, using transistors, electron tubes, and
magnetic cores. Circuit design techniques and application to radar, television,
and computers. (Marcovitz, Simons, Schulman.)

E. E. 110. Transistor Circuitry. (3)

First or second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. P-n
junction theory; junction transistors; transistor parameters; equivalent circuits;
typical transistor amplifier and oscillator circuits. (Simons.)

E. E. Ill, 112. Radio Engineering. (4, 4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, E.E. 101, E.E. 108. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Required of seniors in
electrical engineering. Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the

Electrical Engineering

design of tuned coupled circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscilla-
tion, modulation, and detection with particular emphasis on radio-freqency
amplification and broadcast-range reception. (Wagner, Price, Rutelli, Simons.)

E. E. 113. Network Synthesis. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 108. Reactive networks;
Two-terminal pair networks; filters; amplifier networks; block diagrams.

(Price, Simons, Schulman.)

E. E. 114. Applied Electronics. (3)

First or second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101.

Detectors and discriminators; gas tube characteristics and associated circuits;

photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; rectifiers and regulators; vacuum

tube instruments. (Staff.)

E. E. 115. Feedback Control Systems. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 101 and E. E. 108.
Servomechanisms and automatic regulators; investigations of electric, hydraulic,
pneumatic, and mechanical elements; analysis of system differential equations and
development of transfer functions; stability criteria. (Price )

E. E. 116. Feedback Control Systems Laboratory. (1)

Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 115 or con-
current registration in E. E. 115. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Laboratory exercises
involving some of the basic concepts of feedback control systems. (Price.)

E. E. 118. Electrical Energy Conversion. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
E. E. 100. Required of seniors in electrical engineering. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
The operating principles of alternating-current machinery considered from
theoretical, design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous generators and
motors; single and poly phase transformers; three-phase induction generators
and motors; single-phase induction motors; emphasis on energy conversion.

(Reed, Jones, Glock.)

E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 107, Math. 64.
Senior standing in electrical engineering or physics. The basic mathematical
theory of electromagnetic wave propagation employing Maxwell's equations in
scalar and vector form and in generalized coordinates; application to wave-guide
transmission; propagation in space. (Reed.)

E. E. 130. Electronic Analog Computers. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 101, Math. 64. Prin-
ciples of electronic computers of the analog type. Analog computing components,
operational amplifiers, d-c amplifiers, instrument servos, multipliers, and func-
tion generators. (Chu.)

E. E. 131. Electronic Digital Computers. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. E. 101, Math. 64.
Principles of electronic computers of the digital type. Digital computing opera-
tions, basic computing and control circuits, logical design, arithmetic unit,
memory systems, and control units. (Chu.)

Electrical Engineering

E. E. 160, 161. Vacuum Tubes. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Math. 64,
senior standing in electrical engineering or physics. Electron emission; laws of
electron motion; space charge effects; noise in vacuum tubes, magnetic lenses;
klystrons; magnetrons; photoelectric tubes; other special-purpose tubes.

(Hochuli.)

For Graduates
E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 120 or E. E. 215.
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's and
Maxwell's equations. (Hochuli.)

E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate
major in electrical or mechanical engineering or physics. Operational circuit
analysis; the Fourier integral, transient analysis of electrical and mechanical
systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace transform method. (Wagner.)

E. E. 206, 207. Microwave Engineering. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week first semester and two lectures
and one laboratory period a week second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 201 or E.
E. 216. Laboratory fee, E. E. 207, second semester, $5.00. Basic considerations
in solving field problems by differential equations; circuit concepts and their
validity at high frequency; propagation and reflection of electromagnetic waves;
guided electromagnetic waves; high-frequency oscillators and tubes, radiation
engineering. (Hochuli.)

E. E. 212. Servomechanisms. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate
major in electrical or mechanical engineering or physics. (It is desirable that
the student should have had E. E. 202.) The design and analysis of regulatory
systems, emphasing servo-mechanisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by
means of the governing differential equations to provide background for more
practical studies of frequency spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual
systems and practical considerations are studied. (Price.)

E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate
major in electrical engineering, physics, or mathematics. Maxwell's wave
equation; concept of retarded magnetic vector potential; propagation over plane
earth; propagation over spherical earth; refraction; meteorological effects; com-
plex antennas; air-to-air propagation; lobe modulation. (Reed.)

E. E. 218, 219. Signal Analysis and Noise. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate
major in electrical engineering or physics. Fourier series and integrals; phase and
frequency modulation; noise figures of linear systems; shot effect; power spectra;
applications of correlation function; properties of noise. (Hogan.)

E. E. 220, 221. Theory of Communication. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 219.
Measure of information and channel capacity; methods of describing random
signals and circuit analysis involving those signals. The statistical theory of
communication systems. Systems which are statistically optimum. (Hogan.)

Engineering Sciences
E. E. 222. Graduate Seminar. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of Head of the Department.
Seminars are held on topics such as microwave engineering, radiation engineering,
switching theory, coding theory, non-linear circuit analysis, tensor analysis, and
other topics of current interest. Since the subject matter is continually changing,
a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration. (Staff.)

E. E. 230. Mathematics of Circuit Analysis. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in
electrical engineering or physics. Determinants, matrices, complex variable, and
the Fourier integral. (Vanderslice.)

E. E. 231. Active Network Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 230. The complex
frequency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory; Bode's mathematical
definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for feedback circuits; stability
and physical realizability of electrical networks; Nyquist's and Routh's criteria
for stability. (Vanderslice.)

E. E. 232, 233. Network Synthesis. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 231 or
equivalent. Design of driving-point and transfer impedance functions with
emphasis on the transfer loss and phase of minimum-phase networks; flow dia-
grams, physical network characteristics, including relations between the real and
imaginary components of network functions. (Vanderslice.)

E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis. (3)

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 202 or E. E. 230.
Tensor notation applicable to electrical engineering problems. Applications of
tensor analysis to electric circuit theory and to field theory. (Wagner.)

E. E. 399. Electrical Engineering Research.

Prerequisite, approved application for candidacy to the degree of Master of
Science or Doctor of Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours
of credit in E. E. 399 are required of M. S. degree candidates and a minimum of
eighteen semester hours are required of Ph.D. candidates. A thesis covering an
approved research problem and written in conformity with the regulations of
the Graduate School is a partial requirement for either the degree of Master of
Science or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in electrical engineering.

(Graduate Staff.)

ENGINEERING SCIENCES

E. S. 1. Introductory Engineering Science. (4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, concurrent registration in Math. 19 (or approval by department
head). Basic "languages" of the engineer. Elements of graphic communication
and analysis. Orthographic projection and descriptive geometry; conventions;
graphs and curve-fitting. Vectors as tools of communication and analysis.
Applications to geometry of engineering problems. (Wockenfuss and Staff.)

E. S. 10. Mechanics. (4)

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, E. S. 1 and concurrent registration in Math. 20 (or approval of

Mechanical Engineering

department head). Systems of rigid bodies in equilibrium under action of forces
and couples. Numerical, graphical, and vectorial computation applied to prob-
lems in statics and elementary dynamics. (Wockenfuss and Staff.)

E. S. 20. Mechanics of Materials. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 20,
Phys. 20 (or concurrent registration in Math. 20, Phys. 20) and E.S. 10. Distor-
tion of engineering materials in relation to changes in stress or temperature.
Geometry of internal strain and external displacement. Elementary application to
beams, columns, shafts, tanks, trusses, and connections.

(Hayleck, Lepper, and Staff.)

E. S. 21. Dynamics. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, E. S.
10; concurrent registration in Math. 20 and Phys. 20 (with which subject
matter is coordinate and applied to engineering problems). Sys-
tems of heavy particles and rigid bodies at rest and in motion. Force-acceleration,
work-energy, and impulse-momentum relationships. Motion of one body rela-
tive to another in a plane and in space. (Hayleck, Lepper and Staff.)

E. S. 30. Materials Science. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. S. 20. Basic
principles, nature, and properties of engineering materials. Structure of matter,
phase transformations and mechanical properties of metals, ceramics, polymers
and related materials; electrical, thermal and magnetic properties, corrosion and
radiation damage, friction and wear, diffusion. (Jackson, Tabler and Dawson.)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Professors: Shreeve, Jackson and R. W. Allen.
Associate Professors: Hayleck, Eyler, Wockenfuss and Sayre.
Assistant Professors: Elkins, John, Berger, Cunniff and Yang.
Instructors: Marks, Oetting, McAuliffe, Kraft, Tabler, Buckley,

LUPIEN AND KlSIELEWSKI.

Lecturers: Seigel, Haberman, Frankel, Meyerson, Dawson and
Kruger.

For Undergraduates
M. E. 1. Thermodynamics I. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Physics 20; Math. 21 concurrently. Required of sophomores in mechanical and
aeronautical engineering. Properties, characteristics, and fundamental equation
of gases, and vapors. Application of first and second laws of thermodynamics in
the analysis of basic heat engines, air compression, and vapor cycles. Flow and
non-flow processes for gases and vapors. (Eyler and Staff.)

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
M. E. 100. Thermodynamics. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,

Mechanical Engineering

Phys. 20, Math. 21, concurrently. The properties, characteristics, and funda-
mental equations of gases, and vapors. Application of the first and second laws
of thermodynamics in the analysis of basic heat engines, air compression, and
vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. (Eyler, Sayre.)

M. E. 101. Dynamics of Machinery. (2)

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
E. S. 21; Math. 64 concurrently. Kinematics of mechanisms, and dynamic char-
acteristics of machinery with emphasis on systems with single degree of freedom.

(Hayleck, Oetting.)

M. E. 102. Fluid Mechanics I. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, M. E. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A rational study of fluids at rest
and in motion. Principles of viscous and turbulent flow in pipes, nozzles, etc.
Impulse and momentum. Pumps, turbines, and meters. Dimensional analysis
and laws of similarity. (Sayre, John.)

M. E. 103. Materials Engineering. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
E. S. 30. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Processes and methods to manufacture and
usefully apply engineering materials; alloys and heat treatment of steel; strength-
ening processes for ferrous and non-ferrous alloys. Fabrication techniques for
metals, polymers, and refractories. Specification, inspection, control and auto-
mation. (Jackson, Tabler.)

M. E. 104. Gas Dynamics. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
M. E. 102. Compressible flow in ducts and nozzles; effect of area change, heat
addition, friction, and normal shocks. Thermodynamics of chemically reacting
flows, combustion and equilibrium. (Sayre.)

M. E. 105. Principles of Mechanical Engineering. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21, Math 21.
Required of seniors in civil engineering. Elementary thermodynamics and the
study of heat, fuel and combustion in the production and use of steam for
generation of power. Laboratory tests and trips to industrial plants.

(Sayre, Marks.)

M. E. 106. Transfer Processes. (3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 102.
Conduction by steady state and variable heat flow; laminar and turbulent flow;
free and forced convection; radiation, evaporation and condensation of vapors.
Analogy between the transfer of mass, heat, and momentum. (Allen, Eyler.)

M. E. 107. Energy Conversion. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, M. E.
100. Laboratory fee, $3.00 per semester. Required of seniors in electrical engi-
neering. Chemical, heat, mechanical, nuclear and electrical energy conversion
processes, cycles and systems. Direct conversion processes of fuel cells, thermio-
nics, and magnetohydromechanics. (Allen, John.)

M.E. 120. Measurements Laboratory. (2)

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
E. S. 30, M. E. 101, and E. E. 51; M. E. 106 concurrently. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Mechanical Engineering

Required of juniors in Mechanical Engineering. Measurements and measure-
ment systems; applications of selected instruments with emphasis on interpreta-
tion of results. (Allen, Sayre.)

M. E. 140. Engineering Analysis and Computer Programming. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Math. 64. Elements of
operational calculus, vector analysis; numerical methods and programming for
computers. Errors, interpolation, series, integration, iteration and solution of
equations. (Sayre, Tabler, Berger.)

M. E. 150, 151. Energy Conversion. (4, 3)

First semester. Three lectures, one laboratory a week. Second semester. Two
lectures, one laboratory a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 103, M. E. 104, M. E. 106.
Chemical, heat, mechanical, nuclear and electrical energy conversion processes,
cycles and systems. Reciprocating, turbo- and jet-propulsion power plants and
components using all types of heat and reaction sources. Direct conversion proc-
esses of fuel cells, thermionics and magnetohydromechanics.

(Shreeve, Allen, John.)

M. E. 152. Machine Design. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequsites,
M. E. 101, 103. Working stresses, stress concentration, stress analysis and re-
peated loadings. Design of machine elements. Multidegree vibration systems.

(Hayleck, Jackson.)

M. E. 153. Elasticity and Plasticity I. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite. M. E. 152. Analysis of
plates and shells, thick walled cylinders, columns, torsion of non-circular sec-
tions, and rotating disks. (Jackson, Hayleck, Berger.)

M. E. 154, 155. Engineering Experimentation. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, senior standing in Mechanical Engineering. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per
semester. Theory of experimentation. Selected experiments emphasize planned
procedure, analysis and communications of results, analogous systems and lead-
ership. (Allen, Sayre.)

M. E. 156, 157. Mechanical Engineering Analysis and
Design. (3, 4)

First semester, two lectures, one laboratory period per week; second semester,
two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, senior standing
in Mechanical Engineering. Creative engineering and problem analysis. Sys-
tems design including control, reliability and manufacturing requirements. Use
of computers in design. Design of multi-variable systems.

(Hayleck, Sayre, Cunniff, Oetting.)

M. E. 161. Environmental Engineering. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 106, senior
standing in Mechanical Engineering. Heating and cooling load computations.
Thermodynamics of refrigeration systems. Low temperature refrigeration. Prob-
lems involving extremes of temperature, pressure, acceleration and radiation.

(Marks.)

M. E. 162. Dynamics II. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, Math. 64, senior standing in
Mechanical Engineering. Linear and non-linear plane and three-dimensional

Mechanical Engineering

motion, moving axes, Lagrange's equation. Hamilton's principle, non-linear
vibration, gyroscope, celestial mechanics. (Hayleck, Cunniff.)

M. E. 163. Fluid Mechanics II. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ML E. 104. M. E. 106. senior standing.
Hydrodynamics with engineering applications. Stream function and velocity
potential; conformal transformations; pressure distributions; circulation; numeri-
cal methods and analogies. (John, Kraft.)

M. E. 164. Thermodynamics II. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 104. M. E. 106. senior standing.
Applications to special systems, change of phase, low temperature. Statistical
concepts, equilibrium, heterogenous systems. (Eyler, Allen.)

M. E. 165. Automatic Controls. (3)

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites. E. E. 52. senior standing. Hydraulic,
electrical, mechanical and pneumatic automatic control systems. Open and
closed loops. Steady state and transient operation, stability criteria, linear and
non-linear systems. Laplace transforms. (Shreeve, Yang.)

M. E. 166. Special Problems. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, senior standing in Mechanical Engineering.
Advanced problems in mechanical engineering with special emphasis on mathe-
matical and experimental methods. (Staff.)

M. E. 167. Operations Research I. (3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, senior standing in Mechanical Engineering.
Applications of linear programming, queuing model, theory of games and com-
petitive models to engineering problems.

M. E. 168, 169. Solid State for Engineers. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. S. 30. Advanced study of the behavior
of solid materials. Structure of matter; equilibrium and rate processes; metallic
and molecular solids; theory of dislocation; mechanical, thermal, electrical,
optical, and other properties. (Jackson, Frankel.)

For Graduates
M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites. E. S. 21. Math. 64. M. E. 153. M. E.
157, Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic force. Balancing x)f rotating parts.
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds. (Cunniff.)

M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites. E. S. 20, Math. 64, M. E. 153. Ad-
vanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis involving beam
problems, curved bars, thin plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells.
Stress concentrations, plastic deformations, and problems involving instability of
structures. (Berger.)

M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites. M. E. 104,
M. E. 106, M. E. 151, Math. 64. Advanced problems in thermodynamics on
compression of gases and liquids, combustion and equilibrium, humidification

Mechanical Engineering

and refrigeration and availability. Problems in advanced heat transfer covering
the effect of radiation, conduction, and convection, steady and unsteady flow,
evaporation and condensation. (Shreeve, Allen.)

M. E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Math. 64,
M. E. 153, M. E. 157. Design of special stationary and moving parts, including
rotating disk, bearings, thick wall cylinders, screw fastenings, crankshafts, etc.
Linear and torsional vibration and balancing in the design of machine mem-
bers. Complete design of a machine. Study of current design literature.

(Jackson.)
M. E. 208, 209. Design of Turbomachinery. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, M. E. 151. Characteristics and design
of turbines, pumps, compressors and torque convertors; cavitation, stall, and
surge. (Shreeve.)

M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 102, Math. 64 or equivalent.
Potential flow theory; three dimensional flow examples; application of complex
variables to two-dimensional flow problems; Blasius theorem, circulation and
Joukowski hypothesis, engineering applications to cavitation and calculation of
pressure distribution; viscous flow and boundary layer. (Sayre, Haberman.)

M. E. 212, 213. Advanced Vibrations. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, M. E. 157. Review of single and multi-
degrees of freedom. Laplace methods. Effects of pulse shape on response of
linear and non-linear systems; friction, hysterisis and variable damping.

(Seigel, Cunniff.)

M. E. 214, 215. Stress Waves in Continuous Media. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, M. E. 153 and M. E. 157. Method of
characteristics applied to transient phenomena in solids and fluids. Elastic and
plastic waves under impact. Shock formation and strain rate effects.

(Seigel, Cunniff.)

M. E. 216, 217. Energy Conversion Theory. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, M. E. 151. Combustion, thermo-
electric, thermionic, fuel cells, reactors, magnetohydrodynamics. Kinetics of
reactions, fission and fusion. (Shreeve.)

M. E. 218, 219. Energy Conversions Systems. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, M. E. 217. Design parameters in
chemical, nuclear and direct conversion systems for the production of power;
weight, efficiency and radiation. (Shreeve.)

M. E. 220. Seminar.

Credit in accordance with work outlined by mechanical engineering staff.
Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical engineering. (Staff.)

M. E. 222. Advanced Metallography. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
M. E. 103, E. S. 20. Structure and properties of metals and alloys. Ferrous
and non-ferrous alloys including stainless steels, high temperature steels, tool
steels, aluminum, magnesium and copper alloys. Inspection of metals by the use
of x-rays, spectograph, metallograph and magniflux. Review of current litera-
ture. (Jackson, Frankel.)

Fire Protection
M. E. 223, 224. Theory of Plasticity. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, M. E. 153. Yield criteria and associa-
ted flow rules in the theory of elastic-plastic solids, including perfectly plastic,
elastic-plastic and strain-hardening materials. Torsion, plane problems and
three-dimensional problems in plasticity. (Berger, Jackson.)

M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and
Alloys. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, E. S. 30,
M. E. 103, M. E. 152, M. E. 153. Tensile, impact, fatigue, damping capacity,
hardenability, wear, etc. Fabrication problems and selection of metals and alloys.
Service failures. Properties required for nuclear engineering applications.

(Jackson, Meyerson.)

M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 202,
203. Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and strains, general
equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bending, axially
symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain energy and ap-
proximate methods. (Berger.)

M. E. 229, 230. Jet Propulsion. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 150,
M. E. 151. Types of thermal jet units. Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency.
Performance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics,
aerodynamics of high speed air flow. Solid and liquid propellant rockets. De-
sign of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and hydroduct units, including combustion
chambers, turbines and compressor. (Shreeve.)

M. E. 231, 232. Advanced Heat Transfer. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 150,
M. E. 151. Advanced problems covering effects of radiation, conduction, con-
vection, evaporation and condensation. Study of research literature on heat
transfer. (Shreeve, Allen.)

M. E. 233, 234. Compressible Flow. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, M. E. 104, Math. 64 or equivalent.
One dimensional subsonic and supersonic flow; compressible flow in ducts and
nozzles; two and three dimensional subsonic and supersonic flow; similarity
rules; normal and oblique shock waves. (Sayre. Haberman.)

M. E. 235, 236. Materials and Their Environment. (3, 3)

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 225, 226. Problems involving ma-
terials subjected to extreme temperatures, nuclear bombardment and radiation
damage, corrosion and oxidation, impact and flutter, thermal shock, high pres-
sure and high vacuum. (Jackson, Meyerson.)

M. E. 237. X-Ray and Diffraction Techniques. (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 222.
Advanced work in X-ray and diffraction techniques, electron microscopes, and
optical microscopes, in the study of the structure of materials.

(Kruger.)

Fire Protection

M. E. 399. Research.

Credit in accordance with work outlined by mechanical engineering staff. Pre-
requisite, graduate standing in mechanical engineering. Research in any field
of mechanical engineering as applied mechanics, heat transfer, thermodynamics,
heat, power, etc. (Staff.)

FIRE PROTECTION

Professor: Bryan.

Assistant Professor: Hickey.

F. P. 104. Essentials of Fire Protection. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Math. 20, Physics 20 or Junior standing. An introductory course in fire protec-
tion. Chemistry of combustion and an analysis of the properties of matter
affecting fire behavior. Detailed examination of the basic fire phenomenon.

F. P. 105. Fire Protection Organization. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
F. P. 104 or Junior standing. Fire loss records, and the economic aspects of
fire protection. Organization and administration of municipal and industrial
fire protection.

F. P. 110. Installations and Equipment. (4)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
F. P. 104. The design and installation of standard and special extinguishing
systems. Standards of types, installation and maintenance of automatic sprinkler
and fire alarm systems. The principles of fire extinguishment with laboratory
tests.

F. P. 111. Special Hazards and Problems. (4)

First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite
Senior standing. Special hazards in fire protection. A study of present and
future problems, with the students selecting field or laboratory research prob-
lems.

F. P. 112. Fire Protection Fluids and Systems. (3)_

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
C. E. 102. Fluids utilized in fire extinguishment operations, and fire protection
systems. Laboratory and field study of operational and hydraulics problems.

F. P. 114. Fire Analysis. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
F. P. 105 and Senior standing. The mass fire problem, with consideration of
conflagrations and fire storms; thermal, structural, environmental, and meteoro-
logical factors; techniques of prediction and fuel analysis.

F. P. 117. Technical Projects. (4)

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
F. P. Ill, and Senior standing. An examination of the specialized areas of fire
protection and the development of problems in these areas. Student development
and discussion of research projects in specialized areas of fire protection.

Fire Protection
F. P. 120. Insurance Rating and Schedules. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Math. 21, Physics 21 or Junior standing. A study of the insurance grading and
rating schedules and their principles of application. The examination of specific
laws," codes and ordinances. Laboratory practice in the preparation of reports
and diagrams.

THE FACULTY

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

GLENN L. MARTIN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

MAVIS, FREDERIC THEODORE, Dean
ALLEN, RUSSELL BENNETT, Associate Dean

Department Heads

ALLEN, Gordon Owen, Librarian, Engineering and Physical Sciences

BECKMANN, Robert Bader, Head, Department of Chemical Engineering

BRYAN, John Leland, Head, Fire Protection Curriculum

BYRUS, Robert Charles, Director, Fire Service Extension

GROSS, Donald Shaeffer, Director, Wind Tunnel Operations

LOONEY, Charles Thomas George, Head, Department of Civil Engineering

MARTIN, Monroe Harnish, Director, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics

SHERWOOD, Aaron Wiley, Head, Department of Aeronautical Engineering.
SHREEVE, Charles Alfred, Jr., Head, Department of Mechanical Engineering
TOMPKINS, Howard E., Head, Department of Electrical Engineering
Staff in Residence

ALLEN, Gordon Owen, Librarian, Engineering and Physical Sciences

B.A., Michigan State University, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1956.

ALLEN, Redfield Wilmerton, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1959.

ALLEN, Russell Bennett, Associate Dean of the College of Engineering and Pro-
fessor of Civil Engineering

B.S., Yale University, 1923; Registered Professional Engineer.

ANTRIM, John D., Instructor in Civil Engineering

B.S., in C.E., Lehigh University, 1956; M.S., in C.E., Purdue University, 1958.

BACHTLER, Joseph deRolle, Senior Instructor, Fire Service Extension
B.S., University of Southern California, 1956.

BARBER, Edward Sewell, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; C.E., 1952; Registered Professional Engineer.

BECKMANN, Robert Bader, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Head of the
Department

B.S., in Ch.E., University of Illinois, 1940; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1944.

* As of November 1, 1963.

Faculty

BERGER, Bruce Sutton, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1954; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 1962.

BONNEY, Donald Theodore, Professor of Chemical Engineering

B.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1926; Ph.D., 1935; Registered Professional
Engineer.

BOWERS, Allen Atvill, Project Engineer, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

BRAGG, Lincoln E., Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1959; M.S., 1960.

BRAMBLE, Henry James, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

A.B., Brown University, 1953; M.A., University of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.

BRYAN, John Leland, Professor and Head, Fire Protection Curriculum
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., 1954.

BUCHANAN, John David, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S.M.E., Missouri School of Mines, 1947.

BUCKLEY, Frank Timothy, Jr., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S.A.E., University of Maryland, 1959.

BURGERS, Johannes Martinus, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics

and Applied Mathematics

Doctor of Mathematics and Physics, University of Leiden, 1918; Doctor Honoris
Causa, University Libre de Bruxelles, 1948; Doctor Honoris Causa, University of
Poitiers (France), 1950.

BYRUS, Robert Charles, Director, Fire Service Extension

CHARATIS, George, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

B.S., University of Michigan, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1962.

COPELAND, Joseph, Instructor in Chemical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1961.

CORNING, Gerald, Professor of Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., New York University, 1937; M.S., The Catholic University of America, 1954.

COURNYN, John Burton, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

B.S., A.E., University of Alabama, 1946; M.S.C.E., 1948; Registered Professional
Engineer.

CUNNIFF, Patrick Francis, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering

B.S., Manhattan College, 1955; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1956; Ph.D.,
1962.

DEBOER, Pieter Cornelis Tobias, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

Degree of Mechanical Engineering, Technological University, Delft, 1948; Ph.D.,

University of Maryland, 1963.

Faculty

DIAZ, Joaquin Basilio, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics

B.A., University of Texas, 1940; Ph.D., Brown University, 1945.

DUFFEY, Dick, Professor of Chemical Engineering.

B.S., Purdue University, 1939; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1956; Registered Professional Engineer.

ELKINS, Richard Lonsdale, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1958.

EYLER, Addison Bernard, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1950.

FALLER, Alan Judson, Research Associate Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1951; M.S., 1953; ScD., 1957.

FRIEDMAN, Gerald, Edward, Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; M.S., 1962.

GARBER, Daniel Leedy, Jr., Instructor in Civil Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1959.

GILBERT, Robert P., Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics

and Applied Mathematics

B.S., (Physics), Brooklyn College, 1952; M.S., (Physics), Carnegie Institute of
Technology, 1955; M.S., (Math.), 1955: Ph.D.. (Math.), 1958.

GINNINGS, Robert Meade, Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland. 1958; M.S., 1960.

GLOCK, Russell, Jr., Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

GLOMB, John W., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S., Lehigh University, 1957; M.S., 1961.

GOHR, Carl William, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

B.S., Michigan State University, 1926; Registered Professional Engineer.

GOMEZPLATA, Albert, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

B.Ch.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1952; M.Ch.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute, 1954; Ph.D., 1958.

GOODWIN, Bruce Edward, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1963.

GROSS, Donald Shaeffer, Director, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947.

GUERNSEY, Ralph Lewis, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

B.A., Miami University, 1952; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1960.

HAHN, William Robert, Jr., Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S.E.E., George Washington University, 1958.

Faculty

HAYLECK, Charles Raymond, Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949.

HICKEY, Harry Elmer, Assistant Professor of Fire Protection
B.S., State University of New York, 1955; M.S., 1959.

HOCHULI, Urs Erwin, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Dipl. Elektro-Techniker, Kantonales Technikum (Switzerland), 1950; M.S., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D., Catholic University, 1962.

HOGLUND, John William, Senior Instructor, Fire Service Extension

HOWARD, Henry Cobourn, Visiting Research Assistant Professor, Institute for
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

B.A., Wooster College, 1950; M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1955; Ph.D.,

1958.

HUBBARD, Bertie Earl, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

B.S., Western Illinois University, 1949; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1952;

Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1960.

JACKSON, John Warren, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1934; M.E.T 1937; M.S., California Institute of
Technology, 1940; Registered Professional Engineer.

JOHN, James Edward Albert, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering

B.S.E., Princeton University, 1955; M.S.E., 1957; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1963.

JONES, Harold Chester, Instructor in Electrical Engineering

B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1949; M.S., University of Maryland, 1961.

KELMAN, Robert Bernard, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

A.B., University of California, 1953; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 1958.

KISIELEWSKI, Richard Walter, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

KRAFT, James Howard, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering

B.M.E., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1959; M.S., Rensselear Polytechnic
Institute, 1961.

LARSON, Jerome Valjean, Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., in E.E., University of Maryland, 1960; M.S., 1963.

LEPPER, Henry Albert, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering

B.S., in C.E., The George Washington University, 1936; M.S., University of Illinois,
1938; D.Eng., Yale University, 1947; Registered Professional Engineer.

LOONEY, Charles Thomas George, Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of the
Department

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1932; M.S., in C.E., University of Illinois,

1934; Ph.D., 1940; Registered Professional Engineer.

LUPIEN, Hugh Bryant, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

Faculty

MARCHELLO. Joseph M., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

B.S., in Ch.E., University of Illinois, 1955; Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology,
1959.

MARCOVITZ, Alan Bernard, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959; S.M., 1959; Ph.D., Columbia
University, 1963.

MARKS, Colin Herbert, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., in M.E., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1956; M.S., in M.E., 1957.

MARTIN, Monroe Harnish. Professor of Mathematics and Director of the Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1928; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1932;

D.Sc, Lebanon Valley College, 1958.

MAVIS, Frederic Theodore, Dean of the College of Engineering and Professor of
Civil Engineering

B.S., in C.E., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935:

Registered Professional Engineer.

MC AULIFFE, Kenneth J., Jr., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., in M.E., University of Maryland, 1960.

MC DONAGH, Joseph Martin, Senior Instructor, Fire Service Extension
B.S., University of Maryland, 1961.

METCALF, Frederic Thomas, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

B.A., Lake Forest College, 1957; M.A., University of Maryland, 1959; Ph.D.,

1961.

MONTGOMERY, David Campbell, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1956; M.A., Princeton University, 1958; Ph.D., 1959.

OETTING, Robert Benfield, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., in M.E., Missouri School of Mines, 1955; M.S., in A.E., Purdue University,
1957.

OTTS, Louis Ethelbert, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering

B.A., East Texas Teachers College, 1933; B.S., Agricultural and Mechanical
College of Texas, 1946; M.S., 1946; Registered Professional Engineer.

PAI, Shih-I, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathe-
matics and Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., National Central University (China), 1935; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1938; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 1940.

PAYNE, Lawrence Edward, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

B.S., Iowa State College, 1946; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., 1950.

PIPER, Harry William, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

BArch.E., Catholic University of America, 1940; M.C.E., 1961; Registered Pro-
fessional Engineer.

Faculty

PRICE, Henry Williams, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1950.

PUGSLEY, James Harwood, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
A.B., Oberlin College, 1956; M.S., University of Illinois, 1958; Ph.D., 1963.

REED, Henry Rouse, Professor of Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1927; E.E., South Dakota State Col-
lege, 1930; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1941; Registered Professional Engineer.

REILLY, Robert J., Instructor in Civil Engineering

B.S., in C.E., Manhattan College, 1960; M.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

REILLY, Richard Selmer, Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1961.

RIVELLO, Robert Matthew, Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1948; Registered Professional Engineer.

RHEINBOLDT, Werner Carl, Director, Computer Science Center and Research
Associate Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

Dipl.Math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; Dr.Rer.Nat., University of Freiburg,

1955.

RUMBAUGH, Jeffrey Hamilton, Instructor in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

RUTELLI, Giovanni Pietro, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Ph.D. (Physics), University of Palermo, 1923; Ph.D., (Electrical Engineering),
Polytechnic Institute of Turin, 1928.

SANDERSON, Jeffrey John, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

B.S., University of Birmingham, 1958; Ph.D., University of Manchester, 1961.

SAYRE, Clifford Leroy, Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

B.S., Duke University, 1947; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1961.

SCHROEDER, Wilburn Carroll, Professor of Chemical Engineering

B.S., University of Michigan, 1930; M.S., 1931; Ph.D., 1933; Registered Profes-
sional Engineer.

SEKSCIENSKI, William Stanley, Project Engineer, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.

SHERWOOD, Aaron Wiley, Professor of Aeronautical Engineering and Head of the
Department

M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1935; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;

Registered Professional Engineer.

SHREEVE, Charles Alfred, Jr., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Head of the
Department

B.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;

Registered Professional Engineer.

SILVERMAN, Joseph, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1944; A.M., Columbia University, 1948; Ph.D., 1951.

Faculty

SIMONS, David Elie, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951.

SMITH, Robert Bole, Senior Instructor, Fire Service Extension
B.S., College of William and Mary, 1953.

SMITH, Theodore G., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering

B.E.S., Johns Hopkins, 1956; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., Washington University, 1960.

STABLER, Pauline Frederick, Reference Librarian

A.B., Marietta College, Ohio, 1931; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1938; M.S., in
L.S., The Catholic University of America, 1960.

SYKES, Paul, Instructor in Chemical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.S., 1963.

TABLER, Ralph Eugene, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; M.S., 1961.

THOMEE, Vidar Charles, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

Fil.Dr., University of Stockholm, 1959.

TIDMAN, Derek A., Research Associate Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics

B.Sc, Imperial College of Science, London, 1952; D.I.C., 1953; Ph.D., 1955.

TOMPKINS, Howard Edward, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head of the
Department

B.A., Swarthmore College, 1942; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1947; Ph.D.,

1957.

TRYTTEN, George Norman, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics

A.B., Luther College, 1951; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1953; Ph.D., University

of Maryland, 1962.

VINER, John George, Instructor in Civil Engineering

B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.S., University of Illinois, 1961.

VYBORNY, Rudolf, Research Associate, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics

R.N.Dr., Charles University, Prague, 1953; C.Sc, Czechosloval Academy of

Sciences, Prague, 1957.

WAGNER, Thomas Charles Gordon, Professor of Electrical Engineering

B.S., Harvard University, 1937; M.A., University of Maryland, 1940; Ph.D., 1943.

WEDDING, Presley Allen, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

B.S., University of Maryland, 1937; M.S., 1952; Registered Professional Engineer.

WEINSTEIN, Alexander, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

Ph.D., Zurich, 1921; Docteur es Sciences, University of Paris, France, 1937.

WEISS, George H., Research Associate Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics

A.B., Columbia College, 1951; M.A., University of Maryland, 1953; Ph.D., 1958.

Faculty

WESKE, John Robert, Professor of Aeronautical Engineering

Dipl. Ing., Hannover Institute of Technology, 1924; M.S., Harvard University,
1931; Sc.D., 1934; Registered Professional Engineer.

WILKERSON, Thomas Delaney, Research Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S., University of Michigan, 1953; Ph.D., 1962.

WINDSOR, Richard Isaac, Assistant Director, Wind Tunnel Operations
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1960.

WOCKENFUSS, William Arthur, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.Ed., 1952; Ed.D., University of Florida,
1960.

YANG, Jackson, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 1963.

Lecturers and Educational Advisers

BALWANZ, William Walter, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.E.E., George Washington University, 1941; M.S., University of Maryland, 1948.

BLOEM, Delmar L., Lecturer in Civil Engineering

B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; Registered Professional Engineer.

CHU, Yoahan, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., Chio-Tung University, China, 1942; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1945; Sc.D., 1953.

DAWSON, Victor Charles Douglas, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., Harvard University, 1951;
M.E., California Institute of Technology, 1959; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1963; Registered Professional Engineer.

FRANKEL, Henry Eric, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., Columbia University, 1949; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958.

HABERMAN, William Lawrence. Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

B.M.E., Cooper Union, 1949; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., 1956.

HOGAN, Douglas LeRoy, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., George Washington University, 1950; S.M., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1954; E.E., 1961.

KIRSHNER, Joseph Martin, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Delaware, 1947; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952.

KRUGER, Jerome, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., University of
Virginia, 1953.

LOBB, R. Kenneth, Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., University of Alberta, 1947; M.S., University of Toronto, 1948; Ph.D., 1950.

MONTROLL, Elliott Waters, Lecturer, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics

B.S. (Chem), University of Pittsburgh, 1937; Ph.D. (Math) 1940.

Faculty

NAFICY, Habib, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., University of Toulouse, 1932; M.S., University of Paris, 1935.

NICOLAIDES, John Dudley, Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.A., Lehigh University, 1946; M.S.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1952.

OHMAN, Gunnar Peter, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S.E.E., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1943; M.S., University of Maryland,
1948.

ROBERTS, Richard Calvin, Lecturer in Civil Engineering

A.B., Kenyon College, 1946; Sc.M., Brown University, 1946; Ph.D., 1949.

SCHUCHARD, Earl Adolph, Lecturer and Adviser in Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Washington, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940.

SCHULMAN, Joseph Robert, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering
B.E.E., City College of New York, 1944; M.S., University of Maryland, 1951.

SEIGEL, Arnold Elliott, Lecturer in Aeronautical and Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1944; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1947; Ph.D., University of Amsterdam (Holland), 1952.

TRENT, Horace Maynard, Lecturer and Adviser in Electrical Engineering

B.A., Berea College, 1928; M.S., Indiana University, 1929; Ph.D., Indiana Uni-
versity, 1934.

VANDERSLICE, John Livezey, Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., in E.E., University of Pennsylvania, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., Princeton Uni-
versity, 1934.

WALKER, Stanton, Lecturer in Civil Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1917; Registered Professional Engineer.

WILSON, Robert Elmer, Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1941; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., University of
Texas. 1952.

CATALOG OF THE

COLLEGE

HOME

ECONOMICS

1964-66

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

Volume 19 February 3, 1964 Number 16

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iv

Board of Regents vi

Officers of Administration . vii
Chairmen, Standing Commit-
tee, Faculty Senate x

The College 1

Special Facilities and Activities 1
Honors and Awards, Scholar-
ships and Loan Fund 2

Academic Information 3

Admission 3

Costs 4

Degrees 4

Air Science Instruction 5

The Student Load . 5

Curricula 5

American Studies Program 5

General Information 6

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES

Home Economics in Technical
Areas 9

Food, Nutrition, and Institu-
tion Administration 9

Textiles and Clothing 12

Home Economics in Educa-
tional, Community, and
Family Life Areas 14

Extension Home Economics 15

Family Life or General (Foun-
dation) Home Economics 16

Home Economics Education . 1 7

Home Economics in Related
Art Areas 19

Housing and Applied (Art)
Design 19

Crafts " 21

COURSE OFFERINGS

Food, Nutrition, and Institu- General (Foundation) Home

tion Administration 23 Economics 32

Textiles and Clothing 28 Family Life and Management 33

Home Economics Education 31 Housing and Applied (Art)

Design 35

Art Education 40

Faculty 41

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR. 1963-64

Fall Semester

1963

September 16-20

Monday-Friday

Fall Semester Registration

September 23

Monday

Instruction Begins

November 27

Wednesday

Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

December 1

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends

Sam

December 20

Friday

O a. 111.

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1964

January 6

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 22

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 23-30

Thursday- Wednesday
inclusive

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7

Monday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 10

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Saturday

Washington's Birthday, Holida>

March 25

Wednesday

Maryland Day, not a holiday

March 26

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

March 31

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends, 8 a.m.

May 13

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 28

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 29-June 5

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Saturday

Memorial Day, Holiday

May 31

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

June 6

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

1964

June 22

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 23

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 4

Saturday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 14

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

1964

June 15-19

Monday-Saturday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 3-7

Monday-Saturday

4-H Club Week

September 8-11

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1964-65

(Tentative)

Fall Semester
1964

September 14-18 Monday-Friday
September 21 Monday

November 25 Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

November 30

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends
8 a.m.

December 22

Tuesday

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1965

January 4

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 20

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 21-27

Thursday-Wednesday

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 2-5

Tuesday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 8

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Monday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Thursday

Maryland Day, not a Holiday

April 15

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

April 20

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.

May 12

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 27

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 28-June 4

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

May 31

Monday

Memorial Day, Holiday

June 5

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

June 21

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 22

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 5

Monday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 13

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

June 14-18

Monday-Friday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 2-6

Monday-Friday

4-H Club Week

September 7-10

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

Board Of Regents

and

Maryland State Board Of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore, 21202

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, 21202

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore, 21201

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton, 21629

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College, 5800 Park Heights Ave., Baltimore, 21215

ASSISTANT TREASURER

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center — 17th Floor,

Baltimore, 21201

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury, 21801

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown, 21740

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park, 20012

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland, 21501

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore, 21218

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKINS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.

ALBIN O. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936;
Ph.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant to the President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ALVIN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; LL.B., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

HARRY C. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College, 1936; LL.D.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.Sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

EDWARD W. AITON, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1956.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado,
1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

WILLIAM P. CUNNINGHAM, Dean of the School of Law
A.B., Harvard College, 1944; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

RAY W. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse

University, 1937.

NOEL E. FOSS, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

Ph.C, South Dakota State College, 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; Ph.D., 1933.

vii

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health.

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LADISLAUS F. GRAPSKI, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.S.,
University of Denver, 1942: M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of
Chicago, 1943.

IRVIN C. HAUT, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1933.

VERL S. LEWIS, Dean of the School of Social Work

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.S.W., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945:
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

CHARLES MANNING, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935.

DONALD W. O'CONNELL, Dean of the College of Business and Public
Administration

B.A., Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

JOHN J. S ALLEY, Dean of the School of Dentistry

D.D.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1947; Ph.D., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

WILLIAM S. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of
Medical Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville, 1929;

Ph.D. (Hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGIRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

C. WILBUR CISSEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939.

viii

HELEN E. CLARKE, Dean of Women

B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; Ed.D.,
Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960.

WILLIAM W. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

L. EUGENE CRONIN, Director of Natural Resources Institute

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;
Ph.D., 1946.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; M.D., 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; C.P.A., 1948.

GEORGE W. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

ROBERT J. McCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE W. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer,
Physical Plant {Baltimore)

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931.

VERNON H. REEVES, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air
Science

B.A., Arizona State College, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1949.

WERNER C. RHEINBOLDT, Director, Computer Science Center

Dipl. Math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; Dr. Rer. Nat., University of Freiburg,
1955.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940.

CLODUS R. SMITH, Director of the Summer Session

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,
1960.

GEORGE O. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

HAROLD C. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
Joseph F. Mattick (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING
Russell B. Allen (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Thomas G. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Richard H. Byrne (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES
V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

James A. Hummel (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Donald W. O'Connell (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Walter E. Schlaretzki (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Mark Keeny (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Robert B. Beckmann (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM
AND TENURE

George Anastos (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES
Stanley B. Jackson (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
John M. Brumbaugh (Law), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Noel E. Foss (Pharmacy), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS

Mary K. Carl (Nursing), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Homer Ulrich (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

Adjunct Committees of the General Committee of Student
Life and Welfare

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Gayle S. Smith (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP
A. B. Hamilton (Agriculture), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE

Bryce Jordan (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

Ellen Harvey (Physical Education), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS

Calvin Gaver (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

The College of Home Economics serves Maryland and surrounding areas
with its program for the education of young men and women interested
in the social, economic, scientific and aesthetic aspects of homemaking
and of family living in relation to the community. The educational
offerings of the College are planned to help students function effectively
and creatively as individuals, as family members and as responsible citi-
zens; to prepare them for positions for which home economics is a major
or minor preparation; and to promote an appreciation for and utilization
of the findings of research. The College is concerned with contributing
to the education for home and family life of women and men enrolled
in other schools and colleges as well as those majoring in home economics.

The over-all function of home economics is to integrate the contribu-
tions of the physical and biological sciences, the social sciences, psychol-
ogy, philosophy and art in the treatment of all phases of home and
family life, to the end that they are used by families in all parts of
society and by the agencies serving families.

The College of Home Economics is organized into the Departments of
Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration; Family Life and Manage-
ment; Housing and Applied (Art) Design; and Textiles and Clothing. The
curricula offered are: General (foundation) home economics; applied
art (merchandising, advertising, crafts, costume, and interior design);
food, nutrition, and related science; home economics education; home
economics extension; family life and management; institution administra-
tion; textiles and clothing; and textiles and related science.

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES

PHYSICAL FACILITIES

The home of the College of Home Economics, following campus tradition,
is a colonial brick building, planned and built to present modern equipment
and facilities for education in home economics. A management center
is maintained on the campus for resident experiences in management
activities of family life.

Located, as the campus is, between two large cities, unusual opportunities
are provided for both faculty and students. In addition to the Univer-
sity's general and specialized libraries, Baltimore and Washington furnish
added library facilities. The art galleries and museums, the government
bureaus and city institutions stimulate study and provide enriching ex-
periences for home economics students.

Special Facilities and Activities

societies

Home Economics Chapter: Membership is open to all home economics
students. The club is affiliated with the Maryland and American Home
Economics Associations.

Omicron Nu, national home economics honor society: Students of high
scholarship are eligible for election to membership.

N.S.I.D. A student chapter affiliated with the National Society of Interior
Designers.

Gamma Alpha Chi: National professional advertising fraternity for
women.

Student Faculty Council: An advisory group, elected by students and
faculty, to promote the interests of the College of Home Economics.

HONORS AND AWARDS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOAN FUND

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company Summer
Fellowships: One of four weeks to an outstanding junior; one of two weeks
to an outstanding freshman.

Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award: Three hundred dollars is
given by the Borden Company to the home economics student who, upon
entering her senior year, has completed two or more courses in food and
nutrition and has the highest scholastic average of eligible students.

Omicron Nu Scholarship Award: Omicron Nu presents annually an award
to the sophomore in the College of Home Economics who has attained
the highest scholastic average during the freshman year.

M. Marie Mount Memorial Scholarship: Two hundred fifty dollars is
awarded each year to a junior or senior student who shows outstanding
potential as a professional home economist.

Sears Roebuck Scholarships: The Sears Roebuck Foundation has made
available to freshmen in the College of Home Economics two scholarships
of three hundred dollars each.

The Executive Stewards and Caterers Scholarships: The Executive Stew-
ards and Caterers Association has made available two scholarships of
two hundred fifty dollars each to juniors or seniors who are preparing
for a career as food manager or dietitian.

Venia M. Kellar Grant: A grant of one hundred dollars is open to a
Maryland student of promise who wishes to enroll in the College of
Home Economics.

A loan fund, composed of contributions by the District of Columbia
Home Economics Association, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and
personal gifts, is available for students majoring in home economics.

Special Facilities and Activities

Home Economics Senior Award: The Home Economics Alumni annually
present an award to the senior student who is outstanding in her appli-
cation of the spirit and principles of home economics in her present living
and who best shows promise of carrying these into her future home and
community.

For other scholarships and awards, see Adventure in Learning.

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

ADMISSION

Fall Semester

All applications for full-time undergraduate admission for the Fall Semes-
ter at the College Park Campus must be received by the University on
or before July 15. Any student registering for seven (7) or more semes-
ter hours of work is considered a full-time student.

Under unusual circumstances, applications will be accepted between July
15 and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after July
15 will be required to pay a non-refundable $15.00 late fee to defray the
cost of special handling of applications after that date. This late fee is
in addition to the $10.00 application fee.

Spring Semester

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester is
January 1.

University College

The application deadlines and fees do not apply to students registering in
the evening classes offered by the University College.

Graduate School

Application for admission to the Graduate School must be made by
September 1 for the fall term and by January 1 for the spring term on

Academic Information

blanks obtained from the Office of the Graduate School. Admission to
the summer session is governed by the date listed in the Summer School
catalog. The summer session deadline date is generally June 1.

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Home Economics must
apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at Col-
lege Park.

In selecting students emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college as well as upon the pattern
of subjects pursued in high school. In general, 4 units of English and 1
unit each of social and natural sciences, algebra and plane geometry are
required. While foreign language is desirable for certain programs no
foreign language is required for entrance.

COSTS

Actual annual costs of attending the University include $250.00 fixed
charges; $96.00 special fee; $420.00 board; $290-$320.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $340-$370.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A charge of $400.00 is assessed students not residents of the
State of Maryland. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new stu-
dents. A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's applica-
tion for admission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied,
the fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.

An Adventure in Learning, the undergraduate catalog of the University,
contains a detailed statement of fees and expenses and includes changes
in fees as they occur. A copy may be requested from the Catalog Mail-
ing Office, North Administration Building, University of Maryland at
College Park.

Senior students enrolled in Home Mgt. 161 are considered resident stu-
dents and will be charged room rent at the same rate as the women's resi-
dence hall. Students living off-campus will be charged room rent for the
five-week period of home management residence. (See page 33.)

DEGREES

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory com-
pletion, with an average of "C" or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120
academic semester hour credits. This is exclusive of health and physical
activities for women and air science and physical activities for men.
No grade below a "C" is acceptable in courses within the field chosen
as a major.

The Master of Science degree is offered in food, nutrition and institution
administration; in textiles and clothing; and in related areas of home
economics in the College of Home Economics, also in home economics

Academic Information

education in the College of Education. (See the Graduate School Announce-
ments.)

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules,
are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two semes-
ters. The successful completion of this sequence is a prerequisite for
graduation, and must be taken by all eligible students during the first two
semesters of attendance at the University. Transfer students who do not
have the required two semesters of air science training will be required to
complete the sequence or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science
courses during their junior and senior years which may lead to a regular
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning Air Science, refer to University General and
Academic Regulations, a publication available to all entering undergrad-
uate students.

THE STUDENT LOAD

The student load in the College of Home Economics varies from 15-18
credits. A student wishing to carry more than 18 credits must have a "B"
grade average and permission of the Dean.

CURRICULA*

A student may elect one of the following curricula, or a combination of
curricula: food, nutrition or institution administration (food service); gen-
eral (foundation) home economics; home economics education; home eco-
nomics extension; housing, applied (art) design or crafts; and textiles or
textiles and clothing. A student who wishes to teach home economics may
register in home economics education in the College of Home Economics
or in the College of Education.

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION PROGRAM

The University considers it important for every student to achieve an
appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture. It
has therefore established a comprehensive program in American civilization
designed to provide the student with this general educational background.
(See University General and Academic Regulations.)

*In order to meet the particular need of a student, certain adjustments in these re-
quirements may be made with the approval of the student's adviser and Dean.

Academic Information

American Civilization Program. Although the courses in the program are
prescribed generally, some choice is permitted, especially for students who
demonstrate in classification tests good previous preparation in one or more
of the required subjects.

Through such testing a student may be released from 3 hours of English,
3 hours of American history, and 3 hours of American government, leaving
9 hours of English and 3 hours of American history as absolute require-
ments. Students released from 3 hours of English will take Eng. 21 instead
of Eng. 1 and 2. Those released from 3 hours in history will take 3 hours
from one of the sequences H. 41-42, 51-52, 61-62, or 71-72 instead of
H. 5 and 6.

The following courses required of all home economics majors may apply
to the American Civilization Program: Econ. 37, Soc. 1, and Psych. 1.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning the American Civilization Program, fees
and expenses, scholarships and awards, student life, and other material of
a general nature, may be found in the University publication titled An Ad-
venture in Learning. This publication may be obtained on request from the
Catalog Mailing Office, North Administration Building, University
of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the regulations of
student and academic life may be found in the University publication titled,
University General and Academic Regulations.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

REQUIRED COURSES

The curricula leading to a major in the College of Home Economics are
organized into three categories: (1) Technical areas, (2) educational,
community, and family life areas, and (3) commercial consumer service
(related art) areas. These represent the broad professional fields into
which graduates are eligible to enter and pursue their chosen work. The
positions vary in nature, scope, and title but require similar general studies
background and fundamentals for specialization. (See page 5.)

Individual programs of study are developed cooperatively with faculty
advisers to provide a balanced and sequential arrangement of studies in
preparation for the chosen field. University, college, departmental, and
interdepartmental requirements are identified for curricula in each of the
categories described above.

All students in the College of Home Economics are required to complete
a series or sequence of courses to satisfy University requirements and de-
partmental requirements. The remaining courses needed to complete a
program of study are elected by the student with the approval of his adviser.

Semester Credit
University Requirements Hours

*Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 6

*G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or alternate 3

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 6

*Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 6

Total 24

For Men:

Basic Air Science 4

Physical Activities 4

Total 8

For Women:

Health 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health 4

Physical Activities 4

Total

*For classification tests and alternate courses, see Program in American Civilization,
published in University General and Academic Regulations.

Departmental Requirements

Semester Credit

College of Home Economics Requirements** Hours

H. E. 5 — Introduction to Family Living through Home Economics 2

A. D. 1— Design 3

F. & N. 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families 3

H. M. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living 3

T. & C. 5 — Textiles and Clothing in Contemporary Living 3

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar 2

Speech 7 or 1 Public Speaking 2-3

Total 18-19

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Required courses are determined by the department making major con-
tributions to the specific curriculum or program of study. Supporting and
elective courses are approved by the adviser of the student's program.

The program of courses for the freshman year is essentially the same
for all students. However, there are some variations and modifications in
several curricula.

Freshman Year

*Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

*G. & P. 1 — American Government

*Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or alternate

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science (men)

Physical Activities — -men and women

Health 2, 4 — Personal Health, Community Health (women)

H. E. 5 — Introduction to Family Living Through H. E

Choice of college requirements:

T & C 5 — Textiles and Clothing in Contemporary Living
F & N 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families
A. D. 1 — Design

Choice of Speech 7 or 1 — Public Speaking (2-3) 2-3

^Choice of:

Bot. 1 — General Botany; Chem. 1, 3 or 11, 13 — General
Chemistry; Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology; Geog.
1, 2 — Economic Resources; Phys. 1, 2 — Elements
of Physics; Microb. 1 — General Microbiology; Zool.

1 — General Zoology 2-4 (2-4)

Total 18-20 16-17

-Semester—^

(3)

(2)

* American Civilization Program

**Men students enrolled in the College of Home Economics will be required to
take a minimum of three of the college requirements with the remaining credit hours
selected from the humanities, upon approval of the adviser and Dean.

fChoice dependent upon curriculum being pursued. Adviser's approval necessary.

Departmental Requirements

HOME ECONOMICS IN TECHNICAL AREAS

Preparation for entering technical fields in home economics and related
areas combines a strong scientific background with general education, an
understanding of personal and family life, and specific knowledge in one or
more of the areas leading to technical positions. Curricula or programs of
study offered in the several departments directed toward the following can
be pursued by undergraduate students: Textile technology, commercial
foods, fashion merchandising and design, hospital and institution dietetics,
advertising, basic and applied research in the several areas of home eco-
nomics, apparel design and construction, nutrition and related science, and
household equipment (technology and utilization).

TECHNICAL CURRICULA

University requirements (see page 8)

College of Home Economics requirements (see page 8)

FOOD, NUTRITION, AND INSTITUTION
ADMINISTRATION

Graduates of the food and nutrition curriculum find positions in the con-
sumer education departments of a wide variety of food and equipment
industries, magazine and advertising firms, doing testing, editorial or pro-
motion work. They may become nutritionists with industry or in state or
community programs. The curriculum also prepares students for graduate
study, research, or work as laboratory technicians.

The institution administration curriculum prepares students for food
service administration in such institutions as hospitals, colleges and public
schools; in commercial organizations: restaurants, inns, hotels, and
industrial food service. Institution administration majors meet the aca-
demic requirements for entrance to a dietetic internship approved by the
American Dietetic Association. Students following this major are required
to have, before the senior year, field experience in food service. This
experience must be satisfactory in length of time, type, and quality
of work.

Men specializing in either the food and nutrition or institution admin-
istration major will be allowed substitutions for certain required courses.

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration
FOOD AND NUTRITION CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Organic Chemistry

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics or

Econ. 31, 32 (6)

Physical Activities

Select two of the following (6 hrs.)

Food 52, 53 (6) — Science of Food Preparation

F. & N. 5 (3) — Food and Nutr. of Indiv. and Families

Food 10 (3) — Science Principles of Food

T. & C. 5 (3) — Tex. and Clo. in Contemporary Living

Select two of the following (8 hrs.)
Zool. 1 — General Zoology
Microb. 1 — Gen. Microbiology
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Chem. 161, 163

-Semester—^

(3)

1 Recommended for sophomore year.
1 Selected with adviser's consent.

Total 17 17

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living ' 3

Home Mgt. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home . . 3

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management 3

Nutr. 121 — Science of Nutrition 3

F. & N. 130 — Special Problems in Food and Nutrition 3

C. Ed. 110— Child Development III or

F. L. 132— The Child in the Family 3

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

A.D. 2— Survey of Art History (or Tex. & Clo.)2 2

Select at least one of the following: 4 (4)

Chem. 161, 163— Biochemistry (2, 2)

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology (4)

Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4)

Total 15 15

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration

r-Semester—s
Senior Year / //

Home Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Mgt. or

Home Mgt. 165 — Home Mgt. Practicum ' . . . . 3

Food 152 — Advanced Food 3

Food 153 — Experimental Food 3

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar (2) 2

Select at least two of the following: 3 3

H. E. 170 — Communication Skills and Techniques in
Home Economics

Nutr. 124 — Advanced Nutrition

Nutr. 125 — Therapeutic Nutrition
Electives (100 level courses) 7-10 4-7

Total 13-16 15-18

INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3

Food 52, 53 — Science of Food Preparation or

Food 10 — Science Principles of Food (3) 3

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics . . 3

A.D. 2— Survey of Art History (or Tex. & Clo.)2 2

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4

Physical Activities 1 1

Electives 3

1 Consent of Dept. of Family Life and Management.

2 Selected with adviser's consent.

3 Recommended for sophomore year.

Total 15-17 17-19

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living3 3

Home Mgt. 160 — 'Scientific Management in the Home ... 3

Nutr. 121 — Science of Nutrition 3

I. A. 153 — Food Service Organization and Management. ... 2

Chem. 161, 163— Biochemistry 2 2

I. A. 150 — Institution Organization and Management 3

I. A. 151 — Institution Purchasing and Accounting . . 3

C. Ed. 110— Child Development HI or

F. L. 132— The Child in the Family 3

Food 152 — Advanced Food 3

Food 153 — Experimental Food 3

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Total 18 16

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration

,— Semester— s
Senior Year / tl

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Home Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Mgt. or

Home Mgt. 165 — Home Management Practicum1 (3) 3

Nutr. 124 — Advanced Nutrition 3

I. A. 152 — Institution Foods 3

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar 2

Electives (100 level courses) 4-7 6-9

Total 15-18 15-18

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING

The curricula in textiles and clothing are planned to help students be
intelligent and responsible consumers; to give them preliminary training
for positions in textiles and clothing in business, in textile testing, and re-
search in textiles and clothing.

Men majoring in these curricula will be allowed substitutions for cer-
tain required courses and will choose supporting courses according to their
particular interests and needs.

TEXTILE CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3. 4 — Composition and World Literature
Clo. 10 — Principles and Methods of Clothing Design
Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics or

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics (6)

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

A. D. 20 — Costume Design

Physical Education

Chem. 1, 3 or 11, 13 — General Chemistry

Clo. 11 — Experimental Clothing Design or

Clo. 21 — Pattern Design
Tex. 55 — Elements of Textiles

Total

r-Semester-^
I //

3
(2)

3
2

(3)

3-4

(3)

3-4

(2-3)
3

2-3
3

16-17

17-19

1 Consent of Dept. of Family Life and Management.

Textiles and Clothing

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living1

Home Mgh. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home
F. & N. 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals & Families. .
Nutr. 20 — Elements of Nutrition or

Nutr. 121 — Science of Nutrition

Art Elective

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics

Chem. 31, 32. 33. 34 — Organic Chemistry

Math. 10 — Introduction to Mathematics

Tex. 150 — Advanced Textiles

Tex. 102 — Textile Testing

Total

Senior Year

Hist. 5. 6 — History of American Civilization

Home Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Mgt. or

Home Mgt. 165 — Home Mgt. Practicum "

Chemistry -

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics

Speech 3

C. Ed. 110— Child Development III or

F. L. 132— The Child in the Family

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar

Electives

Total

-Semester—^
I II

3
3

3 (3)

3 3

3
16

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING CURRICULUM

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3. 4 — Composition and World Literature

Clo. 10 — Principles and Methods of Clothing Design

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics or

Econ. 31. 32 — Principles of Economics (6)

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

A. D. 20 — Costume Design

Physical Education

Chem. 11, 13 or 1. 3 — General Chemistry or Science elective

Clo. 11 — Experimental Clothing Design

Clo. 21 — Pattern Design

Tex. 50 — Consumer Textiles

Total 18-19

(2)

(3)

3-4

(2)

(3)

: Recommended for sophomore year.

■ Consent of Dept. of Family Life and Management.

1 Selected with adviser's consent.

15-16

Textiles and Clothing

r- Semester—
Junior Year / //

Home Mgt. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living * 3

Home Mgt. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home 3

Nutr. 20 — Elements of Nutrition 3

Clo. 122— Tailoring 2

Art ■ 3

Psychology2 3

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management (3) 3

C. Ed. 110 — Child Development or

F. L. 132— The Child in the Family 3

Tex. 153 — International Textiles 2

Choice of course in Dept. or

H. E. 170 — Communication Skills and Techniques in

Home Economics2 3

Electives 6-8

Total 16-18 17

Senior Year

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Home Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Mgt. or

Home Mgt. 165 — H. Mgt. Practicum3 3 (3)

Clo. 120— Draping 3

T. & C. 126 — Fundamentals of Fashion 3

Speech2 3 (3)

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar 2 (2)

Electives 2 (2)

Total 16 15

HOME ECONOMICS IN EDUCATIONAL,
COMMUNITY, AND FAMILY LIFE AREAS

Students selecting programs of study or major in this area may choose
one of the several avenues in preparing for teaching or positions involving
person-to-person relationships at different age levels. These study programs
provide a broad general education, an understanding of family life in
today's world, and preparation for specific positions.

EDUCATIONAL, COMMUNITY, AND FAMILY LIFE CURRICULA

University Requirements (see page 8)

College of Home Economics requirements (see page 8)

1 Recommended for sophomore year.

2 Selected with adviser's consent.

3 Consent of Dept. of Family Life and Management.

Extension Home Economics

EXTENSION HOME ECONOMICS CURRICULUM

This curriculum provides preparation for positions in extension home
economics. It includes the basic sciences and the technical subjects related
to farm, home, and community situations which home demonstration agents
encounter. It provides an opportunity to gain insight and understanding
into the attitudes and appreciation expected of a professional extension
worker.*

r- Semester— ^
Sophomore Year / //

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Organic Chemistry 1 3 3

Choice of (6 hrs.) from

Food 52, 53 — Science of Food Preparation

F. & N. 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals

and Families 3 3

Food 10 — Science Principles of Food

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics

Clo. 10 — Principles and Methods of Clothing Design

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Clo. 21 — Pattern Design

Physical Activities

Total

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living2 3

Home Mgt. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home . . 3

R. Ed. 160 — Agricultural Information Methods 2

Nutr. 121 — Science of Nutrition 3

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Choice of (6 hrs.) from:

H.D.Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Dev. I & II

F.L. 132— The Child in the Family

F.L. 135 — Directed Experiences with

Children and Families 3 3

Nutr. 124 — Advanced Nutrition 3

R. Ed. 150 — Extension Education 2

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4

Total 18 18

^Experience in the field of home economics extension is encouraged for all students
majoring in this curriculum. Such experience should be gained before the completion
of the senior year.

1 Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 is recommended for students with special interest in and need
for food and nutrition.

2 Recommended for sophomore year.

Family Life or General

r- Semester— >
Senior Year I U

Home Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Management

or Home Mgt. 165 — Home Management Practicum 1 3

H. E. 170 — Communication Skills and Techniques in H. E.. 3

A. D. 2 — Survey of Art History 2

Soc. 1 13— The Rural Community 3

Art 2 2-3

T. & C. 128 — Fundamentals of Home Furnishings 3

H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics . . 3

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management 3

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar 2

Electives 4"5 2-4

Total 15-17 15-17

FAMILY LIFE OR GENERAL (FOUNDATION) CURRICULUM

The general (foundation) home economics curriculum is planned to pro-
vide students with a good basis for personal development, for education
in family living, and for professional opportunities requiring a general
knowledge of the various areas of home economics. Electives are adequate
for developing a special ability or interest, such as: music, social science,
speech, journalism, or education.

r-Semester—^
Sophomore Year / //

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Organic Chemistry3

Choice of (6 hrs. ) from: 3 3

Food 52, 53 Science of Food Preparation

F. & N. 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals &

Families
Food 10 — Science Principles of Food

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4

Clo. 10 — Principles and Methods of Clothing Design 2

A. D. 20 — Costume Design 3

Physical Activities 11

Electives 3 3

Total 15 17

1 Consent of Dept. of Family Life and Management.

1 Selected with consent of adviser.

3 Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 recommended as an elective for students with special interest
in and need for food and nutrition.

Education

Junior Year

Home Mgt. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living1
Home Mgt. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home
Nutr. 121 — Science of Nutrition or

Nut. 20 — Elements of Nutrition

A. D. 2 — Survey of Art History

H.A.D. 41 — Fundamentals of Interior Design

Clo. 2 — Experimental Clothing Design or

Clo. 21 — Pattern Design

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management. . .

Zool. 1 — General Zoology

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Electives ( 100 level courses)

Total

r— Semester—
I II

2-3
3

16 17-18

Senior Year

C. Ed. 110— Child Development III or

F. L. 132— The Child in the Family

F. L. 135— Directed Experiences with Children

and Families

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Home Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Management
or Home Mgt. 165 — Home Management Practicum '

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar

H. E. 170 — Communication Skills and Techniques in

Home Economics 2

Electives ( 100 level courses)

Total

8
16

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM

Students electing this curriculum may be registered in the College of
Home Economics or in the College of Education.

The home economics education curriculum is designed for students who
are preparing to teach home economics (vocational or general) and to
support other areas of home economics which require a knowledge of
teaching methods. It includes some study of each area of home economics
and allied sciences with professional preparation for teaching. A student
majoring in this curriculum may qualify for a science minor.

Consent of Dept. of Family Life and Management.
A substitute may be arranged with consent of adviser.

Education

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Philosophy 1 — Intro-
duction to Philosophy or Psych. 1 — Introduction to

Psychology

H. E. 5 — Introduction to Family Living through H. E

F. N. 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families

A. D. 1 — Design

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women)

P. E. 2, 4

G. and P. 1 — American Government

Sp. 1 — Public Speaking

Electives

Total

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, A — Composition and World Literature

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

A. D. 20 — Costume Design

Tex. and Clo. 5 — Textiles and Clothing in Contemporary Liv-

ing

Clo. 10 — Principles and Methods of Clothing Design

Chem. 11, 13 or 1, 3 — General Chemistry

Food 10 — Science Principles of Food

P. E. 6, 8

Electives

-Semester—
I 11

1-2

15-16

16-17

3-4

1-2

Total 14-16 18-19

Junior Year

H. E. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning

H. Mgt. 50 — Decision-making in Family Living

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management

H. Mgt. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home

Nutr. 20 — Elements of Nutrition or

Nutr. 121 — Science of Nutrition

Clo. 1 1 — Experimental Clothing Design

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics

Zool. 1 — General Zoology

Bot. 1 — General Botany***

Total

**H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar (required of seniors in College of Home Eco-
nomics.) (2)

***Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 recommended in lieu of Botany for students with special
interest in and need for food and nutrition.

Housing and Applied (Art) Design

r— Semester— >,
Senior Year* / //

H. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics. . . 3
Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education 3
H. E. Ed. 148 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Eco-
nomics 8

H. Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Management or

H. Mgt. 165 — Home Management Practicum 3

A. D. 2 — Survey of Art History or

T. & C. 128 — Fundamentals of Home Furnishing 2-3

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology 4

Ed. 1 1 1 — Foundations of Education 3

Electives 7-9

Total 17 16-19

HOME ECONOMICS IN APPLIED ART AREAS

The fundamental purposes of programs of study in these areas are to
provide a broad general education, and instruction in the design and use of
materials for the individual, the home, and the community. The com-
mercial field offers graduates positions in designing interiors, fashions,
advertising, home furnishings, and technical materials. Positions available
also include promotion, selling or buying of wearing apparel and home
furnishings.

HOUSING AND APPLIED (ART) DESIGN

This curriculum permits a choice of three areas of concentration: Applied
(Art) Design in advertising, interiors, and costume.

r-Semester—^
Sophomore Year / //

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3

F. & N. 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families . . 3

A. D. 20— Costume Design 3 (3)

A. D. 21 — Action Drawing 2

A. D. 30 — Typography and Lettering 3

H.A.D. 41 — Fundamentals of Interior Design (3) 3

Physical Activities 1 1

Laboratory Science ' 4

Total 16 16

1 Selected with consent of adviser.

*Subjects in the block are so arranged that the two semesters may be interchanged.

Housing and Applied (Art) Design

r- Semester— y
Junior Year / //

Home Mgt. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living 3

Home Mgt. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home... 3

Food 150 — Food Economics and Meal Management 3

Nutr. 20 — Elements of Nutrition 3

A. D. 120, 121 — Costume Illustration or

H.A.D. 142, 143 — Advanced Interior Design 2 2

Choice of one of the following groups: 3 3

Advertising; Crafts (2)

A. D. 4 — 3-Dimensional Design (2)
A. D. 3 — Silk Screen Printing (2)

Costume Clo. 120— Draping (3)
Tex.2 (3)

Interior Tex.2 (3)

T & C 128 — Fundamentals of Home
Furnishings (3)

B. A. 159 — Marketing Principles and Organizations * 3

B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management * 3

A. D. 38— Photography * 2

Electives 3

Total 17 16

Senior Year

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Home Mgt. 161 — Resident Experience in Home Mgt. or

Home Mgt. 165 — Home Mgt. Practicum J (3) 3

C. Ed. 110— Child Development III or

F. L. 132— The Child in the Family (3) 3

Speech 115 — Radio in Retailing * 3

A. D. 132 — Advertising Layout 2 (2)

A. D. 136— Display 2 (2)

Individual Problems in Advertising, Costume or Interior. . . 2 2

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar 2

Electives * 2-4 2-4

Total 16-18 16-18

* Women students desiring a non-business program may substitute one of the follow-
ing blocks of 14-18 credits:

I II III IV

12 hrs. French, 12 hrs. language 12 hrs. language 12 hrs. language

Spanish, German Journ. 10, 11 Art 5 Soc. 5

Soc. 5 Journ. 165 Art 104 Hist. 51, 52

Eng. 12 Art 113 Art 9, 11

Eng. 170
Sp. 117

1 Consent of Dept. of Family Life and Management.

2 Selected with consent of adviser.

Crafts

Modifications of Applied (Art) Design and Crafts Curriculum for Men
Requirements are the same as for women with the following exceptions:

Additions:

Air Science — A. S. 2, 3

Additional courses selected in consultation with adviser

Choice of 3 of the following college requirements: (See page 8)

H. E. 5 — Introduction to Family Living through Home Economics

A. D. 1 — Design

F & N 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families

T & C 5 — Textiles and Clothing in Ccontemporary Living

H. M. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living

H. E. 180 — Professional Seminar

Omissions:

Food 150; Home Mgt. 160, 161; Health 2, 4; Nutr. 20.

CRAFTS CURRICULUM

This curriculum provides for a choice of two vocational areas:
occupational therapy and teaching.

Pre-

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

F & N 5 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

A. D. 3 — Silk Screen Printing

A. D. 4 — 3-Dimensional Design

Cr. 2 — Simple Crafts

Cr. 20, 21 — Ceramics

Laboratory Science *

Physical Activities _

Electives

Total

-Semester—
I II

3 3

* Selected with adviser's consent.

Crafts

r-Semester-

Junior Year / //

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

H. M. 50 — Decision Making in Family Living 3

H. M. 160 — Scientific Management in the Home 3

Nutr. 20 — Elements of Nutrition 3

Cr. 30, 3 1— Metalry 2 2

Cr. 40, 41— Weaving 2 2

Ind. Ed. 2 — Woodworking I . . 3

Ind. Ed. 9 — Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 1 2

Electives 2 (100 level courses) 4 2

16 18

Senior Year I II

A. D. 38— Photography 2

Cr. 5— Puppetry 3

Advanced crafts 4 2

Electives : 7 9

13 14

(See modification for men students (page 21)

(Note: For other curricula in art, see offerings in the Colleges of Arts and Sciences
and Education)

1 Recommended for sophomore year.

' One of the two following blocks of courses will be completed to meet graduation
requirements.

/ — Pre-Occupational Therapy 11 — Teaching

Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4) Ed. 110 — Human Development and
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy & Physi- Learning (6)

ology (4) Ed. 130— The Junior High School (3)

Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics (3) Ed. 140 — Curr., Instruction and Obser-
P. E. 100 — Scientific Bases of Movement vation (3)

(3) Ed. 145— Prin. of High School Teaching
Art 7 — Landscape Painting (3) (3)

Ed. 148— Student Teaching (8)

COURSE OFFERINGS

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course
for which an insufficient number of students to warrant giving the course
have registered. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to
another course.

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:

1 to 99: Courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

(Not all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)

200 to 299: Courses for graduates only.

399: Graduate research.

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course
with a double number extends through two semesters.

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit
hours is shown by the Arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the
course.

FOOD, NUTRITION, AND INSTITUTION
ADMINISTRATION

Associate Professors: Braucher, Brown.
Assistant Professors: Bangs, Collins, Eheart.
Instructors: Lanz, McKinley.

FOOD

F. & N. 5. Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
a week. Consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of food in con-
temporary living. The economic, social and esthetic implications of food as
well as its nutritive value. Selection and use of food in relation to eating habits,
health, and well-being of the individual. Survey of meal preparation and service
applied to family situations.

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration
Food 10. Science Principles of Food. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
a week. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Prerequisite or concurrent, Chem. 11, 13. Study
of basic scientific principles as applied to food preparation processes.

Food 52, 53. Science of Food Preparation. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel. Laboratory fee,
$10.00. Composition and structure of food with study of the fundamental
principles involved in food preparation.

NUTRITION

(See F. & N. 5)

Nutr. 20. Elements of Nutrition. (3)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00. For students in other colleges
and for majors in crafts, applied art and textiles and clothing.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
FOOD
F. & N. 130. Special Problems in Food and/or Nutrition. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, F. & N. 5, Food 10, and consent of
instructor. Problem may be in any one of several areas of food and nutrition
and will carry the name of the basic area; e. g., child nutrition, adolescent nu-
trition.

Food 150. Food Economics and Meal Management. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
a week. Consent of department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Distribution and mar-
keting of the food supply; food costs; legal measures for consumer protection;
retail selection of food commodities in relation to levels of spending; manage-
ment of family meals through organization of equipment and appointments;
time, energy, and money management for effective family living.

Food 152, 153. Advanced and Experimental Food. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisites, F. & N. 5; Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, or equivalent. Physical
and chemical properties of food as related to modern theories of food process-
ing; study of recent advances in the field; recipe development and group and
laboratory experimentation as an introduction to methods of research.

NUTRITION

Nutr. 121. Science of Nutrition. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 11, 13 or 1, 3, or consent of department.
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. An understanding of
the chemical and physiological utilization of nutrients present in the various
foods as related to individual human nutritional status, with studies in applied
nutrition. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management
Nutr. 114. Nutrition for Health Services. (3)

First and second semester. Prerequisite, Nutr. 20, Chem. 11, 13 or 1, 3 or equiv-
alent. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of nutritional status and the effect of food
habits and food consumption on family health. Nutritional requirements for in-
dividuals in different stages of development. Techniques and procedures for
the application of nutrition knowledge with consideration of various economic
levels and social backgrounds. For graduate nurses, dietitians, health teachers,
and social workers.

Nutr. 124. Advanced Nutrition. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Consent of department; Zool. 1; Chem. 161, 163
or concurrent. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Two lectures and one two-hour labora-
tory. The progress of nutrition as found in the results of current research, with
emphasis on interpretation and application.

Nutr. 125. Therapeutic Nutrition. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
Nutr. 121, 124. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Modifications of the normal adequate
diet to meet human nutritional needs in pathological conditions.

For Graduates
FOOD *
Food 200. Advanced Experimental Food. (3-5)

Second semester. Two lectures and three laboratory periods a week. Laboratory
fee, $10.00. Selected readings of literature in experimental foods. Development
of individual problem.

Food 204. Recent Trends in Food. (2-3)

First semester. Recent trends in the preparation, processing, and marketing of
foods.

Food 210. Readings in Food. (3)

First or second semester. Prerequisites, Food 152, 153. A critical survey of the
literature of recent developments in food research.

Food 220. Seminar. (1-2)

First and second semesters. Reports and discussions of current research in
foods.

Food 399. Research. (6)

First and second semesters. Credit in proportion to work done and results
accomplished. Investigation in some phases of food which may form the basis
for a thesis.

'Prerequisite for all 200 courses in Food and Nutrition, consent of department.

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management

NUTRITION *

Nutr. 204. Recent Advances in Nutrition. (2-3)

First and second semester. Factors that affect the nutritive value of food during
production, cookery processes, holding practices, processing, packaging, and
storage.

Nutr. 208. Recent Progress in Human Nutrition. (3)

Second semester. Recent developments in the science of nutrition with emphasis
on the interpretation of these findings for application in health and disease.
Aids for the dietitian in creating a better understanding of nutrition among
patients, students of graduate status and personnel, such as those in the dental
and medical professions.

Nutr. 210. Readings in Nutrition. (3)

First and second semesters. Reports and discussions of significant nutritional
research and investigation.

Nutr. 211. Problems in Nutrition. (3-5)

Second semester. Experience in a phase of nutrition research which is of interest
to the student. Use of experimental animals, human studies and extensive and
critical study of research methods, techniques or data of specific projects.

Nutr. 212. Nutrition for Community Services. (3)

First semester. Application of the principles of nutrition to various community
problems of specific groups of the public. Students may select specific problems
for independent study.

Nutr. 220. Seminar. (1)

First and second semesters. Reports and discussions of current research in
nutrition.

Nutr. 399. Research. (6)

First and second semesters. Credit in proportion to work done and results ac-
complished. Investigation in some phase of nutrition which may form the basis
of a thesis.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION
I. A. 150. Institution Organization and Management. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, F. & N. 5. Planning of functional kitchens for
institutions and commercial food services. Equipment selection, maintenance,
and layout. Field experiences and observations in a variety of situations.

* Prerequisites for all 200 courses in Food and Nutrition, consent of depart-
ment.

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management
I. A. 151. Institution Food Purchasing and Cost Control. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Food 10; Nutr. 20 or equivalent.
Selection of food, methods and units of purchase in large quantities. Budgets,
food cost accounting and control. Field experiences.

I. A. 152. Institution Foods. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Food 10; Nutr. 20 or 121; or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Application of basic principles and procedures of food preparation to quantity
food preparation. Standardizing recipes; menu planning for various types of
food services; determination of food costs.

I. A. 153. Food Service Organization and Management. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Application of principles
of scientific management to the organization of food services. Efficient personnel
management with emphasis on training and supervision of employees.

I. A. 154. School Food Service. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one morning a week for field experience in a
school food service. Prerequisites, Food 10 and Nutr. 20 or 121, or consent
of instructor. Not open to Institution Administration majors. Study of organi-
zation, management, menu planning, food purchasing and preparation, and cost
control, for serving the noon meal in schools and child care centers.

I. A. S166. Nutrition and Meal Planning. (2)

Summer only. Special application to group food services: school lunches, restau-
rants, and hospitals.

I. A. S168. Cost Accounting for School Food Service. (2)

Summer session. Food cost accounting systems for school lunch programs:
programs and procedures of accumulating, recording, and interpreting data for
cost control.

I. A S169. Food Purchasing for School Food Service. (3)

Summer session. Purchasing procedures; grading, processing, and packing of
food; selection of food, specifications, and marketing regulations.

For Graduates
I. A. 200. Food Service Administration and Supervision. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
I. A. 152, and 154 or equivalent. Supervision and administrative policies; per-
sonnel management with emphasis on human relations, and philosophy under-
lying management practices.

Textiles and Clothing
TEXTILES AND CLOTHING

Professor: Mitchell.

Assistant Professors: Heagney, Wilbur.

Instructor: Young.

Lecturer: Kreinik.

T. & C. 5. Textiles and Clothing in Contemporary Living. (3)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Three lecture-discussion
periods a week. Comparative analysis of the significance of fashions and fabrics
to individuals and groups, in terms of their physical, psychological, and social
needs. Application of current technology to the choice and use of apparel and
home furnishing textiles toward increasing satisfactions in changing modes of
living.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

T. & C. 101. Fashion Promotion and Coordination. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
T. & C. 126; Speech 115 or 117. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Analysis of fashion
media; industry publications, magazines, newspapers, radio, TV; merchandise
displays and fashion shows. Role of the stylist.

T. & C. 110. Field Experience in Textiles and Clothing. (3)

First semester or summer school. Prerequisite, senior standing in department.
Supervised and coordinated training-work program in cooperation with agencies
and organizations.

T. & C. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisite, Clo. 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Fashion his-
tory; current fashions, how to interpret and evaluate them; fashion show tech-
niques; fashion promotion. The course includes oral and written reports, group
projects, panel discussions and field trips.

T. & C. 128. Fundamentals of Home Furnishings. (3)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
T. & C. 5, Clo. 10, or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Selection
of fabrics for home and institutional furnishings; care and repair of such fur-
nishings; custom construction of slip covers, draperies, bedspreads; refinishing
and upholstering furniture.

TEXTILES

Tex. 50. Consumer Textiles. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
T. & C. 5 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Cannot be used as

Textiles and Clothing

prerequisite for Tex. 150.) Problems of the consumer in textile selection, pur-
chase, and care as related to service and esthetic features of fibres, yarns, and
fabric construction and finish.

Tex. 55. Elements of Textiles. (3)

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
T. & C. 5. Chem. 11, 13 or 1,3. Laboratory fee. $3.00. Intensive study of the
physical and chemical properties of fibers, of yarn and fabric construction, of
color and design application, and of finishing. Evaluation of sources of con-
sumer information on legislation protecting textile consumers. Economic factors
affecting textile consumption.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Tex. 102. Textile Testing. (3)

Second semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 150.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. The theory of textile testing methods, the repeated use
of physical and chemical testing, interpretation of the data, and presentation
of the findings.

Tex. 150. Advanced Textiles. (3)

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Tex. 55. Laboratory fee, $3.00. An intensive study of textiles from the fiber
to the finished fabric, from the producer to the consumer. Analysis of fabric
construction and serviceabilty features.

Tex. 153. International Textiles. (2)

First semester. Two lectures a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisite,
T. & C. 5 or consent of instructor. Study of historic and contemporary fibers
and laces with analysis of designs and techniques of decorating fabrics; rela-
tionship of textiles to the esthetic and developmental cultures of society.

CLOTHING

Clo. 10. Principles and Methods of Clothing Design. (2)

First and second semesters. Two lecture periods a week. Laboratory fee, $10.00.
Basic construction and fitting techniques of apparel demonstrated in relation
to interpretation and use of commercial patterns. Esthetic and economic aspects
as interrelated.

Clo. 11. Experimental Clothing Design (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo.
10 or concurrent registration. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Application of principles
and methods of clothing construction with emphasis on management and analysis
of values to be achieved.

Clo. 21, Pattern Design. (3)

First and second semesters. Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Clo. 10 and consent of department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Pattern
study, figure analysis and pattern alteration, development and adaptation of
individual basic pattern, creation of original designs.

Textiles and Clothing

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Clo. 100. Family Clothing. (3)

First semester in alternate years. One lecture and two laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites, T. & C. 5; Clo. 10, 11; or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Clothing the family; analysis of needs of family members in various stages of the
life cycle; individual and family budgets; problems in selection and/or con-
struction of wardrobe items.

Clo. 120. Draping. (3)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 10. Labora-
tory fee, $3.00. Demonstrations and practice in creating costumes in fabrics
and on individual dress forms; modeling of garments for class criticism.

Clo. 122. Tailoring. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Clo. 21. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Construction of tailored garments requiring pro-
fessional skill.

Clo. 127. Apparel Design. (3)

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Clo. 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The art of costuming; trade and custom meth-
ods of clothing design and construction; advanced work in draping, pattern de-
sign and/or tailoring, with study of the interrelationship of these techniques.

For Graduates
Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles. (2-4)

First or second semester. Summer session. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Advanced
inquiry into uses, care, types and /or performance of textile materials, either
contemporary or historic depending on interest of students; compilation of data
through testing, surveys, museum visits and/or field trips; writing of technical
reports.

Clo. 220. Special Studies in Clothing. (2-4)

First and second semester. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Special areas of clothing are
selected according to interest of student; consumer, design, functional aspects,
and/or evaluation and analysis studies are made of those areas. Reports may
be written, oral, or by group presentation.

T. & C. 230. Seminar. (1)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The breadth and limit of
the field of textiles and clothing are investigated; annotated bibliography is de-
veloped; one oral report is presented.

T. & C. 232. Economics of Textiles and Clothing. (3)

Second semester. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Study of interrelationship of develop-
ments in production, distribution and consumption of textiles and clothing af-
fecting consumers and the market. Analysis of consumption trends as related
to patterns of family living and population changes.

Home Economics Education

T. & C. 233. Syntheses of Behavioral Science Concepts in
Textiles and Clothing. (3)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 21 and/or consent of department. Analy-
sis and interpretation of interdisciplinary research methods and findings with
reference to behavioral aspects of textiles and clothing. Consideration given
to measurement and relation of clothing interest and behavior to attitudes,
values, roles, and social status groupings.

T. & C. 399. Research. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A research problem is
selected by the student; thesis for partial fulfillment of the Master of Science
degree is written.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION *

H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140. A study of the mana-
gerial aspects of teaching and administering a homemaking program; the physical
environment, organization and sequence of instructional units: resource materials;
evaluation; home projects.

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics. (3)

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development of a
plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types of evalua-
tion devices, their construction and use.

H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. (3)

The place and function of home economics education in the secondary school
curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; characteristics
of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices;
directed observations in junior and senior high school home economics depart-
ments.

H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Vocational Home Economics in the
Secondary Schools. (8)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 parallel. See
Ed. 148 for additional requirements. Fee, $24 for students who do not pay the
regular instructional materials fee. Observation and supervised teaching in
approved secondary school home economics departments in Maryland and the
District of Columbia.

*For further information see College of Education catalog.

Home Economics Education

For Graduates

H. E. Ed. 200 Seminar in Home Economics Education. (2)

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of
Home Economics. (2-4)

GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS

Professor: Lippeatt.
Associate Professor: Wilson.
Instructor: Garrison
Lecturer: Kincaid.

H. E. 5. Introduction to Family Living Through
Home Economics. (2)

First and second semesters. Responsibilities of the home economist to ex-
amine and understand interrelations of the individual and his family through
the various stages of the family life cycle; underlying principles of guidance of
children as applied to home situations; and scope of professional field of home
economics in service to homes and families.

H. E. 10. Social Usage. (1)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one-hour laboratory. Laboratory
fee $1.00. Analysis of socal usage in furthering effective relationships at home
and abroad.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. E. 170. Communication Skills and Techniques in Home
Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Principles and techniques
for professional demonstration and presentation of home economics and its
related areas with selected experiences in television, radio, creative writing, and
photography.

H. E. 180. Professional Seminar. (2)

First and second semesters. Clarification of perceptions of ones job and the
situation in which one operates; attainment of professional breadth and depth;
establishment of reasonable levels of aspiration — recognized to be requisites
for a successful career in home economics and related areas. (For seniors in
College of Home Economics.)

Family Life and Management
H. E. 190. Special Problems in Home Economics. (1-3)

First and second semesters. Consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00 a
semester hour. Problem may be in any area of home economics and will carry
the name of the subject matter of the problem, a. Applied (Art) Design; b.
Clothing; c. General Home Economics; d. Family Life; e. Food and Institu-
tional Food; f. Management; g. Nutrition; h. Textiles.

For Graduates
H. E. 201. Methods of Research in Home Economics. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Statistics or Tests and Measurements.
Application of scientific methods to problems in the field of home economics
with emphasis on needed research of an inter-disciplinary nature.

H. E. 202. Integrative Aspects of Home Economics. (2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Scope and
focus of total professional field with emphasis on purpose and functions as
related to family and other group living. Impact of the changing social, eco-
nomic, technological and educational situation upon home economies.

H. E. 290. Special Topics. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Concentrated study in areas of
home economics, such as: consumer problems; housing, interior design and
home furnishings; institution administration and food service, a. Applied (Art)
Design; b. Clothing; c. General Home Economics; d. Family Life; e. Food and
Institutional Food; f. Management; g. Nutrition; h. Textiles.

H. E. 399. Thesis Research. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Credit according to work ac-
complished.

FAMILY LIFE AND MANAGEMENT

Assistant Professor: Orvedal.
Instructor: Sutton.
Lecturer: Britton, Kincaid

FAMILY LIFE

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

F. L. 130. Home Management and Family Life. (3)

First semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 1; H. M. 50; H. E. 5. Study of factors
influencing establishment and maintenance of satisfying interpersonal relations
throughout the family life cycle as affected by management in the home.

Family Life and Management

F. L. 132. The Child in the Family. (3)

Second semester. Three lectures. Prerequisite, Psych. 1; H. E. 5 or equivalent.
Study of the child from prenatal stage through adolesence, with emphasis on
responsibility for guidance in the home. Biological and psychological needs
as they affect the child's relationship with his family and peers.

F. L. 135. Directed Experiences with Children and Families. (3)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, Psych. 1 and
consent of department. Observation and study of selected home situations plac-
ing emphasis on contemporary family living. This course is designed especially
for students who wish an understanding of children of various ages in relation
to the family and the quality of living achieved in a variety of life situations.
(Limited to majors in the College of Home Economics.)

HOME MANAGEMENT

H. M. 50. Decision Making in Family Living. (3)

First and second semesters. Consent of department. (Designed for second, third,
or fourth semester students.) Decision making in relation to family values,
philosophies, goals, and resources, and general socio-economic conditions.

H. M. 80. Fundamentals of Household Equipment. (2)

First semester. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Two lectures and one two-hour labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of department. Principles basic to
selection, use, and care of household equipment and appliances. Application to
equipment used for refrigeration, food preparation, laundering, cleaning, and
household wiring. Focus on management in relation to the family's equip-
ment.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
H. M. 140. Fundamentals of Housing. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory a week. Prerequi-
site, H. M. 50. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Sociological, psychological and economic
aspects of housing. Relationship of the house and the family living within.

H. M. 160. Scientific Management in the Home. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite, H. M. 50 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The
philosophy and application of principles of scientific management in the home
through the use of resources; management of time, energy, and money; work
simplification.

H. M. 161. Resident Experience in Home Management. (3)*

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. M. 50, 160; Food 150; or equiva-
lent. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Residence from five to nine weeks in the home
management center. Experience in planning, coordinating, and participating
in the activities of a household, composed of a faculty member, a group of
students, and possibly an infant on a part-time basis. Students not living in

^Reservations for the Home Management Center should be made at registration
for the 5th or 6th semester. Forms may be obtained from the advisers.

Housing, Applied Design, and Crafts

dormitories are billed at the rate of $5.00 a week for a room in the Home
Management Center. A charge of $40.00 for food and supplies is assessed each
student. Dormitory residents will be refunded a prorated amount for meals.

H. M. 162. Personal and Family Finance. (2)

First semester. Prerequisite, H. M. 50. Study of factors influencing use of
money; how families attempt to achieve financial security; interrelationship of
money and other resources; types of credit. Emphasis on management of the
family's money.

H. M. 165. Home Management Practicum. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. M. 50, 160; Food 150; or equiva-
lent; consent of department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Home management
experience under supervision in a variety of situations. Designed especially
for students who are managing their own homes.

HOUSING, APPLIED DESIGN AND CRAFTS

Professor: Curtiss.

Assistant Professors: Beckwith, Roper.

Instructor: Odland.

Lecturers: Davis, Lewis, Nisonger.

A. D. 1, Design, must be taken prior to or concurrently with any other
course offered by the Department.

The Department reserves the right to retain for illustrative purposes one
art problem from each student in each class.

HOUSING AND APPLIED (ART) DESIGN
A. D. 1. Design. (3)

First and second semesters. Fee, $3.00. Art expression through materials such
as opaque water color, wet clay, colored chalk, and lithograph crayon which
are conducive to freeing techniques. Elementary lettering, action figures, ab-
stract design, three-dimensional design and general composition study. Consid-
eration of art as applied to daily living.

A. D. 2. Survey of Art History. (2)

First and second semesters. Fee, $3.00. A rapid survey of art, from prehis-
toric times to the twentieth century, showing the great human movements and
art ideals which each period has reflected. Emphasis is given to residential
architecture, furniture, accessories and costume and to the philosophy and sig-
nificance of art in today's living.

Housing, Applied Design, and Crafts
A. D. 3. Silk Screen Printing. (2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. 1. Fee, $3.00. Original design using the silk screen process for brochure
covers, book jackets, greeting cards, posters, salon prints, and decorative tex-
tiles.

A. D. 4. Three-Dimensional Design. (2)

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. D. I. Fee, $3.00.
Abstract design emphasizing form, volume, depth and movement. Exploratory
use of materials to stimulate resourcefulness, imagination, and distinctive style.

A. D. 20. Costume Design. (3)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 2. Fee, $3.00. Clothing selection and designing in relation to per-
sonality, coloring, figure, changing fashions, and occasion. Original design
rendered in transparent and opaque water color, soft pencil, chalk and India
ink. A minimum of basic fashion figure drawing. Survey of the fashion indus-
try, contemporary style, and historic costume.

A. D. 21, 22. Action Drawing. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. 1. Fee, $3.00. Study of the human figure with emphasis upon action,
proportion, and balance. Development of techniques in soft pencil, lithograph
pencil, chalk, transparent water color, and India ink.

A. D. 23. History of Costume. (2)

First and second semesters. Two lectin es. A historical costume survey and
intensive study of fashion cycles. Emphasis on styles adapted to contemporary
period.

A. D. 30. Typography and Lettering. (3)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. 1. Fee, $3.00. Practice in hand lettering and recognition of type faces
with application to layouts for advertisements, books and magazines. Elemen-
tary knowledge of printing processes including an understanding of type sizes
and weights, leading, and copy fitting. Readings.

A. D. 38, 39. Photography. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods, a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. 1. Fee, $3.00. Experimental effects with emphasis upon design in pho-
tography for advertising, display, periodicals, scientific recording and teaching.
It is advisable for each student to have his own camera.

H.A.D. 40. Professional Aspects of Interior Design. (1)

One lecture period a week. Professional orientation to the field of interior design.
H.A.D. 41. Fundamentals of Interior Design. (3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and three laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites, A. D. 1 and 2. Fee, $3.00. Analysis of interiors as backgrounds
for various personalities. Study of good and poor interiors. Original floor
plans and wall elevations drawn to scale, rendered in color and coordinated
with fabrics. Consideration of family living.

Housing, Applied Design, and Crafts
H.A.D. 46. Materials Laboratory in Interior Decoration. (2)

First or second semester. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, H.A.D. 40, 41. Analysis of decorative
furnishings and introduction to practices used by professional decorators or
craftsmen in the decorative trades. Emphasis on materials of decoration, their
use and limitations.

CRAFTS

Cr. 2. Simple Crafts. (2)

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. D. 1. Fee,
$3.00. Creative expression in clay modeling, paper or metal sculpture, plaster
or wood carving, and finger weaving. Emphasis is given to inexpensive ma-
terials and tools and to techniques that can be pursued in the home or the
informal recreation center.

Cr. 5. Puppetry. (3)

First semester, alternate years. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. 1. Fee, $3.00. Making of marionettes and production of simple puppet
shows. Valuable as a teaching, advertising, or recreational medium.

Cr. 20, 21. Ceramics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. 1. Fee, $3.00. Elementary clay sculpture and pottery making stressing
good design in form, decoration and glaze.

Cr. 30, 31. Metalry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. !. Fee. $3.00. Etching, sawing, soldering, raising, and enameling using
copper and sterling silver. Good, original design is stressed.

Cr. 40, 41. Weaving. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
A. D. 1. Fee, $3.00. Creative weaving on harness looms, inkle looms and cards.
Emphasis is placed upon good texture, pattern and color with relation to the
purpose of each textile.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
HOUSING AND APPLIED (ART) DESIGN
H.A.D. 110. Exterior-Interior Housing Design. (3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Prerequisite, H.A.D. 41. An analysis of the
works of contemporary architects and an overview of the field of architecture,
relating the elements and principles to interiors.

A. D. 100, 101. Mural Design. (2, 2)

First or second semester, alternate years. Three laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, A. D. 1, 21. Fee, $3.00. Group and individual expression serving
two types of objectives; temporary murals for the public schools developed from
classroom study and rendered in colored chalk on wrapping paper; murals for

Housing, Applied Design, and Crafts

permanent architectural decoration considering propriety to setting and rendered
in oil paint, gouache, fresco, or mosaic. Brief study of civilization's use of
murals. Field trips to nearby murals having social significance.

A. D. 120, 121. Costume Illustration. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, A. D.
1, 2, 20, 21. Fee, $3.00. Fashion rendering emphasizing clothing structure, rep-
resentation of materials and development of individual rendering technique.
Development of techniques employing transparent water color, India ink, Craf-
tint, Zipatone and Burgess process. Study of styles of contemporary fashion
illustrators.

A. D. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Costume. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 2, 20, 21, 120, 121. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in fashion illus-
tration or costume design for students who are capable of independent work.
Program developed in consultation with the instructor.

A. D. 132. Advertising Layout. (2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 20, 30, 40. Fee, $3.00. Designing of rough to finished layouts for
advertisements for newspapers, magazines, packages, brochures and other
forms of direct advertising. Included is the study of typography and illustra-
tion and their relationship to reproduction. Experience in use of the airbrush.

A. D. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising. (2,2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 20, 30, 40, 132. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in advertising layout.
Opportunity to build skills in one or more areas of advertising design.

A. D. 136. Merchandise Display. (2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 4, 30. Fee, $3.00. Practice in effective merchandise display in coopera-
tion with retail establishments. Study of other aspects of display through field
experience, discussion, and research.

A. D. 138. Advanced Photography. (2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 38, 39. Fee, $3.00. Advanced experimental effects emphasizing design
in photography. Each student must have his own camera.

H.A.D. 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 2, 40, 41. Fee, $3.00. Designing of rooms drawn in perspective and
isometrics and rendered in water color. Coordination with fabrics, floor and wall
finishes. Study of budgets, costs, and manufacturing techniques. Field expe-
riences.

H.A.D. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Interior. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, 2, 40, 41, 142, 143. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in interior design
for students who are capable of independent work. Students assume the role of
interior decorator serving the needs of theoretical clients. Field experiences.

Home Economics Education

CRAFTS

Cr. 102. Creative Crafts. (2-4)

Summer session. Daily laboratory periods. Prerequisites, A. D. 1 and permission
of the department. Fee, $3.00. Interests of the persons enrolled will determine
the crafts to be pursued. Suggested: block printing, wood burning, crayon deco-
ration, paper sculpture, clay modeling, metalry, weaving. Excellent for teachers,
directors of recreation centers, and persons who desire an introduction to rec-
reational crafts.

Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, Cr. 20, 21. Fee, $3.00. Advanced techniques in clay sculptures and
in building pottery on the potter's wheel. Study of glaze composition and cal-
culation. Experimentation with several clay bodies.

Cr. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Ceramics. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, Cr. 20, 21, 120, 121. Fee, $3.00. Individual problems in clay sculp-
ture and pottery making. Use of gas kiln fired in the medium cone range and
experimental research in glazes and original texrural effects.

Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, Cr. 30, 31. Fee, $3.00. Advanced application of basic techniques in
metal working and jewelry making. Introduction of ring making, stone setting
and metal casting.

Cr. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Metalry. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, Cr. 30, 31, 130, 131. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in metalry and
jewelry making. Supervised laboratory for students capable of independent work
and research.

Cr. 140, 141. Advanced Weaving. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, Cr. 40. Fee, $3.00. Advanced weaving on four and eight harness looms
stressing creative weaves in relation to functional use.

Cr. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
A. D. 1, Cr. 40, 41, 141. Fee, $3.00. Advanced problems in creative weaving.

THE FACULTY

Administrative Officers

LIPPEATT, Selma F.. Professor of Home Economics and Dean of the College of
Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;

Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

Professors

CURTISS, Vienna, Professor of Applied Design

Certificate, Parsons School of Design, 1930; B.A., Arizona State College, 1933;
M.A., Columbia University, 1935; Ed.D., 1957.

MITCHELL, T. Faye, Professor and Head of Department of Textiles and Clothing
B.S., State Teachers College. Springfield, Missouri. 1930; M.A., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1939.

Associate Professors

BRAUCHER, Pela F., Associate Professor of Food and Nutrition

A.B., Goucher College, 1927; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1929.

BROWN, Helen I., Associate Professor and Head of Department of Food, Nutrition
and Institution Administration

B.S., University of Vermont, 1938; M.A., Columbia University, 1948; Ph.D.,

Michigan State University, 1960.

WILSON, Leda A., Associate Professor of Home Economics
B.S.. Lander College. 1943: M.S.. University of Tennessee. 1950; Ed.D., 1954.

Assistant Professors

BANGS, Sybil, Assistant Professor of Institution Administration
B.S., Kansas State University. 1943: M.S.. 1960.

BECKWITH. Cornelia L., Assistant Professor of Applied Design
Ph.B., University of Chicago. 1929: M.A., Columbia University. 1937.

COLLINS, Elizabeth N.. Assistant Professor of Institution Administration
B.A.. Pembroke College. 1921; M.A.. Simmons College, 1947.

EHEART, Mary S.. Assistant Professor of Food and Nutrition
A.B.. Park College. 1933; A.M.. University of Chicago, 1935.

HEAGNEY, Eileen M., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing

B.S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1941; M.A., Columbia University, 1949.

ORVEDAL, Ruth W.. Assistant Professor of Home Management

B.S.. Middle Tennessee State College. 1937; M.S.. University of Tennessee, 1941.

Faculty

ROPER, James B., Assistant Professor of Applied Design
B.S., East Carolina College, 1961; M.A., 1963.

WILBUR, June C, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing

B.S., University of Washington, 1936; M.S., Syracuse University, 1940.

Instructors

GARRISON, Martha, Instructor in Home Economics

B.S., Michigan State University, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1963.

LEWIS, Dorothy, Instructor in Applied Design
B.S., Syracuse University, 1943; M.S., 1947.

LANZ, Sally J., Instructor in Food and Nutrition

B.S., Albright College, 1956; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1960.

McKINLEY, Margaret, Instructor in Food and Nutrition
B.S., Hood College, 1938; M.S., Columbia University, 1947.

NISONGER, Julie, Instructor in Applied Design
B.A., Ohio State University, 1944.

ODLAND, Sheldon, Instructor in Housing and Applied Design
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1957.

SUTTON, Paula, Instructor in Family Life and Management

B.S., Woman's College, University of North Carolina, 1953; M.S., 1959.

YOUNG, Eleanor F., Instructor in Textiles and Clothing
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., 1958.

Lecturers

BRITTON, Virginia, Lecturer in Family Economics
Ph.D., University of Chicago.

DAVIS, Fremont, Lecturer in Applied Design

KINCAID, Virginia, Lecturer in Home Economics

B.S., Madison College, 1925; M.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941.

KREINIK, Estelle, Instructor in Textiles and Clothing

B.A., Hunter College, 1941; M.A., Columbia University, 1943.

Research Assistants

DAVIS, Nancy

B.S., University of Maryland. 1962.

DAWSON, Virginia T.

B.A., Ohio State University, 1937; M.S., University of Maryland, 1939.

Faculty

GOTT, Claire

M.S.: University of London, 1958.

W ATKINS, Genevieve C.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; M.S., 1961.

Graduate Assistants

ARTHUR, Alinda

B.S., George Washington University, 1963.

COULON, Claudette

B.S., St. Joseph College, 1963.

GRAHAM, Ethel

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1962.

HARWOOD, Velma

B.S., University of Illinois, 1935.

KNIGHTON, Ruth

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1961.

McTAGUE, Mary

B.S., Marymount College, 1962.

ROLL, Virginia

B.S., Radford College, 1959.

SOUTHERLAND, Eleanor

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1951.

STERLING, Mabel

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1963.

CATALOG OF THE

COLLEGE OF

PHYSICAL

EDUCATION,

RECREATION

AND HEALTH

1964-66

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

Volume 19 January 6, 1964 Number 12

■>,

CONTENTS

GENERAL

University Calendar iv

Board of Regents vi

Officers of Administration vii

Chairmen, Faculty Senate . . x

The College 1

Facilities 1

Cultural and Recreational

Opportunities 3

General Information 4

Expenses 5

Air Science Instruction ... 6

Undergraduate Professional

Curricula 7

Guidance 7

Normal Load 7

Electives 7

Transfer Students 7

Freshman and Sophomore

Programs 8

Junior Status 8

Student Teaching 8

Degrees 9

Certification 9

PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA

Physical Education 10

Dance 16

Recreation 19

Health Education 24

Minors in Other Areas 28

Physical Therapy 30

GRADUATE STUDY

Special Study 33

General Regulations 34

Master of Arts Degree 34

Doctor of Education 35

Doctor of Philosophy Degree 36

General Advanced Study 36
Prerequisites for Advanced

Study 36

Graduate Assistantships 37

COURSE OFFERINGS

Physical Education 38

Recreation 47

Health Education 51

Physical Therapy 56

Non-Major Program 59

The Program for Men ... 59

The Program for Women 61
Required Health Education

for Women 62

Student Organizations Sponsored by the College 63

Faculty of the College 66

///

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1963-64

Fall Semester

1963

September 16-20

Monday-Friday

Fall Semester Registration

September 23

Monday

Instruction Begins

November 27

Wednesday

Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

December 1

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends

8 p m

December 20

Friday

O <X . Ill ■

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1964

January 6

Monday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.

January 22

Wednesday

Pre-Examination Study Day

January 23-30

Thursday- Wednesday
inclusive

Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7

Monday-Friday

Spring Semester Registration

February 10

Monday

Instruction Begins

February 22

Saturday

Washington's Birthday, Holiday

March 25

Wednesday

Maryland Day, not a holiday

March 26

Thursday

Easter Recess Begins After Last
Class

March 31

Tuesday

Easter Recess Ends, 8 a.m.

May 13

Wednesday

AFROTC Day

May 28

Thursday

Pre-Examination Study Day

May 29-June 5

Friday-Friday

Spring Semester Examinations

May 30

Saturday

Memorial Day, Holiday

May 31

Sunday

Baccalaureate Exercises

June 6

Saturday

Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

1964

June 22

Monday

Summer Session Registration

June 23

Tuesday

Summer Session Begins

July 4

Saturday

Independence Day, Holiday

August 14

Friday

Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

1964

June 15-19

Monday-Saturday

Rural Women's Short Course

August 3-7

Monday-Saturday

4-H Club Week

September 8-11

Tuesday-Friday

Firemen's Short Course

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1964-65

(Tentative)

Fall Semester

1964

September 14-18
September 21
November 25

Monday-Friday

Monday

Wednesday

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
After Last Class

November 30

Monday

Thanksgiving Recess Ends

Sam

December 22

Tuesday

O a. 111.

Christmas Recess Begins After
Last Class

1965

January 4
January 20
January 21-27

Monday
Wednesday
Thursday- Wednesday

Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
Pre-Examination Study Day
Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 2-5
February 8
February 22
March 25
April 15

April 20
May 12
May 27
May 28-June 4
May 30
May 31
June 5

Tuesday-Friday

Monday

Thursday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday-Friday

Sunday

Monday

Saturday

Spring Semester Registration
Instruction Begins
Washington's Birthday, Holiday
Maryland Day, not a Holiday
Easter Recess Begins After Last

Class
Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
AFROTC Day
Pre-Examination Study Day
Spring Semester Examinations
Baccalaureate Exercises
Memorial Day, Holiday
Commencement Exercises

Summer Session

June 21
June 22
July 5
August 13

Monday
Tuesday
Monday
Friday

Summer Session Registration
Summer Session Begins
Independence Day, Holiday
Summer Session Ends

Short Courses

June 14-18
August 2-6
September 7-

Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday
Tuesday-Friday

Rural Women's Short Course
4-H Club Week
Firemen's Short Course

Board Of Regents

and

Maryland State Board Of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore, 21202

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration, 103 South Gay Street, Baltimore, 21202

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore, 21201

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton, 21629

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

The Baltimore Hebrew College, 5800 Park Heights Ave., Baltimore, 21215

ASSISTANT TREASURER

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center — 17th Floor,

Baltimore, 21201

Dr. William B. Long

Medical Center, Salisbury, 21801

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown, 21740

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park, 20012

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland, 21501

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore, 21218

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

Principal Administrative Officers

WILSON H. ELKINS, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.

ALBIN O. KUHN, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948.

R. LEE HORNBAKE, Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 1936;
Ph.D., 1942.

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant to the President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.

ALVIN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

B.A., Illinois College, 1933; LL.B., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

HARRY C. BYRD, President Emeritus

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College, 1936; LL.D.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.Sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Tulane University, 1921; M.A., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

EDWARD W. A1TON, Director, Agricultural Extension Service

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1956.

VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado,
1942.

RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1931.

GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.

WILLIAM P. CUNNINGHAM, Dean of the School of Law
A.B., Harvard College, 1944; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

RAY W. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College

B.A., Wabash College, 1929; M.A., Butler University, 1930; Ph.D., Syracuse
University, 1937.

NOEL E. FOSS, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

Ph.C, South Dakota State College, 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; Ph.D., 1933.

v/7

LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Heal tli.

B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peabody College, 1939.

FLORENCE M. GIPE, Dean of the School of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

LAD1SLAUS F. GRAPSKI, Director of the University Hospital

R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.S.,
University of Denver, 1942; M.B.A., in Hospital Administration, University of
Chicago, 1943.

IRV1N C. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1933.

VERL S. LEWIS, Dean of the School of Social Work

A.B., Huron College, 1933; M.A., University of Chicago, 1939; D.S.W., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

SELMA F. L1PPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

CHARLES MANNING, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

B.S., Tufts College, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; C.E., 1932; Ph.D., 1935.

DONALD W. OCONNELL, Dean of the College of Business and Public
Administration

B.A., Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.

JOHN J. SALLE Y, Dean of the School of Dentistry

D.D.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1947; Ph.D., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

WILLIAM S. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of
Medical Education and Research

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D., University of Louisville, 1929;

Ph.D. (Hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON ALGIRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

C. WILBUR CISSEL, Director of Finance and Business

B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; M.A., 1934; C.P.A., 1939.

HELEN E. CLARKE, Dean of Women

B.S., University of Michigan, 1943; M.A., University of Illinois, 1951; Ed.D.,
Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960.

via

WILLIAM W. COBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

L. EUGENE CRONIN, Director, Natural Resources Institute

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;
Ph.D., 1946.

LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service

B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; M.D., University of Iowa, 1926.

GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

HARRY D. FISHER, Comptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; C.P.A., 1948.

GEORGE W. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.

ROBERT J. McCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

GEORGE W. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer,
Physical Plant (Baltimore)

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931.

VERNON H. REEVES, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of Air
Science

B.A., Arizona State College, 1936; MA., Columbia University, 1949.

WERNER C. RHEINBOLDT, Director, Computer Science Center
Dipl. Math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; Dr. Rer. Nat., University of Freiburg,
1955.

HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940.

CLODUS R. SMITH, Director of the Summer Session

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., Cornell University,
1960.

GEORGE O. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937.

HAROLD C. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929.

CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY
Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE

Joseph F. Mattick (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING
Russell B. Allen (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Thomas G. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Richard H. Byrne (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA, AND COURSES
V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

James A. Hummel (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Donald W. O'Connell (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES

Walter E. Schlaretzki (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Mark Keeny (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Robert B. Beckmann (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM
AND TENURE

George Anastos (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES

Stanley B. Jackson (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
John M. Brumbaugh (Law), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Noel E. Foss (Pharmacy), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS
Mary K. Carl (Nursing), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY
Homer Ulrich (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

Adjunct Committees of the General Committee of Student
Life and Welfare

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Gayle S. Smith (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP

A. B. Hamilton (Agriculture), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

George F. Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE

Thomas Ay 1 ward (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

Ellen Harvey (Physical Education), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS

Calvin Gaver (Dentistry), Chairman

THE COLLEGE

The College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health provides
preparation leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the following
professional areas: physical education, dance, health education, recrea-
tion, and physical therapy. The College also offers special curricula in
safety education and elementary physical education. Moreover, in con-
junction with the Graduate School and the College of Education, gradu-
ate programs leading to the master's and doctor's degrees are available
in physical education, health education and recreation. The college pro-
vides a research laboratory for faculty members and graduate students
who are interested in investigating the effects of exercise and various
physical education activities upon the body, as well as determining
methods and techniques of teaching various sports.

A two year required program of physical education is provided by this
College for all men and women of the University, and a one year health
education program for all freshmen women. The College provides an
extensive intramural sports program for both men and women.

In addition to its various on-campus offerings, this College regularly
conducts courses in physical education, health education and recreation for
teachers in various parts of the State of Maryland and conducts workshops
for teachers wherever requested by school officials.

FACILITIES

The facilities of the College are unusual for a University of this size.
Four separate buildings are used for the Women's Department, the Intra-
mural Department, the Required Program for Men, and the Physical
Education Teacher Education Program. There is also ample outdoor
play space. Some of the facilities are shared with the Department of
Intercollegiate Athletics.

INDOOR ACTIVITIES

the student activities building. This building houses the offices of
the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics and the College of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health. It contains six activity teaching sta-
tions: the main arena, the swimming pool, the small gym, the weight
training room, the wrestling room, and combination indoor golf driving
range and dance studio. In addition, there are six classrooms, a research
laboratory, a departmental library, and conference room.

The main arena of this building has a seating capacity of 12,004 and
19,796 sq. ft. of floor space. This arena provides facilities for class work
in basketball, volleyball, badminton, and bait casting.

Facilities

The swimming pool is divided into two areas by a permanent bulkhead.
The shallow end is 42 x 24 feet and the large area is 42 x 75 feet with a
depth ranging from 4 to 13 feet.

The small gymnasium may be used for basketball, volleyball, and gym-
nastics, including tumbling, trampolining and all types of apparatus work.
The total floor space is 9,462 sq. ft.

The wrestling room (8,056 sq. ft.) is covered with mats.

The weight training class room is equipped with sufficient weights for
(11) eleven stations of (3) three men each.

The dance studio-golf driving range (3,256 sq. ft.) has two nylon nets
which provide four golf driving stations. In addition, part of the floor is
covered with a green rug for putting practice. The nets may be raised so
that the entire floor space is available for dancing.

preinkert field house. Preinkert Field House contains the offices of
some men and women teachers of Physical Education and Health Educa-
tion. There is a regulation size swimming pool, 75 x 35 feet equipped
with two one-meter diving boards. In the gymnasium, 90 x 50 feet, classes
are held in badminton, volleyball, basketball, stunts and tumbling, ap-
paratus and tennis. There are two large backboards used for indoor
tennis practice. The adjacent classroom is used for professional classes and
contains audio-visual equipment. The dance studio, used for modern dance
classes, is 40 x 60 feet.

In addition to the above areas, there are locker and shower rooms used
by those enrolled in physical education and those participating in recrea-
tional activities and a small lounge for major students.

armory. The Armory is used primarily for an extensive men's intra-
mural program. It houses the offices of the Director of Intramurals and
an athletic equipment room from which students may secure equipment
for recreational purposes. The 28,800 sq. ft. of floor space has four full
length basketball courts, with badminton and volleyball courts super-
imposed on them. This facility is also used as an indoor track, with an
indoor vaulting, high and broad jump pits, a one-tenth mile track, and a
70 yard straight-away.

coliseum. The Coliseum is used as a supplementary facility for the
intramural and required program of physical education for men and
women. Included in the facilities are an equipment issue room, adequate
shower and locker rooms for both men and women, a classroom, and office
space for several of the men's and women's physical education staff.

The 6,555 square feet of floor space is used primarily for required
co-educational classes in square and social dance and for intramural bas-
ketball. In addition to the one large basketball court, however, there are
five badminton and two volleyball courts available for co-ed class
instruction.

Facilities
OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES

the stadium. The stadium, with a seating capacity of 33,536 has a
one-quarter mile cinder track with a 220-yard straightaway. Pits are avail-
able for pole vaulting and high and broad jumping. Immediately east of
the stadium are facilities for the shot put, discus and javelin throw. The
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health use these facilities
for required classes in track and field. Also east of the stadium are 13.1
acres devoted to three practice football fields, the baseball stadium, a
practice baseball, lacrosse, and soccer field. The College uses these
facilities for major skill classes in football, soccer, and baseball. West of
the stadium are 11.3 acres devoted entirely to physical education out-door
play fields. There are four combination soccer-touch football play fields,
with complete goal posts, and four softball fields with wire backstops.

Surrounding the Armory are four touch football fields and eight softball
fields, encompassing 18.4 acres. These fields, plus the four in the Fra-
ternity Row horseshoe are used exclusively for intramurals.

Immediately west of the Cole Activities Building are eight all-weather
tennis courts. A modern 18-hole golf course was opened in 1957. This
204-acre course includes two lakes, and an additional 5.8-acre golf driving
range for instructional purposes. The golf driving range, equipped with
lights, and the golf course greatly adds to our present recreational facilities.
An outdoor playing field 300 feet by 600 feet is also provided for touch
football, soccer, speedball and softball.

The outdoor facilities adjacent to the Preinkert Field House include eight
hard surfaced tennis courts, an archery range with space for 18 targets,
two softball diamonds and combination hockey and soccer fields.

RESEARCH LABORATORY

One of the important aspects of advanced study at the University of
Maryland is research. To encourage research, the College of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health makes available to the student a spa-
cious, well equipped research laboratory. Students and faculty alike are
encouraged to make use of the laboratory and its facilities for the purpose
of conducting their special research projects.

CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES

Near the University of Maryland are found many points of cultural and
recreational interest. In Washington, D. C, one may visit national shrines
and museums, e.g., the Smithsonian Institute, the Medical Museum, etc.,
and also attend lectures, musical recitals and stage productions, featuring
outstanding personages. The Freer Gallery of Art and the Folger Shake-
speare Library are located in Washington. Within from one to four hours
traveling time by car one finds such points of historical and recreational
interest as Mt. Vernon, Gettysburg, Harpers Ferry, Antietam, Annapolis,

General Information

Monticello, Williamsburg, Jamestown, Yorktown, the Shenandoah Valley,
Skyline Drive, Rehoboth Beach and Ocean City, Maryland. A number of
Chesapeake Bay beaches and resorts can be reached from the campus
within forty-five minutes. The University also makes available for recrea-
tional purposes, swimming pools, tennis courts, and similar facilities. Dur-
ing Summer School a special recreational program is conducted for all
students; this includes sightseeing tours, group trips to summer stock stage
productions, square dancing, musical events, sports tournaments, and
movies.

GENERAL INFORMATION

ADMISSION

Fall Semester

All applications for full-time undergraduate admission for the Fall
Semester at the College Park campus must be received by the University
on or before July 15. Any student registering for seven (7) or more
semester hours of work is considered a full-time student.

Under unusual circumstances, applications will be accepted between July
15 and September 1. Applicants for full-time attendance filing after July
15 will be required to pay a non-refundable $15.00 late fee to defray the
cost of special handling of applications after that date. This late fee is in
addition to the $10.00 application fee.

All undergraduate applications, both for full-time and part-time attend-
ance, and all supporting documents for an application for admission
must be received by the appropriate University office by September 1.
This means that the applicant's educational records, ACT scores (in the
case of new freshmen) and medical examination report must be received
by September 1.

Spring Semester

The deadline for the receipt of applications for the Spring Semester is
January 1.

University College

The application deadlines and fees do not apply to students registering
in the evening classes offered by the University College.

Graduate School

General Information

session is governed by the date listed in the Summer School catalog. The
summer session deadline date is generally June 1.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Physical Education, Recre-
ation, and Health must apply to the Director of Admissions of the Uni-
versity of Maryland at College Park.

Sixteen units of high school credit are required for admittance to this
college. Required high school subjects are: four units of English, one unit
of social science, and one unit of natural science. Desirable high school
subjects include: algebra, plane geometry and additional natural and
physical sciences, such as chemistry and physics.

Satisfactory health and physical vigor are essential for persons pursuing
a career in the areas of this College.

EXPENSES

Annual expenses of attending the University are approximately as follows:
S250.00 fixed charges, $96.00 special fees, $420.00 board, $290.00 to
S320.00 lodging for Maryland residents, or $340.00 to $370.00 for res-
idents of other states and countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is
charged all new students and is payable only once. A fee of $10.00 must
accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If a student
enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the
matriculation fee. A charge of $400.00 is assessed to all students who are
non-residents of the State of Maryland.

For students enrolled in the physical therapy curriculum the annual cost
for the junior and senior years taken on the Baltimore campus include:
$270.00 fixed charges; $77.00 special fees; approximately $500.00 board;
lodging for women $135.00 for a double room, $180.00 for a single
room; lodging for men $300.00 for a double room, $360.00 for a single
room. A charge of $170.00 is assessed to all students who are non-
residents of the State of Maryland.

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at
the time of their registration their parents have been domiciled in the State
of Maryland for at least six months.

General Information

residents of Maryland by maintaining such residence for at least six
months. However, the right of the minor student to change from a non-
resident status to resident status must be established by him prior to
the registration period set for any semester.

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their regis-
tration they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least six months
provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school
or college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the
armed services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as
satisfying the six-months period referred to above except in those cases in
which the adult was domiciled in Maryland for at least six months prior to
his entrance into the armed service and was not enrolled in any school
during that period.

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be
maintained.

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION

All male students, unless specifically exempt under University rules, are
required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two semesters.
The successful completion of this sequence is a prerequisite for graduation,
and must be taken by all eligible students during the first two semesters of
attendance at the University. Transfer students who do not have the
required two semesters of Air Science training will be required to complete
the course or to take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.

Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science
courses, during their junior and senior years, which lead to a regular or
reserve commission in the United States Air Force.

For further details concerning Air Science, refer to University General
and Academic Regulations, a publication available to all entering under-
graduate students.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Detailed information concerning the American Civilization Program, fees
and expenses, scholarships and awards, student life, and other material
of a general nature, may be found in the University publication titled An
Adventure in Learning. This publication may be obtained on request from
the Office of University Relations, North Administration Building, Univer-
sity of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the regulations
of student and academic life, may be found in the University publication
titled, University General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in
September and February of each year to all new undergraduate students.

Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:

Undergraduate Professional Curricula

COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:

Dean

(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:

Dean

(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland

UNDERGRADUATE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA

GUIDANCE

At the time of matriculation and first registration, each student is assigned
to a member of the faculty of the College who acts as the student's aca-
demic adviser. This faculty member will be in physical education, rec-
reation, health education or physical therapy, depending on the student's
choice of curriculum. The student should confer regularly with his adviser
prior to and at the time of each registration.

NORMAL LOAD

The normal load for students in this College is 17-19 credit hours per
sen;:ster, including the credits for required Air Science for men. The
requirements in physical education for men, and in physical education and
health for women are fulfilled by professional courses in the College. No
student may register for more than 19 hours unless he has a "B" average
for the preceding semester and approval of the Dean of the College.

ELECTIVES

Electives should be planned carefully, and well in advance, preferably dur-
ing the orientation course the first semester, or with the student's academic
adviser during the second semester. It is important to begin certain
sequences as soon as possible to prevent later conflict. Electives may be
selected from any department of the University in accordance with a stu-
dent's professional needs. Those selected must meet with the approval of
the adviser and the Dean of the College.

TRANSFER STUDENTS

Only students in good standing as to scholarship and conduct are elig-
ible to transfer into this College from another college or university. Only

Undergraduate Professional Curricula

courses applicable to his curriculum and passed with a grade of "C" or
better will be transferred. Students wishing to transfer to this College from
another college of this University are subject to the general University regu-
lations on this subject, explained in the publication, University General
and Academic Regulations.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE PROGRAMS

The work of the first two years in this College is designed to accomplish
the following purposes: (1 ) provide a general basic or core education and
prepare for later specialization by giving a foundation in certain basic sci-
ences; (2) develop competency in those basic techniques necessary for suc-
cessful participation in the professional courses of the last two years.

While much of the academic course work will be alike, the technique
courses will vary considerably in the different curriculums. The core of
University requirements should be completed in the first two years in such
manner as to justify acceptance as a junior in the desired major. The
technique courses must be satisfactorily completed, or competencies dem-
onstrated before the student can be accepted for the advanced courses in
methods and in student teaching. It is very important that each require-
ment be met as it occurs.

JUNIOR STATUS

Students are permitted to register for courses numbered 100 and above
only after they have achieved junior status. Detailed information pertain-
ing to junior status will be found in the University General and Academic
Regulations.

STUDENT TEACHING

Opportunity is provided for student teaching experience in Physical Edu-
cation and/or Health Education. The student devotes eight weeks during
his last semester of his senior year to observation, participation, and teach-
ing under a qualified supervising teacher in an approved elementary,
junior or senior high school or in a combined program at the elementary
and secondary levels in the vicinity of the University. The student pro-
gresses to gradual assumption of all of the responsibilities of the supervising
teacher. A University supervisor from the College of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health visits the student periodically and confers with
both the student teacher and the cooperating teacher, giving assistance
when needed.

To be eligible for student teaching, the student must ( 1 ) have an accumu-
lative grade point average of at least a 2.3, (2) must have the recommenda-
tion of the University supervising teacher, and (3) must have fulfilled all
required courses for the B. S. degree except those in the Block Student
Teaching Semester. The student must obtain a grade of "C" or better in
all professional courses in his curriculum and he must register for all

Undergraduate Professional Curricula

courses in the "Block" concurrently. Those desiring to teach at the
elementary level must have successfully completed P. E. 120 and those
desiring an elementary minor in physical education in addition, must
complete P. E. 55, 57, and 195.

DEGREES

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have
met the conditions of their curricula as herein prescribed by the College
of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

Each candidate for a degree must file a formal application with the Office
of the Registrar eight weeks prior to the date of graduation.

CERTIFICATION

The Maryland State Department of Education certifies for teaching only
when an applicant has a tentative appointment to teach in a Maryland
county school. No certificate may be secured by application of the student
on graduation. Course content requirements for certification are indicated
with each curriculum. Certification is specifically limited to graduates who
"rank academically in the upper four-fifths of the class and who make a
grade of 'C or better in student teaching." In order to insure the meeting
of these requirements, students will not be approved for student teaching
except as indicated below. A student intending to qualify as a teacher in
Baltimore, Washington, or other specific situations should secure a state-
ment of certification requirements before starting work in the junior year
and discuss them with his academic adviser.

PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

This curriculum prepares students ( 1 ) for teaching physical education in
the secondary school, (2) for coaching, and (3) for leadership in youth
and adult groups which offer a program of physical activity. The first two
years of this curriculum are considered to be an orientation period in which
the student has an opportunity to gain an adequate background in general
education as well as in those scientific areas closely related to this field
specialization. In addition, there is considerable emphasis placed upon the
development of skills in a wide range of motor activities. Further, students
are encouraged to select related areas, especially in the fields of biology,
social science, psychology, health education, and recreation as fields of
secondary interest. These materially increase the vocational opportunities
which are available to a graduate in physical education.

equipment: Students may be required to provide individual equipment
for certain courses.

uniforms: Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the College are required for
the activity classes and for student teaching. These uniforms should be
worn only during professional activities.

Men — During the freshman and sophomore years, men will wear red and
black T-shirts, black trunks, white socks, gym shoes, supporter and sweat
suit. During the junior year, men will purchase full length black pants
with gold braid on side and a black jacket, which are required for student
teaching.

Women — Tailored blue shorts, white shirt, ankle socks, and tennis shoes,
and leotard and skirt, and warm-up suit.

For Student Teaching — An appropriate teaching costume will be selected
under the guidance of the supervisor of student teaching before the begin-
ning of the junior year.

Physical Education Curriculum

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

,— Semester— ^
Freshman Year*

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

q & p. i — American Government 3

Zool. 1 — General Zoology ■• 4

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2

P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health 2

p e. 50 — Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1

p. e. 59— Skills in Folk, Square and Social Dance 1

P. E. 61, 63 — Skills Laboratory 2 2

A.S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science 2 2

Electives ' 2

Total 17 17

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

Physical Science Group Requirement (Mathematics, Physics

or Chemistry) 3"4 ■ ■

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3

P. E. 65, 67 — Skills Laboratory 2 2

p E. 77— Methods of Teaching Aquatics 2

Hea. 50

Electives

Total 17-18 17

Junior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning (6) 6

P. E. 100 — Kinesiology 4

P. E. 105, 107 — Skills Laboratory 1 1

P. E. 113, 115 — Methods and Materials for Secondary

Schools 1

P. E. 123 or 125— Coaching Athletics

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 1

Electives 2 6

Total I7 I7

* Students classified in Group 3 on Mathematics Entrance Test must take Math. O.
P. E. 71 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of student.

'Students must elect one of the following: Econ. 31, Econ. 37, Phil. 1, Soc. 1,
Psych. 1. Students electing Econ. 31 or 37, or Phil. 1 or Psych. 1 which cannot be
taken before the sophomore year, must register for Hea. 40 the second semester
of the freshman year.

- Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P. E. 1ZU,
or Rec. 170.

r-Semester-

Physical Education Curriculum

Senior Year

p. £. ho — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation

P. E. 160— Theory of Exercise

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health
P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical

Education, Recreation and Health

Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education

Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools1

Electives 2

Total 17 17

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

Freshman Year*

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Speech 7 — Public Speaking 2

P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health 2

P. E. 40 — Basic Body Controls 1

P. E. 50 — Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 2

P. E. 52 — Dance Techniques 1

P. E. 56 — Skills and Methods in Folk and Square Dance . . 1

P. E. 62, 64 — Skills Laboratory 2 2

Electives 3 4

Total 15 15

* P. E. 72 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of student.
Students classified in Group 3 on Mathematics Entrance Test must take Math. O.

1 The qualified student may register for 4 credits of Ed. 148 and 4 credits of
Ed. 149 (Student Teaching in Elementary Schools.) When Ed. 148 is scheduled
Ed. 145, P. E. 140, and P. E. 190 must be scheduled concurrently. This may be
done either semester.

2 Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P. E. 120
or Rec. 170.

3 Students must elect one of the following: Econ. 31, Econ. 37, Phil. 1, Soc. 1,
or Psych. 1. Students electing Econ. 31 or 37, or Phil. 1 or Psych. 1, which cannot
be taken before the sophomore year, must register for Hea. 40 the second semester
of the freshman year.

Physical Education Curriculum

r-Semester^

Sophomore Year* l n

Eng 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

Physical Science Group Requirement (Mathematics, Physics

or Chemistry) 3-4

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3

P. E. 54 — Dance Techniques

P. E. 58 — Skills and Methods in Social Dance 1

P. E. 60 — Dance Composition 2

P. E. 66, 68 — Skills Laboratory 2 2

Total 17-18 17

Junior Year

Ed. 110 — .Human Development and Learning (6) 6

p. £. 78 — Methods of Teaching Aquatics 2

P. E. 82, 84 — Officiating a 0 0

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 4

P. E. 114, 116 — Methods in Physical Education for Secondary

Schools 3 1

P. E. 124, 126 — Practicum in Leadership 2 2

Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 1

Electives 3 3

Total 15 16

Senior Year

P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3

P. E. 160— Theory of Exercise 3

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3

P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical

Education, Recreation, and Health 3

Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education 3

Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools 3 8

Electives 2 9

Total 15 17

* P. E. 74 and/or 76 may be required, depending upon swimming ability of student.

1 Students must hold one officials rating to be eligible for student teaching.

"Every student in junior or senior year must elect either Hea. 120, P. E. 120,
or Rec. 170.

3 The qualified student may register for 4 credits of Ed. 148 and 4 credits of
Ed. 149 (Student Teaching in Secondary Schools.) When Ed. 148 is taken,
Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must be scheduled concurrently. This may be done
either semester.

Physical Education Curriculum

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in physical education in
the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health are as follows:

Men Sem. Cr.

Professional Physical Education courses (P.E. 30, 50, 59,

61, 63, 65, 67, 77, 100, 105, 107, 113, 115, 123, or

125, 140, 160, 180, 190) • 39

Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15;

Physical Science 3-4 hours) 15-16

Education courses as prescribed 17

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1;

Econ. 31, 37; Psych. 1, or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Specially prescribed requirements (Speech 7) 2

University requirements in Basic Air Science 4

Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Electives (must include either P.E. 120; Hea. 120, or Rec.

170) 30

Total 136-137

Women

Professional Physical Education courses (P.E. 30, 40, 50,

52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 78, 82, 84, 100, 114,

116, 124, 126, 140, 160, 180, 190) 45

Foundation science courses as prescribed (Zool. 1, 14, 15;

Physical Science 3-4 hours) 15-16

Education courses as prescribed 17

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1;

Econ. 31, 37; Psych. 1, or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) . . 24

Specially prescribed requirements (Speech 7) 2

Health courses as prescribed (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Electives (must include either P.E. 120, Hea. 120, or Rec.

170) 20

Total 127-128

MINOR in physical education

20 semester hours in physical education and 4 semester hours in cognate
areas.

REQUIRED COURSES

Men— P.E. 30; P.E. 61, 63, 65, 67, (2-6*); P.E. 113; P.E. 101 or 103.
Women— P.E. 30; P.E. 62, 64, 66, 68, (2-6*); P.E. 114, 116; P.E. 124,
126.

* Selection of courses will be made according to student's background.

Physical Education Curriculum

elective courses

Men and Women— P.E. 69, 78, 100; P.E. 123; P.E. 125; P.E. 140; P.E.
160; P.E. 180; P.E. 190; Hea. 1 10; Hea. 120; Rec. 30; Rec. 40; Rec. 100;
Rec. 150; Rec. 170.

If planning to teach, the cognate courses for men should be Hea. 40 and
Hea. 50; for women, Hea. 50 and Hea. 120. Men should include P.E. 123
or P.E. 125 if planning to coach.

Note: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 semester hours are required in this
area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 14, 15; Hea. 50; P.E. 100,
140; Ed. 145 and Ed. 148 including at least 25 hours of student teaching.

MINOR IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION

There are two plans for a minor in elementary school physical education.
Plan A is for students in the College of Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health, and Plan B is for students outside the College of Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation, and Health.

I. Plan A. (for students in this College)

10 semester hours in elementary school physical education courses
and 10 hours in cognate areas.
Required courses
P.E. 55, 57, 120, 195.

Elective courses

10 hours in any of the following cognate areas: human development,
elementary education, biological science, health education. (Not more
than 6 hours shall be taken in any one cognate area.)

Student teaching

Students will be required to do 4 weeks of their 8 weeks student teach-
ing at the elementary school level in physical education.

II. Plan B. (for students outside this College)

13 semester hours in elementary school physical education courses and
10 hours in cognate areas.

Required courses

P.E. 55, 57, 120, 130, 195.

Elective courses

10 hours in any of the following cognate areas: human development,
elementary education, biological science, health education. (Not more
than 6 hours shall be taken in any one cognate area.)

RELATED FIELDS MINOR

This minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours to be elected from any
three of the four following areas:

Dance Curriculum

I. Health Education — 6 hours

a. Hea. 120 — Methods and Materials in Health Education.

b. Hea. 150— Health Problems of Children and Youth.

II. Recreation — 6 hours

a. Rec. 120 — Program Planning

b. Rec. 170 — General Fundamentals of Recreation

III. Safety Education — 6 hours

a. Hea. 70 — Safety Education

b. Hea. 80 — The Driver, His Characteristics and Improvement

IV. Dance — 6 hours *

a. P.E. 55

b. P.E. 54, 70, 80

c. P.E. 56, 58, 59

d. P.E. 50, 192

DANCE

With the increasing recognition of the importance and scope of dance in
educational programs, the need for teachers adequately trained in dance
far exceeds the number available. The professional curriculum in dance is
constructed to meet the steadily rising demand for personnel qualified to
teach dance in college, secondary, elementary schools, in camps, recrea-
tional agencies and in preparation for dance therapy.

The course of study provides general background knowledge in culture
and foundation sciences as well as particularization in dance skills, theory
and philosophy. Courses in music, theory, acting and stagecraft answer
additional needs for dance production planning. Students are urged to en-
rich their background in an interchange in creative arts in other depart-
ments of the University, and opportunity is given to serve as assistants in
the non-professional program.

Through electives the program may be adapted to meet the interests of the
particular student, combining dance with fine arts, physical education, rec-
reation, theatre, speech therapy, nursery school-kindergarten education,
psychology, elementary education.

The majors in dance have performance opportunities in the Dance Group
which presents one major concert each year, and the Demonstration Group
which performs on and off campus.

Additional dance experience is available in nearby Washington for the
student who may wish to visit professional studios. Many opportunities

* Selection of courses will be made according to student's background and
interests upon consultation with the dance adviser.

Dance Curriculum

are provided for students to meet outstanding artists in the field and to take
part in symposia and workshops on campus and in Washington. The prox-
imity of Washington and the availability of the embassies affords many
unique cultural experiences.

Approximate adjustments will be made in the curriculum for men who
wish to pursue a major in dance.

DANCE CURRICULUM

r— Semester— s
Freshman Year* / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

G. & P 1 — American Government 3

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Speech 8 — Acting 3

P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health 2

P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1

P. E. 50 — Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1-2

P. E. 52 — Dance Techniques 1

P. E. 56, 58— Folk, Square, Social Dance 1 1

P. E. 62 — Elementary Techniques of Sports 2

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3

Electives ' 3-6

Total 16-17 15-18

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4

P. E. 54 — Dance Techniques 1

P. E. 60 — Dance Composition 2

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 1

Music 20 — Survey of Music Literature; and

Music 7 — Theory of Music 3 3

Electives 2 0-3 0-3

Total 17 16-19

* P. E. 72 may be required, depending on the swimming ability of the student.

1 Students must elect, in either the freshman or sophomore year, one of the
following: Econ. 31t Econ. 37, Phil. 1, Soc. 1, Psych. 1. Economics may be taken in
the sophomore year only.

- Students must elect one of the following: A. D. 1-Design, Art 5, Art 15, Art 20.

Dance Curriculum

r-Semester-

Junior Year

P. E. 70, 80 — Intermediate and Advanced Dance

P. E. 100 — Kinesiology

P. E. 114 — Methods in Physical Education for Secondary

Schools

P. E. 126 — Practicum in Leadership

P. E. 182 — History of Dance

P. E. 192 — Percussion Accompaniment & Music for Dance

Speech 175 — Stage Design and Lighting

Art or Music (100 Level)**

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning

Electives *

Total

Senior Year

P. E. 110 — Dance Production

P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation

P. E. 184 — Theory and Philosophy of Dance

P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical

Education, Recreation and Health

Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education
Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools1 ....
Electives *

Total

2
4

(6)

0-6

18 12-18

3
3
8

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN DANCE *

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in physical education,
with a major in dance are as follows :

College dance courses (P.E. 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 70, 80,

110, 126, 182, 184, 192) 24

Prescribed courses in related areas (P.E. 30, 40, 62, 100,

114, 140, 190; Music 7, 20; Speech 8; Art or Music (100 Level)

3 semester hours; A.D. 175; Art 5, Art 15, or Art 20) . 37

Prescribed Health Courses (Hea. 40, 50) 4

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, 6; H. 5, 6;

Soc. 1, Psych. l,Econ. 31, 37 or Phil. 1;G. & P. 1) . ... . 24

Foundation Science Courses (Zool. 1,14, 15) 12

Education courses as prescribed 17

Electives 14-24

Total 132-142

* P. E. 90 Workshop 1-6 credits required of dance majors.

'When Ed. 148 is taken Ed. 145, P. E. 140, P. E. 190 must be scheduled
concurrently. This may be done either semester.
** By permission of dance adviser only.

Recreation Curriculum

minor in dance: The minor in dance is adapted to meet the needs of stu-
dents majoring in such areas as speech, music, art, nursery school-kinder-
garten education, psychology, elementary education, recreation, and physi-
cal education. Other combinations may be considered depending on the
student's interest and background.

The minor shall consist of a significant group of courses totaling twenty
semester hours. The required courses in the dance area will be chosen from
the following: Skills in Modern Dance, P.E. 52, 54, 70, 80 (Beginning
through Advanced); P.E. 56, 58, 55, Skills and Methods in Social, Folk
and Square Dance, Elementary School Rhythmic Activities; P.E. 60, Com-
position and Methods; P.E. 50, Rhythmic Analysis and Movement; P.E.
110, Dance Production; P.E. 182, History of Dance; P. E. 184, Theory and
Philosophy of Dance; P.E. 192, Percussion and Music for Dance. Elec-
tives shall be selected from the cognate areas depending on the student's
major. All programs must be approved by the department adviser.

suggested minors for the dance major: Music, physical education,
recreation, split sociology-psychology, speech, and split recreation-sociol-
ogy.

RECREATION

The increased amount of leisure time existent in our society because of
the rapid development of modern civilization, and the imperative need
for guidance in the wise use of that leisure time has made us cognizant of
the need for trained recreation leaders.

This curriculum, therefore, is designed to meet the needs of students who
wish to qualify for the many positions in the field of recreation, and the
needs of those students who desire a background of culture and skills
which will enable them to render distinct contributions to community life.
The College draws upon various other departments and colleges within
the University for courses to balance and enrich its offerings for its recrea-
tion major students.

Majors in recreation also have opportunity for observation and practical
experiences in local recreation and agency programs, in those programs
of metropolitan Washington and Baltimore, and in various programs of
the Armed Forces, the American Red Cross, etc.

Recreation Curriculum

RECREATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

r- S ernes ter-
Freshman Year / //

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc.l — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Introduction

to Philosophy ' 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Speech 4 — Voice and Diction 3

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health 2

P. E. 50 — Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1

P. E. 59 — Skills in Folk, Square, and Social Dance 1

P. E. 61, 63, 65, 67 or 105, 107— Sport Skills and

Gymnastics ' 2 2

Rec. 10 — Recreation Orientation 0 0

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science 2 2

P. E. 71, 73, 75, 77, 79 — Swimming, Diving, Aquatics .... 1-2

Total \5V2-\6V2 18

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3

Speech 10 — Group Discussion 2

Zool. 14 — Human Anatomy and Physiology (or Bot. 1 —

General Botany) 4

Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 1

A. D. 1— Design 3

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3

Rec. 30 — History and Introduction to Recreation 2

Rec. 40 — Camp Counseling (or Rec. 150 — Camp Manage-
ment if experienced) 2-3

Electives 1 l

Total 16 15-16

Junior Year

Basic Academic Sequence 2 (9 hours) 3 6

Cr. 2 — Simple Crafts 2

Music 16 — Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher 3

P. E. 113 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools . . 3

Rec. 100 — Co-recreational Games and Programs 2

Rec. 1 10 — Nature Lore 2

Rec. 120 — Program Planning 3

1 Econ. 31 or 37 may be substituted for Phil. 1 or Soc. 1 but may not be taken
until the sophomore year.

1 Choice of activities depends upon student's background and interest.

Recreation Curriculum

,— Semester— -,

Junior Year (Continued) 1 II

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology . . 3

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3

Electives 2 2

Total 16 18

Senior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning 6 (6)

P. E. 101 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 1

Rec. 140 — Observation and Field Work in Recreation 5

Rec. 180 — Leadership Techniques and Practices 3

Rec. 190 — Organization and Administration of Recreation 3

Soc. 1 18 — Community Organization 3

Speech 1 13 — Play Production 3

Electives 6 4

Total 19 15

RECREATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life or Phil. 1 — Introduction

to Philosophy ' 3

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 3

Speech 4 — Voice and Diction 3

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3

P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health 2

p. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1

P. E. 50 — Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1

P. E. 52 — Modern Dance 1

P. E. 56, 58 — Skills and Methods in Folk and Square Dance,

Skills and Methods in Social Dance 1 1

P. E. 62, 64, 66 or 68 — Elementary Techniques of Sports

and Gymnastics 2 2 or 2

Rec. 10 — Recreation Orientation 0 0

Total 17-19 15-17

1 Econ. 31 or Econ. 37 may be substituted for Phil. 1 or Soc. 1 but may not be
taken until the sophomore year.

2 Choice of activities depends upon student's background and interest.

2 The basic sequence encourages a student to pursue his minor in academic fields,
possibly sociology-psychology.

Recreation Curriculum

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Speech 10 — Group Discussion

Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety

P. E. 62, 64, 66 or 68 — Elementary Techniques of Sports
and Gymnastics *

P. E. 72, 74, 76 or 78 — Elementary, Intermediate and Ad-
vanced Swimming and Diving; Methods of Aquatics * . . . .

A. D. 1 — Design

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Rec. 30 — History and Introduction to Recreation

Rec. 40 — Camp Counseling (or Rec. 150 — Camp Manage-
ment if experienced)

Zool. 14 — Human Anatomy and Physiology (or Bot. 1 —
General Botany)

Total

r—Semester—

2
1

1-2

2-3

15-19 14-19

Junior Year

Basic Academic Sequence 2 (9 hours)

Cr. 2 — Simple Crafts

Music 16 — Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher
P. E. 114 — Methods in Physical Education for Secondary

Schools

Rec. 100 — Co-recreational Games and Programs

Rec. 110 — Nature Lore

Rec. 120 — Program Planning

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology

Speech 1 1 3 — Play Production

Electives

Total

Senior Year

Ed. 110 — Human Development and Learning

Rec. 140 — Observation and Field Work in Recreation

Rec. 180 — Leadership Techniques and Practices

Rec. 190 — Organization and Administration of Recreation

Soc. 118 — Community Organization

Electives

Total

(6)

1 Choice of activities depends upon student's background and interest.

2 The basic academic sequence encourages a student to pursue his minor in
academic fields, possibly sociology-psychology.

Recreation Curriculum

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN RECREATION

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in recreation in the
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:

Men

College recreation courses (Rec. 10, 30, 40 or 150, 100,

110, 120, 140, 180, 190) . 22-23

Prescribed courses in related areas (Ed. 110; Cr. 2, Music

16; P.E. 30, 50, 59, (61, 63, 65, 67, 105, 107, (4 cr.);

71, 73, 75, 77 or 79), 101, 113; A.D. 1; Psych. 1; Soc.

2, 118; Speech 1, 4, 10, 113) 47-48*

Prescribed Health courses (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Prescribed foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14; Bot. 1) 8

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1;

Econ. 31, 37; Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Basic academic sequence 9

University requirements in Basic Air Science 4

Electives 16

Total 134

Women

College recreation courses (Rec. 10, 30, 40 or 150, 100, 110,

120, 140, 180, 190) 22-23

Prescribed courses in related areas (Ed. 110, Cr. 2; Music
16; P.E. 30, 40, 50, 56, 58 (62, 64, 66, 68, any two; 72,
74, 76 or 78), 114; A.D. 1; Psych. 1; Soc. 2, 118; Speech

1, 4, 10, 113 49

Prescribed Health course (Hea. 40, 50) 4

Prescribed foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14; Bot. 1) 8

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1; Econ.

31, 37; Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Basic academic sequence

Electives 17

Total 133

MINOR IN RECREATION

18 semester hours in recreation and 6 semester hours in cognate areas.

REQUIRED COURSES

10 hours in Rec. 30, 40, 120, 150, 170, 180, or 190; Rec. 100;
Soc. 118.

6 hours of work in areas of the recreational skills — nature, arts and
crafts, speech and dramatics — but not in the area of the student's
major.

Health Education Curriculum

2 hours of work in the areas of swimming, sports and dance skills,
(men)— P.E. 50, 59, 61, 63, 65, 67; (women)— P.E. 40, 50, 52,
54, 56, 58, 62, 64, 66, 68, 72, 74, 76, 78.

OR other courses approved by the student's adviser and the various
departments involved, depending upon the student's interest and
background.

ELECTIVE COURSES

6 hours in cognate areas of sociology, psychology, etc., on approval
of the student's adviser.

RECOMMENDED ELECTIVE COURSES

Art 101, 101; C. Ed. 115, 116; Cr. 3, 5, 20, 21, 30, 31, 40, 41
Ed. 52, 147; Ind. Ed. 2, 9; Journ. 10; Music 1, 4, 5, 10, 15, 50
P.E. 180; Pr. Art 38 or 39; Psych. 121, 125, 126; R. Ed. 114
Soc. 13, 14, 62, 113, 131, 153; Speech 102, 129.

HEALTH EDUCATION

This curriculum is designed to prepare the student to give leadership in
the development of the school health education program including ( 1 )
health services, (2) healthful environment, and (3) health teaching.
Graduates in this area have placement opportunities in schools, colleges,
and in public and private health agencies. The minor is planned to be
particularly suitable for students who are majoring in physical education,
education, home economics, and childhood education.

HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN

Freshman Year

Eng. 1. 2 — Composition and American Literature

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life

G. & P. 1 — American Government

Zool. 1 — General Zoology

Speech 7 — Public Speaking

Hea. 10 — Orientation to Health Education

Hea. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Rec, & Health

P. E. 1 — Orientation to Physical Education

P. E. 3 — Developmental and Combative Sports

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science

Electives

Total 16 18

-Semester-

Health Education Curriculum

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization
Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology
Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health

Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety

Hea. 70 — Safety Education

P. E. 5 — Team Sports and Aquatics

P. E. 7 — Recreational Activities

Electives

Total

Junior Year

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology

Microb. 108 — Epidemiology and Public Health

Nut. 20 — Elements of Nutrition

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement or

Hea. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health

Hea. 1 10 — Introduction to School Education

Hea. 120 — Methods & Materials in Health Education

Ed. 1 10 — Human Development and Learning

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene

Electives

Total

Senior Year

Hea. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation

Hea. 150— Health Problems of the School Child

Hea. 190 — Administration and Supervision of School

Health Education

Ed. 145 — Principles and Methods of Secondary Education

Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools1

Electives

Total

r-Semester-

2-3

3
t

3
(6)

3
4

'When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145, Hea. 140 and Hea. 190 must be scheduled
concurrently. This may be done either semester.

Health Education Curriculum

HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life

G. & P. 1 — American Government

Zool. 1 — General Zoology

Speech 7 — Public Speaking

Hea. 10 — Orientation to Health Education

Hea. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health

P. E. 2, 4 — Orientation Activities, Swimming

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry

Electives

Total

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health ,

Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety

Hea. 70 — Safety Education

P. E. 6, 8 — Dance, Sports

Electives

Total

Junior Year

Microb. 1 — General Microbiology

Microb 108 — Epidemiology and Public Health

Nut. 20 — Elements of Nutrition

Ed. 50 — Educational Measurement or

Hea. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health

Hea. 110 — Introduction to School Health Education

Hea. 120 — Methods and Materials in Health Education ....

Hea. 110 — Introduction to School Health Education

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene

Electives

Total

e— Semester—
I II

3 3

2-3

2
3

3
3

1
3
1
3

Health Education Curriculum

r— Semester— ^

Senior Year / //

Hea. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3

Hea. 150— Health Problems of the School Child 3

Hea. 190 — Administration and Supervision of School

Health Education 3

Ed. 145 — Principles of High School Teaching 3

Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in the Secondary School ' 8

Electives 14

Total 17 17

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN HEALTH EDUCATION

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in health education in
the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health are as follows:

Men Sem. Cr.

Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15;Microb. 1, 108;

Chem. 11, 13) 24

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1;

Econ. 31, 37, or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Other specified requirements (Speech 7; Psych. 1, 5; Nut. 20) 11
Professional Health Education courses (Hea. 10, 30, 40, 50,

70, 110, 120, 140, 150; Ed. 150, or Hea. 180; Hea. 190) 29

Education courses ( Ed. 110; Ed. 145, 148) 17

University requirements in Basic Air Science 4

University requirements in physical activity (P.E. 1, 3, 5, 7) 4

Electives 21

Total 134

Women

Foundation science courses (Zool. 1, 14, 15; Microb. 1,

108; Chem. 11, 13 24

General requirements (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4; H. 5, 6; Soc. 1; Econ.

31, 37, or Phil. 1; G. & P. 1) 24

Other specified requirements (Speech 7; Psych. 1,5; Nut. 20) 11
Professional Health Education courses (Hea. 10, 30, 40, 50,

70, 110, 120, 140, 150; Ed. 150, or Hea. 180; Hea. 190) 29

Education courses (Ed. 110; Ed. 145, 148) 17

University requirements in physical activity (P.E. 2, 4, 6, 8) 4

Electives 21

Total 130

'When Ed. 148 is taken Ed. 145, Hea. 140 and Hea. 190 must be scheduled
concurrently. This may be done either semester.

Minors

minor in health education

12 semester hours in health education and 12 semester hours in related
areas.

REQUIRED COURSES

Hea. 2 and/or 4; Hea. 40 (women); Hea. 40 (men); Hea. 50 (1),
Hea. 110 (2), Hea. 120 (3) and Hea. 150 (3).

ELECTIVE COURSES IN RELATED AREAS

6 semester hours of biological sciences and 6 semester hours of psy-
chology or human development.

MINOR IN SAFETY EDUCATION

Students wishing to obtain a minor in safety education and become certi-
fied to teach Safety and Driver Education in junior and senior high schools
should take the following courses: Hea. 50 (1 ), Hea. 60 (2), Hea. 70 (3),
Hea. 80 (3), Hea. 105 (3), and Hea. 145 (3); F.P. 104 (3), 105 (3).

MINORS IN OTHER AREAS

It is relatively easy for any student majoring in one curriclum of this
College to complete the requirements for a minor in a cognate area of the
College, as indicated after each major curriculum. Those who plan to teach
in the public schools might wish to also qualify in an academic area. This
is more difficult with the limited number of elective credits and must be
planned carefully in advance. If it seems advisable, the Dean may waive
certain required courses to allow development of a needed minor, or the
student may be able to carry a heavier load than normal if his grade
average permits.

Students majoring in physical education or health education should begin
preparing for a teaching minor in a subject matter area during the sopho-
more year, if possible. Many opportunities exist in junior and senior high
schools for a combination teacher of physical education and/or coach
and a teacher of science, mathematics, history, etc. For a teaching minor,
Ed. 140 should be taken in the minor field and student teaching should
be split between the major and minor fields.

ENGLISH MINOR

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes 12 semester
hours of composition and literature, 3 semester hours of advanced Amer-
ican literature, and 11 hours of electives. Electives must be chosen with

Minors

the approval of the adviser and with the recommendations of the English
Department.

MATHEMATICS MINOR

For a minor in this area, 19 semester hours are required including the
following courses: Math. 3 — Fundamentals of Mathematics (4); Math.
18 — Introductory Analysis (3); Math. 19 — Elementary Analysis (4), and
Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4). Electives in mathematics are selected
with the advice of the adviser.

PSYCHOLOGY MINOR

For a minor in Psychology at least 21 semester hours are required. The
student should select either the biological or the sociological approach to
this minor.

A. Biological: Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology (3); Psychol-
ogy 26, Developmental Psychology (3); Psychology 90, Statistical
Methods in Psychology (3); Psychology 145, Experimental Psychology
— Sensory Processes (4); Psychology 146, Experimental Psychology
— Learning, Motivation and Problem Solving (4); Psychology 148,
Psychology of Learning (3); Psychology 180, Physiological Psychology
(3).

B. Sociological: Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology (3); Psychol-
ogy 5, Personality and Adjustment (3); Psychology 21, Social Psy-
chology (3); Psychology 26, Developmental Psychology (3); Psy-
chology 90, Statistical Methods in Psychology (3); Psychology 147,
Experimental Psychology — Social Behavior (4); Psychology 148,
Psychology of Learning (3).

SOCIAL SCIENCE MINOR

For a minor in this group, 24 semester hours are required as follows: His-
tory, 18 semester hours (including one year each of American and Euro-
pean history), economics, sociology, government, consumer education or
geography, 6 semester hours.

SCIENCE MINORS

A. General Science: 30 semester hours are required for a minor in general
science including the following courses: Chem. 1,3, General Chemistry
(4, 4); Zool. 1, General Zoology (4); Bot. 1, General Botany (4);
Phys. 1, 2, Elements of Physics (3, 3) or Phys. 10, 11, Fundamentals
of Physics (4, 4). The remaining 6 or 8 semester hours will be chosen
subject to the approval of the student's major adviser and of the science
department in which his interest lies. Zool. 14 and 15 (4, 4) are
approved courses.

Physical Therapy Curriculum

B. Biological Minor: 20 semester hours are required for a biological
minor and will include the following courses: Zool. 1, General Zool-
ogy (4), Zool. 14, and 15, Human Anatomy and Human Physiology
(4, 4); Chem. 1, General Chemistry (4); Bot. 1, General Botany (4).

C. Minors of 20 semester hours are also offered in chemistry and physics.
A minor in physics must be supported by a one-year course in chemis-
try. A minor in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course
in physics. Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of
the student's major adviser and the science department in which the
student's interest lies.

SOCIOLOGY MINOR

For a minor in Sociology at least 18 semester hours are required as fol-
lows: Sociology 1, Sociology of American Life (3); Sociology 2, Princi-
ples of Sociology (3); three semester hours chosen from Sociology 112,
Rural-Urban Relations (3), Sociology 114, The City (3), Sociology
118, Community Organization (3); either Sociology 5, Anthropology
(3) or Sociology 105, Cultural Anthropology (3); three semester hours
chosen from a social psychology group — Sociology 141, Sociology of
Personality (3), Sociology 145, Social Control (3), Sociology 180,
Small Group Analysis (3); and three semester hours from an applied
sociology group — Sociology 111, Sociology of Occupations and Careers
(3), Sociology 115, Industrial Sociology (3), Sociology 116, Military
Sociology (3), Sociology 121, Population (3), Sociology 131, Introduc-
tion to Social Service (3), 147, Sociology of Law (3), Sociolojgy 153,
Juvenile Delinquency (3), Sociology 186, Sociological Theory (3).

SPEECH MINOR

A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in speech. The minimum require-
ments for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 semester
hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. The 12
semester hours above the departmental requirements must include 6 semes-
ter hours of courses numbered 100 or higher. All program for minors
must be approved by the departmental adviser.

PHYSICAL THERAPY

This course of study as offered by the University of Maryland is approved
by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American
Medical Association in collaboration with the American Physical Therapy
Association and prepares the student to meet the qualifications for licensure
of physical therapists.

The first two years of the curriculum are planned as studies in liberal
arts and specific sciences, which are basic for courses taken in the last two

Physical Therapy Curriculum

years of specialization. The freshman and sophomore years are taken on
the campus of the University of Maryland at College Park. The junior and
senior years are taken on the campus of the University of Maryland at
Baltimore, Department of Physical Therapy, School of Medicine. After
completion of the senior year three additional months of supervised clinical
experience are necessary in order to meet the national requirements for
accreditation in this specialty. Upon the satisfactory fulfillment of the four
year course a Bachelor of Science degree is awarded by the College of
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. At the satisfactory comple-
tion of the required months of clinical experience a Certificate of Pro-
ficiency in Physical Therapy is granted by the School of Medicine. For
more detailed information, write to Head of the Department of Physical
Therapy, School of Medicine, University of Maryland, Baltimore 1,
Maryland.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE PROGRAM-
COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS

Freshman Year

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry

Zool. 1, 2 — General Zoology, The Animal Phyla

Math. 10, 11 — Introduction to Mathematics

Speech 7, 10 — Public Speaking, Group Discussion

A. S. 2, 3 — Basic Air Science

P. T. 10, 1 1 — Physical Therapy Orientation

Physical Activities

Electives

Total 19 19

Sophomore Year

Eng. 3, A — Composition and World Literature

Phys. 10, 1 1 — Fundamentals of Physics

Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology

G. & P. 1 — American Government

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life '

P. T. 20, 21 — Foundations of Physical Therapy

Physical Activities

Electives

Total 16

r-Semester-

1-2

1-3

1 May substitute Phil. 1, Econ. 31, or Econ. 37.

iv2

Physical Therapy Curriculum

r-Semester— ^
Junior Year / //

Physiol. 142 — General Physiology 5

Anat. 103 (a) & (b)— Human Anatomy 5% 3

Path. 105— Pathology 2

P. T. 106 (a) & (b) — Professional Relation, Ethics and

Clinical Observation V2 V2

P. T. 107, 108 — Physical Therapy Theory and Technique

I & II 2V2 1%

P. T. 110 (a) & (b) — Principles of Physical Therapy Applied

to Medical and Surgical Conditions

P. T. 155 — Nursing Procedures Related to Physical Therapy

H. 5. 6 — History of American Civilization

Psych. 1 10 — Educational Psychology

Psych. 5 — Personality and Adjustment

Total 17V2 19

Senior Year

Psych. 161 — Psychology of the Handicapped

P. T. 102 — Physiology of Exercise

P. T. 104 — Functional Anatomy

P. T. 151 — Therapeutic Exercise

P. T. 152— Rehabilitation

P. T. 153 — Physical Therapy Theory and Technique III ...
P. T. 154 — Interprofessional and Social Agencies Correlation

P. T. 156 — Current Literature

P. T. 157 — Administration and Clinical Observation

P. T. 158 (a) & (b)— Clinical Experience

P. T. 160 (a) & (b) — Principles of Physical Therapy Applied
to Medical and Surgical Conditions

Total I6V2 13

Clinical Experience — 11 weeks, June, July and August

2V2

Graduate Study

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN PHYSICAL THERAPY

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in the College of Phys-
ical Education, Recreation, and Health, major in physical therapy, are
as follows:

Freshman and Sophomore Program — College Park Campus Sem. Cr.

Biological Science Courses (Zool. 1, 2, 20) 12

Physical Science Courses (Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 11) 16

Mathematics Courses (Math. 10, 11) 6
Social Science Courses (Soc. 1 or Phil. 1 or Econ. 31 or

Ecom 37; G. & P. 1; Psych. 1) 9

English Courses (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4) 12

Physical Education Courses 4

Speech Courses (Speech 7, 10) 4

Air Science Courses (A.S. 2, 3) Required of men 4

Professional Courses (P. T. 10, 11, 20, 21) 2

Total 69

Junior and Senior Program — Baltimore Campus

Biological Science Courses (Anat. 103; Physiol. 142) 13/2

Medical Science Courses (Path. 105) 2

Social Science Courses (H. 5, 6; Psych. 5, 110, 161) 13

Professional Courses (P. T. 102, 104, 106, 107, 108, 110,

151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 160) 37/2

Total 66

Grand Total 135

To obtain junior standing, a student is required to complete the specified
academic curriculum of 61 semester hour credits (excluding Physical
Education activities and Air Science courses). Capable students are en-
couraged to take additional elective courses.

GRADUATE STUDY

The College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health offers course
work in the areas of physical education, recreation and health education
leading to the degree of Master of Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor
of Philosophy. Persons not interested in an advanced degree may take
course work for purposes of teaching certification, renewal of certifica-
tion, or professional growth. Within the three major areas — physical
education, recreation, and health education — special study and research
are available along the following lines: (1) Physical Education — elemen-

Graduate Study

tary, secondary, higher education and research, administration, athletics,
and dance; (2) Recreation — public and municipal, industrial, hospital,
youth-serving organizations and agencies, outdoor education, camp ad-
ministration, and higher education and research; (3) Health Education
— elementary, secondary, higher education and research, safety educa-
tion, and service organizations and agencies.

SPECIAL STUDY

Graduate students are encouraged to pursue advanced study along lines
of their special interests. The wealth of research sources close to the
University make such study possible. In addition, the College of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health places at the disposal of graduate
students a modern, spacious, well-equipped research laboratory.

GENERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING GRADUATE WORK

Persons wishing to pursue graduate study must first gain admittance to
the Graduate School. Application blanks for this purpose can be obtained
by writing to the Dean of the Graduate School. Admittance to Graduate
School entitles one to enroll in courses numbered 200 and above and to
pursue course work leading to an advanced degree. Courses numbered
200 or above are graduate courses whereas courses numbered from 100
to 199 are advanced undergraduate and graduate courses. Persons not
admitted to the Graduate School may enroll as special students in courses
numbered under 200. To be admitted for graduate study, the applicant
must:

(1) be a graduate of an accredited college or university.

(2) have a "B" average or its equivalent during the last two years of
undergraduate work, or have demonstrated either at the University
of Maryland Or some other accredited institution the ability to do
graduate level work, and

(3) have the necessary prerequisite course work wih a minimum of
16 semester credit hours in the subject field in which the applicant
wishes to specialize.

MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE

The Master of Arts degree is awarded for successful completion of a
minimum of 30 hours of advanced study beyond the undergraduate level.
The Master's degree represents more than mere class attendance. It
represents professional competency and the demonstrated ability to do
critical thinking.

The student seeking the Master of Arts degree must declare a major sub-
ject field and a minor subject field. Twelve to fifteen credit hours will be
in the major area and nine to twelve hours, depending upon the number

Graduate Study

in the major area, will be in the minor field. The remaining six hours are
made available to the student in order that he may study, relatively in-
tensely, any problem or topic in which he has a special interest. This
study culminates in a written report — thesis.

The program for the Master's degree is relatively flexible with only one
course, (P.E. 210), three credit hours, being required. All other course
work is elective, subject to the adviser's approval. The student in conjunc-
tion with the help of an adviser works out a program of study suitable to
the student's special needs and interests. Early in the graduate program,
before twelve credit hours have been completed, the student takes a qual-
ifying examination. The purpose of this examination is to help the student
and adviser to discover areas of strength and weakness. This provides
information needed in directing the course of study. Upon completion of
all course work, including the research project, the candidate undergoes
a final oral examination which is directed primarily toward the student's
research.

Half-time graduate assistants working toward the Master's Degree should
note that they may take only ten credit hours per semester during the fall
and spring terms and six credit hours in Summer School. Consequently,
a graduate assistant in order to obtain the Master's Degree, must attend
the University at least three full semesters.

THE DOCTOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE

The Doctor of Education degree is a professional degree offered in con-
junction with the College of Education. Persons who are interested pri-
marily in administrative and teaching positions in public school and related
fields are encouraged to pursue this degree.

The degree is awarded for successful completion of a minimum of 90
hours of graduate credit and a demonstrated competency in the study and
solution of problems related to the student's field of endeavor.

At least 30 class hours of the minimum of 90 hours must be taken on
the College Park campus. The number of hours that can be transferred
from another institution is subject to the decision of the Graduate Council.
Each student is expected to select and carry to successful completion a
research project of particular interest to him. This project is reported in
the form of a thesis and may carry from six to nine hours of credit. In
addition, each student must demonstrate his ability to translate German
or French and Spanish. In pursuing the Doctor of Education degree,
the candidate must select an area of major emphasis and one or two areas
of minor emphasis. Each candidate must take certain graduate back-
ground tests, and must successfully pass the following academic exam-
inations: a six-hour preliminary examination taken relatively early in the
program, a final written comprehensive examination covering the entire
graduate course of study, and a final oral or written examination directed
primarily toward the research project.

Graduate Study

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered primarily for those persons
interested in preparing themselves for positions in teaching and research
on the college and university level. A minimum of 90 credit hours is
required for this degree, plus the demonstrated ability to do scholarly
work and research. At least thirty of the 90 hours must be taken on
the College Park campus and the amount of credit that can be transferred
from other institutions is subject to the decision of the Graduate Council.
Each student must select and carry to completion a research project
which may carry from 12 to 18 hours of credit. Course work must be
planned on the basis of a major subject field and one or two closely
related minor subject fields. In addition to class work, the student must
demonstrate a reading proficiency in German and French or Spanish,
and also successfully pass two examinations : ( 1 ) a comprehensive written
and oral preliminary examination, and (2) a final oral and/or written
examination.

DOCTORAL RESIDENCE

The requirements of residency for both the Ed. D. and Ph. D. candidates
can be fulfilled by presence on the campus for two semesters during
the fall and spring terms. In unusual circumstances, the time may be pro-
rated over more than two semesters.

GENERAL ADVANCED STUDY

Students who are not seeking a degree, but are doing advanced study to
fulfill some special need or renewal of teaching certification, are encour-
aged to select an adviser and to plan a program designed to help them
best achieve their objectives.

PREREQUISITES FOR ADVANCED STUDY

The course prerequisite for advanced study in each of the three areas,
physical education, recreation, and health are listed below. In certain
instances experience or equivalent courses may be substituted for the
courses listed. Students who are deficient in only one or two subjects
may be admitted on a provisional basis, with the understanding that the
deficiencies will be made up as soon as possible.

The following courses, or their equivalents, are prerequisites for advanced
study:

A. Physical Education — human anatomy, physiology, history and princi-
ples of physical education, theory of exercise (physiology of exer-
cise), kinesiology, adapted physical education, measurement, methods,
activity skills, administration, practice teaching (teaching experience),
and human development (educational psychology).

Note: Courses shown in the brackets above are the equivalents of
the courses after which they are shown. Measurement, administration,

Graduate Study

kinesiology and theory of exercise may be taken for graduate credit
if they have not been taken on the undergraduate level. The student
is expected to carry out a special research project if an advanced
undergraduate course (100 level), is to carry graduate credit.

B. Recreation — psychology, sociology, principles of recreation, adminis-
tration, basic sciences, recreational skills laboratory, and practical
experience.

C. Health Education — biological sciences, bacteriology, human anatomy,
physiology, chemistry, psychology, measurement, administration, prin-
ciples of health, and field work.

GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS

A number of teaching and research assistantships are available to quali-
fied individuals. These assistantships carry a stipend of $2,000 for the
academic year, and exemption from all fixed charges. Graduate assist-
ants may carry up to ten hours of academic work. Persons interested in an
assistantship should write directly to Dean L. M. Fraley, College of Phys-
ical Education, Recreation, and Health.

Persons interested in additional information concerning the graduate
program should refer to the Graduate School Announcements.

COURSE OFFERINGS

Courses are designated by numbers as follows:

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates.

200 to 299: courses for graduates only.

Physical education fee per semester (to be charged any student enrolled
in any physical activity course), $6.00.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health. (2)

First and second semesters. Development of understanding and appreciation of
the historic and significant purpose and place of each of the specialized areas
in general education. A study of the educational and personal requirements
and opportunities of a career in each professional area. Students will become
acquainted with the status and trends of each area.

P. E. 40. Basic Body Controls. ( 1 )

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Second semester arranged
for benefit of transfers. Laboratory fee, $6.00. This course is designed to
acquaint the student with the fundamental principles and techniques of body
movement, and to provide for practical application in sports, rhythmic and
gymnastic activities. In addition, the course introduces balanced posture in
standing, walking, sitting and work skills, as well as relaxation.

P. E. 50. Rhythmic Analysis and Movement. (1-2)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. The
development of rhythmic sensitivity through an analysis of rhythm and its
application to movement. Percussion instruments will be used.

P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques. (1,1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Intro-
duction to techniques of modern dance, with simple approaches to composition.

P. E. 55. Elementary School Rhythmic Activities. (2)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course surveys the various
types of rhythmic activities suitable for use in the elementary school. Basic
rhythms, singing games, and folk and square dancing are considered in terms of

Physical Education

their use at the various grade levels as well as the best accepted methods of
teaching these activities.

P. E. 56. Skills and Methods in Folk and Square Dance. (1)

First and second semesters. One lecture and three laboratories a week. Labora-
tory fee, $6.00. This course is designed to acquaint the student with basic
skills in folk and square dance and to give theory of class organization,
analysis, teaching techniques, and practice in "calling" for junior and senior high
school programs.

P. E. 57. Elementary School Skills and Self-Testing Activities.
(2)

First and second semesters and summer. This course surveys the various types
of skills and stunt and tumbling activities suitable for use in the elementary
school. These activities are considered in terms of their use at the various
grade levels as well as the best accepted methods of teaching.

P. E. 58. Skills and Methods in Social Dance. (1)

First and second semesters. One lecture and three laboratories a week. Labora-
tory fee, $6.00. This course is designed to acquaint the student with basic
skills in Social Dance and to give theory of class organization, analysis and
teaching techniques for junior and senior high school programs.

P. E. 59. Skills in Folk, Square and Social Dance. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 50.
Laboratory fee, $6.00. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the
basic skills in social, folk, and square dance for use in schools and recreational
groups.

P. E. 60. Dance Composition. (2)

First and second semesters. Four hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. The
study of dance content and relationship to form and style. Theory and labora-
tory problems in composition. Techniques in presenting dance materials.

P. E. 61, 63. Skills Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Pro-
gressive techniques and practice of skills in apparatus, calisthenics, cross-
country, dual recreation activities, mass games and relays, soccer, touch foot-
ball, track, tumbling, and volleyball.

P. E. 62, 64. Skills Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Pro-
gressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling, and
gymnastic exercises.

P. E. 65, 67. Skills Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Pro-
gressive techniques and practice of skills in basketball, baseball, football
and wrestling.

P. E. 66, 68. Skills Laboratory. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 40, 62, 64.
Laboratory fee, $6.00. Techniques of selected team and individual sports.

Physical Education

P. E. 69. Skills Laboratory. (2)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Pre-
requisite, P. E. 61. Provides experience in complex gymnastic activities above
the elementary phase.

P. E. 70. Intermediate Modern Dance. (2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
P. E. 52, 54 or permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Modern dance
techniques. Compositional problems.

P. E. 71. Elementary Swimming. (1)

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive techniques
and practice of elementary swimming. Course includes basic and intermediate
swimming instruction.

P. E. 72. Elementary Swimming and Diving. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Pro-
gressive techniques and practice in the elementary phase of swimming and
diving, designed to make the student self-sufficient in deep water.

P. E. 73. Advanced Swimming. (1)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E. 71, or equivalent. Laboratory
fee, $6.00. Progressive techniques and practice of advanced swimming skills,
water stunts and survival swimming.

P. E. 74. Intermediate Swimming and Diving. (1 )

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 72, or

equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Continuation of the techniques in P. E. 72

to include proficiency in the standard swimming strokes and the ability to
perform a fully coordinated standing dive.

P. E. 75. Life Saving and Water Safety. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 73, or
equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Progressive techniques and practice of life
saving and water safety skills. Course includes the Senior Life Saving material
of the American Red Cross and the Y.M.C.A. It is possible to secure the
American Red Cross Water Safety Instructorship through this course.

P. E. 76. Advanced Swimming and Diving. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 72 and
P. E. 74, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Continuation of the techniques
of P. E. 74, to include more advanced swimming strokes, fancy diving, water
stunts, and life saving.

P. E. 77. Methods of Aquatics. (2)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 73, or
equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. This course is designed to train students for
aquatic leadership in schools, camps and clubs. Course includes teaching
methods, administration, facilities and equipment.

P. E. 78. Methods of Teaching Aquatics. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and three laboratory hours a week.
Prerequisites, P. E. 74, 76, or equivalents. This course is designed to prepare
the students to teach swimming and diving, administer swimming pools, con-
duct recreational aquatic activities, and direct camp aquatic programs.

Physical Education

P. E. 79. Fancy Diving. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Pro-
gressive techniques and practice of fancy diving. Course will include work
on the five categories of dives.

P. E. 80. Advanced Modern Dance. (2)

First and second semesters. Four laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
P. E. 52, 54, 70 or permission of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Con-
tinuation of P. E. 70 in more advanced form.

P. E. 82, 84. Officiating. (0, 0)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory hours a week.
Techniques of officiating women's sports. Opportunities to qualify for local
and national ratings in hockey, basketball, volleyball and softball.

P. E. 90. Workshop. (1)

First and second semesters. Three laboratory hours a week. Permission of
instructor only. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Planning, composition, and presentation
of demonstrations. A total of 6 credits may be earned.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates *
*P. E. 100. Kinesiology. (4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Three lectures and two laboratory
hours a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1, 14, and 15, or the equivalent. The study
of human movement and the physical 'and physiological principles upon which
it depends. Body mechanics, posture, motor efficiency, sports, the performance
of atypical individuals, and the influence of growth and development upon
motor performance are studied.

P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals.
(1, 1)

First and second semesters. Six hours a week. Organizations, administration,
and promotion of intramurals at various school levels. Types of tournaments,
units of competition, handling of student leader personnel, etc.

P. E. 105, 107. Skills Laboratory. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Four hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Pre-
requisite, junior standing. Open to male students preparing for teaching. Ex-
perience in individual and dual neuro-muscular sports skills for the physical
education major student.

P. E. 110. Dance Production. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 60, 70, 80, or equivalent.
Planning of group and individual choreography. Aspects of dance production
such as staging costumes, make-up for dancers, acquainting the student with
elements of dance and theatre. Demonstration planning.

P. E. 113. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, P. E. 30, 50, 60, 61, 63, 65, 67. This

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
ci>rry out a special project.

Physical Education

course is designed to help the student acquire a knowledge of the application of
methods which directly or indirectly influence teacher-pupil learning situations
in physical education at the secondary school level. Students will be required
to arrange time to work with a staff physical education instructor in order to
gain some practical teaching experience. Class activities include discussions,
reports, outside readings, and teaching demonstrations.

P. E. 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools. (1)

Second semester. Three laboratory hours per week arranged. Prerequisite,
P. E. 113. This is a laboratory course designed to help the student acquire
practical experience in the courses of the University required program. The
student will be given the opportunity to observe and assist in teaching under the
direct supervision of a regular staff member.

P. E. 114, 116. Methods in Physical Education for Secondary
Schools. (3, 1)

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 40, 62,
64, 66, 68. Application of educational philosophy and principles to class organi-
zation and teaching techniques in individual sports, recreational games, gymnas-
tics, body mechanics, dance, and relaxation for junior and senior high school
programs.

*P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is designed to orient
the general elementary teacher to physical education. Principles and practices
in elementary physical education will be presented and discussed and a variety
of appropriate activities will be considered from the standpoint of their use at
the various grade levels.

P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics. (3, 3)

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week.
Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found in high
school and college programs.

P. E. 124, 126. Practicum in Leadership. (2, 2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and one three hour laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. This course is designated to
prepare the student for the teaching experience by assisting in non-professional
University classes. It also provides guidance in methods and materials of
teaching in the junior and senior high schools.

P. E. 130. Fundamentals of Body Dynamics. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is designed to acquaint
the elementary teacher with the scientific principles of mechanical-anatomical
analysis and physiology of activities as they relate to physical growth and
development.

P. E. S131. Coaching Basketball. (2)

Summer only. Methods of coaching basketball in high school and college.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Physical Education
P. E. SI 33. Coaching Football. (2)

Summer only. Methods of coaching football in high school and college.

P. E. 135. Coaching Swimming and Diving. (2)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A
thorough analysis of the techniques of coaching swimming and diving. Course
includes a systematic treatment of the philosophy, historical development and
psychological theories of coaching aquatics.

P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, men — P. E. 113; women — P. E. 114,
116, 124, 126. A course designed to provide directed observations and dis-
cussion coordinating these experiences with those from previous methods courses
in the development of curriculum^ for health and physical education. The course
is planned to prepare for student teaching which follows in the same semester.
The observations will be made of health and physical education programs in
junior and senior high schools. This course must be taken during the semester
in which the student is doing student teaching.

*P. E. 155. Physical Fitness of the Individual. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of the major physical
fitness problems confronting the adult in modern society. Consideration is
given to the scientific appraisal, development and maintenance of fitness at all
age levels. Such problems as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture,
and special exercise programs are explored. This course is open to persons out-
side the fields of Physical Education and Health.

*P. E. 160. Theory of Exercise. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two laboratory
hours a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1, 14, and 15, and P. E. 100 or the equivalent.
A study of exercise and its physiological and kinesiological bases. Special
emphasis is placed upon the application of exercise to the development and
maintainance of physical efficiency. Corrective therapy, conditioning for ath-
letics, the effects of exercise and training on the human organism, fatigue,
staleness, relaxation, and the nature of athletic injuries are investigated.

*P. E. 170. Supervision in Elementary School Physical Educa-
tion. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, P. E. 120. Prin-
ciples and techniques of supervision are studied from a standpoint of their ap-
plication in improving the learning situation in elementary school physical
education. Strong emphasis will be given to the concept that modern super-
vision in elementary school physical education should be based on the application
of fundamental democratic principles.

*P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, placement in Group 1 or 2 on Mathematics En-
trance test or Math. 0. The application of the principles and techniques of
educational measurement to the teaching of health and physical education;

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Physical Education

study of the functions and techniques of measurement in the evaluation of stu-
dent progress toward the objectives of health and physical education, and in
the evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching.

P. E. 181. Advanced Training and Conditioning. (3)

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites,
Zool. 14, 15; P. E. 100. The training and physical conditioning of athletics.
Treatment of athletic injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical
therapy, and electro-therapy. Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and
practice.

*P. E. 182. History of Dance. (3)

First and second semesters. The development of dance from primitive to
modern times and the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture. A
historical survey of the changing place of dance in civilization. Research
problems.

*P. E. 184. Theory and Philosophy of Dance. (3)

First and second semesters. The study of the basic theories and philosophies of
dance. Investigation of form, content and structure in dance and in relationship
to other arts. The role of dance in education.

*P. E. 189. Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A course designed to meet the
needs of persons in the field with respect to workshops and research projects in
special areas of knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses.
Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any
degree in Physical Education, Recreation, or Health Education under P. E.,
Rec, Hea., or Ed. 189 is six.

*P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. The application of the principles of
administration and supervision to Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.
This course must be taken during the semester in which the student is doing
student teaching.

*P. E. 191. The Curriculum in Elementary School Physical Ed-
ucation. (3)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week.
Techniques planning and construction is considered from a standpoint of valid
criteria for the selection of content in elementary school physical education.
Desirable features of cooperative curriculum planning in providing for learn-
ing experiences will be presented and discussed.

P. E. 192. Percussion Accompaniment and Music for Dance. (2)

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week.
Techniques of percussion playing and its use as dance accompaniment are
emphasized. Learning to use the instruments in composition and improvisation
is stressed. Music for dance. Percussion scores.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Physical Education

*P. E. 195. Organization and Administration of Elementary
School Physical Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, P. E. 120. This
course considers the procedures which are basic to the satisfactory organization
of all phases of the elementary school physical education program. Stress will
be placed on the organizational and administrative factors necessary for the
successful operation of the program in various types of elementary schools.
Strong emphasis will be placed on organization and administration from a stand-
point of adapting the program to specific situations.

*P. E. 196. Quantitative Methods. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A course covering the statistical
techniques most frequently used in research pertaining to Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health Education. An effort will be made to provide the
student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations
and practical applications of these techniques.

For Graduates

P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health. (1)

First and second semesters. Summer session.

P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of history, philosophy and
principles of physical education, recreation and health as applied to current prob-
lems in each area and as related to general education.

P. E. 202. Status and Trends in Elementary School Physical
Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. An analysis of the current status
and implications for future trends in physical education at the elementary school
level. Open to experienced persons in all phases of education.

P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of current concepts, prin-
ciples and techniques of supervision and of their application to the special fields
indicated; observation of available supervisory programs and visits with local
supervisors; practice in the use of selected techniques.

P. E. 204. Physical Education and the Development of the Child.
(3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. An analysis of the place of physical
education in meeting the growth and developmental needs of children of ele-
mentary school age.

*Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected
to carry out a special project.

Physical Education

P. E. 205. Analysis of Contemporary Athletics. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of current problems, prac-
tices and national issues of permanent importance to the conduct of athletic
competition in a democracy.

P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of methods and techniques
of research used in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health Education; an
analysis of examples of their use; and practice in their application to problems
of interest to the student.

P. E. 215. Principles and Techniques of Evaluation. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, an introductory
course in measurement or permission of the instructor. A study of currently
used means of evaluating the performance of students and the effectiveness of
programs of physical education in schools and colleges. Specific problems con-
cerning evaluation, brought in by members of the class, will be analyzed.

P. E. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A library survey course, covering
the total areas of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health, plus research in
one specific limited problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to
be submitted.

P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Sports and Recrea-
tion. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, psychology and/or
human development. An exploration of psychological aspects of physical educa-
tion, sports and recreation, including personality dynamics in relation to exercise
and sports, psychological factors in athletic performance and coaching, and
applications of principles of motor learning.

P. E. 275. Advanced Analysis of Human Motion. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, P. E. 100, 160, Col-
lege algebra or equivalent or by permission of instructor. A research oriented
kinesiological analysis of human movement as it relates to sports and the
activities of daily living. The analysis is accomplished by means of various
measurement procedures including cinematography, electronic timing devices and
similar instruments.

P. E. 280. Scientific Bases of Exercise. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, Anatomy, Physiology,
P. E. 100, 160, or equivalent. A critical analysis of the role of physical exercise
in modern society with attention given to such topics as: the need for physical
exercise, its chronic effects, the role of exercise in attaining good physical con-
dition and fitness, factors determining championship performances, and physical
fatigue.

P. E. 287. Advanced Seminar. (1-2)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, P. E. 201, or Hea.
220, or equivalent, or permission of the instructor. This course is a study of the
current problems and trends in the selected fields of Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health.

Recreation

P. E. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Master or doctoral candidates who
desire to pursue special research problems under the direction of their advisers
may register for 1-6 hours of credit under this number.

P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is devoted to the
analysis of administrative problems in the light of sound educational practice.
Students concentrate their efforts upon their own on-the-job administrative prob-
lems and contribute to the solution of other class members' problems.

P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and
Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of the principles underlying
curriculum construction in Physical Education and Health Education and the
practical application of these principles to the construction of a curriculum for
a specific situation. The specific content of this course is adjusted to meet the
needs of the students enrolled in it.

P. E. 399. Research — Thesis. (1-5)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Students who desire credits for a
master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral project should use this
number.

RECREATION

Rec. 10, 11. Recreation Orientation. (0, 0)

First and second semesters. Through occasional class sessions and attendance at
various meetings on and off campus, those majoring in recreation will have an
opportunity to become acquainted with their fellow students, with the organiza-
tions in the field, their leaders and activities, and with the broad scope of recrea-
tion and its various divisions and interests.

Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation. (2)

First and second semesters. An introduction to the beginnings, growth, and pos-
sibilities in recreation as presently fostered by individuals, agencies and govern-
ments; attitudes toward and theories of play; historical events and figures;
present principles and objectives; organizations and groups interested in recrea-
tion, and their relationships; job opportunities, specifications and demands; self
analysis of individual student interests, limitations and capabilities in light of
these specifications and demands.

Rec. 40. Camp Counseling and Administration. (2)

First and second semesters. A study of the philosophy and techniques of camp
counseling including the qualifications, responsibilities and skills involved; the
basic organization, administration and program planning practices and problems
of camping as a whole; the relationship of these practices and problems to the
counselor and his or her probable success. Outdoor skills will be taught and
practiced insofar as possible.

Recreation

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates *
Rec. 100. Co-Recreational Games and Programs. (2)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Compilation and sampling of the
techniques for use in low organization and party games and activities. Emphasis
is placed upon those activities of value to a recreation leader or teacher, and
upon the placement, sequence and variation of such activities for all age levels
and interests.

Rec. 110. Nature Lore. (1-2)

Second semester. An overall orientation course conducted in conjunction with
the National Park Service of Washington, D.C., and covering various of the
areas of physical and biological sciences; rocks, trees, animals, birds, flowers, etc.
Two credits will be granted those students completing the maximum require-
ments of the course including local evening lectures, Saturday and/or Sunday
observations, the Saturday Outdoor Leadership Workshop (24 hours), and
periodic class meetings held at the University of Maryland.

*Rec. 120. Program Planning. (3)

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Rec. 30 or 170. Study of the various
aspects, problems and practices of family, agency and governmental recreation
programs and their planning, with particular emphasis on playground-community
and teen-age center plans and procedures. This course should be of interest and
value to those students planning to do part-time summer playground work.

Rec. 140. Observation and Field Work in Recreation. (5)

First and second semesters. Included are observation and field work at various of
the facilities available; particular emphasis will be placed on whatever observa-
tions may be needed to complete coverage of the various opportunities; field work
opportunities themselves will be selected and assigned on the basis of student
interest and future job plans.

*Rec. 150. Camp Management. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. An advanced camping course for
those students with previous training and experience; organization, administra-
tion, programing, current trends, evaluation, and special problems. Whenever
possible, visiting specialists and field trips will be included.

Rec. 170. General Fundamentals of Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters. This course is designed for students not majoring in
recreation who wish to develop some understanding of the place, importance and
potentialities of recreation in modern life. Included will be limited study of the
areas of philosophy, program planning, personality and leadership techniques,
organization and administration, and interrelationships with other fields.

*Rec. 180. Leadership Techniques and Practices. (3)

First and second semesters. A study of the various kinds of levels of leadership
exerted by professional and semi-professional workers, some of the difficulties
and probable weaknesses to be met, and some of the tangible techniques to be
used in personnel, staff, and public relationships; handling of problem children,
of personnel, of public relations campaigns, committee gatherings, etc. The group
work approach will be emphasized and used, insofar as possible, in the solution

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Recreation

of particular problems that grow out of practical experiences in handling on and
off campus groups.

Rec. SI 84. Outdoor Education. (6)

Summer only. A full-time program for teachers, administrators, recreation
leaders, and social workers in functionalized child development through utiliza-
tion of the surrounding natural environment and resources. Guided group work
implements the acquired techniques for use with children in developing education
in democratic living, worthy use of leisure, certain character traits and also for
vitalizing such subject-matter areas as mathematics, language arts, social and
natural sciences, music, health and physical education, graphic and plastic arts.

*Rec. 185. Planning, Design and Maintenance of Park

and Recreation Areas and Facilities. (3)

First and second semesters. A study of the relation of the park and recreation
system to the total community plan of development; area layout, design and
maintenance of facilities based on survey technique. Field experience will in-
clude the conducting of actual community surveys as requested by various
community groups. The development of such studies will include inspection
of areas, site analysis, preparation of plans and presentation to the community.

*Rec. 189. Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop. (1-6)

Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any
degree in Physical Education, Recreation or Health Education under P. E., Rec,
Hea., or Ed. 189 is six.

*Rec. 190. Organization and Administration of Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of the organizational
patterns and administrative problems involved in the various kinds of operating
recreation groups and agencies; forms of organization; finance and budget; per-
sonnel; areas, facilities, and equipment; public relations.

*Rec. 196. Quantitative Methods. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A course covering the statistical
techniques most frequently used in research pertaining to physical education, rec-
reation and health education. An effort will be made to provide the student with
the necessary skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations and practical
applications of these techniques.

For Graduates

Rec. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health. (1)

First and second semester. Summer session.

Rec. 201. Foundations of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of history, philosophy and
principles of Physical Education. Recreation and Health as applied to current
problems in each area and as related to general education.

* Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Recreation

Rec. 202. Philosophy of Recreation. (2)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of the meanings, relation-
ships, and services of recreation as expressed by past and present authorities and
leaders. This course should be of interest to people active in education, social
work and related fields.

Rec. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education,
Recreation and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of current concepts, prin-
ciples and techniques of supervision and their application to the special fields
indicated: obervation of available supervisory programs and visits with local
supervisors; practice in the use of selected techniques.

Rec. 204. Modern Trends in Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of emphasis and recent
developments in the recreation field as a whole and within its various specialized
areas, making particular reference to the current and new literature.

Rec. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

Rec. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

Rec. 240. Industrial Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. An introductory study of the
philosophy of and practices and problems in industrial recreation. Where pos-
sible the course will include opportunities for observation and visiting specialists.

Rec. 260. Hospital Recreation. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. An introductory study of the
philosophy of and practices in hospital and institutional recreation. Where pos-
sible the course will include oportunities for observation and visiting specialists.

Rec. 287. Advanced Seminar. (1-2)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, P. E. 201, Hea. 201,
Rec. 201, or Hea. 220, or permission of the instructor. This course is a study of
the current problems and trends in the selected fields of physical education, rec-
reation and health education.

Rec. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health. (1-6)

Rec. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is devoted to the
analysis of administrative problems in the light of sound educational practice.

Health Education

Students concentrate their efforts upon their own on-the-job administrative
problems and contribute to the solution of other class members' problems.

Rec. 399. Research — Thesis. (1-5)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Students who desire credits for a
master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or doctoral projects should use this
number.

HEALTH EDUCATION

Hea. 10. Orientation to Health Education. (1)

First and second semesters. This course explores the field of health education in
both the school and the community from the point of view of the health educa-
tor. Professional preparation and career opportunities are considered.

Hea. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Development of understanding and appreciation of
the historic and significant purpose and place of each of the specialized areas in
general education. A study of the educational and personal requirements and op-
portunities of a career in each professional area. Students will be acquainted with
the status and trends of each area.

Hea. 40. Personal and Community Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Meaning and significance of physical, mental and
social health as related to the individual and to society; important phases of
national health problems; constructive methods of promoting health of the
individual and the community; health problems of college students and young
people with special emphasis on health knowledge for the future teacher.

Hea. 50. First Aid and Safety. (1)

First and second semesters. Standard and Advanced American Red Cross courses
in first aid; safety in physical activities.

Hea. 60. Advanced First Aid. (2)

First and second semesters. Opportunity to secure Red Cross Advanced and
Instructor's Certificate.

Hea. 70. Safety Education. (3)

First and second semesters. A study of the causes of accidents and methods of
prevention, including principles of traffic and industrial safety.

Hea. 80. The Driver, His Characteristics and Improvement. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, Hea. 50. The aim of
this study is to treat the driver-behavior problem in its relation to many of the
psycho-physical factors and forces in the traffic environment that impinge upon
the man behind the wheel.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates *
Hea. 105. Basic Driver Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 60, 70, 80.

*Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected
to carry out a special project.

Health Education

This course is a study of the place of the automobile in modern life and deals
with the theory and practice of the following: traffic accidents and other traffic
problems; objectives and scope of "driver-education; motor vehicle laws and
regulations; basic automobile construction and maintenance from the standpoint
of safety, methods in classroom instruction; aids to learning and practice driving
instruction.

Hea. 110. Introduction to School Health Education. (2)

Second semester. Summer session. Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4, or Hea. 40. This
course deals with many aspects of school and community health programs, and
the backgrounds and history of the services studied with their relationships to
each other directly and indirectly. Various phases of healthful living are dis-
cussed as a part of school and community health. Special emphasis is placed
upon the health service of both programs.

Hea. 120. Methods and Materials in Health Education. (3)

First semester. Prerequisite, Hea. 40 or equivalent. This course considers various
plans of teaching health in schools and elsewhere. Health education teaching
methods and materials are evaluated with regard to their application to practical
situations.

Hea. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, Hea. 40. 110, 120. A
course designed to provide directed observation and discussion, coordinating these
experiences with those from previous methods courses in the development of
curricula for health and physical education. The course is planned to prepare for
student teaching which follows in the same semester. The observations will be
made of health and physical education programs in junior and senior high
schools. This course must be taken during the semester in which the student
is doing teaching.

Hea. 145. Advanced Driver Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 60, 70, 80,
105. Progressive techniques, supervision, and practice of advanced driver-
education; comprehensive programming for traffic safety; psychology of traffic
safety; improving the attitudes of young drivers; teaching to meet driving
emergencies; program planning in driver-education; consumer education;
resources and agencies; the teacher and driver-education; measuring and evalu-
ating results; driver-education for adults; new developments in driver-education;
insurance and liability, and the future of driver-education.

*Hea. 150. Health Problems of Children and Youth. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course involves a study of the
health needs and problems of pupils from the primary grades through high school.
Physical, mental, and psychosomatic aspects of health are considered in rela-
tion to the developmental and school levels. Consideration is given to such topics
as: diet selection and control; exercise, recreation and rest; emotional upset and
its implications; and psychosexual development and problems. The role of the
teacher and parent in encouraging optimal health is emphasized.

*Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Health Education
*Hea. 155. Physical Fitness of the Individual. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of the major physical fitness
problems confronting the adult in modern society. Consideration is given to the
scientific appraisal, development and maintenance of fitness at all age levels.
Such problems as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special
exercise programs are explored. This course is open to persons outside the fields
of Physical Education and Health.

*Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education in Elementary
and Secondary Schools. (2-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This is a workshop type course
designed particularly for in-service teachers to acquaint them with the best
methods of providing good health services, healthful environment and health
instruction.

*Hea. 170. The Health Program in the Elementary School. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4 or Hea.
40. This course, designed for the elementary school classroom teacher, analyzes
biological, sociological, nutritional and other factors which determine the health
status and needs of the individual elementary school child. The various aspects
of the school program are evaluated in terms of their role in health education.
The total school health program is surveyed from the standpoint of organizing
and administration, and health appraisal. Emphasis is placed upon modern
methods and current materials in health instruction. (The State Department of
Education accepts this course for biological science credit.)

*Hea. 178. Fundamentals of Sex Education. (3)

This course is concerned with basic information regarding the physical, psycho-
logical, social, historical, semantic and comparative cultural aspects of sex. The
adjustment needs and problems of children and adults during the course of
maturing and aging are studied; and special consideration is given to the sex
education program in schools.

*Hea. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two laboratory
periods per week. The application of the principles and techniques of educational
measurement to the teaching of health and physical education; study of functions
and techniques of measurements in the evaluation of student progress toward
the objectives of health and physical education, and in the evaluation of the ef-
fectiveness of teaching.

Hea. 188. Children's Remedial Fitness Clinic. (1-4)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, at least junior stand-
ing in health, physical education and recreation, or by special permission of the
director. An opportunity to acquire training and experience in a therapeutically
oriented physical education-recreation program for children referred by various
education, special education medical and psychiatric groups.

*Hea. 189. Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop. (1-6)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A course designed to meet the needs

"Starred courses may be t:.ken for graduate credit with the permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Health Education

of persons in the field with respect to workshop and research projects in special
areas of knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses.
Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be earned toward any
degree in physical education, recreation, or health education under P. E., Rec,
Hea., or Ed. 189 is six.

*Hea. 190. Administration and Supervision of School Health
Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. The application of the principles
of administration and supervision to school health education. This course in-
volves observation and field work in school and community health programs.

For Graduates

Hea. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health. (1)

First and second semesters. Summer session.

Hea. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A study of history, philosophy and
principles of physical education, recreation and health as applied to current
problems in each area and as related to general education.

Hea. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health. (3)

Hea. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

First and sceond semesters. Summer session. A study of methods and techniques
of research used in physical education, recreation and health education; an
analysis of examples for their use; and practice in their application to problems
of interest to the student.

Hea. 220. Scientific Foundations of Health Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A course dealing with an analysis
of hereditary, physical, mental, and social factors which influence the total health
status during the developmental process. The role of education in fostering phys-
ical and mental health is studied.

Hea. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A library survey course, covering
the total areas of physical education, recreation and health, plus research in one
specific limited problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be
submitted.

^Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected
to carry out a special project.

Health Education
Hea. 240. Modern Theories of Health. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. The purpose of this course is to
familiarize advanced students in health education with modern theories of health
and disease which involve so-called mind-body relationships. Major topics of
study and analysis include the theories of psychosomatics, stress, hypnosis and
constitutional psychology.

Hea. 250. Health Problems in Guidance. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A course designed to familiarize
guidance counselors with principles of health and with common deviations from
health, especially during the school years. Implications of health for pupil effec-
tiveness in the entire curriculum, including extra-class activities, are dealt with.
Special attention is given to psychosomatic disturbances which are commonly
an aspect of personal problem situations. Methods of dealing with health prob-
lems and utilizing available resources of school and community are discussed.

Hea. 260. Public Health Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. A course designed to acquaint the
student with the structure, functions and major problems in public health; and
with the role of education in public health.

Hea. 270. Status and Trends in Health Education. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is concerned with
analyzing the current status and implications for future trends in the various
areas of health education.

Hea. 280. The Scientific Bases of Exercise. (3)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, anatomy, physiology,
P. E. 100, P. E. 160, or the equivalent. A critical analysis of the role of physical
exercise in modern society with attention given to such topics as: the need for
physical exercise, its chronic effects, the role of exercise in attaining good
physical condition and fitness, factors determining championship performances,
and physical fatigue.

Hea. 287. Advanced Seminar. (1-2)

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisites, P. E. 201, Hea. 201,
Rec. 201, or Hea. 220, or permission of the instructor. This course is a study of
the current problems and trends in the selected field of physical education,
recreation and health education.

Hea. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health. (1-6)

Hea. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recre-
ation, and Health. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. This course is devoted to the analysis
of administration problems in the light of sound educational practice. Students
concentrate their efforts upon their own on-the-job administrative problems and
contribute to the solution of other class members' problems.

Physical Therapy

Hea. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and
Health. (3)

First and second semesters and summer. A study of the principles underlying
curriculum construction in Physical Education and Health Education and the
practical application of these principles to the construction of a curriculum for
a specific situation. The specific content of this course is adjusted to meet the
needs of the students enrolled in it.

Hea. 399. Research — Thesis. (1-5)

First and second semesters and summer. Students who desire credit for a
master's thesis, doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral project should use this
number.

PHYSICAL THERAPY

COLLEGE park campus

P. T. 10, 11. Physical Therapy Orientation. (0, 0)

First and second semesters. General introductory course to the professional
field of physical therapy. Field trips to physical therapy departments in govern-
ment and private agencies. Orientation of the student to job opportunities with
their specifications and demands; self analysis of the students' capabilities and
the major curriculum in light of such specifications and demands.

P. T. 20, 21. Foundations of Physical Therapy. (1, 1)

First and second semesters. Introduction to the development, growth and func-
tions of physical therapy and rehabilitation. A study of the national organiza-
tion and the leaders in the field. Analysis of medical terminology and develop-
ment of a field vocabulary.

For Advanced Undergraduates
baltimore campus
Anat. 103. Human Anatomy. (8/2)

First and second semesters. Prerequisites. Zool. 1, 2. 20. The student is given
an opportunity to develop a basic concept of the morphology of the human
body through a correlation of histology, gross anatomy and neuro-anatomy.
Dissection of the human body including the brain is required.

Path. 105. Pathology. (2)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Anat. 103, Physiol. 142 taken concurrently. This
course includes the study of the basic principles of disease and injury with their
application to the various systems of the body. Special emphasis is placed on the
locomotor system.

Physiol. 142. General Physiology. (5)

Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3. A course in the funda-
mentals of human physiology, including neurophysiology, the heart and circu-
lation, respiration, digestion, the kidney and endocrine glands.

Psych. 161. Psychology of the Handicapped. (1)

First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 5. This course is devoted to the considera-

Physical Therapy

tion of human relations as applies to the practice of physical therapy. Emphasis
is placed on observing, understanding and evaluating the personal and social
factors affecting the handicapped.

P. T. 102. Physiology of Exercise. (1)

First semester. Prerequisites, Anat. 103, Physiol. 142. A consideration of the
mechanism of muscular contraction and problems concerned with increasing
efficiency of movement in motor activities and work.

P. T. 104. Functional Anatomy. (2/a)

First semester. Prerequisites, Anat. 103, Physiol. 142. This course is primarily
a consideration of the locomotor activity of the human body. It is designed
to include observation and analysis of motion as it occurs in man under normal
and pathological conditions.

P. T. 106. Professional Relations, Ethics and Clinical Obser-
vation. (1)

First and second semesters. A consideration of appropriate conduct related
to personal and professional relations of the physical therapist.

P. T. 107. Physical Therapy Theory and Technique I. (2/2)

(a) Massage

First semester. The theory, physiological effects and techniques of scientific mas-
sage as it is used in all aspects of physical therapy are discussed and administered.

(b) Hydrotherapy

First semester. The physics of water, cold and heat are reviewed. The various
techniques of whirlpool, hot and cold applications, showers and underwater
exercise in relation to various conditions are practiced and discussed.

First semester. In this course one learns the principles and practice of first aid
and bandaging with particular emphasis on bandages for support and conformity.

P. T. 108. Physical Therapy Theory and Technique II — Thermo-

THERAPY AND ACTINOTHERAPY. (IJ/2)

Second semester. The basic physics and physiological effects of heat and ultra-
violet are discussed. The student practices the therapeutic application of infra-
red and ultra-violet lamps, diathermy, microthermy and ultrasonics.

P. T. 110. Principles of Physical Therapy Applied to Medical and
Surgical Conditions. (2/2)

First and second semesters. This course presents to the students various condi-
tions encountered in patients treated by the physical therapist. Specialists discuss
the problems in their practice with emphasis on indications for various treatment
procedures.

A. Dermatology

B. Medicine

C. Psychiatry

P. T. 151. Therapeutic Exercise. (5)

First semester. A study of the principles and techniques of therapeutic exercise
related to the prevention, correction and alleviation of disease and injury. This
course includes manual muscle testing, muscle re-education, joint measurement,
gait training and functional activities.

Physical Therapy

P. T. 152. Rehabilitation. (3)

Second semester. This course is designed to study the principles and practices
employed in the comprehensive care and treatment program of the physically
handicapped. It includes the evaluation of activities of daily living as well as
the application and care of supportive devices.

P. T. 153. Physical Therapy Theory and Technique III. (3)
(a) Electrotherapy

First semester. This course includes lectures, demonstration and laboratory
tests concerning the physical and physiological effects of low frequency, alter-
nating and direct currents. The therapeutic and the diagnostic use of electricity
and electromyography is discussed and practiced.

P. T. 154. Interprofessional and Social Agencies Correlation.
(1)

Second semester. Representatives of allied fields and of related social agencies
participate in presentation of information and discussion of their specific roles
in total patient care.

P. T. 155. Nursing Procedures Related to Physical
Therapy. (l/2)

First semester. This course serves to acquaint the student with bedside, aseptic
and isolation techniques. Laboratory practice includes the application of
bandages and splints, the dressing of wounds and methods of handling acutely
ill and chronically disabled patients.

P. T. 156. Current Literature. (1)

Second semester. This course is designed to acquaint the student with profes-
sional and scientific literature. It affords experience in presenting reports and in
group discussion.

P. T. 157. Administration and Clinical Observation. (1)

Second semester. The organization and administration of a hospital and of a
physical therapy department are presented.

P. T. 158. Clinical Experience. (6)

First and second semesters. During this period the student gains experience
practicing physical therapy procedures in a hospital physical therapy department
under the careful supervision of qualified physical therapists.

P. T. 160. Principles of Physical Therapy Applied to Medical
and Surgical Conditions. (5)

First and second semesters. These lectures present to the students various con-
ditions encountered in patients treated by the physical therapists. Specialists
from various fields of medicine and surgery discuss the problems in their prac-
tice which are related to physical therapy with emphasis on indications for
various treatment procedures.

A. Gynecology and Obstetrics

B. Neurology

C. Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation

D. Public Health

E. Surgery

F. Pediatrics

G. Orthopedics

Required Physical Education
NON-MAJOR PROGRAM

REQUIRED PHYSICAL EDUCATION COURSES FOR
MEN AND WOMEN

All undergraduate men and women students classified as freshmen or,
sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit
are required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses
in physical education and/or athletics for a total of four semester hours of
credit. The successful completion of these courses is required for gradua-
tion. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first
two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate
or not. Men and women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are
exempt from these courses. Adapted courses are offered for those unable
to participate in the regular program. Transfer students who do not have
credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take
them until graduation, whichever occurs first.

Students majoring or minoring in physical education, recreation, health
education, physical therapy, or specializing in elementary school physical
education and health education, may meet these requirements by special
professional courses.

REQUIRED COURSES

P. E. Courses for men carry odd numbers — 1, 3, 5, 7.

P. E. Courses for women carry even numbers — 2, 4, 6, 8.

Co-ed classes are formed by combining men's and women's sections.

A student having a physical handicap which prevents participation in
the regular required program will be assigned to an adapted activity suit-
able to his or her physical capacity. This refers to P. E. 1 to 8, inclusive.

Fee for all physical education courses will be $6.00 per semester.

Equipment — Students may be required to provide individual equipment
for some courses.

P. E. S10. Physical Education Activities. (1-6)

Summers only. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Instruction and practice in selected
sports, tennis, golf and swimming.

Note. (1). Not available for credit to physical education majors.

Note. (2). Non-majors in physical education may use this credit to fulfill
graduation requirements in physical education.

THE PROGRAM FOR MEN

The program of physical education for men offers the college student an
opportunity to acquire skills, knowledges, and appreciations in a variety

Required Physical Education

of physical and sport activities. Adequate participation now and in the fu-
ture will contribute to more efficient physiological functioning, effective
movement, improved human relations, and worthwhile use of leisure time.
Students are required to complete one unit of work in each of the following
four courses.

P. E. 1. Orientation to Physical Education. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. The
purpose of this course is to give the student a better understanding and appre-
ciation of the place of sports and physical education in the American way of
life. It is designed to introduce the student to the value of sports participation
in each of the three areas: (1) Development and Combative Sports, (2) Team
Sports and Aquatics, and (3) Recreational Activities. This is accomplished
through reading assignments, lectures, discussions, and by participation in a
variety of sports in each area. In addition, each student is acquainted with the
fitness, health, social and leisure time values inherent in continued participation
in sports and other physical education activities.

All entering freshmen are required to complete P. E. 1. Orientation to Physical
Education. Students are then guided into an activity in each of the three areas
indicated below. The selection of an activity is based upon the student's indi-
vidual needs, interests, his past experience, and his level of fitness. Students
who fail the swimming classification test, and/or the fitness test, requirements of
Orientation to Physical Education are required to take special courses in these
areas.

P. E. 3. Developmental and Combative Sports. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 1. Labora-
tory fee, $6.00. Students are guided into one of the following: apparatus;
double tumbling and balancing; judo, track and field and wrestling; weight train-
ing; basic motor fitness.

P. E. 5. Team Sports and Aquatics. ( 1 )

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 1. Lab-
oratory fee, $6.00. Students are guided into one of the following: Elementary
swimming, advanced swimming, life saving, water safety instructor's course*;
diving; softball and basketball; speedball and volleyball; touch football and
volleyball; lacrosse and ice skating; soccer and volleyball; flickerball and volley-
ball.

P. E. 7. Recreational Activities. ( 1 )

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, P. E. 1. Lab-
oratory fee, $6.00. Students are guided into one of the following: archery and
bowling**; tennis and badminton**; archery and fencing**; camping and
outdoor activities**; canoeing and ice skating**; fishing**; sailing**; social
dance**; square dance**; modern dance**; golf**; riflery; and recreational
games**.

costume: Each male student enrolled in required physical education
will be furnished a red and black reversible T-shirt, black trunks, socks,

* Prerequisite for this course: 18 years of age or older and hold a current Senior

Life Saving Card.

** Some sections of these activities are co-ed.

Required Physical Education

supporter, and towel. Gymnasium shoes, and for some classes, sweat
clothes will be furnished by the student.

At the end of each semester or upon withdrawal from the University each
student must return his clothing to the equipment custodian or he will
be billed for all items of clothing missing, plus a $2.00 penalty fee. In
addition the College will not assume responsibility for student's personal
clothing or his lock.

locks and lockers: A basket is assigned each student upon presenta-
tion of his University fee receipt. During class time each student secures
his clothing and basket in a locker.

THE PROGRAM FOR WOMEN

Through participation in a variety of activities, freshman and sophomore
women have the opportunity to acquire skills, knowledge, and attitudes
which will contribute to personal enjoyment and better physical effi-
ciency. Students are required to complete one unit of work in each of
the four areas. Activities within the specified areas may be selected accord-
ing to individual interests and needs. Students are urged to develop new
skills as well as to select those in which they would like to have further
experience.

The areas are designated by specific numbers as follows:

P. E. 2. Orientation Activities. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Required of all freshmen
women. Laboratory fee, $6.00. This is a summary course designed to acquaint
the student with the role of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health at the University of Maryland. It includes the teaching of basic body
mechanics as related to posture and sports skills. It helps the student under-
stand the use of exercise and relaxation in relation to total fitness for her col-
lege life and for the future.

P. E. 4. Swimming. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Each
student may select a course best suited to her own skills from the following:
beginning, low intermediate, intermediate, advanced, synchronized, diving, senior
life saving, water safety instructors, methods of teaching aquatics.
Each course is designed to improve the skill of the individual, to increase en-
joyment in swimming and to give an understanding of safety factors involved in
swimming.

P. E. 6. Dance. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. Stu-
dents may eiect one of the following: folk and square, social,* beginning modern,
intermediate modern, dance composition. This area offers the student a variety
of opportunities in the field of dance. The courses included give instruction in
skill, style, and the creative aspect of dance and are designed to increase en-
joyment, appreciation and understanding of dance.

*Social dance sections are co-educational.

Required Physical Education
P. E. 8. Sports. (1)

First and second semesters. Three hours a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. This
area includes team and individual sports, recreational games, and outdoor educa-
tion. Students may elect from the following: archery, badminton, basketball,
bowling, camping and outing, canoeing, fencing, fishing, golf, hockey, recrea-
tional games, riding (see note), sailing, softball, tennis, trampoline, stunts and
tumbling, and volleyball. These courses are planned to improve the skill of the
individual and to increase enjoyment as a spectator and/or a participant.

Note: A special fee of $26.00 is charged for riding instruction.

proficiency examination: There is one exception to the above depart-
mental requirement. Any student who feels she is proficient in one or
more areas will be given the opportunity to take an examination to prove
this fact. If she chooses to take it and passes she is then permitted to
acquire her four credit hours of Physical Education in any area she wishes.

costume: Each woman student is expected to provide herself with
gymnasium costume consisting of dark green bermuda shorts, white slip-
over blouse, white socks and tennis shoes. Leotards are usually worn
in modern dance classes. This is optional.

lock and lockers: A locker and lock are assigned to each girl at the
first meeting of her class upon presentation of her University fee receipt.
At the close of the last class each one is held responsible for cleaning out
her locker and returning the lock.

REQUIRED HEALTH EDUCATION COURSES FOR WOMEN

All freshmen women are required to complete one semester of Personal
Health (Hea. 2) and one semester of Community Health (Hea. 4) for
graduation. Students who demonstrate proficiency in Personal Health or
Community Health on a test to establish credit may be exempted from
either Health 2 or Health 4 but not both. These courses must be taken
in consecutive order with Hea. 2 taken first. Transfer students who do
not have credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them
or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. These semester
courses are designed to meet the functional health needs and interest of
college women. The basic units of instruction have been evolved from
present day scientific backgrounds. It is hoped that through these health
courses the student will be better able to develop correct attitudes, habits
and knowledge that will facilitate a more effective type of everyday living.
Audio-visual aids, reading, reports, field trips, guest speakers, and special
lectures help to enrich the class discussions. The University environment,
the personal and group adjustment which the students must make are
considered to form the core of these courses.

Women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these
courses.

Hea. 2. Personal Health. (2)

First and second semesters. A course concerned primarily with health knowledge,

Student Organizations

attitudes and skills as they apply to the individual. Here consideration is given
to basic overall concepts of health, nutrition, mental health, and preparation for
family living.

Hea. 4. Community Health. (2)

First and second semesters. A course designed to explore the magnitude of
community health problems as they affect the individual. Basic units of in-
struction include chronic and communicable diseases, stimulants, and depres-
sants, consumer health, problems of the aging, and health services on the local,
state, national, and international levels.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS SPONSORED
BY THE COLLEGE

phi alpha epsilon: Honorary Society of the College of Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation, and Health.

The purpose of this organization is to recognize academic achievement
and to promote professional growth by sponsoring activities in the fields
of physical education, recreation, health, physical therapy, and related
areas.

Students shall qualify for membership at such time as they shall have at-
tained junior standing in physical education, health, recreation, or phys-
ical therapy, and have a minimum overall average of 2.7 and a minimum
professional average of 3.1. Graduate students are invited to join upon
passing the Master's qualifying examinations.

The organization is open to both men and women.

majors' club: All students enrolled in the college are eligible for
membership in this organization. It conducts various professional meet-
ings, brings in speakers and promotes various co-recreational activities.
It has sponsored trips to District and National conventions of the Amer-
ican Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, and
is chartered as a student major club of that organization.

sigma tau epsilon: This society, founded in 1940, selects those girls
who have attained an overall 2.5 average and demonstrated outstanding
leadership, service and sportsmanshiplike qualities in the organization and
activities of the Women's Recreation Association and its affiliated groups.

aqualiners: This synchronized swimming club is open to all men and
women registered in the University. Through weekly meetings the group
concentrates on additional stroke perfection, individual and group stunts,
diving, and experimentation with various types of accompaniment and
choreographic techniques. An original water show is presented each spring
and several demonstrations are given each year. Tryouts are held twice
a year — once at the beginning of the fall Semester, and again after the
water show during the spring semester.

Student Organizations

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND RECREATION SOCIETY: In the fall of 1959

the University of Maryland Recreation Society was formed by the under-
graduate and graduate major and minor students of the College. The
Society, an affiliate of various national recreation organizations, pro-
vides opportunities for university and community service, for rich prac-
tical experience, and for social experiences for those students having a
mutual professional recreation interest.

modern dance groups: Men and women interested in modern dance
concentrate on dance techniques and individual and group compositions.
Members present a spring concert and perform in demonstrations on and
off campus. Advanced and beginning groups meet weekly. No experi-
ence necessary for beginning club.

gymkana troupes: The Gymkana Troupe includes men and women
students from all colleges that wish to express themselves through the
medium of gymnastics. These individuals coordinate their talents in
order to produce an exhibitional performance that has been seen in many
places including Bermuda, Iceland, Azores, Idaho, Montana, and the
Eastern Seaboard of the United States. The organization has three prin-
cipal objectives: (1) to provide healthful, co-recreational activities that
provide fun for the students during their leisure hours; (2) to promote
gymnastics in this locality; and (3) to entertain our students and people
in other communities.

This organization is co-sponsored by the Physical Education Depart-
ment and the Student Government Association; and it welcomes any stu-
dent, regardless of the amount of experience, to join and to have fun.

intramurals for men: The Intramural Department offers an exten-
sive opportunity for all men to participate in a recreational program of
either individual or team sports. A variety of activities are available to
fill the student's leisure time and develop skills which may be carried over
into later life. Also, many desirable attributes, such as fair play, leader-
ship, teamwork and sportsmanship, are encouraged and developed by the
student participating in the program.

Leagues and tournaments are conducted in the following sports: touch
football, horseshoe pitching, tennis, cross country, track and field, basket-
ball, table tennis, badminton, boxing, wrestling, bowling, volleyball, swim-
ming, foul shooting and softball.

Management and officiating in intramural sports are conducted by students
majoring in physical education under the supervision of the Director of
Intramurals and under policies and regulations established by the Intra-
mural Council.

weight lifting club: The University of Maryland Weight Lifting Club
is open to all students and faculty for exercise with the weights through-
out the week during all hours that Cole building is open.

Student Organizations

The University of Maryland Olympic Barbell Club is a more highly
organized group of the original club. It is recognized by Student Govern-
ment Association. Bi-monthly meetings are held; they assist in leadership;
offer clinics and demonstrations, etc.; participate in competition; earn an
award of recognition.

women's recreation association: All women students of the Uni-
versity are members of the Women's Recreation Association, an affiliate
of the Athletic and Recreational Federation of College Women. Under
the leadership of its elected student officers and representatives and ap-
pointed sports managers, the WRA sponsors a full program of intramural,
extramural, and interest group activities. These activities seek to develop
new interests and skills for leisure-time enjoyment, provide opportunities
for continuing both old and new interests, and provide a democratic
atmosphere for educational leadership experiences. Included are free
and tournament play in archery, badminton, basketball, bowling, fenc-
ing, field hockey, golf, softball, swimming, table tennis, tennis, and volley-
ball; social events; and co-recreational activities in bowling, badminton,
volleyball. Intramural tournaments are organized through the dormitory,
sorority, and "day dodger" groups of the University. Sports Days and
Play Days with other colleges and universities enable the more skilled
students to participate with others of similar abilities. Opportunities are
also provided for officiating experience and for the earning of official
WNORC ratings in basketball, field hockey, swimming, and volleyball.

Various special groups and clubs interested in recreation exist on campus
outside the Women's Recreation Association program and offer rich
opportunities for the development of other recreational interest. Some of
these are the Terrapin Trail Club, Chess Club, Gymkana Troupe, Sailing
Club, Ski Club, and musical and dramatic groups.

THE FACULTY

Administrative Officer

FRALEY, Lester M., Professor and Head, Department of Physical Education,
and Dean of Physical Education, Recreation and Health

A.B., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., Peabody College, 1937; Ph.D.,

1939.

Professors

EYLER, Marvin H., Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Houghton College, 1942; M.S., University of Illinois, 1948; Ph.D., 1956.

HARVEY, Ellen E., Professor of Physical Education and Recreation

B.S., New College, Columbia University, 1935; M.A., Teachers College, Co-
lumbia University, 1941; Ed.D., University of Oregon, 1951.

HUMPHREY, James H., Professor of Physical Education and Health

A.B., Denison University, 1933; A.M., Western Reserve University, 1946;
Ed.D., Boston University, 1951.

JOHNSON, Warren R.. Professor of Physical Education and Health

B.A., University of Denver, 1942; MA., 1947; Ed.D., Boston University, 1950.

MASSEY, Benjamin H, Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Erskine College, 1938; M.S., University of Illinois, 1947; Ph.D., 1950.

Associate Professors

CRONIN, Frank H., Associate Professor of Physical Education; Head Golf
Coach

B.S., University of Maryland, 1946.

HUSMAN, Burris F., Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., University of Illinois, 1941; M.S., 1948; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1954.

KEHOE, James, Associate Professor of Physical Education, Director of Intra-
murals, and Head Track Coach

B.S., University of Maryland, 1940.

LATIMER, Ruth M., Associate Professor of Physical Therapy

B.S., Westhampton College, University of Richmond, 1945; C.P.T., U. S.
Army Hospital, 1946; M.S., Medical College of Virginia, 1952.

MADDEN, Dorothy G., Associate Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Middlebury College, 1936; M.A., Syracuse University, 1937; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1961.

PICKETT, Wilda D., Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Missouri State College, 1932; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Uni-
versity, 1934; Ed.D., 1955.

Faculty

TOMPKINS, Theron A., Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Eastern Michigan College of Education, 1926; M.A., University of
Michigan, 1939.

WOODS, Albert A., Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.Ed., 1949.

Assistant Professors

CAMPBELL, William R., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Head
Swimming Coach

B.S., Springfield College, 1949; M.Ed., 1953.

FREUNDSCHUH, J., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Alabama, 1953; M.A., 1954.

HANSON, Dale L., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; M.S., Mankato State College, 1956; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University, 1962.

HARRINGTON, Mary R., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., College of William and Mary, 1949; M.A., New York University, 1951.

HOWARTH, Louise S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Breanau College, 1928; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1949.

INGRAM, Anne G., Assitant Professor of Physical Education

A.B., University of North Carolina, 1944; M.A., University of Georgia, 1948;
Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1962.

KESLER, Ethel, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Woman's College, University of North Carolina, 1949; M.S., Wellesley
College, 1953.

KRAMER, George P., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1956.

KROUSE, William E., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Head
Wrestling Coach

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.Ed., 1949.

LOWDER, Jack S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Wake Forest, 1950; M.E., University of North Carolina, 1955.

NELSON, Richard C, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1954; M.Ed., Houston College, 1957; Ph.D., Michigan
State University, 1960.

NESSLER, Joan, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.A., Wellesley College, 1951; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1952; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1961.

SEEMAYER, Delores, Assistant Professor of Health Education
B.S.N.E., Florida State University, 1959; M.S., 1961.

Faculty

SANDERSON, Eleanor B., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., East Carolina College, 1955; M.Ed., Woman's College, University of
North Carolina, 1959.

SLUSHER, HOWARD S., Assistant Professor of Health Education
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1959; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1962.

STEEL, Donald H., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Trenton State Teachers College, 1955; M.A., University of Maryland,
1957.

TERRY, Doris, Assistant Professor of Health Education

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1949; M.S., University of Indiana,
1952; M.P.H., University of North Carolina, 1958.

TIFFT, Margaret, Assistant Professor of Health Education

B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; M.A., Columbia University, 1948.

Instructors

ARRIGHI, Margarite A., Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., Westhampton College, University of Richmond, 1958; M.A., University
of Maryland, 1962.

CHAMPLIN, James R., Instructor of Recreation

A.B., Earlham College, 1953; M.S., Indiana University, 1956; Re. Dir., 1956.

GOTTA, Jerry M., Instructor of Health Education

B.S., Moorhead State College, 1960; M.A., Colorado State College, 1961.

HAMBERG, Dorothy, Instructor of Physical Education

B.S.E., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1946; M.E., University of Arkansas,
1951.

HOLDEN, Beverly K., Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., B.A., Shepherd College, 1957; M.Ed., Miami University, Ohio, 1958.

JACKSON, Elton S., Instructor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.

MULLIS, Ollie R., Visiting Instructor of Physical Education, Assistant Director
of Intramurals.

B.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

WILKINSON, Owen J., Instructor of Physical Education

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1953; M.A., Appalachian State Teachers
College, 1958.

Lecturers

COBEY, W. W., Associate Professor, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.

MILLIKAN, H. A., Associate Professor and Head Basketball Coach
B.S., Oklahoma A. & M. College, 1943.

WYRE, Alfred J., Head Trainer

CATALOG OF

UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE

1963-1965

THE
UNIVERSITY

OF
MARYLAND

UNIVERSITY of MARYLAND BULLETIN

Volume 18 June 14, 1963 Number 17

Published two times in January, February, March, June, July, August,
September, October and November; and once in April, May and December.
Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class
mail matter under the Act of Congress on August 24, 1912. Published
twenty-one times.

jjf

■i*~:-

£2k

-,":

1 ' '

kT?2?

■ 'j

Si »

•

-St

•->

3r:

<f:P

"<*&**'

-% , -*r>:

*>> I

.'-•*"

CURRENT HEADQUARTERS OF UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

CONTENTS

University Calendar v

Board of Regents vii

Officers of the University viii

Chairmen of Standing Committees xi

Officers of University College xiii

THE COLLEGE 1

History and Organization 1

Educational Programs 3

On-campus Full-time Study 4

Faculty 5

Library Services 5

THE CONFERENCES AND INSTITUTES DIVISION . . 7

Initiating a Program 7

Approval of a Program 8

Types of Program Offerings 9

ADMISSION, CURRICULUM EVALUATIONS, AND

ESTABLISHMENT OF CREDIT 11

Admission 11

Curriculum Evaluations 12

Establishment of Credit 13

Correspondence Courses 13

USAFI GED Examination 14

Other Credit by Examination 14

Transfer of Credit 14

CURRICULA AND CURRICUL AR REQUIREMENTS 1 7

University College 17

Bachelor of Arts Degree in General Studies 17

Bachelor of Science Degree in Military Studies 21

College of Arts and Sciences 23

College of Business and Public Administration 23

College of Education 23

Graduate School 25

College of Home Economics 26

School of Nursing 26

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 28

CONTENTS CONTINUED

REGISTRATION, FEES AND GENERAL

INFORMATION 31

Registration 31

Changes in Registration 32

Fees 33

General Information 35

Grading System 36

Recognition for Scholastic Achievement 37

CENTERS :. 39

Baltimore Division 39

College Park Evening Division 40

Off-Campus Stateside Centers 41

European Division 48

Atlantic Division 51

Far East Division 53

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 55

THE FACULTY 105

£9

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1963-64

Fall Semester
1963

September 16-20
September 23
November 28

December 1
December 20

Monday-Friday
Monday
Wednesday, after last

class
Monday, 8:00 a.m.
Friday, after last class

Fall Semester Registration
Instruction begins
Thanksgiving recess begins

Thanksgiving recess ends
Christmas recess begins

1964

January 6

January 22

January 23-30

Monday, 8:00 a.m.
Wednesday
Thursday- Wednesday

Christmas recess ends
Pre-Examination Study Day
Fall Semester Examinations

Spring Semester

February 3-7
February 10
February 22
March 25
March 26

March 31
May 13
May 28
May 29-June 5
May 30
May 31
June 6

Monday-Friday
Monday
Saturday
Wednesday
Thursday, after last

class
Tuesday, 8:00 a.m.
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday-Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Saturday

Spring Semester Registration
Instruction begins
Washington's Birthday Holiday
Maryland Day (Not a Holiday)
Easter recess begins

Easter recess ends
AFROTC Day
Pre-Examination Study Day
Spring Semester Examinations
Memorial Day, Holiday
Baccalaureate Exercises
Commencement Exercises

Summer Session, 1964

June 22
June 23
July 4
August 14

Monday
Tuesday
Saturday
Friday

Registration, Summer Session
Instruction begins
Independence Day, Holiday
Summer Session ends

Short Courses

June 15-19
August 3 7
September 8-11

Monday-Friday
Monday-Friday
Tuesday-Friday

Rural Women's Short Course
4-H Club Week
Firemen's Short Course

THE MAIN ADMINISTRATION BUILDING

Board of Regents

and

Maryland State Board of Agriculture

CHAIRMAN

Charles P. McCormick

McCormick and Company, Inc., 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2

VICE-CHAIRMAN

Edward F. Holter

Farmers Home Administration U.S.D.A., 103 South Gay Street,
Baltimore 2, Maryland

SECRETARY

B. Herbert Brown

The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1

TREASURER

Harry H. Nuttle
Denton

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Louis L. Kaplan

5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15

Richard W. Case

Smith, Somerville and Case, 1 Charles Center, 17th Floor, Baltimore 1

Dr. William B. Long
Medical Center, Salisbury

Thomas W. Pangborn

The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown

Thomas B. Symons

Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park

William C. Walsh

Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18

Vll

OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Principal Administrative Officers

wilson h. elkins, President

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.

albin o. kuhn, Executive Vice President

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.

R. lee hornbake, Vice President for Academic Affairs

B.S., California State College, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
ph.d., 1942.

frank L. bentz, Assistant to the President

B.s., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.

alvin e. cormeny, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development

b.a., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.

Emeriti

harry c. byrd, President Emeritus

B.s., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d.,
Dickinson College, 1938; D.sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.

adele H. stamp, Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Tulane University, 1921 ; m.a., University of Maryland, 1924.

Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges

vernon E. Anderson, Dean of the College of Education

B.s., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; PH.D., University of Colorado,
1942.

ronald bamford, Dean of the Graduate School

B.s., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.

cordon M. cairns, Dean of Agriculture

b.s., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.

william p. Cunningham, Dean of the School of Law

A.B., Harvard College, 1944; ll.b., Harvard Law School, 1948.

ray w. ehrensberger, Dean of University College

b.a., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse
University, 1937.

noel E. foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy

PH.C, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Mary-
land, 1932; ph.d., 1933.

via

lester M. fraley, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health

b.a., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; PH.D., Peabody College, 1939.

Florence m. gipe, Dean of the School of Nursing
B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1940; ed.d., University of Maryland, 1952.

ladislaus f. grapski, Director of the University Hospital

r.n., Mills School of Nursing. Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; B.s., Univer-
sity of Denver, 1942; m.b.a., in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago,
1943.

irvin c. haut, Director, Agriculture Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticulture

B.s., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; PH.D.,

University of Maryland, 1933.

verl s. lewis, Dean of the School of Social Work

a.b., Huron College, 1933; m.a., University of Chicago, 1939; d.s.w., Western
Reserve University, 1954.

selma f. lippeatt, Dean of the College of Home Economics

B.s., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee,
1945; PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.

Charles manning, Acting Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences

b.s., Tufts College, 1929; m.a., Harvard University, 1931; PH.D., University of
North Carolina, 1950.

Frederic t. mavis, Dean of the College of Engineering

b.s., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.e., 1932; ph.d., 1935.

donald w. o'connell, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
b.a., Columbia University, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., 1953.

john j. salley, Dean of the School of Dentistry

d.d.s., Medical College of Virginia, 1947; ph.d., University of Rochester School
of Medicine and Dentistry, 1954.

william s. stone, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research

B.s., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d., University of Louisville, 1929:

ph.d. (hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.

General Administrative Officers

G. WATSON algire, Director of Admissions and Registrations
b.a., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.

Theodore r. aylesworth, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of
Air Science

B.s., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsvlvania,

1949.

b. james borreson, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.

david L. brigham, Director of Alumni Relations
b.a., University of Maryland, 1938.

c. wilbur cissel, Director of Finance and Business

b.a., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a.. 1939.

helen E. Clarke, Dean of Women

B.s., University of Michigan, 1943; m.a., University of Illinois, 1951; ed.d.,
Teachers College, Columbia, 1960.

william w. COBEY, Director of Athletics
a.b., University of Maryland, 1930.

l. eugene cronin, Director of Natural Resources Institute

a.b., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943;
PH.D., 1946.

lester m. dyke, Director of Student Health Service
b.s., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., 1926.

geary f. eppley, Dean of Men

B.s., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.

harry D. fisher, Comptroller and Budget Officer
b.s., University of Maryland, 1943; c.p.a., 1948.

george w. fogg, Director of Pe) sonnel

b.a., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.

robert j. mccartney, Director of University Relations
b.a., University of Massachusetts, 1941.

george w. Morrison, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical Plant
(Baltimore)
b.s., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.

werner c. rheinboldt, Director, Computer Science Center

dipl. math., University of Heidelberg, 1952; dr. rer. nat., University of
Freiburg, 1955.

Howard rovelstad, Director of Libraries

b.a., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s., Columbia University, 1940.

clodus r. smith, Director of the Summer Session

b.s., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955; ed.d., Cornell, 1960.

george o. weber, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.

Division Chairmen

JOHN E. faber, jr., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
b.s., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; PH.D., 1937.

harold c. hoffsommer, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; PH.D., Cornell University, 1929.

charles E. white, Chairman of the Lower Division

B.s., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; PH.D., 1926.

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY

Monroe H. Martin (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE

Redfield W. Allen (Engineering), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLASTIC STANDING

Kenneth 0. Hovet (Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES

Charles E. Manning (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION

Benjamin Massey (Physical Education), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES

V. R. Cardozier (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH

Howard Laster (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS

Albin 0. Kuhn (Executive Vice President), Chairman

COMMITTEES ON LIBRARIES

Aubrey C. Land (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS

Carl Bode (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION

John E. Foster (Agriculture), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM, AND TENURE

Franklin D. Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS, AND SALARIES

Stanley Jackson (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE

Arthur S. Patrick (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION

G. Kenneth Reiblich (Law), Chairman

CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE

COMMITTEE ON COUNSELING OF STUDENTS

Harold F. Sylvester (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

COMMITTEE ON THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY

August J. Prahl (Graduate School), Chairman

ADJUNCT COMMITTEE OF THE GENERAL COMMITTEE ON STUDENT
LIFE AND WELFARE

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Richard F. Davis (Agriculture), Chairman

FINANCIAL AIDS AND SELF-HELP

Mary L. Andrews (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS

George Batka (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

RELIGIOUS LIFE

Harold C. Hoffsommer (Arts and Sciences), Chairman

STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

John L. Bryan (Engineering), Chairman

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

J. Allan Cook (Business and Public Administration), Chairman

BALTIMORE CAMPUS, STUDENT AFFAIRS

Vernon E. Krahl, (Medicine), Chairman

Xll

OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF, College Park, Maryland

RAY EHRENSBERGER, PH.D., Dean

Stanley J. drazek, PH.D., Associate Dean

Ralph J. KLEIN, PH.D., Assistant Dean

james R. quimper, m.a., Director, College Park Evening Division

G. allen sager, ph.d., Assistant to the Dean

Helmut sieg, phys., ST. ex., Assistant to the Dean

henry a. walker, col., u.s.a.f. (ret.), m.ed., Assistant to the Dean

daniel F. whiteford, m.a., Assistant to the Dean

stewart p. jackson, m.l.s., University College and Bookmobile Librarian

DIVISION OF INSTITUTES, College Park, Maryland

richard H. stottler, m.a., Assistant Dean and Director

donald A. deppe, m.a., Assistant Director of Conferences and Institutes

CLIVE c. veri, B.S., Conference Coordinator

BALTIMORE DIVISION, Baltimore, Maryland

Edward f. cooper, m.a., Director

Charles N. somers, m.a., Assistant Director

FRANCES C. wickham, M.A., Advisor in Public Health Nursing

ATLANTIC DIVISION, College Park, Maryland

, Director

EUROPEAN DIVISION, Heidelberg, Germany

mason g. daly, ph.d., Director

FAR EAST DIVISION, Tokyo, Japan

Leslie R. bundgaard, ph.d., Director

Xlll

ARTISTS' RENDERING OF NEW ADULT EDUCATION
CENTER NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION

THE COLLEGE

The increasing complexity of modern-day life, produced in part by the staggering
rate of growth of man's knowledge, has strengthened the conviction that educa-
tion is a lifelong process. This conviction has gained momentum within the
historical framework of the Land-Grant Movement which has emphasized a
balance among teaching, research, and service. Subscribing to this principle,
the University of Maryland through University College, seeks to serve qualified
adults by making the research and teaching talents of the University relevant
to their life situations.

University College realizes that its adult students differ from younger full-time
University students. The College accepts the challenge, however, of offering
educational opportunities consonant with these differencs, while maintaining in
every essential way academic standards appropriate to the University's require-
ments for any or all of its colleges.

Specifically, University College is committed to the task of providing oppor-
tunities of higher education that stimulate the adult's intellectual life, promote
his career, and develop his sense of individual and community responsibility.

HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION OF THE COLLEGE

University College is one of the eight colleges and seven professional schools
which make up the University of Maryland. It offers degree and non-degree
educational programs in the late afternoon and evening for mature adults, both
on-campus and off-campus, throughout the State of Maryland, the District of
Columbia, and 24 foreign countries on four continents. The Overseas Programs
are offered for U. S. military and civilian personnel and their dependents in
cooperation with the Department of Defense. The College also organizes con-
ferences and institutes for periods varying from one day to several weeks.
Administratively and academically the College is an integral part of the Uni-
versity of Maryland. University College is, however, fiscally self-sustaining.

Other colleges and schools of the University also offer late afternoon and
evening programs, but these are administered separately from University Col-
lege. Persons interested in such programs should direct their inquiries to the
college or school involved. For example, the College of Education offers teacher
education and graduate education courses on the College Park campus in the
evening; the extension service of the College of Agriculture has a state-wide
program; the School of Law offers evening work in Baltimore. Other depart-
ments of the University occasionally offer late afternoon and evening courses,
primarily for their graduate students.

Evening courses have been offered by various departments of the University
of Maryland since the 1920's. In 1947, the College of Special and Continuation
Studies was established to administer the off-campus evening courses. In 1959,
its name was changed to University College. In addition to the main office at
College Park, there are six major administrative divisions of the College: the
Conferences and Institutes Division, the College Park Evening Division, the

History and Organization

Baltimore Division, the European Division, the Atlantic Division, and the Far
East Division.

The home office of University College is located on the College Park campus.
It has jurisdiction over all of its component divisions. In addition, except for
courses offered through the Baltimore Division, the home office administers the
off-campus programs of the University for military personnel in the State of
Maryland and the District of Columbia, off-campus courses for business and
industry, education and allied courses for in-service teachers, and programs
for various governmental agencies.

THE CONFERENCES AND INSTITUTES DIVISION, established in 1952,
has its headquarters in the College Park offices of University College. It offers
conferences, institutes, short courses, and selective adult education programs on
the College Park and Baltimore Campuses, and throughout the State of Mary-
land at the request of organized groups. These offerings are of a non-degree
nature; however, under certain circumstances it may be possible to arrange
special programs adaptable to degree requirements. For more detailed infor-
mation see pages 7-10.

THE COLLEGE PARK EVENING DIVISION was established in 1959 to
serve adults in the College Park vicinity who are unable to attend daytime
classes. It is administered by the Evening Division Director who is located
in the College Park offices of University College. This Division offers a variety
of courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies. Courses
in the Evening Division are conducted with the cooperation of the regular
academic department heads.

THE BALTIMORE DIVISION originated with a program of courses, primarily
for teachers, offered in Baltimore by the University in the mid nineteen-twenties.
With the establishment of what is now University College in 1947, the Baltimore
program was incorporated into the College. The Baltimore Division is adminis-
tered by a director and staff with offices on the Baltimore campus at Lombard
and Greene Streets. A broad program of credit courses is offered on the under-
graduate and graduate levels. Degree opportunities are offered for students in
General Studies, Education, and for registered nurses in Nursing. In addition,
the Baltimore Division administers approximately fifteen smaller centers where
programs are offered for teachers, industrial personnel, military personnel,
state and municipal employees, and prison inmates.

THE EUROPEAN DIVISION, established in 1949, was the first to offer courses
overseas. It is administered by a director and staff located in Heidelberg,
Germany. An assistant director for the United Kingdom has offices in London.
Courses administered by the European Division are available in thirteen foreign
countries in Europe, Africa, and the Near and Middle East. Also administered
by the European Division is the Munich Campus, a two-year college daytime
program established to meet the educational needs of college-age dependents
of Armed Forces and Government personnel.

Organization, Educational Programs

THE ATLANTIC DIVISION, which offers programs similar to those in the
European Division, was established in 1951. It is administered by a director
with headquarters in the College Park offices of University College. Adminis-
tered by the Atlantic Division are centers in the Azores, Bermuda, Greenland,
Iceland, Labrador, and Newfoundland.

THE FAR EAST DIVISION was established in 1956. A director and staff have
headquarters in Tokyo. An assistant director, located in Seoul, is in charge of
the program in Korea. The Far East Division conducts courses in Japan,
Korea, Guam, Okinawa, Taiwan (Formosa), and Vietnam.

Credit courses offered in the overseas divisions lead to the Bachelor of Arts
degree in General Studies.

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS

CREDIT COURSES: Dependent on available facilities and faculty at any given
location, credit courses are offered in such fields as botany, business adminis-
tration, chemistry, economics, education, engineering science, English, foreign
languages, geography, government and politics, health, history, journalism,
public relations, mathematics, microbiology, military studies, music, nursing,
nutrition, philosophy, physical education, physics, psychology, recreation, soci-
ology, and speech.

DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE OPPORTUNITIES: University College offers
the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies. Adult part-time students may
also pursue other University degree programs under the supervision of the
specific degree granting college.

Advanced courses are available to graduate students at a limited number of
locations in the State and in the Pentagon. Personnel at research and develop-
ment agencies such as the Naval Ordnance Laboratory, the Naval Research
Laboratory, the National Bureau of Standards, and others, may pursue courses
leading toward graduate degrees in the physical sciences. Courses leading to
the Master's degree are offered at the Pentagon in government and politics.
Advanced courses for teachers are offered at various locations throughout the
State. Graduate courses in education are offered at the Baltimore center.

Students following an adult program with the University of Maryland, who
have completed the first two years of an established curriculum, may be granted
a certificate of Associate in Arts provided that they have completed 60 semester
hours, not including basic air science and physical activities. The final 15
semester hours must be completed in residence at the University of Maryland
with a minimum average grade of 2.0 ("C"). The student must make formal
application for the certificate to the Office of the Registrar. The certificate
must be recommended by the college in charge of the curriculum.

Educational Programs, On-Campus Full-Time Study

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS: In cooperation with the College of
Education, University College offers in-service courses at various locations
throughout the State for teachers. Single courses or sequences of courses may
be arranged with county school superintendents to enable teachers to attain or
renew teaching certificates. In a number of counties, the University, in co-
operation with the boards of education, has projected cycles of courses to
facilitate long-range planning.

A person intending to qualify as a teacher in any city, county, or state, should
obtain a statement of certification requirements for that particular area and
should plan a program accordingly. The Maryland State Department of Educa-
tion specifies that an in-service teacher may present for certificate credit not
more than six semester hours completed during one school year.

SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR TEACHERS: The staff of the Institute for Child
Study of the College of Education offers for teachers a series of courses on
human development and on the techniques of child study. The sequence of three
courses, Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III, involves the direct year-
long study of children as individuals and in groups. It is offered to teachers
in many states throughout the country as well as in the State of Maryland.
Registrations are administered by University College.

During the past several years, students in the following states have enrolled in
the program for credit: Alabama, Arkansas, California, District of Columbia,
Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, New Jersey, New
York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Virginia, and
Washington.

TELEVISED COURSES: Between 1959 and 1961, the University offered
several television courses in cooperation with commercial TV stations in Balti-
more and Washington. Courses in the fields of astronomy, childhood education,
human development education, and Spanish were broadcast as a public service
by the stations and were administered by University College as part of its
program of continuing education.

ON-CAMPUS FULL-TIME STUDY

Each semester a large number of military officers and enlisted men are assigned
by their respective branches of the service to the campus on a temporary duty
basis. The purpose of the temporary duty is to enable them to complete college
degree requirements through full-time study. All tuition and other fees are paid
by the student who continues to receive his military pay while attending the
University. For further information on the Bootstrap Program, consult your
installation education advisor or University College.

It is also possible for students who have begun their programs off-campus to
come at some future date, usually upon discharge or retirement, to the campus
for full-time study in order to complete the curriculum started off-campus.

Faculty, Library Services

FACULTY

The content of all courses offered overseas and stateside is under the jurisdiction
of the respective academic departments which are responsible for the campus
courses. The teaching faculty consists of regular campus faculty members and
full-time and part-time lecturers who are approved by the specific Department
Head for the courses which they teach. Approvals are made on the basis of
credentials submitted to the heads of the several academic departments located
at College Park.

LIBRARY SERVICES

In cooperation with the University of Maryland Library, University College
operates an off-campus library service. Scheduled bookmobile visits are made
to off-campus centers where students may borrow library materials. In certain
distant class centers collections of course-related books are placed under the
supervision of the local library or of the course instructor for the convenience
of students.

The facilities of the University of Maryland Library at College Park are avail-
able to enrolled University College students. A separate reading and reference
room is maintained in the Health Sciences Library in Baltimore for use by
University College students in that area. Both libraries are open on scheduled
evenings.

Overseas, course-related books are sent from base to base with the instructors.
In general, reference materials for the courses offered are available at installation
libraries which maintain a close cooperation with the respective headquarters of
the overseas divisions of University College.

9 JK ^•">

\ - A

x%w$

WPS /. ^^k TV <^t

v^7 fe 4^L f

r- r I 1

e^ Vj

CONFERENCES AND
INSTITUTES DIVISION

The Conferences and Institutes Division's primary orientation is adult education.
It is essentially an administrative unit organized to coordinate the University's
administrative, academic, and operating facilities with the educational needs
of adult groups in business, industry, government, the armed forces, and the
professions. A unique feature of the Division is its flexibility to plan, promote,
and conduct educational programs for adult groups who wish to come to the
campus for brief instructional periods. Although these programs are not de-
signed to grant credit toward degrees, they draw directly upon the research
activity and teaching talent of the University's faculty.

Ordinarily, adult education programs conducted at the University of Maryland
are coordinated through the Conferences and Institutes Division.* This pro-
cedure provides outside groups with a single official agency capable of fully
serving their general educational needs. The Division facilitates program co-
ordination, assures the maintenance of necessary communication between the
adult group and university service agencies, and prevents unnecessary duplica-
tion of effort in planning, promoting, and operating the program.

As a State University, the University of Maryland is dedicated to serving the
citizens of the State with a "Quantity of Quality" in higher education. The
Conferences and Institutes Division reflects this philosophy by presenting, when-
ever and wherever possible, distinctive programs meeting the educational needs
of the adult population.

INITIATING A PROGRAM

WHO MAY REQUEST A PROGRAM?

Any College or Department of the University of Maryland

Any professional society or association of a statewide, regional, national, or

international nature wishing to meet for an educational purpose.

Any adult group in the state wishing to meet for an educational purpose.

With appropriate clearances, younger persons may also meet on the campus.

The Conferences and Institutes Division itself in fulfilling a clearly demonstrated

educational need for a particular group, or in pioneering a new adult education

venture.

WHEN MAY THE REQUEST BE INITIATED?

While there is no hard and fast rule as to the time element required to prepare
for a program, it is recommended that all program requests be made to the

'Programs conducted by the University's Agriculture Extension Service are under
the supervision of the College of Agriculture. For further information, inquiries should
be sent to the Director of Extension Service, College of Agriculture. University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland, or telephone WArfield 7-3800, extension 320.

Initiating, Approval of a Program

Conferences and Institutes Division at least three to six months in advance of
the proposed date of the program. Some programs, for example conventions,
may require one year or more in the planning alone. Thus program planners
should anticipate their particular needs and submit their requests as early as is
practicable in advance of the opening program date.

TO WHOM SHOULD REQUEST BE DIRECTED?

All requests to conduct a general education program at the University of
Maryland should be made by communicating with the Conferences and Insti-
tutes Division, University College, University of Maryland, College Park.

APPROVAL OF A PROGRAM

Groups desiring to arrange adult education programs such as conferences,
institutes, seminars, workshops, clinics, and symposia should be aware that the
acceptability of a particular program is based upon three underlying considera-
tions:

INSTRUCTIONAL CONTENT. Most fundamentally, the program must be
essentially educational in nature. That is, participants must be provided with
a worth-while learning experience in areas appropriate to the University's
standing as an institution of higher education.

ACADEMIC CONTROL. The program must lend itself to adequate academic
control by the University in two ways:

university approval. While the University does not dictate program
content, it does reserve the right to determine, through the appropriate
academic divisions, that University standards are maintained in the fields
covered. Where the subject matter of a program is not within the purview
of any College or Department, approval or disapproval shall be determined
by the Vice President in Charge of Academic Affairs and the Director of
the Conferences and Institutes Division.

faculty participation. Since the University has a great resource of
qualified faculty members in many fields of study, it is not only fitting, but
most advantageous to the program itself, that University professors and
research specialists be utilized whenever possible.

ADMINISTRATIVE JURISDICTION. The sponsors of any program to be
conducted in cooperation with the University will benefit from the experience
of the Conferences and Institutes Division personnel. In order to insure the
quality and success of any program of adult education, the sponsoring organi-
zation may call upon the division to assist with or handle entirely the myriad
details of program construction, recruitment of lecturers, printing and promo-
tion, secretarial support, supply of audiovisual equipment and operators, and
other related services. Among the administrative services necessarily performed
by the Conferences and Institutes Division are the coordination of arrangements
for physical needs including meals, housing, and meeting space; the preparation

Program Approval, Types of Offerings

of the budget based on the actual cost of all program requirements; the collec-
tion of fees; and the payment of all bills incurred in operating the program.
The prospective program must lend itself to operation on a financially self-
sustaining basis. This can be accomplished by prorating the total cost among
the anticipated participants, by complete subsidization by the sponsoring organ-
ization, or by prorating part of the cost and subsidizing the remainder.

TYPES OF PROGRAM OFFERINGS

The following is a partial listing of programs that have been conducted by
the Conferences and Institutes Division. Many of these programs are offered
annually by the University in cooperation with the sponsoring group or groups.

Adult Education Institute

Agricultural Meteorology Institute

American Legion Boys Nation

Analytic Chemistry Symposium

Armed Forces Education Conference

ASME — Aviation Division Symposium

Business Management Institute

Chinese-American Cultural Relations

Delinquency Control Institute

Employment Counselors' Training Institute

Gourmet Institute

High School Choral Workshop

High School Band Workshop

Highway Maintenance Institute

Hospital Management Institute

Hospital Supervisory Planning Institute

International Conference on Spectroscopy

International Home Economics Congress

Law Enforcement Institute

Liberal Arts Institute

Library Building and Equipment Institute

Liquified Petroleum Gas Institute

Maryland Asphalt Paving Institute

Maryland Education Conference

Maryland Press Institute

Maryland State Conference on Welfare

Maryland Economic Education Workshop

Maryland Traffic Institute

Maryland Youth Traffic Safety Conference

Types of Program Offerings

Types of Program Offerings — Continued

Motor Fleet Supervisors' Institute

Nursing Home Administration Institute

Physicians Medical Symposium

Police Professional Advancement Program

Right-of-Way Conference

Rotary District Assembly

Space Education Institute

Space Research and Technology Institute

Workshop on Physical Fitness

World Trade Seminar

For further information write to the Director of the Conferences and Institutes
Division, University College, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland,
or telephone WArfield 7-3800, extension 7117.

ADMISSION, CURRICULUM
EVALUATIONS, AND
ESTABLISHMENT OF CREDIT

ADMISSION

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: Students who have never attended a col-
lege or university must have either an acceptable high school diploma or the
high school equivalent. Graduates of approved high schools may not use the
high school GED examination results to qualify for admission. Students who
have attended another college or university must be in good academic standing
(minimum "C" average in the final 12 hours and eligible for re-enrollment at
the last institution) in order to enroll in University College.

PROCEDURES FOR ADMISSION: The following instructions apply to the
several categories of students:

high school graduate: This student must immediately request his high
school to send an official transcript to the appropriate admissions office
(see your education advisor for the correct address). The student will be
allowed to register for one term pending review of his high school records.

high school equivalent: This student must have successfully completed
the high school equivalent before enrolling with the University of Mary-
land. He must immediately request an official copy of his GED test report
to be sent to the appropriate admissions office (see your education advisor
for the correct address). The student will be permitted to register for one
term pending clearance of his GED test scores.

The minimum requirement for the high school equivalent is completion of
the high school level General Education Development Tests with the fol-
lowing scores: a standard score of 45 or above on each of the five tests
or an average standard score of 50 on all five tests, with no score less than
40.

college transfer student: This student must immediately request that
official transcripts from all colleges attended be sent directly to the appro-
priate office of admissions (see your education advisor for the correct
address). The student will be allowed to register for one term pending
review of his college transcripts.

Subject to the above entrance requirements of the University of Maryland, any
adult, civilian or military, may enroll in appropriate University College courses.
Credits thus earned may be transferred to other academic institutions, subject
to the regulations of those institutions.

SPECIAL STUDENTS: Categories of special adult students include: (a) all
students who have not successfully completed 12 semester hours with this
University; (b) students who have not formally matriculated for a degree
program; (c) students who plan to transfer their Maryland credits to another

Admission, Curriculum Evaluations

institution; or (d) students who desire to enroll in Maryland courses ex-
clusively for self-improvement.

REGULAR STUDENTS: A regular student in University College is an adult
who is pursuing a degree with this College. Degree requirement may be
completed wherever the necessary courses are available. Students who are fully
matriculated in other schools or colleges of the University of Maryland may
take courses through University College with the permission of their dean or
advisor.

Admission requirements for part-time students who wish to become candidates
for University College degrees are the same as for full-time students at the
University. A person who desires to become a regular student must submit a
formal application to the Director of Admissions together with high school
record. For further information about admission as a degree-seeking student,
consult your education advisor or a University representative.

STUDENTS IN THE COLLEGE PARK EVENING DIVISION: Students
enrolled in the on-campus Evening Division at College Park must satisfy the
same requirements as other campus students. An adult may be admitted as
a special student in the College Park Evening Division under the same regula-
tions as for off-campus special students. Civilian unmarried persons under
the age of 21 may be admitted provided, prior to registration, they satisfy the
admission requirements for regular students, as stated above.

Undergraduate students currently enrolled and registered in other colleges of
the University may enroll in the College Park Evening Division provided they
are in good standing and have the written permission of their dean to enroll
in the specific course. Such a letter of permission must be presented each time
the student registers. It is the student's responsibility to obtain this letter.

Except teachers seeking courses for certification and previously admitted Uni-
versity College students, undergraduate students matriculated in other colleges
of the University who have been separated from the University for more than
one semester must apply for readmission to the University before they can
enroll in the Evening Division.

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL: Persons seeking admission to the
Graduate School of the University are referred to page 25.

CURRICULUM EVALUATIONS

Students planning to work toward a degree offered by University College
should consult an official University College representative for assistance. For
further information about counseling opportunities, see page 31.

OFFICIAL EVALUATION (STATEMENT OF ADVANCED STANDING) :

An Official Evaluation, or Statement of Advanced Standing, will be prepared,
but only upon request of the student, by the Director of Admissions when the
following conditions have been fulfilled:

Curriculum Evaluation, Establishment of Credit

1. Submission of a formal Application for Admission which includes a
high school record.

2. Submission of official transcripts (sent directly from the issuing institu-
tions to the Director of Admissions) from all other institutions attended
and official transcripts from military service schools where applicable.

3. Submission of official college level GED test reports from USAFI where
applicable.

4. Completion of DD Form 295 in duplicate for military personnel.

5. Completion of twelve (12) semester hours of Maryland course work
with a minimum grade average of "C". In certain cases, completion of
15 semester hours is required.

UNOFFICIAL EVALUATIONS: A tentative evaluation may be requested at
any time by consulting an official University College representative. For further
information about opportunities for consultation, see page 31.

Tentative evaluations are possible only when a student presents records (not
necessarily transcripts) of courses and grades from other institutions attended,
a record of the college-level GED test scores (if such tests have been taken),
and a list of the advanced military service schools which he has successfully
completed. With such records a University College counselor can give a
reasonable estimate of the student's requirements in relation to the degrees
administered by University College.

ESTABLISHMENT OF CREDIT

CORRESPONDENCE COURSES: For the degrees administered by Uni-
versity College, a maximum of 12 semester hours of correspondence credit
may be accepted provided: (1) the minimum grade earned is at least the
equivalent of a Maryland "C"; (2) the course was administered by an accredited
institution; and (3) the credit is acceptable by the institution conducting the
correspondence course toward one of its own baccalaureate degrees. The
University of Maryland does not offer correspondence courses of any kind.

United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI) college-level correspondence
courses may also be accepted for credit if the work is of acceptable quality.
Credit will be granted provided all lessons have been completed, submitted, and
the work has been validated by successful completion of the appropriate end-
of-course examination. USAFI correspondence courses are offered at the
freshman and sophomore levels only. No credit is allowed for USAFI self-
study or group-study courses.

USAFI credit can be evaluated only upon receipt from USAFI, Madison,
Wisconsin, or one of its field offices, of certification of the completion of college-
level correspondence courses followed by the appropriate examinations. USAFI
certifies for University of Maryland students the number of correspondence
lessons completed. Documents are not official if sent first to the student or
education advisor.

Establishment of Credit

The following regulations govern acceptance of correspondence work taken
either with USAFI or other accredited colleges and universities:

a. A maximum of twelve (12) semester hours of correspondence credit may
be accepted by the University.

b. A student planning to enroll in correspondence study, either with USAFI
or another institution, must first check with the Dean of University College
concerning acceptability of the course(s) in the curriculum being pursued. It
is the student's responsibility to obtain the Dean's approval.

c. The University of Maryland will not accept correspondence credit earned
in public speaking or foreign languages.

CREDIT BY USAFI GED TESTS: To be eligible for college-level GED credit,
a student must have completed the tests with acceptable scores prior to Sep-
tember, 1, 1963, and his first enrollment with Maryland must have taken place
prior to that date. A student who first enrolls with Maryland after September 1,
1963, or, if already enrolled, takes GED college-level tests after that date will
not receive credit based on the tests.

OTHER CREDIT BY EXAMINATION: Under limited circumstances, credit
toward a baccalaureate degree may be established by examination provided the
individual can exhibit an area of competence. A request to establish credit by
examination must be approved by the head of the academic department, the
dean of the academic college in which the examination is offered, and by the
dean of the college in which the student is enrolled. Not all academic depart-
ments permit credit by examination. A student may not establish foreign
language credit by examination in freshman or sophomore courses of his native
language, the one which he first learned to read and write as a child through
regular schooling. It is not necessarily the language of his parents or of the
country in which he was born.

With the exception of the USAFI GED tests, no more than twenty (20)
semester credits can be granted by examination. The fee for establishing credit
by examination is $5.00 per semester hour of credit. Applicants must have
completed at least 12 semester credits with the University of Maryland with
a minimum average grade of "C" before making application for an examination
to establish credit. Credit by examination will not normally be accepted for
any of the final 30 semester credits leading to graduation. Non-degree students
are ineligible to establish credit by examination in a University of Maryland
course. The maximum of GED and other examination credit is 24 semester
hours.

TRANSFER CREDIT FOR FORMAL CLASSROOM COURSES: The Uni-
versity of Maryland will accept transfer credit for courses taken with other
accredited colleges and universities under the following conditions:

a. The courses for which transfer credit is sought must be applicable to the
student's curriculum.

b. Each grade received must be a "C" or higher under a marking system
equivalent to that of the University of Maryland.

Establishment of Credit

c. The institution must grant credit for the courses toward one of its own
baccalaureate degrees.

d. A properly certified transcript must be sent by the institution directly to
the appropriate office of the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland.

e. Written approval of the Dean of University College must be obtained for
any course taken within the last 30 semester hours of the student's degree
requirements.

f. A student with junior standing (56 hours of academic credit) will not receive
transfer credit for elective courses taken at a junior college. To be eligible for
transfer credit from an accredited junior college, a course must be one that is
required by the student's curriculum.

CURRICULA AND CURRICULAR
REQUIREMENTS

Courses offered through University College may be applied to the Bachelor
of Arts degree in General Studies or the Bachelor of Science degree in Military
Studies. In addition, they may be applied to the degree curricula of other
colleges and schools of the University, provided such courses fit into the par-
ticular curriculum which a student is pursuing. Every student is, therefore,
responsible to the college or school in which he is matriculated as a degree-
seeking student.

Counseling by a student's dean prior to registration is extremely important. For
further information, see the discussion of "Counseling" on page 31 and the
explanation of "Curriculum Evaluations" on pages 12 and 13.

In addition to the general applicability of University College courses, certain
colleges permit part-time students to complete their curricular requirements
through course offerings of University College or through a combination of
enrollments in evening courses of University College and in offerings of specific
departments of the particular college.

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES

The General Studies curriculum provides an opportunity for qualified adult
students to enroll in a degree program which permits concentrations principally
in the social sciences and the humanities. This degree fosters the acquisition
and assimilation of a useful body of knowledge related to the student's intel-
lectual life, his community life, and his career.

As indicated, this curriculum is designed specifically for adult part-time students.
It requires a minimum of 120 semester hours of academic credit for gradu-
ation. It does not require physical education or ROTC. Opportunity is provided
for programs of study in the area of commerce (business administration) as
well as in the social studies and humanities. This is the only University College
degree program in which students will be eligible to enroll on or after September
1, 1963.

Students matriculated in other colleges of the University of Maryland on campus
may not transfer to the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in General Studies and
pursue this curriculum as full-time on-campus students.

The General Studies curriculum is as follows:

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS Credit Hours

Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4 12

Math, or Science 6

University College

*Foreign Language 12

Government and Politics I 3

Sociology I or
Psychology I or ,
Philosophy I, or
Economics 31

History 5, 6 6

Speech 1 3

Electives 15

junior and senior years Credit Hours

Primary Concentration in one department 18

Secondary Concentration in one or more departments 24

Electives 18

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY AREAS OF CONCENTRATION: A stu-
dent will select Primary and Secondary Areas of Concentration. These areas
may include courses from the departments of Economics, English, History,
Government and Politics, Sociology, Geography, Psychology, and Commerce
(Business Administration). In special cases, and with permission of the Dean,
the student may select a Primary Concentration in another academic area.
Science or engineering courses cannot be used in either Area of Concentration.

a. primary area: A student must select 18 hours of courses in a single depart-
ment listed above. Of these, 15 hours must be in 100-level (junior-senior)
courses. No course with a grade less than "C" may be included in the Primary
Area of Concentration.

b. secondary area: (1) Courses must be selected from one or more (nor-
mally not more than two) of the departments named above. The courses must
complement each other and must constitute a coherent block of courses with
emphasis on the principle of area studies. They must bear a functional rela-
tionship to the Primary Concentration in terms of the student's degree objective,
as approved by a University College advisor. (2) At least 21 of the 24 hours
must be in 100-level courses. (3) Professional courses in the field of education
and not more than 6 hours of appropriate upper-level military service school
credits may be placed in the Secondary Concentration provided the principles
enunciated above are observed.

c. Courses below the 100-level in a student's Primary or Secondary Area will

* Students following the Commerce Concentration may substitute Principles of
Accounting (6 hours) and Principles of Economics (6 hours) for the foreign lan-
guage requirement.

University College

in no case include the basic freshman and sophomore requirements listed on
pages 17 and 18.

d. At least one third of the courses in the Primary (6 semester hours) and
Secondary (8 semester hours) Areas must be taken at the University of Mary-
land.

e. electives: (1) They must be consistent with general University policies
regarding admissibility of transfer courses and must be related to the student's
intellectual life, his community life, and his career. (2) At least 6 elective
hours must be in the humanities. (3) At least one third of the 33 hours of
electives must be in 100-level courses.

ADDITIONAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

1. Up to 12 semester hours of credit are permitted for successful completion
of selected advanced military schools (such as the Army Language School).

2. The maximum combined examination credit (including GED credit), cor-
respondence credit, and service school credit may not exceed 36 semester hours.

3. Students following a Primary Concentration in Commerce may substitute
Principles of Accounting (6 hours) and Principles of Economics (6 hours) for
the foreign language requirement. This is the only exception to the 12-hour
foreign language requirement.

4. Students following the Primary Concentration in Commerce who complete
BA 20, Principles of Accounting, must also complete BA 21 to receive credit
for BA 20.

5. USAFI College Level GED Tests: Up to 24 hours of GED test credit may
be granted to Armed Forces personnel who were enrolled with the University
of Maryland prior to September 1, 1963, and who took the tests prior to that
date. See "Credit by USAFI GED Tests" on page 14 of this catalog.

6. A minimum of 30 semester hours must be completed in residence with
the University of Maryland for a baccalaureate degree. Residence credit is
granted for courses taken at University College centers in the United States
and overseas.

7. The last 30 consecutive hours must be completed in residence. In case of
hardship, however, an adult student may petition his dean in writing to take
up to 6 of the last 30 hours at some other recognized institution or by exami-
nation. The 6-hour limitation applies to the combined total of credits for the
following: (1) classroom or correspondence courses taken at other accredited
institutions; (2) credit for college level General Education Development Tests
taken within one calendar year of completion of degree requirements and prior
to September 1, 1963; and (3) other examination credit.

8. A minimum average mark of "C" (2.0) in all courses taken with the
University of Maryland is required for graduation.

9. Physical education and air science requirements are waived for adult
evening students.

10. The completion of 12 hours of foreign language is required, except as
noted elsewhere, in order to qualify for a University College degree. A student

University College

who completed two years of a foreign language in high school will not receive
credit in college for the first semester of the introductory course in that language
unless a period of at least four years has elapsed between the date of high school
graduation and the date of enrollment in the college language course. The 12-
hour language requirement should generally be satisfied in one language; how-
ever, 6 hours in each of two languages may be permitted. Credit will not be
allowed for the first semester only of an introductory course in a language; a
sequence of at least two semesters must be taken.

11. Credit for 56 academic hours entitles a student to junior standing. Senior
standing requires 86 academic hours.

12. A maximum of 12 semester hours of correspondence work (except in
public speaking and foreign languages) will be accepted from approved institu-
tions. Credit for USAFI college level correspondence courses is awarded only
at the freshman-sophomore levels. Students should obtain approval before
registering for a correspondence course. The University of Maryland does not
offer correspondence courses.

13. Transcripts from other accredited colleges and Service schools and results
of GED tests and USAFI course grades, including lesson completions, must be
sent by the issuing institution directly to the Director of Admissions and not
to University College.

14. It is the responsibility of the student to remove an "I" from his record.
The "I" becomes "F" if it is not removed by the end of the next semester or
term in which the course is again offered at the same off-campus center. All
"I's" revert to "F's" at time of graduation.

15. A course retaken because of an "F" or "I", must be retaken under the same
conditions under which it was originally taken. For example, a classroom
course cannot be "made up" by completing a correspondence course in the
subject.

16. Diploma applications for students in the United States and the Atlantic
Division must reach the Registrar at least 8 weeks prior to completion of last
course. Students in Europe and the Far East will conform to the requirements
of those divisions.

17. To do graduate work, a student must elect a sufficient number of 100-level
courses within a single department to qualify for admission to the graduate
school. The usual number of credits required for entrance is about 24 hours
with a minimum grade average of "B". However, the quality of the work is as
important as the number of courses. A student desiring to pursue graduate
studies should consult the requirements of the graduate school of his choice
and plan his program accordingly.

18. Students enrolled in the off -campus program may be authorized to come
to the campus to complete their degree requirements. For further information,
see the explanation of "On-Campus Full-time Study" on page 4 of this catalog.
The normal maximum course load is 18 hours for a semester and 9 hours for
a summer school.

19. A student who enrolls with Maryland under one curriculum may, with the

University College

approval of the Dean, follow that program although a revised curriculum is
adopted later; or he may elect to take courses in the later curriculum as sub-
stitutes for those eliminated from the older curriculum.

20. Credits from other colleges or from USAFI are not assigned to a student
not currently enrolled with Maryland. Such credits are held in abeyance until
the student re-enters the Maryland program.

21. A student who has taken Maryland courses overseas should notify the
appropriate overseas division office prior to his rotation date so that his records
can be returned to College Park.

22. A Maryland student who desires to take work with a junior college must
obtain permission from the Dean of University College prior to enrolling in
such courses. (See page 15, paragraph f., for regulations governing junior
college tranfer credits).

THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MILITARY STUDIES

The Bachelor of Science in Military Studies curriculum is included for the
information of students who enrolled in it prior to September 1, 1963. No
enrollments will be accepted in this curriculum after that date.

The Military Studies curriculum is as follows:

freshman year Credit Hours per Semester

I II

* English 1, 2. Composition and American Literature. 3 3
*Sociology 1. Sociology of American Life or J

Philosophy 1. Philosophy for Modern Man or > — 3
Psychology 1. Introduction to Psychology )

**Government & Politics 1. American Government . . 3 —
'Math 10, 11. Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic

Geometry 3 3

Foreign Language 3 3

kScience 3 3

* * *i

15 15

* Credit by examination may be permitted for these courses upon successful com-
pletion of the college level General Educational Development tests prior to September
1, 1963. Students who receive 12 credits in English by this means are required to
complete English 8 or 14. The credit earned in either of these courses may be used
as elective credit.

** Credit permitted for GED Test II if successfully completed prior to September 1,
1961, by student enrolled prior to that date.

*** Mathematics 18 and 19 may be substituted for Mathematics 10, 11, or 5, 6. The
excess credits may be placed in lower-division electives.

University College

sophomore year Credit Hours per Semester

I II

* English 3, 4. Composition and World Literature ... 3 3

History 5, 6. History of American Civilization .... 3 3

Economics 31, 32. Principles of Economics 3 3

Speech. Public Speaking 3 —

Foreign Language 3 3

Elective — 3

15 15

junior YEAR Credit Hours per Semester

I II

Military Studies 147, 148. Military History 3 3

Military Studies 151. Military Logistics 3 —

Military Studies 149. Military Law — 3

tAdvanced Air Science 3 3

Electives 6 6

15 15

senior year Credit Hours per Semester

I II

** Military Studies 152. Military Leadership — 3

Military Studies 153. Military Policy of the United

States 3 —

Two of the following:

Government and Politics 101. International

Political Relations
Government and Politics 106. American Foreign

Relations
Government and Politics 154. Problems of

World Politics
Government and Politics 197. Comparative

Governmental Institutions

** Advanced Air Science 3 3

Electives • • 6 6

15 15

SUMMARY OF DEGREE REGULATIONS: The following is a summary of
special regulations and requirements affecting the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Military Studies. In addition, Items 5 to 22 of the 'Additional Degree
Regulations" that follow the General Studies curriculum in the preceding pages
apply also to Military Studies students.

* See footnote page 21.

** Credit allowed to those who have served as commissioned or warrant officers in

the Armed Forces for at least one year.

t Credit allowed for commissioned or warrant officer service in the Armed Forces.

Arts & Sciences, Business & Public Administration, Education

1. The requirement for graduation is 120 semester hours, exclusive of Basic
ROTC and Physical Activities. Thus, for students who under an older cur-
riculum received 16 hours of credit for Basic ROTC and Physical Activities,
a total of 136 semester hours is required for the Military Studies degree.
Credit for Advanced ROTC is applicable to the 120 hours.

2. Credit for the college level GED tests and other examinations is limited to
a total of 24 semester hours. The GED tests must have been completed prior
to September 1, 1963. For further information, see pages 13-15 on "Establish-
ment of Credit."

3. Not more than 21 semester hours of credit may be earned through corre-
spondence work and approved courses at certain advanced Service schools.
(The limit is 17 semester hours for those who enrolled in the Bachelor of
Science degree program prior to September, 1958.)

4. At least 6 semester hours of the electives specified in the Military Studies
curriculum must be in upper-division (junior-senior) courses. At Maryland,
such courses are in the 100 series.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Degrees in the College of Arts and Sciences are based primarily upon major
and minor concentrations. The student must meet the conditions set forth for
both major and minor or required supporting courses by the department in
charge of his work. These requirements vary from one department to another.
The regulations of the College of Arts and Sciences as well as a complete listing
of majors offered in that College may be found in the catalog of the College
of Arts and Sciences, available through the Office of the Dean.

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION

The College of Business and Public Administration is accredited by the Ameri-
can Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. It comprises seven depart-
ments offering nineteen curricula. For details of curricula, the student should
consult the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration,
available through the Office of the Dean.

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

The College of Education offers curricula for students of education and for
teachers in-service. Undergraduate education curricula and advisors are as
follows:

ACADEMIC EDUCATION

English — Marie D. Bryan

Foreign Languages — Henry Mendeloff

College of Education

Mathematics — John R. Mayor, H. L. Garstens

Natural Sciences — David Lockard

Social Sciences — Robert G. Risinger, Jean D. Grambs

Speech — Warren L. Strausbaugh (minor only)

agricultural education (under the College of Agriculture) — V. R. Cardozier

art education — E. L. Longley, Jr.

business education — Arthur S. Patrick

childhood education — James L. Hymes, Jr., Margaret A. Stant

elementary education — Alvin W. Schindler, Marie Denecke, Glen O.
Blough, Leo W. O'Neill, William J. Massey, Philip Weaver, Katherine Evans

home economics education — Mabel Spencer

industrial education — Donald Maley, Paul E. Harrison, Irving Herrick,
George R. Merrill, William F. Tierney, Edmund Crosby, Carl Schramm,
Joseph Leutkemeyer

music education — Beula Eisenstadt

nursery school — kindergarten education — James L. Hymes, Jr., Margaret
A. Stant

physical education — (Men) — Albert W. Woods

physical education — (Women) — Wilda Pickett

special education — Jean R. Hebeler, Paul Renz

GRADUATE WORK: Areas in which graduate work is offered include adult
education, business education, educational administration and supervision, cur-
riculum and teaching, elementary education, guidance, higher education, history,
philosophy, comparative education, home economics education, human develop-
ment, industrial arts, music education, secondary education, and vocational-
industrial education. Graduate-level courses in education are offered only on
the Baltimore and College Park campuses.

Specific curriculum requirements may be obtained from the College of Educa-
tion catalog or the Graduate School catalog.

OFF-CAMPUS COURSES IN EDUCATION: University College offers
courses in education for in-service teachers to permit them to complete a part
of the work required for a bachelor's degree, to enable graduate students to
work toward advanced degrees, and to fulfill or renew the Maryland State
Department of Education certification requirements. Education courses are
offered most frequently at the Baltimore Center and at various other centers
established in cooperation with the counties of Maryland.

Part-time adult students matriculated in the College of Education may complete
many of their general academic course requirements through University College.
Students should consult their College of Education advisors prior to registration
as to the applicability of specific courses.

Graduate School
GRADUATE SCHOOL

Master's and doctor's degrees are awarded by most of the departments at the
University. Graduate programs are administered by the Graduate School in
cooperation with the various departments. Students are admitted to the Graduate
School only if ( 1 ) they hold baccalaureate degrees and (2) their previous work
is in quality and extent acceptable to the department in which they desire to
work. A "B" average is required.

Students must have been admitted to the Graduate School prior to registration
in any course they seek to take for graduate credit. Courses open to both
advanced undergraduate and graduate students, numbered 100 to 199, may not
later be applied to graduate work if the student were not admitted to the
Graduate School when he registered. The deadline for filing applications and
supporting documents is September 1 for the Fall Semester, January 1 for the
Spring Semester, and June I for the summer session.

A student pursuing a graduate program should keep constantly in touch with
the graduate advisor of his major department.

It is difficult to proceed toward graduate degrees at off-campus centers con-
ducted by University College. Adequate library and laboratory facilities are
not always available and many departments require that a certain number of
courses be completed on campus. Furthermore, graduate work is highly special-
ized, and the number of students desiring particular courses at a given time and
center is seldom large. If the circumstances are favorable, however, graduate
work in some fields can be offered off campus.

Graduate degrees are awarded at the completion of an individually planned
program of study. The student must register for each course in full consultation
with the departmental advisor concerned. In general, the master's degree is
based upon a division of work between a major and a minor. A minimum
of half the required courses for this degree must be taken in courses numbered
200 or above. These courses are open only to graduate students. The remaining
courses required for the degree may be taken in approved courses numbered
between 100 and 199. Courses taken for undergraduate credit may not be
applied toward graduate degrees. Information regarding the requirements for
all advanced degrees may best be obtained from the Graduate School catalog
and by consultation with the head of the department concerned.

University College arranges selected advanced course programs at several
centers. Graduate courses in the sciences are offered at the National Bureau
of Standards, Naval Ordnance Laboratory, Naval Research Laboratory, and
Patuxent (Naval Air Test Center).

Graduate courses in government and politics are offered at the Pentagon.
Graduate courses in education are offered through University College on the
Baltimore campus and through the College of Education on the College Park
campus.

Home Economics, Nursing

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS

The College of Home Economics serves Maryland and the surrounding area
with its program for the education of women and men interested in social,
economic, scientific, and aesthetic aspects of homemaking and of family living
in relation to the community. The educational offerings of the College are
planned to help students function effectively and creatively as individuals, as
family members, and as responsible citizens; to prepare them for positions for
which home economics is a major or minor preparation; and to promote an
appreciation and utilization of the findings of research. The College is con-
cerned with contributing to the education for home and family life of women
and men enrolled in other schools and colleges as well as those majoring in
home economics.

The College of Home Economics is organized into the Departments of Food.
Nutrition, and Institution Management; Home Management; Practical Art and
Crafts; and Textiles and Clothing. The curricula offered are: general home
economics; applied art (merchandising, advertising, crafts, costume and interior
design); home economics extension; food and nutrition and related science;
home economics education; home management; institution management; textiles
and clothing; and textiles and related science.

The over-all function of home economics is to integrate the contributions of
the physical and biological sciences, the social sciences, psychology, philosophy,
and art in the treatment of all phases of home and family life, to the end that
they are used by families in all parts of society and by the agencies serving
families.

Areas in which graduate work is offered include general home economics, food
and/or nutrition, and textiles and clothing. Specific curriculum requirements
may be obtained from the College of Home Economics catalog or the Graduate
School catalog.

Persons wishing to pursue one of the undergraduate curricula in evening or
off-campus offerings provided by University College are urged to confer with
the Dean of Home Economics relative to curriculum offerings. General studies
required in all home economics curricula are presently available to students
having met the admission requirements of the University.

The degree of Associate of Arts is offered for those individuals seeking a
general family-life studies program, or courses in home economics may be
applied toward the General Studies Curriculum in University College. A
steadily expanding program in the several areas of home economics meets the
needs of both degree and non-degree seeking students.

SCHOOL OF NURSING

A program for Registered Nurses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Nursing is offered by the School of Nursing in cooperation with University
College.

School of Nursing

The specific objectives of this program are to bring up to full collegiate level
the basic nursing preparation of graduates of three-year diploma schools by
supplying required general education, clinical, and public health nursing courses.

Registered nurses who have completed a three-year program in an approved
school of nursing, and have successfully passed the Maryland State Board of
Examination for Registration of Nurses, or the equivalent, and have qualified as
registered nurses and meet the admission requirements of the University of
Maryland, may pursue studies in the School of Nursing leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Nursing.

ADVANCED STANDING CREDIT IN NURSING: Advanced standing of
30 credits in nursing is determined through the review of the hospital school
record and by the results of the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination of the
National League for Nursing.

PART-TIME STUDY: For the students who are employed on a full-time basis,
the normal registration is for 6 semester hours during a 16-week semester. Only
exceptional students will be allowed to register for more than 6 semester hours
and not more than 9 semester hours, and then only with the approval of an
official University advisor.

THE CURRICULUM: The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree in Nursing is as follows:

General Requirements

Eng. 1. Composition and American Literature 3

Eng. 2. Composition and American Literature 3

Eng. 3 and 4. Composition and World Literature 6

G & P 1 . American Government 3

Soc. 1 . Sociology of American Life 3

H. 5. History of American Civilization 3

H. 6. History of American Civilization 3

Special Requirements

Microb. 1. Microbiology 3 or 4

Microb. 101. Pathogenic Microbiology 3 or 4

Chem. 1 and 3. General Chemistry or 4, 4

Chem. 1 1 and 13. General Chemistry 3, 3

Zool. 55. Development of the Human Body 2

Nursing Requirements

Nurs. 156. Public Health Nursing I 5

Nurs. 154. Principles of Management in a Nursing Unit 2

Nurs. 158. Biostatistics 3

Nurs. 153. Public Health 2

Nursing, Phys. Ed., Recreation & Health

Nurs. 199. Pro-Seminar 2

Nurs. 159. Clinical Practicum 2

Additional Requirements

C. Ed. 1 10. Child Development III 3

Hea. 120. Methods and Materials of Health Education 3

Psych. 1 . Introduction to Psychology 3

Speech 1. Public Speaking (or Speech 103) 3

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology 3

Nut. 123. Nutrition for Health Services 3

Soc. 164. Family and Society 3

Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology 3

P.E. 160. Theory of Exercise 3

Nursing Electives

Nurs. 189. Workshops and Institutes (electives may be selected,

after consultation with the adviser) 1-6

Foreign language may also be used for electives.

A total of 128 semester credit hours are required for the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A minimum of 30 semester hours must be completed in
residence for a baccalaureate degree. Credit earned through University College
is residence credit.

PUBLIC HEALTH FIELD EXPERIENCE: Due to the maturity and back-
ground of the registered nurse student, eight weeks of public health field experi-
ence in Anne Arundel County, Montgomery County, or Prince George's County
is required rather than the thirteen weeks which is required in the basic col-
legiate program. Registered nurses who have been employed in public health
nursing, or have had supervised experience as a student, should submit an official
record of this experience for evaluation.

For further information, telephone PLaza 2-1100, Extension 292, in Balti-
more.

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
RECREATION AND HEALTH

This college provides professional preparation leading to the bachelor's degree
in the following general areas: physical education, recreation, health and safety
education, and physical therapy. Moreover, in conjunction with the Graduate
School and the College of Education, graduate programs leading to both
master's and doctor's degrees are available in physical education, recreation
and health. A research laboratory is maintained for faculty members and
selected graduate students who are interested in investigating the effects of
exercise and various physical education activities upon the body.

Phys. Ed., Recreation and Health

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have met
the conditions of their curricula as prescribed by the College of Physical Educa-
tion, Recreation, and Health, including air science and/or required physical
activities. Candidates enrolled in the College of Education with a minor in
Physical Education or Health Education receive a Bachelor of Science degree
upon fulfillment of the requirements as prescribed by that college.

n v^

WKm

REGISTRATION, FEES AND
GENERAL INFORMATION

REGISTRATION

REGISTRATION INFORMATION : Each semester, University College State-
side issues two publications containing the schedules of evening classes. The
first includes all courses offered at College Park in the evening as well as courses
offered at military installations and other locations throughout the State. A
second schedule of classes is issued for Pentagon courses only. Schedules are
available, upon request, from the University College offices in College Park or
Baltimore, approximately 30 days prior to the beginning of the new semester.

REGISTRATION PERIODS: An official registration period is scheduled at
each center, and all students are expected to complete their registrations on the
day or days designated. This includes filing of all registration forms and pay-
ment of all fees. Students who fail to register within the prescribed days will
be charged a late fee of $10.00.

Only in exceptional cases will a student be permitted to enter a class later than
one week after the beginning of instruction.

STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY: It is the student's responsibility to know the
administrative and academic policies with which he must comply. This catalog
outlines those policies and contains information about admission and registra-
tion procedures and curricular programs available through University College.
For further information, the student should consult an official University Col-
lege advisor.

COUNSELING: It is very important for the student to obtain counsel in
planning his program. A variety of opportunities are provided for counseling,
but it is the student's responsibility to take the initiative in requesting guidance.

Most military education centers have education advisors who can give general
information about University of Maryland courses, such as scheduled course
offerings and general admission requirements.

University representatives make regularly scheduled visits to certain military
installations in the Washington-Baltimore area for academic counseling. They
are also available for academic counseling during registration periods. For
further information, check with your education center or with University
College, College Park, telephone WArfield 7-3800, extension 71 1 1, or Baltimore,
PLaza 2-1100, extension 292.

University College offices are open for counseling from 9:00 a.m. to 8:00
p.m., Mondays through Thursdays, and from 9:00 to 4:30 on Fridays, in
either the College Park or Baltimore offices. Students desiring counseling should
make a prior appointment.

Persons enrolling in professional education courses should obtain counsel from
an advisor in the College of Education prior to registration.

Registration, Changes

COURSE LOADS: For 16-week courses the normal course load is 6 semester
hours. Only under exceptional circumstances will students be allowed to take
more than 6 semester hours with approval of an official University advisor.

For courses given in 8-week terms, the normal student load is 3 semester
hours. Only under exceptional circumstances will students be allowed to take
more than 3 semester hours with approval of an official University advisor.

APPROVAL OF COURSES: Students are expected to meet course pre-
requisites prior to registration. Approval of exceptions must be secured from
the dean of the student's degree-granting college prior to registration.

All students matriculated in other colleges of the University must secure the
approval of their respective deans prior to registering for any University College
course.

CHANGES IN REGISTRATION

WITHDRAWAL FROM ALL COURSES: Any student compelled to with-
draw from all University of Maryland courses must submit written notice of
withdrawal or complete "Application for Withdrawal From All Courses" UM
Form W2Y, giving reasons therefor. (A student dropping one or more courses
but continuing with at least one course should refer to the paragraph on
"Dropping Courses".) Requests must be sent to the Dean of University College
or Director of the Division in which the student is taking courses. Failure to
give notice will result in an automatic failing grade and in forfeit of any refund
to which the student would otherwise be entitled. No withdrawal will be
honored unless it is received prior to the last week of classes.

The effective date for computing withdrawal refunds will be the date on which
notification is received in a University College office. (In the Atlantic Division
only, refunds will be based on the date notification is received by the local
education center).

Students withdrawing from University College courses will receive a refund of
tuition charges, less matriculation, laboratory, and other special fees, in accord-
ance with the following schedule:

16-week Semester
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable

Two weeks or less 80%

Between two and three weeks 60%

Between three and four weeks 40%

Between four and five weeks 20%

Over five weeks 0

8-week Term
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable

One week or less 70%

Between one and two weeks 50%

Between two and three weeks 20%

After three weeks 0

Registration Changes, Fees

DROPPING A COURSE: A part-time student enrolled in more than one
course, who wishes to drop one but continue with the other(s), must notify
immediately, either personally or in writing, the Dean of University College or
Director of the Division in which he is taking courses. Failure to give such
notice will result in an automatic failing grade. University of Maryland Form
R6Y is used for dropping courses.

A student may not drop one or more courses after the end of the 5th week of
a 16-week semester or the end of the 3rd week of an 8-week term unless he
submits a letter giving legitimate reasons for his action. Failing work is not
considered a legitimate reason for dropping a course after those dates.

The only instance where the student shall be eligible for a partial refund is
when he officially drops a course or courses prior to the end of the second
week of 16-week classes or the end of the first week of 8-week classes. Such
students shall be eligible for an 80% refund.

OTHER CHANGES IN REGISTRATION: Once the student has officially
registered, he cannot substitute one course or section of a course for another
or add one or more courses after the second week of 16-week classes or the
first week of 8-week classes.

The student cannot change his course registration from credit to audit after
the end of the 5th week of a 16-week course or the end of the 3rd week of
an 8-week course.

FEES

The following fees generally pertain to University College. For further infor-
mation regarding fees, the student is referred to the University of Maryland
Bulletin, "An Adventure in Learning," and to the respective schedules of
course offerings for each term or semester.

Undergraduate Matriculation Fee $10.00

Payable at the time of first registration only by all regular under-
graduate and special students.

Graduate Matriculation Fee $10.00

Payable at the time of first registration only by all fully admitted
graduate students.

Tuition Fee per Semester Hour $ 1 5.00

Tuition fees are identical for both undergraduate and graduate
part-time course work and are payable in full at the time of regis-
tration.

Late Registration Fee $ 10.00

All students are expected to complete their registration during the
regularly scheduled registration periods. Those who do not will be
charged the late registration fee.

Fees

Change in Registration Fee $ 5.00

Payable when a student, enrolled in University College courses,
wishes to substitute one course for another or one section of a
course for another or add a course after the first week of classes.
This fee is not charged to students who drop a course but do not
substitute another in its place.

Penalty Fee $ 5.00

Payable for checks which have been returned by a bank for in-
sufficient funds, post-dating, or for stop-payment or alteration, etc.

Special Examination Fee per Semester Hour $ 5.00

Payable by degree-seeking students who wish to establish credit by
examination with the University of Maryland.

Graduate Education Student Testing Fee $ 5.00

Payable by all new graduate students in education at the time of
first registration. During the first semester of graduate work all
students are required to take a test battery. For further informa-
tion, consult the College of Education.

Transcript Fee $ 1 .00

The first copy of a transcript will be issued free of charge. For
each subsequent transcript the fee of $1.00 must be paid prior to
the issuance of the transcript.

Baltimore Student Union Fee $ 3.00

Payable by all part-time adult students taking courses in the Balti-
more city center. This fee is payable even though the student may
have paid a full-time student union fee at College Park. Students
in Baltimore registering for 12 or more semester hours will pay a
full-time fee of $20.00.

Graduation Fee for Bachelor's Degree $10.00

The student should file an application for Diploma at the time of
registration for his last course. He will be billed later for the
graduation fee.

Graduation Fee for Master's Degree $10.00

The student should consult his graduate advisor concerning the
time to apply for his diploma.

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree $50.00

Payable at the time of application for the diploma. The student
should consult his graduate advisor concerning the proper time to
make aplication.

LABORATORY FEES: Laboratory fees are payable for a variety of courses,
the amounts varying from course to course. The exact fees are included with
the courses listed in the appropriate catalogs and in each Schedule of Course
Offerings.

Laboratory fees will be charged whenever the availability of personnel, facilities,
and other factors make it possible to offer laboratory instruction. If equipment
other than that belonging to the University of Maryland is used, laboratory fees
may not be charged, depending upon the arrangements that can be made with
the cooperating party.

Fees, General Information

FEES FOR CONFERENCES AND INSTITUTES: Fees for conferences,
institutes, and short courses will be determined in terms of the cost of each
such program. For further information about such fees, contact the Con-
ferences and Institutes Division of University College.

PAYMENT OF FEES: All fees are payable in full at the times specified. The
University has no provisions for deferred payments. All checks, money orders,
or postal notes should be made payable to the University of Maryland. Penalty
for returned checks resulting from insufficient funds, closed accounts, stopped
payment, etc.: $5.00 each check.

DEFINITION OF STATE OF RESIDENCE: Adult students, enrolling in the
full-time day program of the University, are considered to be residents if at the
time of their registration they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least
six months provided such residence has not been acquired while attending any
school or college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the
armed services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as satis-
fying the six month period referred to above except in those cases in which
the adult was domiciled in Maryland for at least six months prior to his entrance
into the armed services and was not enrolled in any school during that period.
The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place
of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained.

GENERAL INFORMATION

RESIDENCE CREDIT: Since both the instructors and courses in University
College are approved by the appropriate department heads and deans, and
since they meet the same academic and faculty standards as do campus courses.
University College courses carry residence credit identical to that given for
regular campus courses regardless of the geographical location and time of day
in which they are offered.

DEFINITION OF CREDIT UNIT: The unit of credit is the semester hour,
which represents 16 hours of classroom work plus required outside preparation.

ATTENDANCE: Regular attendance is expected of all students. Whenever
possible the student should notify the instructor beforehand when he will have
to be absent. In any case, the student should make arrangements with his
instructor to make up any classwork missed.

If the student is absent for more than one-fourth of the class meetings, he
should immediately process a withdrawal from the course in order to avoid
receiving a failing grade (see the section on Withdrawals). If the student has
been present for at least 75% of the class sessions but cannot be present for
the final session or two, he may request an '"Incomplete" grade from the
instructor.

REPEATED COURSE: If a student repeats a course, the last grade he receives
is final. Normally, the student may repeat a course only once.

General Information, Grading System

CANDIDATES FOR GRADUATION: When the student is within 15 semester
hours of graduation, he should inform his advisor in the appropriate division
of University College so that an official graduation review can be made to
determine his remaining requirements. He must complete an Application for
Diploma and submit it to the Registrar's Office at least eight weeks prior to the
date on which he plans to complete his degree requirements.

RETURN OF STUDENT RECORDS TO COLLEGE PARK: Records of
each student participating in the European, Far East, or Baltimore Divisions are
kept in the respective division office until it is notified of the student's transfer.
It is the student's responsibiliy to make such notification. If notification was not
made prior to the student's transfer, he should immediately write to the appro-
priate division and request that his records be forwarded to the Office of the
Registrar, University of Maryland, College Park.

TRANSCRIPTS: Students may secure official transcripts of their scholastic
records upon request to the Office of the Registrar, University of Maryland,
College Park. Students formerly enrolled in the European, Far East, or Balti-
more Divisions, but who have not yet requested the return of their records
(see preceding paragraph), should write directly to the appropriate division for
their transcripts, sending a copy of the letter to the Office of the Registrar at
College Park. After one complimentary copy of the transcript, a fee of $1.00
will be charged for each transcript issued. The fee must be paid in advance.

TRANSFER OF UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND CREDITS TO OTHER
ACADEMIC INSTITUTIONS: A student planning to transfer credit earned
with the University of Maryland should seek guidance directly from the insti-
tution to which he plans to transfer. Only that institution can answer specific
questions about its own residence and degree requirements or the applicability
of Maryland courses to its curricula.

ACADEMIC AND GENERAL REGULATIONS: Academic and general
regulations of the University of Maryland are applicable to the University
College program. The adult part-time student is expected to achieve a quality
of academic work comparable to that of the full-time campus student. The
dean of University College or his authorized representative reserves the right
to disenroll any student who does not maintain the required standards of
scholarship of this College or whose conduct is unsatisfactory.

THE GRADING SYSTEM

MARKING SYSTEM: The following grades are used by the University of
Maryland: A-Superior Scholarship; B-Good Scholarship; C-Fair Scholarship;
D-Passing Scholarship; F-Failure; I-Incomplete; W (with suffix) -Official With-
drawal; X-Ceased to attend class without an official withdrawal.

THE GRADE OF "I": The mark of "I" (Incomplete) is exceptional. A
student may be given the mark of Incomplete if his work in a course has been
qualitatively satisfactory and if he can present valid reasons to support his

Grading System, Scholastic Achievement

request. In no case will the mark of "I" be recorded for a student who has
missed more than one fourth of the meetings of the class.

The student must consult his instructor, presenting documentation to sub-
stantiate his request for an Incomplete. The instructor will make the final
decision concerning the granting of the request.

An Incomplete automatically becomes an "F" if it is not removed by the end
of the next semester or term in which that subject is again offered (at the same
center). A student should realize that it is virtually impossible to remove an
Incomplete subsequent to his transfer. An "I" cannot be removed by the
grades "W" or "X". All "I's" revert to "F's" at time of graduation.

THE GRADE OF "W": A student officially withdrawing from all courses
during the first half of a semester or term shall be given a grade of "WX." After
that time he will receive a grade of "WP" in each course in which his work was
passing and a grade of "WF' in any course where he was not passing.

THE GRADE OF "X": A mark of "X" will be used in those cases where a
student has ceased to attend a class without an official withdrawal provided the
student is doing passing work. If he is doing failing work, the grade of "F"
will be given. A mark of "X" indicates no record, no prejudice, is terminal,
and may not later be changed as in the case of the incomplete mark of "I".

CHANGE OF GRADE: With the exception of the grade of "I", all grades are
final and cannot be changed. If a student wishes to establish credit in a course
in which he has previously received an "F" or "X", he must re-register, pay
the full tuition fee, and repeat the entire course. A student may repeat a course
only once, except where he has obtained the written permission of the dean
and the head of the department in which he took the course and has had such
written permission filed in the Registrar's Office.

COMPUTATION OF SCHOLASTIC AVERAGES: In computing scholastic
averages, numerical values are assigned to the marks, per semester credit, as
follows: A-4, B-3, C-2, D-l, F-0. The grade of "F" is included in any com-
putation of scholastic averages, but the grades of "X" and "I" are not. How-
ever, at the time of graduation all incompletes automatically revert to "F"

RECOGNITION FOR SCHOLASTIC ACHIEVEMENT

A student who has completed a unit of at least 15 consecutive semester hours
of Maryland course work with a 3.5 average is eligible for the Dean's List,
which is prepared at the end of each semester or term. If the student fails to
make the required average after completing a unit of work, he must complete
another 15-hour unit to be considered for the Dean's List again. A course
included in the computation of the average for one unit of work cannot be used
in the computation of the average for a second unit.

Members of the graduating class are eligible for consideration for honors if
they have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours of Maryland courses.

Scholastic Achievement

Those who rank in the top ten per cent of the graduating class of their college
are graduated with High Honors; those in the second ten per cent are graduated
with Honors. The names of all honor students are listed in the program of the
June Commencement Exercises at College Park.

CENTERS

University College conducts educational programs at the College Park and
Baltimore campuses, in various locations in the State, in industrial establish-
ments, and in Army, Naval, Air Force and other governmental installations in
Maryland, the District of Columbia, and overseas.

Stateside, classes are offered at centers ranging from Oakland, approximately
160 miles west of College Park, to Worcester County, which borders on the
Atlantic Ocean. Centers also range from counties bordering on Pennsylvania to
Patuxent in Southern Maryland.

BALTIMORE DIVISION,

Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland

Edward F. Cooper, m.a., Director
Charles N. Somers, m.a., Assistant Director
Frances C. Wickham, m.a., Nursing Advisor

Offices for the Baltimore Division of University College are maintained in the
Administration Building on the Baltimore Campus at Lombard and Greene
Streets. The Baltimore division conducts an extensive evening program in
Baltimore, and also administers programs in approximately fifteen other centers
in the northeastern portion of the State.

During the academic year 1962-63, over six thousand students from Baltimore
city and surrounding counties were enrolled in some 350 different courses.
Students are currently working on degrees in several undergraduate colleges
and in the Graduate School of the University.

SCOPE OF OFFERINGS: The Baltimore Division offers courses in the various
natural and physical sciences, business administration, economics, education,
government and politics, geography, history, industrial education, languages,
philosophy, psychology, sociology, speech and English that may be applied
toward meeting the requirements of the BA in General Studies, and other
undergraduate and graduate degree programs.

A printed schedule of courses for Baltimore and nearby centers is issued each
semester. Copies of this schedule may be secured by writing the office of the
director or by calling Plaza 2-1100, Extension 292. In addition to Baltimore
City, off-campus centers in Baltimore, Howard, Harford, Carroll, Cecil and
Anne Arundel counties are administered by the Baltimore Division.

EDUCATION: The College of Education supports a steadily expanding
offering for teachers and school officials in Baltimore City and in surrounding
counties. Courses are offered which teachers may apply toward bachelor's
degrees and graduate degrees in education and/or to meet certification re-
quirements.

Those teachers planning to enroll in courses for the purpose of meeting certi-
fication requirements are advised to consult with the State Department of
Education and/or their local school supervisor.

Baltimore, Evening Divisions

Students pursuing degree programs are advised to consult with their faculty
advisor.

The staff of the Institute for Child Study, College of Education, offers each
year a series of courses on Human Development, and on the techniques of child
study for members of the educational profession. A sequence of three courses
called Child Development Laboratory I, II, and III, which involves the direct
year-long study of children as individuals and in groups, is offered to teachers
in the field. Teachers should consult their boards of education for offerings in
their community. Graduate courses in human development are also available
through cooperation of the Institute.

NURSING: The School of Nursing, through University College, offers a
program for registered nurses leading toward a Bachelor of Science degree in
Nursing. For further information, nurses should refer to pages 26-28 of this
catalog, on the School of Nursing, and consult the Baltimore Office of University
College, University of Maryland, Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1 ,
Maryland.

HOME ECONOMICS: Courses conducted in the Baltimore Division by the
College of Home Economics, through University College, are selected from
the total offerings which constitute the curricula in educational-community,
family life, and related art areas of home economics. Subject-content courses
in the several areas required for home economics teacher certification will be
offered on a rotating basis. Students pursuing degree programs are advised to
consult with Home Economics faculty advisors relative to curriculum offerings.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION: Courses conducted in the Baltimore Center by
the Industrial Education Department are selected from the total offerings which
constitute the three curricula administered by the Department; namely, the
Industrial Arts curriculum, the Education for Industry curriculum and the
Vocational-Industrial teacher certification curriculum. Courses required for
Vocational-Industrial teacher certification are arranged in a two-year cycle so
that these persons may obtain the necessary course work within two years.

EVENING DIVISION, College Park, Maryland

James R. Quimper, m.a., Director

Starting with the spring semester of 1959, the Board of Regents authorized the
establishment of an on-campus evening program of college credit courses for
adults to be offered through University College. Fifteen courses were offered
during the spring semester, primarily lower-division courses. The following
fall the University appointed a full-time Coordinator with offices in Room 200
of the Skinner Building on the College Park campus. During the academic
year 1962-63, over two thousand students from the surrounding area were
enrolled in some 120 different courses. The majority are pursuing a program
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies offered through Uni-

Evening Division, Off Campus Centers

versity College, or the Bachelor of Science degree in Education offered through
the College of Education. Many are also taking courses for self-improvement.

ADMISSIONS: Students are referred to pages 11-12 of this catalog for a
general description of the requirements for admission to the College Park
Evening Division.

SCOPE OF OFFERINGS: The plan of the Evening Division each semester is
to offer courses in the various fields applicable to the Bachelor of Arts degree in
General Studies. Many of these courses may be applied toward meeting the
requirements of the various undergraduate and graduate degree programs of
the University.

A printed schedule of courses offered in the Evening Division is published each
semester. Copies may be secured by writing the Director or by calling WArfield
7-3800, Extension 7111.

EDUCATION: The College of Education offers a program on the College
Park campus for teachers and school officials from the surrounding area.

Courses are offered which may apply toward bachelor's degrees and graduate
degrees in education and or to meet certification requirements. Students
matriculated in a graduate or undergraduate degree program may enroll con-
currently in academic courses offered through the Evening Division. The student
should ascertain beforehand whether a specific course is applicable to his or
her program. Separate registration forms are required in cases of concurrent
registrations.

Those teachers planning to enroll in courses for the purpose of meeting cer-
tification requirements are advised to consult with the State Department of
Education and/or their local school supervisor. It is not necessary for such
special students who have previously been enrolled to be re-admitted to the
University prior to registration.

HOME ECONOMICS: Courses conducted in the Evening Division by the
College of Home Economics, through University College, are selected from the
total offerings which constitute the curricula in educational-community, family
life, and related art areas of home economics. Subject-content courses in the
several areas required for home economics teacher certification will be offered
on a rotating basis. Students pursuing degree programs are advised to consult
with Home Economics faculty advisors relative to curriculum offerings.

OFF CAMPUS STATESIDE CENTERS

The College is prepared to establish credit courses, institutes, and special
programs for groups of adults who are qualified to do university work. If
facilities permit and demand is sufficient, courses or institutes may be established
in any community requesting this service.

The ability of University College to meet all requests for off-campus courses
is limited by three factors: (1) The College prefers to use regular University

Off Campus Centers

staff members to teach its courses. Occasionally, staff members are not free
for off-campus assignments. (2) Courses can be given only where there are
adequate reference library materials, laboratories or other necessary facilities.
(3) Another limiting factor is student enrollment. Occasionally, a course
which has been scheduled must be cancelled if there is insufficient enrollment.

During the 1962-63 school year, programs were offered at the stateside
centers listed below:

* Aberdeen Proving Ground * Maryland Penitentiary
Andrews Air Force Base National Bureau of Standards

* Baltimore National Security Agency
Boiling Air Force Base Naval Ordnance Laboratory
Campus (College Park) Naval Research Laboratory

*Edgewood Arsenal Patuxent River Naval Air Station

Fort Meade Pentagon

Fort Ritchie Walter Reed Army Medical Center

*Westinghouse Electronics Plant

A schedule of courses for each of the centers described is available approxi-
mately six weeks prior to the beginning of each semester.

In cooperation with County Superintendents, University College and the College
of Education have developed three-year cycles of course offerings in certain
areas of the State. Such long range scheduling permits everyone concerned to
plan programs more intelligently. At the invitation of County Superintendents,
similar cycles will be developed in other areas of the State.

Courses have been offered in the counties indicated below:

Allegany Kent

*Anne Arundel Montgomery

* Baltimore Prince George's
Calvert Queen Anne's
Caroline Somerset
Charles St. Mary's
Dorchester Talbot
Frederick Washington
Garrett Wicomico

* Harford Worcester

Teachers interested in having a program in education initiated in their com-
munity should make their requests known to this College through their county
superintendents of schools.

* Courses in these centers and counties are administered through the Baltimore
Division, Lombard and Greene Streets, Baltimore 1, Maryland.

Off Campus Centers

ABERDEEN PROVING GROUND, Aberdeen, Maryland

Courses at the Aberdeen Proving Ground are planned to meet the educational
needs of military and civilian personnel in the Aberdeen area. Courses are
offered in a planned sequence to allow students to pursue the General Studies
degree. During the past two years, courses were offered in such fields as
business administration, economics, education, English, foreign languages,
history, government and politics, mathematics, military studies, nursing, nutri-
tion, psychology, and speech. The Army Education Center at the Proving
Ground assists the University in planning this program. The cycle of courses
offered at the Proving Ground complements those offered at Edgewood Arsenal.

Civilians may enroll for on-post courses by securing special passes at the gate.
Further information concerning this program may be secured by calling Mr.
John Lichi, Education Officer, at CRestview 2-4000, extension 43118, Aberdeen
Proving Ground, or the Baltimore Office of University College, PLaza 2-1100,
extension 292.

ANDREWS AIR FORCE BASE, Washington 25, D. C.

During the 1951 spring semester an educational program was initiated at
Andrews Air Force Base. The Education Office at Andrews, with the coopera-
tion of this College, plans the program for Andrews several months in advance
of each semester.

During the past two years, offerings have included courses in business adminis-
tration, economics, education, English, foreign languages, geography, govern-
ment and politics, history, mathematics, military studies, philosophy, psychology,
sociology, and speech. Officers and airmen enroll in the various courses leading
to the General Studies degree. Civilians may enroll in Andrews courses on a
space available basis.

The Andrews educational program complements that of Boiling Air Force
Base. Personnel may enroll at either installation, or they may enroll con-
currently at both.

Further information may be obtained from Mr. Benamin Elkin, Base Educa-
tion Officer, 981-5425, or this college, WArfield 7-3800, extension 7111.

BOLLING AIR FORCE BASE, Washington 25, D. C.

Since 1948, an education program has been offered at Boiling Air Force Base
each semester and summer term. The Education Office at Boiling, with the
cooperation of this College, plans each program several months in advance.

The past two years' offerings included courses in business administration,
economics, education, English, foreign languages, geography, government and
politics, history, mathematics, military studies, philosophy, psychology, soci-
ology, and speech. Officers and airmen enroll in the various courses to pursue
the General Studies degree. Civilians may enroll on a space available basis.

Off Campus Centers

The Boiling education program complements that of Andrews Air Force Base.
Personnel may enroll at either installation or they may enroll concurrently at
both. Further information may be obtained from Mrs. Lois K. Roberts, Educa-
tion Director, JOhnson 2-9000, extension 679 and 348, or this College, WArfield
7-3800, extension 7111.

EDGEWOOD ARSENAL, Edgewood, Maryland

CIVILIAN PROGRAM: Courses are offered at the Edgewood Arsenal during
duty hours for civilian personnel employed by the Arsenal as part of the Army
Career Development and Training Program. Courses are offered on both the
undergraduate and graduate levels, and are intended to increase the technical
competency of participating personnel. The program is planned and scheduled
with the cooperation of the Civilian Personnel Section of the Edgewood
Arsenal.

During the past two years, courses were offered in business administration,
chemistry, mathematics, foreign languages, physics, and pharmacology.

For further information concerning the program, call Mr. Henry Newman,
Edgewood 1000, extension 26220, or the Baltimore Office of University College,
Plaza 2-1100, extension 292.

MILITARY PROGRAM: A planned sequence of courses leading toward the
General Studies degree is offered at the Edgewood Arsenal for military per-
sonnel of the area. The program is planned in cooperation with the Army
Education Office, and it complements the course offerings at the Aberdeen
Proving Ground.

During the past two years, courses were offered in business administration,
economics, foreign languages, government and politics, history, mathematics,
military studies, and speech.

Further information concerning the program may be secured by calling Lt.
Emmett Curry, Army Education Officer, EDgewood 1000, extension 21153, or
the Baltimore Office of University College, PLaza 2-1100, extension 292.

FORT GEORGE G. MEADE, HEADQUARTERS-
SECOND ARMY, Fort George G. Meade, Maryland

Courses offered at Fort Meade are designed to meet the educational needs of
military and civilian personnel in the area. A regular sequence of courses is
arranged for each semester to permit Army personnel to pursue the General
Studies degree.

During the past two years courses were offered at Fort Meade in business
administration, economics, education, English, geography, foreign languages,
government and politics, history, mathematics, military studies, philosophy,
psychology, sociology, and speech.

Off Campus Centers

Further information may be obtained from Mr. Gustaf E. Berglund, Chief,
Education Development, Army Education Center, 677-6421, or this College,
WArfield 7-3800, extension 7111.

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS,

Connecticut Avenue at Upton Street, N.W., Washington 25, D.C.

Courses at the National Bureau of Standards are offered under the direction
of the Bureau's Education Committee and this College. The program includes
graduate and undergraduate courses. During the past two years the educational
program at the National Bureau of Standards included courses in mathematics
and physics. An announcement of courses for each year is available which
explains the NBS program.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mrs.
Virginia Maxwell, NBS Registrar, EMerson 2-4040, extension 366, The Manse,
or this College, WArfield 7-3800, extension 7111.

NAVAL ORDNANCE LABORATORY, White Oak, Silver Spring,

Maryland

The center at the Naval Ordnance Laboratory serves Navy Department per-
sonnel in the Washington area. For the most part, courses at this center are
of graduate level.

In addition to its regular program, special courses are offered from time to
time in support of new projects. A number of courses are arranged at the
College Park campus evenings and Saturdays to amplify the NOL program.

During the past two years, advanced courses were offered in aeronautical
engineering, business administration, chemistry, mathematics, and physics. A
printed brochure is available which explains the NOL program.

Additional information may be obtained from Mr. D. E. Starnes, Training
Division, 495-7411, NOL, or this College, WArfield 7-3800, extension 7111.

NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, Washington 25, DC.

Courses under this program are designed primarily for Navy scientists doing
graduate study in the fields of chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and physics
and are given in cooperation with the Science Education Section of the Naval
Research Laboratory. A printed brochure is available at the Naval Research
Laboratory which explains the program.

During the past two years the Naval Research Laboratory program included
advanced courses in mathematics and physics.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr.
William J. McLaughlin, Training Officer, Personnel Division, or Mr. Eugene

Off Campus Centers

C. Reinhardt, Jr., Head, Science Education Program, 574-1856 or this College,
WArfield 7-3800, extension 7111.

PATUXENT NAVAL AIR STATION, Patuxent, Maryland

In cooperation with this College the Patuxent Naval Air Test Center has offered
a graduate program for its scientific and technical personnel since 1947. More
recently, the program has expanded to include "The Patuxent Plan," a three-
year, work-study program constituting two years of basic education in engi-
neering science, mathematics or physics, and a management program for instal-
lation administrative and supervision personnel. General self-development op-
portunities are also provided, and these are open to local civilians.

During the past two years courses have been offered in business administration,
chemistry, economics, English, engineering science, history, mathematics,
physics, sociology, and speech.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained from Mr. John
J. Lancaster, Jr., Training Director, VOlunteer 3-3111, extension 657, Patuxent,
or this College, WArfield 7-3800, extension 7111.

THE PENTAGON, Washington 25, DC.

Established in 1947, the Pentagon program is sponsored by the Military District
of Washington's Pentagon Education Center and is operated in cooperation
with the Army, Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps. Only military and civilian
Department of Defense personnel in the Washington area are permitted to
participate in this program. The respective Services periodically conduct polls
to determine the educational needs of military personnel.

The educational offerings at the Pentagon represent the world's largest off-
campus university program for military personnel. During the past two years
courses were offered in business administration, economics, education, English,
foreign languages, geography, government and politics, history, journalism,
mathematics, military studies, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and speech.
The majority of the students at the Pentagon are primarily interested in courses
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies and degrees in various
colleges. In addition, a number of students are pursuing graduate degrees.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained during the day
from Mr. Stuart R. Westerlund or Mr. Charles A. Negri at the Pentagon, Room
3C147, Pentagon Education Center, OXford 7-8015 or OXford 7-2823. Air
Force personnel may obtain information from Mrs. Lois Roberts, Pentagon,
Room 5D476, OXford 7-7074 or OXford 7-1863; or this College, WArfield
7-3800, extension 7111.

Off Campus Centers

FORT RITCHIE, Cascade, Maryland

Courses offered at Fort Ritchie are designed to meet the educational needs of
military and civilian personnel located at this post. During the past two years
courses were offered in English, government and politics, history, mathematics,
philosophy, psychology and speech.

Further information concerning this program may be obtained by consulting
Mr. Stanley Kupp, Education Officer, Fort Ritchie, telephone 241-3141, ex-
tension 46244, or this College, WArfield 7-3800, extension 7111.

WALTER REED ARMY MEDICAL CENTER,

Washington 12, D.C.

Courses are given at the Army Medical Center in cooperation with the Educa-
tion Office at the post. Course offerings are planned to meet the needs of
military personnel and civilians interested in working for the General Studies
degree and nurses interested in meeting requirements for a professional degree.
Courses in English, foreign languages, government and politics, history, mathe-
matics, military studies, psychology, and speech have been offered during the
past two years.

Further information regarding the Walter Reed program may be obtained from
Mr. Robert E. Hynes, Education Adviser, 576-2055, or this College, WArfield
7-3800, extension 7111.

EUROPEAN DIVISION, Heidelberg, Germany

Mason G. Daly, ph.d., Director

Don E. Totten, ph.d., Assistant Director

Philip D. Wheaton, ph.d., Assistant Director

James L. Colwell, ph.d., Assistant Director

John F. Parr, ph.d., Resident Dean, Munich Campus

John A. Hunt, ph.d. cand., Assistant Director, United Kingdom

Ann R. Reed, b.a., Assistant Director of Admissions

Johanna M. Darrow, b.a., Evaluator, Admissions

, Assistant Registrar

K. William Leffland, d.p.a., Comptroller
Vida J. Bandis, B.S., Faculty Logistics
Jack C. Barnes, ph.d., English Supervisor

, Foreign Language Supervisor

Franz Theo Runkel, Staatsex., Assistant Foreign Language Supervisor

Rose Beyer, Dr. rer. nat., Mathematics Supervisor

A. M. Parsons, b.s., Col., usa (ret.) Military Studies Supervisor

Jan Hartman, m.a., Manager, Book Department

D. M. Berssenbrugge, m.a., Librarian

HISTORY: The success of on-base college credit programs at the Pentagon
and military installations in the State of Maryland in the years immediately fol-
lowing World War II, prompted military officials to propose the establishment
of a similar program in Europe in 1949. After University Officials confirmed
the existence of the need and determined the feasibility of such a program, the
first classes were opened in October 1949.

Over 1850 students registered for that first term at six Armed Forces Education
Centers in Germany: Berlin, Frankfurt, Heidelberg, Munich, Nurnberg, and
Wiesbaden. Today, more than 30,000 course enrollments are registered each
year in the European Division which has expanded to include over 150 centers
in 13 countries of Western Europe, The United Kingdom, North Africa, and
the Near East.

The European Division maintains a central office in Heidelberg with its own
admissions, registrar and comptroller sections. A branch office in London
serves students in the United Kingdom; and the Munich Campus Daytime Pro-
gram serves freshman and sophomore dependents of military and civilian per-
sonnel stationed in Europe.

The European Program is operated on an accelerated basis, with classes meeting
two evenings each week for eight weeks. There are five terms a year. The
terms run generally as follows:

September-November

November-January

February-March

April-May

June-July

European Division

COURSES OFFERED: The courses of study arranged for the European Pro-
gram lead primarily to the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies. Courses
are offered in business administration, economics, education, English, govern-
ment and politics, history, foreign languages, mathematics, military studies,
philosophy, psychology, sociology, and speech.

TEACHING PERSONNEL: A faculty of 400 to 500 full-time and part-time
teachers is maintained during each academic term. All full-time lecturers are
selected at College Park in consultation with the respective department heads.
Some department heads appoint overseas staff members to act as their depart-
mental representatives on matters pertaining to departmental policy. A close
liaison is maintained between the department head, his overseas representative,
and the Director's Office in Heidelberg.

Foreign language and mathematics courses are usually taught by qualified
nationals who have been approved by the respective department heads or their
representatives.

COOPERATION OF EDUCATION BRANCHES: The European Program
would not be possible except for the valuable assistance and support of the
Education Branches of the Armed Services. Full-time Maryland staff members
are provided military transportation to and from Europe. Extensive assistance
is given to the University in matters involving registration, quarters, and many
other matters essential to the operation of the University's program overseas.

LIMITS ON PARTICIPATION: American civilians entitled to logistical sup-
port are admitted to University of Maryland classes, provided that no Armed
Services personnel are excluded thereby.

DEGREE OPPORTUNITIES: Credit earned in the European Division is
considered as residence credit at the University of Maryland. Students may
pursue studies leading to degrees at the University of Maryland or may transfer
the credits to other institutions subject to their regulations.

THE MUNICH CAMPUS PROGRAM: The European Division makes avail-
able at Munich a full-time program of freshman and sophomore level courses
designed to meet the needs of Service dependents who are qualified for college
work. The courses are of American college standard and are generally those
required in the curricula of the College of Arts and Sciences. Regular daytime
classes are scheduled throughout an academic year which consists of two
semesters. Admission requirements are identical with those of the College
Park campus.

Dormitory facilities are available for authorized dependents. Board, room,
tuition, and student activities fees amount to approximately $440 per semester;
and books involve a cost of approximately $50 per year.

EUROPEAN DIVISION AND MUNICH CAMPUS CATALOGS: Separate
catalogs for the European Division and for the Munich Campus are published
by the Heidelberg Office. A copy of either catalog may be obtained from
University College, College Park, or by addressing a request to: University of
Maryland, APO 403, New York, New York.

European Division

EUROPEAN DIVISION CENTERS: The number of education centers spon-
soring classes varies from term to term as influenced by military policy and
other factors that result from the movement of military personnel. Classes are
being offered during the current academic year at the following centers in
Europe, North Africa, and the Near East:

ETHIOPIA

Baumholder

Spangdahlem

Inoges

Asmara, Eritrea

Bayreuth

Stuttgart

Madrid

Berlin

Ulm

Madrid-Torrejon

FRANCE

Bitburg

Vaihingen

Moron

Braconne

Bremerhaven

Wackernheim

Rosas

Bussac

Darmstadt

Wertheim

Sevilla

Camp des Loges

Erlangen

Wiesbaden

Soller, Majorca

Captieux

Frankfurt

Worms

Villatobas

Chambley

Friedberg

Wiirzburg

Zaragoza

Chateauroux

Fulda

Zweibriicken

Chinon

Fiirth

TURKEY

Croix Chapeau

Gelnhausen

GREECE

Adana

Etain

Giessen

Athens

Ankara

Evreux

Goppingen

Iraklion, Crete

Cigli

Fontainebleau

Hahn

Diyarbakir

Fontenet

Hanau

ITALY

Istanbul

Jeanne d'Arc

Heidelberg

Aviano

Izmir

Laon

Heilbronn

Brindisi

Karamursel

La Rochelle

Herzo Base

Leghorn

Samsun

Maison Fort

Idar-Oberstein

Naples

Metz

Kaiserslautern

Sigonella, Sicily

UNITED KINGDOM

Nancy

Karlsruhe

Taranto

Alconbury

Orleans

Kirch-Gons

Verona

Bentwaters

Paris

Kitzingen

Vicenza

Bovingdon

Poitiers

Kornwestheim

Brize Norton

Saumur

Ludwigsburg

LIBYA

Bruntingthorpe

SHAPE

Mainz

Tripoli

Bushy Park

St. Nazaire

Mannheim

Chicksands

Toul (Army

Mohringen

MOROCCO

Croughton

Depot)

Munich

Ben Guerir

Denham

Toul-Rosieres

Neckarsulm

Nouasseur

Fairford

Trois-Fontaines

Nellingen

Sidi Slimane

Greenham

Verdun

Neubriicke

Common

Vitry-le-Francois

Niirnberg

NETHERLANDS

Grosvenor

Oberammergau

Soesterberg

Square

GERMANY

Pirmasens

NORWAY

Harrogate

Ansbach

Priim

l> \Jt\. w t\ I

Oslo

High Wycombe

Aschaffenburg

Ramstein

Kirknewton

Augsburg

Rhein-Main

PAKISTAN

Lakenheath

Babenhausen

Rothwesten

Peshawar

Mildenhall

Bad Aibling

Schwabisch

Prestwick

Bad Kissingen

Gmiind

SPAIN

South Ruislip

Bad Kreuznach

Schwabisch Hall

Benidorm

Upper Heyford

Bad Tolz

Schweinfurt

Constantina

Wattisham

Bamberg

Sembach

Elizondo

Wethersfield

ATLANTIC DIVISION, College Park, Maryland
, Director

HISTORY: The Atlantic Division comprises the centers in Newfoundland,
Greenland, Iceland, Bermuda, and the Azores. The University of Maryland
inaugurated the Newfoundland and Iceland programs in 1951, the Greenland
program in 1953, the Bermuda program in 1957, and the Azores program in
1959.

The number of students and course enrollments per term averages 750 and
800 respectively.

The division is administered by a director located at University College, Univer-
sity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.

The Atlantic Division Program is operated on an accelerated basis, 3-hour
classes normally meeting two evenings each week for eight weeks which com-
prise one term. All classes meet for a minimum of forty-eight classroom hours
regardless of the length of the course. Classes in mathematics meet for sixteen
weeks. Variations in course length appear in the Term Schedule which is
published at the beginning of each of five terms which constitute the academic
year. Allowing for the yearly calendar variations the following 1963-64 term
dates may be used as a guide to determine term dates for any year. All new
terms begin on a Monday:

Term I August 19, 1963 to October 11, 1963
Term II October 21, 1963 to December 13, 1963
Term III January 13, 1964 to March 6, 1964
Term IV March 16, 1964 to May 8, 1964
Term V May 18, 1964 to July 10, 1964

COURSES OFFERED: Courses in business administration, speech, economics,
English, foreign languages, government and politics, history, philosophy, military
studies, psychology, and mathematics were offered during the past two years.

As in the European and Far East Division, students may complete all degree
requirements in residence at the various Atlantic Division Centers. In past
years, degrees have been awarded at every base in the Atlantic Division, except
Sondrestrom. The Bachelor of Arts in General Studies is offered. All credits
are residence credits at the University of Maryland and may be transferred to
other universities subject to their regulations.

COOPERATION OF EDUCATION BRANCHES: This program would not
be possible without the valuable assistance and support of the educational
personnel at the respective centers. In addition to transportation to and from
the bases of assignment, extensive logistic and administrative assistance is given
to full-time University resident lecturers. Education center personnel arrange
for classrooms, provide instructional supplies, and participate in the registration
of students.

Atlantic

NEWFOUNDLAND: At the request of the North East Air Command,
USAF, and the U. S. Navy, the University of Maryland inaugurated the
Newfoundland program on July 1, 1951. Currently, courses are offered at the
following centers:

Goose Bay Air Base, (Labrador) APO 677, New York, N. Y.

Harmon Air Force Base, Stephenville, APO 864, New York, N. Y.

Naval Air Station, Argentia, FPO 103, New York, N. Y.

Further information regarding the Goose Bay and Harmon centers may be
obtained from the Chief, Education Section, Headquarters, Eighth Air Force,
Westover Air Force Base, Massachusetts, or the Director, Atlantic Division,
College Park. Information regarding the center at Argentia may be obtained
from the Chief, Naval Personnel, Bureau of Naval Personnel, Department of
Navy, Washington 25, D. C, or from the Director, Atlantic Division, College
Park.

ICELAND: At the request of the Military Air Transport Service a center was
established at Keflavik, Iceland, in December, 1951. Further information
regarding the Iceland center may be obtained from the Education Officer,
U. S. Naval Station, FPO 568, New York, N. Y., or the Chief, Naval Per-
sonnel, Bureau of Naval Personnel, Department of Navy, Washington 25, D. C,
or the Director, Atlantic Division, College Park.

GREENLAND: At the request of the North East Air Command, the Uni-
versity of Maryland inaugurated the Greenland program in February, 1953.
Currently, courses are offered at the following centers:

Thule Air Base, APO 23, New York, N. Y.

Sondrestrom Air Base (BW-8), APO 121, New York, N. Y.

Further information regarding the Greenland centers may be obtained from
the Director of Personnel Services, Headquarters, 64th Air Division (Defense),
Stewart Air Force Base, Newburgh, New York, or the Director, Atlantic Divi-
sion, College Park.

BERMUDA: At the request of the Military Air Transport Service a center
was established at Kindley Air Force Base in September, 1957. This center
also provides courses for the Naval Operating Base, Bermuda, FPO 138, New
York, N. Y. Further information regarding this center may be obtained from
the Education Services Officer, 1604th Air Base Wing, APO 856, New York,
N. Y., or the Personnel Services Officer, Headquarters, Eastern Air Force,
McGuire Air Force Base, Wrightstown, New Jersey, or from the Director,
Atlantic Division, College Park.

AZORES: At the request of the Military Air Transport Service a center was
established at Lajes Air Transport Station, Terceira, Azores in August, 1959.
Further information regarding this center may be obtained from the Education
Services Officer, 1605th Air Base Squadron, APO 406, New York, N. Y., or
from the Personnel Services Officer, Eastern Air Force, McGuire Air Force
Base, Wrightstown, New Jersey, or from the Director, Atlantic Division, Col-
lege Park.

FAR EAST DIVISION, Tokyo, Japan

Leslie R. Bundgaard, ph.d., Director

Joseph E. Dellen, ph.d., Associate Director

Walter V. Hohenstein, ph.d., Assistant Director

David M. Earl, ph.d., Assistant Director, Korea

Gene H. Bundgaard, b.ed., Assistant Director of Admissions & Registrations

Ivan Benson, ph.d., English Supervisor

John Young, ph.d., Language Supervisor

HISTORY: In August, 1956, the University of Maryland facilities were ex-
tended to Japan, Okinawa and Korea. Taiwan and Guam were added during
the first year of operation, and a center in Saigon, Vietnam, was opened in 1963.
This program was made possible by arrangements both with the military and
with the University of California, which had conducted an educational program
in the Far East since 1950. On its withdrawal, the University of California
recommended to the Far East Command that the University of Maryland ex-
pand its Overseas Program by offering courses to American military and civilian
personnel stationed in the Orient. When the Maryland classes opened in Sep-
tember of 1956, there were 1,820 course enrollments in 82 classes at 42 centers.
Average enrollments currently top 5,000 per term.

The program in the Far East, like that in Europe and the Atlantic, is operated
on a term basis, with classes meeting two evenings each week during an eight-
week period. There are five terms each year.

The administrative offices for the Far East Division are located in Tokyo, Japan.
The Tokyo office maintains a director, an associate director, an assistant director,
a comptroller, an assistant director of admissions and registrations, an English
supervisor and a language supervisor. In addition, an assistant director, with
offices in Seoul, administers the Korean program.

COURSES OFFERED: The courses of study arranged for the University's
program in the Far East are aimed primarily toward the attainment of the
Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies. Courses are taught in business
administration, economics, education, English, foreign languages, government
and politics, history, mathematics, military studies, philosophy, psychology,
sociology, and speech.

TEACHING PERSONNEL: A faculty of between 225 and 250 full-time and
part-time teachers is maintained during each academic term. All teachers are
selected at College Park in consultation with the respective department heads.
A close liaison is maintained between department heads and their respective
departmental instructors.

COOPERATION OF EDUCATION BRANCHES: The Far East Division
would not be possible except for the valuable assistance and support of the
Armed Services Education Branches. Full-time staff members are provided
military transportation to and from centers in the Pacific area. Extensive

Far East Division

assistance is given to the University in matters involving registration, quarters,
and other essentials of the University's services in centers of troop concentra-
tion in the Orient.

DEGREE OPPORTUNITIES: Credit earned in the Far East Division is con-
sidered as residence credit at the University of Maryland. Students may either
pursue studies leading to degrees in the University of Maryland, or they may
transfer credits earned to other institutions subject to their regulations.

ADDRESS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION: A separate Far East Division
catalog is published by the Tokyo Office. Information concerning the Far East
Division may be obtained by writing to: University of Maryland, Far East
Division, APO 925, San Francisco, California; or University College, University
of Maryland, College Park.

FAR EAST DIVISION CENTERS: Centers where Maryland courses are
offered vary from term to term, as dictated by military policy and other factors
necessitated by the movement of military personnel. Classes are concurrently
being offered at the following centers in the Far East:

GUAM

I Corps

Andersen Air Force Base

Camp Red Cloud

Camp St. Barbara

JAPAN

1st Cavalry Division

Atsugi Marines

Camp Howze

Camp Drake

4th Cav.

Fuchu AS

5th Cav.

Grant Heights

8th Cav.

Hakata AS

12th Cav.

Itazuke AB

23rd Transportation Bn

Iwakuni MAS

7th Infantry Division

Johnson AS

East Camp Casey

Kishine Barracks

West Camp Casey

Kuma Station

Camp Hovey

Misawa AS

Camp Kaiser

Tachikawa AB

Camp Humphreys

Wakkanai AS

Camp Page

Washington Heights

Yokosuka Navy

OKINAWA

Yokota AB

Kadena AB

Camp Zama

Machinato

Naha AB

KOREA

Sukiran

Ascom AC

Torii Station

Kimpo AB

TAIWAN

Kunsan AB

Tainan

Osan AB

Taipei

Pusan AC

Seoul AC

Vietnam

Taegu AC

Saigon

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Current courses which have been taught in the last three years through the
University College are listed below. They are arranged in alphabetical order
by academic department. The number of hours of credit is shown by the arabic
numeral in parentheses after the title of the course.

Course numbers are designated as follows:
1 to 99 — Courses for undergraduates
100 to 199 — Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not

all 100-level courses may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 399 — Courses for graduates only.

Courses listed in the catalogs of other colleges of the University may be offered
by the University College if demand warrants and the academic department
concerned approves.

BOTANY

Bot. 1. General Botany. (4)

Lecture and laboratory. General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all
phases of the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of
the higher plants. Laboratory fee, $6.00.

Bot. 2. General Botany. (4)

Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A brief evolutionary
study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the
seed plants, emphasizing their structure, reproduction, habitats, and economic
importance.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

B. A. 10. Business Enterprise. (3)

A survey course covering the internal and functional organization of a business
enterprise, its organization and control.

B. A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting. (3, 3)

Required in all business organization curriculums. Prerequisite, sophomore
standing. The principles of accounting for business enterprise and the use of
accounting data in making business decisions.

For Advanced Undergraduates

B. A. 100. Office Operations and Management. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. Deals with the principles of scientific management
as they apply to the examination, improvement, installation, and operation of the
most effective paperwork methods and systems that a given organization can
use to achieve its objectives. Procedure flow analysis and form design for control
of paperwork; process, work distribution, and layout charts, distribution of
authority and responsibility for office activities are among the areas considered.

Business Administration

B. A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting. (3,3)

B. A. 130. Business Statistics. I. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $3.50. An introductory course.
Emphasis is placed upon statistical inference. Topics covered include statistical
observation, frequency distributions, averages, measures of variability, elementary
probability, sampling, distributions, problems of estimation, simple tests of
hypotheses, index numbers, time series, graphical and tabular presentation.
Selected applications of the techniques are drawn from economics, industrial
management, marketing and accounting.

B. A. 140. Business Finance. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 20, 21. This course deals with the principles and practices
involved in the organization, financing, and rehabilitation of business enter-
prises; the various types of securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning
income, risk, and control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Em-
phasis on solution of problems of financial policy faced by management.

B. A. 149. Marketing Principles and Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This is an introductory course in the field of
marketing. Its purpose is to give a general understanding and appreciation of
the forces operating, institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing
agricultural products, natural products, services, and manufactured goods.

B. A. 150. Marketing Management. (3)

Prerequisite, B. A. 149. A study of work of the marketing division in a going
organization. The work of developing organizations and procedures for the con-
trol of marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course
is placed on the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective
marketing of various forms of manufactured products.

B. A. 160. Personnel Management I. (3)

This course deals with the problems of directing and supervising employees
under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel administration
are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance of
human relations in this field.

B. A. 161. Personnel Management II. (3)

Prerequisite, B.A. 160. Job evaluation and merit rating and other personnel
management techniques generally employed in business.

B. A. 163. Industrial Relations. (3)

B. A. 164. Labor Legislation and Court Decisions. (3)

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases include
the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals.

B. A. 166. Business Communications. (3)

Prerequisite, junior standing. A systematic study of the principles of effective

Business Administration, Chemistry

written communications in business. The fundamental aim is to develop the
ability to write clear, correct, concise, and persuasive business letters and reports.

B. A. 168. Management and Organization Theory. (3)

The historical development of management and organization theory, nature of
the management process and function and its future development. The role of
the manager as an organizer and director, the communication process, goals and
responsibilities.

B. A. 169. Production Management. (3)

B. A. 180, 181. Business Law. (3,3)

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments, agency,
partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.

CHEMISTRY

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry. (4,4)

Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $12.00.

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry. (3,3)

An abbreviated course in general chemisty for students in home economics and
pre-nursing. This course is open only to students registered in home economics
and pre-nursing. Laboratory fee, $12.00.

Chem. 15. Qualitative Analysis. (4)

Prerequisite, Chem. 3. Laboratory fee, $12.00.

Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. (4)

Prerequisite, Chem. 3. An introduction to the basic theory and techniques of
volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Laboratory fee, $12.00.

Chem. 21. Quantitative Analysis. (4)

Prerequisite, Chem. 15. An intensive study of the theory and techniques of
inorganic quantitative analysis, covering primarily volumetric methods. Labo-
ratory fee, $12.00.

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry. (2,2)

Prerequisite, Chem. 3. A course for chemists, chemical engineers, pre-medical
students, and pre-dental students. Two lectures per week.

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory. (2,2)

Prerequisites. Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. Laboratory fee,
$12.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 189.

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (2,2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. An advanced study of
the compounds of carbon.

Chemistry, Economics

Chem. 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory. (2-4)

Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37,
38. Laboratory fee, $12.00.

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds. (2,2)

Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. The systematic
identification of organic compounds. Laboratory fee, $12.00.

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry. (2,2)

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33 or 37. This course is designed
primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chemistry, and for those
students in home economics who need a more extensive course in biochemistry
than Chem. 81.

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory. (2,2)

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33, or Chem.
38. Laboratory fee, $12.00. A laboratory course for students taking Chem.
161, 163.

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry. (3,3)

Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; Math. 20, 21; or consent of
instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. This
course must be accompanied by Chern. 188, 190.

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2,2)

A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. Laboratory fee, $12.00.

ECONOMICS

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics. (3,3)

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Econ. 31 is a prerequisite for Econ. 32.
Required in the Business Administration Curriculums. In Econ. 31 basic con-
cepts, the monetary system, the national accounts, national income analysis, and
business cycles are introduced. In Econ. 32 emphasis is placed on price theory,
distribution, internation trade, and economic development.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Econ. 102. National Income Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32. An analysis of national income accounts and the level of
national income and employment.

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An investigation of the theory and practice of
various types of economic systems. The course begins with an examination and
evaluation of the capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of alternative
types of economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32. This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory
with special attention to recent developments in the theory of imperfect com-
petition.

Economics, Education

Econ. 138. Economics of the Soviet Union. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An analysis of the organization, operating principles
and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the historical and
ideological background, planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic and
foreign trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth of national income.

Econ. 140. Money and Banking. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the relation of money and credit to
economic activity and prices; the impact of public policy in financial markets
and in markets for goods and services; policies, structure, and functions of the
Federal Reserve System; organization, operation, and functions of the com-
mercial banking system, as related particularly to questions of economic stability
and public policy.

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of government fiscal policy with special
emphasis upon sources of public revenue, the tax system, government budgets,
and the public debt.

Econ. 148. International Economics. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A descriptive and theoretical analysis of inter-
national trade; balance of payments accounts; the mechanism of international
economic adjustment; comparative costs; economics of customs unions.

Econ. 149. International Economic Policies. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 148. Contemporary balance of payments problems; the in-
ternational liquidity controversy; investment trade and economic development;
evaluation of arguments for protection.

Econ. 160. Labor Economics. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The historical development and chief characteristics
of the American labor movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are
then examined in detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor
organization, and collective bargaining.

Econ. 170. Industrial Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Changing structure of the American economy;
price policies in different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition
in relation to problems of public policy.

EDUCATION

Ed. 52. Introduction to Children's Literature. (2-3)

Prerequisites, Eng. 1 and 2. A survey of literary materials for children and
young people. Appropriate books for pre-school. elementary, and junior high
school pupils are considered, including picture-story, fiction, folk-lore, poetry, and
informational books. Integrating literature with the curriculum, and methods
of using books with children in the classroom. Aids and criteria for selection.

Education

Ed. 90. Development and Learning. (3)

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situations.
Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for educational
psychology.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States. (3)

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present
system of education in the United States.

Ed. 105. Science in the Elementary Schools. (2-3)

Laboratory fee $2.00. Designed to help teachers acquire general science under-
standings and to develop teaching materials for practical use in classrooms.
Includes experiments, demonstrations, constructions, observations, field trips,
and use of audio-visual materials. The emphasis is on content and method
related to science units in common use in elementary schools. Formerly called
Sci. Ed. 105.

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education. (2-3)

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting
the development of modern education.

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School. (2-3)

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression, and creative
expression. Special emphasis given to skills having real significance to pupils.

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School. (2-3)

Consideration given to curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evalu-
ation of newer materials, and utilization of environmental resources.

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum. (2-3)

Relationship of the elementary school curriculum to child growth and develop-
ment. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on
learning; readiness to learn; and adapting curriculum content and methods to
maturity levels of children.

Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School. (2-3)

Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmetical
meanings and relationships. Helps teachers gain a better understanding of the
number system and arithmetical processes.

Ed. 125. Art in Elementary Schools. (2-3)

Concerned with art methods and materials for elementary schools. Includes
laboratory experiences with materials appropriate for elementary schools.

Ed. 127. Teaching in Elementary Schools. (2-6)

An overview of elementary school teaching designed for individuals without
specific preparation for elementary school teaching or for individuals without
recent teaching experience.

Ed. 130. The Junior High School. (2-3)

A general overview of the junior high school. Purposes, functions and charac-
teristics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of
studies, methods, staff, and other topics, together with their implications for
prospective teachers.

Education

Ed. 133.* Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary School.

(2-3)

Designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching situations. Use of
various lesson techniques, audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing
programs and the adoption of teaching methods to individual and group dif-
ferences. Present tendencies and aims of instruction in the social studies.

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedures for Secondary School Core Cur-
riculum. (3)

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are in
charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and teaching
procedures for specific units of work are stressed. Laboratory fee, $1.00.

Ed. 137.* Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Secondary School. (3)
Considers the methods and procedures for presenting secondary mathematics in
a meaningful way. Special attention will be given to the new experimental
materials which have been prepared for grades 7-12 and the techniques needed
to teach these courses.

Ed. 138.* Method of Teaching Science in Secondary School. (3)

Considers such topics as the objectives, selection, organization, and presentation
of subject matter, appropriate classroom methods and procedures, instructional
materials and evaluation of learning experiences in the areas of science. Labo-
ratory fee, $2.00.

Ed. 141.* Methods of Teaching English in Secondary Schools. (3)
Content and method in teaching the English language arts.

Ed. 145. Principles and Methods of Secondary Education. (2-3)

This course is concerned with the principles and methods of teaching in junior
and senior high schools. Instructional problems common to all of the subject
fields are considered in relation to the needs and interests of youth, the urgent
social problems of today, and the central values to which our society is com-
mitted.

Ed. 147. Audio-Visual Education. (3)

Laboratory fee, $1.00. Sensory impressions in their relation to learning projection
apparatus, its cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films, physical principles
underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, models,
and graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized instruction.
Recommended for all education students.

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement. (3)

Constructing and interpreting measures of achievement.

Ed. 151. Statistical Methods of Education. (3)

Ed. 152. Literature for Children and Young People, Adv. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 52, or approval of instructor. Development of literary materials
for children and young people. Timeless and ageless books, and outstanding

* This course is designed for teachers in service and is not open to regular under-
graduate students.

Education

examples of contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the contributions of indi-
vidual authors and illustrators and children's book awards. Study and practice
in story-telling, and reading guidance in the classroom and library.

Ed. 153. The Teaching of Reading. (2-3)

Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including
reading readiness, use of experience records, procedures in using basal readers,
the improvement of comprehension, teaching reading in all areas of the cur-
riculum, uses of children's literature, the program in word analysis, and pro-
cedures for determining individual needs.

Ed. 154. Remedial Reading Instruction. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or the equivalent. For supervisors and teachers who wish
to help retarded readers. Concerned with causes of reading difficulties, the
identification and diagnosis of retarded pupils, instructional materials, and
teaching procedures.

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology. (3)

This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the work
of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic ideology for
educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes in population and
technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the socio-economic attitudes
of individuals who control the schools, and other elements of community back-
ground which have significance in relation to schools.

Ed. 161. Introduction to Counseling and Pupil Services. (3)

Presents guidance principles and procedures, and examines the functions of
counselors, psychologists in schools, school social workers, and other pupil
service workers.

Ed. 189. Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. (1-6)

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached. The following type of educa-
tional enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: workshops con-
ducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other
colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy
laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as school super-
intendents, principals, and supervisors.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education. (3)
A study of present problems in higher education.

Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education.

(3)

The basic course in school administration. Deals with the organization and
administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal levels; and
with the administrative relationships involved.

Education

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Sec-
ondary Schools. (3)

The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics such as personnel
problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student activities, sched-
ule making, and internal financial accounting.

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration. (3)

Ed. 214. School Plant Planning. (2)

An orientation course in which the planning of school buildings is developed as
educational designing with reference to problems of site, building facilities, and
equipment.

Ed. 216. Public School Supervision. (3)

The nature and functions of supervision; various supervisory techniques and
procedures; human relationship factors; and personal qualities for supervision.

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools. (3)
Problems in organizing and administering elementary schools and improving
instruction.

Ed. 218. School Surveys. (2-6)

Ed. 219. Seminar in Educational Administration and Supervision.

(2-4)

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships. (2-6)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Enrollment limited. Designed to help
teachers, school administrators, and other school staff members to learn to
function more effectively in developing educational policy in group situations.
Each student in the course is required to be working concurrently in the field
with a group of school staff members or citizens on actual school problems.

Ed. 225. School Public Relations. (3)

A study of the interrelationships between the community and the school. Public
opinion, propaganda, and the ways in which various specified agents and agencies
within the school have a part in the school public relations program are explored.

Ed. 226. Child Accounting. (2)

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an
examination of the marking system.

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration. (3)

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school
personnel needs, including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision,
rewards, and other benefits.

Education

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2)

Primarily for individuals who wish to write seminar papers. Enrollment should
be preceded by at least 12 hours of graduate work in Education.

Ed. 234. The School Curriculum. (2-3)

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood
through adolescence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis
of conditions affecting curriculum change, an examination of issues in cur-
riculum making, and a consideration of current trends in curriculum design.

Ed. 235. Principles of Curriculum Development. (3)

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for
the selection and organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of
working in classroom and school on curriculum improvement.

Ed. 245. Introduction to Research. (2)

Intensive reading, analysis, and interpretation of research; applications to
teaching fields; the writing of abstracts, research reports, and seminar papers.

Ed. 250. Cases in Pupil Appraisal. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 262. Collecting and interpreting non-standardized pupil ap-
praisal data; synthesis of all types of data through case study procedures.

Ed. 253. Occupational Choice Theory and Information. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 161. Research and theory related to occupational and educa-
tional decisions; school programs of related information and other activities in
occupational decisions.

Ed. 254. Organization and Administration of Pupil Services. (2)

Prerequisites, Ed. 261 or permission of instructor. Instilling the guidance point
of view and implementing guidance practices.

Ed. 259. Counseling in Elementary Schools. (3)

Enrollment by permission of instructor. For elementary school counselors or
advanced students preparing for elementary school counseling. The functions of
a counselor in elementary school covering both general guidance and interview
functions.

Ed. 260. School Counseling: Theoretical Foundations and Practice.

(3)

Prerequisites, Ed. 161, 250, 253. Exploration of learning theories as applied
to counseling in schools, and practices which stem from such theories.

Ed. 261. Practicum in Counseling. (2-6)

Prerequisites, Ed. 260 and permission of instructor. Sequence of supervised
counseling experiences of increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in
advance. Two hour class plus laboratory.

Ed. 262. Measurement in Pupil Appraisal. (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 150. Study of group tests typically employed in school
testing programs; discussion of evidence relating to the measurement of abilities.

Ed. 265. Theory of Measurement. (2)

Prerequisites, Ed. 150 and 151. Treats such topics as theory and techniques
used in various scaling methods, test analysis, predictive accuracy of scores, and
equivalence of scores. For students desiring more advanced treatment of
problems.

Education, Early Childhood Education

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis.

(2)

Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. Selected research problems in the field of
community study with emphasis on the Baltimore area.

Ed. 269. Counseling and Pupil Services Seminar. (2)
Enrollment by permission of instructor.

Ed. 271. Advanced Statistics in Education (3)

Prerequisite, Ed. 251 or equivalent. Primarily for the education student desiring
more advanced work in statistical methodology. Survey of major types of
statistical design in educational research; application of multivariate statistical
techniques to educational problems.

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education. (2)

Bibliography development through a study of source materials in education,
special fields in education, and for seminar papers and theses.

Ed. 288. Special Problems in Education. (1-6)

Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit under this
number. Course card must have the title of the problem and the name of the
faculty member under whom the work will be done.

Ed. 399. Research — Thesis. (1-6)

Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a
doctoral project should use this number.

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

C. Ed. 110. Child Development III. (3)

Developmental growth of the child from the prenatal period through the early
childhood years, with implications for home and school practice. For students
in other colleges of the University.

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials. (3)

Prerequisites, C. Ed. 50, 51, or 110. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Storytelling;
selection of books for pre-school children; the use. preparation, and presentation
of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, wood, and scrap
materials for nursery school and kindergarten.

C. Ed. 116. Creative Music for Young Children. (2-3)

Prerequisite, Mus. 16 or equivalent. Creative experiences in songs and rhythms;
correlation of music and everyday teaching with the abilities and development of
each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching experience
with each age level.

C Ed. 140. Curriculum Instruction and Observation — Early Child-
hood Education. (3)

Prerequisites, C. Ed. 50, 51, or 110. Philosophy of early childhood education,
observation of the developmental needs at various age levels, with emphasis
upon the activities, materials, and methods by which education objectives are
attained.

Early Childhood, Human Development Education

C. Ed. 145. Guidance of Young Children. (3)

Development of an appreciation and understanding of young children from
different home and community backgrounds; study of individual and group
problems.

C. Ed. 160. Teacher-Parent Relationships. (3)

A study of the methods and materials, trends, and problems in establishing
close home-school relationships.

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II, and

III. (2,2,2)

These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school year.
Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual,
presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group for criti-
cism and group analysis and writes an interpretation of the dynamics under-
lying the child's learning behavior and development. Provides opportunity for
teachers in service to earn credit for participation in their own local child study
group.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on

Baltimore Campus

H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study.

(3)

This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which describe
human development and behavior and makes use of these principles in the study
of individual children. Each student will observe and record the behavior of
an individual child throughout the semester and must have one half-day a week
free for this purpose. The course is basic to further work in child study and
serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where the student has not had
field work or at least six weeks of workshop experience in child study.

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent must be taken before H. D. Ed. 201 or con-
currently. Emphasizes that understanding human life, growth, and behavior
depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control,
and expand energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes
and implications for understanding and working with people. H. D. Ed. 250
a or b or c may be taken concurrently with this course.

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior. (3)

H. D. Ed. 200 or its equivalent must be taken before H. D. Ed. 202 or con-
currently. This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns
of pressures, expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows
up. These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving
which emerge as the result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250
a or b or c may be taken concurrently with this course.

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children. (1,1,1)

This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior of an
individual child in a nearby school. These records will be used in conjunction

Human Development, Industrial Education

with the advanced courses in Human Development and this course will be taken
concurrently with such courses. Teachers active in their jobs while taking
advanced courses in Human Development may use records from their own class-
rooms for this course. May not be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 102, 103,
104, or H. D. Ed. 200.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. This course constitutes an introduction to
orthographic multi-view and isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the
visualization of an object when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and
upon the making of multi-view drawings. The course carries through auxiliary
views, sectional views, dimensioning, conventional representation and single
stroke letters. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1. Laboratory fee, $5.00.
A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern layouts, tracing
and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies are presented.

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. An introductory course to electricity in general.
It deals with the electrical circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement
of electrical energy, and a brief treatment of radio. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II. (2)

Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heating
measurement, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc, inductance
and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching. (2)

For vocational and occupational teachers of shopwork and related subjects.
The identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn; types
of teaching situations and techniques; measuring results and grading student
progress in shop and related technical subjects.

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching. (2)

(Offered in Baltimore only.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or
Methods of Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects. Primarily for
vocational and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours of directed observation and
demonstration teaching. Reports, conferences, and critiques constitute the re-
mainder of scheduled activities in this course.

Ind. Ed. 84. Organized and Supervised Work Experiences. (3)

This is a work experience sequence planned for students enrolled in the
curriculum, "Education for Industry". The purpose is to provide the students
with opportunities for first-hand experiences with business and industry. The
student is responsible for obtaining his own employment with the coordinator
advising him in regard to the job opportunities which have optimum learning
value. The nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the outset of
employment and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are
based upon the planned experiences. The time basis for each internship period
is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 hours. More complete details are found in the
handbook prepared for the student of this curriculum.

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 124. Organized and Supervised Work Experience. (3)

This is a work experience sequence planned for students enrolled in the cur-
riculum, "Education for Industry". The purpose is to provide the students with
opportunities for first-hand experiences with business and industry. The student
is responsible for obtaining his own employment with the coordinator advising
him in regard to the job opportunities which have optimum learning value. The
nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the outset of employment
and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based upon
the planned experiences. The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-
hour weeks or 240 hours. More complete details are found in the handbook
prepared for the student of this curriculum.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Ind. Ed. 115. Research and Experimentation in Industrial Arts. (3)
(New Course)
This is a laboratory-seminar course designed to develop persons capable of
planning, directing, and evaluating effective research and experimentation
procedures with the materials, products, and processes of industry.

Ind. Ed. 121. Industrial Arts in Special Education. (3)

(New Course)
Four hours laboratory per week, one hour lecture. Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 170
and 171 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $5.00. This course provides
experiences of a technical and theoretical nature in industrial processes appli-
cable for classroom use. Emphasis is placed on individual research in the
specific area of one major interest in special education.

Ind. Ed. 125, 126. Industrial Training in Industry I, II. (3,3)

The first course is designed to provide an overview of the function of industrial
training, type of programs, organization, development and evaluation. The
second course (prerequisite the first course) is designed to study specific training
programs in a variety of industries, plant program visitation, training program
development, and analyses of industrial training research.

Ind. Ed. 143. Industrial Safety Education I. (2)

Ind. Ed. 144. Industrial Safety Education II. (2)

This course presents exemplary safety practices through conference discussions,
group demonstrations, and organized plant visits to selected industrial situations.
Methods of fire precautions and safety practices are emphasized. Evaluative
criteria in safety programs are formulated.

Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development. (3)

Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance. (2)

This course identifies and applies the underlying principles of guidance to the
problems of educational and vocational adjustment of students.

Industrial Education

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management. (2)

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an Industrial
Education program including the selection of equipment and the arrangement
of the shop.

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry. (3)

This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the American
social, economic and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are
studied from the viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial
relations, production procedures, distribution of products, and the like.

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education. (2)

The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret data
relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education.

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis. (2)

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which is basic
in organizing vocational-industrial courses of study. This course should precede
Ind. Ed. 169.

Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction. (2)

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of study
for effective use in vocational and occupational schools.

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education. (2)

The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral phase
of the American program of public education.

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education. (2)

An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive times
to the present.

Ind. Ed. 175. Recent Technological Developments in Products and

Processes. (3)

This course is designed to give the student an understanding of recent techno-
logical developments as they pertain to the products and processes of industry.
The nature of the newer products and processes is studied as well as their effect
upon modern industry and/or society.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education. (3)

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point of view
in regard to Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total educational
program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current pro-
cedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own professional area.

Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection. (3)
This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and provides
opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the operation
of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised.

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts. (2)

Industrial, Library Science Education

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education.
(2)

This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting research

in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education.

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts. (3)

Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are examined
and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied. Methods of
and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied and practiced.

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education.
(2)

LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

L. S. Ed. 120. Introduction to Librarianship. (3 hours)

L. S. Ed. 122. Basic Reference and Information Sources. (3 hours)
Evaluation, selection, and utilization of information sources, in subject areas,
including encyclopedias, dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, yearbooks.
Study of bibliographical methods and form.

L. S. Ed. 124. Book Selection and Evaluation for Children and

Youth. (3 hours)

L. S. Ed. 126. Cataloging and Classification of Library Materials.
(3 hours)

Principles and practice in the organization of library materials. Dewey Decimal
Classification, rules for the dictionary catalog, Sears subject headings. Treatment
of non-book materials. Cataloging aids and tools.

L. S. Ed. 128. School Library Administration and Service. (3 hours)
Acquisition, circulation, utilization and maintenance of library materials. Organ-
ization of effective school library programs. School library quarters and equip-
ment. Publicity and exhibits. Evaluation of library services.

L. S. Ed. 130. Library Materials for Children. (3 hours)

Reading interests of children. Advanced study of children's literature. Survey of
informational materials in subject fields including: books, periodicals, films,
filmstrips, records, pictures, pamphlet materials.

L. S. Ed. 132. Library Materials for Youth. (3)

Reading interests of young people. Literature for adolescents. Informational
materials in subject fields including: books, periodicals, films, filmstrips, records,
pictures, pamphlet materials.

Music, Special Education

MUSIC EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Mus. Ed. 128. Music for the Elementary Classroom Teacher. (2-3)
Prerequisite, Mus. 16 or consent of instructor. A study of the group activities
and materials through which the child experiences music. The course is designed
to aid both music specialists and classroom teachers. It includes an outline of
objectives and a survey of instructional methods.

Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for the High

School. (2-4)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of suitable vocal and choral
repertoire for the high school. Problems of diction interpretation, tone produc-
tion, and phrasing. The course is designed primarily for choral directors and
teachers of voice classes. The course may be repeated for credit since different
repertoires are covered each time the course is offered.

Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Music for the High School. (2)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of the repertoires for high school
orchestra, band, and small ensemble. Problems of interpretations, intonation,
tone quality, and rehearsal techniques. The course may be repeated for credit
since different repertoires are covered each time the course is offered.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

Mus. Ed. 204. Current Trends in Music Education (Seminar). (2)
A survey of current philosophies and objectives of music in the schools. The
scope and sequence of the music curricula, vocal and instrumental, on the
elementary and secondary levels.

SPECIAL EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Sp. Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education. (3)

Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional
children, stressing preventive and remedial measures.

Sp. Ed. 171. Characteristics of Exceptional Children. (3-6).

A. Mentally Retarded. B. Gifted. C. Perceptual Learning Problems.
Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social and emotional characteristics of
exceptional children. Describes how the educational program should be modi-
fied to utilize the full capacity of these children.

Sp. Ed. 172. Education of Exceptional Children. (3-6)

A. Mentally Retarded. B. Gifted. C. Perceptual Learning Problems.
Offers practical and specific methods of teaching exceptional children. Selected
observation of actual teaching may be arranged. (Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 171 or
equivalent)

Special Education, Engineering, English

Sp. Ed. 173. Curriculum for Exceptional Children. (3-6)
A. Mentally Retarded. B. Gifted.

Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum for exceptional
children. Gives experience in developing curriculum for these children. Studies
various curricula currently in use. (Prerequisite, Sp. Ed. 171 or equivalent)

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

Sp. Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education. (2)
An overview of education of exceptional children.

ENGINEERING

Catalogs of the College of Engineering are on file in each Center of University
College. Regular Students (see pages 11-12) who have met admission require-
ments of the College of Engineering and who have been admitted to the College
Park campus, may apply for transfer to the College of Engineering in accord
with General and Academic Regulations of the University.

A student whose grade is below "C" in any subject which is prerequisite to
another subject in his proposed curriculum, is advised to repeat that subject
and submit a C-or-better grade in it before applying for transfer. He will be
required, before graduation, to have an average of at least C (2.0) — (a) in
all subjects applicable to his degree, and (b) in all junior-senior subjects in his
major department.

Besides English (Eng. 1, 2, 3, 4) and subjects in the "American Civilization
program", the following freshman-sophomore subjects are common to engi-
neering curricula: Math. 18, 19, 20, 21; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 20, 21; E. S. 1,
10 (and E. S. 20, 21 in some curricula). The following subjects are usually
offered in the summer at College Park: C. E. 110 (in a two-week period
intensively just after Commencement); and E. S. 10, E. S. 20, E. S. 21, E. E. 1,
and M. E. 1 in the regular 8-week Summer Session.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature. (3,3)

Eng. 1 is the prerequisite of Eng. 2. Grammar, rhetoric, and mechanics of
writing; frequent themes. Readings are in American literature. Required of
Freshman.

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature. (3,3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 2. Required of Sophomores. Practice in composition. An
introduction to world literature, foreign classics being read in translation.

Eng. 7. Technical Writing. (2)

Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. For students desiring practice in writing reports,
technical essays, or popular essays on technical subjects.

English

Eng. 8. College Grammar. (3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An analytical study of modern English grammar.

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing. (3)
Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21.

Eng. 14. Expository Writing. (3)

Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 in addition to
Eng. 14. Methods and problems of exposition; practice in several kinds of
informative writing. Not offered on the College Park campus.

Eng. 55. English Literature from the Beginnings to 1800. (3)
Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21.

Eng. 56. English Literature from 1800 to the Present. (3)
Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

English 4 and Junior standing are prerequisite to courses numbered 101-199.

Eng. 101. History of the English Language. (3)

Eng. 107. American English. (3)

The English language as developed in the United States. Dialects, vocabulary,
past and present problems of usage.

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare. (3,3)
Twenty-one important plays.

Eng. 121. Milton. (3)

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period. (3,3)

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period. (3,3)

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel. (3,3)

English novels of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry. (3)

The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century.

Eng. 144. Modern Drama. (3)

The drama from Ibsen to the present.

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel. (3)

Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century.

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy. (3)

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature. (3,3)

Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to the present,
with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century.

Eng. 152. The Novel in America. (3)

A historical survey of the development of the American novel from its 18th
century beginnings to the twentieth century.

Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers. (3,3)
Two writers studied intensively each semester.

English, Geography

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore. (3)

Historical background of folklore studies; types of folklore with particular
emphasis on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore.

Eng. 160. Advanced Expository Writing. (3)

Theories of composition; practice in writing essays and critical papers.

Eng. 170. Creative Writing. (3)

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.

GEOGRAPHY

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography. (3,3)

Not offered on College Park campus. Cannot be taken for credit by students
who have had Geog. 1 and 2. Study of the nature and geographic distribution
of the world's resources, its agricultural, mineral, and other industries in relation
to such basic factors as land forms, climates, population centers, and trade
routes.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America. (3)

Prerequisite, Geog. 20, 21, or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. A
study of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions of
Eastern United States and Canada, including an analysis of the significance of
the physical basis for present-day diversification of development, and the
historical geographic background.

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo- America. (3)

Prerequisite, Geog. 20, 21, or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. A
study of Western United States, Western Canada and Alaska along the lines
mentioned under Geog. 100.

Geog. 103. Geographic Concepts and Source Materials. (3)

Geog. 104. Geography of Major World Regions. (3)

A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and prospects of the world's
principal human-geographic regions, including Europe, Anglo-America, the
Soviet Union, the Far East, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the casual
factors of differentiation and the role geographic differences play in the inter-
pretation of the current world scene. This course is designed especially for
teachers.

Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and Adjacent Areas. (3)

An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and population in
relation to agriculture, industry, transport, and trade in the State of Maryland
and adjacent areas.

Geography, Government and Politics

Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean America.

(3)

Geog. 111. Economic and Cultural Geography of South America. (3)
A survey of natural environment and resources, economic development and
cultural diversity of the South American republics, with emphasis upon prob-
lems and prospects of the countries.

Geog. 120. Geography of Europe. (3)

Agricultural and industrial development of Europe and present-day problems
in relation to the physical and cultural setting of the continent and its natural
resources.

Geog. 125. Geography of Asia. (3)

Lands, climates, natural resources and major economic activities in Asia (except
Soviet Asia). Outstanding differences between major regions.

Geog. 130. Economic and Political Geography of Eastern Asia. (3)
Study of China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; physical geographic setting;
population; economic and political geography. Potentialities of major regions
and recent developments.

Geog. 131. Economic and Political Geography of South and Southeast

Asia. (3)

Study of the Indian subcontinent, Farther India, Indonesia: physical geographic
setting; population; economic and political geography. Potentialities of various
countries and regions and their role in present Asia.

Geog. 134. Cultural Geography of China and Japan. (3)

Survey of geographical distribution and interpretation of cultural patterns of
China and Japan. Emphasis on basic cultural institutions, outlook on life,
unique characteristics of various groups. Trends of cultural change and con-
temporary problems.

Geog. 140. Geography of the USSR. (3)

The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geographic factors in the
expansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural and industrial
production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, and
diversity of population.

Geog. 190. Political Geography. (3)

Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an analysis of
the role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference to the current
world scene.

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

G. & P. 1. American Government. (3)

This course is designed as the basic course in government for the American
Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the
United States — national, state, and local.

Government and Politics

G. & P. 3. Principles of Government and Politics. (3)
A study of the basic principles and concepts of political science.

G. & P. 60. State and Local Government. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the functioning and problems of state and
local government in the United States with illustrations from Maryland juris-
dictions.

G. & P. 97. Major Foreign Governments. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of characteristic governmental insti-
tutions and political processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia,
France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in
this course and also obtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

G. & P. 101. International Political Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the major factors underlying international
relations, the influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and
the development of foreign policies of the major powers.

G. & P. 102. International Law. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. Fundamental principles governing the relations of
states, including matters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, and
persons; treatment of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war
and neutrality.

G. & P. 104. Inter-American Relations. (3)

G. & P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of recent political
events in the Far East and their influence on world politics.

G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The principles and machinery of the conduct of
American foreign relations, with emphasis on the Department of State and the
Foreign Service, and an analysis of the major policies of the United States.

G. & P. 108. International Organization. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the objectives, structure, functions, and
procedures of international organizations, including the United Nations and
such functional and regional organizations as the Organization of American
States.

G. & P. 109. Foreign Policy of the USSR. (3)

G. & P. 110. Principles of Public Administration. (3)

G. & P. 111. Public Personnel Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B.A. 160. A survey of public personnel adminis-

Government and Politics

tration, including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency,
classification, recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service ratings,
training, discipline, employee relations and retirement.

G. & P. 112. Public Financial Administration. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. A survey of governmental financial
procedures, including processes of current and capital budgeting, the adminis-
tration of public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the
machinery of control through pre-audit and post-audit.

G. & P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comprehensive study of legislative organization, pro-
cedure, and problems.

G. & P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law. (3,3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the
American constitutional system, with special reference to the role of the
judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the
position of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over
commerce; due process of law and other civil rights.

G. & P. 133. Administration of Justice. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of civil and criminal court structure
and procedures in the United States at all levels of government, with special
emphasis upon the federal judiciary.

G. & P. 141. History of Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey of the principal political theories set forth
in the works of writers from Plato to Bentham.

G. & P. 142. Recent Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of 19th and 20th century political thought,
with special emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism.

G. & P. 144. American Political Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development and growth of American
political concepts from the colonial period to the present.

G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of governmental problems of international
scope, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students
are required to report on readings from current literature.

G. & P. 160. State and Local Administration. (3)

G. & P. 174. Political Parties. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A descriptive and analytical examination of American
political parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership.

G. & P. 178. Public Opinion. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of public opinion and its effect on
political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propa-
ganda, and pressure groups.

Government and Politics

G. & P. 181. Administrative Law. (3)

G. & P. 191. The Government and Administration of the Soviet
Union. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the adoption of the communist philosophy
by the Soviet Union, of its governmental structure, and of the administration of
government policy in the Soviet Union.

G. & P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)

Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of major political institutions, such as legis-
latures, executives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected
foreign governments.

For Graduates (offered through University College at Pentagon only)

G. & P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization. (3)
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.

G. & P. 202. Seminar in International Law. (3)

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in substantive
and procedural international law.

G. & P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the background
and development of American government.

G. & P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations. (3)

Reports of selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in American
foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations.

G. & P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in govern-
mental and political institutions in governments throughout the world.

G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of recent
federal-state relations.

G. & P. 213. Problems of Public Administration. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public
administration.

G. & P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of public personnel
administration.

G. & P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management.
(3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative

planning and management in government.

G. & P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authori-
ties. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of the
corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study will

Government and Politics, Health

relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the
case of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and
local housing authorities.

G. & P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of
public opinion.

G. & P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the com-
position and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process.

G. & P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of
political organization and action.

G. & P. 225. Man and the State. (3)

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts on political theory as
liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property,
sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state.

G. & P. 231. Seminar in Public Law. (3)

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of con-
stitutional and administrative law.

G. & P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics. (3)

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics and
instruction in the use of government documents.

G. & P. 261. Problems of Government and Politics. (3)

An examination of contemporary problems in the various fields of government
and politics, with reports on topics assigned for individual study.

G. & P. 399. Thesis Research.
(Arranged).

HEALTH

In addition to the Health courses listed below consult the College of Physical
Education, Recreation and Health catalog for graduate level courses in the
Health field.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Hea. 120. Methods and Materials in Health Education. (3)

Prerequisites, Hea. 40 or equivalent. This course considers various plans of
teaching health in schools and elsewhere. Health education teaching methods
and materials are evaluated with regard to their application to practical situations.

Hea. 145. Advanced Driver Education. (3)

Prerequisites, Hea. 50, 60, 70, 80, 105. Progressive techniques, supervision, and
practice of advanced driver-education; comprehensive programming for traffic
safety; psychology of traffic safety; improving the attitudes of young drivers;
teaching to meet driving emergencies; program planning in driver-education;
consumer education; resources and agencies; the teacher and driver-education;
measuring and evaluating results; driver-education for adults; new developments
in driver-education; insurance and liability; and the future of driver-education.

Health

*Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education in Elementary and

Secondary Schools. (2-6)

This is a workshop type of course designed particularly for in-service teachers
to acquaint them with the best methods of providing good health services,
healthful environment and health instruction.

*Hea. 170. The Health Program in the Elementary School. (3)

Prerequisites, Hea. 2 and 4 or Hea. 40. This course, designed for the elementary
school classroom teacher, analyzes biological, sociological, nutritional and other
factors which determine the health status and needs of the individual elementary
school child. The various aspects of the school program are evaluated in terms
of their role in health education.

The total school health program is surveyed from the standpoint of organization
and administration, and health appraisal. Emphasis is placed upon modern
methods and current materials in health instruction. (The State Department of
Education accepts this course for biological science credit.)

*Hea. 178. Fundamentals of Sex Education. (3)

This course is concerned with basic information regarding the physical, psy-
chological, social, historical, and comparative cultural aspects of sex. The
adjustment needs and problems of children and adults during the course of
maturing and aging are studied, and special consideration is given to the sex
education program in schools.

*Hea. 190. Administration and Supervision of School Health Edu-
cation. (3)

The application of the principles of administration and supervision to school
health education. This course involves observation and field work in school and
community health programs.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

Hea. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

(3)

A study of history, philosophy and principles of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health as applied to current problems in each area and as related to general
education.

Hea. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation,
and Health. (3)

A study of current concepts, principles and techniques of supervision and of their
application to the special fields indicated; observation of available supervisory
programs and visits with local supervisors; practice in the use of selected tech-
niques.

Hea. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

A study of methods and techniques of research used in Physical Education,
Recreation and Health Education; an analysis of examples for their use; and
practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.

* Note: Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Health, History

Hea. 220. Scientific Foundations of Health Education. (3)

A course dealing with an analysis of hereditary, physical, mental, and social
factors which influence the total health status during the developmental process.
The role of education in fostering physical and mental health is studied.

Hea. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

A library survey course, covering the total areas of Physical Education, Recre-
ation and Health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a digest,
including a bibliography, is to be submitted.

Hea. 240. Modern Theories of Health. (3)

The purpose of this course is to familiarize advanced students in health education
with modern theories of health and disease which involve so-called mind-body
relationships. Major topics of study and analysis include the theories of psycho-
somatics, stress, hypnosis and constitutional psychology.

Hea. 250. Health Problems in Guidance. (3)

A course designed to familiarize guidance counselors with principles of health
and with common deviations from health, especially during the school years.
Implications of health for pupil effectiveness in the entire curriculum, including
extra-class activities, are dealt with. Special attention is given to psychosomatic
disturbances which are commonly an aspect of personal problem situations.
Methods of dealing with health problems and utilizing available resources of
school and community are discussed.

Hea. 280. The Scientific Bases of Exercise. (3)

Prerequisites, Anatomy, Physiology, P. E. 100, P. E. 160, or the equivalent. A
critical analysis of the role of physical exercise in modern society with attention
given to such topics as: the need for physical exercise, its chronic effects, the
role of exercise in attaining good physical condition and fitness, factors deter-
mining championship performances, and physical fatigue.

Hea. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health. (3)

This course is devoted to the analysis of administrative problems in the light of
sound educational practice. Students concentrate their efforts upon their own
on-the-job administrative problems and contribute to the solution of other class
members' problems.

Hea. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and
Health. (3)

A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in Physical Educa-
tion and Health Education and the practical application of these principles to the
construction of a curriculum for a specific situation. The specific content of this
course is adjusted to meet the needs of the students enrolled in it.

HISTORY

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization. (3,3)

Required of all students who entered the University after 1944-45. Normally
to be taken in the sophomore year. An historical survey of the main forces in
American life with emphasis upon the development of our democratic heritage.
First semester from the colonial period through the Civil War. Second semester,
since the Civil War.

History

H. 41, 42. Western Civilization. (3,3)

These courses are designed to give the student an appreciation of the civilization
in which he lives in its broadest setting. The study begins with the collapse of
classical civilization and comes to the present.

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain. (3,3)

A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all classes.
Especially recommended for English majors and minors and pre-law students.
First semester: to 1485. Second semester: since 1485.

H. 61, 62. Far Eastern Civilization. (3,3)

These courses seek to give the student an understanding of a great civilization
radically different from our own and an appreciation of the complex problems
of the Far East and of American policy there. The approach is interdisciplinary
within an historical framework.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. 101. American Colonial History. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The settlement and development of
colonial America to the middle of the eighteenth century.

H. 102. The American Revolution. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The background and course of the
American Revolution through the formation of the Constitution.

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865.
(3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A synthesis of American life from
Independence through the Civil War.

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the
Civil War. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The development of American life and

institutions, with emphasis upon the period since 1876.

H. 116. The Civil War. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Military aspects; problems of the
Confederacy, political, social, and economic effects of the war upon American
society.

H. 118, 119. Recent American History. (3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Party politics, domestic issues, foreign
relations of the United States since 1890. First semester: through World War 1.
Second semester: since World War 1.

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States. (3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A historical study of the diplomatic
negotiations and foreign relations of the United States. First semester: from the
Revolution to the Civil War. Second semester: from the Civil War to the present.

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A consideration of the changed position
of the United States with reference to the rest of the world since 1917.

H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America. (3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An intellectual history of the American
people, embracing such topics as liberty, democracy, and social ideas.

History

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland. (3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. First semester, a survey of the political,
social and economic history of colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's
historical development and role as a state in the American Union.

H. 145, 146. Latin American History. (3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 5 and 6 or H. 41 and 42, or equivalent. A survey of the history
of Latin America from colonial origins to the present, covering political, cul-
tural, economic, and social development, with special emphasis upon relations
with the United States. First semester: Colonial Latin America. Second
semester: the Republics.

H. 155. Medieval Civilization. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54, or equivalent. A survey of the history of
Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire to the
thirteenth century.

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3)

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42 or 53, or the permission of the instructor. The culture
of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction through the
Thirty Years War.

H. 163, 164. History of the British Empire. (3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. First semester, the development of Eng-
land's Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the war for American Independence
(1783). Second semester, the rise of the Second British Empire and the solution
of the problem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the evolution of the
British Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and
problems of the dependent Empire.

H. 167, 168. History of Russia. (3,3)

A history of Russia from earliest times to the present.

H. 169, 170. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919. (3,3)
Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or H. 53, 54. A study of the political, economic, social
and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First
World War.

H. 171, 172. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century.

(3,3)

Prerequisites, H. 41, 42, or 53, 54. A study of political, economic, and cultural
developments in twentieth century Europe with special emphasis on the factors
involved in the two World Wars and their global impacts and significance.

H. 173. The Soviet Union. (3)

A history of the Bolshevik Revolution and the founding of the Soviet Union:
the economic policy and foreign policy of the USSR to the present.

Family Life, Food, Nutrition, Institution Administration

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS

The College of Home Economics offers the following courses on the College
Park and Baltimore Campuses.

FAMILY LIFE AND MANAGEMENT

H. M. 50. Decision Making in Family Living. (3)

Prerequisite, consent of department. (Designed for second or third semester
students.) Decision making in relation to family values, philosophies, goals, and
resources, and general socio-economic conditions.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

F. L. 132. The Child in the Family. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1; H. E. 5 or equivalent. Study of the child from prenatal
stage through adolescence, with emphasis on responsibility for guidance in the
home. Biological and psychological needs as they affect the child's relationship
with his family and peers.

FOOD, NUTRITION, AND INSTITUTION
ADMINISTRATION

F. & N. 5. Food and Nutrition of Individuals and Families. (3)

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A study of food in
contemporary living. The economic, social and esthetic implications of food as
well as its nutritive value. Selection and use of food in relation to eating
habits, health, and well-being of the individual. Survey of meal preparation and
service applied to family situations. Laboratory fee $3.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Nutr. 123. Nutrition for Health Services. (3)

A study of nutritional status and the effect of food habits and food consumption
on family health. Nutritional requirements for individuals in different stages
of development. Techniques and procedures for the application of nutrition
knowledge with consideration of various economic levels and social background.
For graduate nurses, dietitians, health teachers, and social workers. Laboratory
fee, $3.00. Offered in Baltimore.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus

Nutr. 208. Recent Progress in Nutrition. (3)

Recent developments in the science of nutrition with emphasis on the inter-
pretation of these findings for application in health and disease. Aids for the
dietitian in creating a better understanding of nutrition among patients, students
of graduate status and personnel, such as those in the dental and medical pro-
fession.

Home Economics, Practical Art, Textiles, Clothing

HOME ECONOMICS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

H. E. 170. Communication Skills and Techniques in Home Economics.

(3)

Principles and techniques for professional demonstration and presentation of
home economics and its related areas with selected experiences in television,
radio, creative writing, and photography.

H. E. 190. Special Problems in Home Economics. (1-3)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Problem may be in any area of home eco-
nomics and will carry the name of the subject matter of the problem. Laboratory
fee, $3.00 a semester hour.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

H. E. 201. Methods of Research in Home Economics. (3)

Prerequisites, Statistics or Tests and Measurements. Application of scientific
methods to problems in the field of home economics with emphasis on needed
research of an inter-disciplinary nature.

H. E. 202. Integrative Aspects of Home Economics. (2)

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Scope and focus of total professional field
with emphasis on purposes and functions as related to family and other group
living. Impact of the changing social, economic, technological and educational
situation upon home economics.

PRACTICAL (APPLIED) ART

Pr. Art. 1. Design. (3)

Art expression through materials such as opaque water color, wet clay, colored
chalk, and lithograph crayon which are conducive to freeing techniques. Ele-
mentary lettering, action figures, abstract design, three-dimensional design and
general composition study. Consideration of art as applied to daily living.
Laboratory fee, $3.00.

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING

T. & C. 5. Textiles and Clothing in Contemporary Living. (3)

Comparative analysis of the significance of fashions and fabrics to individuals
and groups, in terms of their physical, psychological, and social needs. Appli-
cation of textile technology to the choice and use of apparel and home fur-
nishing textiles toward increasing satisfactions in changing modes of life.
Laboratory fee, $5.00.

Textiles, Clothing, Journalism, Public Relations

Clo. 10. Principles and Methods of Clothing Design. (2)

Two lecture periods a week. Basic construction and fitting techniques of
apparel demonstrated in relation to interpretation and use of commercial
patterns. Esthetic and economic aspects as interrelated. Laboratory fee, $10.00.

Clo. 11. Experimental Clothing Design. (2)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 10. Application of prin-
ciples and methods of clothing construction with emphasis on management and
analysis of values to be achieved. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Clo. 21. Pattern Design. (3)

Three two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 10 and consent
of department. Pattern study, figure analysis and pattern alteration, development
and adaptation of individual basic pattern, creation of original designs. Labo-
ratory fee, $3.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Clo. 120. Draping. (3)

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 10. Demonstrations and
practice in creating costumes in fabrics and on individual dress forms; modeling
of garments for class criticism. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Clo. 127. Apparel Design. (3)

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 120. The
art of costuming; trade and custom methods of clothing design and construction;
advanced work in draping, pattern design and/or tailoring, with study of the
interrelationship of these techniques. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Jour. 165. Feature Writing. (3)

Writing and selling of magazine and newspaper feature articles.

P. R. 166. Public Relations. (3)

Survey of public relations; general orientation, principles and techniques.

P. R. 170. Public Relations Techniques. (3)

Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Strategy and techniques of publicity operations. Prac-
tice in the use of major media of public communication; off-campus publicity
projects.

P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism. (3)

Prerequisite, senior standing. Introduction to industrial communications, man-
agement and production of company publications, public relations aspects of
industrial journalism.

P. R. 186. Public Relations of Government and International Organ-
izations. (3)

Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, infor-
mation services in public administration of governments.

Foreign Language and Literature, Chinese
LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE, FOREIGN

All language courses include oral-aural practice as well as composition.

A student who has had only one year of foreign language in high school may
take courses 1 and 2 of that same language and receive full University of
Maryland credit.

A student who has had two years or more of a language in high school and
who wishes to enroll for the same language in the Overseas Program may not
receive credit for the first semester (Language 1). (If he desires, he may take
the first semester course as review without credit.) Exceptions will be made
in cases where a period of at least four years has elapsed between the date of
graduation from high school and the actual date of enrollment in a specific
language course. A student may not establish credit in the freshman-sophomore
courses of his native language*

Language 1 and Language 2 are considered as a unit; therefore, credit toward
a degree will not be granted in Language 1 until Language 2 has been com-
pleted. A student who has finished Language 2 without having taken the pre-
requisite Language 1 course may meet curricular requirements either by taking
nine additional hours in the same language or by taking three additional hours
in the same language, plus six hours in another.

Language 1 and 2 cannot be taken concurrently. Credit for Language 1 cannot
be established after credit has been received for Language 2. Language 6 and 7
cannot be taken concurrently.

A student with a high level of competence in a foreign language who is for
any reason ineligible or unable to take credit by special examination* may
request a waiver of the 12-hour language requirement. The request must be
addressed to the Dean of University College. If the waiver is granted, the
student is exempted from taking any foreign language courses, but he must
make up the 12 hours credit in electives.

CHINESE

Chinese 1, 2. Elementary Chinese. (3,3)

Elements of pronounciation. simple ideograms, colloquial conversation, transla-
tion.

Chinese 6, 7. Intermediate Chinese. (3,3)

Prerequisite, Chinese 2 or equivalent. Reading of tests designed to give some
knowledge of Chinese life, thought and culture.

* A student's "native language" is the one he first learned to read and write as a
child through regular schooling. It is not necessarily, therefore, the language of his
parents or that of the country in which he was born.

Chinese, French, German, Russian, Spanish

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Chinese 171, 172. Chinese Civilization. (3,3)**

This course supplements Geog. 134 and 135, Cultural Geography of East Asia.
It deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, government, and great
men. Second semester: developments in China since 1911. The course is given
in English translation.

FRENCH

French 1, 2. Elementary French. (3,3)

Study of linguistic structure and development of audio-lingual and writing
ability.

French 6, 7. Intermediate French. (3,3)

Prerequisite, French 2 or equivalent. Study of linguistic structure, further
development of audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading of literary tests
with discussion in French.

GERMAN

German 1, 2. Elementary German. (3,3)

Study of linguistic structure. Extensive drill in pronunciation and conversation.

German 6, 7. Intermediate Literary German. (3,3)

Prerequisite, German 2 or equivalent. Study of linguistic structure, reading of
literary texts with discussion in German.

RUSSIAN

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian. (3,3)

Elements of grammar, pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation.

Russian 6, 7. Intermediate Russian. (3,3)

Prerequisite, Russian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts designed to give some
knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture.

SPANISH

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish. (3,3)

Study of linguistic structure and development of audio-lingual and writing
ability.

** Language courses in the 171, 172, series may be considered as history credit

in meeting the requirements of the secondary area of concentration in the General

Studies Curriculum. They may also be used as elective credit in all curricula of
University College.

Spanish, Mathematics

Spanish 6, 7. Intermediate Spanish. (3,3)

Prerequisite, Spanish 2 or equivalent. Study of linguistic structure, further
development of audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading of literary tests
with discussion in Spanish.

MATHEMATICS

In general students should enroll in only one of the course sequences, Math.
10-11, 18-19. In case this rule is not followed, proper assignment of credit
will be made upon application to the Department of Mathematics. The fol-
lowing are listed as typical siuations:

Math. 10, 18. Credit in only one course, the one enrolled in latest.

Math. 11, 18. Math. 11— 2 credits Math. 18— 5 credits.

Math. 10. Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological,
premedical, predental, University College, and general Arts and Sciences stu-
dents. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one of the
courses, Math. 10, 18. Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear
equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms,
permutations and combinations, probability and mathematics of investment.

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 10, or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, predental,
University College and general Arts and Sciences students. This course is not
recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note regulation above,
in case student enrolls in more than one sequence, Math. 10-11, 18-19. Trigono-
metric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates,
locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, and graphs.

Math. 18, 19. Elementary Mathematical Analysis. (5,5)

Prerequisites, high school algebra completed and plane geometry. Open tc
students in the sciences, engineering, education. Note regulation above, in case
student enrolls in more than one of the course sequences, Math. 10-11, 18-19.
The elementary mathematical functions, composed of algebraic, exponential,
trigonometric types and their inverses, are studied by means of their properties,
their graphical representations, the identities interconnecting them, the solution
of equations involving them. The beginning techniques of calculus and a full
discussion of solid analytic geometry are included. Other material may be
selected from such topics as permutations, combinations, probability, statistics,
determinants, vectors, and matrices.

Math. 20, 21. Calculus. (4,4)

Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods a week. Prerequisite, Math. 19 or
equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences.
Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, rates,
curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical applications,
partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series.

Mathematics

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers. (3)

Prerequisite Math 21 or equivalent. Required of students in mechanical and
electrical engineering. Differential equations of the first and second order with
emphasis on their engineering applications.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Math. 100. Vectors and Matrices. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The algebra of vector spaces and matrices,
with emphasis upon those aspects of interest to students in applied mathematics.

Math. 103, 104. Introduction to Modern Algebra. (3,3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. For Math. 104, the usual prerequisite of
Math. 103 may be waived upon consent of instructor. In Math. 103 are studied
the basic concepts of abstract algebra: integral domains, divisibility, con-
gruences; fields, ordered fields; the fields of rational numbers, of real numbers,
of complex numbers; polynomial domains over a field, including classical results
on the theory of polynomial equations with rational, real, or complex coefficients;
unique factorization domains, irreducibility criteria; rings. In Math. 104 are
studied groups, vector spaces, linear transformation, matrices.

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus. (4,4)

Prerequisite, Math. 21, or equivalent. Limits and continuity of real and complex
functions, Riemann integration, partial differentiation, line and surface integrals,
infinite series, elements of vector analysis and of complex variable theory.
Emphasis on problems and techniques.

Math. 114. Differential Equations. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 110 or equivalent. Ordinary differential equations, symbolic
methods, sucessive approximations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions,
Bessel functions, Sturmian theory.

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 114. Partial differential equations of first and second order,
characteristics, boundary value problems, systems of equations, applications.

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Not open to students who have passed
Math. 164. Graduate students in mathematics should enroll in Math. 286.
Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration,
sequence and series, power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping,
residue theory, special functions.

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor

Analysis. (3,3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The differential geometry of curves and
surfaces with the use of vector and tensor methods, curvature and torsion,
moving frames, curvilinear coordinates, the fundamental differential forms,
covariant derivatives, intrinsic geometry, curves on a surface, applications to
problems in dynamics, mechanics, electricity and relativity.

Math. 130. Probability. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Combinatory analysis, total, compound

Mathematics

and inverse probability, continuous distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and
Laplace, theory of errors.

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Frequency distributions and their param-
eters, multivariate analysis and correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of
variance, statistical inference.

Math. 162. Applied Mathematics I. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Calculus of functions of several
real variables; limits, continuity, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, line
and surface integrals. Vector valued functions. Curvilinear coordinates.
Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes. Physical applications. (Not open to
students with credit for Math. 152).

Math. 163. Applied Mathematics II. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 162 or 152 or consent of instructor. The complex field.
Infinite processes for real and complex numbers. Calculus of complex functions.
Analytic functions and analytic continuation. Theory of residues and applica-
tion to evaluation of integrals. Conformal mapping. (Not open to students with
credit for Math. 116 or 154).

Math. 164. Applied Mathematics III. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 64 and 163 or 154 or consent of instructor. Fourier and
Laplace transforms. Evaluation of the complex inversion integral by the
theory of residues. Applications to systems of ordinary and partial differential
equations. (Not open to students with credit for Math. 153).

Math. 181. Foundations of Number Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Designed
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of
mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences. Axiomatic developments of the real numbers. Elementary
number theory.

Math. 182. Foundations of Algebra. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Designed
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of
mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences. Modern ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations.

Math. 183. Foundations of Geometry. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Designed
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of
mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences. A study of the axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometry.

Math. 184. Foundations of Analysis. (3)

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instructor. Designed
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of
mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences. A study of the limit concept and the calculus. (Previous
knowledge of calculus is not required.)

Microbiology, Military Studies, Music

MICROBIOLOGY

Microb. 1. General Microbiology. (4)

Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. The physiology,
culture and differentiation of microorganisms. Fundamental principles of micro-
biology in relation to man and his environment. Laboratory fee, $15.00.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Microb. 101. Pathogenic Microbiology. (4)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 1. The
role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with emphasis upon
the differentiation and culture of microorganisms, types of diseases, modes of
disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and epidemiological aspects.
Laboratory fee, $15.00.

MILITARY STUDIES

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

M. S. 147, 148. Military History. (3,3)

A study of the evolution of the art of war to include the following:

( 1 ) the impact of technological advances on the conduct of war;

(2) the development of the principles of strategy and higher tactics;

(3) the interrelationship of land, sea, and air power and the organization and
functioning of high commands in combined operations;

(4) the attributes of the great military leaders and their contribution to the
advancement of the art of war

M. S. 147, up to World War 1; M. S. 148, World Wars I and II and the Korean
Conflict.

M. S. 149. Military Law. (3)

A study of the basic principles of elementary law, including aspects of torts,
property, commercial law, and judicial systems; the aspects of constitutional law
affecting military government and the exercise of military power; the law of
evidence applied in civil, criminal, and military trials; a survey of the substantive
criminal law.

M. S. 151. Military Logistics. (3)

A study of logistics, including (a) the principles governing the national economic
activities and resources necessary to support the Armed Forces; (b) a study of
the logistical systems of the Army, Navy, and Air Force.

M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States. (3)

A study of American military policy from the period of the Revolutionary War
to the present.

MUSIC

Music 7, 8. Theory of Music. (3,3)

Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. A fundamental course in
the elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales, chord structures, and tonalities

Music, Nursing

through ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The student must achieve
a grade of "C" in Music 8 in order to register for Music 70.

Music 16. Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3)

Open to students majoring in Elementary Education or Childhood Education;
other students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not both be counted for
credit. The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related to the needs of
the classroom and kindergarten teacher, and organized in accord with the six-
area concept of musical learning.

Music 20. Survey of Music Literature. (3)

Open to all students except music and music education majors. Music 1 and
20 may not both be taken for credit. A study of the principles upon which
music is based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires performed in
America today.

SCHOOL OF NURSING

PROGRAM FOR REGISTERED NURSES

Nurs. 153. Public Health. (2)

First and second semester, senior year. A knowledge and understanding of public
health; its history and functions in the community and in the world in general.

Nurs. 154. Principles of Management in a Nursing Unit. (2)

Second semester, senior year. Elementary principles of administration; and the
interrelationships of the various departments of health agencies. It deals with
the position of the supervisor, staff nurse and other members of the nursing
team. Methods of supervision and evaluation of clinical work are included.

Nurs. 156. Public Health Nursing. (5)

First and second semesters, senior year. This course is designed to assist the
students in the application of knowledge, understanding, and appreciation of the
principles and scope of public health nursing and to prepare them to carry out
staff nursing activities in an organized public health nursing agency.

Nurs. 158. Bio-statistics. (3)

First and second semester, senior year. Purpose is to orient the student in the
proper interpretation of observational data, and to evaluate quantitative aspects
of medical literature.

Nurs. 159. Clinical Practicum. (2)

This course is designed to assist the registered professional nurse in applying her
knowledge, understanding and skills in the care of selected patients with complex
nursing problems.

Nurs. 189. Electives Workshops and Institutes. (1-6)

Participation in Workshops and Institutes in various aspects of nursing such as
Cardio-Vascular Nursing, Nursing Administration and Clinical Teaching, Re-
habilitative Nursing and others.

Nurs. 199. Pro-Seminar. (2)

This course is designed to provide knowledge and understanding of current trends
in nursing.

Philosophy
PHILOSOPHY

Students may not enroll in Phil. 1 and later take Phil. 123, 124; Students may
not enroll in Phil. 123, 124 and later take Phil. 1.

Phil. 1. Philosophy for Modern Man. (3)

An introduction to some of the main problems of philosophy, and to some of
the main ways of dealing with these problems.

Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics. (3)

An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help the student
increase his ability to employ language with understanding and to reason cor-
rectly. Topics treated include: the uses and abuses of language, techniques for
making sound inferences, and the logic of science.

Phil. 45. Ethics. (3)

An introduction to moral philosophy, including a critical examination of some
important classic and contemporary systems of ethics, such as those of Aristotle,
Kant, Mill, and Dewey.

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion. (3)

This course seeks to provide the student with the means by which he may
approach intelligently the main problems of religious thought: the nature of
religious experience, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting claims of
religion and science, and the place of religion in the community and in the
life of the individual.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy. (3)

A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. The
chief figures discussed: the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle,
Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers and Plotinus.

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy. (3)

A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th, and 18th
centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza,
Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant.

Phil. 104. Twentieth Century Philosophy. (3)

A survey of philosophy in the twentieth century, through a consideration of
representative figures in England, Europe, and America. Among the theories to
be studied are logical atomism (Russell, Wittgenstein), positivism (Carnap,
Ayer), existentialism and phenomenology (Sartre, Husserl), naturalism and
realism (Dewey, Santayana).

Phil. 105. American Philosophy. (3)

A survey of American philosophical thought from the 18th century to the
present. Special attention is given to Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson, Royce,
Peirce, James and Dewey.

Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy. (3)

A brief summary of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian thought
will center about the Rig-Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist Philosophers and
the chief Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center about Con-
fucius, Laotse and their disciples, particular attention being given to the develop-
ment of democratic ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen.

Philosophy, Physical Education

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By. (3,3)

An exploration of the fundamental beliefs which determine what men make of
their lives and of the world they live in. Each semester classic statements of
these beliefs by great philosophers will be chosen for class discussion on the
basis of their significance for the problems confronting modern man. Phil. 123
is not a prerequisite to Phil. 124.

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization. (3)

A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assumptions, goals,
and methods of contemporary' democracy, fascism, socialism, and communism,
with special attention to the ideological conflict between the United States and
Russia.

Phil. 145. Ethical Theory. (3)

Prerequisite, Philosophy 1 or 45. Contemporary problems having to do with the
meanings of the principal concepts of ethics and with the nature of moral
reasoning.

Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy. (3)

A systematic treatment of the main philosophical issues encountered in the
analysis and evaluation of social (especially political) institutions.

Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science. (3)

An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation,
hypotheses, verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories,
the basic concepts and presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to
society.

Phil. 164. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy. (3)

A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention will be
given to such thinkers as James. Bergson. Russell. Dewey, and Whitehead and
to such movements as Pragmatism. Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism, and
Existentialism. Particular consideration will be paid to the bearing of these
developments on contemporary problems of science, religion and society.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (3)
This course is designed to orient the general elementary- school classroom
teacher to physical education. Principles and practices in elementary school
physical education are presented and discussed, and a large variety of appropriate
activities are considered and demonstrated from a standpoint of their use and
application at the various grade levels.

* Note: Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Physical Education

*P. E. 160. Theory of Exercise. (3)

Two lectures and one laboratory hour a week. Prerequisite. Zool. 1. 14, and 15,
and P. E. 100 or equivalent. A study of exercise and its physiological and kine-
siological bases. Special emphasis is placed upon the application of exercise to
the development and maintenance of physical efficiency. Corrective therapy,
conditioning for athletics, the effects of exercise and training on the human
organism, fatigue, staleness. relaxation, and the nature of athletic injuries are
investigated.

*P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health. (3)

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, placement in
Group 1 or 2 on Mathematics Entrance test or Math. 0. The application of the
principles and techniques of educational measurement to the teaching of health
and physical education: study of the functions and techniques of measurement
in the evaluation of student progress toward the objectives of health and physical
education, and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of teaching.

*P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education.

Recreation and Health. (3)

The application of the principles of administration and supervision to Physical
Education. Recreation, and Health. This course must be taken during the
semester in which the student is doing student teaching.

*P. E. 195. Organization and Administration of Elementary School

Physical Education. (3)

Prerequisite. P. E. 120. This course considers the procedures which are basic
to the satisfactory organization of all phases of the elementary school physical
education program. Stress will be placed on the organizational and administrative
factors necessary for the successful operation of the program in various types of
elementary schools. Strong emphasis will be placed on organization and adminis-
tration from a standpoint of adapting the program to specific situations.

*P. E. 196. Quantitative Methods. (3)

A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in research
pertaining to Physical Education. Recreation, and Health Education. An effort
will be made to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint him
with the interpretations and practical applications of these techniques.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation, and

Health. (3)

A study of history, philosophy and principles of physical education, recreation
and health as applied to current problems in each area and as related to general
education.

* Note: Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the
adviser. Students taking 100 level courses for graduate credit will be expected to
carry out a special project.

Physical Education

P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation

and Health. (3)

P. E. 205. Analysis of Contemporary Athletics. (3)

A study of current problems, practices, and national issues of permanent impor-
tance to the conduct of athletic competition in a democracy.

P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

A study of methods and techniques of research used in Physical Education,
Recreation, and Health Education; an analysis of examples of their use; and
practice in their application to problems of interest to the student.

P. E. 215. Principles and Techniques of Evaluation. (3)

Prerequisite, an introductory course in measurement or permission of the
instructor. A study of currently used means of evaluating the performance of
students and the effectiveness of programs of physical education in schools and
colleges. Specific problems concerning evaluation, brought in by members of the
class, will be analyzed.

P. E. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

A library survey course, covering the total areas of Physical Education, Recre-
ation, and Health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a
digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted.

P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Sports and Recreation.

(3)

Prerequisites, psychology and/or human development. An exploration of psycho-
logical aspects of physical education, sports and recreation, including personality
dynamics in relation to exercise and sports, psychological factors in athletic
performance and coaching, and applications of principles of motor learning.

P. E. 280. Scientific Bases of Exercise. (3)

Prerequisites, Anatomy, Physiology, P. E. 100, 160, or equivalent. A critical
analysis of the role of physical exercise in modern society with attention given
to such topics as: the need for physical exercise, its chronic effects, the role of
exercise in attaining good physical condition and fitness, factors determining
championship performances, and physical fatigue.

P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health. (3)

P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and
Health. (3)

A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in Physical Educa-
cation and Health Education and the practical application of these principles to
the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation. The specific content
of this course is adjusted to meet the needs of the students enrolled in it.

Psychology

PSYCHOLOGY

Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology. (3)

A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact with the
major problems confronting psychology and the more important attempts at
their solution.

Psych. 5. Personality and Adjustment. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Introduces the student to the psychology of human
personality and adjustment with a view toward increasing self-understanding and
developing an appreciation of the mental health movement and each individual's
stake in it.

Psych. 21. Social Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Personality and behavior as influenced by culture and
interpersonal relations. Social influences on motivation, learning, memory, and
perception. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, language and communica-
tion, leadership, ethnic differences, and group processes.

Psych. 25. Child Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal
socialization of the growing child. Leading theories of child nature and care,
and their implications.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Researches on fundamental psychological problems en-
countered in education. Measurement and significance of individual differences,
learning, motivation, transfer of training, and the educational implications of
theories of intelligence.

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology. (3)

Prerequisites, Psych. 1 and 5. The nature, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of
mental disorders.

Psych. 148. Psychology of Learning. (3)

Prerequisite, 6 hours in psychology. Review and analysis of the major phe-
nomena and theories of human and animal learning, including an introduction
to the fields of problem solving, thinking and reasoning behavior.

Psych. 151. Psychology of Individual Differences. (3)

Prerequisite, 6 hours in psychology. Problems, theories, and researches related
to psychological differences among individuals and groups.

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology. (3)

Prerequisite, 6 hours in psychology. A course designed to aid in the under-
standing of the problems of people in a variety of work situations; serving as
an introduction to such technical problems as personnel selection, interviewing,
morale supervision and management, and human relations in industry. Lecture,
discussion and laboratory.

Recreation

RECREATION

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates*

*Rec. 120. Program Planning. (3)

Prerequisite, Rec. 30 or 170. Study of the various aspects, problems and practices
of family, agency and governmental recreation programs and their planning,
with particular emphasis on playground-community and teen-age center plans
and procedures. This course should be of interest and value to those students
planning to do part-time summer playground work.

*Rec. 150. Camp Management. (3)

An advanced camping course for those students with previous training and
experience; organization, administration, programming, current trends, evalua-
tion, and special problems. Whenever possible, visiting specialists and field trips
will be included.

*Rec. 180. Leadership Techniques and Practices. (3)

A study of the various kinds of levels of leadership exerted by professional and
semiprofessional workers, some of the difficulties and probable weaknesses to be
met, and some of the tangible techniques to be used in personnel, staff, and
public relationships; handling of problem children, of personnel, of public rela-
tions campaigns, committee gatherings, etc. The group work approach will be
emphasized and used, insofar as possible, in the solution of particular problems
that grow out of practical experiences in handling on and off campus groups.

*Rec. 190. Organization and Administration of Recreation. (3)

A study of the organizational patterns and administrative problems involved in
the various kinds of operating recreation groups and agencies; forms of organi-
zation; finance and budgets; personnel; areas, facilities, and equipment; public
relations.

For Graduates (offered through University College only on
Baltimore Campus)

Rec. 201. Foundations of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health.

(3)

A study of history, philosophy and principles of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health as applied to current problems in each area and as related to general
education.

Rec. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation,

and Health. (3)

A study of current concepts, principles and techniques of supervision and their
application to the special fields indicated: observation of available supervisory
programs and visits with local supervisors; practice in the use of selected tech-
niques.

* Note: Starred courses may be taken for graduate credit with permission of the
advisor. Students taking 100 level courses will be expected to carry out a special
project.

Recreation, Sociology

Rec. 204. Modern Trends in Recreation. (3)

A study of emphasis and recent developments in the recreation field as a whole
and within its various specialized areas, making particular reference to the
current and new literature.

Rec. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)

Rec. 230. Source Material Survey. (3)

A library survey course, covering the total areas of Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a digest,
including a bibliography, is to be submitted.

Rec. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recrea-
tion, and Health. (3)

This course is devoted to the analysis of administrative problems in the light
of sound educational practice. Students concentrate their efforts upon their
own on-the-job administrative problems and contribute to the solution of other
class members' problems.

SOCIOLOGY

Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in
sociology excepting Soc. 105.

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life. (3)

Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, small
town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition and change;
social organization.

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology. (3)

The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; insti-
tutions; culture, human nature and personality.

Soc. 52. Criminology. (3)

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; topologies of criminal
acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation; prevention of
crime.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology. (3)

A survey of the simpler cultures of the world, with attention to historical
processes and the application of anthropological theory to the modern situation.

Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations. (3)

The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and urban
life; migration, decentralization and the regionalism as methods of studying
individual and national issues. Applied field problems.

Soc. 114. The City. (3)

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process and
structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control, and
planning.

100

Sociology

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology. (3)

The sociology of human relations in American industry and business. Complex
industrial and business organizations as social systems. Social relationships
within and between industry, business, community and society.

Soc. 116. Military Sociology. (3)

The sociology of military life. Social change and the growth of military insti-
tutions. Complex formal military organizations. Military organizations as social
systems. Military Service as an occupation or profession. Relations between
military institutions, civilian communities and society.

Soc. 118. Community Organization. (3)

Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of com-
munity needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers:
neighborhood projects.

Soc. 121. Population. (3)

Population distribution and growth in the United States and the world; popula-
tion characteristics of the United States; resulting population problems and
policies.

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities. (3)

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the State; immi-
gration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in Europe.

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service. (3)

General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical development;
growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, private and public.

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality. (3)

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life;
processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior.

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior. (3)

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure and
functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public.

Soc. 145. Social Control. (3)

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior;
problems of social control in contemporary society.

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency. (3)

Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis of
factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention. (3)

Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. Methods and pro-
grams in prevention of crime and delinquency.

Soc. 164. The Family and Society. (3)

Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations,
historic development, changing structure and function; the interactions of
marriage and parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present-day
trends.

Soc. 166. Interviewing and Problem Solving in Social Work. (3)

Prerequisite, Soc. 131. (may be taken concurrently). The principles of inter-
viewing and other diagnostic techniques as applied to social problems with
particular reference to family and child behavior.

101

Sociology, Speech and Dramatic Art

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare. (3)

Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families and
children; child placement; foster families.

Soc. 183. Social Statistics. (3)

Prerequisite, Math. 3 or 10. Measures of central tendency and dispersion, use
of statistical inference in simple testing of null hypotheses, chi square, and labor
saving computational devices for correlation.

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory. (3)

Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent theories
of society.

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART

Speech 1. Public Speaking. (3)

The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
reports, etc.

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Speech 105. Speech-Handicapped School Children. (3)

Admission by consent of instructor. The occurrence, identification and treatment
of speech handicaps in the classroom. An introduction to speech pathology.

Speech 109. Speech and Language Development of Children. (3)
An analysis of normal and abnormal processes of speech and language develop-
ment in children.

Speech 112. Phonetics. (3)

Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English,
with an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the
international phonetic alphabet. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Speech 120. Speech Pathology. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 105. A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the
causes and treatment of organic speech disorders. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech in Human Relations. (3)

An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of general
semantics.

Speech 133. Communication Processes in Conferences. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 1. Limited to students at the off -campus centers. Group
participation in conferences, methods of problem solving, semantic aspects of
language and the function of conferences in industry and government.

Speech 136. Principles of Speech Therapy. (3)

Prerequisite, Speech 120. Differential diagnosis of speech and language handicaps
and the application of psychological principles of learning, motivation and
adjustment in the treatment of speech disorders. Laboratory fee, $3.00.

102

Zoology

ZOOLOGY

Zool. 1. General Zoology. (4)

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. This course, which
is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the basic principles of animal life.
Special emphasis is placed on the functions and systems of the human body as
well as basic biological phenomena, such as cell division, reproduction, and
inheritance.

Zool. 55. Development of the Human Body. (2)

Two lectures a week. A study of the main factors affecting the growth and
development of the child with special emphasis on normal development.

THULE ft B
OFFICERS OPEN NESS

103

JUT—

^^eV f 9

■ *•* 1

wit ~** ' mV

►.JlK^^HS

THE FACULTY

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF, ALL CENTERS

ABRAMS, Julian, Lecturer in Psychology

B.S., City College of New York, 1935; M.S., 1935; M. Litt., University of
Pittsburgh, 1948; Ph.D., New York University, 1957.

AHNERT, Frank O., Assistant Professor of Geography
Ph.D., University of Heidelberg, 1953.

AHRENDT, Myrl, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.A., Friends University, 1929; M.A., University of Wichita, 1932.

AITKEN, Alfred H., Lecturer in Physics

B.A., Lehigh University, 1949; M.S., Indiana University, 1950; Ph.D., 1955.

ALDRIDGE, Alfred O., Professor of English

B.S., Indiana University, 1937; M.A., University of Georgia, 1938; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1942; Docteur L'Universite De Paris, 1956.

ALEXANDER, Herbert, Lecturer in Psychology

A.B., Brown University, 1952; M.A., Columbia University, 1953.

ALFORD, Albert L., Lecturer in Government and Politics

A.B., University of Akron, 1948; A.M., Princeton University, 1951; Ph.D.,
1953.

ALPERIN, Robert J., Instructor in Government and Politics

B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., Northwestern Uni-
versity, 1959.

ALTER, Jean V., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
Ph.D., University of Paris, 1951; University of Chicago, 1958.

ANDERSON, Charles R., Instructor in Office Management and Techniques
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; M.Ed., 1959.

ANDERSON, Frank G., Associate Professor of Sociology

A.B., Cornell University, 1941; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1951.

ANDERSON, Henry A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., University of London, 1939; M.B.A., Columbia University, 1948;
Ph.D., 1959.

ANDERSON, J. Paul, Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1942; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., 1960.

ANDERSON, Jeremy H., Assistant Professor of Geography

B.A., Yale University, 1956; M.A., University of Washington, 1959.

105

Faculty

ANDERSON, Nancy S., Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Colorado, 1952; M.A., Ohio State University, 1953;
Ph.D., 1956.

ANDERSON, Thornton H., Associate Professor of Government and Politics
A.B., University of Kentucky, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., University of Wis-
consin, 1948.

ANDREWS, Mary L., Assistant Professor of English

B.S., New York University, 1929; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1941.

AOKI, Hideo, Lecturer in Education (Far East)

A.B., Kletzing College, 1945; M.A., Drake University, 1955; Ph.D., Stan-
ford University, 1957.

ARNOLD, Edward J., Lecturer in Industrial Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.A., Columbia University, 1948.

ASHLEY, Lewis J., Lecturer in Military Studies
B.S., Syracuse University, 1959; M.B.A., 1959.

ASHMEN, Roy, Assistant Professor of Business Administration

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1935; M.S., Columbia University, 1936;
Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1950.

AUSTIN, Edgar A., Lecturer in English (Far East)

B.A., University of California, 1950; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

AYLWARD, Thomas J., Associate Professor of Speech

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1960.

BACON, Eugene H., Lecturer in History

A.B., Loyola College, 1947; M.A., Georgetown University, 1949; Ph.D.,
1951.

BAILEY, William M., Instructor in Economics
B.A., North Texas University, 1959.

BAIRD, J. Douglas, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., University of British Columbia, 1924; S.A., 1925; Ph.D., University of
Washington, 1952.

BAKER, John, Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1942; LL.B., Yale Law School, 1951.

BAKER, John M., Lecturer in English (Far East)

A.B., Knox College, 1917; A.M., 1919; B.Litt., Columbia, 1921; A.M., Har-
vard University, 1926; Ph.D., 1930.

106

Faculty

BAKSHI, Jagjit S., Assistant Instructor in Mathematics

Baccalaureate A.S., College Khanna, 1952; M.A., Government College
Ludhvori, 1955.

BARBER, Willard F., Lecturer in Government and Politics
B.A., Stanford University, 1928; M.A., 1929.

BARNES, Henry F., Lecturer in Nursing

M.D., Duke Medical School, 1950; M.P.H., University of North Carolina,
1959.

BARNES, Jack C, Associate Professor of English

A.B., Duke University, 1939; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1954.

BARTLETT, Claude J., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.S., Denison University, 1954; M.A., Ohio State University, Ph.D., 1958.

BASS, John L., Instructor in Business Administration

B.A., George Washington University, 1933; M.A., University of Virginia,
1938.

BATES, James E., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., University of Washington, 1951.

BATKA, George F., Associate Professor of Speech

A.B., University of Wichita, 1938; M.A., University of Michigan, 1941.

BAUER, Richard H., Lecturer in History

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1924; M.A., 1928; PhD., 1935.

BEACH, Edward S., Lecturer in Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.Ed., 1957.

BEALL, Otho T., Jr., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Williams College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, 1953.

BEALS, L. Alan, Lecturer in Government and Politics

A.B., Colgate University, 1954; M.P.A., Syracuse University, 1955.

BEAVEN, Winton H., Lecturer in Speech

A.B., Atlantic Union College, 1937; M.A., Clark University, 1938; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, 1950.

BECKER, Earl F., Jr., Instructor in Microbiology

B.S., Muhlenberg College, 1951; M.S., George Washington University, 1957.

BECKLER, Bernard S., Lecturer in Economics
B.A., George Washington University.

107

Faculty

BECKWITH, Cornelia L., Assistant Professor of Practical Art

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1929; M.A., Columbia University, 1937.

BEDARD, Fernand D., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Fordham College, 1951; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1956.

BEEZLEY, Eva M., Lecturer in Foreign Languages
Staatsexamen, Berlin Teachers Seminary, 1945.

BENNETT, Lawrence H., Lecturer in Physics

B.A., Cum Laude, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D., Rut-
gers, The State University, 1958.

BENNETT, William E., Instructor in Education

B.S., Georgia Teachers College, 1939; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia
University, 1947.

BENNION, Lynn, Lecturer in English (Far East)

B.A., University of Utah; 1942; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1946.

BENSON, Ivan, Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., Stanford University, 1920; M.A., University of Kansas, 1928; Ph.D.,
University of Southern California, 1937.

BEQUETTE, James W., Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

BERGE, Jack A., Lecturer in Industrial Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.

BEST, Evelyn G., Lecturer in English
B.A., Barnard College, 1942.

BIENEN, Sanford M., Instructor in Psychology

B.A., Queens College, 1957; M.A., University of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D.,
1962.

BIERSDORF, Kathryn, Munich Psychology Counselor (Europe)

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., Washington State College, 1952; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1958.

BINDER, James K., Lecturer in English (Far East)

B.A., Lehigh University, 1942; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1948.

BINGHAM, Alfred J., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Yale University, 1933; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1939.

BINKLEY, Howard L., Lecturer in Business Administration

B.S., University of Delaware, 1948; M.A., Pennsylvania University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1958.

108

Faculty

BIRDSALL, Esther K., Instructor in English

B.A., Central Michigan College, 1947; M.A., University of Arizona, 1950;
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958.

BISHOP, Harold P., Lecturer in Psychology (Europe)

B.S., State University of Michigan, 1950; M.S., 1952; Ph.D., 1955.

BISSET, Alfred, Jr., Lecturer in Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.Ed., 1955.

BLACK, Frederick H., Jr., Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1944; M.B.A., University of Southern
California, 1960.

BLACKLOCK, Josiah A., Lecturer in Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1940; M.Ed., 1948.

BLAIR, Joseph C, Instructor in Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1951; M.A., 1960.

BLAKE, Stewart P., Lecturer in Business Administration

B.S., Rutgers University, 1953; M.B.A., Stanford University, 1958; Ph.D.,
1959.

BLAKESLEE, Lydia M., Instructor in Sociology

A.B., University of California, 1924; M.S.S., Smith College, 1926.

BLEIL, David, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., University of Michigan, 1934; M.S., 1937; Ph.D., Michigan State Col-
lege, 1948.

BODE, Carl, Professor of English

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1933; M.A., Northwestern University, 1938;
Ph.D., 1941.

BOGDANOWICZ, Witold, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Warsaw, 1953; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., Institute of Polish
Academy of Sciences, 1960.

BOLDT, Roger E., Lecturer in Chemistry

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., 1958.

BORDELON, Derrill J., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Louisiana State University, 1942; M.A., University of Maryland, 1956.

BORSUK, Charles S., Lecturer in Business Administration (Europe)
Ph.B., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.B.A., 1954; Ph.D., 1959.

BOSTICK, Charles W., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1950; M.S., University of Illi-
nois, 1951.

109

Faculty

BOTT, Margaret M., Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., St. John's University, 1952; M.S., Hunter College, 1959; Ph.D., Michi-
gan State University, 1962.

BOUCHER, Robert X., Lecturer in Business Administration

A.B., Georgetown University, 1945; M.A., Catholic University, 1955.

BOURDEAU, Hugo A., Instructor in Sociology

A.B., Tufts University, 1951; M.A., Boston University, 1952.

BOUVIER, Arthur P., Lecturer in English (Europe)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1921; Ph.D., 1943.

BOWIE, B. Lucile, Associate Professor of Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Uni-
versity, 1946; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1957.

BRAUCHER, Pela F., Associate Professor of Foods and Nutrition

A.B., Goucher College, 1927; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1929.

BRENHOLTZ, George W., Instructor in Speech

B.A., Gettysburg College, 1952; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1960.

BRENNAN, Madeleine, Lecturer in English

A.B., Smith College, 1934; M.A., Johns Hopkins, 1962.

BREWSTER, George P., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1916.

BRIGGS, John F., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., Yankton College, 1950; M.S., University of Denver, 1952.

BRIGHT, Simeon M., Lecturer in History

A.B., West Virginia University, 1949; M.A., 1950.

BROCKMANN, Robert F., Lecturer in History

A.B., Indiana University, 1942; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1951.

BROWN, Dale W., Assistant Professor of Library Science Education

A.B., David Lipscomb College, 1953; A.M., George Peabody College for
Teachers, 1955; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan, 1961.

BROWN, Frederick A., Assistant Professor in Education

B.S., Lock Haven State College, 1942; A.M., Columbia University Teachers
College, 1947; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1960.

BROWN, Helen I., Associate Professor of Food and Institution Administration
B.S., University of Vermont, 1938; M.A., Columbia University, 1948; Ph.D.,
1960.

Faculty

BROWN, Lillian W., Instructor in Child Education
B.A., Lake Erie College, 1930.

BROWN, Samuel E., Assistant Professor of English

A.B., Indiana University, 1934; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., Yale University, 1955.

BROWNETT, Donald J., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Atlantic)
B.A., University of Florida, 1960; M.S., 1962.

BRYAN, Marie D., Associate Professor of Education

B.A., Goucher College, 1923; M.A., University of Maryland, 1945.

BUCHER, Magnus E., Lecturer in History (Europe)

P.E., University of Munich, 1950; B.A., University of Denver, 1952; M.A.,
University of Colorado, 1954; Ph.D., 1958.

BUETER, Arnold G., Lecturer in Business Administration
B.B.A., College of City of New York, 1939.

BURDETTE, Franklin L., Professor of Government and Politics, and Director
of the Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., Marshall College, 1934; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1935; M.A.,
Princeton, 1937; Ph.D., 1938; LL.D., Marshall College, 1959.

BURKE, Armand, Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., University of Alabama, 1936; M.A., 1937; Ed.D., Columbia Univer-
sity, 1950.

BURNS, John S., Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., New York University, 1951; M.A., Rice Institute, 1953.

BURNS, Roy G., Jr., Lecturer in History (Far East)

A.B., University of Missouri, 1950; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., 1962.

BURRIER, Grayson S., Lecturer in Education

A.B., Catawha College, 1939; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University,
1948, Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1963.

BUTLER, James C, Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.A., Ohio State University, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

BYRD, Elbert M., Jr., Assistant Professor in Government and Politics
B.S., American University, 1953; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., 1959.

BYRNE, Richard H., Professor of Education

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College, 1938; M.A., Columbia University,
1947; Ed.D., 1952.

CALDERHEAD, William L., Lecturer in History

A.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1949; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., 1955.

Faculty

CAMPBELL, Kenneth J., Lecturer in Economics

A.B., Kenyon College, 1948; B.D., United Theological Seminary, 1953.

CANTER, Irving, Lecturer in Sociology

B.S.S., College of the City of New York, 1942; M.S.W., Wayne University,
1947; M.S.Ed., College of the City of New York, 1949; Ed.D., University of
Maryland, 1956.

CARPENTER, Ronald H., Instructor in Speech

B.A., Western Reserve University, 1954; M.A., 1959.

CARRINGTON, John O., Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.S., Bowling Green State University, 1932; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., University
of Kentucky, 1958.

CARROLL, Kieran J., Lecturer in Education
B.A., Catholic University, 1939; Ph.D., 1951.

CARSON, James B., Lecturer in Government and Politics
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1955; LL.B., 1962.

CARTER, John F., Instructor in Speech

B.S., State Teachers College, Frostburg, 1953; M.A., University of Maryland,
1958.

CAUTERO, Gerard S., Lecturer in English (Far East)

B.A., University of Utah, 1954; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., University of Southern
California, 1962.

CHAMPLIN, James R., Instructor in Physical Education
A.B., Earlham College, 1953; M.S., Indiana University, 1956.

CHATELAIN, Verne E., Professor of History

B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; M.A., University of Chicago,
1925; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1943.

CHAVES, Antonio F., Assistant Professor of Geography

Doctor, Civil Law, University of Habana, 1941; Doctor, Filosofia y Letras,
1946; M.A., Northwestern University, 1948.

CHEN, Chunjen C, Instructor in Foreign Languages

B.S., Cornell University, 1919; M.S., University of Maryland, 1920.

CHEN, Yung Ping, Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)
B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., 1959.

CLINE, Marvin G., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Dartmouth College, 1948; M.A., Cornell University, 1950; Ph.D.,
1954.

112

Faculty

CLOSE, Richard T., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Iona College, 1956.

COLE, Mildred B., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Illinois, 1943; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951.

COLLINS, Stephen E., Lecturer in Municipal Engineering
B.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1948.

COLLINSON, Elizabeth, Lecturer in Mathematics
A.B., Western Maryland College, 1955.

COMBS, Jerry W., Jr., Lecturer in Sociology

A.B., Presbyterian College, 1934; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1948;
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1954.

CONLAN, James, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.A., University of California, 1945; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1958.

CONNORS, John F., Lecturer in Industrial Education

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1937; M.Ed., University of Pitts-
burgh, 1950.

COOLEY, Franklin D., Professor of English

A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1927; M.A., University of Maryland, 1933;
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1940.

COOPER, Sherod M., Jr., Instructor in English
B.S., Temple University, 1951; M.A., 1953.

COPELAND, Milton H., Lecturer in Speech

B.A., Abilene Christian College, 1958; M.A., 1960.

CORNISH, Bertice A., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1954; M.A., 1955; Ed.D.,
1962.

CORRIN, Brownlee S., Lecturer in Government and Politics
A.B., Stanford University, 1947; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., 1952.

COSTELLO, Leslie C, Associate Professor and Head, Department of Anatomy
and Physiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1957.

COTNER, J. Douglas, Lecturer in Speech

B.A., B.S., Bowling Green State University, 1958; M.A., 1959.

COULTER, John L., Jr., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., American University, 1934; M.A., North Carolina University, 1936.

113

Faculty

COWAN, Ralph H., Lecturer in Military Studies
B.S., University of Maryland, 1962.

COX, Clell M., Assistant Professor of Practical Art

B.A., Mt. Allison University, 1933; MA., Acadia University, 1940; M.S.,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1949; Ph.D., North Carolina State College,
1952.

CREW, John L., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Morgan State College, 1952; M.A., New York University, 1955.

CREWS, L. Denton, Jr., Assistant Instructor in Speech
B.A., David Lipscomb College, 1959.

CRIPPS, Thomas, Lecturer in History

B.S.Ed., State Teachers College, Towson, 1954; M.A., University of Mary-
land, 1957.

CROSBY, Carl R., Jr., Lecturer in Music (Europe)

B.A., Bowdoin College, 1951; M.A., Boston University, 1953.

CROSMAN, Herbert A., Lecturer in History

B.A., Harvard University, 1938; M.A., 1944; Ph.D., 1947.

CURRY, Leslie, Assistant Professor of Geography

B.A., University of Durham, 1949; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1951;
Ph.D., University of Auckland, 1959.

CUSHMAN, Mortimer W., Instructor in English

B.A., Yale University, 1956; M.A., University of Maryland, 1962.

CUSON, Charles E., Lecturer in Business Administration

B.B.A., University of Michigan, 1952; M.B.A., Harvard University, 1962.

CUSSLER, Elise, Assistant Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., New York State College for Teachers, 1935; M.S., Syracuse Univer-
sity, 1937.

CUSSLER, Henry K., Assistant Instructor in Speech
B.S., University of Syracuse, 1931.

CUSSLER, Margaret T., Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., New York State College of Teachers at Albany, 1933; M.A., Radcliffe
College, 1941; Ph.D., 1943.

DAIKER, John A., Lecturer in Business Administration (Europe)
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.B.A., 1951.

DARBY, Fredryc R., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Far East)
A.B., Occidental College, 1934; M.A., 1935.

114

Faculty

DARDEN, William M., Lecturer in History

A.B., University of North Carolina, 1942; M.A., 1947.

DARLING, Richard L., Lecturer in Library Science Education

B.A., Montana State University, 1948; M.A., 1950; M.A.L.S., University of
Michigan, 1954; Ph.D., 1960.

DASTON, Paul G., Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Northeastern University, 1948; M.A., Michigan State University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1952.

DAVIS, Alexander S., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1947; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., 1956.

DAWSON, Townes L., Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., The University of Texas, 1943; M.B.A., 1947; Ph.D., 1950; LL.B.,
1954.

DAYTON, Chauncey M., Instructor in Education
B.A., University of Chicago, 1955.

DeHAVEN, Anna Lee, Assistant Professor of Nursing

R.N., University of Maryland, 1946; B.S.N.Ed., 1958; M.S., 1961.

DEHMELT, Bernard K., Lecturer in History (Atlantic)
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1958; M.A., 1959.

DEMAITRE, Ann, Instructor in Foreign Languages

B.A., Columbia University, 1950; M.A., University of California, 1951; M.S.,
Columbia University, 1952.

DENECKE, Marie, Instructor in Education

B.A., Columbia University, 1938; M.A., University of Maryland, 1942.

DERBYSHIRE, Robert L., Instructor of Medical Sociology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1959.

DESHLER, Walter W., Associate Professor of Geography

B.S., Lafayette College, 1943; M.A., University of Maryland, 1953; Ph.D.,
1957.

DeVERMOND, Mary F., Assistant Professor of Music

B.Mus., Howard University, 1942; M.A., Columbia University, 1948; Ed.D.,
University of Maryland, 1959.

DeWITT, Charles, Lecturer in Education

A.B., Culver-Stockton College; M.S., Drake University, Ed.D., University
of Maryland.

775

Faculty

DIAMADOPOULAS, Peter, Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A, Harvard University, 1952; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1957.

DIGGINS, Julia, Lecturer in Mathematics

A.B., Trinity College, 1925; M.A., Catholic University, 1931.

DIGGLES, Walter J., Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1951; M.B.A., Babson Institute of Busi-
ness Administration, 1957.

DILLON, Conley H., Professor of Government and Politics

B.A., Marshall College, 1928; M.A., Duke University, 1933; Ph.D., 1936.

DITTMAN, Laura L., Lecturer in Childhood Education
B.S., University of Colorado, 1938.

DIX, Edward Keith, Instructor in Economics

B.A., Millsaps College, 1954; M.A., Duke University, 1957.

DIXON, Jack R., Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S., Western Reserve University, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1954.

DOBERT, Eitel W., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; M.A., University of Maryland, 1949;
Ph.D., 1954.

DODD, Alan L., Lecturer in Education

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1951; M.Ed., University of Maryland,
1956.

DODEZ, M. Leon, Lecturer in Speech (Europe)
B.S., Ohio State University, 1957; M.A., 1960.

DONNERT, Hermann J. A., Lecturer in Mathematics
Doctor Philosophiae, Leopold-Franzens University, 1951.

DOORENBOS, Norman J., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Michigan, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1953.

DOUDNA, Mark E., Assistant Professor of Speech

B.S., Ohio State University, 1948; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1962.

DOUGHERTY, Joseph C, Jr., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)
B.A., St. Charles Boromeo, 1944; M.A., Georgetown University, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955.

DOWNS, Calvin W., Lecturer in Speech (Europe)

B.A., Harding College, 1958; M.A., Michigan State University, 1959; Ph.D.,
1962.

116

Faculty

DUIN, Gerald H., Lecturer in Military Studies (Europe)

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1936; M.A., Middlebury College,
1960.

DURAND, Robert Y., Lecturer in Business Administration (Europe)
A.B., Oberlin College, 1934; M.B.A., Harvard Business School, 1941.

DYER, Gilbert R., Lecturer in Economics

B.A., Montana State University, 1957; M.A., 1958.

EARL, David M., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Far East)

A.A., Flint Junior College, 1931; A.B., Oberlin College, 1933; M.A., Wayne
University, 1950; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957.

EDELSON, Charles B., Assistant Professor of Business Administration

B.B.A., University of New Mexico, 1949; M.B.A., Indiana University, 1950;
C.P.A., Maryland, 1951.

EGERLAND, Walter O., Lecturer in Mathematics

Diplom-Vorprufung, Institute of Technology, Karlsruhe, Germany, 1953;
Diplom-Hauptpriifung, 1956.

EISNER, Robert, Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., University of Southern California, 1952; M.A., 1956.

EKROTH, Lauren E., Lecturer in Speech (Europe)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., 1957.

ENGEL, Elizabeth, Lecturer in Education

B.A., University of Houston, 1953; M.A., University of Syracuse, 1958.

EPSTEIN, Carl P., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., Tulane University, 1947; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1950.

EVANS, Laura Kathryn, Instructor in Education

B.S., Eastern Kentucky State College, 1940; M.A., George Peabody College
for Teachers, 1946.

EYLER, Marvin H., Associate Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Houghton College, 1942; M.S., University of Illinois, 1948; Ph.D.,
1956.

FANOS, Stavroula, Lecturer in Music Education
B.Mus.Ed., Oberlin College, 1957.

FARBER, Robert E., Lecturer in Nursing

A.B., Princeton University, 1940; M.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1943;
M.Ph., 1956.

117

Faculty

FARLEY, Clare F., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1943; M.S., University of Iowa, 1947.

FEHR, Joseph Conrad, Lecturer in Military Studies
LL.B., George Washington University, 1921.

FELDMAN, Sidney, Lecturer in Economics

B.S.S., College of the City of New York, 1939; M.A., American University,
1959.

FERGUSON, E. James, Associate Professor of History

B.A., University of Washington, 1939; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, 1951.

FINDLEY, Jack D., Research Associate in Psychology

A.B., Baylor University, 1951; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1954.

FIRMAN, David, Lecturer in Geography

B.A., University of California at L.A., 1958; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1955.

FIROUZABADI, Ahmad, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Tehran, 1954; M.S., University of Maryland, 1957.

FLEMING, Rudd, Associate Professor of English

B.A., University of Chicago, 1930; M.A., Cornell University, 1932; Ph.D.,
1934.

FLICKINGER, B. Floyd, Lecturer in History

B.S., Lafayette College, 1927; M.A., University of Virginia, 1929.

FLINT, Paul L., Lecturer in History

B.S.Ed., Fordham University, 1948; M.A., Georgetown University, 1951.

FOURACRE, Maurice, Lecturer in Education

A.B., University of Michigan, 1935; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., 1942.

FRANZ, Jacob G., Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 1935; M.A., Colum-
bia University, 1939; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1960.

FRASER, Haynes R., Lecturer in History

B.A., University of Southern California, 1949; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., 1956.

FREENY, Ralph D., Instructor in Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

FRIED, Zoltan, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1954; Ph.D., Brandeis University, 1960.

118

Faculty

FRIEDMAN, Herbert, Professor of Physics

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1936; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1940.

FRIEDMAN, Melvin J., Associate Professor of English

A.B., Bard College, 1949; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D., Yale
University, 1954.

GABLE, C. Allen, Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.B.A., 1960.

GARNER, Donald P., Lecturer in Speech (Europe)

B.A., Harding College, 1951; M.A., Kent State University, 1953.

GENTRY, Dwight L., Assistant Dean and Professor of Business Organization
A.B., Elon College, 1941; M.B.A., Northwestern University, 1947; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois, 1952.

GERBER, William, Lecturer in Philospohy

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1929; M.A., George Washington Univer-
sity, 1932; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1945.

GIBLETTE, John F., Assistant Professor of Education and Assistant Director-
Testing and Research, University Counseling Center
B.A., George Washington University, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1952; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1960.

GIPE, Florence M., Professor and Dean of Nursing

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952; R.N.

GLAD, Paul W., Lecturer in History

B.S., Purdue University, 1947; M.A., Indiana University, 1949; Ph.D., 1957.

GLICK, Irving I., Lecturer in Mathematics
A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1960.

GOBETZ, Giles E., Lecturer in Sociology (Atlantic)

M.A., Washington University, 1955; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1962.

GOCHBERG, Donald S., Instructor in English

B.A., Bates College, 1955; M.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

GOERING, Jacob D., Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Bethel College, 1941; B.D., Bethany Seminary, 1949; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1959.

GOLANN, Stuart E., Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., Queens College, 1957; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1959;
Ph.D., 1961.

119

Faculty

GOLDBERG, Alfred, Lecturer in Military Studies

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University,
1950.

GOLDBERG, Isadore, Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., Miami University, 1955; M.A., University of Maryland, 1957; Ph.D.,
1959.

GOLDBERG, Joseph P., Instructor in English
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.A., 1959.

GOOD, Richard A., Professor of Mathematics

A.B., Ashland College, 1939; MA., University of Wisconsin, 1940; Ph.D.,
1945.

GOODWYN, Frank, Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Texas, 1946.

GORDER, Charles R., Lecturer in English

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1945; M.A., Columbia University,
1953.

GORDON, Marvin F., Lecturer in Geography

B.A., City College of New York, 1942; M.A., Columbia University, 1954.

GOSSAGE, Forest D., Lecturer in Speech

B.A., University of Maryland, 1957; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1961.

GOTTA, Jerry M., Instructor in Physical Education

B.S., Moorehead State College, 1960; A.M., Colorado State College, 1961

GRABB, Robert F., Lecturer in English

A.B., Brown University, 1941; LL.B., Harvard Law School, 1948.

GRABNER, Ludwig H., Lecturer in Physics

B.A., Columbia College, 1941; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1950.

GRACE, Charles, Lecturer in English (Europe)
A.B., University of Florida, 1956; M.A., 1959.

GRADY, Ronan C, Jr., Lecturer in Military Studies
B.S., U.S. Military Academy, 1943.

GRAVELY, William H., Jr., Associate Professor of English

A.B., College of William and Mary, 1925; M.A., University of Virginia,
1934; Ph.D., 1953.

GREEN, Philip G., Lecturer in Sociology

B.A., University of Washington, 1938; Certificate in Social Work, 1939.

120

Faculty

GREEN WALT, William J., Lecturer in Military Studies
B.S., United States Military Academy, 1943.

GREENWOOD, David C., Lecturer in English

B.A., University of London, 1949; Certificate in Education, University of
Nottingham, 1950; M.A., University of Oxford, 1953.

GREER, Deon C., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)
B.A., Brigham Young University, 1953; M.A., 1960.

GRIGGS, D. Thurston, Lecturer in History

B.A., University of Washington, 1938; M.A., Harvard University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1952.

GRIM, Samuel O., Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College, 1956; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, 1960.

GUILBAULT, George G., Lecturer in Chemistry

B.S., Loyola University, 1958; M.A., Princeton University, Ph.D., 1961.

GUNTHER, Hans Karl, Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.A., University of Missouri, 1951; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1954.

GUTKOSKA, Joseph P., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Maryland State Teachers College, 1956; M.Ed., Temple University,
1960.

HACKLEY, Brennie E., Jr., Lecturer in Chemistry

B.S., Wilberforce University, 1946; M.S., University of Delaware, 1954;
Ph.D., 1956.

Hahn, Cecil O., Lecturer in History (Far East)

B.Ed., Wisconsin State College, 1931; M.A., University of Iowa, 1934; Ph.D.,
1938.

HALL, Robert C, Lecturer in Education

A.B., Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1934; M.A., University of Nebraska,
1935; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1954.

HALL, Thomas W., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Maryland, 1938; M.A., Middlebury College, 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1958.

HALLINAN, Timothy, Lecturer in History (Far East)

A.B., Harvard University, 1946; D.Phil., Oxford University, 1955.

HANSON, Dale L., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; M.S., Mankato State College, 1956; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University, 1962.

121

Faculty

HARAP, Henry, Lecturer in Education

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1916; M.A., Columbia University
Teachers College, 1918; Ph.D., 1923.

HARDT, John P., Lecturer in Economics

B.A., University of Washington, 1945; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1955.

HARE, Robert R., Instructor in English

B.A., Ohio State University, 1936; M.A., University of Delaware, 1957.

HARPER, William S., Lecturer in Nursing

M.D., CM., Queens University, Canada, 1941; D.Ph., University of Ontario,
1950.

HARRIS, Edmond S., Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1932; M.A., Columbia University, 1934;
Ph.D., 1960.

HARRIS, Leonard H., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1951.

HARRISON, Horace V., Associate Professor of Government and Politics
B.A., Trinity University, Texas, 1932; M.A., University of Texas, 1941;
Ph.D., 1951.

HARRISON, Paul E., Jr., Professor of Industrial Education

B.Ed., Northern Illinois University, 1942; M.A., Colorado State College,
1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1955.

HARTLEIN, Marion L., Lecturer in Education

B.A., Columbia Union College, 1951; M.A., University of Maryland, 1957.

HARVEY, Ellen E., Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1935; M.A., 1941; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Oregon, 1951.

HASKETT, Miriam, Lecturer in History

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles, 1955; Ph.D., 1960.

HASKETT, Richard C, Lecturer in History

A.B., Indiana University, 1940; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., Princenton University,
1952.

HATHORN, Guy B., Associate Professor of Government and Politics

A.B., University of Mississippi, 1940; M.A., 1942; Ph.D., Duke University,
1950.

HAUPTMAN, Herbert, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., City College of New York, 1937; M.A., Columbia University, 1939;
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1955.

122

Faculty

HAYWARD, Raymond W., Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; Ph.D., University of California, 1950.

HEATH, Earl D., Lecturer in Education

B.S., California State Teachers College, 1948; M.A., University of Maryland,
1951; D.Phil., New York University, 1957.

HEATH, Elinor K., Lecturer in Education

B.S., West Virginia University, 1949; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1961.

HEBELER, Jean, Assistant Professor of Education and Coordinator of Special
Education Program
B.S., State University of New York, College for Teachers, 1953; M.S., Uni-
versity of Illinois, 1956; Ed.D., Syracuse University, 1960.

HEDRICH, Richard H., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.S., Northwestern University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1959.

HEFLIN, Wilson L., Lecturer in English

A.B., Birmingham-Southern, 1935; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1937; Ph.D.,
1952.

HENDRICKS, Richard, Associate Professor of Speech

A.B., Franklin College, 1937; M.A., Ohio State University, 1939; Ph.D.,
1956.

HENKE, Herbert H., Assistant Professor of Music and Music Education
B.Mus.Ed., Oberlin College, 1953; M.Mus., 1954.

HERING, Christoph, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
Ph.D., University of Bonn, 1950.

HERMAN, Harold J., Assistant Professor of English

A.B., University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
1960.

HERNDON, Paul C, Instructor in Agriculture

B.A., Harding College, 1943; M.A., George Peabody Teachers College, 1950.

HERRICK, Irving Weymouth, Jr., Instructor in Industrial Education

B.S., Gorham State Teachers College, 1954; M.Ed., University of Maryland,
1960.

HEYE, Charles F., Instructor in Business Organization

B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; M.B.A., University of Maryland, 1947.

HIGHBARGER, Robert A., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Northwestern University, 1950; M.S., University of Iowa, 1951.

123

Faculty

HILLYARD, Joseph B., Lecturer in Education

B.S., State Teachers College, 1941; M.A., Columbia University, 1948.

HILMAR, Norman A., Lecturer in Sociology

A.B., University of Colorado, 1949; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1955.

HIMES, Robert Stanley, Assistant Professor of Business Organization
B.S., The American University, 1951; M.B.A., 1955.

HIRZEL, Robert K., Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1946; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., Louisiana
State University, 1954.

HITCHCOCK, Donald, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., Harvard University, 1954; Ph.D.,
1960.

HJELM, Howard F., Lecturer in Education

B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1953; Ed.D.,
George Peabody College for Teachers, 1959.

HOFFSOMMER, Harold C, Professor and Head of Sociology

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University,
1929.

HOLLADAY, Howard P., Lecturer in Speech (Europe)
B.S., Kansas State College, 1953; M.S., 1956.

HOLTON, W. Milne, Instructor in English

A.B., Dartmouth College, 1954; M.A., Yale University, 1959; LL.B., Har-
vard University, 1957.

HOUK, John L., Lecturer in History

A.B., University of Southern California, 1948; M.F.S., 1955.

HOVEY, Richard B., Associate Professor of English

A.B., University of Cincinnati, 1942; M.A., Harvard University, 1943; Ph.D.,
1950.

HOWARD, Joseph T., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Salisbury State Teachers College, 1953; M.Ed., University of Maryland,
1956.

HOWARD, Robert E., Lecturer in Physics

A.B., Columbia University, 1953; D.Phil., Oxford University, 1957.

HOWARD, Sydney H., Lecturer in Business Administration
B.A., George Washington University, 1950; M.A., 1957.

124

Faculty

HU, Charles Y., Professor of Geography

B.A., University of Nanking, 1930; M.S., University of California, 1936;
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1941.

HUMPHREY, James H., Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Denison University, 1933; A.M., Western Reserve University, 1946;
Ed.D., Boston University, 1951.

HURLBUT, Elbridge O., Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.B.A., 1956.

HURT, Frank B., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., Washington and Lee University, 1923; M.A., University of Virginia,
1925; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1926.

HUSMAN, Burris S., Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., University of Illinois, 1941; M.S., 1948; Ed.D., University of Mary-
land, 1954.

HUSTON, John W., Lecturer in History

B.A., Monmouth College, 1948; M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1949; Ph.D.,
1956.

HUTZEL, Willard J., Instructor in Government and Politics
B.A., Boiling Green State LIniversity, 1959.

HYMES, James L., Jr., Professor of Education

B.A., Harvard College, 1934; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University,
1936; Ed.D., 1947.

INGRAM, Anne G., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

A.B., University of North Carolina, 1944; M.A., University of Georgia,
1948; Ed.D., Columbia University Teachers College, 1962.

IVORY, John E., Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Canisius College, 1950; M.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; Ph.D.,
1954.

JACKSON, Harold L., Lecturer in Economics (Europe)

A. A., City College of San Francisco, 1954; B.A., University of California,
1956; M.A., 1961.

JACKSON, James L., Lecturer in English

B.A., University of Illinois, 1938; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., 1949.

JACOBS, Walter D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
B.S., Columbia University, 1955; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1961.

JAMES, Edward F., Lecturer in English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1956.

125

Faculty

JAQUITH, Richard H., Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., Michigan State
University, 1955.

JELLEMA, Roderick H., Instructor in English

B.A., Calvin College, 1951; Post Graduate Diploma in English Studies, Edin-
burgh University, 1954.

JENSEN, Carl P. N., Lecturer in Business Administration

B.S., University of California at Berkeley, 1934; M.S., Columbia University,
1946.

JENSEN, John A., Lecturer in Psychology (Far East)

B.A., Louisiana State University, 1946; M. A., 1949; Ph.D., Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, 1952.

JERMAN, Bernard R., Associate Professor of English

B.A., The Ohio State University, 1946; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1951.

JOANNIDES, Peter, Lecturer in Philosophy (Europe)

B.A., University of Virginia, 1951; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1955.

JOHNSON, Barbara J., Lecturer in Education

B.A., Olivet College, 1944; M.A., University of Michigan, 1945.

JOHNSON, Donald D., Lecturer in History

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles, 1938; M.A., University of
Southern California, 1941; Ph.D., 1946.

JOHNSON, Warren R., Professor of Physical Education

B.A., University of Denver, 1942; M.A., 1947; Ed.D., Boston University,
1950.

JOLLENSTEN, Ralph W., Lecturer in Mathematics
A.B., Hastings College, 1940; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1949; Ph.D.,
University of Virginia, 1956.

JONES, John L., Jr., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Illinois, 1940; M.S., 1941; M.S., University of Maryland,
1949.

JOSEPH, J. Mehsen, Lecturer in Microbiology

A.B., West Virginia University, 1948; M.Sc, 1949; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1954; B.Sc, Phar., University of Toledo, 1955.

KALES, Morris L., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., Brown
University, 1936.

126

Faculty

KARLE, Jerome, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1937; A.M., Harvard University,
1938; M.S., University of Michigan, 1942; Ph.D., 1943.

KANNER, Leo, Lecturer in Education

M.D., University of Berlin, 1921; Prof. Emeritus of Child Psychiatry, Johns
Hopkins University, 1959.

KATZ, Steven R., Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., Cornell University, 1952; M.A., University of Oregon, 1959.

KELLY, James G., Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1953; M.A., Bowling Green State University,
1954; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1958; S.M.Hyg., Harvard School of Public
Health, 1960.

KELSEY, Roger R., Lecturer in Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ed.D.,
George Peabody College for Teachers, 1954.

KENNY, Hamill T., Lecturer in English

B.A., Columbia University, 1924; M.A., 1925; Ph.D., University of Mary-
land, 1951.

KERSH, Gettine E., Lecturer in Sociology
B.A., University of Pennsylvania.

KEVER, Delynn M., Lecturer in English (Far East)
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1951; M.A., 1957.

KILBOURN, George L., Instructor in Mathematics
B.S., Yale University, 1950; B.E., 1954.

KILLIGREW, John W., Lecturer in History

B.A., DePaul University, 1951; M.A., Indiana University, 1953; Ph.D., 1957.

KINCAID, Virginia C, Lecturer in Home Economics

B.S., Madison College, 1925; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941.

KINN, Winifred T., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Towson State Teachers College, 1945; M.S., University of Maryland,
1950.

KIRKLEY, Donald H, Jr., Lecturer in Speech
B.A., University of Maryland, 1960; M.A., 1962.

KIRKPATRICK, Robert, Lecturer in Philosophy (Europe)

B.A., University of Illinois, 1948; M.A., Northwestern University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1954.

127

Faculty

KNOX, John C, Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., Saint Cyr (French Military Academy), 1923.

KNUTSON, Sidney A., Lecturer in Military Studies

B.A., Michigan State University, 1942; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1953.

KOLB, Rita, Lecturer in Education

B.S.E., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, 1959; M.S., 1961.

KOSTKOWSKI, Henry J., Lecturer in Physics
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1954.

KOURY, Enver M., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)

B.A., George Washington University, 1953; Ph.D., American University,
1958.

KOUTOUZOS, Leo, Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)

A.B., New York University, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1950.

KRAMER, Charles F., Lecturer in Foreign Languages
Ph.B., Dickinson College, 1911; M.A., 1912.

KRAMER, George F., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1956.

KRAMER, Martin, Lecturer in Philosophy

B.A., Harvard College, 1954; Ph.D., Oxford University, 1958.

KRUPPA, Patricia S., Lecturer in History

B.A., University of Houston, 1958; M.A., Columbia University, 1959.

KURKJIAN, Badrig M., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1943; M.S., George Washing-
ton University, 1953; Ph.D., American University, 1960.

KYLE, David G., Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., University of Denver, 1952; M.A., 1953; Ed.D., University of Maryland,
1961.

LAFFER, Norman C, Associate Professor of Microbiology

B.S., Allegheny College, 1929; M.S., University of Maine, 1932; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Illinois, 1937.

LANCASTER, John J., Jr., Lecturer in Sociology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950.

LANDON, Philip J., Instructor in English
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1956.

725

Faculty

LANGDON, Robert M., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.S., Hamilton College, 1940; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1942.

LARSON, Harold, Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., Morningside College, 1927; M.A., Columbia University, 1928; Ph.D.,
1943.

LASKY, Julian J., Lecturer in Psychology

B.S., University of Michigan, 1941; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., 1950.

LATANE, Lewis M., Lecturer in Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Richmond, 1917; M.A., Pennsylvania State College, 1935;
LL.B., University of Maryland, 1922.

LATOUR, Conrad F., Lecturer in History (Europe)
B.A., Hobart College, 1943; M.A., Stanford, 1951; Ph.D., American Uni-
versity, 1955.

LAWSON, John R., Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Long Beach St. College, 1958; M.A., 1959; Ed.D., University of
Nebraska, 1962.

LEAGUE, James B., Jr., Lecturer in Education
B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1960; M.Ed., 1962.

LEARY, Thomas J., Lecturer in Economics

A.B., Northeastern University, 1951; M.A., Ohio State University, 1952;
Ph.D., 1955.

LEIBOWITZ, Herschel W., Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1951.

LEJINS, Peter P., Professor of Sociology

Mag. Phil., University of Latvia, 1930; Mag. Juris, 1933; Ph.D., University
of Chicago, 1938.

LEMAY, Robert W., Lecturer in Military Studies

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1954; M.B.A., Syracuse University, 1958.

LEMBACH, John, Associate Professor of Art

B.A., University of Chicago, 1934; M.A., Northwestern University, 1937;
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1946.

LEMMON, Robert A., Lecturer in Education
B.S.Ed., Ohio State University, 1950; M.A., 1954.

LENZER, Hubert, Lecturer in Speech (Europe)

B.A., San Francisco State Teachers College, 1950; M.A., 1953.

729

Faculty

LEO, Josephine, Lecturer in English
B.S., Temple University, 1949.

LEVENTHAL, Allan M., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Lafayette College, 1954; M.A., Kent State University, 1955; Ph.D.,
State University of Iowa, 1958.

LE VINSON, Perry, Lecturer in Sociology

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1951; M.A., University of Pennsylvania,
1953.

LEVY, Morton, Lecturer in English (Far East)

B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1959; M.A., 1962.

LEWIS, Harry W., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Miner Teachers College, 1938; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952.

LEWIS, Mary R., Lecturer in Education
B.A., Columbia University, 1930; M.S., 1933.

LIDE, David R., Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1949; M.A., Harvard, 1951; Ph.D.,
1952.

LIEBLING, Herman I., Lecturer in Economics

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1940; M.A., American University, 1945; Ph.D.,
1961.

MACIRYNSKI, Joseph E., Instructor in Sociology

B.B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1957; M.S., Trinity University of Texas.
1959.

MACK, C. John, II, Lecturer in Business Administration (Atlantic)

B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1958; M.A., Harvard Business School,
1959.

MALE, George A., Lecturer in Education

B.A., University of Michigan, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1952.

MALEY, Donald, Professor and Head of Industrial Education

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1943; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1948; Ph.D., 1950.

MALLORY, J. William, Lecturer in Philosophy (Atlantic)
B.A., Northwestern University, 1957; M.A., 1962.

MANDELBERG, Hirsch I., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.E., Johns Hopkins University, 1954; Ph.D., 1960.

130

Faculty

MANIATIS, George C, Lecturer in Economics (Europe)

B.S., Athens, Greece, School of Economic & Business Science, 1952; B.A.,
University of Athens, Greece; M.A., University of California, 1958.

MARSTON, Arthur E., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.A., University of California, 1937; Ph.D., 1941.

MARTEL, J. Luke, Lecturer in Foreign Languages

B.A., University of Arizona, 1950; License-es-Lettres, University of Mont-
pellier (France), 1952; Ph.D., University of Aix-Marseille (France), 1957.

MARTIN, Minerva L., Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.S., University of Alabama, 1931; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1937;
Ph.D., 1940.

MARX, George L., Associate Professor of Education

B.A., Yankton College, South Dakota, 1953; M.A., State University of Iowa,
1956; Ph.D., 1959.

MASI, Joseph L., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1952; M.S., University of Iillinois, 1957.

MASSEY, Benjamin H., Professor of Physical Education

A.B., Erskine College, 1938; M.S., University of Illinois, 1947; Ph.D., 1950.

MASSEY, William J., Assistant Professor of Education

A.B., Louisiana State Normal College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Missouri,
1951; Ed.D., 1955.

MATTESON, Richard L., Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, 1928; M.A., University of Illinois,
1929; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1933.

MAURO, Carl, Lecturer in Education

B.Ed., Brockport Teachers College, 1941; M.A., George Washington Uni-
versity, 1947; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1957.

MEALS, L. Kenton, Lecturer in Mathematics

A.B., Gettysburg College, 1942; M.A., University of Missouri, 1947.

MEARS, G. Joseph, Instructor in Business Administration
A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1952.

MEASDAY, Walter S., Assistant Professor of Economics

A.B., College of William and Mary, 1945; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1955.

MECK, Joseph P., Jr., Instructor in Economics
B.A., Coe College, 1959.

131

Faculty

MEESE, Billie G., Lecturer in Education

B.S., University of Akron, 1948; M.S.Ed., 1951; Ed.D., University of Mary-
land, 1961.

MEGARGEE, Richard, Lecturer in History

A.B., Princeton University, 1952; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954;
Ph.D., 1960.

MENDELSOHN, Martin S., Lecturer in Business Administration

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.B.A., 1951; LL.B., University of
Baltimore, 1959.

MENDEZ, Louis G., Jr., Lecturer in Foreign Languages

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1940; M.A., Georgetown University,
1956.

MENSER, Betty C, Instructor in Speech

B.A., Allegheny College, 1955; M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1958.

MERCADO, Ramon C, Lecturer in Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Michigan, 1933; M.A., 1934.

MERKEL, John, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1956; M.A., 1959.

MERSHON, Madelaine J., Professor of Education

B.S., Drake University, 1940; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943; Ph.D.,
1950.

MERSON, Edna Mae, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Maryland State Teachers College, 1945; M.A., University of Maryland,
1949; Ed.D., 1961.

MESSENGER, Theodore I., Jr., Instructor in Philosophy

B.A., Yale University, 1950; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1956;
Ph.D., 1962.

MILLER, Francis M., Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1946; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
1949.

MILLER, Stanley, Lecturer in Economics (Europe)

B.S.S., City College of New York, 1950; M.S., University of Wisconsin,
1951; Ph.D., 1957.

MILLON, Milton B., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.

MITTLEMAN, Don, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Columbia University, 1939; A.M., 1940; Ph.D., 1951.

132

Faculty

MONCADA, Ernest J., Instructor in English

B.A., University of Miami, 1952; M.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

MONTEIRO, Gloria, Lecturer in Education

B.A., University of Southwest Louisiana, 1951; M.A., Columbia University,
1956.

MOORE, Henry W., Jr., Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.A., Yale University, 1952.

MOORE, Virginia D., Lecturer in Education

B.Ed., Johns Hopkins University, 1948; M.Ed., University of Maryland,
1950.

MORGAN, James D., Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.B.A., 1950.

MORROW, James M., Assistant Instructor in Speech
B.A., University of Maryland, 1960.

MORTON, Clinton O., Lecturer in Foreign Languages

A.B., Rutgers University, 1931; A.M., Brown University, 1935.

MOSELY, Edward C, Lecturer in Psychology

B.S., Lynchburg College, 1950; A.M., George Washington University, 1952;
Ph.D., University of Texas.

MOSS, Samuel, Lecturer in Psychology (Far East)

A.A., Los Angeles City College, 1954; B.A., University of California at Los
Angeles, 1956; Ph.D., 1960.

MURPHY, Charles D., Professor and Head of English

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1930; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1940.

MURPHY, John J., Lecturer in Economics

A.B., Catholic University 1952; M.A., Yale University, 1955.

MUSAL, George R., Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.A., Brigham Young University, 1955; M.A., Syracuse University, 1956;
Ph.D., 1958.

MYERS, Robert M., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1941; M.A., Harvard University, 1943; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1945.

NASCIMENTO, Daniel C, Lecturer in English
B.A., Rutgers University, 1961.

133

Faculty

NEFFINGER, George G., Instructor in Business Administration

B.S., University of Florida, 1951; M.A., George Washington University,
1958.

NELSON, Boyd L., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1952.

NELSON, Elizabeth, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1944; M.A., Mills College, 1949; M.A.,
University of Maryland, 1957.

NELSON, Richard C, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1954; M.Ed., Houston College, 1957; Ph.D., Michi-
gan State University, 1960.

NERBOSO, Salvatore D., Instructor in Government and Politics

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1941; B.S.L.S., Columbia University,
1947; A.M., George Washington University, 1944, Harvard University, 1948;
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1950.

NEWBROUGH, John R., Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., College of Idaho, 1955; M.A., University of Utah, 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

NEWELL, Clarence A., Professor of Education

A.B., Hastings College, 1935; A.M., Teachers College, Columbia University,
1939; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1943.

NIEMEYER, Charles, Associate Professor of Speech

B.A., DePauw University, 1933; M.A., Northwestern University, 1935; Ph.D.,
Yale University, 1942.

NOALL, William F., Instructor in Journalism and Public Relations
B.S., Kent State University, 1957; M.S., Ohio State University, 1960.

NORTON, Ann E., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
A.B., Syracuse University, 1945; M.A., 1947.

OCKER, Edward H., Lecturer in Mathematics
M.E., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1929.

O'DONNELL, Maurice E., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
B.S., Eastern Illinois State College, 1948; M.S., University of Wisconsin,
1951; Ph.D., 1954.

OGDEN, John D., Lecturer in English (Europe)

A.B., Cornell University, 1936; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Yale University, 1942.

OHMAN, Gunnar P., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1943; M.S., University of Maryland,
1948.

134

Faculty

OLANDER, James H., Lecturer in Speech (Europe)

B.A., Lawrence College, 1952; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953.

OLVER, Frank W. J., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.Sc, M.Sc, D.Sc, University of London, 1945.

O'NEILL, Leo W., Jr., Associate Professor of Education

B.A., University of Chicago, 1938; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952;
Ed.D., University of Colorado, 1955.

OREM, Patricia A., Instructor in Nursing of Children

Diploma in Nursing, Union Memorial Hospital School of Nursing, R.N.,
1950; B.S., Catholic University of America, 1940; M.Ed., University of
Maryland, 1952.

ORR, Charles Richard, Lecturer in Speech (Far East)

A.B., Muskingum College, 1928; M.A., University of Michigan, 1938.

ORR, David B., Lecturer in Education

A.B., B.S.Ed., Wittenberg College, 1952; M.A., Columbia University, 1953;
Ph.D., 1956.

OSER, Hansjorg, Lecturer in Mathematics

Diploma of Physics, University of Freiburg, 1954; Dr. of Math., 1957.

PADGETT, G. Franklin, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S.Ed., Wilson Teachers College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Maryland,
1956.

PALMER, Melvin D., Instructor in English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1957; M.A., 1959.

PANICO, Marie, Instructor in Foreign Languages

B.A., Queens College, 1958; M.S., University of Maryland. 1960.

PARADISE, Lois M., Lecturer in Childhood Education

B.S., Texas State College for Women, 1949; M.S., Iowa State College, 1951.

PARKER, Keith, Lecturer in History (Atlantic)

B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson College, 1959; M.A., University of Maryland,
1961.

PARR, Wallace E., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1950.

PARRISH, James M., Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Alabama, 1943; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina, 1954.

135

Faculty

PARROTT, Fred J., Lecturer in Speech (Far East)

B.A., St. Lawrence University, 1935; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., Cornell University,
1948.

PARSONS, Arthur M., Lecturer in Military Studies (Europe)
B.S., United States Military Academy, 1919.

PASCH, Alan, Associate Professor of Philosophy

B.A., University of Michigan, 1949; M.A., New School for Social Research,
1952; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1955.

PATERSON, Robert A., Assistant Professor of Botany

B.A., University of Nevada, 1949; M.A., Stanford University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, 1957.

PATRICK, Arthur S., Professor in Charge of Office Techniques and Manage-
ment
B.Ed., Wisconsin State College, 1931; M.A., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D.,
American University, 1956.

PAVALKO, Frank J., Lecturer in English (Atlantic)

B.A., St. Joseph's College, 1952; M.A., Notre Dame University, 1953.

PAVEY, Stanley, Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., City College of New York, 1952; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1961.

PEAKE, Charles, Lecturer in Economics (Europe)

B.S., East Tennessee State College, 1956; M.S., University of Tennessee,
1957.

PEARSE, Cabell A., Lecturer in Mathematics

A.B., West Virginia University, 1950; M.S., Yale University, 1952; Ph.D.,
1956.

PECK, Bernard, Associate Professor of Education

B.A., Indiana University, 1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1941; Ed.D.,
University of Maryland, 1957.

PEREGOY, Frederick C, Jr., Lecturer in Industrial Education
B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1945.

PERGOLA, Jean F. J., Lecturer in Foreign Languages

Licence-es-lettres, Sorbonne University, 1931; Banking Diploma, Polytechnic
(London), 1937.

PERKINS, Hugh V., Professor of Education

B.A., Oberlin College, 1941; M.A., University of Chicago, 1946; Ph.D.,
1949; Ed.D., New York University, 1956.

136

Faculty

PERUSSE, Roland I., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1946; Ph.D., American University, 1955.

PHILLIPPS, Eugene, Lecturer in Economics (Europe)
B.S., University of Illinois, 1958; M.S., 1960.

PHILOON, Thurman E., Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.A., Bowdoin College, 1936; M.A., Harvard University, 1937; Ph.D., Yale
University, 1950.

PICKETT, Wilda D., Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Central Missouri State College, 1932; A.M., Columbia University,
1934; Ed.D., 1955.

PIERSON, Robert M., Lecturer in English

B.A., De Pauw University, 1946; M.A., Duke University, 1948; Ph.D., 1951;
M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America, 1955.

PITNER, Monty B., Lecturer in Speech (Atlantic)

B.A., Northwest Missouri State College, 1950; M.S., Kansas State College,
1957.

PLISCHKE, Elmer, Professor and Head of Government and Politics

Ph.B., Marquette University, 1937; M.A., American University, 1938; Ph.D.,
Clark University, 1943.

PLISKOFF, Stanley S., Lecturer in Psychology

A.B., New York University, 1951; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., 1956.

POPE, George B. H., Lecturer in Military Studies
Ph.B., Hamilton College, 1916.

POPPE, Janus, Lecturer in Economics

B.S., Nautical Academy, 1939; M.A., Georgetown University, 1947; Ph.D.,
1948.

PORTZ, John, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Duke University, 1937; M.A., Harvard University, 1942; Ph.D., 1958.

POWELL, Allen R., Lecturer in Philosophy

B.A., Anderson College and Theological Seminary, 1950; M.A., Ball State
Teachers College, 1951.

POWELL, Eugene S., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)
A.B., San Diego State College, 1948; M.A., University of California, 1951.

PRANGE, Gordon W., Lecturer in History

B.A., University of Lowa, 1932; M.A., 1934; Ph.D., 1937.

137

Faculty

PRESCOTT, Daniel A., Professor of Education

B.S., Tufts College, 1920; M.Ed., Harvard University, 1922; Ed.D., 1923.

PRICE, George E., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1952; M.S., University of Illinois, 1962.

PRICE, Henry W., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1950.

PRICKETT, Fay B., Lecturer in Military Studies
B.S., United States Military Academy, 1916.

PRITCHARD, David H., Lecturer in Education

B.S., New York State Teachers College, Buffalo, 1940; Ed.M., University
of Rochester, 1949.

PRITCHARD, Norris T., Lecturer in Economics

B.A., State College of Iowa, 1939; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1940;
Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1949.

PROBERT, John R., Lecturer in Government and Politics

A.B., Lafayette College, 1937; A.M., University of Pennsylvania, 1938;
Ph.D., 1957.

PROCTOR, Charles M., Jr., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Wilson Teachers College, 1947; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1954.

PROVENSEN, Hester B., Assistant Professor of Speech

LL.B., George Washington University, 1926; M.A., Emerson College, 1948.

PUGLIESE, Rudolph E., Assistant Professor of Speech

B.A., Miami University, Ohio, 1947; M.A., Catholic University, 1949.

QUIGLEY, James R., Lecturer in History (Atlantic)
B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1955; MA., 1958.

RABIN, Herbert, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.S., University of Illinois, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1959.

RADER, Charles P., Lecturer in Chemistry

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1957; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., 1961.

RAMSEY, John S., Instructor in English
B.A., Calvin College, 1959.

RAY, Philip B., Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Antioch College, 1950; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D..
University of Minnesota, 1962.

138

Faculty

REED, Betty C, Lecturer in Education

B.A., Coe College, 1952; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh, 1958.

REED, Henry R., Professor of Electrical Engineering

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1927; E.E., South Dakota State
College, 1930; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1941; Registered Professional
Engineer.

REGES, Stephen G., Lecturer in History

B.A., Georgetown University, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1959.

REINERS, Wilfred O., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)
A.B., University of California, 1952; M.A., Stanford University, 1956; Ph.D.,
1960.

REISS, Howard R., Lecturer in Physics

B.Aero. E., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.Aero. E., 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1958.

REKLIS, Virginia M., Lecturer in Mathematics

A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1931; M.A., University of Illinois, 1932;
Ph.D., 1937.

RENZ, Paul, Assistant Professor of Education

B.S., Syracuse University, 1951; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., University of Illinois,
1962.

REUSS, Frederick G., Lecturer in Economics

M.A., University of Munich, 1927; Dr. of Law and Political Economy, Uni-
versity of Wuerzburg, 1928; M.S., Catholic University of America, 1939.

RHOADS, David J., Instructor in Education
B.A., Temple University, 1954; M.A., 1958.

RICKABAUGH, Carey G., Instructor in Government and Politics

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1958; M.A., Western Reserve University,
1961.

RIES, Siegfried H., Lecturer in Government and Politics
B.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin, 1941; M.Ph., 1947.

RISINGER, Robert G., Professor of Education

B.S., Ball State Teachers College, 1940; M.A., University of Chicago, 1947;
Ed.D., University of Colorado, 1955.

ROBBINS, Richard D., Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., Mississippi Southern College, 1950; M.A., Johns Hopkins University,
1951.

139

Faculty

ROBEL, Ronald R., Lecturer in History (Far East)

B.A., Grinnel College, 1956; M.A., University of Michigan, 1958.

ROBERTS, J. Claude, Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.S., Sam Houston State College, 1948; A.B., 1950; M.A., University of
Texas, 1955; Ph.D., 1955.

ROBINSON, Edward A., Lecturer in Economics

B.A., St. Mary's Seminary and University, 1944; M.A., Catholic University
of America, 1948; Ph.D., 1954.

ROBSON, John L., Lecturer in Speech (Far East)

B.A., West Virginia University, 1939; M.A., University of Southern Cali-
fornia, 1948; Ph.D., 1951.

RODGERS, Herbert E., Instructor in Speech

B.A., Franklin College, 1956; M.S., Purdue University, 1958.

RODRIGUEZ, Paul V., Instructor in Foreign Languages
Maestro Nacional, Escuela Normal-Melilla, Spain, 1940.

ROGAN, Alfred C, Lecturer in Industrial Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; M.Ed., 1961.

ROGERS, Evelyn G., Instructor in English

B.A., Northwestern University, 1940; M.A., University of Massachusetts,
1956.

ROGERS, James F., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Sul Ross State College, 1947; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., University of Texas,
1952.

ROLFE, Cecil J., Lecturer in Economics

B.A., Columbia Union College, 1956; M.B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

ROSCHWALB, Jerold, Lecturer in English

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1956; M.A., Columbia University 1957.

ROUFF, William, Lecturer in History

B.S., University of Oregon, 1954; M.A., 1958.

ROULSTON, Charles R., Instructor in English

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., Indiana University, 1957.

ROWDYBUSH, Charles R., Lecturer in Military Studies

B.S., Ohio State University, 1936; M.A., The American University, 1957.

ROWZEE, Charles A., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering
B.S., Catholic University, 1949.

140

Faculty

RUNDELL, Walter, Jr., Lecturer in History

B.J., B.S., University of Texas, 1951; M.A., The American University, 1955;
Ph.D., 1957.

SACKTOR, Bertram, Lecturer in Chemistry

B.S., Cornell University, 1943; M.S., Rutgers University, 1947; Ph.D., 1949.

SALAMON, Frank, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Central Connecticut State College, 1950; M.Ed., University of Hartford,
1956.

SARGENT, Marion S., Lecturer in English (Far East)

B.A., Trinity University, 1930; M.A., University of Michigan, 1933; Ph.D..
University of Texas, 1946.

SASLAW, Samuel S., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1938.

SCHAEFER, George, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Teachers College, Trenton, 1939; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia
University, 1948.

SCHIFFMAN, Gilbert B., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Northern Illinois University, 1949; A.B., George Washington University,
1952; Ed.M., Temple University, 1955.

SCHINDLER, Alvin W., Professor of Education

A.B., Iowa State Teachers College, 1927; M.A., State University of Iowa,
1929; Ph.D., 1934.

SCHLARETZKI, Walter E., Associate Professor and Acting Head, Department
of Philosophy
B.A., Monmouth College, 1941; M.A., University of Illinois, 1942; Ph.D..
Cornell University, 1948.

SCHMID, John A., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Towson State Teachers College, 1939; M.Ed., University of Maryland.
1954; D.Ed., 1960.

SCHMIEDER, Allan A., Assistant Professor of Geography

B.S., Edinboro State College, 1955; M.A., Ohio State University, 1956.

SCHMITT, Charles J., Assistant Professor of Speech

B.A., Montana State University, 1953; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956;
M.F.A., 1959.

SCHRAMM, Carl, Instructor in Industrial Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.

141

Faculty

SCHUSTER, Charles R., Instructor in Psychology

A.B., Gettysburg College, 1951; M.S., University of New Mexico, 1953.

SCHWARTZ, David S., Lecturer in Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1944; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1950.

SEABROOK, Martha R., Lecturer in English

A.B., George Washington University, 1946; M.A., Columbia University,
1949; M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America, 1957.

SEARS, Christiane, Lecturer in Foreign Languages

Secondary Baccalaureat Paris, France; Ecole Nationale des Longues Orient-
ales Ve Vaures; Ecole Nationale des Beaux-Arts.

SHAFFNER, Robert S., Lecturer in Education

A.B., University of Maryland, 1948; M.Ed., 1952, Ed.D., 1962.

SHAKLEE, Harold G., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Oklahoma University, 1949; M.A., 1950.

SHANKWEILER, Paul W., Associate Professor of Sociology

Ph.B., Muhlenberg, 1919; M.A., Columbia University, 1921; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of North Carolina, 1934.

SHELEG, Boris, Lecturer in Mathematics
A.B., Clark University, 1956; A.M., 1958.

SHERMAN, Stanley N., Lecturer in Business Administration
B.A., University of Maryland, 1952; M.B.A., 1960.

SHORE, Thomas C, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Wake Forest College, 1950, North Carolina State College, 1952; M.I.A.,
North Carolina State College, 1956.

SHROFF, Arvin P., Instructor in Chemistry

B.S., University of Baroda, 1954; M.S., Duquesne, 1958; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1962.

SIAHATGAR, Sadegh, Assistant Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., Teheran Institute of Technology, 1956; B.S., 1957; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1961.

SICKELS, Robert J., Instructor in Government and Politics

B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1960.

SIMMS, Betty H., Assistant Professor of Education

A.B., Harris Teachers College, 1947; M.A., University of Michigan, 1955;
Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1962.

142

Faculty

SIMPSON, Ethel C, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana, 1958; M.A., University of
Arkansas, 1960.

SKARBEK, James F., Lecturer in Education

B.S., State Teachers College at Towson, 1958; M.A., University of Maryland,
1959.

SLACUM, Eleanor L., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1961.

SLAWSKY, Zaka I., Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1933; M.S., California Institute of
Technology, 1935; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1938.

SLUSHER, Howard S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Morehead State College, 1960; M.A., Colorado State College, 1961.

SMALLWOOD, Johnny B., Jr., Lecturer in History (Far East)

B.A., North Texas State College, 1955; M.A., 1956, Ph.D., University of
North Carolina, 1963.

SMITH, Barry, Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1950; M.A., University
of Texas, 1953.

SMITH, D. Harrison, Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.S., Georgetown University, 1939; M.A., 1942; Ph.D., 1950; Ph.D., Fri-
bourg University, 1951.

SMITH, Gayle S., Assistant Professor of English

B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.A., Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D., 1958.

SMITH, Linda C, Lecturer in Education

B.S., State University of Iowa, 1929; M.A., 1931; Ed.D., Temple University,
1949.

SMITH, Virginia S., Lecturer in Foreign Languages

B.A., George Washington University, 1943; M.A., Yale University, 1944;
M.A., Middlebury College, 1957.

SMITH, William R., Lecturer in Mathematics

A.B., S.B., University of Chicago, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951.

SMUCK, Thomas E., Lecturer in History (Europe)

A.B., Chicago State College, 1946; M.A., University of California at Los
Angeles, 1947; Ph.D., 1952.

SPECKHARD, Robert R., Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., University of Michigan, 1947; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1958.

143

Faculty

SPENCER, Mabel S., Associate Professor of Home Economics

B.S., West Virginia University, 1925; M.S., 1946; Ed.D., American Univer-
sity, 1959.

SPIVEY, Clinton, Associate Professor of Business Organization and Manage-
ment
B.S., University of Illinois, 1946; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1957.

ST ANT, Margaret A., Assistant Professor of Childhood Education

B.S., University of Maryland, 1932; M.Ed., 1955; A.P.C., George Washing-
ton University, 1959.

STARCHER, E. Thomas, Assistant Professor of Speech

B.A., University of Southern California, 1940; M.S., University of Arkansas,
1948.

STARTT, William A., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Maryland, 1953.

STEIN, Gloria F., Lecturer in English

B.A., Hunter College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1948.

STEINMEYER, Reuben G., Professor of Government and Politics
A.B., American University, 1929; Ph.D., 1935.

STEPANOVICH, George, Lecturer in Economics

B.A., Ohio State University, 1940; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University,
1958.

STEPHENS, Henry E., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1944; M.C.E., Rennsselaer Polytechnic
Institute, 1948; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1954.

STEPHENS, Perry L., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., United States Naval Academy, 1951; M.S., Air Force Institute of Tech-
nology, 1960.

STERN, Frank, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., Union College, 1949; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1955.

STERN, Herbert J., Lecturer in Education

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1950; M.Ed., 1953; Ed.D., 1962.

STEWART, Charles T., Assistant Professor of Education

A.B., Erskine College, 1915; M.A., University of Maryland, 1951.

STEWART, James M., Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Western Washington College, 1953; Ph.D., University of Washington,
1958.

144

Faculty

STEWART, Milton D., Jr., Lecturer in Economics (Far East)

B.A., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1958; M.S., 1960.

STONE, Edith O., Lecturer in English

B.A., Pacific Union College, 1938; M.A., 1942; Ph.D., University of Michi-
gan, 1960.

STONE, Martha C, Instructor in English

B.S.Ed., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927; M.A., University of
Missouri, 1929.

STRATTON, Thomas J., Lecturer in Business Administration
A.A., A.B., George Washington University, 1950; A.M., 1958.

STRAUB, Dorothy E., Lecturer in English

B.A., Barnard College, 1942; M.A., Catholic University, 1962.

STRAUSBAUGH, Warren L., Associate Professor and Head of Speech
B.S., Wooster College, 1932; M.A., University of Iowa, 1935.

STRIPLING, George W. F., Lecturer in History (Europe)

A.B., University of Illinois, 1933; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1936.

STUTTS, Marilyn, Lecturer in Home Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., New York University, 1954.

SULLIVAN, Cornelius D., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., University of Toronto, 1938; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., Georgetown Univer-
sity, 1958.

SWAN, Herbert L., Lecturer in Speech (Far East)

Ph.B., Brown University, 1928; M.A., University of the Redlands, 1948.

SWART, John C, Lecturer in Speech (Far East)

B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1953; M.A., Indiana University, 1955;
Ph.D., 1960.

SYLVESTER, Harold F., Professor of Personnel Administration
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938.

TAYBACK, Matthew, Lecturer in Nursing

A.B., Harvard University, 1939; A.M., Columbia University, 1940; SS.D.,
Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene, 1953.

TERRY, Doris E., Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1949; M.S., University of Indiana,
1952; M.Ph., University of North Carolina, 1958.

THICKSTUN, William R., Sr., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1952.

145

Faculty

THOMAS, John A., Instructor in English

B.A., Brigham Young University, 1952; M.A., 1953.

THOMPSON, Morris, Lecturer in Foreign Languages
B.M.E., Ohio State University, 1940.

THOMPSON, Travis L, Lecturer in Psychology

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1958; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., 1961.

THORBERG, Raymond, Assistant Professor of English

B.A., University of Alaska, 1939; M.A., University of Chicago, 1946; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1954.

THORNE, George F., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., North Carolina State College,
1955.

THROOP, Vincent M., Lecturer in Geography

B.S., Syracuse University, 1932; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., University of Chicago,
1949.

TIERNEY, John Lester, Lecturer in Business and Public Administration

A.B., University of Minnesota, 1929; LL.B., University of Wisconsin, 1938;
LL.M., George Washington University, 1956.

TIERNEY, William F., Associate Professor of Industrial Education

B.S., Teachers College of Connecticut, 1941; M.A., Ohio State University,
1949; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952.

TILBURY, Leon E., Lecturer in Speech (Europe)

A.B., Western State College of Colorado, 1958; M.A., Kansas State Univer-
sity, 1961.

TOLAND, John I., Jr., Instructor in Sociology

B.A., University of Tulsa, 1956; M.A., University of Maryland, 1958.

TOMPKINS, Theron A., Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Eastern Michigan College of Education, 1926; M.A., University of
Michigan, 1939.

TORPEY, Paul L., Lecturer in English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

TRAVER, Paul P., Assistant Professor of Music

B.Mus., Catholic University of America, 1955; M.Mus., 1957.

TRENT, Horace M., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering

B.A., Berea College, 1928; M.A., Indiana University, 1929; Ph.D., 1934.

146

Faculty

TROSPER, Emory T., Jr., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Far East)
B.A., Colorado State College, 1954; M.A., Ohio State University, 1957.

TUCKER, Frank H., Lecturer in History

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1948; M.A., Georgetown University, 1950;
Ph.D., 1954.

TURNAGE, Thomas W., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1958; Ph.D., 1962.

TURSMAN, Richard A., Lecturer in Philosophy (Atlantic)

B.A., University of Colorado, 1957; M.A., University of Illinois, 1959.

TYCHSEN, Charles E., Lecturer in Economics

B.S., Princeton University, 1943; M.B.A., Ohio State University, 1958; M.S.,
(Equivalent) United States Air Force Institute of Technology, 1951.

ULRY, Orval L., Associate Professor of Education

B.S., Ohio State University, 1938; M.A., 1944; Ph.D., 1953.

UMPHREY, James R., Lecturer in Speech (Europe)
A.B., University of Michigan, 1952; M.A., 1954.

VAN ROYEN, William, Professor and Head of Geography

M.A., Rijksuniverisiteit Utrecht, 1925; Ph.D., Clark University, 1928.

VAN ZWOLL, James A., Professor of Education

A.B., Calvin College, 1933; M.A., University of Michigan, 1937; Ph.D.,
1942.

VETTER, Harold, Lecturer in Psychology (Far East)

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1949; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., 1955.

VICARS, Earl C, Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Purdue University, 1942; D.Eng., University of California, 1952.

VIGORITO, John V., Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.A., St. John's University, 1955; M.A., University of Notre Dame, 1956.

VOLGYES, Ivan, Lecturer in Government and Politics (Atlantic)
B.A., American University, 1960; M.A., 1961.

WAETJEN, Walter B., Professor of Education

B.S., Millersville State Teachers College, 1942; M.S., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1947; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1951.

WALDER, Leopold O., Associate Professor of Psychology

A.B., Boston University, 1949; M.A., University of Hawaii, 1951; Ph.D.,
State University of Iowa, 1954.

147

Faculty

WALDROP, Robert, Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1934; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1948.

WALKER, Hugh D., Lecturer in History (Far East)

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1956; M.A., University of California,
1960.

WALKER, Virgil R., Lecturer in Education

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; M.A., 1933; Ph.D., 1957.

WALLINGFORD, Allen D., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1962.

WALSH, Richard, Lecturer in History

B.S., College of Charleston, South Carolina, 1949; M.A., Syracuse Univer-
sity, 1950; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1954.

WALT, James, Instructor in English

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1936; M.A., University of Michigan, 1937;
Ph.D., 1955.

WANDERER, Jules J., Lecturer in Sociology (Europe)
B.A., University of Colorado, 1957; Ph.D., 1962.

WANTY, Vernon, Lecturer in English

B.A., Westminster College, 1954; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958.

WARD, Kathryn P., Associate Professor of English
A.B., George Washington University, 1935; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., 1946.

WARD ALL, William K., Lecturer in Government and Politics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; M.A., 1958.

WARNER, Hugh, Lecturer in Business Administration

Certificate in Banking Management, Columbia University (AIB), 1930.

WARNER, William W., Lecturer in English (Far East)

B.A., Bridgewater College, 1955; M.A., West Virginia University, 1956.

WASILIFSKY, Adolph M., Lecturer in Speech

B.A., Loyola College, 1928; M.A., Georgetown University, 1929; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1935.

WEAVER, Carl H., Associate Professor of Speech

B.A., Bluffton College, 1936; M.A., Ohio State University, 1950; Ph.D., 1957.

WEAVER, V. Phillips, Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1951; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1956; Ed.D., 1962.

148

Faculty

WEINTRAUB, Irving, Instructor in Economics

A.B., John's Hopkins University, 1950; M.S., Columbia University, 1951.

WELCH, Eugene E., Lecturer in Military Studies

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1939; LL.B., 1951; LL.M., 1952.

WELLBORN, Fred W., Lecturer in History

B.A., Baker University, 1918; M.A., University of Kansas, 1923; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1926.

WELTER, Barbara A., Lecturer in History

B.A., Rosary College, 1956; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1960; Ph.D.,
1960.

WHALEN, James J., Lecturer in Psychology (Europe)

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College, 1950; M.S., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, 1952; Ph.D., 1955.

WHALE Y, Betty P., Instructor in English

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1942; M.A., University of Maryland,
1961.

WHITFIELD, Theodore M., Lecturer in History

A.B., University of Richmond, 1926; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1929.

WHITLOCK, E. Glenn, Lecturer in Economics (Far East)

B.A., University of Virginia, 1957; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1961.

WICKHAM, Frances C, Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Catholic University of America, 1947; M.A., 1957.

WILLIAMS, Floyd J., Assistant Professor of Botany

B.S., The Ohio State University, 1955; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.

WILLIAMS, Rowan A., Lecturer in History

A.B., Princeton University, 1948; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1950;
Ph.D., 1956.

WILLS, J. Henry, Lecturer in Physiology

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1934; M.S., Medical College of Virginia,
1936; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1941.

WILSON, Frank J., Lecturer in Business Administration

B.B.A., Upsula College, 1953; J.D., George Washington University Law
School, 1956.

WILSON, John M., Instructor in Sociology

B.J., University of Missouri, 1954; M.A., University of Maryland, 1958.

149

Faculty

WILSON, Robert E., Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1941; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., University
of Texas, 1952.

WILSON, Vincent J., Jr., Lecturer in English

A.B., Arizona State University, 1948; M.A., Claremont College, 1949.

WINELAND, William C, Lecturer in Physics

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1933; M.S., 1935; Ph.D., 1940.

WINSTON, Frank D., Lecturer in Business Administration (Europe)

B.S., University of California, 1955; M.B.A., 1956; LL.B., University of
Maryland, 1958; LL.M., New York University, 1960.

WINSTON, Stuart J., Lecturer in Business Administration

A.B., Williams College, 1947; M.B.A., Harvard University School of Busi-
ness, 1949.

WISE, Norman J., Lecturer in History

B.S., John's Hopkins University, 1955; M.A., University of Maryland, 1959.

WOLCOTT, Norman M., Lecturer in Physics

B.A., Harvard University, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., Oxford University,
1955.

WOLF, Harry E., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.A., Reed College, 1941; M.S., University of Maryland, 1949.

WOLF, J. Harry, Lecturer in English (Europe)
A.B., University of California, 1949; A.M., 1951.

WOLFE, James H., Lecturer in Government and Politics

B.A., Harvard University, 1955; M.A., University of Connecticut, 1958.

WOLKOW, Irwin M., Lecturer in Economics
B.A., Boston University, 1948; M.A., 1949.

WOODBY, Lauren G., Lecturer in Mathematics

B.S., Central Michigan University, 1934; M.A., University of Michigan, 1940;
Ph.D., 1952.

WOOLF, Leonard, Lecturer in Education

B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1942; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1951;
Ed.D., 1959.

WORTMAN, John A., Lecturer in Government and Politics (Europe)

B.A., Macalester College, 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1953; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota, 1958.

150

Faculty

WREN, Melvin C, Lecturer in History (Europe)

B.A., University of Iowa, 1936; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., 1940.

WROTEN, William H., Jr., Lecturer in History

A.B., Western Kentucky State Teachers College, 1941; M.A., University
of Maryland, 1948; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1956.

WYSONG, John N., Lecturer in English

B.A., University of Oregon, 1949; M.A., University of California, 1957;
Ph.D., University of Innsbruck, 1958.

YOUNG, Kenneth Gordon, Lecturer in English (Europe)

B.S., Eastern Oregon College, 1959; M.A., Colorado State College, 1960.

ZEEVELD, W. Gordon, Professor of English

A.B., University of Rochester, 1924; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University,
1929; Ph.D., 1936.

ZINOVIEFF, Andre A., Instructor in Foreign Languages
B.A. (Equivalent), Corps des Pages, Russia, 1914.

ZITKUS, Cecelia M., Associate Professor of Nursing

A.B., Ursuline College, 1940; DIPLOMA IN NURSING, St. Alexes School
of Nursing, R.N., 1943; M.A., University of Maryland, 1954.

INDEX

Aberdeen Proving Ground 43

Admission 11-12

Admission to Graduate School 25

Andrews Air Force Base 43

Approval of Courses 32

Atlantic Division 3, 51-52

Attendance 35

Bachelor of Arts Degree in General Studies 17-21

Bachelor of Science Degree in Military Studies 21-23

Baltimore Division 2, 39^-0

Boiling Air Force Base 43-44

Bootstrap Program 4

Centers 39-54

Child Study 4

College of Arts and Sciences 23

College of Business and Public Administration 23

College of Education 23-24

College of Home Economics 26

College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health 28-29

College Park Evening Division 2, 12, 40-41

Conferences and Institutes Division 2, 7-10

Correspondence Courses 13-14

Course Descriptions 55-103

Course Loads 32

Counseling 31

Credit by Examination 14

Curricula 17-29

Curriculum Evaluations 12-13

Degree Requirements 17-23

Degree-Seeking Students (See Regular Students) 12

Dropping a Course 33

Edgewood Arsenal 44

Educational Programs 3—4

Establishment of Credit 13-15

European Division 2, 48-50

Faculty 5, 105-151

Far East Division 3, 53-54

Fees 33-35

Final Semester TDY (See Bootstrap Program) 4

Fort Meade 44-45

152

Fort Ritchie 47

Grading System 36-37

Graduate School 25

Graduation, Candidates for 36

Library Services 5

National Bureau of Standards 45

Naval Ordnance Laboratory 45

Naval Research Laboratory 45-46

Nursing Curriculum 27-28

Off-Campus Stateside Centers 41-47

Official Evaluation 12-13

Patuxent Naval Air Station 46

Pentagon 46

Prerequisites (See Approval of Courses) 32

Registration 31-33

Registration, Changes in 32-33

Regular Students 12

Residence Credit 35

Scholastic Recognition 37-38

School of Nursing 26-28

Special Students 1 1-12

Statement of Advanced Standing (See Official Evaluation) .... 12-13

Student Records, Return to College Park 36

Teacher Education Programs 4

Televised Courses 4

Transcripts 36

Transfer Credit 14-1 5, 36

University College 1-5

USAFI College-Level GED Examination 14

USAFI High School GED Examination 11

Walter Reed Army Medical Center 47

Withdrawal From All Courses 32

153

o
*° .

CD CD
CO o
CO c+

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Combined catalog. Vol. 1, College Park, University of Maryland"

See other formats